T1000A
Uploaded by
data.dat76hT1000A
Uploaded by
data.dat76hYASKAWA AC Drive T1000A
AC Drive for Textile Applications
Technical Manual
Type: CIMR-TA
Models: 200 V Class: 0.55 to 110 kW
400 V Class: 0.55 to 185 kW
To properly use the product, read this manual thoroughly and retain for
easy reference, inspection, and maintenance. Ensure the end user receives
this manual.
Receiving 1
Mechanical Installation 2
Electrical Installation 3
Start-Up Programming &
Operation 4
Parameter Details 5
Troubleshooting 6
Periodic Inspection &
Maintenance 7
Peripheral Devices &
Options 8
Specifications A
Parameter List B
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
C
Standards Compliance D
MANUAL NO. SIEP C710616 30B
Quick Reference Sheet E
This Page Intentionally Blank
Copyright © 2009 YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted,
in any form, or by any means, mechanical, electronic, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior
written permission of Yaskawa. No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information
contained herein. Moreover, because Yaskawa is constantly striving to improve its high-quality products, the
information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice. Every precaution has been taken in
the preparation of this manual. Nevertheless, Yaskawa assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions.
Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained in this
publication.
2 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
u Quick Reference
Run a Motor One-Frame Larger
This drive can operate a motor one frame size larger when running variable torque loads. Refer to C6-01: Drive Duty Mode Selection on page 152.
Drive a Synchronous PM Motor
T1000A can operate synchronous PM motors. Refer to Subchart A-3: Operation with Permanent Magnet Motors on page 85.
Perform Auto-Tuning
Automatic tuning sets motor parameters. Refer to Auto-Tuning on page 87.
Maintenance Check Using Drive Monitors
Use drive monitors to check the if fans, capacitors, and other components may require maintenance. Refer to Performance Life Monitors Maintenance Monitors on page 317.
Fault Display and Troubleshooting
Refer to Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors on page 272 and Refer to Troubleshooting without Fault Display on page 305.
Standards Compliance
Refer to European Standards on page 476 and Refer to UL Standards on page 481.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 3
4 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
Table of Contents
Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
I. PREFACE & GENERAL SAFETY ....................................................................... 13
i.1 Preface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Applicable Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Terms and Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
i.2 General Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Supplemental Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Application Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Notes on Motor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Applications with Specialized Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Drive Label Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1. RECEIVING .......................................................................................................... 23
1.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
1.2 General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
T1000A Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Control Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
1.3 Model Number and Nameplate Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
1.4 Drive Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.5 Component Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Heatsink Cooled Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Front Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2. MECHANICAL INSTALLATION .......................................................................... 33
2.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
2.2 Mechanical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Installation Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Installation Orientation and Spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Digital Operator Remote Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Exterior and Mounting Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION............................................................................ 43
3.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.2 Standard Connection Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.3 Main Circuit Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.4 Terminal Block Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.5 Terminal Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
CIMR-T 2A0004 to 0081, 4A0002 to 0044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
CIMR-T 2A0110 to 0415, 4A0058 to 0362 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.6 Digital Operator and Front Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Removing/Reattaching the Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Removing/Reattaching the Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
3.7 Main Circuit Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 5
Main Circuit Terminal Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Main Circuit Terminal and Motor Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
3.8 Control Circuit Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Control Circuit Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Control Circuit Terminal Block Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Terminal Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Switches and Jumpers on the Terminal Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
3.9 Control I/O Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Sinking/Sourcing Mode Switch for Digital Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Sinking/Sourcing Mode Selection for Safe Disable Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Using the Pulse Train Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Terminal A2 Input Signal Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Terminal A3 Analog/PTC Input Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Terminal AM/FM Signal Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
3.10 Connect to a PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
3.11 External Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
Drive Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
3.12 Wiring Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
4. START-UP PROGRAMMING & OPERATION .................................................... 71
4.1 Section Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
4.2 Using the Digital Operator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
Keys and Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
Digital Text Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
LED Screen Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
LO/RE LED and RUN LED Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Menu Structure for Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Navigating the Drive and Programming Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Changing Parameter Settings or Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
Verifying Parameter Changes: Verify Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
Simplified Setup Using the Setup Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
Switching Between LOCAL and REMOTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
Flowchart A: Basic Start-up and Motor Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
Subchart A-1: Simple Motor Setup Using V/f Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
Subchart A-2: High Performance Operation Using OLV or CLV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
Subchart A-3: Operation with Permanent Magnet Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
4.5 Powering Up the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
Powering Up the Drive and Operation Status Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
4.6 Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Types of Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Before Auto-Tuning the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Auto-Tuning Interruption and Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
Auto-Tuning Operation Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
Parameter Settings during Induction Motor Auto-Tuning: T1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
Parameter Settings during PM Motor Auto-Tuning: T2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
Parameter Settings during Inertia and Speed Control Loop Auto-Tuning: T3 . . . . . . .97
4.7 No-Load Operation Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
No-Load Operation Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
4.8 Test Run with Load Connected. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
Test Run with the Load Connected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
6 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
4.9 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Backing Up Parameter Values: o2-03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Parameter Access Level: A1-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Password Settings: A1-04, A1-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Copy Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
4.10 Test Run Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
5. PARAMETER DETAILS..................................................................................... 105
5.1 A: Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
A1: Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
A2: User Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
5.2 b: Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
b1: Operation Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
b2: DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
b3: Speed Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
b4: Delay Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
b5: PID Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
b6: Dwell Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
b8: Energy Saving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
b9: Zero Servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
5.3 C: Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
C1: Acceleration and Deceleration Times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
C2: S-Curve Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
C3: Slip Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
C4: Torque Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
C5: Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
C6: Carrier Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
5.4 d: Reference Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
d1: Frequency Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
d2: Frequency Upper/Lower Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
d5: Torque Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
d6: Field Weakening and Field Forcing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
d7: Offset Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
5.5 E: Motor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
E1: V/f Pattern for Motor 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
E2: Motor 1 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
E3: V/f Pattern for Motor 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
E4: Motor 2 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
E5: PM Motor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
5.6 F: Option Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
F1: PG Speed Control Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
F2: Analog Input Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
F3: Digital Input Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
F4: Analog Monitor Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
F5: Digital Output Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
F6: Communication Option Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
MECHATROLINK Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
5.7 H: Terminal Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
H1: Multi-Function Digital Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
H2: Multi-Function Digital Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
H3: Multi-Function Analog Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
H4: Multi-Function Analog Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
H5: MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
H6: Pulse Train Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
5.8 L: Protection Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 7
L1: Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
L2: Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
L3: Stall Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
L4: Speed Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
L5: Fault Restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
L6: Torque Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226
L7: Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228
L8: Drive Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229
5.9 n: Special Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235
n1: Hunting Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235
n2: Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235
n3: Overexcitation Deceleration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236
n5: Feed Forward Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237
n6: Online Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239
n8: PM Motor Control Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239
n9: Hardware Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244
o1: Digital Operator Display Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244
o2: Digital Operator Keypad Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
o3: Copy Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247
o4: Maintenance Monitor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
5.11 S: Functions for Textile Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250
S1: Disturb Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250
S2: Frequency Reference Gain Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251
S3: Braking Transistor and Output Voltage Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252
S4: KEB Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252
S5: KEB Accel/Decel Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258
S6: Power KEB Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260
S9: Synchronous Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262
T: Motor Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262
5.12 U: Monitor Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263
U1: Operation Status Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263
U2: Fault Trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263
U3: Fault History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263
U4: Maintenance Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263
U5: PID Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263
U6: Operation Status Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264
U9: KEB Voltage Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264
6. TROUBLESHOOTING........................................................................................ 265
6.1 Section Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266
6.2 Motor Performance Fine-Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
Fine-Tuning V/f Control and V/f Control with PG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
Fine-Tuning Open Loop Vector Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268
Fine-Tuning Closed Loop Vector Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269
Fine-Tuning Open Loop Vector Control for PM Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270
Fine-Tuning Advanced Open Loop Vector Control for PM Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270
Fine-Tuning Closed Loop Vector Control for PM Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .271
Parameters to Minimize Motor Hunting and Oscillation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .271
6.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .272
Types of Alarms, Faults, and Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .272
Alarm and Error Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .273
6.4 Fault Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277
Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277
6.5 Alarm Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .289
8 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
Alarm Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
6.6 Operator Programming Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
oPE Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
6.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Auto-Tuning Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
6.8 Copy Function Related Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Tasks, Errors, and Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
6.9 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Fault Occurs Simultaneously with Power Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
If the Drive Still has Power After a Fault Occurs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Viewing Fault Trace Data After Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Fault Reset Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
6.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Common Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Cannot Change Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Motor Does Not Rotate Properly after Pressing RUN Button or after Entering
External Run Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Motor is Too Hot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Drive Does Not Allow Selection the Desired Auto-Tuning Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
oPE02 Error Occurs When Lowering the Motor Rated Current Setting . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Motor Stalls during Acceleration or Acceleration Time is Too Long . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Drive Frequency Reference Differs from the Controller Frequency Reference
Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Excessive Motor Oscillation and Erratic Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Deceleration Takes Longer Than Expected with Dynamic Braking Enabled . . . . . . . 308
Load Falls When Brake is Applied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Noise From Drive or Output Lines When the Drive is Powered On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Trips During Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Connected Machinery Vibrates When Motor Rotates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
PID Output Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Insufficient Starting Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Motor Rotates After the Drive Output is Shut Off (Motor Rotates During DC Injection
Braking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Output Frequency is not as High as Frequency Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Buzzing Sound from Motor at 2 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Unstable Motor Speed when Using PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Motor Does Not Restart after Power Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
7. PERIODIC INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE ................................................... 311
7.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
7.2 Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Recommended Daily Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Recommended Periodic Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
7.3 Periodic Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Number of Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Cooling Fan Component Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Cooling Fan Replacement: 2A0021 to 2A0081 and 4A0007 to 4A0044 . . . . . . . . . . 321
Cooling Fan Replacement: 2A0110 and 2A0138, 4A0058 and 4A0072 . . . . . . . . . . 323
Cooling Fan Replacement: 4A0088 and 4A0103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Cooling Fan Replacement: 2A0169 to 2A0415, 4A0139 to 4A0362 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
7.5 Drive Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Serviceable Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Terminal Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 9
Replacing the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331
8. Peripheral Devices & OPTIONS ...................................................................... 335
8.1 Section Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336
8.2 Drive Options and Peripheral Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338
8.3 Connecting Peripheral Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339
8.4 Option Card Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340
Installing Option Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340
Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .342
Dynamic Braking Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .342
Installing a Molded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .344
Installing a Magnetic Contactor at the Power Supply Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345
Connecting an AC or DC Reactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346
Connecting a Noise Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346
Installing Input Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349
Attachment for External Heatsink (IP00/NEMA type 1 Enclosure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350
Installing a Motor Thermal Overload (oL) Relay on the Drive Output . . . . . . . . . . . . .350
A. SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................................................. 351
A.1 Heavy Duty and Normal Duty Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .352
A.2 Three-Phase 200 V Class Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353
A.3 Three-Phase 400 V Class Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .354
A.4 Drive Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355
A.5 Drive Watt Loss Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357
A.6 Drive Derating Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .358
Rated Current Depending on Carrier Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .358
Carrier Frequency Derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359
Temperature Derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360
Altitude Derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361
B. PARAMETER LIST............................................................................................. 363
B.1 Understanding the Parameter Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364
Control Modes, Symbols, and Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364
B.2 Parameter Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365
B.3 Parameter Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366
A: Initialization Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366
b: Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367
C: Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372
d: References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .377
E: Motor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379
F: Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .382
H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .387
L: Protection Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397
n: Advanced Performance Set-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403
o: Operator Related Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406
S: Functions for Textile Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407
T: Motor Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411
U: Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413
B.4 Parameter Defaults Determined by Control Mode (A1-02). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421
A1-02 (Motor 1 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421
E3-01 (Motor 2 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .423
B.5 Parameter Defaults Determined by Drive Model (o2-04) and Duty Rating
(C6-01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .424
B.6 Parameter Defaults Determined by Motor Code (E5-01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430
10 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
Yaskawa SMRA Series SPM Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Yaskawa SSR1 Series IPM Motor (For Derated Torque) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Yaskawa SST4 Series IPM Motor (For Constant Torque) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
C. MEMOBUS/MODBUS COMMUNICATIONS ..................................................... 443
C.1 MEMOBUS/Modbus Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
C.2 Communication Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
C.3 Connecting to a Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Network Cable Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Wiring Diagram for Multiple Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Network Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
C.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
C.5 Drive Operations by MEMOBUS/Modbus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Observing the Drive Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Controlling the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
C.6 Communications Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Command Messages from Master to Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Response Messages from Drive to Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
C.7 Message Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Message Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Slave Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Function Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Error Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
C.8 Message Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Reading Drive MEMOBUS/Modbus Register Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Loopback Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Writing to Multiple Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Command Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Monitor Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Broadcast Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
Fault Trace Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
Alarm Register Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
C.10 Enter Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
Enter Command Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
Enter Command Settings when Upgrading the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
C.11 Communication Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Slave Not Responding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
C.12 Self-Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 11
D. STANDARDS COMPLIANCE ............................................................................ 471
D.1 Section Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .472
D.2 European Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .474
CE Low Voltage Directive Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .474
EMC Guidelines Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .475
D.3 UL Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .479
UL Standards Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .479
Drive Motor Overload Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .485
Precautionary Notes on External Heatsink (IP00 Enclosure) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .487
D.4 Safe Disable Input Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .488
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .488
Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .488
Using the Safe Disable Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .488
E. QUICK REFERENCE SHEET ............................................................................ 491
E.1 Drive and Motor Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .492
Drive Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .492
Motor Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .492
E.2 Basic Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .493
Basic Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .493
V/f Pattern Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .493
Motor Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .493
Multi-Function Digital Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .493
Pulse Train Input/Analog Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .493
Multi-Function Digital Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .493
Monitor Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .493
E.3 User Setting Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .494
Index ............................................................................................................................ 500
Revision History ............................................................................................................ 514
12 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
i
Preface & General Safety
This section provides safety messages pertinent to this product that, if not heeded, may result
in fatality, personal injury, or equipment damage. Yaskawa is not responsible for the
consequences of ignoring these instructions.
I.1 PREFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
I.2 GENERAL SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 13
i.1 Preface
i.1 Preface
Yaskawa manufactures products used as components in a wide variety of industrial systems and equipment. The selection
and application of Yaskawa products remain the responsibility of the equipment manufacturer or end user. Yaskawa
accepts no responsibility for the way its products are incorporated into the final system design. Under no circumstances
should any Yaskawa product be incorporated into any product or design as the exclusive or sole safety control. Without
exception, all controls should be designed to detect faults dynamically and fail safely under all circumstances. All
systems or equipment designed to incorporate a product manufactured by Yaskawa must be supplied to the end user with
appropriate warnings and instructions as to the safe use and operation of that part. Any warnings provided by Yaskawa
must be promptly provided to the end user. Yaskawa offers an express warranty only as to the quality of its products in
conforming to standards and specifications published in the Yaskawa manual. NO OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, IS OFFERED. Yaskawa assumes no liability for any personal injury, property damage, losses, or claims
arising from misapplication of its products.
This manual is designed to ensure correct and suitable application of T1000A-Series Drives. Read this manual before
attempting to install, operate, maintain, or inspect a drive and keep it in a safe, convenient location for future reference.
Be sure you understand all precautions and safety information before attempting application.
u Applicable Documentation
The following manuals are available for T1000A series drives:
T1000A Series AC Drive Safety Precautions
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
T1000A REV DRV FOUT
ESC
LO
This guide is packaged together with the product. Covers safety precautions, model numbers, and wiring for the drive. It is meant
RE
RESET
RUN
ENTER
STOP
to get the drive ready for a trial run with the application and for basic operation.
CIMR-TA2A0021BMA
200V 3Phase 5.5kW/3.7kW
S/N:
WARNING AVERTISSMENT NPJT31470-1
Risk of electric shock. Risque de décharge électrique.
Read manual before installing. Lire le manuel avant l'installation.
T1000A Series AC Drive Technical Manual (this book)
● ●
● Wait 5 minutes for capacitor ● Attendre 5 minutes après la coupure
discharge after disconnecting de l'alimentation, pour permettre
power supply. la décharge des condensateurs.
● To conform to requirements, ● Pour répondre aux exigences , s
make sure to ground the supply assurer que le neutre soit relié
neutral for 400V class. à la terre, pour la série 400V.
● After opening the manual switch ● Après avoir déconnécte la protection
between the drive and motor, entre le driver et le moteur, veuillez
please wait 5 minutes before patienter 5 minutes avain d’effectuer
inspecting, performing une opération de montage ou de
maintenance or wiring the drive. câblage du variateur.
Hot surfaces Surfaces Chaudes
●
Top and Side surfaces may ● Dessus et cotés du boitier Peuvent
become hot. Do not touch. devenir chaud. Ne Pas toucher.
危 険
けが．感電のおそれがあります。
● ● 据え付け、運転の前には必ず取扱説明書を読むこと。
通電中および電源遮断後5分以内はフロントカバー
This manual includes a detailed explanation of the T1000A and instructions on usage. Always refer to the Technical Manual
●
●
を外さない事。
●
● 400V級インバータの場合は、電源の中性点が接地
されていることを確認すること。( 対応）
● 保守・点検、配線を行う場合は、出力側開閉器を
●
遮断後5分待って実施してください。
高温注意
● インバータ上部、両側面は高温になります。
● 触らないでください。
whenever performing any installation, wiring, troubleshooting, or operation procedures. The Technical Manual is not packaged
with the T1000A. Contact a Yaskawa representative or the Yaskawa sales department directly to receive a copy of the Technical
Manual.
u Symbols
Note: Indicates a supplement or precaution that does not cause drive damage.
TERMS Indicates a term or definition used in this manual.
u Terms and Abbreviations
• Drive: Yaskawa T1000A Series Drive
TERMS • V/f: V/f Control
• V/f w/PG: V/f Control with PG
• OLV: Open Loop Vector Control
• CLV: Closed Loop Vector Control
• OLV/PM: Open Loop Vector Control for PM
• AOLV/PM: Advanced Open Loop Vector Control for PM
• CLV/PM: Closed Loop Vector Control for PM
• PM motor: Permanent Magnet Synchronous motor (an abbreviation for IPM motor or SPM motor)
• IPM motor: Interior Permanent Magnet Motor (such as Yaskawa’s SSR1 Series and SST4 Series motors)
• SPM motor: Surface mounted Permanent Magnet Motor (such as Yaskawa’s SMRA Series motors)
u Trademarks
• MECHATROLINK-I/MECHATROLINK-II is a trademark of MECHATROLINK Members Association (MMA).
• Other companies and product names mentioned in this manual are trademarks of those companies.
14 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
i.2 General Safety
i.2 General Safety
u Supplemental Safety Information
General Precautions
• The diagrams in this manual may be indicated without covers or safety shields to show details. Restore covers or shields before operating the drive and run the
drive according to the instructions described in this manual.
• Any illustrations, photographs, or examples used in this manual are provided as examples only and may not apply to all products to which this manual is
applicable.
• The products and specifications described in this manual or the content and presentation of the manual may be changed without notice to improve the product and/
or the manual.
• When ordering a new copy of the manual due to damage or loss, contact your Yaskawa representative or the nearest Yaskawa sales office and provide the manual
number shown on the front cover.
• If nameplate becomes worn or damaged, order a replacement from your Yaskawa representative or the nearest Yaskawa sales office.
WARNING
Read and understand this manual before installing, operating or servicing this drive. The drive must be installed
according to this manual and local codes.
The following conventions are used to indicate safety messages in this manual. Failure to heed these messages could
result in serious or possibly even fatal injury or damage to the products or to related equipment and systems.
DANGER
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
WARNING! will also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.
CAUTION
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
CAUTION! will also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.
NOTICE
Indicates a property damage message.
NOTICE: will also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 15
i.2 General Safety
u Safety Messages
DANGER
Heed the safety messages in this manual.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
The operating company is responsible for any injuries or equipment damage resulting from failure to heed the warnings
in this manual.
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power
supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before
touching any components.
WARNING
Sudden Movement Hazard
System may start unexpectedly upon application of power, resulting in death or serious injury.
Clear all personnel from the drive, motor and machine area before applying power. Secure covers, couplings, shaft
keys and machine loads before applying power to the drive.
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not attempt to modify or alter the drive in any way not explained in this manual.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Yaskawa is not responsible for any modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Fire Hazard
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.
CAUTION
Crush Hazard
Do not carry the drive by the front cover.
Failure to comply may result in minor or moderate injury from the main body of the drive falling.
16 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
i.2 General Safety
NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Do not perform a withstand voltage test on any part of the drive.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the sensitive devices within the drive.
Do not operate damaged equipment.
Failure to comply could result in further damage to the equipment.
Do not connect or operate any equipment with visible damage or missing parts.
When a fuse blows or if drive power has been interrupted, wait briefly before switching the power back on or
operating the peripheral devices.
Check the wiring and the selection of peripheral devices to identify the cause. Contact your supplier before restarting
the drive or the peripheral devices if the cause cannot be identified.
Install adequate branch circuit short circuit protection per applicable codes.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
The drive is suitable for circuits capable of delivering not more than 100,000 RMS symmetrical Amperes, 240 Vac
maximum (200 V Class) and 480 Vac maximum (400 V Class).
Do not expose the drive to halogen group disinfectants.
Failure to comply may cause damage to the electrical components in the drive.
Do not pack the drive in wooden materials that have been fumigated or sterilized.
Do not sterilize the entire package after the product is packed.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 17
i.2 General Safety
u Application Notes
n Selection
Installing a Reactor
An AC or DC reactor can be used for the following:
• to suppress harmonic current.
• to smooth peak current that results from capacitor switching.
• when the power supply is above 600 kVA.
• when the drive is running from a power supply system with thyristor converters.
Note: A DC reactor is built in to models CIMR-T2A0110 to 2A0415 and CIMR-T4A0058 to 4A0362.
Figure i.1
4000 Power supply harmonics
reactor required
Power Supply
Capacity (kVA)
600
Reactor
unnecessary
0
60 400
Drive Capacity (kVA)
Figure i.1 Installing a Reactor
Drive Capacity
For specialized motors, make sure that the motor rated current is less than rated output current for the drive. When
running more than one motor in parallel from a single drive, the capacity of the drive should be larger than 1.1 times of
the total motor rated current.
Starting Torque
The overload rating for the drive determines the starting and accelerating characteristics of the motor. Expect lower
torque than when running from line power. To get more starting torque, use a larger drive or increase both the motor and
drive capacity.
Emergency Stop
When the drive faults out, the output is shut off. This, however, does not stop the motor immediately. Some type of
mechanical brake may be needed if it is necessary to halt the motor faster than the Fast Stop function is able to.
Options
The B1, B2, +1, +2, and +3 terminals are used to connect optional devices. Connect only T1000A-compatible devices.
n Installation
Enclosure Panels
Keep the drive in a clean environment by either selecting an area free of airborne dust, lint, and oil mist, or install the
drive in an enclosure panel. Be sure to leave the required space between drives to provide for cooling, and that proper
measures are taken so that the ambient temperature remains within allowable limits. Keep flammable materials away
from the drive. If the drive must be used in an area where it is subjected to oil mist and excessive vibration, protective
designs are available. Contact Yaskawa or your Yaskawa agent for details.
Installation Direction
The drive should be installed upright as specified in the manual. For more information on installation, Refer to
Mechanical Installation on page 36.
n Settings
Upper Limits
The drive is capable of running the motor up to 400 Hz. Due to the danger of accidentally of operating at high speed, be
sure to set the upper limit for the frequency. The default setting for the maximum output frequency is 50 Hz.
18 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
i.2 General Safety
DC Injection Braking
Motor overheat can result if there is too much current used during DC Injection Braking, or if the time for DC Injection
Braking is too long.
Acceleration/Deceleration Times
Acceleration and deceleration times are affected by how much torque the motor generates, the load torque, and the inertia
moment. Set a longer accel/decel time when Stall Prevention is enabled. The accel/decel times are lengthened for as long
as the Stall Prevention function is operating. For faster acceleration and deceleration, install one of the braking options
available or increase the capacity of the drive.
n General Handling
Wiring Check
Never connect the power supply lines to output terminals U/T1, V/T2, or W/T3. Doing so will destroy the drive. Be sure
to perform a final check of all sequence wiring and other connections before turning the power on. Make sure there are
no short circuits on the control terminals (+V, AC, etc.), as this could damage the drive.
Selecting a Circuit Breaker or Leakage Circuit Breaker
Yaskawa recommends installing equipment for residual current monitoring/detection (RCM/RCD) to the power supply
side. The RCM/RCD should be designed for use with an AC drive (e.g. Type B according to IEC 60755).
Select a MCCB (Molded Case Circuit Breaker) or RCM/RCD with a rated current that is 1.5 to 2 times higher than the
rated current of the drive in order to avoid nuisance trips caused by harmonics in the drive input current. Also refer to
Installing a Molded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) on page 344.
Magnetic Contactor Installation
Use a magnetic contactor (MC) to ensure that power to the drive can be completely shut off when necessary. The MC
should be wired so that it opens when a fault output terminal is triggered.
Avoid switching a magnetic contactor on the power supply side more frequently than once every 30 minutes. Frequent
switching can cause damage to the drive.
Inspection and Maintenance
Capacitors in the drive take time to discharge even after the power has been shut off. After shutting off the power, wait
for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching any components.
The heatsink can become quite hot during operation, and proper precautions should be taken to prevent burns. When
replacing the cooling fan, shut off the power and wait at least 15 minutes to be sure that the heatsink has cooled down.
Even when the power has been shut off for a drive running a PM motor, voltage continues to be generated at the motor
terminals while the motor coasts to stop. Take the precautions described below to prevent shock and injury:
• In Applications where the machine can still rotate even though the drive has fully stopped a load switch for
disconnecting motor and drive should be installed to the output side of the drive.
• Do not allow an external force to rotate the motor beyond the maximum allowable speed, also when the drive has been
shut off.
• Wait for at least the time specified on the warning label after opening the load switch on the output side before
inspecting the drive or performing any maintenance.
• Do not open and close the load switch while the motor is running, as this can damage the drive.
• If the motor is coasting, make sure the power to the drive is turned on and the drive output has completely stopped
before closing the load switch.
Wiring
All wire ends should use ring terminals for UL/cUL compliance. Use only the tools recommended by the terminal
manufacturer for crimping.
Transporting the Drive
Never steam clean the drive.
During transport, keep the drive from coming into contact with salts, fluorine, bromine, phthalate ester, and other such
harmful chemicals.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 19
i.2 General Safety
u Notes on Motor Operation
n Using a Standard Motor
Low Speed Range
The cooling fan of a standard motor is usually designed to sufficiently cool the motor at the rated speed. As the self-
cooling capability of such a motor reduces with the speed, applying full torque at low speed will possibly damage the
motor. To prevent motor damage from overheat, reduce the load torque as the motor slows.
Insulation Tolerance
Consider voltage tolerance levels and insulation in applications with an input voltage of over 440 V or particularly long
wiring distances. Contact Yaskawa or your Yaskawa agent for consultation.
High Speed Operation
Problems may occur with the motor bearings and dynamic balance of the machine when operating a motor beyond its
rated speed. Contact the motor or machine manufacturer.
Torque Characteristics
Torque characteristics differ compared to operating the motor directly from line power. The user should have a full
understanding of the load torque characteristics for the application.
Vibration and Shock
T1000A lets the user choose between high carrier PWM control and low carrier PWM. Selecting high carrier PWM can
help reduce motor oscillation.
Take particular caution when using a variable speed drive for an application that is conventionally run from line power at
a constant speed. If resonance occurs shock-absorbing rubber should be installed around the base of the motor.
Audible Noise
Noise created during run varies by the carrier frequency setting. When using a high carrier frequency, audible noise from
the motor is comparable to the motor noise generated when running from line power. Operating above the rated r/min,
however, can create unpleasant motor noise.
n Using a Synchronous Motor
• Contact Yaskawa or your Yaskawa agent if you plan to use any other synchronous motor not endorsed by Yaskawa.
• A single drive is not capable of running multiple synchronous motors at the same time. Use a standard induction motor
for such setups.
• At start, a synchronous motor may rotate slightly in the opposite direction of the Run command depending on
parameter settings and rotor position.
• The amount of starting torque that can be generated differs by each control mode and by the type of motor being used.
Set up the motor with the drive after verifying the starting torque, allowable load characteristics, impact load tolerance,
and speed control range.
Contact Yaskawa or your Yaskawa agent if you plan to use a motor that does not fall within these specifications.
• In Open Loop Vector Control for PM motors, braking torque is less than 125% when running between 20% to 100%
speed, even with a braking resistor. Braking torque drops to less than half when running at less than 20% speed.
• In Open Loop Vector Control for PM motors, the allowable load inertia moment is approximately 50 times higher than
the motor inertia moment or less. Contact Yaskawa or your Yaskawa agent concerning applications with a larger inertia
moment.
• When using a holding brake in Open Loop Vector Control for PM motors, release the brake prior to starting the motor.
Failure to set the proper timing can result in speed loss. Not for use with conveyor, transport, or hoist type applications.
• To restart a coasting motor rotating at over 200 Hz while in the V/f control mode, use the Short Circuit Braking
function to first bring the motor to a stop. Short Circuit Braking requires a special braking resistor. Contact Yaskawa or
your Yaskawa agent for details.
Speed Search can be used to restart a coasting motor rotating slower than 200 Hz. If the motor cable is relatively long,
however, the motor should instead be stopped using Short Circuit Braking, which forces the motor to stop by creating a
short-circuit in the motor windings.
20 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
i.2 General Safety
u Applications with Specialized Motors
n Applications with Specialized Motors
Multi-Pole Motor
Because the rated current will differ from a standard motor, be sure to check the maximum current when selecting a
drive. Always stop the motor before switching between the number of motor poles. If a regen overvoltage fault occurs or
if overcurrent protection is triggered, the motor will coast to stop.
Submersible Motor
Because motor rated current is greater than a standard motor, select the drive capacity accordingly. Be sure to use a large
enough motor cable to avoid decreasing the maximum torque level on account of voltage drop caused by a long motor
cable.
Explosion-Proof Motor
Both the motor and drive need to be tested together to be certified as explosion-proof. The drive is not designed for
explosion proof areas.
Furthermore, if an encoder is attached to an explosion-proof motor make sure the encoder is explosion-proof too. Use an
insulating signal converter for connecting the encoder signal lines to the drives speed feedback option card.
Geared Motor
To avoid gear damage when operating at low speeds or very high speeds, make sure that both the gear and lubricant are
rated for the desired speed range. Consult with the manufacturer for applications that require operation outside the rated
speed range of the motor or gear box.
Single-Phase Motor
Variable speed drives are not designed for operation with single phase motors. Using capacitors to start the motor causes
excessive current to flow and can damage drive components. A split-phase start or a repulsion start can end up burning
out the starter coils because the internal centrifugal switch is not activated. T1000A is for use with 3-phase motors only.
Motor with Brake
Caution should be taken when using a drive to operate a motor with a built-in holding brake. If the brake is connected to
the output side of the drive, it may not release at start due to low voltage levels. A separate power supply should be
installed for the motor brake. Motors with a built-in brake tend to generate a fair amount of noise when running at low
speeds.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 21
i.2 General Safety
u Drive Label Warnings
Always heed the warning information listed in Figure i.2 in the position shown in Figure i.3.
Figure i.2
WARNING
Risk of electric shock.
●
Read manual before installing.
●
Wait 5 minutes for capacitor
discharge after disconnecting
power supply.
●
To conform to requirements,
make sure to ground the supply
neutral for 400V class.
● After opening the manual switch
between the drive and motor,
please wait 5 minutes before
inspecting, performing
maintenance or wiring the drive.
Hot surfaces
●
Top and Side surfaces may
become hot. Do not touch.
Figure i.2 Warning Information
Figure i.3
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
T1000A REV DRV FOUT
LO
ESC
RE
RESET ENTER
RUN STOP
CIMR-TA2A0021BMA
200V 3Phase 5.5kW/3.7kW
S/N:
WARNING AVERTISSMENT NPJT31470-1
Risk of electric shock. Risque de décharge électrique.
● Read manual before installing. ● Lire le manuel avant l'installation.
● Wait 5 minutes for capacitor ● Attendre 5 minutes après la coupure
discharge after disconnecting de l'alimentation, pour permettre
power supply. la décharge des condensateurs.
● To conform to requirements, ● Pour répondre aux exigences , s
make sure to ground the supply assurer que le neutre soit relié
neutral for 400V class. à la terre, pour la série 400V.
● After opening the manual switch ● Après avoir déconnécte la protection
between the drive and motor, entre le driver et le moteur, veuillez
please wait 5 minutes before patienter 5 minutes avain d’effectuer
inspecting, performing une opération de montage ou de
Warning Label
maintenance or wiring the drive. câblage du variateur.
Hot surfaces Surfaces Chaudes
●
Top and Side surfaces may ● Dessus et cotés du boitier Peuvent
become hot. Do not touch. devenir chaud. Ne Pas toucher.
危 険
けが．感電のおそれがあります。
● ● 据え付け、運転の前には必ず取扱説明書を読むこと。
●
● 通電中および電源遮断後5分以内はフロントカバー
を外さない事。
●
● 400V級インバータの場合は、電源の中性点が接地
されていることを確認すること。( 対応）
● 保守・点検、配線を行う場合は、出力側開閉器を
●
遮断後5分待って実施してください。
高温注意
● インバータ上部、両側面は高温になります。
● 触らないでください。
Figure i.3 Warning Information Position
u Warranty Information
n Restrictions
T1000A was not designed or manufactured for use in devices or systems that may directly affect or threaten human lives
or health.
Customers who intend to use the product described in this manual for devices or systems relating to transportation, health
care, space aviation, atomic power, electric power, or in underwater applications must first contact their Yaskawa
representatives or the nearest Yaskawa sales office.
This product has been manufactured under strict quality-control guidelines. However, if this product is to be installed in
any location where failure of this product could involve or result in a life-and-death situation or loss of human life or in a
facility where failure may cause a serious accident or physical injury, safety devices must be installed to minimize the
likelihood of any accident.
22 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
1
Receiving
This chapter explains how to inspect the drive upon receipt, and gives and overview of the
different enclosure types and components.
1.1 SECTION SAFETY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
1.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
1.3 MODEL NUMBER AND NAMEPLATE CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
1.4 DRIVE MODELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.5 COMPONENT NAMES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 23
1.1 Section Safety
1.1 Section Safety
CAUTION
Do not carry the drive by the front cover or the terminal cover.
Failure to comply may cause the main body of the drive to fall, resulting in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
A motor connected to a PWM drive may operate at a higher temperature than a utility-fed motor and the
operating speed range may reduce motor cooling capacity.
Ensure that the motor is suitable for drive duty and/or the motor service factor is adequate to accommodate the
additional heating with the intended operating conditions.
24 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
1.2 General Description
1.2 General Description
u T1000A Model Selection
Table 1.1 gives a reference for drive selection depending on the motor power and Normal or Heavy Duty rating.
Note: The models and capacities in shown here are based on standard settings and operation conditions. Derating is required for higher
carrier frequencies and higher ambient temperatures.
Table 1.1 T1000A Models
3-Phase 200 V Class 3-Phase 400 V Class
Motor Power Heavy Duty Rating Normal Duty Rating Heavy Duty Rating Normal Duty Rating
(kW) Rated Output Rated Output Rated Output Rated Output
Model CIMR-T Current (A) Model CIMR-T Current (A) <3> Model CIMR-T Current (A) Model CIMR-T Current (A) <3>
0.55 2A0004 3.2 <1> – – 4A0002 1.8 <1> – –
0.75 – – 2A0004 3.5 4A0004 3.4 <1> 4A0002 2.1
1.1 2A0006 5 <1> 2A0006 6 – – – –
1.5 2A0010 8 <1> – – 4A0005 4.8 <1> 4A0004 4.1
2.2 2A0012 11 <1> 2A0010 9.6 4A0007 5.5 <1> 4A0005 5.4
3.0 – – 2A0012 12 4A0009 7.2 <1> 4A0007 6.9
4.0 2A0021 17.5 <1> – – 4A0011 9.2 <1> 4A0009 8.8
5.5 2A0030 25 <1> 2A0021 21 4A0018 14.8 <1> 4A0011 11.1
7.5 2A0040 33 <1> 2A0030 30 4A0023 18 <1> 4A0018 17.5
11 2A0056 47 <1> 2A0040 40 4A0031 24 <1> 4A0023 23
15 2A0069 60 <1> 2A0056 56 4A0038 31 <1> 4A0031 31
18.5 2A0081 75 <1> 2A0069 69 4A0044 39 <1> 4A0038 38
22 2A0110 85 <1> 2A0081 81 4A0058 45 <1> 4A0044 44
30 2A0138 115 <1> 2A0110 110 4A0072 60 <1> 4A0058 58
37 2A0169 145 <2> 2A0138 138 4A0088 75 <1> 4A0072 72
45 2A0211 180 <2> 2A0169 169 4A0103 91 <1> 4A0088 88
55 2A0250 215 <2> 2A0211 211 4A0139 112 <2> 4A0103 103
75 2A0312 283 <2> 2A0250 250 4A0165 150 <2> 4A0139 139
90 2A0360 346 <2> 2A0312 312 4A0208 180 <2> 4A0165 165
2A0415 415 <2> 2A0360 360 4A0250 216 <2> 4A0208 208
110
– – 2A0415 415 – – – –
132 – – – – 4A0296 260 <2> 4A0250 250
160 – – – – 4A0362 304 <2> 4A0296 296
185 – – – – – – 4A0362 362
<1> These values assume the carrier frequency is not set higher than 8 kHz.
<2> These values assume the carrier frequency is not set higher than 5 kHz.
Receiving
<3> These values assume the carrier frequency is set to 2 kHz.
Note: Current derating is required when setting the carrier frequency higher. Refer to Carrier Frequency Derating on page 359 for
details.
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 25
1.2 General Description
u Control Mode Selection
Table 1.2 gives an overview of the T1000A control modes and their various features.
Table 1.2 Control Modes and their Features
Induction Motors,
Motor Type Induction Synchronous Induction Motors Permanent Magnet Motors Comments
Motors
Control Mode V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM –
Default Setting is Open Loop Vector
Parameter Setting A1-02 = 0 A1-02 = 1 A1-02 = 2 A1-02 = 3 A1-02 = 5 A1-02 = 6 A1-02 = 7
Control.
V/f control Open Loop
Open Loop Closed Loop
using motor Open Loop Closed Loop Vector control
Basic Description V/f control Vector control Vector control –
speed Vector control Vector control for IPM
for PM motors for PM motors
feedback motors
Motor Type IM IM IM IM PM IPM PM –
Multi Motor YES N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A –
Motor data
YES N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A –
unknown
High Speed
N/A YES YES YES YES YES YES –
Accuracy
Type of High Speed
Applications N/A N/A YES YES N/A YES YES –
Response
Zero Speed
N/A N/A N/A YES N/A YES YES –
Control
Torque Control
N/A N/A N/A YES N/A YES YES –
Operation
Torque Limit
N/A N/A YES YES N/A N/A YES –
Operation
PG-B3 or PG- PG-B3 or PG-
PG Option Card N/A N/A N/A N/A PG-X3 –
X3 X3
Speed Control May fluctuate with characteristics and
1:40 1:40 1:200 1:1500 1:20 1:100 1:1500
Range motor temperature.
Speed deviation when operating at
Speed Accuracy ±2 to 3% ±0.03% ±0.2% ±0.02% ±0.2% ±0.2% ±0.02% constant speed. May fluctuate with
characteristics and motor temperature.
Control
Characteristics Max. frequency of a speed reference signal
3 Hz 3 Hz
Speed Response 10 Hz 50 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz 50 Hz that the drive can follow. May fluctuate
(approx.) (approx.)
with characteristics and motor temperature.
May fluctuate with characteristics and
200% at 0.3 200% at 0 100% at 5% 200% at 200% at
Starting Torque 150% at 3 Hz 150% at 3 Hz motor temperature.
Hz r/min speed 0 r/min 0 r/min
Performance may differ by capacity.
• Stationary
• Rotational
• Energy • Energy • Termination
• Rotational • Stationary
Saving Saving • Stationary • Stationary resistor Automatically adjusts parameter settings
• Stationary • Termination
Auto-Tuning Tuning Tuning • Termination • Termination • ASR that concern electrical characteristics of the
• Termination resistor
• Termination • Termination resistor resistor • Inertia motor.
resistor • ASR
resistor resistor • Encoder
• Inertia
Offset
Sets the maximum torque for the motor to
Torque Limit N/A N/A YES YES N/A YES YES
protect the load and connected machinery.
Allows direct control of motor torque for
Torque Control N/A N/A N/A YES N/A N/A YES
tension control and other such applications.
Zero Servo
N/A N/A N/A YES N/A N/A YES Locks the rotor position.
Control
Bi-directional speed detection of a coasting
Speed Search YES YES YES – YES YES YES
motor to restart it without stopping.
Energy-Saving YES (IPM YES (IPM Saves energy by always operating the
YES YES YES YES N/A
Control motors only) motors only) motor at its maximum efficiency.
Improves speed accuracy when the load
Feed Forward
N/A N/A N/A YES N/A N/A YES changes by compensating effects of the
Application- Control
system inertia.
Specific
Decelerates the drive to allow it to ride
Kinetic Energy
YES YES YES YES YES YES YES through a momentary power loss and
Buffering
continue operation.
Overexcitation Provides fast deceleration without using a
YES YES YES YES N/A N/A N/A
Deceleration braking resistor.
Inertia Tuning, Provides automatic Speed Control and
N/A N/A N/A YES N/A N/A YES
ASR Tuning Feed Forward function tuning.
Prevents overvoltage by reducing
regenerative torque in application where
constant speed is not required.
Overvoltage Note: The drive cannot reduce
YES YES YES YES YES YES YES
Suppression regenerative torque when using the V/f
Control mode. Instead try increasing the
frequency level to avoid overvoltage in V/f
Control.
High Frequency YES (IPM Greatly increases the speed control range
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Injection motors only) of an IPM motor.
Disturb The Disturb Function changes the
YES N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Function frequency reference in periodic intervals.
26 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
1.3 Model Number and Nameplate Check
1.3 Model Number and Nameplate Check
Please perform the following tasks after receiving the drive:
• Inspect the drive for damage.
If the drive appears damaged upon receipt, contact the shipper immediately.
• Verify receipt of the correct model by checking the information on the nameplate.
• If you have received the wrong model or the drive does not function properly, contact your supplier.
u Nameplate
Figure 1.1
YEG
Normal Duty Amps / Heavy Duty Amps
AC drive model MODEL : CIMR-TC2A0021BMA
MAX APPLI. MOTOR : 5.5kW / 3.7kW REV : A
Input specifications INPUT : AC3PH 200-240V 50/60Hz 24A/18.9A
IND.CONT.EQ.
Output specifications OUTPUT : AC3PH 0-240V 0-400Hz 21A/17.5A 7J48 B
MASS : 3.5 kg PRG : 600X Software version
Lot number O/N :
Serial number S/N :
FILE NO : E131457 IP20
PASS
YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION MADE IN JAPAN
Enclosure type
Figure 1.1 Nameplate Information
CIMR - T C 2 A 0021 B M A
Receiving
Drive T1000A Enclosure Design
Series No. Type Revision
B IP20 <1><2> Order
No. Region
Code
C IP20 <3><4>
C Europe
J Finless (IP20) 1
Environmental
No.
Specification <5><6>
No. Voltage Class
M Humidity-and
2 3-phase, 200-240 Vac
YEG 4 3-phase, 380-480 Vac
dust-resistant
n Three-Phase 200 V
Normal Duty (C6-01 = 1) Heavy Duty (C6-01 = 0)
No. Max. Motor Capacity Rated Output No. Max. Motor Capacity Rated Output
kW Current A kW Current A
0004 0.75 3.5 0004 0.55 3.2
0006 1.1 6.0 0006 1.1 5
0010 2.2 9.6 0010 1.5 8
0012 3.0 12 0012 2.2 11
0021 5.5 21 0021 4.0 17.5
0030 7.5 30 0030 5.5 25
0040 11 40 0040 7.5 33
0056 15 56 0056 11 47
0069 18.5 69 0069 15 60
0081 22 81 0081 18.5 75
0110 30 110 0110 22 85
0138 37 138 0138 30 115
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 27
1.3 Model Number and Nameplate Check
Normal Duty (C6-01 = 1) Heavy Duty (C6-01 = 0)
Max. Motor Capacity Rated Output Max. Motor Capacity Rated Output
No. No.
kW Current A kW Current A
0169 45 169 0169 37 145
0211 55 211 0211 45 180
0250 75 250 0250 55 215
0312 90 312 0312 75 283
0360 110 360 0360 90 346
0415 110 415 0415 110 415
n Three-Phase 400 V
Normal Duty (C6-01 = 1) Heavy Duty (C6-01 = 0)
Max. Motor Capacity Rated Output Max. Motor Capacity Rated Output
No. kW Current A No. kW Current A
0002 0.75 2.1 0002 0.55 1.8
0004 1.5 4.1 0004 1.1 3.4
0005 2.2 5.4 0005 1.5 4.8
0007 3.0 6.9 0007 2.2 5.5
0009 4.0 8.8 0009 3.0 7.2
0011 5.5 11.1 0011 4.0 9.2
0018 7.5 17.5 0018 5.5 14.8
0023 11 23 0023 7.5 18
0031 15 31 0031 11 24
0038 18.5 38 0038 15 31
0044 22 44 0044 18.5 39
0058 30 58 0058 22 45
0072 37 72 0072 30 60
0088 45 88 0088 37 75
0103 55 103 0103 45 91
0139 75 139 0139 55 112
0165 90 165 0165 75 150
0208 110 208 0208 90 180
0250 132 250 0250 110 216
0296 160 296 0296 132 260
0362 185 362 0362 160 304
<1> IP20 (code B) is available for the following drive models: CIMR-T2A0004 through 0138, CIMR-T4A0002 through 0103.
<2> These units fulfill IP20 requirements and provide wire bending space (space between terminals and cable entry point) as
recommended in the IEC61800-5.
<3> IP20 (code C) is available for the following drive models: CIMR-T2A0169 through 0415, CIMR-T4A0139 through 0362.
<4> These units fulfill IP20 requirements, but the wire bending space provided is lower than recommended in the IEC61800-5.
<5> Drives with these specifications do not guarantee complete protection for the specified environmental condition.
<6> Contact Yaskawa for information about using drives in environments other than specified in this manual.
Note: 1. Refer to Drive Models on page 29 for differences regarding enclosure protection types and component descriptions.
2. Use parameter C6-01 to select Heavy Duty (HD) or Normal Duty (ND) for the application. The default setting is HD.
28 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
1.4 Drive Models
1.4 Drive Models
Two types of T1000A drives are offered, heatsink cooled and finless drives.
Table 1.3 describes drive models.
Table 1.3 Drive Models
Voltage Class Heatsink Cooled Drives Finless Drives
2A0004B
2A0006B
2A0010B
2A0012B
2A0021B
2A0030B
2A0040B
2A0056B
Three-Phase 2A0069B
200 V Class 2A0081B
2A0110B
2A0138B
2A0169C
2A0211C
2A0250C Not Available
2A0312C
2A0360C
2A0415C
4A0002B
4A0004B
4A0005B
4A0007B
4A0009B
4A0011B
4A0018B
4A0023B
4A0031B
4A0038B
Three-Phase
4A0044B
400 V Class
4A0058B
4A0072B
4A0088B
4A0103B
Under Development
Receiving
4A0139C
4A0165C
4A0208C
4A0250C
4A0296C
4A0362C
Not Available
1
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 29
1.5 Component Names
1.5 Component Names
This section gives and overview of the drive components described in this manual.
Note: 1. See Using the Digital Operator on page 73 for a description of the operator keypad.
2. The drive may have no cooling fans or only one cooling fan depending on the model.
u Heatsink Cooled Drives
n Three-Phase AC200 V CIMR-T 2A0004B to 0081B
Three-Phase AC400 V CIMR-T 4A0002B to 0044B
Table 1.4 Exploded View of Drive Components (CIMR-T 2A0030B)
A - Fan cover <1>
B - Cooling fan <1>
A C - Mounting hole
D - Heatsink
B YEG E - Optional 24 V DC power supply connector cover
F - Terminal board
G - Bottom cover
C H - Rubber bushing
I - Front cover
J - USB port (type-B)
D I
K - Digital Operator
J L - Terminal cover
E M - Terminal cover screw
F
L
G M
<1> The following drive models have a single cooling fan: CIMR-T2A0021, CIMR-T4A0007 to 0011. Drives CIMR-T2A0004 to 0012 and
CIMR-T4A0002 to 0005 do not have a cooling fan or a cooling fan cover.
n Three-Phase AC200 V CIMR-T2A0110B to 0211C
Three-Phase AC400 V CIMR-T4A0058B to 0165C
Table 1.5 Exploded View of Drive Components (CIMR-T2A0110C)
A - Fan cover
A B - Cooling fan
C - Mounting hole
B YEG D - Heatsink
E - Optional 24 V DC power supply connector cover
C F - Terminal board
G - Front cover
D H - USB port (type-B)
F G I - Front cover screw
J J - Digital operator
H K
E
K - Drive Cover
L - Terminal cover
M - Bottom front cover
L
I N - Bottom cover
O - Rubber bussing
M
N O
30 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
1.5 Component Names
n Three-Phase AC200 V CIMR-T2A0250C to 0415C
Three-Phase AC400 V CIMR-T4A0208C to 0362C
Table 1.6 Exploded View of Drive Components (CIMR-T2A0415C)
A - Fan cover
A
B - Cooling fan
C - Mounting hole
B
D - Heatsink
YEG E - Optional 24 V DC power supply connector cover
C
F - Terminal board
D G - Front cover
H - USB port (type-B)
F G
J I - Front cover screw
H K
E J - Digital operator
K - Drive Cover
L - Terminal cover
L M - Bottom front cover
I
N - Bottom cover
O O - Rubber bussing
N
M
u Front Views
Figure 1.2
CIMR-T2A0012B CIMR-T2A0110C
I
I
J
J A
B K
A C
Receiving
B K D
L
C E M
D F
E
L
F
M 1
G
YEG G
A – Terminal board connector H – Protective cover to prevent miswiring
B – DIP switch S1 (Refer to Terminal A2 I – Option card connector (CN5-C)
Input Signal Selection on page 66)
C – DIP switch S2 (Refer to MEMOBUS/ J – Option card connector (CN5-B)
Modbus Termination on page 67)
D – Jumper S3 (Refer to Sinking/Sourcing K – Option card connector (CN5-A)
Mode Selection for Safe Disable
Inputs on page 65)
E – Ground terminal L – Jumper S5 (Refer to Terminal AM/FM
Signal Selection on page 67)
F – Terminal board (Refer to Control M – DIP Switch S4 (Refer to Terminal A3
Circuit Wiring on page 60) Analog/PTC Input Selection on
G – Main circuit terminal (Refer to Wiring page 67)
the Main Circuit Terminal on page 59
Figure 1.2 Front View of Drives
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 31
1.5 Component Names
32 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
2
Mechanical Installation
This chapter explains how to properly mount and install the drive.
2.1 SECTION SAFETY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
2.2 MECHANICAL INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 33
2.1 Section Safety
2.1 Section Safety
WARNING
Fire Hazard
Provide sufficient cooling when installing the drive inside an enclosed panel or cabinet.
Failure to comply could result in overheating and fire.
When multiple drives are placed inside the same enclosure panel, install proper cooling to ensure air entering the
enclosure does not exceed 50°C.
Crush Hazard
If using a crane or a lifter to transport the drive, make sure that only qualified personnel are allowed operating.
Incorrect operation may cause the drive to suddenly drop, resulting in serious injury.
Only use a crane or a lifter appropriate for the size of the drive unit to transport and install it.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from falling equipment.
CAUTION
Crush Hazard
Do not carry the drive by the front cover or the terminal cover.
Failure to comply may result in minor or moderate injury from the main body of the drive falling.
34 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
2.1 Section Safety
NOTICE
Equipment Hazard
Prevent foreign matter such as metal shavings or wire clippings from falling into the drive during drive
installation and project construction.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Place a temporary cover over the top during installation. Be sure to remove the temporary cover before start-up, as the
cover will reduce ventilation and cause the unit to overheat.
Observe proper electrostatic discharge (ESD) procedures when handling the drive.
Failure to comply could result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Operating the motor in the low-speed range diminishes the cooling effects, increases motor temperature, and
may lead to motor damage by overheating.
Reduce the motor torque in the low-speed range whenever using a standard blower cooled motor. If 100% torque is
required continuously at low speed, consider using a special drive or vector-control motor. Select a motor that is
compatible with the required load torque and operating speed range.
The speed range for continuous operation differs according to the lubrication method and motor manufacturer.
If the motor is to be operated at a speed higher than the rated speed, consult with the manufacturer.
Continuously operating an oil-lubricated motor in the low-speed range may result in burning.
When the input voltage is 440 V or higher or the wiring distance is greater than 100 meters, pay special
attention to the motor insulation voltage or use a drive-rated motor with reinforced insulation.
Failure to comply could lead to motor winding failure.
Motor vibration may increase when operating a machine in variable-speed mode, if that machine previously
operated at a constant speed.
Install vibration-proof rubber on the motor base.
The motor may require more acceleration torque with drive operation than with a commercial power supply.
Set a proper V/f pattern by checking the load torque characteristics of the machine to be used with the motor.
The rated input current of submersible motors is higher than the rated input current of standard motors.
Select an appropriate drive according to its rated output current. When the distance between the motor and drive is
Mechanical
Installation
long, use a cable thick enough to connect the motor to the drive to prevent motor torque reduction.
The current rating differs for a motor with variable pole pitches differs from a standard motor.
Check the maximum current of the motor before selecting the drive capacity. Only switch motor poles when the motor
is stopped. Switching between motor during run will trigger overcurrent protection circuitry or result in overvoltage 2
from regeneration, and the motor will simply coast to stop.
When using an explosion-proof motor, it must be subject to an explosion-proof test in conjunction with the
drive.
This is also applicable when an existing explosion-proof motor is to be operated with the drive. Since the drive itself is
not explosion-proof, always install it in a safe place.
Never lift the drive up while the cover is removed.
This can damage the terminal board and other components.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 35
2.2 Mechanical Installation
2.2 Mechanical Installation
This section outlines specifications, procedures, and the environment for proper mechanical installation of the drive.
u Installation Environment
To help prolong the optimum performance life of the drive, install the drive in an environmental matching the
specifications below.
Table 2.1 Installation Environment
Environment Conditions
Installation Area Indoors
-10 to +50°C (heatsink cooled drives)
Drive reliability improves in environments without wide temperature fluctuations.
Ambient Temperature When using the drive in an enclosure panel, install a cooling fan or air conditioner in the area to ensure that the air temperature inside the enclosure
does not exceed the specified levels.
Do not allow ice to develop on the drive.
Humidity 95% RH or less and free of condensation
Storage Temperature -20 to +60°C
Install the drive in an area free from:
• oil mist and dust
• metal shavings, oil, water or other foreign materials
• radioactive materials
Surrounding Area • combustible materials (e.g., wood)
• harmful gases and liquids
• excessive vibration
• chlorides
• direct sunlight
Altitude 1000 m, up to 3000 m with derating (for details, refer to Altitude Derating on page 361)
10 to 20 Hz at 9.8 m/s2
Vibration 20 to 55 Hz at 5.9 m/s2 (models CIMR-T 2A0004 to 2A0211 and 4A0002 to 4A0165) or,
2.0 m/s2 (Models CIMR-T 2A0250 to 2A0415 and 4A0208 to 4A0362)
Orientation Install the drive vertically to maintain maximum cooling effects.
NOTICE: Avoid placing drive peripheral devices, transformers, or other electronics near the drive as the noise created can lead to
erroneous operation. If such devices must be used in close proximity to the drive, take proper steps to shield the drive from noise.
NOTICE: Prevent foreign matter such as metal shavings and wire clippings from falling into the drive during installation. Failure to
comply could result in damage to the drive. Place a temporary cover over the top of the drive during installation. Remove the
temporary cover before startup, as the cover will reduce ventilation and cause the drive to overheat.
u Installation Orientation and Spacing
Install the drive upright as illustrated in Figure 2.1 to maintain proper cooling.
Figure 2.1
OK Not good Not good
Figure 2.1 Correct Installation Orientation
36 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
2.2 Mechanical Installation
n Single Drive Installation
Figure 2.2 shows the installation distance required to maintain sufficient space for airflow and wiring.
Figure 2.2
Side Clearance Top/Bottom Clearance
A C
B B
C
D
A D
A – 50 mm minimum C – 120 mm minimum
B – 30 mm minimum D – Airflow direction
Figure 2.2 Correct Installation Spacing
n Multiple Drive Installation (Side-by-Side Installation)
Models CIMR-T2A0004 through 0081 and 4A0002 through 0044 can take advantage of Side-by-Side installation.
When installing multiple drives into the same enclosure panel, mount the drives according to Figure 2.2.
When mounting drives with the minimum clearance of 2 mm according to Figure 2.3, derating must be considered and
parameter L8-35 must be set to 1. Refer to Temperature Derating on page 360
Figure 2.3
Line up the tops of the drives.
Side Clearance Top/Bottom Clearance
A C A D
Mechanical
Installation
2
B
B D
A A
Figure 2.4
A – 50 mm minimum C – 2 mm minimum
B – 30 mm minimum D – 120 mm minimum
Figure 2.3 Space Between Drives (Side-by-Side Mounting)
Note: When installing drives of different heights in the same enclosure panel, the tops of the drives should line up. Leave space
between the top and bottom of stacked drives for easy cooling fan replacement if required.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 37
2.2 Mechanical Installation
u Digital Operator Remote Usage
n Remote Operation
The digital operator mounted on the drive can be removed and connected to the drive using an extension cable up to 3 m
long. This makes it easier to operate the drive when it is installed in a location where it can not be accessed easily.
The digital operator can also be permanently mounted in a remote location like a panel door. An extension cable and an
installation support set (depending on the installation type) will be required.
Note: Refer to Drive Options and Peripheral Devices on page 338 for information on extension cables and installation support sets.
Figure 2.5
Drive Operator
Comm Port
S / N : J007XE273710001
common_
TMonly
Communication Cable Connector
Figure 2.4 Communication Cable Connection
n Digital Operator Remote Installation
Digital Operator Dimensions
12.2 1.6 Installation holes (2-M3 screws, depth 5)
S / N : J007XE273710001
90
78
15
7.9 44
60
minimum
50 Unit: mm
Figure 2.5 Digital Operator Dimensions
Installation Types and Required Materials
There are two ways the digital operator can be mounted to an enclosure:
1. External/face-mount installs the operator outside the enclosure panel
2. Internal/flush-mount installs the operator inside the enclosure panel
Table 2.2 Digital Operator Installation Methods and Required Tools
Installation Method Description Installation Support Sets Model Required Tools
Simplified installation with the digital
External/Face-Mount operator is mounted on the outside of – – Phillips screwdriver (#1)
the panel with two screws.
Installation Support Set A
(for mounting with screws through EZZ020642A Phillips screwdriver (#1, #2)
Encloses the digital operator in the holes in the panel)
Internal/Flush-Mount panel. The digital operator is flush
with the outside of the panel. Installation Support Set B
Phillips screwdriver (#1)
(for use with threaded studs that are EZZ020642B
Wrench (7 mm)
fixed to the panel)
38 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
2.2 Mechanical Installation
Note: Prevent foreign matter such as metal shavings or wire clippings from falling into the drive during installation and project
construction. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive. Place a temporary cover over the top of the drive during
installation. Remove the temporary cover before startup, as the cover will reduce ventilation and cause the drive to overheat.
External/Face-Mount
1. Cut an opening in the enclosure panel for the digital operator as shown in Figure 2.7.
2. Position the digital operator so the display faces outwards, and mount it to the enclosure panel as shown in
Figure 2.6.
Figure 2.6
Digital Operator M3 × 6
Phillips recessed
pan head machine screw × 2
Enclosure panel
Unit: mm
Figure 2.6 External/Face-Mount Installation
Figure 2.7
22
78
26
22
2
22
14
Unit: mm
Figure 2.7 Panel Cut-Out Dimensions (External/Face-Mount Installation)
Mechanical
Installation
2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 39
2.2 Mechanical Installation
Internal/Flush-Mount
An internal flush-mount requires an installation support set that must be purchased separately. Contact your Yaskawa
representative to order an installation support set and mounting hardware. Figure 2.8 illustrates how to attach the
Installation Support Set A.
1. Cut an opening in the enclosure panel for the digital operator as shown in Figure 2.9.
2. Mount the digital operator to the installation support.
3. Mount the installation support set and digital operator to the enclosure panel.
Figure 2.8
Enclosure panel
Digital Operator
M4 × 10 Installation Support Set A
Phillips truss head screw × 4
(for panel widths between 1 and 1.6) M3 × 6
Phillips recessed
pan head machine screw × 2
Unit: mm
Figure 2.8 Internal/Flush Mount Installation
Note: For environments with a significant amount of dust or other airborne debris, use a gasket between the enclosure panel and the
digital operator.
Figure 2.9
89 +0.5
0
120
45
59 +0.5
0
Unit : mm
Figure 2.9 Panel Cut-Out Dimensions (Internal/Flush-Mount Installation)
40 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
2.2 Mechanical Installation
u Exterior and Mounting Dimensions
n Heatsink Cooled Drives
W1 4-d
4-d
W1
H1
H1
H0
H
H
t1 t1
D1
H2
H2
H3
W D1 W D
D
Figure 1 Figure 2
W1
4-d t2 YEG
H1
H0
H
Mechanical
Installation
H2
H3
t1
2
D1
Max 10 W Max 10 D
Figure 3
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 41
2.2 Mechanical Installation
Table 2.3 Dimensions: 200 V Class
Dimensions (mm)
Drive Model
CIMR-T2A Weight
Figure W H D W1 H0 H1 H2 H3 D1 t1 t2 d
(kg)
0004 140 260 147 122 – 248 6 – 38 5 – M5 3.1
0006 140 260 147 122 – 248 6 – 38 5 – M5 3.1
0010 140 260 147 122 – 248 6 – 38 5 – M5 3.2
0012 140 260 147 122 – 248 6 – 38 5 – M5 3.2
0021 140 260 164 122 – 248 6 – 55 5 – M5 3.5
0030 1 140 260 167 122 – 248 6 – 55 5 – M5 4.0
0040 140 260 167 122 – 248 6 – 55 5 – M5 4.0
0056 180 300 187 160 – 284 8 – 75 5 – M5 5.6
0069 220 350 197 192 – 335 8 – 78 5 – M6 8.7
0081 2 220 365 197 192 350 335 8 15 78 5 – M6 9.7
0110 254 534 258 195 400 385 7.5 134 100 2.3 2.3 M6 23
0138 279 614 258 220 450 435 7.5 164 100 2.3 2.3 M6 28
0169 329 630 283 260 550 535 7.5 80 110 2.3 2.3 M6 40
0211 329 630 283 260 550 535 7.5 80 110 2.3 2.3 M6 40
3
0250 456 868 330 325 705 680 12.5 163 130 3.2 3.2 M10 81
0312 456 868 330 325 705 680 12.5 163 130 3.2 3.2 M10 86
0360 504 1038 350 370 800 773 13 238 130 4.5 4.5 M12 105
0415 504 1038 350 370 800 773 13 238 130 4.5 4.5 M12 105
Table 2.4 Dimensions: 400 V Class
Dimensions (mm)
Drive Model
CIMR-T4A Figure W H D W1 H0 H1 H2 H3 D1 t1 t2 d Weight
(kg)
0002 140 260 147 122 – 248 6 – 38 5 – M5 3.2
0004 140 260 147 122 – 248 6 – 38 5 – M5 3.2
0005 140 260 147 122 – 248 6 – 38 5 – M5 3.2
0007 140 260 164 122 – 248 6 – 55 5 – M5 3.4
0009 140 260 164 122 – 248 6 – 55 5 – M5 3.5
0011 1 140 260 164 122 – 248 6 – 55 5 – M5 3.5
0018 140 260 167 122 – 248 6 – 55 5 – M5 3.9
0023 140 260 167 122 – 248 6 – 55 5 – M5 3.9
0031 180 300 167 160 – 284 8 – 55 5 – M5 5.4
0038 180 300 187 160 – 284 8 – 75 5 – M5 5.7
0044 220 350 197 192 – 335 8 – 78 5 – M6 8.3
0058 254 465 258 195 400 385 7.5 65 100 2.3 2.3 M6 23
0072 279 515 258 220 450 435 7.5 65 100 2.3 2.3 M6 27
0088 329 630 258 260 510 495 7.5 120 105 2.3 3.2 M6 39
0103 329 630 258 260 510 495 7.5 120 105 2.3 3.2 M6 39
0139 329 630 283 260 550 535 7.5 80 110 2.3 2.3 M6 43
3
0165 329 630 283 260 550 535 7.5 80 110 2.3 2.3 M6 45
0208 456 868 330 325 705 680 12.5 163 130 3.2 3.2 M10 85
0250 504 1038 350 370 800 773 13 238 130 4.5 4.5 M12 103
0296 504 1038 350 370 800 773 13 238 130 4.5 4.5 M12 109
0362 504 1038 350 370 800 773 13 238 130 4.5 4.5 M12 114
42 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
3
Electrical Installation
This chapter explains proper procedures for wiring the control circuit terminals, motor, and
power supply.
3.1 SECTION SAFETY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.2 STANDARD CONNECTION DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.3 MAIN CIRCUIT CONFIGURATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.4 TERMINAL BLOCK CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.5 TERMINAL COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.6 DIGITAL OPERATOR AND FRONT COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
3.7 MAIN CIRCUIT WIRING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3.8 CONTROL CIRCUIT WIRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
3.9 CONTROL I/O CONNECTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
3.10 CONNECT TO A PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
3.11 EXTERNAL INTERLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
3.12 WIRING CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 43
3.1 Section Safety
3.1 Section Safety
DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing, and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Installation, maintenance, inspection, and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment, and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not touch any terminals before the capacitors have fully discharged.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Before wiring terminals, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the
power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive
before touching any components.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Do not install the drive to a combustible surface. Never place combustible materials on the drive.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.
When installing a dynamic braking resistor or optional Braking Resistor Unit, perform all wiring exactly as
specified in the wiring diagrams provided.
Failure to do so can result in fire. Improper wiring may damage braking components.
44 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
3.1 Section Safety
CAUTION
Do not carry the drive by the front cover or the terminal cover.
Failure to comply may cause the main body of the drive to fall, resulting in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded, twisted-pair
wires and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use the product.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Carefully review instruction manual TOBP C720600 00 when connecting a dynamic braking option to the drive.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
Yaskawa is not responsible for any modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Check all the wiring to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the drive and connecting any other
devices.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Electrical Installation
3
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 45
3.2 Standard Connection Diagram
3.2 Standard Connection Diagram
Connect the drive and peripheral devices as shown in Figure 3.1. It is possible to set and run the drive via the digital
operator without connecting digital I/O wiring. This section does not discuss drive operation; Refer to Start-Up
Programming & Operation on page 71 for instructions on operating the drive.
NOTICE: Inadequate wiring could result in damage to the drive. Install adequate branch circuit short circuit protection per applicable
codes. The drive is suitable for circuits capable of delivering not more than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes, 240 Vac maximum
(200 V Class) and 480 Vac maximum (400 V Class).
NOTICE: When the input voltage is 440 V or higher or the wiring distance is greater than 100 meters, pay special attention to the
motor insulation voltage or use a drive duty motor. Failure to comply could lead to motor insulation breakdown.
NOTICE: Do not connect AC control circuit ground to drive enclosure. Improper drive grounding can cause control circuit malfunction.
NOTICE: The minimum load for the relay outputs M1-M2, M3-M4, M5-M6, and MA-MB-MC is 10 mA.
Figure 3.1
Terminals -, +1, +2, B1, B2 are DC reactor <1>
for connection options. Never (option)
connect power supply lines to U X <2>
Wiring sequence should shut off these terminals Braking resistor
Jumper
power to the drive when a fault (option) <3>
output is triggered. <15>
+2 +1 − B1 B2
U Motor
Main Circuit U/T1
Main V
Switch Fuse V/T2 M
Three-phase
power supply
R
S
EMC
R/L1
S/L2 Drive W/T3
W
200 to 240 V Filter
T T/L3
50/60 Hz Control Circuit <4>
Shielded
Ground Cable
Forward Run / Stop S1 Option board connectors
CN5-C
Reverse Run / Stop S2
CN5-B
External fault S3
CN5-A
Fault reset S4
Terminal board
jumpers and switches
Multi-function Multi-speed step 1 S5
digtial inputs V I
DIP Switch S1
(default setting) A2 Volt/Curr. Sel
Multi-speed step 2 S6
On
DIP Switch S2
Off
Term. Res. On/Off
Jog speed S7
Jumper S3
Baseblock S8 H1, H2
Sink/Source Sel.
SN PTC DIP Switch S4
YEG
A3 Analog/PTC
Sink / Source mode SC Input Sel
selection wire link AI
(default: Sink) <5> SP
Jumper S5
V
+24 V <6> AM/FM Volt./Curr.
I Selection
FM AM
Shield ground terminal
MA Fault relay output
RP Pulse Train Input (max 32 kHz)
MB 250 Vac, max. 1 A
<7>
+V Power supply +10.5 Vdc, max. 20 mA
MC
30 Vdc, max 1 A
(min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
2 kΩ
A1 Analog Input 1 (Frequency Reference Bias)
-10 to +10 Vdc (20 kΩ) M1 Multi-function relay output (During Run)
Multi-function 250 Vac, max. 1 A
analog/ pulse M2 30 Vdc, max 1 A
train inputs
A2 Analog Input 2 (Frequency Reference Bias)
-10 to +10 Vdc (20 kΩ) (min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
0 or 4 to 20 mA (250 Ω) <8>
M3 Multi-function relay output (Zero Speed)
Analog Input 3 / PTC Input (Aux. frequency 250 Vac, max. 1 A
A3 M4 30 Vdc, max 1 A
reference)
-10 to +10 Vdc (20 kΩ) <9> (min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
AC
0V M5 Multi-function relay output (Speed Agree 1)
250 Vac, max. 1 A
M6
<7> −V Power supply, -10.5 Vdc, max. 20 mA 30 Vdc, max 1 A
(min. 5 Vdc, 10 mA)
Termination resistor
(120 Ω, 1/2 W) MP Multi-function pulse train output
(Output frequency)
AC 0 to 32 kHz (2.2 kΩ)
DIP
Switch S2
R+ 0V
R <10>
MEMOBUS/Modbus S+ FM
comm. RS485/422 Multi-function analog output 1
− + (Output frequency)
max. 115.2 kBps S FM -10 to +10 Vdc (2mA) or 4 to 20 mA
Safety
switch IG <14> <13>
AM
S2 Multi-function analog output 2
AC − + (Output current)
Safe Disable inputs H1 AM -10 to +10 Vdc (2mA) or 4 to 20 mA
<11> 0V
S1 H2 <13>
E (G)
Open Wire
jumper EDM (Safety Electronic Device Monitor)
Safety relay / DM+ shielded line
controller <12>
HC twisted-pair shielded line
DM−
control circuit terminal
main circuit terminal
Figure 3.1 Drive Standard Connection Diagram (example: CIMR-T2A0040)
46 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
3.2 Standard Connection Diagram
<1> Remove the jumper when installing a DC reactor. Models CIMR-T2A0110 through 2A0415 and 4A0058 through 4A0362 come with a
built-in DC reactor.
<2> When using a braking resistor (ERF), make sure that braking resistor protection is enabled (L8-01 = 1). The wiring sequence should shut off
the input power supply if the fault output terminal is triggered.
<3> The drive’s protection function for the internal braking transistor needs to be disabled (L8-55 = 0) if using a regen unit such as a regen
converter or some type of braking option unit (and therefore not the internal braking transistor). If left enabled, a braking resistor fault (rF)
may result. Make sure Stall Prevention is disabled (L3-04 = 0) whenever using a regenerative converter, a regenerative unit, a braking resistor
or the Braking Resistor Unit. If left enabled, the drive may not stop within the specified deceleration time.
<4> Supplying power to the control circuit separately from the main circuit requires a 24 V power supply (option).
<5> This figure shows an example of a sequence input to S1 through S8 using a non-powered relay or an NPN transistor. Install the wire link
between terminals SC-SP for Sink mode and SC-SN for Source mode. Leave it out for external power supply. Never short terminals SP and
SN as doing so will damage the drive.
<6> The maximum current supplied by this voltage source is 150 mA if no digital input option card DI-A3 is used.
<7> The maximum output current capacity for the +V and -V terminals on the control circuit is 20 mA. Never short terminals +V, -V, and AC, as
this can cause erroneous operation or damage the drive.
<8> Set DIP switch S1 to select between a voltage or current input signal to terminal A2. The default setting is for current input.
<9> Set DIP switch S4 to select between analog or PTC input for terminal A3.
<10> Enable the termination resistor in the last drive in a MEMOBUS network by setting DIP switch S2 to the ON position.
<11> Use jumper S3 to select between Sink mode, Source mode or external power supply for the Safe Disable inputs.
<12> Disconnect the wire jumper between H1 - HC and H2 - HC when utilizing the Safe Disable input.
<13> Monitor outputs work with devices such as analog frequency meters, ammeters, voltmeters, and wattmeters. They are not intended for use as
a feedback-type of signal.
<14> Use jumper S5 to selection between voltage or current output signals at terminal AM and FM. Set parameters H4-07 and H4-08 accordingly.
<15> When using the automatic fault restart function while the wiring is made to shut off the power supply when a drive fault occurs, make sure the
drive is set not to trigger a fault output during fault restart (L5-02=0, default). Otherwise the fault restart function can not work properly.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Do not close the wiring for the control circuit unless the multifunction input terminal
parameters are properly set. Improper sequencing of run/stop circuitry could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Ensure start/stop and safety circuits are wired properly and in the correct state before
energizing the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment. When programmed for 3-Wire
control, a momentary closure on terminal S1 may cause the drive to start.
WARNING! When 3-Wire sequence is used, set the drive to 3-Wire sequence before wiring the control terminals and ensure
parameter b1-17 is set to 0 (drive does not accept a run command at power up (default). If the drive is wired for 3-Wire sequence but
set up for 2-Wire sequence (default) and if parameter b1-17 is set to 1 (drive accepts a Run command at power up), the motor will
rotate in reverse direction at power up of the drive and may cause injury.
Electrical Installation
3
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 47
3.3 Main Circuit Configurations
3.3 Main Circuit Configurations
Refer to the Table 3.1 when wiring the drive’s main circuit. Connections may vary based on drive capacity. The DC
power supply for the main circuit also provides power to the control circuit.
NOTICE: Do not use the negative DC bus terminal “-” as a ground terminal. This terminal is at high DC voltage potential. Improper
wiring connections could damage the drive.
Table 3.1 Drive main circuit configurations
CIMR-T2A0004 to 2A0081 CIMR-T2A0110, 2A0138
CIMR-T4A0002 to 4A0044 CIMR-T4A0058, 4A0072
Figure 3.2 Figure 3.4
B1 B2 B1 B2
+1 +1
+2 Relay Relay
Current DC Current
sensor reactor sensor
R/L1 U/T1 R/L1 U/T1
S/L2 + +
V/T2 S/L2 V/T2
T/L3 W/T3 T/L3 W/T3
– –
Jumper
Control Operator Control
Gate board board Gate board Operator
board
CIMR-T2A0169, 2A0211 CIMR-T2A0250 to 2A0415
CIMR-T4A0088 to 4A0139 CIMR-T4A0165 to 4A0362
Figure 3.3 Figure 3.5
+3 +3
+1 +1
Relay Relay
DC Current DC Current
reactor sensor reactor sensor
R/L1 U/T1 R/L1 U/T1
+ +
S/L2 V/T2 S/L2 V/T2
T/L3 W/T3 T/L3 W/T3
– –
Control 24 V Control
Gate board Operator Power Gate board Operator
board Supply board
48 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
3.4 Terminal Block Configuration
3.4 Terminal Block Configuration
Figure 3.7 shows the different main circuit terminal arrangements for the drive capacities.
Figure 3.6
CIMR-T2A0004, 0006, 0010, 0012, CIMR-T2A0030, 0040 CIMR-T2A0056
0021ޓ CIMR-T4A0018, 0023 CIMR-T4A0031, 0038, 0044
CIMR-T4A0002, 0004, 0005, 0007,
0009, 0011 B1 B2
– B1 B2
R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 – B1 B2 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3
+1 +2 R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 – +1 +2 U/T1 V/T2 W/T3
S/L2 T/L3 +1 +2 U/T1 V/T2 W
CIMR-T2A0069, 0081 CIMR-T2A0110, 0138
CIMR-T4A0058, 0072
+1 +2
B1 B2
Electrical Installation
YEG
3
CIMR-T4A0088, 0103
CIMR-T2A0169, 0211, 0250, 0312, 0360, 0415
CIMR-T4A0139, 0165, 0208, 0250, 0296, 0362 <1>
Figure 3.2 Main Circuit Terminal Block Configuration
<1> Terminal board design differs slightly for models CIMR-T2A0250 through 2A0415 and 4A0208 through 4A0362.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 49
3.5 Terminal Cover
3.5 Terminal Cover
Follow the procedure below to remove the terminal cover for wiring and to reattach the terminal cover after wiring is
complete.
u CIMR-T 2A0004 to 0081, 4A0002 to 0044
n Removing the Terminal Cover
1. Loosen the terminal cover screw.
Figure 3.7
Figure 3.3 Removing the Terminal Cover
2. Push in on the hook located on the bottom of the terminal cover, and gently pull forward. This should remove the
terminal cover.
Figure 3.8
Figure 3.4 Removing the Terminal Cover
n Reattaching the Terminal Cover
Power lines and signal wiring should pass through the opening provided. Refer to Wiring the Main Circuit Terminal on
page 59 and Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal on page 62 for details on wiring.
After all wiring to the drive and other devices is complete, reattach the terminal cover.
Figure 3.9
Connect ground wiring first,
followed by the main circuit,
and then wire the control circuit.
Power lines and signal wiring
exit through the opening provided.
Figure 3.5 Reattaching the Terminal Cover
50 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
3.5 Terminal Cover
u CIMR-T 2A0110 to 0415, 4A0058 to 0362
n Removing the Terminal Cover
1. Loosen the four screws on the terminal cover, then pull down on the cover.
CAUTION! Do not completely remove the cover screws, just loosen them. If the cover screws are removed completely, the terminal
cover may fall off causing an injury. Take special care when removing/reattaching the terminal covers for larger drives.
Figure 3.10
YEG
Figure 3.6 Removing the Terminal Cover
2. Pull forward on the terminal cover to free it from the drive.
Figure 3.11
YEG
Figure 3.7 Removing the Terminal Cover
Electrical Installation
n Reattaching the Terminal Cover
Once wiring to the terminal board and other devices is complete, double check all connections and finally reattach the
terminal cover. Refer to Wiring the Main Circuit Terminal on page 59 and Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal on
page 62 for details on wiring.
Figure 3.12
Connect ground wiring first,
followed by the main circuit,
and then wire the control circuit. YEG
Power lines and signal wiring
exit through the opening provided.
Figure 3.8 Reattaching the Terminal Cover
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 51
3.6 Digital Operator and Front Cover
3.6 Digital Operator and Front Cover
The digital operator can be detached from the drive for remote operation, or when the front cover has to be opened to
install an option card.
NOTICE: Be sure the digital operator has been removed prior to opening the front cover or reattaching it. Leaving the digital operator
plugged into the drive when removing the front cover can result in erroneous operation caused by a poor connection. Before
reattaching the operator make sure the front cover has been firmly fastened back into place.
u Removing/Reattaching the Digital Operator
n Removing the Digital Operator
While pinching inwards on the hook located on the right side of the digital operator, pull forward and remove the
operator from the drive.
Figure 3.13
Figure 3.9 Removing the Digital Operator
n Reattaching the Digital Operator
Insert the digital operator into the opening in the top cover while aligning it with the notches on the left side of the
opening. Next press gently on the right side of the operator until it clicks into place.
Figure 3.14
Figure 3.10 Reattaching the Digital Operator
u Removing/Reattaching the Front Cover
n Removing the Front Cover
2A0004 to 2A0081 and 4A0002 to 4A0044
After removing the terminal cover and the digital operator, loosen the screw that affixes the front cover (model CIMR-
T 2A0081 does not use a screw to affix the front cover). Pinch inwards on hooks found on each side of the front cover,
then pull forward to remove it from the drive.
Figure 3.15
Figure 3.11 Remove the Front Cover (2A0004 to 2A0081 and 4A0002 to 4A0044)
2A0110 to 2A0415 and 4A0058 to 4A0362
1. Remove the terminal cover and the digital operator.
2. Loosen the installation screw on the front cover.
3. Use a straight-edge screwdriver to loosen the hooks on each side of the cover that hold it in place.
52 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
3.6 Digital Operator and Front Cover
Figure 3.16
Hook Hook
Front cover Free hooks on both
installation screw sides of the cover
Figure 3.12 Remove the Front Cover (2A0110 to 2A0415 and 4A0058 to 4A0362)
4. First unhook the left side of the front cover, then swing the left side towards you as shown in the figure below
until the cover comes off.
Figure 3.17
Figure 3.13 Remove the Front Cover (2A0110 to 2A0415 and 4A0058 to 4A0362)
Electrical Installation
n Reattaching the Front Cover
2A0004 to 2A0081 and 4A0002 to 4A0044
Reverse the instructions given in Remove the Front Cover (2A0004 to 2A0081 and 4A0002 to 4A0044) on page 52 to
reattach the front cover. Pinch inwards on the hooks found on each side of the front cover while guiding it back into the
drive. Make sure it clicks firmly into place.
2A0110 to 2A0415 and 4A0058 to 4A0362
3
1. Slide the front cover so that the hooks on the top connect to the drive.
Figure 3.18
Figure 3.14 Reattach the Front Cover (2A0110 to 2A0415 and 4A0058 to 4A0362)
2. Once the hooks have connected to the drive, press firmly on the cover to make sure it locks into place.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 53
3.7 Main Circuit Wiring
3.7 Main Circuit Wiring
This section describes the functions, specifications, and procedures required to safely and properly wire the main circuit
in the drive.
NOTICE: Do not solder the ends of wire connections to the drive. Soldered wiring connections can loosen over time. Improper wiring
practices could result in drive malfunction due to loose terminal connections.
NOTICE: Do not switch the drive input to start or stop the motor. Frequently switching the drive on and off shortens the lifetime of the
DC bus charge circuit and the DC bus capacitors, and can cause premature drive failures. For the full performance life, refrain from
switching the drive on and off more than once every 30 minutes.
u Main Circuit Terminal Functions
Table 3.2 Main Circuit Terminal Functions
Terminal Type
200 V 2A0004 to 2A0081 2A0110 to 2A0138 2A0169 to 2A0415
Class Model Function Page
400 V CIMR-T
4A0002 to 4A0044 4A0058, 4A0072 4A0088 to 4A0362
Class
R/L1
S/L2 Main circuit power supply input Connects line power to the drive 46
T/L3
U/T1
V/T2 Drive output Connects to the motor 46
W/T3
B1 Available for connecting a braking resistor or a
Braking resistor not available 342
B2 braking resistor unit option
+2 • DC reactor connection (+1, not available 346
+2) (remove the shorting bar
+1 between +1 and +2) For connection
DC power supply input DC power supply input
• DC power supply input (+1, (+1, –) • of the drive to a DC power supply –
– (+1, –)
–) • of braking options
• connection of a DC reactor
Braking transistor
+3 not available 343
connection (+3, –)
– Grounding terminal 59
Note: For drives that have a built-in braking transistor (models CIMR-T2A0004 to 2A0138 and 4A0002 to 4A0072), connect the
braking resistor to the B1 terminal and the negative terminal.
u Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque
Select the appropriate wires and crimp terminals from Table 3.3 through Table 3.4.
Note: 1. Wire gauge recommendations based on drive continuous current ratings (ND) using 75°C 600 Vac vinyl-sheathed wire assuming
ambient temperature within 40°C and wiring distance less than 100 m.
2. Terminals +1, +2, +3, –, B1 and B2 are for connecting optional devices such as a DC reactor or braking resistor. Do not connect other
nonspecific devices to these terminals.
• Consider the amount of voltage drop when selecting wire gauges. Increase the wire gauge when the voltage drop is
greater than 2% of motor rated voltage. Ensure the wire gauge is suitable for the terminal block. Use the following
formula to calculate the amount of voltage drop:
Line drop voltage (V)= 3 × wire resistance (Ω/km) × wire length (m) × motor rated current (A) × 10-3
• Refer to instruction manual TOBP C720600 00 for braking unit or braking resistor unit wire gauges.
• Use terminal +1 and the negative terminal when connecting a regenerative converter or a regen unit.
• Use the +3 terminal and the negative terminal to connect the braking transistor unit. For drives that have a built-in
braking transistor (models CIMR-T2A0004 to 2A0138 and 4A0002 to 4A0072), connect the braking resistor to the
B1 terminal and the negative terminal.
• Refer to UL Standards Compliance on page 481 for information on UL compliance.
54 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
3.7 Main Circuit Wiring
n Three-Phase 200 V Class
Table 3.3 Wire Gauge and Torque Specifications (Three-Phase 200 V Class)
Applicable Tightening
Model Recommended Gauge Screw
CIMR-T Terminal mm2
Gauge Torque
mm2 Size Nxm (lb.in.)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 2.5 2.5 to 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2.5 2.5 to 6
2A0004
–, +1, +2 – 2.5 to 6 1.2 to 1.5
2A0006 M4
(10.6 to 13.3)
2A0010 B1, B2 – 2.5 to 6
2.5 <1> 2.5 to 6
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 2.5 2.5 to 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2.5 2.5 to 6
–, +1, +2 – 2.5 to 6 1.2 to 1.5
2A0012 M4
(10.6 to 13.3)
B1, B2 – 2.5 to 6
2.5 <1> 2.5 to 6
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 4 2.5 to 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2.5 2.5 to 6
–, +1, +2 – 4 to 6 1.2 to 1.5
2A0021 M4
(10.6 to 13.3)
B1, B2 – 2.5 to 6
4 <1> 4 to 6
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 6 4 to 16
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 6 4 to 16 1.2 to 1.5
M4
–, +1, +2 – 6 to 16 (10.6 to 13.3)
2A0030
B1, B2 – 4 to 6
2 to 2.5
6 <1> 6 to 10 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 10 6 to 16
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 10 6 to 16 1.2 to 1.5
M4
–, +1, +2 – 16 (10.6 to 13.3)
2A0040
B1, B2 – 4 to 6
2 to 2.5
10 6 to 10 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 16 16 to 25
4 to 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 16 16 to 25 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
–, +1, +2 – 16 to 25
2A0056 2 to 2.5
B1, B2 – 6 to 10 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
Electrical Installation
4 to 6
16 10 to 16 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 25 16 to 25
9 to11
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 16 16 to 25 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
–, +1, +2 – 25
2A0069 2 to 2.5
B1, B2 – 10 to 16 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
4 to 6
16 16 to 25 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 35 25 to 35 3
9 to11
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 25 25 to 35 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
–, +1, +2 – 25 to 35
2A0081 2 to 2.5
B1, B2 – 16 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
4 to 6
16 16 to 25 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 35 25 to 50
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 35 25 to 50
–, +1 – 35 to 50 9 to 11
2A0110 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
B1, B2 – 16 to 50
16 16 to 25
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 50 35 to 70
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 50 35 to 70 18 to 23
M10
–, +1 – 50 to 70 (159 to 204)
2A0138
B1, B2 – 25 to 70
9 to 11
25 25 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 55
3.7 Main Circuit Wiring
Model Recommended Gauge Applicable Screw Tightening
Terminal Gauge Torque
CIMR-T mm2 Size
mm2 Nxm (lb.in.)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 70 50 to 95
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 70 50 to 95
–, +1 – 35 to 95 18 to 23
2A0169 M10
(159 to 204)
+3 – 50 to 95
35 25 to 35
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 95 70 to 95
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 95 70 to 95
–, +1 – 35 to 95 18 to 23
2A0211 M10
(159 to 204)
+3 – 50 to 95
50 25 to 50
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 95 × 2P 95 to 150
32 to 40
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 95 × 2P 95 to 150 M12
(283 to 354)
–, +1 – 70 to 150
2A0250 18 to 23
+3 – 35 to 150 M10
(159 to 204)
32 to 40
95 95 to 150 M12
(283 to 354)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 95 × 2P 95 to 150
32 to 40
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 95 × 2P 95 to 150 M12
(283 to 354)
–, +1 – 70 to 150
2A0312 18 to 23
+3 – 70 to 150 M10
(159 to 204)
32 to 40
95 95 to 150 M12
(283 to 354)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 240 95 to 300
32 to 40
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 240 95 to 300 M12
(283 to 354)
–, +1 – 125 to 300
2A0360 18 to 23
+3 – 70 to 300 M10
(159 to 204)
32 to 40
120 120 to 240 M12
(283 to 354)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 120 × 2P 95 to 300
32 to 40
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 300 95 to 300 M12
(283 to 354)
–, +1 – 150 to 300
2A0415 18 to 23
+3 – 70 to 300 M10
(159 to 204)
32 to 40
120 120 to 240 M12
(283 to 354)
<1> When an EMC filter is installed, additional measures must be taken in order to comply with IEC61800-5-1. Refer to EMC Filter Installation
on page 477.
Note: Refer to the related instruction manuals for the applicable wire gauges when connecting peripheral devices to terminals -, +1, +3,
B1, and B2. Contact your Yaskawa representative or the nearest Yaskawa sales office directly for consultation if using a wire
gauge not listed in the manual.
n Three-Phase 400 V Class
Table 3.4 Wire Gauge and Torque Specifications (Three-Phase 400 V Class)
Model Recommended Gauge Applicable Screw Tightening
CIMR-T Terminal mm2 Gauge Torque
mm2 Size Nxm (lb.in.)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 2.5 2.5 to 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2.5 2.5 to 6
4A0002 –, +1, +2 – 2.5 to 6 1.2 to 1.5
M4
4A0004 (10.6 to 13.3)
B1, B2 – 2.5 to 6
2.5 <1> 2.5 to 4
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 2.5 2.5 to 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2.5 2.5 to 6
4A0005
–, +1, +2 – 2.5 to 6 1.2 to 1.5
4A0007 M4
(10.6 to 13.3)
4A0009 B1, B2 – 2.5 to 6
2.5 <1> 2.5 to 6
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 2.5 2.5 to 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2.5 2.5 to 6
–, +1, +2 – 2.5 to 6 1.2 to 1.5
4A0011 M4
(10.6 to 13.3)
B1, B2 – 2.5 to 6
2.5 <1> 2.5 to 6
56 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
3.7 Main Circuit Wiring
Applicable Tightening
Model Recommended Gauge Screw
CIMR-T Terminal mm2
Gauge Torque
mm2 Size Nxm (lb.in.)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 2.5 2.5 to 16
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2.5 2.5 to 16 1.2 to 1.5
M4
–, +1, +2 – 4 to 16 (10.6 to 13.3)
4A0018
B1, B2 – 4 to 6
2 to 2.5
2.5 <1> 2.5 to 6 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 4 2.5 to 16
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 4 2.5 to 16 1.2 to 1.5
M4
–, +1, +2 – 4 to 16 (10.6 to 13.3)
4A0023
B1, B2 – 4 to 6
2 to 2.5
4 <1> 4 to 6 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 6 6 to 16
2 to 2.5
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 6 6 to 16
(17.7 to 22.1)
–, +1, +2 – 6 to 16 M5
4A0031 2 to 2.5
B1, B2 – 6 to 10
(17.7 to 22.1)
4 to 6
6 <1> 6 to 10 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 10 10 to 16
2 to 2.5
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 6 6 to 16
(17.7 to 22.1)
–, +1, +2 – 6 to 16 M5
4A0038 2 to 2.5
B1, B2 – 6 to 10
(17.7 to 22.1)
4 to 6
10 6 to 16 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 16 16 to 25
4 to 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 16 16 to 25 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
–, +1, +2 – 16 to 25
4A0044 2 to 2.5
B1, B2 – 6 to 10 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
4 to 6
16 10 to 16 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 16 10 to 16
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 16 10 to 16
–, +1 – 16 to 35 9 to 11
4A0058 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
B1, B2 – 10 to 16
16 10 to 16
Electrical Installation
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 16 16 to 25
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 25 16 to 25
–, +1 – 25 to 35 9 to 11
4A0072 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
B1, B2 – 16 to 25
16 16 to 25
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 25 16 to 50
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 25 25 to 50
–, +1 – 25 to 50 9 to 11
4A0088 M8
+3 – 16 to 50
(79.7 to 97.4) 3
16 16 to 25
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 35 25 to 50
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 35 25 to 50
–, +1 – 25 to 50 9 to 11
4A0103 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
+3 – 25 to 50
16 16 to 25
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 50 35 to 95
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 50 35 to 95
–, +1 – 50 to 95 18 to 23
4A0139 M10
(159 to 204)
+3 – 25 to 95
25 25
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 70 50 to 95
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 70 70 to 95
–,+1 – 35 to 95 18 to 23
4A0165 M10
(159 to 204)
+3 – 50 to 95
35 25 to 35
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 57
3.7 Main Circuit Wiring
Applicable Tightening
Model Recommended Gauge Screw
CIMR-T Terminal mm2
Gauge Torque
mm2 Size Nxm (lb.in.)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 95 35 to 95
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 95 35 to 95
–, +1 – 35 to 150 18 to 23
4A0208 M10
(159 to 204)
+3 – 25 to 70
50 50 to 150
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 120 95 to 300
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 120 95 to 300
–, +1 – 70 to 300 18 to 23
4A0250 M10
(159 to 204)
+3 – 35 to 300
70 70 to 240
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 185 95 to 300
32 to 40
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 185 95 to 300 M12
(283 to 354)
–, +1 – 70 to 300
4A0296 18 to 23
+3 – 35 to 300 M10
(159 to 204)
32 to 40
95 95 to 240 M12
(283 to 354)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 240 95 to 300
32 to 40
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 240 95 to 300 M12
(283 to 354)
–, +1 – 95 to 300
4A0362 18 to 23
+3 – 70 to 300 M10
(159 to 204)
32 to 40
120 120 to 240 M12
(283 to 354)
<1> When an EMC filter is installed, additional measures must be taken in order to comply with IEC61800-5-1. Refer to EMC Filter Installation
on page 477.
Note: Refer to the related instruction manuals for the applicable wire gauges when connecting peripheral devices to terminals -, +1, +3,
B1, and B2. Contact your Yaskawa representative or the nearest Yaskawa sales office directly for consultation if using a wire
gauge not listed in the manual.
u Main Circuit Terminal and Motor Wiring
This section outlines the various steps, precautions, and checkpoints for wiring the main circuit terminals and motor
terminals.
NOTICE: When connecting the motor to the drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3, the phase order for the drive and motor
should match. Failure to comply with proper wiring practices may cause the motor to run in reverse if the phase order is backward.
NOTICE: Do not connect phase-advancing capacitors or LC/RC noise filters to the output circuits. Failure to comply could result in
damage to the drive, phase-advancing capacitors, LC/RC noise filters or ground fault circuit interrupters.
NOTICE: Do not connect the AC power line to the output motor terminals of the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious
injury by fire as a result of drive damage from line voltage application to output terminals.
n Cable Length Between Drive and Motor
Voltage drop along the motor cable may cause reduced motor torque when the wiring between the drive and the motor is
too long, especially at low frequency output. This can also be a problem when motors are connected in parallel with a
fairly long motor cable. Drive output current will increase as the leakage current from the cable increases. An increase in
leakage current may trigger an overcurrent situation and weaken the accuracy of the current detection.
Adjust the drive carrier frequency according to Table 3.5. If the motor wiring distance exceeds 100 m because of the
system configuration, reduce the ground currents. Refer to C6-02: Carrier Frequency Selection on page 152.
Table 3.5 Cable Length Between Drive and Motor
Cable Length 50 m or less 100 m or less Greater than 100 m
Carrier Frequency 15 kHz or less 5 kHz or less 2 kHz or less
Note: 1. When setting carrier frequency in a drive running multiple motors, calculate the cable length as the total distance of wiring to all
motors that are connected.
2. The maximum cable length is 100 m when using OLV/PM (A1-02 = 5) or AOLV/PM (A1-02 = 6).
58 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
3.7 Main Circuit Wiring
n Ground Wiring
Follow the precautions to wire the ground for one drive or a series of drives.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Always use a ground wire that complies with technical standards on electrical equipment and
minimize the length of the ground wire. Improper equipment grounding may cause dangerous electrical potentials on equipment
chassis, which could result in death or serious injury.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Be sure to ground the drive ground terminal. Improper equipment grounding could result in death
or serious injury by contacting ungrounded electrical equipment.
NOTICE: Do not share the ground wire with other devices such as welding machines or large-current electrical equipment. Improper
equipment grounding could result in drive or equipment malfunction due to electrical interference.
NOTICE: When using more than one drive, ground multiple drives according to instructions. Improper equipment grounding could
result in abnormal operation of drive or equipment.
Refer to Figure 3.15 when using multiple drives. Do not loop the ground wire.
Figure 3.19
OK OK Not good
Figure 3.15 Multiple Drive Wiring
n Wiring the Main Circuit Terminal
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Shut off the power supply to the drive before wiring the main circuit terminals. Failure to comply
may result in death or serious injury.
Wire the main circuit terminals after the terminal board has been properly grounded.
Models CIMR-T2A0004 through 0081 and 4A0002 through 0044 have a cover placed over the DC bus and braking
circuit terminals prior to shipment to help prevent miswiring. Cut away covers as needed for terminals using wire cutters.
Figure 3.20
Electrical Installation
A – Protective Cover
Figure 3.16 Protecting Cover to Prevent Miswiring (CIMR-T2A0056)
n Main Circuit Configurations
Refer to Main Circuit Configurations on page 48 when wiring terminals on the drive’s main power circuit. 3
WARNING! Fire Hazard. The braking resistor connection terminals are B1 and B2. Do not connect braking resistors to any other
terminals. Improper wiring connections could cause the braking resistor to overheat and cause death or serious injury by fire. Failure to
comply may result in damage to the braking circuit or drive.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 59
3.8 Control Circuit Wiring
3.8 Control Circuit Wiring
u Control Circuit Connection Diagram
Refer to Standard Connection Diagram on page 46 when wiring terminals on the drive’s control circuit.
Figure 3.21
u Control Circuit Terminal Block Functions
Drive parameters determine which functions apply to the multi-function digital inputs (S1 to S8), multi-function digital
outputs (M1 to M6), multi-function analog inputs (A1 to A3), and multi-function analog monitor output (FM, AM). The
default setting is listed next to each terminal in Figure 3.1 on page 46.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Always check the operation and wiring of control circuits after being wired. Operating a drive
with untested control circuits could result in death or serious injury.
n Input Terminals
Table 3.6 lists the input terminals on the drive. Text in parenthesis indicates the default setting for each multi-function
input.
Table 3.6 Control Circuit Input Terminals
Type No. Terminal Name (Function) Function (Signal Level) Default Setting Page
S1 Multi-function input 1 (Closed: Forward run, Open: Stop)
S2 Multi-function input 2 (Closed: Reverse run, Open: Stop)
S3 Multi-function input 3 (External fault, N.O.) Photocoupler
S4 Multi-function input 4 (Fault reset) 24 Vdc, 8 mA
Set the wire jumper between SC and SN or SC and SP to select sinking/sourcing
S5 Multi-function input 5 (Multi-step speed reference 1) mode and power supply. 181
Multi-Function S6 Multi-function input 6 (Multi-step speed reference 2) Refer to Sinking/Sourcing Mode Switch for Digital Inputs on page 65.
Digital Inputs
S7 Multi-function input 7 (Jog reference)
S8 Multi-function input 8 (Baseblock)
SC Multi-function input common Multi-function input common
SP Digital input power supply +24 Vdc 24 Vdc power supply for digital inputs, 150 mA max (if no digital input option DI-
A3 is used only) 65
SN Digital input power supply 0 V Never short terminals SP and SN as doing so will damage the drive.
H1 Safe Disable input 1 24 Vdc, 8 mA
One or both open: Output disabled
Both closed: Normal operation
Internal impedance: 3.3 kΩ
Safe Disable Off time of at least 1 ms
H2 Safe Disable input 2 Disconnect the wire jumpers shorting terminals H1, H2, and HC to use the Safe 490
Inputs
Disable inputs. Set the jumper S3 to select between sinking, sourcing mode, and the
power supply as explained in Sinking/Sourcing Mode Selection for Safe Disable
Inputs on page 65.
HC Safe Disable function common Safe disable function common
Input frequency range: 0 to 32 kHz
Signal Duty Cycle: 30 to 70% 112
RP Multi-function pulse train input (Frequency reference)
High level: 3.5 to 13.2 Vdc, low level: 0.0 to 0.8 Vdc 208
Input impedance: 3 kΩ
+V Power supply for analog inputs 10.5 Vdc (max allowable current 20 mA) 111
-V Power supply for analog inputs -10.5 Vdc (max allowable current 20 mA) –
111
Analog Inputs / A1 Multi-function analog input 1 (Frequency reference bias) -10 to 10 Vdc, 0 to 10 Vdc (input impedance: 20 kΩ)
201
Pulse Train Input
-10 to 10 Vdc, 0 to 10 Vdc (input impedance: 20 kΩ) 111
A2 Multi-function analog input 2 (Frequency reference bias) 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA (input impedance: 250 Ω) 111
Voltage or current input must be selected by DIP switch S1 and H3-09 202
Multi-function analog input 3 (Auxiliary frequency -10 to 10 Vdc, 0 to 10 Vdc (input impedance: 20 kΩ)
A3 111
reference) / PTC Input Use DIP switch S4 on the terminal board to selection between analog or PTC input.
AC Frequency reference common 0V 111
E (G) Ground for shielded lines and option cards – –
60 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
3.8 Control Circuit Wiring
n Output Terminals
Table 3.7 lists the output terminals on the drive. Text in parenthesis indicates the default setting for each multi-function
output.
Table 3.7 Control Circuit Output Terminals
Type No. Terminal Name (Function) Function (Signal Level) Default Setting Page
MA N.O.
30 Vdc, 10 mA to 1 A; 250 Vac, 10 mA to 1 A
Fault Relay MB N.C. output 190
Minimum load: 5 Vdc, 10 mA
MC Fault output common
M1
Multi-function digital output (During run)
M2
Multi-Function M3 30 Vdc, 10 mA to 1 A; 250 Vac, 10 mA to 1 A
Multi-function digital output (Zero Speed) 190
Digital Output <1> M4 Minimum load: 5 Vdc, 10 mA
M5
Multi-function digital output (Speed Agree 1)
M6
MP Pulse train output (Output frequency) 32 kHz (max) 208
FM Analog monitor output 1 (Output frequency) -10 to +10 Vdc, 0 to +10 Vdc, or 4-20 mA
Monitor Output Use jumper S5 on the terminal board to select between voltage or current output 207
AM Analog monitor output 2 (Output current) signals.
AC Monitor common 0V –
Safety Monitor DM+ Safety monitor output Outputs status of Safe Disable function. Closed when both Safe Disable
476
Output DM- Safety monitor output common channels are closed. Up to +48 Vdc 50 mA
<1> Refrain from assigning functions to digital outputs that involve frequent switching, as doing so may shorten relay performance life. Switching
life is estimated at 200,000 times (assumes 1 A, resistive load).
n Serial Communication Terminals
Table 3.8 Control Circuit Terminals: Serial Communications
Type No. Signal Name Function (Signal Level)
R+ Communications input (+)
RS-485/422
MEMOBUS/Modbus R- Communications input (-) MEMOBUS/Modbus communication: Use a RS-485 or MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communication S+ Communications output (+) RS-422 cable to connect the drive. communication protocol
<1> 115.2 kbps (max.)
S- Communications output (-)
IG Shield ground 0V
Electrical Installation
<1> Enable the termination resistor in the last drive in a MEMOBUS network by setting DIP switch S2 to the ON position. For more information on
the termination resistor, see Control I/O Connections on page 65.
u Terminal Configuration
Control circuit terminals should are arranged as shown in Figure 3.17.
Figure 3.22
E(G) HC H1 H2 DM+ DM- IG R+ R- S+ S-
M3 M6 M4
V+ AC V- A1 A2 A3 FM AM AC MP RP AC M1 M2 M5
E(G) HC H1 H2 DM+ DM- IG R+ R- S+ S-
M3 M6 M4
V+ AC V- A1 A2 A3 FM AM AC MP RP AC M1 M2 M5
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 SN SC SP MA MB MC
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 SN SC SP MA MB MC
YEG
Figure 3.17 Control Circuit Terminal Arrangement
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 61
3.8 Control Circuit Wiring
n Wire Size
Select appropriate wire type and gauges from Table 3.9. For simpler and more reliable wiring, use crimp ferrules on the
wire ends. Refer to Table 3.10 for ferrule terminal types and sizes.
Table 3.9 Wire Gauges
Bare Wire Terminal Ferrule-Type Terminal
Terminal Applicable wire size Recommended wire size Applicable wire size Recommended wire size Wire Type
mm2 (AWG) mm2 (AWG) mm2 (AWG) mm2 (AWG)
S1-S8, SC, SP, SN, RP, +V, -V, A1, A2, Stranded wire:
A3, AC, M1-M6, MA, MB, MC, MP, 0.2 to 1.0 (24 to 16) 0.75 0.25 to 0.5 0.5
Shielded line, etc.
AM, FM, AC, S+, S-, R+, R-, IG, HC, Solid wire: (18) (24 to 20) (20)
H1, H2, DM+, DM- 0.2 to 1.5 (24 to 16)
n Ferrule-Type Wire Terminals
Prepare wire ends with insulated sleeves before connecting to the drive. See Table 3.10 for dimensions. Yaskawa
recommends CRIMPFOX 6, a crimping tool manufactured by PHOENIX CONTACT.
Figure 3.23
d1
8 mm
L
d2 YEG
Figure 3.18 Ferrule Dimensions
Table 3.10 Ferrule Terminal Types and Sizes
Size mm2 (AWG) Type L (mm) d1 (mm) d2 (mm) Manufacturer
0.25 (24) AI 0.25-8YE 12.5 0.8 1.8
0.34 (22) AI 0.34-8TQ 10.5 0.8 1.8
PHOENIX CONTACT
AI 0.5-8WH or
0.5 (20) 14 1.1 2.5
AI 0.5-8OG
u Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal
This section describes the proper procedures and preparations for wiring the control terminals.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not remove covers or touch the circuit boards while the power is on. Failure to comply could
result in death or serious injury.
NOTICE: Separate control circuit wiring from main circuit wiring (terminals R/L1, S/L2, T/L3, B1, B2, U/T1, V/T2, W/T3, -, +1, +2) and
other high-power lines. Improper wiring practices could result in drive malfunction due to electrical interference.
NOTICE: Separate wiring for digital output terminals MA, MB, MC and M1 to M6 from wiring to other control circuit lines. Improper
wiring practices could result in drive or equipment malfunction or nuisance trips.
NOTICE: Use a class 2 power supply (UL standard) when connecting to the control terminals. Improper application of peripheral
devices could result in drive performance degradation due to improper power supply.
NOTICE: Insulate shields with tape or shrink tubing to prevent contact with other signal lines and equipment. Improper wiring practices
could result in drive or equipment malfunction due to short circuit.
NOTICE: Connect the shield of shielded cable to the appropriate ground terminal. Improper equipment grounding could result in drive
or equipment malfunction or nuisance trips.
Wire the control circuit only after terminals have been properly grounded and main circuit wiring is complete. Refer to
Figure 3.19 and Figure 3.20 for details. Prepare the ends of the control circuit wiring as shown in Figure 3.21. Refer to
Wire Size on page 62.
NOTICE: Use shielded twisted-pair cables as indicated to prevent operating faults. Improper wiring practices could result in drive or
equipment malfunction due to electrical interference.
62 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
3.8 Control Circuit Wiring
Connect control wires as shown in the following figure:
Figure 3.24
Push wire end
into terminal
Control Wires
Terminal Board YEG
Figure 3.19 Terminal Board Wiring Guide
To disconnect control wires from the terminals use the procedure described in Figure 3.20. Grasp the wire where it
enters the terminal with a pair of pliers, then use a straight-edge screw driver to release the terminal and pull the wire out.
If it fits tightly, e.g. if ferrules are used, turn the wire for about 45° and then pull it gently out. Use this procedure to
remove the wire jumper between terminals HC, H1 and H2 that is preinstalled at shipping.
Figure 3.25
Push down to open
the terminal
Turn the wire to 45
and pull it out of the
terminal.
45
Use a screwdriver with a blade
width of max 2.5 mm and a
thickness of max 0.4 mm
Control Wires
Terminal Board YEG
Figure 3.20 Removing Wires from the Terminal Board
When setting the frequency by analog reference from an external potentiometer, use shielded twisted-pair wires (treating
wire ends as shown in Figure 3.21) and connect the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Figure 3.26
F C
Electrical Installation
A D
B E
A – Drive side D – Control device side
B – Connect shield to ground terminal of E – Shield sheath (insulate with tape)
drive. 3
C – Insulation F – Shield
Figure 3.21 Preparing the Ends of Shielded Cables
NOTICE: The signal lines between the drive and the operator station or peripheral equipment should not exceed 50 meters when
using an analog signal from a remote source to supply the frequency reference. Failure to comply could result in poor system
performance.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 63
3.8 Control Circuit Wiring
u Switches and Jumpers on the Terminal Board
The terminal board is equipped with several switches used to adapt the drive I/Os to the external control signals.
Figure 3.22 shows the location of these switches. Refer to Control I/O Connections on page 65 for setting instructions.
Figure 3.27
DIP Switch S1
Terminal A2 Signal
Selection
V I
Jumper S5
Terminal AM/FM Signal
Selection
Jumper S3
Terminal H1/H2 V
Sink/Source Sel.
I
FM AM
E(G) HC H1 H2 DM+ DM- IG R+ R- S+ S- DIP Switch S4
M3 M6 M4
Terminal A3 Analog/
V+ AC V- A1 A2 A3 FM AM AC MP RP AC M1 M2 M5
PTC Input Sel.
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 SN SC SP MA MB MC
DIP Switch S2
RS-422/485 Termination
Resistor PTC
YEG
Off On
AI
Figure 3.22 Locations of Jumpers and Switches on the Terminal Board
64 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
3.9 Control I/O Connections
3.9 Control I/O Connections
u Sinking/Sourcing Mode Switch for Digital Inputs
Use the wire link between terminals SC and SP or SC and SN to select between Sink mode, Source mode or external
power supply for the digital inputs S1 to S8 as shown in Table 3.11 (Default: Sink mode, internal power supply).
Note: Never short terminals SP and SN as doing so will damage the drive.
Table 3.11 Digital Input Sink / Source / External Power Supply Selection
Drive Internal Power Supply (Terminal SN and SP) External 24 Vdc Power Supply
S7 S7
S8 S8
Sinking Mode (NPN)
SN SN
SC SC
24 Vdc 24 Vdc
SP External SP
24 Vdc
S7 S7
S8 S8
Sourcing Mode (PNP)
SN SN
SC SC
24 Vdc 24 Vdc
External
SP SP
24 Vdc
u Sinking/Sourcing Mode Selection for Safe Disable Inputs
Electrical Installation
Use jumper S3 on the terminal board to select between Sink mode, Source mode or external power supply for the Safe
Disable inputs H1 and H2 as shown in Table 3.11 (Default: Source mode, internal power supply.) Refer to Switches and
Jumpers on the Terminal Board on page 64 for locating jumper S3.
Table 3.12 Safe Disable Input Sink / Source / External Power Supply Selection
Drive Internal Power Supply External 24 Vdc Power Supply 3
Jumper S3 Jumper S3
24 Vdc 24 Vdc
HC HC
External
24 Vdc
Sinking Mode
H1 H1
H2 H2
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 65
3.9 Control I/O Connections
Drive Internal Power Supply External 24 Vdc Power Supply
Jumper S3 Jumper S3
24 Vdc 24 Vdc
HC HC
External
24 Vdc
Sourcing Mode
H1 H1
H2 H2
u Using the Pulse Train Output
The pulse train output terminal MP can either supply power but can also be used with external power supply. Peripheral
devices should be connected in accordance with the specifications listed below. Failure to do so can cause unexpected
drive operation, and can damage the drive or connected circuits.
n Using Power from the Pulse Output Terminal (Source Mode)
The high voltage level of the pulse output terminal depends on the load impedance.
Load Impedance RL (kΩ) Output Voltage VMP (V) (insulated)
1.5 kΩ 5V
4 kΩ 8V
10 kΩ 10 V
Note: The load resistance needed in order to get a certain high level voltage VMP can be calculated by: RL = VMP 2 / (12 - VMP)
Figure 3.28
Load Impedance
MP
VMP RL
AC
Figure 3.23 Pulse Output Connection Using Internal Voltage Supply
n Using External Power Supply (Sink Mode)
The high voltage level of the pulse output signal depends on the external voltage applied. The voltage must be between
12 and 15 Vdc. The load resistance must be adjusted so that the current is lower than 16 mA.
External Power Supply (V) Load Impedance (kΩ)
12 to 15 Vdc ±10% 1.0 kΩ or higher
Figure 3.29
External Power Supply
Load Impedance
MP
Sink Current
AC
Figure 3.24 Pulse Output Connection Using External Voltage Supply
u Terminal A2 Input Signal Selection
Terminal A2 can be used to input either a voltage or a current signal. Select the signal type using switch S1 as explained
in Table 3.13. Set parameter H3-09 accordingly as shown in Table 3.14. Refer to Switches and Jumpers on the Terminal
Board on page 64 for locating switch S1.
Note: If terminals A1 and A2 are both set for frequency bias (H3-02 = 0 and H3-10 = 0), both input values will be combined to create
the frequency reference.
66 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
3.9 Control I/O Connections
Table 3.13 DIP Switch S1 Settings
Setting Description
V (left position) Voltage input (-10 to +10 V, or 0 to +10 V)
I (right position) (default) Current input (4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA): default setting
Table 3.14 Parameter H3-09 Details
No. Parameter Name Description Setting Range Default
Selects the signal level for terminal A2.
0: 0 to 10 Vdc
H3-09 Terminal A2 signal level selection 1: -10 to 10 Vdc 0 to 3 2
2: 4 to 20 mA
3: 0 to 20 mA
u Terminal A3 Analog/PTC Input Selection
Terminal A3 can be configured either as multi-function analog input or as PTC input for motor thermal overload
protection. Use switch S4 to select the input function as described in Table 3.15. Refer to Switches and Jumpers on the
Terminal Board on page 64 for locating switch S4.
Table 3.15 DIP Switch S4 Settings
Setting Description
AI (lower position) (default) Analog input for the function selected in parameter H3-06
PTC (upper position) PTC input. Parameter H3-06 must be set to E (PTC input)
u Terminal AM/FM Signal Selection
The signal type for terminals AM and FM can be set to either voltage or current output using jumper S5 on the terminal
board as explained in Table 3.16. When changing the setting of jumper S5, parameters H4-07 and H4-08 must be set
accordingly. The default selection is voltage output for both terminals. Refer to Switches and Jumpers on the Terminal
Board on page 64 for locating jumper S5.
Table 3.16 Jumper S5 Settings
Voltage Output Current Output
V V
Terminal AM
Electrical Installation
I I
FM AM FM AM
V V
Terminal FM I I
FM AM FM AM
Table 3.17 Parameter H4-07, H4-08 Details
No. Parameter Name Description Setting Default 3
Range Setting
H4-07 Terminal AM signal level selection 0: 0 to 10 Vdc
1: -10 to 10 Vdc 0 to 2 0
H4-08 Terminal FM signal level selection 2: 4 to 20 mA
u MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination
This drive is equipped with a built in termination resistor for the RS-422/485 communication port. DIP switch S2 enables
or disabled the termination resistor as shown in Table 3.18. The OFF position is the default. The termination resistor
should be placed to the ON position when the drive is the last in a series of slave drives. Refer to Switches and Jumpers
on the Terminal Board on page 64 for locating switch S2.
Table 3.18 MEMOBUS/Modbus Switch Settings
S2 Position Description
ON Internal termination resistor ON
OFF Internal termination resistor OFF (default setting)
Note: Refer to MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications on page 445 for details on MEMOBUS/Modbus.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 67
3.10 Connect to a PC
3.10 Connect to a PC
This drive is equipped with a USB port (type-B).
The drive can connect to the USB port of a PC using a USB 2.0, AB type cable (sold separately). DriveWizard Plus can
then be used to monitor drive performance and manage parameter settings. Contact Yaskawa for more information on
DriveWizard Plus.
It is also possible to use the USB Copy Unit (JVOP-181) for connection to a PC. Remove the operator and use the RJ-45
connector when doing so.
Figure 3.30
USB Cable
(Type-AB)
(Type-B) (Type-A)
PC
Figure 3.25 Connecting to a PC (USB)
68 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
3.11 External Interlock
3.11 External Interlock
Systems that may be affected if the drive faults out should be interlocked with the drive’s fault output and ready signal.
u Drive Ready
When the “Drive ready” signal has been set to one of the multi-function contact outputs, that output will close whenever
the drive is ready to accept a Run command or is already running. Under the following conditions the Drive ready signal
will switch off and remain off, even if a Run command is entered:
• when the power supply is shut off.
• during a fault.
• when there is problem with the control power supply.
• when a parameter setting error makes the drive unable to run even if a Run command has been entered.
• when a fault such as overvoltage or undervoltage is triggered as soon as the Run command is entered.
• when the drive is in the Programming mode and will not accept a Run command even when entered.
n Interlock Circuit Example
Two drives running a single application might interlock with the controller using the Drive ready and Fault output signals
as shown below. The figure illustrates how the application would not be able to run if either drive experiences a fault or
is unable to supply a Drive ready signal.
Terminal Output Signal Parameter Setting
MA, MB, MC Fault –
M1-M2 Drive Ready H2-01 = 06
Ready1 Ready2 Fault1 Fault2
Drive Ready
Operation
Circuit
Stop
Drive Ready Run
Figure 3.31
Drive 1 Controller
Electrical Installation
MA
Relay 1 SA Relay 1
Max
Run Fault MB 250 Vac Fault 1
S1
Output
SC MC
Relay 2
Relay 2 SA Ready 1
M1
Drive Ready M2
3
Drive 2 Controller
MA
Relay 1 SA Relay 1
Max
Run Fault MB 250 Vac Fault 2
S1
Output
SC MC
Relay 2
Relay 2 SA Ready 2
M1
Drive Ready M2
Figure 3.26 Interlock Circuit Example
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 69
3.12 Wiring Checklist
3.12 Wiring Checklist
No. Item Page
Drive, peripherals, option cards
1 Check drive model number to ensure receipt of correct model. 29
2 Make sure you have the correct braking resistors, DC reactors, noise filters, and other peripheral devices. 338
3 Check the option card model number. 338
Installation area and physical setup
4 Ensure that the area surrounding the drive complies with specifications. 36
Power supply voltage, output voltage
5 The voltage from the power supply should be within the input voltage specification range of the drive. 164
27
6 The voltage rating for the motor should match the drive output specifications.
412
27
7 Verify that the drive is properly sized to run the motor.
412
Main circuit wiring
8 Confirm proper branch circuit protection as specified by national and local codes. 46
9 Properly wire the power supply to drive terminals R/L1, S/L2, and T/L3. 48
Properly wire the drive and motor together.
10 The motor lines and drive output terminals R/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 should match in order to produce the desired phase order. If the phase order 58
is incorrect, the drive will rotate in the opposite direction.
11 Use 600 Vac vinyl-sheathed wire for the power supply and motor lines. 54
Use the correct wire gauges for the main circuit. Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on page 54. 54
• When using comparatively long motor cable, calculate the amount of voltage drop. 54
12 Motor rated voltage (V) x 0.02 ≥
3 x wire resistance (Ω/km) x cable length (m) x motor rated current (A) x 10 -3
• If the cable between the drive and motor exceeds 50 m, adjust the carrier frequency set to C6-02 accordingly. 58
13 Properly ground the drive. Review page 59. 59
Tightly fasten all terminal screws (control circuit terminals, grounding terminals).
14 54
Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on page 54.
Set up overload protection circuits when running multiple motors from a single drive.
Power supply Drive MC1 OL1
M1
MC2 OL2
15 MC1 - MCn ... magnetic contactor –
M2 OL 1 - OL n ... thermal relay
MCn OLn
Mn
Note: Close MC1 through MCn before operating the drive (MC1 through MCn cannot be switched off during run).
If using a braking resistor or dynamic braking resistor unit, install a magnetic contactor. Properly install the resistor, and ensure that overload
16 342
protection shuts off the power supply.
17 Verify phase advancing capacitors, input noise filters, or ground fault circuit interrupters are NOT installed on the output side of the drive. –
Control circuit wiring
18 Use twisted-pair line for all drive control circuit wiring. 60
19 Ground the shields of shielded wiring to the ground terminal. 62
If using a 3-wire sequence, properly set parameters for multi-function contact input terminals S1 through S8, and properly wire control
20 –
circuits.
21 Properly wire any option cards. 62
Check for any other wiring mistakes.
22 –
Only use a multimeter to check wiring.
Properly fasten the control circuit terminal screws in the drive.
23 54
Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on page 54.
24 Pick up all wire clippings. –
25 Ensure that no frayed wires on the terminal block are touching other terminals or connections. –
26 Properly separate control circuit wiring and main circuit wiring. –
27 Analog signal line wiring should not exceed 50 m. –
28 Safe Disable input wiring should not exceed 30 m. –
70 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
4
Start-Up Programming & Operation
This chapter explains the functions of the digital operator and how to program the drive for
initial operation.
4.1 SECTION SAFETY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
4.2 USING THE DIGITAL OPERATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
4.3 THE DRIVE AND PROGRAMMING MODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
4.4 START-UP FLOWCHARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
4.5 POWERING UP THE DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
4.6 AUTO-TUNING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
4.7 NO-LOAD OPERATION TEST RUN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
4.8 TEST RUN WITH LOAD CONNECTED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
4.9 VERIFYING PARAMETER SETTINGS AND BACKING UP CHANGES . . . . . . . . 100
4.10 TEST RUN CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 71
4.1 Section Safety
4.1 Section Safety
DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may include drives without covers or safety shields to illustrate details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
A separate holding brake should be prepared by the user.
The holding brake should be wired so that it is activated by an external sequence when a fault occurs, the power
is shut off, or an emergency switch is triggered.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
72 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
4.2 Using the Digital Operator
4.2 Using the Digital Operator
Use the digital operator to enter run and stop commands, display data, edit parameters, as well as display fault and alarm
information.
u Keys and Displays
Figure 4.1
14 13 12
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM 11
REV DRV FOUT
10
LO
ESC
1 RE 8
2 RESET ENTER 7
9
RUN STOP
3 4 5 6
Figure 4.1 Keys and Displays on the Digital Operator
No. Display Name Function
• Moves the cursor to the right.
1 RESET Key
RESET • Resets the drive to clear a fault situation.
Starts the drive in the LOCAL mode.
The Run LED
• is on, when the drive is operating the motor.
2 RUN RUN Key
• flashes during deceleration to stop or when the frequency reference is 0.
• flashes quickly the drive is disabled by a DI, the drive was stopped using a fast stop DI or a run command
was active during power up.
3 Up Arrow Key Scrolls up to display the next item, selects parameter numbers and increments setting values.
4 Down Arrow Key Scrolls down to display the next item, selects parameter numbers and increments setting values.
Start-Up Programming
5 STOP STOP Key Stops drive operation.
• Enters parameter values and settings.
& Operation
6 ENTER Key
ENTER • Selects a menu item to move between displays.
Switches drive control between the operator (LOCAL) and the control circuit terminals (REMOTE). The LED
7 LO LO/RE Selection Key
RE is on when the drive is in the LOCAL mode (operation from keypad).
8 RUN Light Lit while the drive is operating the motor. Refer to page 75 for details.
4
RUN
9 LO LO/RE Light Lit while the operator is selected to run the drive (LOCAL mode). Refer to page 75 for details.
RE
10 ALM LED Light
11 FOUT LED Light
Refer to LED Screen Displays on page 74.
12 DRV LED Light
13 REV LED Light
<1> The STOP key has highest priority. Pressing the STOP key will always cause the drive to stop the motor, even if a Run command is active at
any external Run command source. To disable the STOP key priority, set parameter o2-06 to 0.
<2> The LO/RE key can only switch between LOCAL and REMOTE when the drive is stopped. To disable the LO/RE key to prohibit switching
between LOCAL and REMOTE, set parameter o2-01 to 0.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 73
4.2 Using the Digital Operator
u Digital Text Display
Text appears on the digital operator as shown below. This section explains the meaning of text as it appears on the display
screen.
Lit Flashing
Table 4.1 Digital Text Display
Text LED Text LED Text LED Text LED
0 9 I R
1 A J S
2 B K T
3 C L U
4 D M V
<1>
5 E N W
<1>
6 F O X none
7 G P Y
8 H Q Z none
<1> Displayed in two digits.
u LED Screen Displays
Table 4.2 LED Screen Displays
Display Lit Flashing Off
• When an alarm occurs
The drive has detected an alarm or error • oPE detected Normal state (no fault or alarm)
• When a fault or error occurs during Auto-Tuning
Motor is rotating in reverse — Motor is rotating forward
• The drive is in the Drive Mode • The drive is in the Programming Mode
—
• During Auto-Tuning • The drive will not accept a Run command
When a display other than the output frequency
When the display shows the output frequency —
monitor is shown.
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182
ALM
ALM DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
As illustrated in this REV DRV
DRV FOUT REV DRV FOUT REV DRV FOUT
manual
74 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
4.2 Using the Digital Operator
u LO/RE LED and RUN LED Indications
Table 4.3 LO/RE LED and RUN LED Indications
LED Lit Flashing Flashing Quickly <1> Off
When source of the Run command
Run command to be given from a device other
is assigned to the digital operator — —
than the digital operator (REMOTE)
(LOCAL)
• While the drive is set for LOCAL, a
Run command was entered to the
input terminals after which the drive
was then switched to REMOTE.
• A Run command was entered via
the input terminals while not in the
Drive Mode.
• During deceleration to stop • During deceleration when a Fast
During run • When a Run command is input and Stop command was entered. During stop
frequency reference is 0 Hz • The drive output is shut off by the
Safe Disable function.
• While the drive was running in the
REMOTE mode, the STOP key was
pushed.
• The drive was powered up with b1-
17 = 0 (default) while the Run
command is active.
Examples
<1> Refer to Figure 4.2 for the difference between “flashing” and “flashing quickly”.
Figure 4.2
1s
ON ON
Flashing
Flashing ON ON ON ON
quickly
Figure 4.2 RUN LED Status and Meaning
Figure 4.3
Drive output frequency
during stop RUN STOP RUN
STOP
/ 6 Hz
Start-Up Programming
0 Hz
Frequency setting
RUN LED OFF ON OFF OFF
& Operation
Flashing
Figure 4.3 RUN LED and Drive Operation
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 75
4.2 Using the Digital Operator
u Menu Structure for Digital Operator
Figure 4.4
Turn the power on
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
REV
DRV
DRV FOUT
Description of Key Operations
Frequency Reference
<1>
Pressing RUN will start the motor.
Forward Selection Reverse Selection
DRIVE MODE
DRV light is on.
Output Frequency
Output Current
Note: “XX” characters are shown in this manual.
Output Voltage The drive will display the actual setting values.
XX
Monitor Display
X XX XX
XX XX XX
Verify Menu
PROGRAMMING MODE
XX XX XX
Drive cannot operate the motor.
XX XX XX
DRV light is on.
Set Up Mode
XX
Parameter Setting Mode
XX XX XX
X XX XX
Auto-Tuning
X XX XX XX
<1> Reverse can only be selected when the drive is set for LOCAL. Details on switching between forward and reverse can be found in
Navigating the Drive and Programming Modes on page 77.
Figure 4.4 Digital Operator Menu and Screen Structure
76 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes
The drive has a Programming Mode to program the drive for operation, and a Drive Mode used to actually run the motor.
Drive Mode: In the Drive Mode, the user can start the motor and observe operation status with the monitors that are
available. Parameter settings cannot be edited or changed when in the Drive Mode.
Programming Mode: The Programming Mode allows access to edit, adjust, and verify parameters, as well as perform
Auto-Tuning. Unless set to allow a Run command, the drive will not accept a Run command when the digital operator is
in the Programming Mode.
Note: If parameter b1-08 is set to 0 the drive will accept a Run command only in the Drive Mode. When editing parameters, the user
must first exit the Programming Mode and enter the Drive Mode before starting the motor.
Note: To allow the drive to run the motor while in the Programming Mode, set b1-08 to 1.
u Navigating the Drive and Programming Modes
The drive is set to operate in Drive Mode when it is first powered up. Switch between display screens by using the
and keys.
Mode Contents Operator Display Description
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
This display screen allows the user to monitor and change the frequency reference while the drive is running. Refer
Frequency Reference REV DRV
DRV FOUT
Power Up to The Drive and Programming Modes on page 77.
(default)
Note: The user can select the data displayed when the drive is first powered up with parameter o1-02.
This display shows the direction that has been selected when the drive is controlled by a REMOTE source.
When the drive is set for LOCAL, the user can switch between FWD and REV as shown below.
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
REV DRV
DRV FOUT
Forward/Reverse
- Forward rotation
- Reverse rotation
Note: For applications that should not run in reverse, set parameter b1-04 = “1” to prohibit the motor from rotating
in reverse.
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
Output Frequency REV DRV FOUT
DRV FOUT
Displays the frequency that is output from the drive.
Display
Start-Up Programming
Drive Mode
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
& Operation
Output Current REV DRV
DRV FOUT
Monitors the output current of the drive.
Display
Output Voltage
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
4
REV DRV
DRV FOUT Shows the data that selected for display by the user in parameter o1-01. The default setting displays drive output
Reference
voltage (o1-01 = 106). Refer to o1: Digital Operator Display Selection on page 407.
(default)
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
REV DRV
DRV FOUT
Monitor Display Lists the monitor parameters (U- parameters) available in the drive.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 77
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes
Mode Contents Operator Display Description
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
Verify Menu
REV DRV FOUT
Lists all parameters that have been edited or changed from default settings. Refer to Verifying Parameter
Changes: Verify Menu on page 79.
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
Setup Group
REV DRV FOUT A select list of parameters necessary to get the drive operating quickly. Refer to Using the Setup Group on
page 80.
Programming
Mode
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
Parameter Setting REV DRV FOUT
Mode Allows the user to access and edit all parameter settings. Refer to Parameter List on page 363.
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
REV DRV FOUT
Auto-Tuning Mode Motor parameters are calculated and set automatically. Refer to Auto-Tuning on page 87.
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
REV DRV
DRV FOUT
Drive Mode Frequency Reference Returns to the frequency reference display screen.
n Drive Mode Details
The following actions are possible in the Drive Mode:
• Run and stop the drive
• Monitor the operation status of the drive (frequency reference, output frequency, output current, output voltage, etc.)
• View information on an alarm
• View a history of alarms that have occurred
Figure 4.5 illustrates how to change the frequency reference from F 0.00 (0 Hz) to F 6.00 (6 Hz) while in the Drive
Mode. This example assumes the drive is set to LOCAL.
Figure 4.5
Frequency reference
display at power up
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
REV DRV
DRV FOUT
Press to select LOCAL Press to select the
digit to the right
Press until the frequency
reference becomes 6 Hz
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
REV DRV
DRV FOUT
Figure 4.5 Setting the Frequency Reference while in the Drive Mode
Note: The drive will not accept a change to the frequency reference until the ENTER key is pressed after the frequency reference is
entered. This feature prevents accidental setting of the frequency reference. To have the drive accept changes to the frequency
reference as soon as changes are made without requiring the ENTER key, set o2-05 to 1.
78 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes
n Programming Mode Details
The following actions are possible in the Programming Mode:
• Parameter Setting Mode: Access and edit all parameter settings
• Verify Menu: Check a list of parameters that have been changed from their original default values
• Setup Group: Access a list of commonly used parameters to simplify setup (see Simplified Setup Using the Setup
Group on page 80)
• Auto-Tuning Mode: Automatically calculates and sets motor parameters to optimize drive performance
u Changing Parameter Settings or Values
This example explains changing C1-02 (Deceleration Time 1) from 10.0 seconds (default) to 20.0 seconds.
Step Display/Result
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
DRV
1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears.
REV DRV FOUT
2.
Press the or key until the Parameter Setting Mode screen appears.
3.
Press the key to enter the parameter menu tree.
4.
Press or key to select the C parameter group.
5.
Press two times.
6.
Press or key to select the parameter C1-02.
7.
Press to view the current setting value (10.0 s). Left digit flashes.
8.
Press until the desired number is selected. “1” flashes.
9.
Press the key and enter 0020.0.
Start-Up Programming
10.
Press and the drive will confirm the change.
& Operation
11. The display automatically returns to the screen shown in Step 4.
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
REV DRV
DRV FOUT
12.
Press the key until back at the initial display.
4
u Verifying Parameter Changes: Verify Menu
The Verify Menu lists edited parameters from the Programming Mode or as a result of Auto-Tuning. The Verify Menu
helps determine which settings have been changed, and is particularly useful when replacing a drive. If no settings have
been changed, the Verify Menu will read . The Verify Menu also allows users to quickly access and re-edit any
parameters settings that have been changed.
Note: The Verify Menu will not display parameters from the A1 group (except for A1-02) even if those parameters have been changed
from their default settings.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 79
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes
The following example is a continuation of the steps above. Here, parameter C1-02 is accessed using the Verify Menu,
and is changed again from 10.0 s to 20.0 s.
To check the list of edited parameters:
Step Display/Result
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
DRV
1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears.
REV DRV FOUT
2. Press or until the display shows the top of the Verify Menu.
Press to enter the list of parameters that have been edited from their original default settings.
3.
If parameters other than C1-02 have been changed, use the or key to scroll until C1-02 appears.
4. Press the key to access the setting value. Left digit flashes.
u Simplified Setup Using the Setup Group
In the Setup Group, the drive lists the basic parameters needed to set up the drive for the application. It provides a
simplified way to get the application running right away by showing only the most important parameters.
n Using the Setup Group
Figure 4.6 illustrates how to enter and how to change parameters in the Setup Group.
In this example, the Setup Group is accessed to change b1-01 from 1 to 0. This changes the source of the frequency
reference from the control circuit terminals to the digital operator.
Figure 4.6
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
REV DRV
DRV FOUT REV DRV FOUT
Frequency reference Press until
appears when appears
powered up <1> DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
REV DRV FOUT
Parameter Display
<2>
ALM
Control Circuit
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182
REV DRV FOUT
Terminal Select digit to edit
<2>
Operator
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
<2>
REV DRV FOUT
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
REV DRV FOUT
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
REV DRV FOUT
<1> Use the up and down arrow keys to scroll through the Setup Group. Press the ENTER key to view or change parameter settings.
<2> To return to the previous menu without saving changes, press the ESC key.
Figure 4.6 Setup Group Example
80 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
4.3 The Drive and Programming Modes
n Setup Group Parameters
Table 4.4 lists parameters available by default in the Setup Group.
If the desired parameter is not listed in the Setup Group, go to the Programming Mode.
Table 4.4 Setup Group Parameters
Parameter Name Parameter Name
A1-02 Control Method Selection E1-01 Input Voltage Reference
b1-01 Frequency Reference Source 1 E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection
b1-02 Run Command Source 1 E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency
b1-03 Stop Method Selection E1-05 Maximum Voltage
C1-01 Acceleration Time 1 E1-06 Base Frequency
C1-02 Deceleration Time 1 E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency
C6-01 Duty Selection E1-13 Base Voltage
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection E2-01 Motor Rated Current
d1-01 Frequency Reference 1 E2-04 Number of Motor Poles
d1-02 Frequency Reference 2 E2-11 Motor Rate Capacity
d1-03 Frequency Reference 3 H4-02 Terminal AM Gain Setting
d1-04 Frequency Reference 4 L1-01 Motor Protection Function Selection
d1-17 Jog Frequency Reference L3-04 Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration
Note: Parameter availability depends on the control mode set in A1-02 that is used to run the drive and motor. Consequently, some of
the parameters listed above may not be accessible in certain control modes.
u Switching Between LOCAL and REMOTE
When the drive is set to accept the Run command from the digital operator RUN key, this is referred to as LOCAL mode.
When the drive is set to accept the Run command from an external device (via the input terminals, serial
communications, etc.) this is referred to as REMOTE mode.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. The drive may start unexpectedly if the Run command is already applied when switching from
LOCAL mode to REMOTE mode when b1-07 = 1, resulting in death or serious injury. Be sure all personnel are clear of rotating
machinery.
The operation can be switched between LOCAL and REMOTE either by using the LO/RE key on the digital operator or
a digital input.
Note: 1. After selecting LOCAL, the LO/RE light will remain lit.
2. The drive will not allow the user to switch between LOCAL and REMOTE during run.
Start-Up Programming
n Using the LO/RE Key on the Digital Operator
& Operation
Step Display/Result
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
DRV
1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears. REV DRV FOUT
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
4
REV DRV
DRV FOUT
Press . The LO/RE light will light up. The drive is now in LOCAL. ESC
LO
RE
2. RESET ENTER
RUN STOP
To set the drive for REMOTE operation, press the key again.
n Using Input Terminals S1 through S8 to Switch between LO/RE
The user can also switch between LOCAL and REMOTE modes using one of the digital input terminals S1 through S8
(set the corresponding parameter H1- to “1”).
When setting the multi-function input terminals, setting H1- to 1 disables the LO/RE key on the digital operator.
Refer to H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections on page 388 for a list of digital input selections.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 81
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts
The flowcharts in this section summarize basic steps required to start the drive. Use the flowcharts to determine the most
appropriate start-up method for a given application. The charts are intended as a quick reference to help familiarize the
user with start-up procedures.
Flowchart Subchart Objective Page
A – Basic startup procedure and motor tuning 82
A-1 Simple motor setup using V/f mode 83
– A-2 High-performance operation using Open Loop Vector (OLV) or Closed Loop Vector (CLV) motor control 84
A-3 Setting up the drive to run a permanent magnet (PM) motor 85
u Flowchart A: Basic Start-up and Motor Tuning
Flowchart A in Figure 4.7 describes a basic start-up sequence. Use drive default parameter settings in simple
applications that do not require high precision.
Figure 4.7
START
Install and wire the drive as explained in Chapters 1, 2, and 3
Apply main power on to the drive
Adhere to safety messages concerning application of power
Set the control mode in parameter A1-02.
Set the basic parameters
C6-01 for heavy/normal duty mode selection
b1-01/02 for frequency reference and run command source selection
H1-,H2-,H3-,H4-,H6-for I/O terminal setting
d1-for multi-speed references if used
C1- and C2-for accel./decel. and S-curve time settings
L3-04 if braking options are used
L8-55 = 0 if a regen converter is used.
Control Mode
A1-02 =
0: V/f 2: OLV 5: OLV/PM
1: V/f w/PG 3: CLV 6: AOLV/PM
7: CLV/PM
To To To
Flowchart A-1 Flowchart A-2 Flowchart A-3
From Flowchart A-1, A-2, or A-3
Fine tune parameters. Adjust application settings (PID, ...) if necessary.
Check the machine operation and verify parameter settings.
Drive is ready to run the application.
Figure 4.7 Basic Start-up
Note: 1. When the motor cable length has changed for more than 50 m after Auto-Tuning has been performed (e.g., after the drive has been set
up and then later installed in a different location), execute Stationary Auto-Tuning for resistance between motor lines once the drive
is installed in its final installation location.
2. Auto-Tuning should be performed again after installing an AC reactor or other such components to the output side of the drive.
82 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts
u Subchart A-1: Simple Motor Setup Using V/f Control
Flowchart A1 in Figure 4.8 describes simple motor setup for V/f Control, with or without PG feedback. This procedure
illustrates Energy Savings and Speed Estimation Speed Search.
Note: When using an induction synchronous motor, the only available selection is Stationary Auto-Tuning for line-to-line resistance.
Figure 4.8
From
Flowchart
A
Is there a YES
PG encoder
on the motor?
NO
Set or verify the V/f pattern settings E1-.
Set or verify the V/f pattern
Enter the number of motor poles to E2-04 (or E4-04 for motor 2).
settings E1-.
Set the PG speed feedback parameters (F1-).
Energy Savings
(b8-01 = 1) or
Speed Estimation Speed Search NO
(b3-24 = 1) enabled
when b3-01 = 1
or L2-01 = 1,2 ?
YES
Perform Rotational YES
Auto-Tuning for V/f Control Is the motor cable longer than
(T1-01 = 3) 50 meters?
NO Perform Stationary Auto-Tuning for
Start-Up Programming
Stator Resistance (T1-01 = 2)
& Operation
Run the motor without load; check the rotation direction and operation.
Verify external signal commands to the drive work as desired.
Couple the load or machine to the motor.
Run the machine and check for desired operation.
4
Return to
Flowchart
A
Figure 4.8 Simple Motor Setup with Energy Savings or Speed Search
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 83
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts
u Subchart A-2: High Performance Operation Using OLV or CLV
Flowchart A2 in Figure 4.9 describes the setup procedure for high-performance with Open Loop Vector Control or
Closed Loop Vector Control. Appropriate for applications requiring high starting torque and torque limits.
Note: Although the drive sets parameters for the PG encoder during Auto-Tuning, sometimes the direction of the motor and direction
of the PG get reversed. Use parameter F1-05 to switch the direction of the PG so that it matches the motor direction.
Figure 4.9
From
Flowchart
A
Possible for motor to YES
rotate during tuning? <1>
NO YES
NO Is the load less than
30% of the rated load
for the motor?
<2>
Motor test report/ YES Perform Stationary
Perform Rotating
data sheet available? Auto-Tuning 2 (T1-01 = 4)
Auto-Tuning (T1-01 = 0)
or input the motor data.
(T2-01 = 0)
NO
Perform Stationary
Auto-Tuning 1 (T1-01 = 1)
Run the motor without load; check the rotation direction and operation.
Verify external signal commands to the drive work as desired.
Connect the load to the motor.
Is there a PG NO
encoder on the
motor?
YES
Should the YES
drive set ASR gain
automatically?
NO
Does the application require YES
any of the following drive functions?
Feed Forward
Power KEB (S4-01 = 3)
Perform Inertia Tuning Perform ASR gain tuning.
NO
(T1-01 = 8) <3> (T1-01 = 9) <4>
Run the machine and check for desired
operation.
Return to
Flowchart
A
<1> The load must be decoupled from the motor to properly perform Rotational Auto-Tuning.
<2> Rotational Auto-Tuning can still be performed if the load is 30% or less, though Stationary Auto-Tuning will probably yield better control
performance.
<3> Make sure the motor and load can run freely, i.e., if a brake is mounted, make sure it is released.
<4> ASR Gain Tuning automatically performs Inertia Tuning and sets parameters related to Feed Forward and the KEB function.
Figure 4.9 Flowchart A2: High Performance Operation Using OLV or CLV
84 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
4.4 Start-Up Flowcharts
u Subchart A-3: Operation with Permanent Magnet Motors
Flowchart A3 in Figure 4.10 describes the set-up procedure for running a PM motor in Open Loop Vector Control. PM
motors can be used for more energy-efficient operation in reduced or variable torque applications.
Note: 1. Although the drive sets parameters for the PG encoder during Auto-Tuning, sometimes the direction of the motor and direction of the
PG get reversed. Use parameter F1-05 to switch the direction of the PG so that it matches the motor direction.
2. The Z pulse must be realigned if the PG encoder is replaced. Set T2-01 to 3 to recalibrate the drive for the new encoder.
Figure 4.10
From
Flowchart
A
Motor test report/ data YES
sheet available?
Input the motor data. <1>
NO (T2-01 = 0)
Perform PM Stationary <1>
Auto-Tuning (T2-01 = 1)
Is it OK to start
YES
rotating the motor with the
PG feedback encoder? YES
Is the motor cable longer
than 50 meters?
Perform Back EMF NO
Constant Tuning Perform PM Stationary
(T2-01 = 11) Auto-Tuning for Stator
NO Resistance (T2-01 = 2)
Run the motor without load; check the rotation direction and
operation.Verify external signal commands to the drive work as desired.
Connect the load to the motor.
Is there a PG NO
encoder on the
motor?
YES
Start-Up Programming
YES
Should the drive set ASR gain
automatically?
& Operation
NO
Does the application require YES
any of the following drive functions?
Feed Forward
Power KEB (S4-01 = 3) 4
Perform PM Inertia Tuning Perform ASR gain tuning.
NO (T2-01 = 8) <2> (T2-01 = 9). <3>
Run the machine and check for desired operation.
Return to
Flowchart
A
<1> Enter the motor code to E5-01 when using a Yaskawa PM motor (SMRA Series, SSR1 Series, and SST4 Series). If using a motor from another
manufacturer, enter FFFF.
<2> Make sure the motor and load can run freely, i.e., if a brake is mounted, make sure it is released.
<3> ASR Gain Tuning automatically performs Inertia Tuning and sets parameters related to Feed Forward and the KEB function.
Figure 4.10 Operation with Permanent Magnet Motors
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 85
4.5 Powering Up the Drive
4.5 Powering Up the Drive
u Powering Up the Drive and Operation Status Display
n Powering Up the Drive
Review the following checklist before turning the power on.
Item to Check Description
Ensure the power supply voltage is correct:
200 V class: 3-phase 200 to 240 Vac 50/60 Hz
Power supply voltage 400 V class: 3-phase 380 to 480 Vac 50/60 Hz
Properly wire the power supply input terminals (R/L1, S/L2, T/L3).
Check for proper grounding of drive and motor.
Drive output terminals and motor
Properly wire drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 with motor terminals U, V, and W.
terminals
Control circuit terminals Check control circuit terminal connections.
Drive control terminal status Open all control circuit terminals (off).
Status of the load and connected
Decouple the motor from the load.
machinery
n Status Display
When the power supply to the drive is turned on, the digital operator lights will appear as follows:
No. Name Description
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
REV DRV
DRV FOUT
Normal Operation The data display area displays the frequency reference. is lit.
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
ALM
REV DRV
DRV FOUT
Data displayed varies by the type of fault. Refer to Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions on page 277
Fault
for more information and possible solution. and are lit.
External fault (example)
86 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
4.6 Auto-Tuning
4.6 Auto-Tuning
u Types of Auto-Tuning
The drive offers different types of Auto-Tuning for induction motors and permanent magnet motors. The type of Auto-
Tuning used differs further based on the control mode and other operating conditions. Refer to the tables below to select
the type of Auto-Tuning that bests suits the application. Directions on how to execute Auto-Tuning are listed in Start-Up
Flowcharts on page 82.
Note: The drive will only show Auto-Tuning parameters that are valid for the control mode that has been set to A1-03. If the control
mode is for an induction motor, the Auto-Tuning parameters for PM motors will not be available. If the control mode is for a PM
motor, the Auto-Tuning parameters for induction motors will not be available. Inertia Tuning and ASR Gain Tuning parameters
and setting options will be visible only when the drive is set for operation with Closed Loop Vector or CLV/PM.
n Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors
This feature automatically sets the V/f pattern and motor parameters E1- and E2- (E3-, E4- for motor 2)
for an induction motor. In Closed Loop Vector, some F1- parameters for speed feedback detection are also set up.
Table 4.5 Types of Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors
Control Mode
Type Setting Application Conditions and Benefits
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
• Motor can be decoupled from the load and rotate freely while Auto-
Tuning is performed.
Rotational Auto-Tuning T1-01 = 0 • Motor and load can not be decoupled but the motor load is below 30%. N/A N/A YES YES
• Rotational Auto-Tuning gives the most accurate results, and is therefore
highly recommended if possible.
• Motor and load can not be decoupled and the load is higher than 30%.
Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 T1-01 = 1 • A motor test report listing motor data is not available. N/A N/A YES YES
• Automatically calculates motor parameters needed for vector control.
• Motor and load can not be decoupled and the load is higher than 30%.
• A motor test report is available. Once the no-load current and the rated
Stationary Auto-Tuning 2 T1-01 = 4 N/A N/A YES YES
slip have been entered, the drive calculates and sets all other motor-
related parameters.
• The drive is used in V/f Control and other Auto-Tuning selections not
possible.
• Drive and motor capacities differ.
Stationary Auto-Tuning for • Tunes the drive after the cable between the drive and motor has been
T1-01 = 2 YES YES YES YES
Line-to-Line Resistance replaced with a cable over 50 m long. Assumes Auto-Tuning has already
been performed.
• Should not be used for any vector control modes unless the motor cable
has changed.
• Recommended for applications using Speed Estimation Speed Search or
Start-Up Programming
Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f using the Energy Saving function in V/f Control.
T1-01 = 3 • Assumes motor can rotate while Auto-Tuning is executed. Increases YES YES N/A N/A
Control
accuracy for certain functions like torque compensation, slip
compensation, Energy Saving, and Speed Search.
& Operation
Note: When using an induction synchronous motor, the only available selection is Stationary Auto-Tuning for line-to-line resistance.
Table 4.6 lists the data that must be entered for Auto-Tuning. Make sure this data is available before starting Auto-
Tuning. The information needed is usually listed on the motor nameplate or in the motor test report provided by the
motor manufacturer. Also refer to page 83 and 84 for details on Auto-Tuning process and selections. 4
Table 4.6 Auto-Tuning Input Data
Tuning Type (T1-01)
Input 2 3
Input Value Unit 0 1 4
Parameter Line-to-Line Rotational for V/f
Standard Stationary 1 Stationary 2
Resistance Control
Control Mode A1-02 - 2, 3 2, 3 0, 1, 2, 3 0, 1 2, 3
Motor rated power T1-02 kW YES YES YES YES YES
Motor rated voltage T1-03 Vac YES YES N/A YES YES
Motor rated current T1-04 A YES YES YES YES YES
Motor rated frequency T1-05 Hz YES YES N/A YES YES
Number of motor poles T1-06 - YES YES N/A YES YES
Motor rated Speed T1-07 r/min YES YES N/A YES YES
PG Number of pulses per revolution T1-08 - YES <1> YES <1> N/A N/A YES <1>
Motor no-load current T1-09 A N/A YES N/A N/A YES
Motor rated Slip T1-10 Hz N/A N/A N/A N/A YES
Motor iron loss T1-11 W N/A N/A N/A YES N/A
<1> Input data is needed for CLV/PM only.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 87
4.6 Auto-Tuning
n Auto-Tuning for Permanent Magnet Motors
Automatically sets the V/f pattern and motor parameters E1- and E5- when a PM motor is used. In Closed Loop
Vector Control, the Auto-Tuning process will also set some F1- parameters for speed feedback detection.
Table 4.7 Types of Auto-Tuning for Permanent Magnet Motors
Control Mode
Type Setting Application Conditions and Benefits
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
• Motor does not rotate during Auto-Tuning
PM Motor Parameter Settings T2-01 = 0 YES YES YES
• Motor test report or motor data like listed in Table 4.8 are available.
• A motor test report listing motor data is not available. Drive
PM Stationary Auto-Tuning T2-01 = 1 YES YES YES
automatically calculates and sets motor parameters.
• Useful to tune the drive when the motor data were set up manually or by
PM Stationary Auto-Tuning for
T2-01 = 2 motor code and the cable is longer than 50 m. Should also be performed if YES YES YES
Stator Resistance
the cable has changed after earlier tuning.
• PG encoder has been replaced. Calculates the Z pulse offset.
Z Pulse Offset Tuning T2-01 = 3 N/A N/A YES
• Requires the motor to rotate with no or very low load.
• A motor test report listing motor data is not available. Drive
Back EMF Constant Tuning T2-01 = 11 N/A N/A YES
automatically calculates and sets motor parameters.
Table 4.8 lists the data that must be entered for Auto-Tuning. Make sure the data is available before starting Auto-
Tuning. The information needed is usually listed on the motor nameplate or in the motor test report provided by the
motor manufacturer. Also refer to page 85 for details on the tuning mode selection and the tuning process.
Table 4.8 Auto-Tuning Input Data
Tuning Type (T2-01)
Input 2 3 11
Input Value Parameter Unit 0 1
Phase Z-Pulse Back EMF
Parameter Calculation Stationary
Resistance Offset Constant
Control Mode A1-02 - 5, 6, 7 5 6, 7 5 6, 7 5, 6, 7 7 7
Motor Code T2-02 - FFFFh FFFFh FFFFh - - - - -
Motor Type T2-03 - N/A N/A N/A YES YES N/A N/A N/A
Motor rated power T2-04 kW N/A YES YES YES YES N/A N/A N/A
Motor rated voltage T2-05 Vac N/A YES YES YES YES N/A N/A N/A
Motor rated current T2-06 A N/A YES YES YES YES YES N/A N/A
Motor rated frequency T2-07 Hz N/A YES N/A YES N/A N/A N/A N/A
Number of motor poles T2-08 - N/A YES YES YES YES N/A N/A N/A
Motor rated Speed T2-09 r/min N/A N/A YES N/A YES N/A N/A N/A
Stator 1 Phase resistance T2-10 Ω YES YES YES N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
d-axis inductance T2-11 mH YES YES YES N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
q-axis inductance T2-12 mH YES YES YES N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Voltage constant <1> T2-13 mVs/rad (el.) YES YES YES N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Voltage constant <1> T2-14 mVmin (mech.) YES YES YES N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Tuning pull-in current T2-15 A N/A N/A N/A YES YES N/A N/A N/A
PG Number of pulses per revolution T2-16 - YES <2> N/A YES <2> N/A YES <2> N/A N/A N/A
Z Pulse Offset T2-17 deg (mech.) YES <2> N/A YES <2> N/A YES <2> N/A N/A N/A
<1> Only parameter T2-13 or T2-14 has to be input. Select one and leave the other empty.
<2> Input data is needed for CLV/PM only.
n Inertia Tuning and Speed Control Loop Auto-Tuning
Inertia Tuning can be performed when the drive is using Closed Loop Vector control for either IM or PM motors. Inertia
Tuning automatically calculates load and motor inertia, and optimizes settings related to the KEB function and Feed
Forward control.
ASR Gain Auto-Tuning performs the same operation as Inertia Tuning, but also optimizes speed control loop settings.
Table 4.9 Inertia and Speed Control Loop Tuning
Setting Control Mode
Type Application Conditions and Benefits
IM Motor PM Motor CLV CLV/PM
Lets the motor rotate at a certain speed and applies a test signal. The response to the test
Inertia Tuning T1-01 = 8 T2-01 = 8 signals are analyzed, and adjustments are made to parameters controlling the Feed YES YES
Forward and Power KEB (S4-01 =3).
Performs the same operation as Inertia Tuning, but also adjusts the ASR gain according
ASR Gain Auto-Tuning T1-01 = 9 T2-01 = 9 YES YES
to the response to the test signal.
Table 4.10 explains that data that must be entered in order to perform the Inertia Tuning and ASR Gain Auto-Tuning.
Refer to Auto-Tuning for Permanent Magnet Motors on page 88 for details.
88 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
4.6 Auto-Tuning
Table 4.10 Auto-Tuning Input Data
Tuning Type (T1-01 or T2-01)
Input Value Input Parameter Unit 8 9
Inertia Tuning ASR Gain Tuning
Control Mode A1-02 - 3, 7 3, 7
Test signal frequency T3-01 Hz YES YES
Test signal Amplitude T3-02 rad YES YES
Motor inertia T3-03 kgm2 YES YES
System response frequency T3-04 Hz N/A YES
u Before Auto-Tuning the Drive
Check the items below before Auto-Tuning the drive.
n Basic Auto-Tuning Preparations
• Auto-Tuning requires the user to input data from the motor nameplate or motor test report. Make sure this data is
available before Auto-Tuning the drive.
• For best performance, the drive input supply voltage must be at least equal to or greater than the motor rated voltage.
Note: Better performance is possible when using a motor with a base voltage that is 20 V (40 V for 400 V class models) lower than the
input supply voltage. This is particularly important when operating the motor above 90% of base speed, where high torque
precision is required.
• To cancel Auto-Tuning, press the STOP key on the digital operator.
• When using a motor contactor, make sure it is closed throughout the Auto-Tuning process.
• When using Auto-Tuning for motor 2, make sure motor 2 is connected to the drive output when performing the tuning.
• Table 4.11 describes digital input and output terminal operation while Auto-Tuning is executed.
Table 4.11 Digital Input and Output Operation During Auto-Tuning
Motor Type Auto-Tuning Type Digital Input Digital Output
Rotational Auto-Tuning Functions the same as during normal operation
Stationary Auto-Tuning 1
IM Motor Stationary Auto-Tuning 2 Maintains the status at the start of Auto-Tuning
Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance
Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f Control Functions the same as during normal operation
PM Motor Parameter Settings Digital output functions are disabled.
Digital input functions are disabled.
PM Stationary Auto-Tuning
PM Motor PM Stationary Auto-Tuning for Stator Resistance Maintains the status at the start of Auto-Tuning
Z Pulse Offset Tuning
Start-Up Programming
Back EMF Constant Tuning Functions the same as during normal operation
IM and PM Inertia Tuning
Motors Functions the same as during normal operation
ASR Gain Auto-Tuning
& Operation
n Notes on Rotational Auto-Tuning
• To achieve optimal performance from Rotational Auto-Tuning, the load should be decoupled from the motor.
Rotational Auto-Tuning is best suited for applications requiring high performance over a wide speed range.
• If motor and load can not be decoupled, reduce the load so that it is no greater than 30% of the rated load. Performing
Rotational Auto-Tuning with a higher load will set motor parameters incorrectly, and can cause irregular motor 4
rotation.
• Ensure the motor-mounted brake is fully released if installed.
• Connected machinery should be allowed to rotate the motor.
n Notes on Stationary Auto-Tuning
Stationary Auto-Tuning modes analyze motor characteristics by injecting current into the motor for about one minute.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. When executing stationary Auto-Tuning, the motor does not rotate, however, power is applied.
Do not touch the motor until Auto-Tuning is completed. Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. If installed, do not release the mechanical brake during stationary Auto-Tuning. Inadvertent
brake release may cause damage to equipment or injury to personnel. Ensure that the mechanical brake release circuit is not
controlled by the drive multi-function digital outputs.
Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 and 2
• Perform these tuning methods when using a vector control mode but Rotational Auto-Tuning cannot be performed.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 89
4.6 Auto-Tuning
• Check the area around the motor to ensure that nothing will accidentally cause the motor to rotate during the Auto-
Tuning process.
• Use Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 when the motor test report is not available. If the motor test report is available, perform
Stationary Auto-Tuning 2 instead.
Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance and PM Motor Stator Resistance
• Perform when entering motor data manually while using motor cables longer than 50 m.
• If the motor cables have been replaced with line over 50 m long after Auto-Tuning as already been performed, then
execute Stationary Auto-Tuning for line-to-line resistance.
n Notes on Inertia Tuning and ASR Gain Auto-Tuning
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. When executing Inertia Tuning or ASR Gain Auto-Tuning, voltage is applied to the motor even
before it rotates. Do not touch the motor until Auto-Tuning is completed. Failure to comply may result in injury from electrical shock.
• Both tuning methods must be performed with the machine connected to the motor but without load applied.
• The motor will rotate during the Auto-Tuning process. Make sure the areas around the motor and connected machinery
are clear.
• The drive will let the system rotate at a certain speed while superimposing a sine wave test signal. Make sure this
tuning process does not cause any problem or malfunction in the machine before using it.
• Ensure the motor-mounted brake is fully released if installed.
• Connected machinery should be allowed to rotate the motor.
u Auto-Tuning Interruption and Fault Codes
If tuning results are abnormal or the STOP key is pressed before completion, Auto-Tuning will be interrupted and a fault
code will appear on the digital operator.
Figure 4.11
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182
ALM
ALM
REV DRV
DRV FOUT REV DRV FOUT
During Auto-Tuning Auto-Tuning Aborted
Figure 4.11 Auto-Tuning Aborted Display
u Auto-Tuning Operation Example
The following example demonstrates Rotational Auto-Tuning when using OLV (A1-02 = 2) and CLV (A1-02 = 3).
n Selecting the Type of Auto-Tuning
Step Display/Result
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
REV DRV
DRV FOUT
1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears.
2.
Press the or key until the Auto-Tuning display appears.
3. Press to begin setting parameters.
4.
Press to display the value for T1-01. <1>
5.
Save the setting by pressing .
6. The display automatically returns to the display shown in Step 3.
<1> T1-00 will appear on the display when one of the multi-function inputs has been set to switch between motor 1 and motor 2 (H1- = 16).
90 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
4.6 Auto-Tuning
n Enter Data from the Motor Nameplate
After selecting the type of Auto-Tuning, enter the data required from the motor nameplate.
Note: These instructions continue from Step 6 in “Selecting the Type of Auto-Tuning”.
Step Display/Result
1.
Press to access the motor output power parameter T1-02.
2.
Press to view the default setting.
3.
Press to select the digit to edit.
4.
Press and enter the motor power nameplate data in kW.
5.
Press to save the setting.
6. The display automatically returns to the display in Step 1.
Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to set the following parameters:
• T1-03, Motor Rated Voltage
• T1-04, Motor Rated Current
7. • T1-05, Rated Frequency
• T1-06, Number of Motor Poles
• T1-07, Rated Speed
• T1-09, Motor No-Load Current
Note: 1. For details on each setting, Refer to Parameter Settings during Induction Motor Auto-Tuning: T1 on page 92.
2. To execute Stationary Auto-Tuning for line-to-line resistance only, set parameters T1-02 and T1-04.
n Starting Auto-Tuning
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. The drive and motor may start unexpectedly during Auto-Tuning, which could result in death
or serious injury. Ensure the area surrounding the drive motor and load are clear before proceeding with Auto-Tuning.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. High voltage will be supplied to the motor when Stationary Auto-Tuning is performed even with
the motor stopped, which could result in death or serious injury. Do not touch the motor until Auto-Tuning has been completed.
NOTICE: Rotational Auto-Tuning will not function properly if a holding brake is engaged on the load. Failure to comply could result in
improper operation of the drive. Ensure the motor can freely spin before beginning Auto-Tuning.
Start-Up Programming
Enter the required information from the motor nameplate. Press to proceed to the Auto-Tuning start display.
Note: These instructions continue from Step 7 in “Enter Data from the Motor Nameplate”.
& Operation
Step Display/Result
1.
After entering the data listed on the motor nameplate, press to confirm.
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
2.
Press to activate Auto-Tuning.
about 1 min, and then starts to rotate the motor.
flashes. The drive begins by injecting current into the motor for
REV DRV
DRV FOUT 4
Note: The first digit on the display indicates which motor is undergoing Auto-Tuning (motor 1 or motor 2). The
second digit indicates the type of Auto-Tuning being performed.
3. Auto-Tuning finishes in approximately one to two minutes.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 91
4.6 Auto-Tuning
u Parameter Settings during Induction Motor Auto-Tuning: T1
The T1- parameters are used to set the Auto-Tuning input data for induction motor tuning.
Note: For motors that are to be operated in the field weakening range, first perform the Auto-Tuning with the base data. After Auto-
Tuning is complete, change the maximum frequency E1-04 to the desired value.
n T1-00: Motor 1/Motor 2 Selection
Selects the motor to be tuned when motor 1/2 switching is enabled, i.e., a digital input is set for function H1- = 16.
This parameter is not displayed if motor 1/2 switching is disabled.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T1-00 Motor 1/Motor 2 Selection 1 or 2 1
Setting 1: Motor 1
Auto-Tuning automatically sets parameters E1- and E2- for motor 1.
Setting 2: Motor 2
Auto-Tuning automatically sets parameters E3- and E4- for motor 2. Make sure that motor 2 is connected to the
drive for Auto-Tuning.
n T1-01: Auto-Tuning Mode Selection
Sets the type of Auto-Tuning to be used. Refer to Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors on page 87 for details on the
different types of Auto-Tuning.
No. Name Setting Range Default
2, 3 (V/f, V/f w/PG)
2 (V/f, V/f w/PG)
T1-01 Auto-Tuning Mode Selection 0 to 2, 4 (OLV, CLV)
0 (OLV, CLV)
8, 9 (CLV)
Setting 0: Rotational Auto-Tuning
Setting 1: Stationary Auto-Tuning 1
Setting 2: Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance
Setting 3: Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f Control
Setting 4: Stationary Auto-Tuning 2
Setting 8: Inertia Tuning
Setting 9: ASR Gain Auto-Tuning
n T1-02: Motor Rated Power
Sets the motor rated power according to the motor nameplate value.
No. Name Setting Range Default
Determined by o2-04 and
T1-02 Motor Rated Power 0.03 to 650.00 kW
C6-01
Note: The maximum applicable motor capacity varies based on whether the drive is set for Normal Duty or Heavy Duty performance
(C6-01). Refer to Table A.2 and Table A.3.
n T1-03: Motor Rated Voltage
Sets the motor rated voltage according to the motor nameplate value. If the motor to be operated above its base speed,
enter the voltage at base speed here.
For better control precision around rated speed when using a vector control mode, it can be helpful to enter the no-load
voltage for the motor here. The motor’s “no-load voltage” refers to the voltage needed to operate the motor under no-load
conditions at rated speed. The no-load voltage can usually be found in the motor test report available from the
manufacturer. If no data is available, enter approximately 90% of the rated voltage printed on the motor nameplate. Note
that this might increase the output current reducing the overload margin.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T1-03 <1> Motor Rated Voltage 0.0 to 255.5 V 200.0 V
92 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
4.6 Auto-Tuning
<1> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double values when using a 400 V class unit.
n T1-04: Motor Rated Current
Sets the motor rated current according to the motor nameplate value. For optimal performance in OLV or CLV, the motor
rated current should be between 50 and 100% of the drive rated current. Enter the current at the motor base speed.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T1-04 Motor Rated Current 10 to 200% of drive rated current Depending on o2-04
n T1-05: Rated Frequency
Sets the motor rated frequency according to the motor nameplate value. If a motor with an extended speed range is used
or the motor is used in the field weakening area, enter the maximum frequency to E1-04 (E3-04 for motor 2) after Auto-
Tuning is complete.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T1-05 Rated Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 Hz 50.0 Hz
n T1-06: Number of Motor Poles
Sets the number of motor poles according to the motor nameplate value.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T1-06 Number of Motor Poles 2 to 48 4
n T1-07: Rated Speed
Used to set the motor rated speed according to the motor nameplate value. If a motor with an extended speed range is
used or the motor is used in the field weakening area, enter the speed at base frequency here.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T1-07 Rated Speed 0 to 24000 r/min 1450 r/min
n T1-08: PG Number of Pulses Per Revolution
Sets the number of pulses from the PG encoder. Set the actual number of pulses for one full motor rotation.
No. Name Setting Range Default
Start-Up Programming
T1-08 PG Number of Pulses Per Revolution 0 to 60000 ppr 1024 ppr
Note: T1-08 will only be displayed in CLV.
& Operation
n T1-09: Motor No-Load Current
Sets the no-load current for the motor.
The default setting displayed is no-load current that was automatically calculated from the output power set in T1-02 and
the motor rated current set to T1-04. Enter the data listed on the motor test report. Leave this data at the default setting if 4
the motor test report is not available.
No. Name Setting Range Default
0 A to [T1-04]
T1-09 <1> Motor No-Load Current –
(Max: 0 to 2999.9)
<1> This value's number of decimal places depends on the drive model and the Heavy/Normal duty selection in parameter C6-01. The value will
have two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for a Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity up to 11 kW (refer to Table A.2 and Table A.3)
and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the set Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity is higher than 11 kW.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 93
4.6 Auto-Tuning
n T1-10: Motor Rated Slip
Sets the rated slip for the motor.
The default setting displayed is the motor rated slip for a Yaskawa motor calculated from the output power set in T1-02.
Enter the data listed on the motor test report.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T1-10 Motor Rated Slip 0.00 to 20.00 Hz –
n T1-11: Motor Iron Loss
Provides iron loss information for determining the Energy Saving coefficient. T1-11 will first display a value for the
motor iron loss that the drive automatically calculated the when motor capacity was entered to T1-02. If the motor test
report is available, enter the motor iron loss value listed there.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T1-11 Motor Iron Loss 0 to 65535 W 14 W <1>
<1> Default setting value differs depending on the motor code value and motor parameter settings.
u Parameter Settings during PM Motor Auto-Tuning: T2
The T2- parameters are used to set the Auto-Tuning input data for PM motor tuning.
n T2-01: PM Motor Auto-Tuning Mode Selection
Selects the type of Auto-Tuning to be performed. Refer to Auto-Tuning for Permanent Magnet Motors on page 88 for
details on different types of Auto-Tuning.
No. Name Setting Range Default
0 to 2 (OLV/PM, AOLV/PM)
T2-01 PM Motor Auto-Tuning Mode Selection 0
0 to 3, 8, 9, 11 (CLV/PM)
0: PM Motor Parameter Settings
1: PM Stationary Auto-Tuning
2: PM Stationary Auto-Tuning for Stator Resistance
3: Z-Pulse Offset Tuning
8: Inertia Tuning
9: ASR Gain Auto-Tuning
11: Back EMF Constant Tuning
n T2-02: PM Motor Code Selection
If the drive is operating a Yaskawa PM motor from the SMRA, SSR1, or SST4 series, enter the motor code for the motor
in parameter T2-02. This will automatically set parameters T2-03 through T2-14. If using a specialized motor or one
designed by a manufacturer other than Yaskawa, set T2-02 to FFFF. Data from the motor nameplate or the motor test
report will then need to be entered as prompted.
Only the designated PM motor codes may be entered. The PM motor codes accepted by the drive will differ by the
control mode that has been selected. Refer to E5: PM Motor Settings on page 171 for motor codes.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-02 PM Motor Code Selection 0000 to FFFF Depending on A1-02 and o2-04
n T2-03: PM Motor Type
Selects the type of PM motor the drive will operate.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-03 PM Motor Type 0, 1 1
0: IPM motor
1: SPM motor
94 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
4.6 Auto-Tuning
n T2-04: PM Motor Rated Power
Specifies the motor rated power in kilowatts.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-04 PM Motor Rated Power 0.00 to 650.00 kW Depending on o2-04 and C6-01
n T2-05: PM Motor Rated Voltage
Sets the motor rated voltage.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-05 PM Motor Rated Voltage 0.0 to 255.0 V 200.0 V
<1> The setting range and default value shown here is for a 200 V class drive. These values double when using a 400 V class unit.
n T2-06: PM Motor Rated Current
Enter the motor rated current in amps.
No. Name Setting Range Default
10% to 200% of the drive rated
T2-06 PM Motor Rated Current Depending on o2-04
current.
n T2-07: PM Motor Rated Frequency
Enter the motor rated frequency in Hz.
Note: T2-07 will be displayed when in OLV/PM.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-07 PM Motor Rated Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 Hz 87.5 Hz
n T2-08: Number of PM Motor Poles
Enter the number of motor poles.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-08 Number of PM Motor Poles 2 to 48 6
n T2-09: PM Motor Rated Speed
Start-Up Programming
Enter the motor rated speed in r/min.
Note: T2-09 will be displayed when in AOLV/PM and CLV/PM.
& Operation
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-09 PM Motor Rated Speed 0 to 24000 r/min 1750 r/min
n T2-10: PM Motor Stator Resistance
4
Enter the motor stator resistance per motor phase.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-10 PM Motor Stator Resistance 0.000 to 65.000 Ω Depending on T2-02
n T2-11: PM Motor d-Axis Inductance
Enter the d axis inductance per motor phase.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-11 PM Motor d-Axis Inductance 0.00 to 600.00 mH Depending on T2-02
n T2-12: PM Motor q-Axis Inductance
Enter the q axis inductance per motor phase.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-12 PM Motor q-Axis Inductance 0.00 to 600.00 mH Depending on T2-02
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 95
4.6 Auto-Tuning
n T2-13: Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection
Selects the units used for setting the induced voltage coefficient.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-13 Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection 0, 1 1
0: mV (r/min)
1: mV (rad/sec)
Note: If T2-13 is set to 0, then the drive will use E5-24 (Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2), and will automatically set E5-09 (Motor
Induction Voltage Constant 1) to 0.0. If T2-13 is set to 1, then the drive will use E5-09 and will automatically set E5-25 to 0.0.
n T2-14: PM Motor Induced Voltage Constant (Ke)
Enter the motor induced voltage constant.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-14 PM Motor Induced Voltage Constant (Ke) 0.1 to 2000.0 Depending on T2-02
n T2-15: Pull-In Current Level for PM Motor Tuning
Sets the amount of pull-in current used to tune the d-axis and q-axis inductance. Set as a percentage of the motor rated
current.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-15 Pull-In Current Level for PM Motor Tuning 0 to 120% 30%
n T2-16: PG Number of Pulses Per Revolution for PM Motor Tuning
Enter the number of pulses from the PG encoder per motor rotation. Set the actual number of pulses for one full motor
rotation.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-16 PG Number of Pulses Per Revolution for PM Motor Tuning 1 to 15000 ppr 1024 ppr
n T2-17: Encoder Z-Pulse Offset (Δθ)
Sets the amount of compensation or offset in 0.1 degree units in order to fine-tune the home position. If the amount of
offset needed for the Z pulse is unknown or if the PG encoder is replaced, perform Z pulse tuning.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T2-17 Encoder Z-Pulse Offset (Δθ) -180.0 to 180.0 deg 0.0 deg
96 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
4.6 Auto-Tuning
u Parameter Settings during Inertia and Speed Control Loop Auto-Tuning: T3
These tuning methods apply a sine wave test signal to the system. By the measuring the response the drive estimates the
system inertia. It automatically sets parameters listed in Table 4.12.
Table 4.12 Parameters Adjusted by Inertia and Speed Loop Auto-Tuning
T1-01 or T2-01
Parameter Description 8 9
Inertia Tuning Speed Control Loop (ASR) Tuning
C5-01 (C5-21) ASR Proportional Gain 1 N/A YES
C5-17 (C5-37) Motor Inertia YES YES
C5-18 (C5-38) Motor Inertia Ratio YES YES
S6-02 Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia Calculations YES YES
S6-03 Load Inertia Ratio YES YES
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time YES YES
n5-03 Feed Forward Control Ratio Gain YES YES
n T3-01: Inertia Tuning Frequency Reference
Sets the frequency of the test signal applied to the motor during Inertia Tuning. Although this setting rarely needs to be
changed, increasing the value may be beneficial when working with high inertia loads.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T3-01 Inertia Tuning Frequency Reference 0.1 to 20.0 Hz 3.0 Hz
n T3-02: Inertia Tuning Reference Amplitude
Enter the amplitude of the test signal applied to the motor during Inertia Tuning. Although this setting rarely needs to be
changed, try decreasing the value if the load inertia is too large and causes problems during Inertia Tuning. If a fault
occurs when T3-01 is set to low value, the situation may be remedied by adjusting T3-02.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T3-02 Inertia Tuning Reference Amplitude 0.1 to 10.0 rad 0.5 rad
n T3-03: Motor Inertia
Enter the inertia of the motor. This value is used to determine the load inertia using the test signal response. The default
setting is for a Yaskawa standard motor as listed in the motor inertia table.
Start-Up Programming
No. Name Setting Range Default
Depending on o2-04, C6-01, and
T3-03 Motor Inertia 0.0001 to 600.00 kgm2
E5-01
& Operation
Note: This value's number of decimal places depends on the drive model and the Heavy/Normal duty selection in parameter C6-01.
The value will have four decimal places (0.0001 kgm2) if the drive is set for a Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity up to 37 kW
(refer to Table A.2 and Table A.3) and three decimal places (0.001 kgm2) if the set Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity is 37
kW to 90 kW.
4
n T3-04: ASR Response Frequency
Sets the response frequency (reciprocal of the step response time constant) of the system or the connected machine. The
drive uses this value and the load inertia to fine-tune the speed control loop gain (C5-01, ASR Gain 1). Oscillation may
result if the value input here is higher than the actual response frequency of the system.
No. Name Setting Range Default
T3-04 ASR Response Frequency 0.1 to 50.0 Hz 10.0 Hz
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 97
4.7 No-Load Operation Test Run
4.7 No-Load Operation Test Run
u No-Load Operation Test Run
This section explains how to operate the drive with the motor decoupled from the load during a test run.
n Before Starting the Motor
Check the following items before operation:
• Ensure the area around the motor is safe.
• Ensure external emergency stop circuitry is working properly and other safety precautions have been taken.
n During Operation
Check the following items during operation:
• The motor should rotate smoothly (i.e., no abnormal noise or oscillation).
• The motor should accelerate and decelerate smoothly.
n No-Load Operation Instructions
The following example illustrates a test run procedure using the digital operator.
Note: Before starting the motor, set the frequency reference d1-01 to 6 Hz.
Step Display/Result
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears. REV DRV
DRV FOUT
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
REV DRV
DRV FOUT
LO
ESC
2. RE
Press the key to select LOCAL. The LO/RE light will turn on. RESET ENTER
RUN STOP
Off On
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
REV DRV
DRV FOUT
LO
ESC
RE
3. Press to give the drive a Run command. RUN will light and the motor will rotate at 6 Hz.
RESET ENTER
RUN STOP
Off On
Motor
4. Ensure the motor is rotating in the correct direction and that no faults or alarms occur.
Forward
If there is no error in step 4, press to increase the frequency reference. Increase the frequency in
5.
increments of 10 Hz, verifying smooth operation at all speeds. For each frequency, check the drive output
current using monitor U1-03. The current should be well below the motor rated current.
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
REV DRV
DRV FOUT
LO
ESC
RE
6. The drive should operate normally. Press STOP to stop the motor. RUN flashes until the motor comes to a RESET ENTER
RUN STOP
complete stop.
Flashing Off
98 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
4.8 Test Run with Load Connected
4.8 Test Run with Load Connected
u Test Run with the Load Connected
After performing a no-load test run, connect the motor and proceed to run the motor and load together.
n Notes on Connected Machinery
• Clear the area around the motor.
• The motor should come to a complete stop without problems.
• Connect the load and machinery to the motor.
• Fasten all installation screws properly. Check that the motor and connected machinery are held in place.
• Confirm that the Fast Stop circuit or mechanical safety measures operate correctly.
• Be ready to press the STOP button in case of emergency.
n Checklist Before Operation
• The motor should rotate in the proper direction.
• The motor should accelerate and decelerate smoothly.
n Operating the Motor under Loaded Conditions
Test run the application similarly to the no-load test procedure when connecting the machinery to the motor.
• Watch monitor parameter U1-03 during operation to ensure there is no overcurrent.
• If the application permits running the load in the reverse direction, try changing motor direction and the frequency
reference while watching for abnormal motor oscillation or vibration.
• Correct any problems that occur with hunting, oscillation, or other control-related issues.
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 99
4.9 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes
4.9 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes
Use the Verify Menu to check changes to parameter settings. This function is useful to see any changes resulting from
manually setting the parameters or from Auto-Tuning. Refer to Verifying Parameter Changes: Verify Menu on page 79.
Save the verified parameter settings. Change the access level or set a password to the drive to prevent accidental
modification of parameter settings.
u Backing Up Parameter Values: o2-03
The following procedure saves all parameters settings to drive memory where they can later be recalled. Set o2-03 to “1”
to save parameter changes. This saves all parameter settings, and then returns o2-03 to 0. The drive can now “recall” the
saved parameters by performing a User Initialization (A1-03 = 1110).
No. Parameter Name Description Setting Range Default Setting
Lets the user create a set of default settings for a User Initialization.
0: Saved/Not set
User Parameter
o2-03 1: Set Defaults - Saves current parameter settings as the default values for a User Initialization. 0 to 2 0
Default Value
2: Clear All - Clears the currently saved user settings. After saving the user parameter set value, the items of
1110 (User Parameter Initialize) are displayed in A1-03 (User Parameter Default Value).
Selects a method to initialize the parameters.
0: No Initialize
1110: User Initialization (The user must first program and store desired settings using parameter o2-03)
A1-03 Initialize Parameters 0 to 5550 0
2220: 2-Wire Initialization (parameter initialized prior to shipment)
3330: 3-Wire Initialization
5550: oPE04 Fault reset
u Parameter Access Level: A1-01
Setting the Access Level for “Operation only” (A1-01 = 0) allows the user to access parameters A1- and U-
only. Other parameters are not displayed.
Setting the Access Level for “User Parameters” (A1-01 = 1) allows the user to access only the parameters that have been
previously saved as User Parameters. This is helpful when displaying only the relevant parameters for a specific
application.
No. Parameter Description Setting Default
Name Range
Selects which parameters are accessible via the digital operator.
0: Operation only. A1-01 and A1-04 can be set and monitored, U- parameters can also be viewed.
Access Level
A1-01 1: User Parameters. Only those recently changed among application parameters A2-01 to A2-16 and A2-17 to A2 -32 0 to 2 2
Selection
can be set and monitored.
2: Advanced Access Level. All parameters can be set and monitored.
Parameters selected by the user are saved as User Parameters. This includes recently viewed parameters or parameters
specifically selected for quick access.
A2-01
User Parameters If parameter A2-33 is set to 1, recently viewed parameters will be listed between A2-17 and A2-32. Parameters A2-01 b1-01 to
to –
1 to 32 through A2-16 must be manually selected by the user. o-
A2-32
If A2-33 is set to 0, then recently viewed parameters will not be saved to the group of User Parameters. A2-
parameters are now available for manual programming.
0: Parameters A2-01 through A2-32 are reserved for the user to create a list of User Parameters.
User Parameter
1: Save history of recently viewed parameters. Recently edited parameters will be saved to A2-17 through A2-32 for
A2-33 Automatic 0, 1 1
quick access. The most recently changed parameter is saved to A2-17. The second most recently changed parameter is
Selection
saved to A2-18.
u Password Settings: A1-04, A1-05
The user can set a password to the drive to restrict access. The password is selected via parameter A1-05. The password
must be entered to A1-04 to unlock parameter access (i.e., parameter setting A1-04 must match the value programmed
into A1-05). The following parameters cannot be viewed or edited until the value entered to A1-04 correctly matches the
value set to A1-05: A1-01, A1-02, A1-03, and A2-01 through A2-33.
Note: Parameter A1-05 is hidden from view. To display A1-05, access parameter A1-04 and simultaneously press the key and
the key.
100 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
4.9 Verifying Parameter Settings and Backing Up Changes
u Copy Function
Parameter settings can be copied to another drive to simplify parameter restoration or multiple drive setup. The drive
supports the following copy options:
• LED Operator (standard in all models)
The LED operator used to operate the drive also supports copying, importing, and verifying parameter settings. Refer
to o3: Copy Function on page 247 for details.
• LCD Operator
The optional LCD operator also supports copying, importing, and verifying parameter settings. Refer to the manual
supplied with the LCD operator for instructions.
• USB Copy Unit and CopyUnitManager
The copy unit is an external option connected to the drive to copy parameter settings from one drive and save those
settings to another drive. Refer to the manual supplied with the USB Copy Unit for instructions.
The CopyUnitManager is a PC software tool. It allows the user to load parameter settings from the Copy Unit onto a
PC, or from the PC onto a Copy Unit. This is useful when managing parameters for various drives or applications.
Refer to the manual supplied with the CopyUnitManager for instructions.
• DriveWizard Plus
DriveWizard is a PC software tool for parameter management, monitoring, and diagnosis. DriveWizard can load, store,
and copy drive parameter settings. For details, refer to Help in the DriveWizard software.
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 101
4.10 Test Run Checklist
4.10 Test Run Checklist
Review the checklist before performing a test run. Check each item that applies.
No. Checklist Page
1 Thoroughly read the manual before performing a test run. —
2 Turn the power on. 86
3 Set the voltage for the power supply to E1-01. 164
4 Select the correct duty rating (C6-01) for the application. —
Check the items that correspond to the control mode being used.
WARNING! Ensure start/stop and safety circuits are wired properly and in the correct state before energizing the drive. Failure to
comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment. When programmed for 3-Wire control, a momentary closure on
terminal S1 may cause the drive to start.
No. Checklist Page
V/f Control (A1-02 = 0) and V/f Control with PG (A1-02 = 1)
Define the V/f pattern according to the application and motor characteristics.
5 —
Example: If using a motor with a rated frequency of 50.0 Hz, set E1-03 to “0”.
6 Perform Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f Control if using Energy Saving functions. 87
V/f Control with PG (A1-02 = 1)
7 Setup the PG feedback parameters correctly and make sure the encoder pulse counting direction is correct. 173
8 Set the proportional gain for ASR speed control to C5-01 and the integral time to C5-02. 148
Open Loop Vector Control (A1-02 = 2) or Closed Loop Vector Control (A1-02=3)
9 Perform Auto-Tuning as described. 92
Closed Loop Vector Control (A1-02 = 3)
10 Set the proportional gain for ASR speed control to C5-01 and the integral time to C5-02. Perform ASR Tuning if possible. 148
Open Loop Vector Control for PM (A1-02 = 5)
11 Perform Auto-Tuning as described. 94
Advanced Open Loop Vector Control for PM (A1-02 = 6)
12 Perform Auto-Tuning as described. 94
13 Set the proportional gain for ASR speed control to C5-01 and the integral time to C5-02. 148
Closed Loop Vector Control for PM (A1-02 = 7)
14 Perform Auto-Tuning as described. 94
15 Set the proportional gain for ASR speed control to C5-01 and the integral time to C5-02. Perform ASR Tuning if possible. 148
16 Set the Z pulse offset to or enter the Z manually to parameter E5-11. 94
Proceed to the following checklist after checking items 4 through 15.
No. Checklist Page
17 The should light after giving a Run command. —
18 To give a Run command and frequency reference from the digital operator, press to set to LOCAL. The LO/RE key will light. 81
If the motor rotates in the opposite direction during the test run, switch two of the drive output terminals (U/T1, V/T2, W/T3) or change
20 86
parameter b1-14.
21 Set the correct values for the motor rated current (E2-01, E4-01, E5-03) and motor protection (L1-01) to ensure motor thermal protection. —
If the Run command and frequency reference are provided via the control circuit terminals, set the drive for REMOTE and be sure the LO/RE
22 81
light is out.
If the control circuit terminals should supply the frequency reference, select the correct voltage input signal level (0 to 10 V, or -10 to 10 V) or
23 111
the correct current input signal level (4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA).
24 Set the proper voltage to terminal A1, A2 and A3 (0 to 10 V, or -10 to +10 V). 111
When current input is used, switch the drive’s built-in DIP switch S1 from the V-side to I-side. Set the level for current signal used to H2-09
25 111
(set “2” for 4 to 20 mA, or “3” for 0 to 20 mA).
26 Set the proper current to terminal A2. (-10 to +10 V, 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA). 111
102 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
4.10 Test Run Checklist
No. Checklist Page
If the frequency reference is supplied via one of the analog inputs, make sure the analog input produces the desired frequency reference. Make
the following adjustments if the drive does not operate as expected:
Gain adjustment: Set the maximum voltage/current signal and adjust the analog input gain (H3-03 for input A1, H3-11 for input A2, H3-07
27 —
for analog input A3) until the frequency reference value reaches the desired value.
Bias adjustment: Set the minimum voltage/current signal and adjust the analog input bias (H3-04 for input A1, H3-12 for input A2, H3-08 for
analog input A3) until the frequency reference value reaches the desired minimum value.
Start-Up Programming
& Operation
4
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 103
4.10 Test Run Checklist
104 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5
Parameter Details
5.1 A: INITIALIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
5.2 B: APPLICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
5.3 C: TUNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
5.4 D: REFERENCE SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
5.5 E: MOTOR PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
5.6 F: OPTION SETTINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
5.7 H: TERMINAL FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
5.8 L: PROTECTION FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
5.9 N: SPECIAL ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
5.10 O: OPERATOR RELATED SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
5.11 S: FUNCTIONS FOR TEXTILE APPLICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
5.12 U: MONITOR PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 105
5.1 A: Initialization
5.1 A: Initialization
The initialization group contains parameters associated with initial setup of the drive. Parameters involving the display
language, access levels, initialization, and password are located in this group.
u A1: Initialization
n A1-00: Language Selection
Selects the display language for the digital operator.
Note: This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized using parameter A1-03.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
A1-00 Language Selection 0 to 7 0
Setting 0: English
Setting 1: Japanese
Setting 2: German
Setting 3: French
Setting 4: Italian
Setting 5: Spanish
Setting 6: Portuguese
Setting 7: Chinese
n A1-01: Access Level Selection
Allows or restricts access to drive parameters.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
A1-00 Access Level Selection 0 to 2 2
Setting 0: Operation only
Access is restricted to parameters A1-01, A1-04, A1-06, and all U monitor parameters.
Setting 1: User Parameters
Access to only a specific list of parameters set to A2-01 through A2-32. These User Parameters can be accessed using the
Setup Mode of the digital operator.
Setting 2: Advanced Access Level (A) and Setup Access Level (S)
All parameters can be viewed and edited.
Notes on Parameter Access
• If the drive parameters are password protected by A1-04 and A1-05, parameters A1-00 through A1-03 and A2-01
through A2-32 cannot be modified.
• If a digital input terminal programmed for “Program lockout” (H1- = 1B) is enabled, parameter values cannot be
modified, even if A1-01 is set to 1 or 2.
• If parameters are changed via serial communication, then it will not be possible to edit or change parameters settings
with the drive’s digital operator until an Enter command is issued to the drive from the serial communication.
n A1-02: Control Method Selection
Selects the Control Method (also referred to as the “control mode”) the drive uses to operate the motor. If the drive is set
up to run two motors, then A1-02 determines the control mode for motor 1.
Note: When changing control modes, all parameter settings depending upon the setting of A1-02 will be reset to the default.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
A1-02 Control Method Selection 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7 0
106 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.1 A: Initialization
Control Modes for Induction Motors (IM)
Setting 0: V/f Control for Induction Motors
V/f Control is for simple speed control and multiple motor applications with low demands to dynamic response or speed
accuracy. This control mode should be used when the motor parameters are unknown and Auto-Tuning cannot be
performed. The speed control range is 1:40.
Setting 1:V/f Control with PG Speed Feedback
For general-purpose applications that do not require high dynamic response but high speed accuracy. This mode should
be used if the motor parameters are unknown and Auto-Tuning cannot be performed. The speed control range is 1:40.
Setting 2: Open Loop Vector Control
For general, variable-speed applications with a speed control range of 1:120 that require precise speed control, quick
torque response, and high torque at low speed without using a speed feedback signal from the motor.
Setting 3: Closed Loop Vector Control
For general, variable-speed applications that requiring precise speed control down to zero speed, fast torque response, or
precise torque control. A speed feedback signal from the motor is required. The speed control range is up to 1:1500.
Control Modes for Permanent Magnet Motors (SPM or IPM)
Setting 5: Open Loop Vector Control for PM
Use this mode for variable torque applications and take advantage of the energy saving capabilities of a PM motor. Using
this mode, the drive can control an SPM or IPM motor with a speed range of 1:20.
Setting 6: Advanced Open Loop Vector Control for PM
This control mode can be used to operate an IPM motor for constant torque applications. Using High Frequency
Injection, a speed control range as high as 1:100 is possible. Refer to Control Mode Selection on page 26 for details.
Setting 7: Closed Loop Vector Control for PM
This mode can be used for high precision control of a PM motor in constant torque or variable torque applications. The
speed control range reaches 1:1500. A speed feedback signal is required.
n A1-03: Initialize Parameters
Resets parameters back to the original default values. After initialization, the setting for A1-03 automatically returns to 0.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
A1-03 Initialize Parameters 0, 1110, 2220, 3330, 5550 0
Setting 1110: User Initialize
Parameter Details
Drive parameters are reset to values selected by the user as User Settings. User Settings are stored when parameter o2-03
is set to “1: Set defaults”.
Note: A “user-initialization” resets all parameters to a user-defined set of default values that were previously saved to the drive. To
clear the user-defined default values, set parameter o2-03 to 2.
Setting 2220: 2-Wire Initialization
5
Resets all parameters back to their original default settings with digital inputs S1 and S2 configured as Forward run and
Reverse run, respectively. For more on digital input functions, see Setting 40, 41: Forward run, Reverse run command
for 2-wire sequence on page 187.
Setting 3330: 3-Wire Initialization
The drive parameters are returned to factory default values with digital inputs S1, S2, and S5 configured as Run, Stop,
and Forward/Reverse respectively. Also refer to digital input functions, Setting 0: 3-Wire Sequence on page 182.
Setting 5550: oPE04 Reset
If parameters on a certain drive have been edited and then a different terminal block is installed with different settings
saved in its built-in memory, an oPE04 error will appear on the display. To use the parameter settings saved to the
terminal block memory, set A1-02 to 5550.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 107
5.1 A: Initialization
Notes on Parameter Initialization
The parameters shown in Table 5.1 will not be reset when the drive is initialized by setting A1-03 = 2220 or 3330.
Table 5.1 Parameters not Changed by Drive Initialization
No. Parameter Name
A1-00 Language Selection
A1-02 Control Method Selection
C6-01 Duty Selection
E5-01 Motor Code Selection (for PM motors)
F6-08 Comm. Parameter Reset
L8-35 Installation Selection
o2-04 Drive/kVA Selection
n A1-04, A1-05: Password and Password Setting
A1-04 is for entering the password when the drive is locked. A1-05 is a hidden parameter used to set the password.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
A1-04 Password
0000 to 9999 0000
A1-05 Password Setting
How to use the Password
The user can set a password for the drive to restrict access. The password is set to A1-05 and must be entered to A1-04 to
unlock parameter access. Until the correct password is entered, the following parameters cannot be viewed or edited: A1-
01 through A1-03, and A2-01 through A2-32.
The instructions below demonstrate how to set a new password. Here, the password set is “1234”. An explanation
follows on how to enter the password to unlock the parameters.
Table 5.2 Setting the Password for Parameter Lock
Step Display/Result
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
1. Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears. REV DRV
DRV FOUT
2.
Scroll to the Parameter Setup display and press .
3.
Scroll to the right by pressing .
4. Select the flashing digits by pressing .
5. Select A1-04 by pressing .
Press the key while holding down at the same time. A1-05 will appear.
6.
Note: Because A1-05 is hidden, it will not be displayed by simply pressing the key. “05” flashes
7. Press the key.
8.
Use , and to enter the password.
9.
Press to save what was entered.
10. The display automatically returns to the display shown in step 5.
108 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.1 A: Initialization
Table 5.3 Check to see if A1-02 is locked (continuing from step 10 above)
Step Display/Result
1.
Press to display A1-02.
“02” flashes
2.
Press to display the value set to A1-02.
3.
Press and , making sure that the setting values cannot be changed.
4. Press to return to the first display.
Table 5.4 Enter the Password to Unlock Parameters (continuing from step 4 above)
Step Display/Result
1.
Press to enter the parameter setup display.
2.
Press to select the flashing digits as shown.
“01” flashes
3.
Press to scroll to A1-04.
4. Enter the password “1234”.
5.
Press to save the new password.
6. Drive returns to the parameter display.
7.
Press and scroll to A1-02.
8.
Press to display the value set to A1-02. If the first “0” blinks, parameter settings are unlocked.
9.
Use and to change the value if desired (though changing the control mode at this point is not typically done).
OLV
10.
Press to save the setting, or press to return to the previous display without saving changes.
11. The display automatically returns to the parameter display.
Note: Parameter settings can be edited after entering the correct password. Performing a 2-wire or 3-wire initialization resets the
Parameter Details
password to “0000”. Reenter the password to parameter A1-05 after drive initialization.
u A2: User Parameters
n A2-01 to A2-32: User Parameters 1 to 32
The user can select 32 parameters and assign them to A2-01 through A2-32. This saves time later scrolling through the
5
parameter menu. The list of User Parameters can also track the most recently edited settings and save those parameters to
this list.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
A2-01 to A2-32 User Parameters 1 to 32 A1-00 to o4-13 –
Saving User Parameters
To save specific parameters to A2-01 to A2-32, first set the access level to allow access to all parameters (A1-02 = 2).
Next assign the parameter number to the User Parameters list by entering it into one of the A2- parameters. If A1-01
is then set to 1, the access level can be restricted so that users can only set and refer to the specific parameters saved as
User Parameters.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 109
5.1 A: Initialization
n A2-33: User Parameter Automatic Selection
A2-33 determines whether or not parameters that have been edited are saved to the User Parameters (A2-17 to A2-32) for
quick, easy access.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
A2-33 User Parameter Automatic Selection 0 or 1 1
Setting 0: Do not save list of recently viewed parameters.
To manually select the parameters listed in the User Parameter group, set A2-33 to 0.
Setting 1: Save history of recently viewed parameters.
By setting A2-33 to 1, all parameters that were recently edited will be automatically saved to A2-17 through A2-32. A
total of 16 parameters are saved with the most recently edited parameter set to A2-17, the second most recently to A2-18,
and so on. User Parameters can be accessed using the Setup Mode of the digital operator.
110 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
5.2 b: Application
u b1: Operation Mode Selection
n b1-01: Frequency Reference Source 1
Use parameter b1-01 to select the frequency reference source 1 for the REMOTE mode.
Note: 1. If a Run command is input to the drive but the frequency reference entered is 0 or below the minimum frequency, the RUN indicator
LED on the digital operator will flash.
2. Press the LO/RE key to set the drive to LOCAL and use the operator keypad to enter the frequency reference.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b1-01 Frequency Reference Source 1 0 to 4 1
Setting 0: Operator keypad
Using this setting, the frequency reference can be input by:
• switching between the multi-speed references in the d1- parameters.
• entering the frequency reference on the operator keypad.
Setting 1: Terminals (analog input terminals)
Using this setting, an analog frequency reference can be entered as a voltage or current signal from terminals A1, A2, or
A3.
Voltage Input
Voltage input can be used at any of the three analog input terminals. Make the settings as described in Table 5.5 for the
input used.
Table 5.5 Analog Input Settings for Frequency Reference Using Voltage Signals
Parameter Settings
Terminal Signal Level Notes
Signal Level Selection Function Selection Gain Bias
0 to 10 Vd H3-01 = 0 H3-02 = 0
A1 H3-03 H3-04 -
-10 to +10 Vdc H3-01 = 1 (Frequency Reference Bias)
0 to 10 Vd H3-09 = 0 H3-10 = 0 Make sure to set DIP switch S1 on the
A2 H3-11 H3-12
-10 to +10 Vdc H3-09 = 1 (Frequency Reference Bias) terminal board to “V” for voltage input.
0 to 10 Vd H3-05 = 0 H3-06 = 0 Make sure to set DIP switch S4 on the
A3 H3-07 H3-08
-10 to +10 Vdc H3-05 = 1 (Frequency Reference Bias) terminal board to “AI”.
Figure 5.1
Drive Drive
＋V 10.5 V, 20 mA power supply ＋V 10.5 V, 20 mA power supply
Parameter Details
0 to 10 V -10 to 10 V
2 kΩ A1 Analog Input 1 4 kΩ A1 Analog Input 1
A2 Analog Input 2 A2 Analog Input 2
A3 Analog Input 3 A3 Analog Input 3
AC Analog input common AC Analog input common
5
-V -10.5 V, 20 mA power supply -V -10.5 V, 20 mA power supply
Figure 5.1 Setting the Frequency Reference as a Voltage Signal at Terminal A1
Use the wiring example shown in Figure 5.1 for any other analog input terminals. When using input A2 make sure DIP
switch S1 is set for voltage input.
Current Input
Input terminal A2 can accept a current input signal. Refer to Table 5.6 to set terminal A2 for current input.
Table 5.6 Analog Input Settings for Frequency Reference Using a Current Signal
Parameter Settings
Terminal Signal Level Notes
Signal Level Selection Function Selection Gain Bias
4 to 20 mA H3-09 = 2 H3-10 = 0 Make sure to set DIP switch S1 on the
A2 H3-11 H3-12
0 to 20 mA H3-09 = 3 (Frequency Bias) terminal board to “I” for current input.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 111
5.2 b: Application
Figure 5.2
DIP switch S1
V I Drive
+V 10.5 V, 20 mA power supply
A1 Analog Input 1
0 or 4 to 20 mA
A2 Analog Input 2
A3 Analog Input 3
AC Analog input common
-V -10.5 V, 20 mA power supply
Figure 5.2 Setting the Frequency Reference as a Current Signal to Terminal A2
DIP switch S1 must first be set for current input.
Switching between Main/Auxiliary Frequency References
The frequency reference input can be switched between the analog terminals A1, A2, and A3 using multi-speed inputs.
Refer to Multi-Step Speed Selection on page 155 for details on using this function.
Setting 2: MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
This setting requires that the frequency reference is entered via the RS-485/422 serial communications port (control
terminals R+, R-, S+, S-). For instructions, see MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications on page 445.
Setting 3: Option card
This setting requires that the frequency reference is entered via an option board plugged into connector CN5-A on the
drives control board. Consult the manual supplied with the option board for instructions on integrating the drive with the
communication system.
Note: If the frequency reference source is set for an option PCB (b1-01 = 3), but an option board is not installed, an OPE05 Operator
Programming Error will be displayed on the digital operator and the drive will not run.
Setting 4: Pulse Train Input
If b1-01 is set to 4, the frequency reference must be provided by a pulse train signal to terminal RP. Follow the directions
below to make sure the pulse signal is working properly.
Verifying Pulse Train is Working Properly
• Make sure that b1-01 is set to 4 and H6-01 is set to 0.
• Set the pulse input scaling H6-02 to the pulse train frequency value that equals 100% of the frequency reference.
• Enter a pulse train signal to terminal RP and check if the correct frequency reference is displayed.
n b1-02: Run Command Source 1
Parameter b1-02 determines the Run command source 1 in the REMOTE mode.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b1-02 Run Command Source 1 0 to 3 1
Setting 0: Operator
When the b1-02 = 0, the LO/RE light will switch on and the RUN key will enter a Run command to start the drive.
Setting 1: Control Circuit Terminal
This setting requires that the Run and Stop commands are entered from the digital input terminals. The following
sequences can be used:
• 2-wire sequence 1:
Two inputs (FWD/Stop-REV/Stop). Initializing the drive by setting A1-03 = 2220, presets the terminals S1 and S2 to
these functions. This is the default setting of the drive. Also refer to Setting 40, 41: Forward run, Reverse run
command for 2-wire sequence on page 187.
• 2-wire sequence 2:
Two inputs (Start/Stop-FWD/REV). Also refer to Setting 42, 43: Run and direction command for 2-wire sequence 2
112 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
on page 188.
• 3-wire sequence:
Three inputs (Start-Stop-FWD/REV). Initialize the drive by setting A1-03 = 3330 presets the terminals S1, S2, and S5
to these functions. Also refer to Setting 0: 3-Wire Sequence on page 182.
Setting 2: MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
To issue a Run command via serial communications, set b1-02 to 2 and connect the RS-485/422 serial communication
cable to control terminals R+, R-, S+, and S- on the removable terminal block. For instructions, Refer to MEMOBUS/
Modbus Communications on page 445.
Setting 3: Option Card
To issue the Run command via the communication option board, set b1-02 to 3 and plug a communication option board
into the CN5-A port on the control PCB. Refer to the manual supplied with the option board for instructions on
integrating the drive into the communication system.
Note: If b1-02 is set to 3, but an option board is not installed in CN5-A, an oPE05 operator programming error will be displayed on the
digital operator and the drive will not run.
n b1-03: Stopping Method Selection
Select how the drive stops the motor when the Run command is removed or when a Stop command is entered.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b1-03 Stopping Method Selection 0 to 3 0
Setting 0: Ramp to stop
When the Run command is removed, the drive will decelerate the motor to stop. The deceleration rate is determined by
the active deceleration time. The default deceleration time is set to parameter C1-02.
When the output frequency falls below the level set in parameter b2-01, the drive will start DC injection, Zero Speed
Control or Short Circuit Braking, depending on the selected control mode. Refer to b2-01: DC Injection Braking Start
Frequency on page 118 for details.
Setting 1: Coast to stop
When the Run command is removed, the drive will shut off its output and the motor will coast (uncontrolled
deceleration) to stop. The stopping time is determined by the inertia and the friction in the driven system.
Figure 5.3
Run
command ON OFF
Output
frequency
Drive output is shut off
Parameter Details
Motor speed
Figure 5.3 Coast to Stop
Note: After a stop is initiated, any subsequent Run command entered will be ignored until the minimum baseblock time (L2-03) has 5
expired. Do not enter Run command until it has come to a complete stop. To start the motor back up before it has stopped
completely, use DC Injection at start (Refer to b2-03: DC Injection Braking Time at Start on page 119) or Speed Search (Refer
to b3: Speed Search on page 121).
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 113
5.2 b: Application
Setting 2: DC Injection Braking to stop
When the Run command is removed, the drive will enter baseblock (turn off its output) for the minimum baseblock time
(L2-03). Once the minimum baseblock time has expired, the drive will brake the motor by injecting DC current into the
motor windings. The stopping time is significantly faster than when compared with simply coasting to stop. The level of
current used for DC Injection Braking is set by parameter b2-02 (default = 50%).
Note: This function is not available in CLV (A1-02 = 3) or the control modes for PM motors (A1-02 = 5, 6, 7).
Figure 5.4
Run
command ON OFF
DC Injection Braking
Output with the current set in
frequency b2-02
Motor speed
Motor coasts
Minimum Baseblock
Time (L2-03)
Figure 5.4 DC Injection Braking to Stop
The time for DC Injection Braking is determined by the value set to b2-04 and by the output frequency at the time the
Run command is removed. It can be calculated by:
(b2-04) × 10 × Output frequency
DC Injection brake time = Max. output frequency (E1-04)
Figure 5.5
DC Injection braking time
b2-0410
b2-04
Output frequency when 100%
10%
Stop command was entered (Maximum output
frequency)
Figure 5.5 DC Injection Braking Time Depending on Output Frequency
Note: If an overcurrent (oC) fault occurs during DC Injection Braking to stop, lengthen the minimum baseblock time (L2-03) until the
fault no longer occurs.
Setting 3: Coast to Stop with Timer
When the Run command is removed, the drive will turn off its output and the motor will coast to stop. If a Run command
is input before the time t (value of C1-02) has expired, the drive will not start. A Run command activated during time t
must be cycled after t has expired in order to start the drive.
Figure 5.6
Run command ON OFF ON OFF ON
Output Drive output shut off
frequency
Run wait time t
Figure 5.6 Coast to Stop with Timer
114 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
The wait time t is determined by the output frequency when the Run command is removed and by the active deceleration
time.
Figure 5.7
Run wait time t
Active deceleration time
Min Baseblock Time (L2-03)
Min output Output frequency 100%
frequency when Stop command (Max output
was entered frequency)
Figure 5.7 Run Wait Time Depending on Output Frequency
n b1-04: Reverse Operation Selection
For some applications, reverse motor rotation is not appropriate and may cause problems (e.g., air handling units, pumps,
etc.). Setting parameter b1-04 to 1 instructs the drive to ignore any Reverse run commands.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Reverse operation enabled
Possible to operate the motor in both forward and reverse directions.
Setting 1: Reverse operation disabled
Drive disregards a Reverse run command or a negative frequency reference.
n b1-05: Action Selection below Minimum Output Frequency (CLV and CLV/PM)
Parameter b1-05 sets the operation when the frequency reference is lower than the minimum output frequency set in
parameter E1-09.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b1-05 Action Selection below Minimum Output Frequency 0 to 3 0
Setting 0: Follow the Frequency Reference
The drive adjusts the motor speed following the speed reference, even if the frequency reference is below the setting of
parameter E1-09. When the Run command is removed and the motor speed is smaller than the setting of b2-01, Zero
Parameter Details
Speed Control (not position lock) is performed for the time set in parameter b2-04 before the drive output shuts off.
Figure 5.8
Run OFF ON
Command
E1-09 Min.
Frequency
Frequency 5
reference Zero Speed Zero Speed
IM: Initial Excitation Control
PM: Zero Spd. Contr. Control
b2-01 Zero E1-09
Motor Speed Level
Speed b2-03 b2-04
Zero Speed Time at Start Zero Speed Time at Stop
Figure 5.8 Run at the Frequency Reference
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 115
5.2 b: Application
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
The motor is started first when the frequency reference exceeds the setting of parameter E1-09. Once the motor is
running and the frequency reference falls below E1-09 the drive output is shut off and the motor coasts. When the motor
speed falls below the zero speed level set in parameter b2-01, Zero Speed Control is activated for the time set in b2-04.
Figure 5.9
Run OFF ON
Command
E1-09 Min.
Frequency
Frequency
reference Motor
IM: Initial Excitation Coasts
PM: Zero Spd. Contr. Zero Speed
b2-01 Zero Control
Motor Speed Level
Speed b2-03 b2-04
Zero Speed Time at Start Zero Speed Time at Stop
Figure 5.9 Coast to Stop
Setting 2: Run at the minimum frequency
Whenever a Run command is active and the frequency reference is smaller than the value of parameter E1-09, the drive
runs the motor at the speed set in E1-09. When the Run command is removed, the drive decelerates the motor. As soon as
the motor speed reaches the zero speed level set in b2-01, Zero Speed Control is activated for the time set in b2-04.
Figure 5.10
Run OFF ON
Command
E1-09 Min.
Frequency
Frequency
reference Run at
Run at Zero Speed
IM: Initial Excitation E1-09 E1-09
Control
PM: Zero Spd. Contr.
b2-01 Zero
Motor Speed Level
Speed b2-03 b2-04
Zero Speed Time at Start Zero Speed Time at Stop
Figure 5.10 Run at the Minimum Frequency
Setting 3: Zero Speed Control
The drive applies Zero Speed Control whenever the frequency reference setting is below the value of parameter E1-09.
When the Run command is removed, Zero Speed Control is activated for the time set in b2-04, even if it was already
active before.
Figure 5.11
Run OFF ON
Command
E1-09 Min.
Frequency
Frequency
reference Zero
Zero Speed
IM: Initial Excitation Speed
Control Control
PM: Zero Spd. Contr.
b2-01 Zero E1-09
Motor Speed Level
Speed b2-03 b2-04
Zero Speed Time at Start Zero Speed Time at Stop
Figure 5.11 Zero Speed Control
n b1-06: Digital Input Reading
This parameter defines how the digital inputs are read.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b1-06 Digital Input Reading 0 or 1 1
Setting 0: Read once
The state of a digital input is read once. If the state has changed, the input command is immediately processed. With this
setting the drive responds more quickly to digital inputs, but a noisy signal could cause erroneous operation.
116 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
Setting 1: Read twice
The state of a digital input is read twice. Only if the state does not change during the double reading, the input command
is processed. This reading process is slower but more resistant against noisy signals.
n b1-07: LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection
The drive has three separate control sources that can be switched using digital inputs (H1- = 1 (LOCAL/REMOTE
Selection) or 2 (External reference 1/2)) or the LO/RE key on the digital operator. Refer to Setting 1: LOCAL/REMOTE
selection on page 182, Refer to Setting 2: External reference 1/2 selection on page 183 and Refer to o2-01: LO/RE
(LOCAL/REMOTE) Key Function Selection on page 245 for details.
• LOCAL: Digital operator. The digital operator is used to set the frequency reference and Run command.
• REMOTE: External reference 1. The frequency reference and Run command source are set by b1-01 and b1-02.
• REMOTE: External reference 2. The frequency reference and Run command source are set by b1-15 and b1-16.
When switching from LOCAL to REMOTE, or between External reference 1 and External reference 2, the Run
command may already be present at the location the source was switched to. Parameter b1-07 can be used to determine
how the Run command is treated in this case.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b1-07 LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Run command must be cycled
When the Run command source is different in the old and new source (e.g., the old source was the terminals and the new
source is serial communication), and the Run command is active at the new source as the switch over occurs, the drive
will not start or will stop operation if it was running before. The Run command has to be cycled at the new source in
order to start the drive again.
Setting 1: Accept Run command at the new source
When the Run command is active at the new source, the drive starts or continues operation if it was running before.
WARNING! The drive may start unexpectedly if switching control sources when b1-07 = 1. Clear all personnel away from rotating
machinery and electrical connections prior to switching control sources. Failure to comply may cause death or serious injury.
n b1-08: Run command selection while in Programming Mode
As a safety precaution, the drive will not normally respond to a Run command input when the digital operator is being
used to adjust parameters in the Programming Mode (Verify Menu, Setup Mode, Parameter Settings Mode, and Auto-
Tuning Mode). If required by the application, set b1-08 to allow the drive to run while in the Programming Mode.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Parameter Details
b1-08 Run Command Selection while in Programming Mode 0 to 2 0
Setting 0: Disabled
A Run command is not accepted while the digital operator is in the Programming Mode.
Setting 1: Enabled
A Run command is accepted in any digital operator mode. 5
Setting 2: Prohibit programming during run
It is not possible to enter the Programming Mode as long as the drive output is active. The Programming Mode cannot be
displayed during Run.
n b1-14: Phase Order Selection
Sets the phase order for drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3.
Switching motor phases will reverse the direction of the motor.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b1-14 Phase Order Selection 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Standard phase order
Setting 1: Switched phase order
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 117
5.2 b: Application
n b1-15: Frequency Reference Source 2
Refer to b1-01: Frequency Reference Source 1 on page 111 and Refer to Setting 2: External reference 1/2 selection on
page 183. The frequency reference set to b1-15 is enabled when a multi-function digital input set to switch the Run
command priority (H1- = 2) closes.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b1-15 Frequency Reference Source 2 0 to 4 0
n b1-16: Run Command Source 2
Refer to b1-02: Run Command Source 1 on page 112 and Refer to Setting 2: External reference 1/2 selection on
page 183. The run command set to b1-16 is enabled when a multi-function digital input set to switch the Run command
priority (H1- = 2) closes.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b1-16 Run Command Source 2 0 to 3 0
n b1-17: Run Command at Power Up
This parameter is used to determine whether an external Run command that is active during power up will start the drive
or not.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b1-17 Run Command at Power Up 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Run command at power up is not issued
The Run command has to be cycled to start the drive.
Note: For safety reasons, the drive is initially programmed not to accept a Run command at power up (b1-17 = 0). If a Run command is
issued at power up, the RUN indicator LED will flash quickly.
Setting 1: Run command and power up is issued
If an external Run command is active when the drive is powered up, then the drive will start to operate the motor as soon
as it gets ready for operation (i.e., once the internal start up process is complete).
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. If b1-17 is set to 1 and an external Run command is active during power up, the motor will
begin rotating as soon as the power is switched on. Proper precautions must be taken to ensure that the area around the motor is safe
prior to powering up the drive. Failure to comply may cause serious injury.
u b2: DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking
These parameters determine how the DC Injection Braking, Zero Speed Control, and Short Circuit Braking features
operate.
n b2-01: DC Injection Braking Start Frequency
Sets the frequency to start executing DC Injection Braking, Short-Circuit Braking, and Zero Servo. Enabled when the
stopping method is set for ramp to stop (b1-03 = 0).
No. Name Setting Range Default
b2-01 DC Injection Braking Start Frequency 0.0 to 10.0 Hz Determined by A1-02
The function triggered by parameter b2-01 depends on the control mode that has been selected.
V/f, V/f w/PG and OLV (A1-02 = 0, 1, 2)
For these control modes, parameter b2-01 sets the starting frequency for DC Injection Braking at stop. Once the output
frequency falls below the setting of b2-01, DC Injection Braking is enabled for the time set in parameter b2-04.
118 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
Figure 5.12
DC Injection
Braking
E1-09 Min. Frequency
b2-01 Zero Speed Level
Output Time
frequency
b2-04
Figure 5.12 DC Injection Braking at Stop for V/f, V/f w/PG and OLV
Note: If b2-01 is set to a smaller value than parameter E1-09 (minimum frequency), then DC Injection Braking will begin as soon as
the frequency falls to the value set to E1-09.
OLV/PM and AOLV/PM (A1-02 = 5, 6)
For these control modes, parameter b2-01 sets the starting frequency for Short-Circuit Braking at stop. Once the output
frequency falls below the setting of b2-01, Short-Circuit Braking is enabled for the time set in parameter b2-13. If DC
Injection Braking time is enabled at stop, then DC Injection Braking is performed for the time set in b2-04 after Short-
Circuit Braking is complete.
Figure 5.13
Short Circuit DC Injection
E1-09 Min. Frequency Braking Braking
b2-01 Zero Speed Level
Output Time
frequency
b2-13 b2-04
Figure 5.13 Short-Circuit Braking at Stop in OLV/PM and AOLV/PM
Note: If b2-01 is set to a smaller value than parameter E1-09 (minimum frequency), then DC Injection Braking will begin as soon as
the frequency falls to the value set to E1-09.
CLV and CLV/PM (A1-02 = 3, 7)
For these control modes, parameter b2-01 sets the starting frequency for Zero Speed Control (not position lock) at stop.
Once the output frequency falls below the setting of b2-01, Zero Speed Control is enabled for the time set in parameter
b2-04 if b1-05 = 0.
Figure 5.14
Zero Speed
E1-09 Min. Frequency Control
b2-01 Zero Speed Level
Output Time
frequency
b2-04
Figure 5.14 Zero Speed Control at Stop in CLV and CLV/PM
Note: If b2-01 is set to lower than the minimum frequency (E1-09), then Zero Speed Control begins at the frequency set to E1-09.
n b2-02: DC Injection Braking Current
Sets the DC Injection Braking current as a percentage of the drive rated current. If set larger than 50%, the carrier
Parameter Details
frequency is automatically reduced to 1 kHz.
If one of the multi-function input terminals is set for DC Injection Braking 1 (H1- = 59) and that terminal is
activated, then the drive will use the current level set in b2-02 to perform DC Injection Braking.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b2-02 DC Injection Braking Current 0 to 100% 50% 5
The level of DC Injection Braking current affects the strength of the magnetic field attempting to lock the motor shaft.
Increasing the current level will increase the amount of heat generated by the motor windings. This parameter should
only be increased to the level necessary to hold the motor shaft.
n b2-03: DC Injection Braking Time at Start
Sets the time of DC Injection Braking (Zero Speed Control when in CLV and CLV/PM) at start. Used to stop a coasting
motor before restarting it or to apply braking torque at start. Disabled when set to 0.00 s.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b2-03 DC Injection Braking Time at Start 0.00 to 10.00 s 0.00 s
Note: Before starting an uncontrolled rotating motor (e.g., a fan motor driven by windmill effect), DC Injection or Speed Search should
be used to either stop the motor or detect its speed before starting it. Otherwise motor stalling and other faults can occur.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 119
5.2 b: Application
n b2-04: DC Injection Braking Time at Stop
Sets the time of DC Injection Braking (Zero Speed Control when in CLV and CLV/PM) at stop. Used to completely stop
a motor with high inertia load after ramp down. Increase the value if the motor still coasts by inertia after it should have
stopped. Disabled when set to 0.00 s.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b2-04 DC Injection Braking Time at Stop 0.00 to 10.00 s Determined by A1-02
n b2-08: Magnetic Flux Compensation Value
Sets the magnetic flux compensation at start as a percentage of the no-load current value (E2-03). This function allows
better more flux to develop, making it easier to start machines that require high starting torque or motors with a large
rotor time constant.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b2-08 Magnetic Flux Compensation Value 0 to 1000% 0%
When a Run command is issued, the DC current level injected into the motor changes linearly from the level set to b2-08
to E2-03 within the time set to b2-03.
Figure 5.15
Output frequency
b2-08
E2-03
Magnetizing Current
Reference Time
b2-03
Figure 5.15 Magnetic Flux Compensation
Note that the level of the DC current injected to the motor is limited to 80% of the drive rated current or to the motor
rated current, whichever value is smaller.
Note: 1. If b2-08 is set below 100%, it can take a relatively long time for flux to develop.
2. If b2-08 is set to 0%, the DC current level will be the DC Injection current set to b2-02.
3. As DC Injection can generate a fair amount of noise, b2-08 may need to be adjusted to keep noise levels acceptable.
n b2-10: DC Injection Braking Current 2
Set as a percentage of the drive rated current. If b2-10 is greater than 50%, the carrier frequency is automatically changed
to 1 kHz. Note that the motor rated current limits the amount of current that can be used for DC Injection Braking.
If one of the multi-function input terminals is set for DC Injection Braking 2 (H1- = 60) and that terminal is
activated, then the drive will use the current level set in b2-10 to perform DC Injection Braking.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b2-10 DC Injection Braking Current 2 0 to 100% 50%
n b2-12: Short Circuit Brake Time at Start
Short Circuit Braking can be used in OLV/PM and AOLV/PM. By shorting all three motor phases, it produces a braking
torque in the motor and can be used to stop a coasting motor before starting it again.
Parameter b2-12 sets the time for Short-Circuit Brake operation at start. Disabled when set to 0.00 s.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b2-12 Short Circuit Brake Time at Start 0.00 to 25.50 s 0.00 s
Note: Short Circuit Braking cannot prevent a PM motor from being rotated by an external force. To prevent the load from rotating the
motor, use DC Injection.
120 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
n b2-13: Short Circuit Brake Time at Stop
The Short Circuit Braking described for parameter b2-12 can also be applied at the end of deceleration in order to
completely stop high inertia loads. Short Circuit Braking is initiated for the time set in b2-13 when the output frequency
falls below the higher of the values b1-02 and E1-09. Parameter b2-13 sets the time for Short Circuit Braking at stop.
Disabled when set to 0.00 s.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b2-13 Short Circuit Brake Time at Stop 0.00 to 25.50 s Determined by A1-02
n b2-18: Short Circuit Braking Current
Parameter b2-18 sets the current level for Short Circuit Braking operation as a percentage of the motor rated current.
Even though a higher current level can be set using b2-18, the Short Circuit Braking current will not be higher than the
drive rated current (120% for Normal Duty, 150% for Heavy Duty).
No. Name Setting Range Default
b2-18 Short Circuit Braking Current 0.0 to 200.0% 100.0%
u b3: Speed Search
The Speed Search function allows the drive to detect the speed of a rotating motor shaft that is driven by external forces
(e.g., a fan rotating by windmill effect or motor driven by load inertia). The motor operation can be directly started from
the speed detected without needing to stop the machine before.
Example: When a momentary loss of power occurs, the drive output shuts off. This results in a coasting motor. When
power returns, the drive can find the speed of the coasting motor and restart it directly.
For PM motors, only parameter b3-01 is needed to enable Speed Search.
For induction motors, the drive offers two types of Speed Search than can be selected by parameter b3-24 (Speed
Estimation and Current Detection). Both methods are explained below, then followed by a description of all relevant
parameters.
n Current Detection Speed Search (b3-24 = 0)
Current Detection Speed Search is for use with IM motors. Current Detection Speed Search detects the motor speed by
looking at motor current. When Speed Search is started it reduces the output frequency starting either from the maximum
output frequency or the frequency reference while increasing the output voltage using the time set in parameter L2-04.
As long as the current is higher than the level set in b3-02, the output frequency is lowered using the time constant b3-03.
If the current falls below b3-02, the drive assumes that the output frequency and motor speed are the same and
Parameter Details
accelerates or decelerates to the frequency reference.
Be aware that sudden acceleration may occur when using this method of Speed Search with relatively light loads.
The following time chart illustrates how Current Detection Speed Search operates after a momentary power loss (L2-01
must be set to 1 or 2):
Figure 5.16
Output frequency before
momentary power loss
Decel time
set to b3-03
Waits for twice 5
as long as L2-04
AC power
supply ON OFF
Selected
Output frequency
reference
frequency
Speed Search operation
current set to b3-02
Output
current
Min. Baseblock Time (L2-03) b3-05
Figure 5.16 Current Detection Speed Search after Power Loss
Note: After power is restored, the drive waits until the time set to b3-05 has passed before performing Speed Search. Thereby the Speed
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 121
5.2 b: Application
Search may start not at the end of L2-03 but even later.
When Speed Search is applied automatically with the Run command, the drive waits for the minimum baseblock time
L2-03 before Speed Search is started. If L2-03 is smaller than the time set in parameter b3-05, then b3-05 is used as the
wait time.
Figure 5.17
Decel time set Waits for twice
set to b3-03 as long as L2-04
OFF ON
Run command
Max. output frequency Selected
or the specified frequency
frequency reference reference
Output
frequency
b3-02
Output current
Minimum Baseblock Time (L2-03)
Figure 5.17 Current Detection Speed Search at Start or Speed Search Command by Digital Input
Notes on Using Current Detection Type Speed Search
• Shorten the Speed Search deceleration time set to b3-03 if an oL1 fault occurs while performing Current Detection
Speed Search.
• Current Detection Speed Search is not available when using Open Loop Vector Control for PM motors.
• Increase the minimum baseblock time set to L2-03 if an overcurrent or overvoltage fault occurs when performing
Speed Search after power is restored following a momentary power loss.
n Speed Estimation Type Speed Search (b3-24 = 1)
This method can be used for a single induction motor connected to a drive. It should not be used if the motor is one or
more frame sizes smaller than the drive, at motor speeds above 200 Hz, or when using a single drive to operate more than
one motor.
Speed Estimation is executed in two steps as described below.
Step 1: Back EMF Voltage Estimation
This method is used by Speed Search after short baseblock (e.g., a power loss where the drive’s CPU kept running and
the Run command was kept active). Here, the drive estimates the motor speed by analyzing the back EMF voltage. It
outputs the estimated frequency and increases the voltage using the time constant set in parameter L2-04. After that, the
motor is accelerated or decelerated to the frequency reference starting from the detected speed. If there is not enough
residual voltage in the motor windings to perform the calculations described above, then the drive will automatically
proceed to step 2.
Figure 5.18
AC power
supply ON OFF Selected
Starts at the speed frequency
that was detected reference
Output
frequency
Output
current
Several miliseconds
Min. Baseblock Time
b3 -05 <1>
(L2-03)
Figure 5.18 Speed Search after Baseblock
<1> Once AC power is restored, the drive will wait for at least the time set to b3-05. If the power interruption is longer than the minimum
baseblock time set to L2-03, the drive will wait until the time set to b3-05 has passed after power is restored before starting Speed
Search.
122 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
Step 2: Current Injection
Current Injection is performed when there is not enough residual voltage remaining in the motor. This might occur after
after longer power losses, when Speed Search is applied with the Run command (b3-01 = 1), or if an External search
command is used. It injects the DC current set in b3-06 to the motor and detects the speed by measuring the current
feedback. The drive outputs the detected frequency and increases the voltage using the time constant set in parameter L2-
04 while looking at the motor current. If the current is higher than the level in b3-02, then the output frequency is
reduced. When the current falls below b3-02, the motor speed is assumed to be found and the drive starts to accelerate or
decelerate to the frequency reference.
Figure 5.19
Decelerates at the Speed Waits twice as long as L2-04
Search decel time set to b3-03
OFF ON
Run command Frequency reference
set to the drive
Starts at the speed
speed that was detected
Output
frequency
b3-02
Output
current 1.0 s
Min. Baseblock Time (L2-03) <1>
Figure 5.19 Speed Search at Start
<1> The wait time for Speed Search (b3-05) determines the lower limit.
Notes on Using Speed Estimation Speed Search
• Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f Control (T1-01 = 3) needs to be first performed if you plan to use Speed Estimation in
V/f Control. Perform Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance (T1-01 = 2) again if the there is a change in
the cable length between the drive and motor.
• Use Current Detection to search for speeds beyond 200 Hz, if the application is running multiple motors from the same
drive, or if the motor is considerably smaller than the capacity of the drive.
• Speed Estimation may have trouble finding the actual speed if the motor cable is very long. Current Detection should
be used in such situations.
• Use Current Detection instead of Speed Estimation when operating motors smaller than 1.5 kW. Speed Estimation can
end up stopping smaller motors, as it might not be able to detect the speed or rotation direction of such small motors.
• Short Circuit Braking is recommended instead of Speed Search when using OLV/PM and AOLV/PM along with a
fairly long motor cable.
• Use Short Circuit Braking instead of Speed Search if attempting to find the speed of a motor coasting faster than 200
Parameter Details
Hz in OLV/PM and AOLV/PM.
n Residual Voltage Detection Speed Search
This method detects the motor speed and rotation direction my measuring the residual voltage from the rotating motor.
n Activating of Speed Search 5
Speed Search can be activated as described below. Note that the Speed Search type must be selected in parameter b3-24
independent of the activation method.
1. Automatically activate Speed Search with every Run command. Here, external Speed Search commands are ignored.
2. Activate Speed Search using the digital input terminals.
The following input functions for H1- can be used.
Table 5.7 Speed Search Activation by Digital Inputs
Setting Description b3-24 = 0 b3-24 = 1
Closed: Activate Current Detection Speed Search from the
61 External Search Command 1
maximum output frequency (E1-04).
Activate Speed Estimation Speed Search
Closed: Activate Current Detection Speed Search from the
62 External Search Command 2
frequency reference.
To activate Speed Search by a digital input, the input must always be set together with the Run command, or the Run
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 123
5.2 b: Application
command must be entered after the Speed Search command is given.
3. After automatic fault restart
When the number of maximum fault restarts in parameter L5-01 is set higher than 0, the drive will automatically
perform Speed Search as specified by b3-24 following a fault.
4. After momentary power loss
This mode requires that the Power Loss Ride-Thru function be enabled always or at least enabled during CPU
operation (L2-01 = 1 or 2). See Refer to L2-01: Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection on page 217
5. After external baseblock is released
The drive will resume the operation starting with Speed Search if the Run command is present and the output
frequency is above the minimum frequency when the Baseblock command is released.
n b3-01: Speed Search Selection at Start
Determines if Speed Search is automatically performed when a Run command is issued or not.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b3-01 Speed Search Selection at Start 0 or 1 Determined by A1-02
Setting 0: Disabled
When the Run command is entered, the drive starts operating at the minimum output frequency. If external Speed Search
1 or 2 is already enabled by a digital input, the drive will start operating with Speed Search.
Setting 1: Enabled
Speed Search is performed whenever the Run command is entered. The drive begins running the motor once Speed
Search is complete.
n b3-02: Speed Search Deactivation Current
Sets the operating current for Speed Search as a percentage of the drive rated current. Normally there is no need to
change this setting. If the drive has trouble restarting, try lowering this value.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b3-02 Speed Search Deactivation Current 0 to 200% Determined by A1-02
Note: When parameter A1-02 = 0 (V/f Control) the factory default setting is 120. When parameter A1-02 = 2 (Open Loop Vector) the
factory default setting is 100.
n b3-03: Speed Search Deceleration Time
Parameter b3-03 sets the output frequency reduction ramp used by Current Detection Speed Search (b3-24 = 0) and by
the Current Injection Method of Speed Estimation (b3-24 = 1). The time entered into b3-03 will be the time to decelerate
from maximum frequency (E1-04) to minimum frequency (E1-09).
No. Name Setting Range Default
b3-03 Speed Search Deceleration Time 0.1 to 10.0 s 2.0 s
n b3-04: V/f Gain During Speed Search
During Speed Search, the output voltage calculated from the V/f pattern is multiplied with the value set in parameter b3-
04. Changing this setting can be useful in order to reduce the output current during Speed Search.
No. Name Setting Range Default
Determined by o2-04,
b3-04 V/f Gain During Speed Search 10 to 100%
C6-01
n b3-05: Speed Search Delay Time
In cases where an output contactor is used between the drive and the motor, the contactor must be closed before Speed
Search can be performed. This parameter can be used to delay the Speed Search operation, giving the contactor enough
time to close completely.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b3-05 Speed Search Delay Time 0.0 to 100.0 s 0.2 s
124 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
n b3-06: Output Current 1 During Speed Search
Sets the current injected to the motor at the beginning of Speed Estimation Speed Search as a factor of the motor rated
current set in E2-01 (E4-01 for motor 2). If the motor speed is relatively slow when the drive starts to perform Speed
Search after a long period of baseblock, it may be helpful to increase the setting value. The output current during Speed
Search is automatically limited by the drive rated current.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b3-06 Output Current 1 during Speed Search 0.0 to 2.0 Determined by o2-04
Note: If Speed Estimation is not working correctly even after adjusting b3-06, try using Current Detection Speed Search instead.
n b3-10: Speed Search Detection Compensation Gain
This parameter sets the gain for the detected motor speed of the Speed Estimation Speed Search. The setting should be
increased only if an overvoltage fault occurs when the drive restarts the motor.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b3-10 Speed Search Detection Compensation Gain 1.00 to 1.20 1.05
n b3-14: Bi-Directional Speed Search Selection
Sets how the drive determines the motor rotation direction when performing Speed Estimation Speed Search.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b3-14 Bi-Directional Speed Search Selection 0 or 1 Determined by A1-02
Setting 0: Disabled
The drive uses the frequency reference to determine the direction of motor rotation in order to restart the motor.
Setting 1: Enabled
The drive detects the motor rotation direction in order to restart the motor.
n b3-17: Speed Search Restart Current Level
A large current can flow into the drive if there is a fairly large difference between the estimated frequency and the actual
motor speed when performing Speed Estimation. This parameter sets the current level at which Speed Estimation is
restarted, thus avoiding overcurrent and overvoltage problems. Set as a percentage of the drive rated current.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b3-17 Speed Search Restart Current Level 0 to 200% 150%
Parameter Details
n b3-18: Speed Search Restart Detection Time
Sets the time that the current must be greater than the level set in b3-17 before Speed Search can be restarted.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b3-18 Speed Search Restart Detection Time 0.00 to 1.00 s 0.10 s
5
n b3-19: Number of Speed Search Restarts
Sets the number of times the drive should attempt to find the speed and restart the motor. If the number of restart attempts
exceeds the value set to b3-19, the SEr fault will occur and the drive will stop.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b3-19 Number of Speed Search Restarts 0 to 10 3
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 125
5.2 b: Application
n b3-24: Speed Search Method Selection
Sets the Speed Search method used.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b3-24 Speed Search Method Selection 0, 1, 3 0
Setting 0: Current Detection Speed Search
Speed Search begins by calculating the speed of the motor, then accelerates from the estimated speed to the speed
reference. This method of Speed Search is also capable of detecting motor direction.
Setting 1: Speed Estimation Speed Search
Speed Search begins looking for the motor speed from either the frequency reference at the time of power loss, or from
the maximum frequency reference. Here, the drive detects the speed using the current level while Speed Search is
executed.
Setting 3: Synchronous Operation (V/f)
Speed Search detects the motor speed by measuring the residual voltage from the rotating motor and then accelerates or
decelerates back to frequency reference. This method of Speed Search is also capable of detecting motor direction.
Note: For explanations of the Speed Search methods, see Refer to Current Detection Speed Search (b3-24 = 0) on page 121 and Refer
to Speed Estimation Type Speed Search (b3-24 = 1) on page 122.
n b3-25: Speed Search Wait Time
Sets the wait time between Speed Search restarts. Increase the wait time if problems occur with overcurrent, overvoltage,
or if the SEr fault occurs.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b3-25 Speed Search Wait Time 0.0 to 30.0 s 0.5 s
n b3-27: Start Speed Search Select
Selects a condition to activate Speed Search Selection at Start (b3-01) or External Speed Search Command 1 or 2 from
the multi-function input.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b3-27 Start Speed Search Select 0 or 1 1
0: Triggered when a Run command is issued (normal).
1: Triggered when an external baseblock is released.
u b4: Delay Timers
The timer function is independent of drive operation and can be used to delay the switching of a digital output triggered
by a digital input signal. An on-delay and off-delay can be separately set. The delay timer can help to get rid of chattering
switch noise from sensors.
To enable the timer function, a multi-function input must be set to “Timer input” (H1-=18) and a multi-function
output must be set to “Timer output” (H2-=12). One timer can be used only.
n b4-01, b4-02: Timer Function On-Delay, Off-Delay Time
b4-01 sets the on-delay time for switching the timer output. b4-02 sets the off-delay time for switching the timer output.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b4-01 Timer Function On-Delay Time 0.0 to 3000.0 s 0.0 s
b4-02 Timer Function Off-Delay Time 0.0 to 3000.0 s 0.0 s
126 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
n Timer Function Operation
When the timer function input closes for longer than the value set in b4-01, the timer output switches on. When the timer
function input is open for longer than the value set in b4-02, the timer output function switches off. The following
diagram demonstrates the timer function operation.
Figure 5.20
Multi-function Contact On (Closed)
Input: Timer Function ON ON
Off (Open)
Multi-function Contact
Output: Timer Function ON ON On (Closed)
Off (Open)
b4-01 b4-02 b4-01 b4-02
Figure 5.20 Timer Operation
u b5: PID Control
The drive has a built in PID (Proportional + Integral + Derivative) controller that can be used for closed loop control of
system variables such as pressure, temperature, and so on. The difference between the target and the feedback value
(deviation) is fed into the PID controller. The PID controller adjusts the drive output frequency in order to minimize the
deviation, providing accurate control of system variables.
n P Control
The output of P control is the product of the deviation and the P gain so that it follows the deviation directly and linearly.
With P control, only an offset between the target and feedback remains.
n I Control
The output of I control is the integral of the deviation. It minimizes the offset between target and feedback value that
typically remains when pure P control is used. The integral time (I time) constant determines how fast the offset is
eliminated.
n D Control
D control predicts the deviation signal by multiplying its derivative (slope of the deviation) with a time constant, then
adds this value to the PID input. This way the D portion of a PID controller provides a braking action to the controller
response and can reduce the tendency to oscillate and overshoot.
Be aware that D control tends to amplify noise on the deviation signal, which can result in control instability. D control
should therefore only be used when necessary.
n PID Operation
Parameter Details
To better demonstrate how PID works, the diagram below shows how the PID output changes when the PID input
(deviation) jumps from 0 to a constant level.
Figure 5.21
PID input
Time
5
PID output
I control
PID Output D control
P control
Time
Figure 5.21 PID Operation
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 127
5.2 b: Application
n Using PID Control
Applications for PID control are listed in the table below.
Application Description Sensors Used
Machinery speed is fed back and adjusted to meet the target value. Synchronous control is performed using speed data from
Speed Control Tachometer
other machinery as the target value
Pressure Maintains constant pressure using pressure feedback. Pressure sensor
Fluid Control Keeps flow at a constant level by feeding back flow data. Flow rate sensor
Temperature Control Maintains a constant temperature by controlling a fan with a thermostat. Thermocoupler, Thermistor
n PID Setpoint Input Methods
The PID setpoint input depends on the PID function setting in parameter b5-01.
If parameter b5-01 is set to 1 or 2, the frequency reference in b1-01 (or b1-15) or one of the inputs listed in Table 5.8
becomes the PID setpoint.
If b5-01 is set to 3 or 4, then the PID setpoint can be input from one of the sources listed in Table 5.8.
Table 5.8 PID Setpoint Sources
PID Setpoint Source Settings
Analog Input A1 Set H3-02 = C
Analog Input A2 Set H3-10 = C
Analog Input A3 Set H3-06 = C
MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0006H Set bit 1 in register 000FH to 1 and input the setpoint to register 0006H
Pulse Input RP Set H6-01 = 2
Parameter b5-19 Set parameter b5-18 = 1 and input the PID setpoint to b5-19
Note: A duplicate allocation of the PID setpoint input will result in an oPE alarm.
n PID Feedback Input Methods
Either one feedback signal can be input for normal PID control, or two feedback signals can be input for controlling a
differential process value.
Normal PID Feedback
The PID feedback signal can be input from one of the sources listed below.
Table 5.9 PID Feedback Sources
PID Feedback Source Settings
Analog Input A1 Set H3-02 = B
Analog Input A2 Set H3-10 = B
Analog Input A3 Set H3-06 = B
Pulse Input RP Set H6-01 = 1
Note: A duplicate allocation of the PID feedback input will result in an oPE alarm.
Differential Feedback
The second PID feedback signal for differential feedback can come from the sources listed below. The differential
feedback function is automatically enabled when a differential feedback input is assigned.
Table 5.10 PID Differential Feedback Sources
PID Differential Feedback Source Settings
Analog Input A1 Set H3-02 = 16
Analog Input A2 Set H3-10 = 16
Analog Input A3 Set H3-06 = 16
Note: A duplicate allocation of the PID differential feedback input will result in an oPE alarm.
128 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
Figure 5.22
Frequency Reference
Frequency
Reference PID disable when:
b1-01/15 - b5-01=0
Frequency Reference 1 to 8 - a JOG Command is Input
0
d1-01 to d1-08 - PID Disable by Digital Input Enabled
RUN
1 + b5-16 On/Off
Analog Input A1/A2/A3 -
n PID Block Diagram
2 Delay
Serial Comm Timer
3 b5-15
Option Card
Sleep Level
Pulse Input 4
Sleep Function
Disabled
PID Mode + Output
b5-01 = 1/2 b5-01 = 3/4 + Enabled Frequency
SFS
C1-
PID Target
Upper Limit
b5-18=1 PID Ouput
b5-19 not 1 Fmax x109%
(U5-03)
PID Set Point 0
H3-02/10=C not C
Analog Input A1/A2/A3 PID SFS Cancel DI (U5-04) b5-11
H1-=34 Lower Limit 0 1
H6-01=2 not 2 On
Pulse Input
Enable / Disable Reverse
Off Upper Limit
Reg. 0Fh, bit 1 Operation when PID
MEMOBUS Reg. 0006h Fmax x109%
1 0 Output is Negative
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
Always 1 when
PID Input b5-01 = 3/4
PID Soft (U5-02) Lower Limit
Starter b5-17 Fmax x109%
Figure 5.22 PID Block Diagram
Proportional I - limit
PID Feedback Gain PID Delay
0 I-time b5-04
b5-02 Time
b5-03 0
+
+ 0 0 + + + 0
Pulse Input not 1 P 1/s b5-08 b5-10
H6-01=1 - 1 + 1 + +
-1 -1
PID Input 1 1 PID Output
Analog Input A1/A2/A3 not B PID Output
H3-02/10=B Limit PID Input Z-1 Gain
Adjusted Integral Hold Integral Reset Upper/Lower b5-07
PID Feedback b5-35 Characteristic H1-=31 Limit PID Output
PID Feedback H1-=30 Characteristic
0 (U5-01) H1-=35 or b5-06 / b5-34 PID Offset
(U5-06) b5-09
b5-09
not 16 + 1 or 3
- +
+ +
b5-05
Analog Input A1/A2/A3
H3-02/10 Derivative + Derivative b5-01
2 or 4
= 16 + Time 2 or 4 Time
b5-05 Z-1
+
PID Differential b5-01
1 or 3
Feedback Z-1
(U5-05)
129
5.2 b: Application
Parameter Details
5
5.2 b: Application
n b5-01: PID Function Setting
Enables or disables the PID operation and selects the PID operation mode.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b5-01 PID Function Setting 0 to 4 0
Setting 0: PID disabled
Setting 1: Output frequency = PID output 1
The PID controller is enabled and the PID output builds the frequency reference. Uses D control for the difference
between the feedback and setpoint (displayed in monitor U5-02).
Setting 2: Output frequency = PID output 2
The PID controller is enabled and the PID output builds the frequency reference. D control is used on the feedback signal
(displayed in monitor U5-06).
Setting 3: Output frequency = frequency reference + PID output 1
The PID controller is enabled and the PID output is added to the frequency reference. The PID input is D controlled.
Setting 4: Output frequency = frequency reference + PID output 2
The PID controller is enabled and the PID output is added to the frequency reference. The PID feedback is D controlled.
n b5-02: Proportional Gain Setting (P)
Sets the P gain that is applied to the PID input. A large value will tend to reduce the error, but may cause instability
(oscillations) if set too high. A low value may allow too much offset between the setpoint and feedback.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-02 Proportional Gain Setting (P) 0.00 to 25.00 1.00
n b5-03: Integral Time Setting (I)
Sets the time constant that is used to calculate the integral of the PID input. The smaller the integral time set to b5-03, the
faster the offset will be eliminated. If set too short, it can cause overshoot or oscillation. To turn off the integral time, set
b5-03 = 0.00.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-03 Integral Time Setting (I) 0.0 to 360.0 s 1.0 s
n b5-04: Integral Limit Setting
Sets the maximum output possible from the integral block. Set as a percentage of the maximum frequency (E1-04).
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-04 Integral Limit Setting 0.0 to 100.0% 100.0%
Note: On some applications, especially those with rapidly varying loads, the output of the PID function may show a fair amount of
oscillation. To suppress this oscillation, a limit can be applied to the integral output by programming b5-04.
n b5-05: Derivative Time (D)
Sets the time the drive predicts the PID input/PID feedback signal based on the derivative of the PID input/PID feedback.
Longer time settings will improve the response but can cause vibrations. Shorter settings will reduce the overshoot but
also reduce the controller responsiveness. D control is disabled by setting b5-05 to zero seconds.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-05 Derivative Time (D) 0.00 to 10.00 s 0.00 s
130 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
n b5-06: PID Output Limit
Sets the maximum output possible from the entire PID controller. Set as a percentage of the maximum frequency (E1-
04).
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-06 PID Output Limit 0.0 to 100.0% 100.0%
n b5-07: PID Offset Adjustment
Sets the offset added to the PID controller output. Set as a percentage of the maximum frequency.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-07 PID Offset Adjustment -100.0 to 100.0% 0.0%
n b5-08: PID Primary Delay Time Constant
Sets the time constant for the filter applied to the output of the PID controller. Normally, change is not required.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-08 PID Primary Delay Time Constant 0.00 to 10.00 s 0.00 s
Note: Useful when there is a fair amount of oscillation or when rigidity is low. Set to a value larger than the cycle of the resonant
frequency. Increasing this time constant may reduce the responsiveness of the drive.
n b5-09: PID Output Level Selection
Normally a positive PID input (feedback smaller than setpoint) leads to positive PID output. Parameter b5-09 can be used
to reverse the sign of the PID controller output signal.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b5-09 PID Output Level Selection 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Normal Output
A positive PID input causes an increase in the PID output (direct acting).
Setting 1: Reverse Output
A positive PID input causes a decrease in the PID output (reverse acting).
n b5-10: PID Output Gain Setting
Applies a gain to the PID output and can be helpful when the PID function is used to trim the frequency reference (b5-01
Parameter Details
= 3 or 4).
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-10 PID Output Gain Setting 0.00 to 25.00 1.00
n b5-11: PID Output Reverse Selection
Determines whether a negative PID output reverses the direction of drive operation or not. When the PID function is used 5
to trim the frequency reference (b5-01 = 3 or 4), this parameter has no effect and the PID output will not be limited (same
as b5-11 = 1).
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b5-11 PID Output Reverse Selection 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Reverse Disabled
Negative PID output will be limited to 0 and the drive output will be stopped.
Setting 1: Reverse Enabled
Negative PID output will cause the drive to run in the opposite direction.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 131
5.2 b: Application
n PID Feedback Loss Detection
The PID feedback loss detection function can detect broken sensors or broken sensor wiring. It should be used whenever
PID control is enabled to prevent critical machine conditions (e.g., acceleration to max. frequency) caused by a feedback
loss.
Feedback loss can be detected in two ways:
• Feedback Low Detection
Detected when the feedback falls below a certain level for longer than the specified time. This function is set up using
parameters b5-12 to b5-14.
• Feedback High Detection
Detected when the feedback rises beyond a certain level for longer than the specified time. This function is set up using
parameters b5-12, b5-36, and b5-37.
The following figure explains the working principle of feedback loss detection when the feedback signal is too low.
Feedback high detection works in the same way.
Figure 5.23
PID feedback value
PID
Feedback
Detection
Low Level
(b5-13)
time
no FbL
detection
FbL detection
PID Feedback PID Feedback
Low Detection Time Low Detection Time
(b5-14) (b5-14)
Figure 5.23 PID Feedback Loss Detection
n b5-12: PID Feedback Loss Detection Selection
Enables or disables the feedback loss detection and sets the operation when a feedback loss is detected.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b5-12 PID Feedback Loss Detection Selection 0 to 5 0
Setting 0: Digital Output Only
A digital output set for “PID feedback low” (H2- = 3E) will be triggered if the PID feedback value is below the
detection level set to b5-13 for the time set to b5-14 or longer. A digital output set for “PID feedback high” (H2- =
3F) will be triggered if the PID feedback value is beyond the detection level set to b5-36 for longer than the times set to
b5-37. Neither a fault nor an alarm is displayed on the digital operator. The drive will continue operation. When the
feedback value leaves the loss detection range, the output is reset.
Setting 1: Feedback Loss Alarm
If the PID feedback value falls below the level set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14, a “FBL - Feedback
Low” alarm will be displayed and a digital output set for “PID feedback low” (H2- = 3E) will be triggered. If the
PID feedback value exceeds the level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37, a “FBH - Feedback High” alarm
will be displayed and a digital output set for “PID feedback high” (H2- = 3F) will be triggered. Both events trigger
an alarm output (H1- = 10). The drive will continue operation. When the feedback value leaves the loss detection
range, the alarm and outputs are reset.
Setting 2: Feedback Loss Fault
If the PID feedback value falls below the level set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14, a “FbL - Feedback Low”
fault will be displayed. If the PID feedback value exceeds the level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37, a
“FbH - Feedback High” fault will be displayed. Both events trigger a fault output (H1- = E) and cause the drive to
stop the motor.
132 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
Setting 3: Digital output only, even if PID is disabled by digital input
Same as b5-12 = 0. Detection is still active even if PID is disabled by a digital input (H1- = 19).
Setting 4: Feedback loss alarm, even if PID is disabled by digital input
Same as b5-12 = 1. Detection is still active even if PID is disabled by a digital input (H1- = 19).
Setting 5: Feedback loss fault, even if PID is disabled by digital input
Same as b5-12 = 2. Detection is still active even if PID is disabled by a digital input (H1- = 19).
n b5-13: PID Feedback Low Detection Level
Sets the feedback level used for PID feedback low detection. The PID feedback has to fall below this level for longer
than the time b5-14 before feedback loss is detected.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-13 PID Feedback Low Detection Level 0 to 100% 0%
n b5-14: PID Feedback Low Detection Time
Sets the time that the PID feedback has to fall below b5-13 before feedback loss is detected.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-14 PID Feedback Low Detection Time 0.0 to 25.5 s 1.0 s
n b5-36: PID Feedback High Detection Level
Sets the feedback level used for PID feedback high detection. The PID feedback has to exceed this level for longer than
the time b5-37 before feedback loss is detected.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-36 PID Feedback High Detection Level 0 to 100% 100%
n b5-37: PID Feedback High Detection Time
Sets the time for that the PID feedback has to exceed b5-36 before feedback loss is detected.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-37 PID Feedback High Detection Time 0.0 to 25.5 s 1.0 s
n PID Sleep
The PID Sleep function stops the drive when the PID output or the frequency reference falls below the PID Sleep
Parameter Details
operation level for a certain time. The drive will resume operating once the PID output or frequency reference rises above
the PID Sleep operation level for the specified time. An example of PID Sleep operation appears in the figure below.
Figure 5.24
PID Output
PID Sleep Level ( b5-15)
Sleep Delay Time 5
Internal Run b5-16 b5-16 Sleep Delay Time
command Run Stop
External Run Run command enabled
command Continues to output “During Run”
During Run
Figure 5.24 PID Sleep Operation
Notes on using the PID Sleep function
• The PID Sleep function is always active, even if PID control is disabled.
• The PID Sleep function stops the motor according to the stopping method in b1-03.
The parameters necessary that control the PID Sleep function are explained below.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 133
5.2 b: Application
n b5-15: PID Sleep Function Start Level
Sets the level that triggers PID Sleep.
The drive goes into Sleep mode if the PID output or frequency reference is smaller than b5-15 for longer than the time set
in b5-16. It resumes the operation when the PID output or frequency reference is above b5-15 for longer than the time set
in b5-16.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-15 PID Sleep Function Start Level 0.0 to 400.0 Hz <1> 0.0 Hz <1>
<1> In AOLV/PM and CLV/PM control modes, the setting units and range are expressed as a percent (0.0 to 100.0%) instead of in Hz. The default
setting is 0.0%.
n b5-16: PID Sleep Delay Time
Sets the delay time to activate or deactivate the PID Sleep function.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-16 PID Sleep Delay Time 0.0 to 25.5 s 0.0 s
n b5-17: PID Accel/Decel Time
The PID acceleration/deceleration time is applied on the PID setpoint value.
As the normal acceleration times C1- are applied after the PID output, they reduce the responsiveness of the system
and can cause hunting or overshoot and undershoot when the setpoint changes quickly. Using the PID acceleration/
deceleration time instead helps to avoid such problems.
The PID acceleration/deceleration time can be canceled using a digital input programmed for “PID SFS cancel” (H1-
= 34).
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-17 PID Accel/Decel Time 0.0 to 6000.0 s 0.0 s
n b5-18: PID Setpoint Selection
Enables or disables parameter b5-19 for PID setpoint.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b5-18 PID Setpoint Selection 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Disabled
Parameter b5-19 is not used as the PID setpoint.
Setting 1: Enabled
Parameter b5-19 is used as PID setpoint.
n b5-19: PID Setpoint Value
Used as the PID setpoint if parameter b5-18 = 1.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-19 PID Setpoint Value 0.00 to 100.00% 0.00%
134 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
n b5-20: PID Setpoint Scaling
Determines the units that the PID setpoint (b5-19) is set in and displayed. Also determines the units for monitors U5-01
and U5-04.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b5-20 PID Setpoint Scaling 0 to 3 1
Setting 0: 0.01 Hz units
The setpoint and PID monitors are displayed in Hz with a resolution of 0.01 Hz.
Setting 1: 0.01% units (100% = max. output frequency)
The setpoint and PID monitors are displayed as a percentage with a resolution of 0.01%.
Setting 2: r/min units (set the no. of motor poles)
The setpoint and PID monitors are displayed in r/min with a resolution of 1 r/min.
Setting 3: User-set units (use b5-38, b5-39)
Parameters b5-38 and b5-39 determine the units and resolution used to display the values the setpoint in b5-19, and PID
monitors U1-01 and U1-04.
n b5-34: PID Output Lower Limit
Sets the minimum possible PID controller output as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04). The lower
limit is disabled when set to 0.00%
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-34 PID Output Lower Limit -100.0 to 100.0% 0.00%
n b5-35: PID Input Limit
Sets the maximum allowed PID input as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04). Parameter b5-35 acts as
a bipolar limit.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-35 PID Input Limit 0 to 1000.0% 1000.0%
n b5-38, b5-39: PID Setpoint User Display, PID Setpoint Display Digits
When parameter b5-20 is set to 3, the parameters b5-38 and b5-39 can be used to set a user defined display for the PID
setpoint (b5-19) and PID feedback monitors (U5-01, U5-04).
Parameter Details
Parameter b5-38 determines the display value when the maximum frequency is output. Parameter b5-39 determines the
number of digits. The setting value is equal to the number of decimal places.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-38 PID Setpoint User Display 1 to 60000 Determined by b5-20
b5-39 PID Setpoint Display Digits 0 to 3 Determined by b5-20 5
n b5-40: Frequency Reference Monitor Content During PID
Sets the content of the frequency reference monitor display (U1-01) when PID control is active.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-40 Frequency Reference Monitor Content During PID 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Frequency Reference after PID
Monitor U1-01 displays the frequency reference increased or reduced for the PID output.
Setting 1: Frequency Reference
Monitor U1-01 displays the frequency reference value.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 135
5.2 b: Application
n Fine-Tuning PID
Once PID control parameters have been set, fine-tuning may be required. Follow the directions below.
Table 5.11 PID Fine Tuning
Goal Tuning Procedure Result
Response Before adjustment
• Reduce the derivative time (b5-05)
Overshoot must be suppressed
• increase the integral time (b5-03) After adjustment
Time
After adjustment
Response
Quickly achieve stability, and some • Decrease the integral time (b5-03) Before adjustment
overshoot is permissible • Increase the derivative time (b5-05)
Time
Before adjustment
Response
Suppress long cycle oscillations (longer • Increase the integral time (b5-03)
than the integral time setting)
After adjustment
Time
• If oscillation cycle time is close to the Before adjustment
derivative time, the derivative part is likely Response
having too much influence. Reduce the
derivative time (b5-05). After adjustment
Suppress short cycle oscillations • If the derivative time is set to 0.00 s and
oscillations are still a problem, try reducing
the proportional gain (b5-02) or try
increasing the PID primary delay time (b5-
08) Time
n b5-47: Reverse Operation Selection 2 by PID Output
Determines whether a negative PID output reverses the direction of drive operation. When the PID function is used to
trim the frequency reference (b5-01 = 3 or 4), this parameter has no effect and the PID output will not be limited (same as
b5-11 = 1).
No. Name Setting Range Default
b5-47 Reverse Operation Selection 2 by PID Output 0, 1 1
Setting 0: Reverse Disabled
Negative PID output will be limited to 0 and the drive output will be stopped.
Setting 1: Reverse Enabled
Negative PID output will cause the drive to run in the opposite direction.
u b6: Dwell Function
The Dwell function is used to temporarily hold the frequency reference at a predefined value for a set time, then continue
accelerating or decelerating.
136 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
If used with induction motors, the Dwell function can help prevent speed loss when starting and stopping a heavy load. If
running a PM motor in V/f control, the pause in acceleration allows the PM motor rotor to align with the stator field of
the motor, thus reducing the starting current.
The figure below shows how the Dwell function works.
Note: Using the Dwell function requires that the stopping method for the drive be set to “Ramp to stop” (b1-03 = 0).
Figure 5.25
OFF ON OFF
Run Command
b6-01 b6-03
Output Frequency
b6-02 b6-04
Figure 5.25 Dwell Function at Start and Stop
n b6-01, b6-02: Dwell Reference, Dwell Time at Start
b6-01 determines the frequency that is held or the time set in b6-02 during acceleration.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b6-01 Dwell Reference at Start 0.0 to 400.0 Hz <1> Determined by A1-02 <1>
b6-02 Dwell Time at Start 0.0 to 10.0 s 0.0 s
<1> In AOLV/PM and CLV/PM control modes, the setting units and range are expressed as a percent (0.0 to 100.0%) instead of in Hz. The default
setting is 0.0%.
n b6-03, b6-04: Dwell Reference, Dwell Time at Stop
Parameter b6-03 determines the frequency that is held for the time set in b6-04 during deceleration.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b6-03 Dwell Reference at Stop 0.0 to 400.0 Hz <1> Determined by A1-02 <1>
b6-04 Dwell Time at Stop 0.0 to 10.0 s 0.0 s
<1> In AOLV/PM and CLV/PM control modes, the setting units and range are expressed as a percent (0.0 to 100.0%) instead of in Hz. The default
setting is 0.0%.
u b8: Energy Saving
The Energy Saving feature improves overall system operating efficiency by operating the motor at its most efficient
level.
Parameter Details
Note: 1. Energy Saving is not designed for applications that experience instantaneous heavy loads or applications that rarely operate with light
load conditions.
2. As the performance of the Energy Saving function strongly depends on the accuracy of the motor data, always perform Auto-Tuning
and make sure the motor data has been entered correctly before using this function.
n b8-01: Energy Saving Control Selection
Enables or disables the Energy Saving function. 5
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
b8-01 Energy Saving Control Selection 0 or 1 Determined by A1-02
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
n b8-02: Energy Saving Gain (OLV, CLV)
Sets the gain level for Energy Saving. A higher value results in lower magnetization of the motor and thereby less energy
consumption. However, if b8-02 is too low, the motor may stall.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b8-02 Energy Saving Gain 0.0 to 10.0 Determined by A1-02
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 137
5.2 b: Application
n b8-03: Energy Saving Control Filter Time Constant (OLV, CLV)
Parameter b8-03 sets the response time for Energy Saving. Although lowering this value allows for a quicker response,
instability may result if it is too low.
No. Name Setting Range Default
Determined by
b8-03 Energy Saving Control Filter Time Constant 0.00 to 10.00 s
A1-02 and o2-04
n b8-04: Energy Saving Coefficient Value (V/f, V/f w/PG)
Parameter b8-04 is used to fine-tune Energy Saving control. The default setting depends on the capacity of the drive.
Adjust this setting while viewing the output power monitor (U1-08) and running the drive with a light load.
A low setting results in less output voltage and less energy consumption, but too small a value will cause the motor to
stall.
No. Name Setting Range Default
Determined by
b8-04 Energy Saving Coefficient Value 0.00 to 655.00
C6-01, E2-11, and o2-04
Note: This default value changes if the motor rated capacity set to E2-11 is changed. The Energy Saving coefficient is set automatically
when Auto-Tuning for Energy Saving is performed (Refer to Auto-Tuning on page 87).
n b8-05: Power Detection Filter Time (V/f, V/f w/PG)
The Energy Saving function continuously searches out the lowest output voltage in order to achieve minimum output
power. Parameter b8-05 determines how often the output power is measured in ms.
Reducing this setting will increase the response time. If the filter time is too short, the motor may become unstable with a
lighter load.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b8-05 Power Detection Filter Time 0 to 2000 ms 20 ms
n b8-06: Search Operation Voltage Limit (V/f, V/f w/PG)
Sets the voltage limit for the optimal output voltage detection of Speed Search as a percentage of the motor rated voltage.
During the search operation, the drive will keep the output voltage above this level to prevent motor stalling.
Note: If set too low, the motor may stall with a sudden increase to the load. Disabled when b8-06 = 0. Setting this value to 0 does not
disable Energy Saving.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b8-06 Search Operation Voltage Limit 0 to 100% 0%
n b8-16: Energy Saving Parameter (Ki) for PM Motors
Coefficient to adjust torque linearity.
Set to the Ki value specified on the motor nameplate.
When E5-01 (Motor Code Selection) is set to 1 or 2, the automatically calculated value will be set. When
the value is set automatically, it cannot be changed.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b8-16 Energy Saving Parameter (Ki) for PM Motors 0.00 to 2.00 1.00
n b8-17: Energy Saving Parameter (Kt) for PM Motors
Coefficient to adjust torque linearity.
Set to the Kt value on the motor nameplate.
When E5-01 (Motor Code Selection) is set to 1 or 2, the automatically calculated value will be set. When
the value is set automatically, it cannot be changed.
138 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.2 b: Application
No. Name Setting Range Default
b8-17 Energy Saving Parameter (Kt) for PM Motors 0.00 to 2.00 1.00
u b9: Zero Servo
The Zero Servo function is a position loop that can be used in CLV and CLV/PM control modes to lock the motor at a
certain position.
It must be activated using a digital input set for H1- = 72. The drive will decelerate when this input is closed. Once
the motor speed falls below the level set in parameter b2-01, the drive goes into the Zero Servo mode and holds the
current position. When the input assigned to trigger the Zero Servo function is released and the Run command is still
present, the drive reaccelerates.
Figure 5.26
Run command ON OFF
Zero Servo command ON OFF
Motor Speed
Zero Servo
b2-01 Operation
DC Injection Braking
start frequency
Figure 5.26 Zero Servo Operation
When Zero Servo is active, the deviation between the rotor position and the zero position is displayed in monitor U6-22
(monitor value must be divided by 4 to get the deviation in actual encoder pulses).
A digital output programmed for “Zero Servo complete” (H2- = 72) is turned on when the rotor position is within the
zero position, plus or minus the Zero Servo completion width set in parameter b9-02.
Note: 1. The Run command must remain on when using the Zero Servo function. If the Run command is switched off, then Zero Servo will no
longer be able to hold the load in place.
2. When the Zero Servo command has shut off, the Zero Servo Completion digital output width also shuts off.
3. Avoid using Zero Servo to lock 100% load for long periods, as this can trigger a fault. If such loads need to be held in place for long
periods, either make sure the current is less than 50% of the drive rated current during Zero Servo, or use a larger capacity drive.
4. If the load rotates the motor when using CLV/PM, a dv4 fault may occur. To prevent this, either increase the Zero Servo gain (b9-01)
or increase the number of pulses set to F1-19 that are required to trigger dv4.
n b9-01: Zero Servo Gain
Parameter b9-01 adjusts the responsiveness of the Zero Servo position loop. Increase the value if the response is too slow
and the deviation from the zero position rises too high when load is applied. Decrease the value if vibrations occur during
Parameter Details
Zero Servo operation.
Note: Before adjusting the Zero Servo gain, make sure the ASR parameters (C5-) are set up properly and vibration or hunting does
not occur when running with a zero speed reference.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b9-01 Zero Servo Gain 0 to 100 5
5
n b9-02: Zero Servo Completion Width
Sets the output range of the Zero Servo completion signal. Enter the amount of allowable deviation from the desired
position to trigger Zero Servo. An output terminal set for Zero Servo (H2- = 33) will be triggered when the motor
reaches the position Zero Servo position plus or minus b9-02.
No. Name Setting Range Default
b9-02 Zero Servo Completion Width 0 to 16383 10
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 139
5.3 C: Tuning
5.3 C: Tuning
C parameters are used to set the acceleration and deceleration characteristics, as well as S-curves. Other parameters in
this group cover settings for slip compensation, torque compensation, and carrier frequency.
u C1: Acceleration and Deceleration Times
n C1-01 to C1-08: Accel, Decel Times 1 to 4
Four different sets of acceleration and deceleration times can be set in the drive. They can be selected by digital inputs,
by the motor selection, or can be switched automatically. Acceleration time parameters always set the time to accelerate
from 0 Hz to the maximum output frequency (E1-04). Deceleration time parameters always set the time to decelerate
from maximum output frequency to 0 Hz. C1-01 and C1-02 are the default active accel/decel settings.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C1-01 Acceleration Time 1
C1-02 Deceleration Time 1
C1-03 Acceleration Time 2
C1-04 Deceleration Time 2
0.0 to 6000.0 s <1> 10.0 s
C1-05 Acceleration Time 3 (Motor 2 Accel Time 1)
C1-06 Deceleration Time 3 (Motor 2 Decel Time 1)
C1-07 Acceleration Time 4 (Motor 2 Accel Time 2)
C1-08 Deceleration Time 4 (Motor 2 Accel Time 2)
<1> The setting range for the acceleration and deceleration times is determined by the accel/decel time setting units in C1-10. For example, if the
time is set in units of 0.01 s (C1-10 = 0), the setting range becomes 0.00 to 600.00 s.
Switching Acceleration Times by Digital Input
Accel/decel times 1 are active by default if no input is set. The accel/decel times 2, 3, and 4 can be activated by digital
inputs (H1- = 7 and 1A) as explained in Table 5.12.
Table 5.12 Accel/Decel Time Selection by Digital Input
Accel/Decel Time Sel. 1 Accel/Decel Time Sel. 2 Active Times
H1- = 7 H1- = 1A Acceleration Deceleration
0 0 C1-01 C1-02
1 0 C1-03 C1-04
0 1 C1-05 C1-06
1 1 C1-07 C1-08
Figure 5.27 shows an operation example for changing accel/decel. times. The example below requires that the stopping
method be set for “Ramp to stop” (b1-03 = 0).
Figure 5.27
Decel Time 1 Decel Time 3
(C1-02) Decel Time 2 Decel Time 4
Accel Time 3 (C1-06)
Accel Time 1 Accel Time 2 (C1-04) (C1-05) (C1-08)
Output (C1-01) (C1-03) Accel Time 4 Decel Time 1
frequency (C1-07)
Decel Time 1 (C1-02)
(C1-02)
Time
ON OFF ON ON OFF ON
FWD (REV)
Run command
ON OFF ON
Accel/Decel Time Selection 1
(Terminals S1 to S8, H1- = “7”)
ON
Accel/Decel Time Selection 2
(Terminals S1 to S8, H1- = “1A”)
Figure 5.27 Timing Diagram of Accel/Decel Time Change
140 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.3 C: Tuning
Switching Acceleration and Deceleration Times by Motor Selection
When switching between motor 1 and 2 using a digital input (H1-= 16), parameters C1-01 to C1-04 become accel/
decel time 1 and 2 for motor 1, while C1-05 to C1-08 become accel/decel time 1 and 2 for motor 2. Accel/decel times 1
and 2 can be switched for each motor using a digital inputs set to H1- = 7 like shown in Table 5.13. It is not possible
to switch between motors when using a PM motor.
Note: The digital input setting “Accel/Decel time 2 selection” (H1- = 1A) cannot be used together with motor 1/2 switching.
Trying to do so triggers an oPE03 error, indicating a contradictory multifunction input settings.
Table 5.13 Motor Switching and Accel/Decel Time Combinations
Motor 1 Selected (Terminal set to H1-=16 OFF) Motor 2 Selected (Terminal set to H1-=16 ON)
Accel/Decel Time 1 (H1- = 7)
Accel Decel Accel Decel
Open C1-01 C1-02 C1-05 C1-06
Closed C1-03 C1-04 C1-07 C1-08
Switching Accel/Decel Times by a Frequency Level
The drive can switch between different acceleration and deceleration times automatically. The drive will switch from
accel/decel time 4 in C1-07 and C1-08 to the default accel/decel time in C1-01 and C1-02 (C1-05 and C1-06 for motor 2)
when the output frequency exceeds the frequency level set in parameter C1-11. When it falls below this level, the accel/
decel times are switched back. Figure 5.28 shows an operation example.
Note: Acceleration and deceleration times selected by digital inputs have priority over the automatic switching by the frequency level
set to C1-11. For example, if accel/decel time 2 is selected, the drive will use this time only and not switch from accel/decel time
4 to the selected one.
Figure 5.28
Output Frequency
C1-11
Accel/Decel Time
Switch Frequency
C1-07 C1-01 C1-02 C1-08
setting setting setting setting
When the output frequency ≥ C1-11, drive uses Accel/Decel Time 1 (C1-01, -02)
When the output frequency < C1-11, drive uses Accel/Decel Time 2 (C1-07, -08)
Figure 5.28 Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency
n C1-11: Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency
Sets the frequency at which the drive switches between accel/decel time settings. See Refer to Switching Accel/Decel
Times by a Frequency Level on page 141.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Parameter Details
C1-11 Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 Hz <1> Determined by A1-02 <1>
<1> In AOLV/PM and CLV/PM control modes, the setting units and range are expressed as a percent (0.0 to 100.0%) instead of in Hz. The default
setting is 0.0%.
Note: Setting C1-11 to 0.0 Hz disables this function.
n C1-09: Fast Stop Time
Parameter C1-09 will set a special deceleration that is used when certain faults occur or that can be operated by closing a 5
digital input configured as H1- = 15 (N.O. input) or 17 (N.C. input). The input does not have to be closed
continuously, even a momentary closure will trigger the Fast Stop operation. Unlike standard deceleration, once the Fast
Stop operation is initiated, the drive cannot be restarted until the deceleration is complete, the Fast Stop input is cleared,
and the Run command is cycled.
A digital output programmed for “During Fast Stop” (H2- = 4C) will be closed as long as Fast Stop is active.
A Fast Stop can be selected as the action the drive should take when certain faults occur, such as L8-03 (Overheat Pre-
Alarm Operation Selection).
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C1-09 Fast Stop Time 0.0 to 6000.0 s <1> 10.0 s
<1> The setting range for the acceleration and deceleration times is determined by the accel/decel time setting units in C1-10. For example, if the
time is set in units of 0.01 s (C1-10 = 0), the setting range becomes 0.00 to 600.00 s
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 141
5.3 C: Tuning
NOTICE: Rapid deceleration can trigger an overvoltage fault. When faulted, the drive output shuts off, and the motor coasts. To avoid
this uncontrolled motor state and to ensure that the motor stops quickly and safely, set an appropriate Fast Stop time to C1-09.
n C1-10: Accel/Decel Time Setting Units
Determines the units for the acceleration and deceleration times set to C1-01 through C1-09 using parameter C1-10.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C1-10 Accel/Decel Time Setting Units 0 or 1 1
Setting 0: 0.01 s units
The accel/decel times are set in 0.01 s units. The setting range will be 0.00 to 600.00 s. If any of the parameters C1-01 to
C1-09 is set to 600.1 seconds or more, then C1-10 cannot be set to 0.
Setting 1: 0.1 s units
The accel/decel times are set in 0.1 s units. The setting range will be 0.0 to 6000.0 s.
u C2: S-Curve Characteristics
Use S-curve characteristics to smooth acceleration and deceleration and to minimize abrupt shock to the load. Set S-
curve characteristic time during acceleration/deceleration at start and acceleration/deceleration at stop. If the STo fault
(Hunting Detection) occurs when starting a PM motor, try increasing the value set to C2-01.
n C2-01 to C2-04: S-Curve Characteristics
C2-01 through C2-04 set separate S-curves for each section of the acceleration or deceleration.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C2-01 S-Curve Characteristic at Accel Start Determined by A1-02
C2-02 S-Curve Characteristic at Accel End 0.20 s
0.00 to 10.00 s
C2-03 S-Curve Characteristic at Decel Start 0.20 s
C2-04 S-Curve Characteristic at Decel End 0.00 s
Figure 5.29 explains how S-curves are applied.
Figure 5.29
FWD run
REV run
C2-02 C2-04
C2-03
Output
frequency C2-01
C2-01 C2-04
C2-02 C2-03
Figure 5.29 S-Curve Timing Diagram - FWD/REV Operation
Setting the S-curve will increase the acceleration and deceleration times.
Actual accel time = accel time setting + (C2-01 + C2-02) / 2
Actual decel time = decel time setting + (C2-03 + C2-04) / 2
u C3: Slip Compensation
The Slip Compensation function improves the speed accuracy of an induction motor. By adjusting the output frequency
in accordance with the motor load, it compensates the slip and makes the motor speed equal to the frequency reference.
Note: Perform Auto-Tuning and make sure that the motor rated current (E2-01), the motor rated slip (E2-02), and the no-load current
(E2-03) have all been set properly before making any adjustments to slip compensation parameters.
n C3-01: Slip Compensation Gain
This parameter sets the gain for the motor slip compensation function. Although this parameter rarely needs to be
changed, adjustments might be needed under the following circumstances:
142 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.3 C: Tuning
• If the motor at constant speed is slower than the frequency reference, increase C3-01.
• If the motor at constant speed is faster than the frequency reference, decrease C3-01.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C3-01 Slip Compensation Gain 0.0 to 2.5 Determined by A1-02
Note: Default setting is 0.0 in V/f Control (A1-02 = 0), and 1.0 in Open Loop Vector Control (A1-02 = 2). In Closed Loop Vector
Control, slip compensation is used correct inaccuracies that can result from temperature fluctuation in the rotor.
n C3-02: Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time
Adjusts the filter on the output side of the slip compensation function. Although this parameter rarely needs to be
changed, adjustment may help in the following situations:
• Decrease the setting when the slip compensation response is too slow.
• Increase this setting when speed is unstable.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C3-02 Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time 0 to 10000 ms Determined by A1-02
Note: Default for V/f Control (A1-02 = 0) is 2000 ms. Default for Open Loop Vector Control (A1-02 = 2) is 200 ms.
n C3-03: Slip Compensation Limit
Sets the upper limit for the slip compensation function as a percentage of the motor rated slip (E2-02).
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C3-03 Slip Compensation Limit 0 to 250% 200%
The slip compensation limit is constant throughout the constant torque range (frequency reference ≤ E1-06). In the
constant power range (frequency reference > E1-06), it is increased based on C3-03 and the output frequency as shown in
the following diagram.
Figure 5.30
E1-04
E1-06 × C3-03
C3-03
Output Frequency
E1-06 E1-04
Base Maximum
Frequency Frequency
Figure 5.30 Slip Compensation Limit
Parameter Details
n C3-04: Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration
Enables or disables slip compensation during regenerative operation. When slip compensation during regeneration has
been activated and a regenerative load is applied, it might be necessary to use a braking option (braking resistor, braking
resistor unit, or braking unit).
Even if enabled, this function does not operate when the output frequency is too low. 5
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C3-04 Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration 0 to 2 0
Setting 0: Disabled
Slip compensation is not provided. Depending on the load and mode of operation, the actual motor speed will be lower or
higher than the frequency reference.
Setting 1: Enabled (6 Hz and above)
Slip compensation is enabled during regenerative operation. It will not be active at output frequencies below 6 Hz.
Setting 2: Enabled (compensation provided wherever possible)
Slip compensation is enabled during regenerative operation, and at frequencies as low as 2 Hz. The drive uses the motor
rated slip set in E2-02 to automatically calculate the frequency range where compensation will be disabled.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 143
5.3 C: Tuning
n C3-05: Output Voltage Limit Operation Selection
Determines if the motor flux reference is automatically reduced when output voltage reaches the saturation range.
If the input power supply voltage is low or the motor has a high voltage rating, this function can help improve the speed
precision when moving heavy loads at high speeds. When this function is enabled, the reduction in flux causes a slightly
higher current at high speed. Keep this in mind when selecting the drive.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C3-05 Output Voltage Limit Operation Selection 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
n C3-21: Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain
Used to improve speed accuracy for motor 2. Functions in the same way that C3-01 functions for motor 1.
Adjust this parameter only after the motor rated current (E4-01), motor rated slip (E4-02), and the motor no-load current
(E4-03) have all been set.
Refer to C3-01: Slip Compensation Gain on page 142 for details on adjusting this parameter.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C3-21 Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain 0.00 to 2.50 Determined by E3-01
Note: Default setting is 0.0 in V/f Control (E3-01 = 0). Default setting is 1.0 in Open Loop Vector Control (E3-01 = 2) and Closed Loop
Vector Control (E3-01 = 3). In Closed Loop Vector Control, slip compensation gain acts as an adaptable gain.
n C3-22: Motor 2 Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time
Functions for motor 2 in the same way that C3-02 functions for motor 1.
Refer to C3-02: Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time on page 143 for instructions on how to adjust this parameter.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C3-22 Motor 2 Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time 0 to 10000 ms Determined by E3-01
Note: The default for V/f Control (E3-01 = 0) is 2000 ms. The default for Open Loop Vector Control (E3-01 = 2) is 200 ms.
n C3-23: Motor 2 Slip Compensation Limit
Sets the upper limit for the slip compensation function as a percentage of the motor rated slip (E4-02).
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C3-23 Motor 2 Slip Compensation Limit 0 to 250% 200%
The slip compensation limit is constant throughout the constant torque range (frequency reference ≤ E3-06). In the
constant power range (frequency reference > E3-06), it is increased based on C3-23 and the output frequency as shown in
Figure 5.31.
Figure 5.31
E3-04
E3-06 × C3-23
C3-23
Output Frequency
E3-06 E3-04
Base Maximum
Frequency Frequency
Figure 5.31 Slip Compensation Limit
144 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.3 C: Tuning
n C3-24: Motor 2 Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration
Functions for motor 2 in the same way that C3-04 functions for motor 1.
Refer to C3-04: Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration on page 143 for details on adjusting this parameter.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C3-24 Motor 2 Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration 0 to 2 0
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled (6 Hz and above)
Setting 2: Enabled (compensation provided wherever possible)
u C4: Torque Compensation
The torque compensation function compensates for insufficient torque production at start-up or when a load is applied.
Note: Make sure the motor parameters and V/f pattern are set properly before setting torque compensation parameters.
n C4-01: Torque Compensation Gain
Sets the gain for the torque compensation function.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C4-01 Torque Compensation Gain 0.00 to 2.50 Determined by A1-02
Torque Compensation in V/f, V/f w/PG, and OLV/PM:
The drive calculates the motor primary voltage loss using the output current and the termination resistor value (E2-05 for
IM, E5-05 for PM motors) and then adjusts the output voltage to compensate insufficient torque at start or when load is
applied. The effects of this voltage compensation can be increased or decreased using parameter C4-01.
Torque Compensation in OLV:
The drive controls the motor excitation current (d-axis current) and torque producing current (q-axis current) separately.
Torque compensation affects the torque producing current only. C4-01 works as a factor of the torque reference value that
builds the torque producing current reference.
Adjustment
Although this parameter rarely needs to be adjusted, changing the torque compensation gain in small steps of 0.05 may
help in the following situations:
• Increase this setting when using a long motor cable.
• Decrease this setting when motor oscillation occurs.
Parameter Details
Adjust C4-01 so that the output current does not exceed the drive rated current.
Note: 1. Refrain from adjusting torque compensation in Open Loop Vector Control, as it can have a negative effect on torque accuracy.
2. Refrain from adjusting this parameter in OLV/PM. Too high a value can cause overcompensation, resulting in motor oscillation.
n C4-02: Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time
5
Sets the delay time used for applying torque compensation.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C4-02 Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 0 to 60000 ms Determined by A1-02
Adjustment
Although C4-02 rarely needs to be changed, adjustments may help in the following situations:
• If the motor vibrates, increase C4-02.
• If the motor responds too slowly to changes in the load, decrease C4-02.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 145
5.3 C: Tuning
n C4-03: Torque Compensation at Forward Start (OLV)
Sets the amount of torque at start in the forward direction in order to improve motor performance during start with a
heavy load. Compensation is applied using the time constant set in parameter C4-05. Enable this function when the load
pulls the motor in reverse when starting with a Forward run command. Setting of 0.0% disables this feature.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C4-03 Torque Compensation at Forward Start 0.0 to 200.0% 0.0%
n C4-04: Torque Compensation at Reverse Start (OLV)
Sets the amount of torque reference at start in the reverse direction in order to improve motor performance during start
with heavy load. Compensation is applied using the time constant set in parameter C4-05. Enable this function if the load
pulls the motor in the forward direction when starting with a Reverse run command. Setting 0.0% disables this feature.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C4-04 Torque Compensation at Reverse Start -200.0 to 0.0% 0.0%
n C4-05: Torque Compensation Time Constant (OLV)
This parameter is the time constant for applying the torque compensation at start that is set to C4-03 and C4-04.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C4-05 Torque Compensation Time Constant 0 to 200 ms 10 ms
n C4-06: Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 2 (OLV)
This time constant is used during Speed Search or during regenerative operation. Adjust the value if an overvoltage fault
occurs with sudden changes in the load or at the end of acceleration with high inertia load.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C4-06 Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 2 0 to 10000 ms 150 ms
Note: If C4-06 is set to a relatively large value, be sure to also increase the setting in n2-03 (AFR Time Constant 2) proportionally.
n C4-07: Motor 2 Torque Compensation Gain
Functions for motor 2 in the same way that C4-01 functions for motor 1.
Refer to C3-01: Slip Compensation Gain on page 142 for details on adjusting this parameter.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C4-07 Motor 2 Torque Compensation Gain 0.00 to 2.50 1.00
u C5: Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR)
The ASR is used for controlling the motor speed in V/f w/PG, CLV, AOLV/PM, and CLV/PM control modes. It adjusts
the output frequency (V/f w/PG) or torque reference (CLV, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM) in order to minimize the difference
between frequency reference and actual motor speed.
The figures below illustrates how ASR works.
Figure 5.32
+ Output frequency
Frequency
reference
+
ASR limit
+ +
- Change
Detected speed
rate
P
limiter +
I
C5-01
C5-05
C5-03
C5-02, C5-04
Figure 5.32 Speed Control Block Diagram for V/f Control with PG
146 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.3 C: Tuning
Figure 5.33
Torque limits
C5-01, C5-03
+ + Torque reference
Frequency Primary
P filter
reference
- I +
I limit
C5-06
L7-01 to L7-04
Detected speed C5-02, C5-04 C5-08
<1>
Figure 5.33 Speed Control Block Diagram for CLV, AOLV/PM and CLV/PM
<1> Advanced Open Loop Vector Control for PM motors estimates the speed using the motor model and does not require an encoder feedback
signal.
n Adjusting the ASR Parameters
Before adjusting ASR parameters make sure all motor data have been set up correctly or Auto-Tuning has been
performed.
Analog output signals should be used to monitor the frequency reference after softstarter (U1-16) and the motor speed
(U1-05) when adjusting the ASR. Refer to H4: Multi-Function Analog Outputs on page 207 for details on setting up
analog output functions.
Generally when tuning the ASR, first optimize the ASR gain, then adjust the integral time settings. Always make
adjustments with the load connected to the motor.
Adjusting the ASR Parameters in V/f Control with PG
In V/f Control with PG, the ASR settings change between two sets of parameters depending on the motor speed as
described in C5-01, C5-03 / C5-02, C5-04: ASR Proportional Gain 1, 2 / ASR Integral Time 1, 2 on page 148.
Perform the following steps for adjusting ASR parameters:
1. Run the motor at minimum speed and increase ASR gain 2 (C5-03) as much as possible without oscillation.
2. Run the motor at minimum speed and decrease ASR integral time 2 (C5-04) as much as possible without
oscillation.
3. Check the output current monitor to make sure that the output current is less than 50% of the drive rated current.
If the value is higher than 50%, decrease C5-03 and increase C5-04.
4. Run the motor at maximum speed and increase ASR gain 1 (C5-01) as much as possible without oscillations.
5. Run the motor at maximum speed and decrease ASR integral time 1 (C5-02) as much as possible without
oscillations.
6. If higher speed precision and faster response during acceleration or deceleration is required, enable integral
control during accel/decel by setting parameter C5-12 to 1. Change the speed and make sure no over/
undershoot occurs.
Adjusting the ASR Parameters in CLV, AOLV/PM, and CLV/PM
Parameter Details
In CLV, AOLV/PM, and CLV/PM the drive is pre-set to use ASR settings C5-01/02 over the whole speed range. If
required by the application, a second set of ASR parameters (C5-03/04) can be automatically activated depending on the
motor speed or by using a digital input. Also refer to C5-01, C5-03 / C5-02, C5-04: ASR Proportional Gain 1, 2 / ASR
Integral Time 1, 2 on page 148.
Perform the following steps for adjusting ASR parameters: 5
1. Run the motor at zero speed and increase the ASR gain (C5-01) as much as possible without oscillation.
2. Run the motor at zero speed and decrease the ASR integral time (C5-02) as much as possible without
oscillation.
3. Run at the normal operating speed. Check for over/undershoot when changing speed and for any oscillation.
4. Should problems occur in step 3, increase the integral time and reduce the gain.
Alternatively, use different ASR settings for high and low speed. Set the values from step 1 and 2 to parameters
C5-03 and C5-04, then set an ASR switching frequency in parameter C5-07. Run the motor at a speed higher
than C5-07 and repeat step 3 while adjusting C5-01 and C5-02.
Solving Problems During ASR Setup
Use Table 5.14 when making adjustments to ASR. Though the parameters listed below are for motor 1, the same changes
can be made to the corresponding motor 2 parameters when running a second motor.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 147
5.3 C: Tuning
Table 5.14 ASR Setup Problems and Corrective Actions
Problem Possible Solutions
Speed reference
Slow response to speed changes or speed • Increase the ASR gain.
deviation lasts for too long Motor Speed • Decrease the integral time.
Time
Motor Speed
Overshoot or undershoot at the end of • Decrease the ASR gain.
acceleration or deceleration Speed reference • Increase the integral time.
Time
Speed reference
• Decrease the ASR gain.
Vibration and oscillation occur at constant
• Increase the integral time.
speed Motor Speed • Increase the ASR delay time (C5-06).
Time
Speed reference
• Check the pulse number set to F1-01 and the gear ratio in F1-12 and F1-13.
The motor slip is not fully compensated • Make sure the pulse signal from the encoder is set up properly.
when running in V/f Control with PG Motor Speed • Check monitor U6-04 and check if the ASR is working at its output limit
(setting of C5-05). If so, increase C5-05.
Time
Integral operation is enabled in V/f • Decrease the ASR gain.
Control with PG (C5-15 = 1) and over/ - • Increase the integral time.
undershoot occurs when changing speed. • If the problem persists, reduce the ASR output limit set in C5-05.
• V/f control: Use C5-01/02 and C5-03/04 to set up different ASR settings at
minimum and maximum speed.
Oscillation at low speed and response is - • CLV, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM: Use C5-01, C5-02 and C5-03, C5-04 to define
too slow at high speed (or vice versa)
optimal ASR settings for high and low speed. Use C5-07 to define a
switching frequency.
n C5-01, C5-03 / C5-02, C5-04: ASR Proportional Gain 1, 2 / ASR Integral Time 1, 2
These parameters can be used to adjust the responsiveness of the ASR.
Note: C5-01 is automatically set when ASR Tuning is performed (T1-01 = 9 or T2-01 = 9).
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C5-01 ASR Proportional Gain 1 0.00 to 300.00 <1> Determined by A1-02
C5-02 ASR Integral Time 1 0.000 to 10.000 s Determined by A1-02
C5-03 ASR Proportional Gain 2 0.00 to 300.00 <1> Determined by A1-02
C5-04 ASR Integral Time 2 0.000 to 10.000 s Determined by A1-02
<1> The setting range is 1.00 to 300.0 in CLV, AOLV/PM, and CLV/PM.
These parameter settings will function differently depending on the control mode.
V/f Control with PG
Parameters C5-01 and C5-02 determine the ASR characteristics at maximum speed, whereas C5-03 and C5-04 determine
the characteristics at minimum speed.
Figure 5.34
P = C5-01
P and I setting
I = C5-02
P = C5-03
I = C5-04
Motor speed
0 E1-09 E1-04
Min. output frequency Max. output frequency
Figure 5.34 ASR Gain and Integral Time in V/fw/PG
148 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.3 C: Tuning
CLV, AOLV/PM, and CLV/PM
In these control modes, parameters C5-03 and C5-04 define the ASR gain an integral time at zero speed. The settings in
C5-01 and C5-02 are used at speeds above the setting in C5-07. C5-07 is set to 0 as the default so that C5-01 and C5-02
are used over the entire speed range. Also refer to C5-07: ASR Gain Switching Frequency on page 150.
Figure 5.35
P = C5-01
P, I
I = C5-02
P = C5-03
I = C5-04 (Low speed)
Motor speed (Hz)
㧜 C5-07
Figure 5.35 Low-speed and High-speed Gain Settings
The gain set in C5-03 can also be activated with a digital input programmed to “ASR gain switch” (H1- = 77). When
the terminal is open, the drive uses the ASR gain level set by the pattern in the figure above. When the terminal closes,
C5-03 is used. The integral time set to C5-02 is used to change linearly between these settings.
The ASR gain switch command from a multi-function input terminal overrides the switching frequency set to C5-07.
Figure 5.36
ASR Gain Switch signal
(Digital input) OFF ON
Proportional gain
Proportional gain (P) determined
by motor speed.
C5-03 gain setting
C5-02 C5-02
Figure 5.36 ASR Proportional Gain Switch
ASR Gain Tuning (C5-01, C5-03)
The higher this setting, the faster is the speed response. Too high of a setting can lead to oscillation. In general, this
setting should be increased with larger loads in order to minimize the speed deviation.
ASR Integral Time Tuning (C5-02, C5-04)
Determines how fast a continuous speed deviation problem is eliminated. Too long of an integral time makes the speed
control less responsive, while a too short of an integral time can cause oscillation.
n C5-05: ASR Limit
Sets the ASR output limit as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04). If the motor rated slip is high, the
setting might need to be increased to provide proper motor speed control. Use the ASR output monitor U6-04 to
Parameter Details
determine if ASR is working at the limit set in C5-05. If so, make sure the PG pulses (F1-01), PG gear teeth (F1-12, F1-
13), and the PG signal are set correctly before making further changes to C5-05.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C5-05 ASR Limit 0.0 to 20.0% 5.0%
n C5-06: ASR Primary Delay Time Constant 5
This parameter sets the filter time constant for the time from the speed loop to the torque command output.
Increase this setting gradually in increments of 0.01 for loads with low rigidity, or when oscillation is a problem.
Note: This parameter rarely requires adjustment.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C5-06 ASR Primary Delay Time Constant 0.000 to 0.500 s Determined by A1-02
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 149
5.3 C: Tuning
n C5-07: ASR Gain Switching Frequency
Sets the frequency where the drive should switch between ASR proportional gain 1 and 2 (C5-01, C5-03) as well as
between integral time 1 and 2 (C5-02, C5-04).
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C5-07 ASR Gain Switching Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 Hz <1> Determined by A1-02
<1> In AOLV/PM and CLV/PM control modes, the setting units and range are expressed as a percent (0.0 to 100.0%) instead of in Hz. The default
setting is 0.0%.
Note: A multi-function input set for the ASR gain switch (H1- = 77) takes priority over the ASR gain switching frequency.
Switching the proportional gain and integral time in the low or high speed range can help stabilize operation and avoid
resonance problems. A good switching point is about 80% of the frequency where oscillation occurs, or at 80% of the
target speed. Refer to C5-01, C5-03 / C5-02, C5-04: ASR Proportional Gain 1, 2 / ASR Integral Time 1, 2 on page 148.
n C5-08: ASR Integral Limit
Sets the upper limit for ASR as a percentage of the rated load.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C5-08 ASR Integral Limit 0 to 400% 400%
n C5-11: Regenerative ASR Limit
Sets an upper limit for frequency compensation when using ASR. The value is set as a percentage of the maximum
output frequency.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C5-11 Regenerative ASR Limit 0.0% to 20.0% 0.0%
n C5-12: Integral Operation during Accel/Decel (V/f w/PG)
Enables integral operation during acceleration and deceleration. Integral operation should be used when driving a heavy
load or a high inertia load, but can cause problems with overshoot at the end of acceleration and deceleration. Refer to
ASR Setup Problems and Corrective Actions on page 148 to solve such problems.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C5-12 Integral Operation during Accel/Decel 0, 1 0
Setting 0: Disabled
Integral operation occurs only during constant speed and not during acceleration or deceleration.
Setting 1: Enabled
Integral operation is always enabled.
n C5-17, C5-18: Motor Inertia, Load Inertia Ratio
C5-17 and C5-18 determine the ratio of the machine inertia and the inertia of the motor being used.
These parameters are set automatically when Inertia Tuning and ASR Tuning are performed in CLV and CLV/PM control
modes. Refer to Auto-Tuning on page 87 for details on Auto-Tuning or enter the data manually.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Determined by C6-01, E5-01 and
C5-17 Motor Inertia 0.0001 to 600.00 kgm2
o2-04
C5-18 Load Inertia Ratio 0.0 to 6000.0 1.0
n C5-21, C5-23 / C5-22, C5-24: Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 1, 2 / Integral Time 1, 2
These parameters function for motor 2 in the same way that C5-01 through C5-04 function for motor 1. For more details,
see C5-01, C5-03 / C5-02, C5-04: ASR Proportional Gain 1, 2 / ASR Integral Time 1, 2 on page 148.
150 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.3 C: Tuning
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C5-21 Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 1 0.00 to 300.00 <1> Determined by E3-01
C5-22 Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 1 0.000 to 10.000 s Determined by E3-01
C5-23 Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 2 0.00 to 300.00 <1> Determined by E3-01
C5-24 Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 2 0.000 to 10.000 s Determined by E3-01
<1> The setting range is 1.00 to 300.00 in CLV.
n C5-25: Motor 2 ASR Limit
Functions for motor 2 in the same way that C5-05 functions for motor 1. Sets the ASR output limit for motor 2 as a
percentage of the maximum output frequency (E4-04). For more details, see C5-05: ASR Limit on page 149.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C5-25 Motor 2 ASR Limit 0.0 to 20.0% 5.0%
n C5-26: Motor 2 ASR Primary Delay Time Constant
Functions for motor 2 in the same way that C5-06 functions for motor 1.
Sets the filter time constant for the time from the speed loop to the torque command output. For more details, see C5-06:
ASR Primary Delay Time Constant on page 149.
Note: This parameter rarely requires adjustment.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C5-26 Motor 2 ASR Primary Delay Time Constant 0.000 to 0.500 s 0.004 s
n C5-27: Motor 2 ASR Gain Switching Frequency
Functions for motor 2 in the same way that C5-07 functions for motor 1.
Sets the frequency for motor 2 to change ASR proportional gain 1 and 2 (C5-21, C5-23) as well as the integral time 1 and
2 (C5-22, C5-24). For more details, see C5-01, C5-03 / C5-02, C5-04: ASR Proportional Gain 1, 2 / ASR Integral Time
1, 2 on page 148.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C5-27 Motor 2 ASR Gain Switching Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
Note: A multi-function input set for the ASR gain switch (H1- = 77) takes priority over the ASR gain switching frequency.
n C5-28: Motor 2 ASR Integral Limit
Functions for motor 2 in the same way that C5-08 functions for motor 1.
Sets the upper limit for ASR as a percentage of the rated load.
Parameter Details
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C5-28 Motor 2 ASR Integral Limit 0 to 400% 400%
n C5-32: Integral Operation during Accel/Decel for Motor 2
Functions for motor 2 in the same way that C5-12 functions for motor 1.
5
Enables integral operation during acceleration and deceleration. For more details, see C5-12: Integral Operation during
Accel/Decel (V/f w/PG) on page 150.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C5-32 Integral Operation during Accel/Decel for Motor 2 0, 1 0
Setting 0: Disabled
Integral operation occurs only during constant speed and not during acceleration or deceleration.
Setting 1: Enabled
Integral operation is always enabled.
n C5-37, C5-38: Motor 2 Inertia, Motor 2 Load Inertia Ratio
These parameters function for motor 2 in the same way that C5-17 and C5-18 function for motor 1.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 151
5.3 C: Tuning
These parameters are set automatically when Inertia Tuning and ASR Tuning are performed for motor 2 in CLV and
CLV/PM control modes. Refer to Auto-Tuning on page 87 for details on Auto-Tuning or enter the data manually.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C5-37 Motor 2 Inertia 0.0001 to 600.00 kgm2 Determined by C6-01 and o2-04
C5-38 Motor 2 Load Inertia Ratio 0.0 to 6000.0 1.0
u C6: Carrier Frequency
n C6-01: Drive Duty Mode Selection
The drive has two different “duty modes” to select from based on the load characteristics. The drive rated current,
overload capacity, and maximum output frequency will change depending upon the duty mode selection. Use parameter
C6-01 to select Heavy Duty (HD) or Normal Duty (ND) for the application. The default setting is ND. Refer to Heavy
Duty and Normal Duty Ratings on page 352 for details about the rated current.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C6-01 Duty Mode Selection 0 or 1 0 (HD)
Table 5.15 Differences between Heavy and Normal Duty
Characteristics Heavy Duty Rating (HD) Normal Duty Rating (ND)
C6-01 0 1
Overload
150%
120% Overload
Rated Load
Rated Load 100%
100%
Performance
0 Motor Speed 100% 0 Motor Speed 100%
Use Heavy Duty Rating for applications requiring a high overload Use Normal Duty Rating for applications in which the torque requirements
Application
tolerance with constant load torque. drop along with the speed.
Over load capability (oL2) 150% of drive rated Heavy Duty current for 60 s 120% of drive rated Normal Duty current for 60 s
Stall Prevention during
150% 120%
Acceleration (L3-02)
Stall Prevention during Run (L3-
150% 120%
06)
Default Carrier Frequency 2 kHz 2 kHz
Note: By changing the Duty Mode selection, the maximum size motor the drive can run changes, and the E2- parameters are
automatically set to appropriate values (E4- for motor 2). Parameters settings determined by motor capacity are recalculated
automatically when the Duty Mode selection is changed. This includes b8-04, L2-03, n5-02, S6-02, C5-17, and C5-37.
n C6-02: Carrier Frequency Selection
Parameter C6-02 sets the switching frequency of the drive’s output transistors. Changes to the switching frequency helps
lower audible noise and also reduces leakage current.
Note: Increasing the carrier frequency above the default value automatically lowers the drive’s current rating. Refer to Rated Current
Depending on Carrier Frequency on page 358.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Determined by A1-02, o2-04.
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection 1 to 6, F
Reset when C6-01 is changed.
Note: The default setting for the carrier frequency differs based on the type of motor and the Duty Mode selection. The default is 2 kHz
when the drive is set for Heavy Duty performance and Normal Duty performance. When using a PM motor, the default carrier
frequency is 5.0 Hz.
Settings:
C6-02 Carrier Frequency C6-02 Carrier Frequency
1 2.0 kHz 5 12.5 kHz (10.0 kHz)
2 5.0 kHz (4.0 kHz) 6 15.0 kHz (12.0 kHz)
3 8.0 kHz (6.0 kHz)
F User defined (C6-03 to C6-05)
4 10.0 kHz (8.0 kHz)
152 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.3 C: Tuning
Note: The value in parenthesis indicates the carrier frequency for AOLV/PM.
Guidelines for Carrier Frequency Parameter Setup
Symptom Remedy
Speed and torque are unstable at low speeds
Noise from the drive affects peripheral devices
Lower the carrier frequency.
Excessive leakage current from the drive
Wiring between the drive and motor is too long <1>
Audible motor noise is too loud Increase the carrier frequency or use Swing PWM. <2>
<1> The carrier frequency may need to be lowered if the motor cable is too long. Refer to the table below.
<2> Increasing the carrier frequency is fine when the drive is set for Normal Duty, but remember that the drive rated current falls when the carrier
frequency is increased.
Wiring Distance Up to 50 m Up to 100 m Greater than 100 m
Recommended setting value for C6-02 1 to 6, F (up to 15 kHz) 1 to 2 (up to 5 kHz) 1 (up to 2 kHz)
Note: The maximum cable length is 100 m when using OLV/PM (A1-02 = 5) or AOLV/PM (A1-02 = 6).
n C6-03, C6-04, C6-05: Carrier Frequency Upper Limit, Lower Limit, Proportional Gain
Use these parameters to set a user defined or a variable carrier frequency. To set the upper and lower limits and the carrier
frequency proportional gain, first set C6-02 to F.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C6-03 Carrier Frequency Upper Limit 1.0 to 15.0 kHz
C6-04 Carrier Frequency Lower Limit (V/f Control only) 1.0 to 15.0 kHz Determined by C6-02
C6-05 Carrier Frequency Proportional Gain (V/f Control only) 0 to 99
Setting a Fixed User Defined Carrier Frequency
A carrier frequency between the fixed selectable values can be entered in parameter C6-03 when C6-02 is set to F. In V/f
Control, parameter C6-04 must also be adjusted to the same value as C6-03.
Setting a Variable Carrier Frequency (V/f Control)
In V/f Control, the carrier frequency can be set up to change linearly with the output frequency. To do this, set the upper
and lower limits for the carrier frequency and the carrier frequency proportional gain (C6-03, C6-04, C6-05) as shown in
Figure 5.37.
Figure 5.37
Carrier Frequency
C6-03
Parameter Details
Output
C6-04 Frequency x C6-05
Output Frequency
E1-04
Max Output Frequency
Figure 5.37 Carrier Frequency Changes Relative to Output Frequency
Note: 1. C6-03 takes priority when the carrier frequency proportional gain C6-05 > 27 and C6-03 < C6-04.
5
2. When C6-05 is set lower than 7, C6-04 is disabled and the carrier frequency will be fixed to the value set in C6-03.
n C6-06 PWM Method
Determines how the drive should perform pulse width modulation. Enabled only when parameter C6-02 is set to F.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
2 when C6-02 = 1
C6-06 PWM Method 0 to 2
0 for all other C6-02 settings
0: 2-phase/3-phase conversion
1: 2-phase modulation
2: 3-phase modulation
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 153
5.3 C: Tuning
n C6-09: Carrier Frequency during Rotational Auto-Tuning
C6-09 determines what the carrier frequency should be while Rotational Auto-Tuning is performed.
This parameter rarely requires adjustment, but can be helpful solving problems with overcurrent when Auto-Tuning a
high frequency motor or a low impedance motor. In such cases, first set C6-03 to high value, then set C6-09 = 1.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
C6-09 Carrier Frequency during Rotational Auto-Tuning 0, 1 0
Setting 0: 5 kHz
Setting 1: Same value set to C6-03
154 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.4 d: Reference Settings
5.4 d: Reference Settings
The figure below gives an overview of the reference input, selections, and priorities.
Figure 5.38
b1-01
(Freq. Reference Source 1)
LO/RE Key on Digital Operator or
=4 Digital Input H1- = 1
Pulse Train Input
=3
Option Card
=2
MEMOBUS comm.
Digital Input 0
=1 Remote
Terminal A1/A2/A3 H1- = 2 1
MS 1
=0
d1-01 Local
(Freq.Ref 1)
Set to supply the
auxiliary frequency reference
Terminal A2
b1-15 H3-10 = 2
(Freq. Reference Source 2) MS 2
d1-02
H3-10 = 2
=4
Terminal A3 NetRef
Pulse Train Input 1 ComRef Frequency
=3 H3-06 = 3 1 Reference
MS 3
Option card Open
d1-03 0
=2 H3-06 = 3 Close 0
MEMOBUS comm. MS 4
d1-04 Memobus Register 0001h, bit 4 if
=1
Terminal A1/A2/A3 Frequency standard 2 wire sequence selected,
=0 Reference MS 7 usually 0
d1-01 d1-07
4 through 8 Set from Communications
(Freq. Ref. 1) MS 8
Option Card, usually 0
d1-08
Jog Digital Input (H1-)
Jog Frequency d1-17 Jog Reference (=6),
Multi-Step Speed FJOG(=12), RJOG(=13)
Figure 5.38 Frequency Reference Setting Hierarchy
u d1: Frequency Reference
n d1-01 to d1-08, d1-17: Frequency Reference 1 to 8 and Jog Frequency Reference
Up to 9 preset frequency references (including the Jog reference) can be programmed in the drive. The drive lets the user
switch between these frequency references during run by using the digital input terminals. The drive uses the acceleration
and deceleration times that have been selected when switching between each frequency reference.
The Jog frequency must be selected by a separate digital input and overrides all other frequency references.
Parameter Details
The multi-speed references 1, 2, and 3 can be provided by analog inputs.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
d1-01 to d1-08 Frequency Reference 1 to 8 0.00 to 400.00 Hz <1> <2> 0.00 Hz <2>
d1-17 Jog Frequency Reference 0.00 to 400.00 Hz <1> <2> 6.00 Hz <2>
<1> The upper limit is determined by the maximum output frequency (E1-04) and upper limit for the frequency reference (d2-01). 5
<2> Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03. The default is “Hz” (o1-03 = 0) in V/f, V/f w/PG, OLV, CLV, and OLV/PM control modes.
The default for AOLV/PM and CLV/PM control modes expresses the frequency reference as a percentage (o1-03 = 1).
Multi-Step Speed Selection
To use several speed references for a multi-step speed sequence, set the H1- parameters to 3, 4, and 5. To assign the
Jog reference to a digital input, set H1- to 6.
Notes on using analog inputs as Multi-Speed 1, 2, and 3:
• Multi-Step Speed 1
When setting terminal A1's analog input to Multi-Step Speed 1, set b1-01 to 1, and when setting d1-01 (Frequency
Reference 1) to Multi-Step Speed 1, set b1-01 to 0.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 155
5.4 d: Reference Settings
• Multi-Step Speed 2
When setting terminal A2's analog input to Multi-Step Speed 2, set H3-10 (Terminal A2 Function Selection) to 2
(Auxiliary frequency reference 1). When setting d1-02 (Frequency Reference 2) to Multi-Step Speed 2, set H3-10 to 1F
(Through mode).
• Multi-Step Speed 3
When setting terminal A3's analog input to Multi-Step Speed 3, set H3-06 (Terminal A3 Function Selection) to 3
(Auxiliary frequency reference 2). When setting d1-03(Frequency Reference 3) to Multi-Step Speed 3, set H3-06 to 1F
(Through mode).
When inputting 0 to 10 V to terminal A3's analog input, set H3-09 to 0, and DIP switch S1 on the control circuit
terminal board to V (voltage).
The different speed references can be selected as shown in Table 5.16. Figure 5.39 illustrates the multi-step speed
selection.
Table 5.16 Multi-Step Speed Reference and Terminal Switch Combinations
Multi-Step Multi-Step Multi-Step
Reference Jog Reference
Speed Speed 2 Speed 3
H1-=6
H1-=3 H1-=4 H1-=5
Frequency Reference 1 (set in b1-01) OFF OFF OFF OFF
Frequency Reference 2 (d1-02 or input terminal A1, A2, A3) ON OFF OFF OFF
Frequency Reference 3 (d1-03 or input terminal A1, A2, A3) OFF ON OFF OFF
Frequency Reference 4 (d1-04) ON ON OFF OFF
Frequency Reference 5 (d1-05) OFF OFF ON OFF
Frequency Reference 6 (d1-06) ON OFF ON OFF
Frequency Reference 7 (d1-07) OFF ON ON OFF
Frequency Reference 8 (d1-08) ON ON ON OFF
Jog Frequency Reference (d1-17) <1> − − − ON
<1> The Jog frequency overrides whatever frequency reference is being used.
Figure 5.39
Frequency d1-16
reference d1-15
d1-14
d1-09
d1-08
d1-07
d1-06
d1-05
d1-04
d1-03
(A3)
d1-02
(A2)
d1-01
(A1) d1-17
Time
FWD (REV) Run/Stop ON
ON ON ON ON ON ON
Multi-step Speed Ref. 1
ON ON ON
Multi-step Speed Ref. 2
ON ON
Multi-step Speed Ref. 3
Multi-step Speed Ref. 4 ON
Jog Reference ON
Figure 5.39 Preset Reference Timing Diagram
156 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.4 d: Reference Settings
u d2: Frequency Upper/Lower Limits
By entering upper or lower frequency limits, the user can keep motor speed from going above or below levels that may
cause resonance or equipment damage.
n d2-01: Frequency Reference Upper Limit
Sets the upper limit for the frequency reference value that is input from frequency reference source 1 (b1-01). The limit
applies to any source selected in parameter b1-01. The value is set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Even if the frequency reference is set to a higher value, the drive internal frequency reference will not exceed this value.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
d2-01 Frequency Reference Upper Limit 0.0 to 110.0% 100.0%
n d2-02: Frequency Reference Lower Limit
Sets the upper limit for the frequency reference value that is input from frequency reference source 1 (b1-01). The limit
applies to any source selected in parameter b1-01. The value is set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
If a lower reference than this value is entered, the drive will run at the limit set to d2-02. If the drive is started with a
lower reference than d2-02, it will accelerate up to d2-02.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
d2-02 Frequency Reference Lower Limit 0.0 to 110.0% 0.0%
Figure 5.40
Internal frequency
reference
d2-01
Frequency Reference Upper Limit
Operating
range
Frequency Reference Lower Limit
d2-02
Set frequency reference
Figure 5.40 Frequency Reference: Upper and Lower Limits
n d2-03: Master Speed Reference Lower Limit
This parameter is used to set a lower limit level for the main frequency reference (this setting does not affect the lower
limit level for the jog frequency reference, multi-step speed frequency reference, or auxiliary frequency). The drive will
use the frequency reference set to d2-03 if a frequency reference below the main frequency reference is entered.
Parameter Details
Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Note: When lower limits are set to both the frequency reference (d2-02 or d2-05) and the main frequency reference (d2-03), the drive
uses the greater of those two values as the lower limit.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
d2-03 Master Speed Reference Lower Limit 0.0 to 110.0% 0.0%
5
n d2-04: Frequency Reference 2 Upper Limit
Sets the upper limit for the frequency reference value that is input from frequency reference source 2 (b1-15). The limit
applies to any source selected in parameter b1-15. The value is set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Even if the frequency reference is set to a higher value, the drive internal frequency reference will not exceed this value.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
d2-04 Frequency Reference 2 Upper Limit 0.0 to 110.0% 100.0%
n d2-05: Frequency Reference 2 Lower Limit
Sets the upper limit for the frequency reference value that is input from frequency reference source 2 (b1-15). The limit
applies to any source selected in parameter b1-15. The value is set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 157
5.4 d: Reference Settings
If a lower reference than this value is input, the drive will run at the d2-05 level. If the drive is started with a lower
reference than d2-05, it will accelerate up to d2-05.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
d2-05 Frequency Reference 2 Lower Limit 0.0 to 110.0% 0.0%
u d5: Torque Control
Torque Control is available for CLV and CLV/PM (A1-02 = 3, 7). It allows to define a setpoint for the torque produced
by the motor.
n Torque Control Operation
Torque control can be enabled either by setting parameter d5-01 to 1 or by a digital input (H1- = 71). Figure 5.41
illustrates the working principle.
Figure 5.41
Torque Compensation
d5-02
U1-09
External Torque Reference Torque Reference Delay
d5-08 L7-
C1- , C2-
+ Torque Internal Torque
Soft Limits Reference
External Speed Limit +
Starter 1 d5-03
2
Speed Limiter
Speed Limit set in d5-04
Compensated torque
reference
Speed Feedback
Speed Limit Bias d5-05
Figure 5.41 Torque Control Block Diagram
The externally input torque reference is used as the target value for the motor output torque. If the motor torque reference
and the load torque are not in balance when in Torque Control, the motor accelerates or decelerates. An operation beyond
the speed limit is prevented by compensating the external torque reference value if the motor speed reaches the limit. The
compensation value is calculated using the speed limit, speed feedback, and the speed limit bias.
If an external torque compensation value is input, it is added to the speed limit compensated torque reference value. The
value calculated is limited by the L7- settings, and is then used as the internal torque reference, which can be
monitored in U1-09. The L7- settings have highest priority, i.e., the motor cannot be operated with a higher torque
than the L7- settings, even if the external torque reference value is increased.
n Setting the Torque Reference, Speed Limit, and Torque Compensation Values
Torque Control Reference Sources
Input values for Torque Control can be set like explained in Table 5.17.
Table 5.17 Torque Control Input Value Selection
Input Value Signal Source Settings Remarks
Make sure the signal level settings for the input terminal selected
Analog inputs A1/A2/A3 H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06 = 13 <1> match the signal used. Refer to H3: Multi-Function Analog Inputs
on page 201 for details on adjusting analog input signals.
The F3- settings become effective for the option board input
terminals. Make sure the signal level settings for the input terminal
• F2-01 = 0
Analog Option Card selected match the signal used. Refer to H3: Multi-Function
• H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06 = 13 <1>
Analog Inputs on page 201 for details on adjusting analog input
Torque Reference signals.
• b1-01 = 2
MEMOBUS Register 0004h • Set Register 000Fh, Bit 2 = 1 to enable Torque –
reference from register 0004h
• b1-01 = 3
• F6-06 = 1
Communication Option Card –
Refer to the option card manual for details about
setting the torque reference value.
d5-03 = 1
Signal selected as frequency The speed limit is taken from the input selected as The settings in C1- for accel/decel times and in C2- for S-
Speed Limit reference source frequency reference source in parameter b1-01 or b1- curves are applied to the speed limit value.
15. <1>
Parameter d5-04 d5-03 = 2 –
158 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.4 d: Reference Settings
Input Value Signal Source Settings Remarks
Make sure the signal level settings for the input terminal selected
Analog inputs A1/A2/A3 H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06 = 14 <1> match the signal used. Refer to H3: Multi-Function Analog Inputs
on page 201 for details on adjusting analog input signals.
The H3- settings become effective for the option board input
• F2-01 = 0
Analog Option Card terminals. Make sure the signal level settings for the input terminal
• H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06 = 14 <1>
selected match the signal used.
Torque Compensation
• b1-01 = 2
MEMOBUS Register 0005h • Set Register 000Fh, bit 3 = 1 to enable the torque –
compensation setting by register 0005h
b1-01 = 3
Communication Option Card Refer to the option card manual for details about –
setting the torque reference value.
<1> Sets analog input terminals A1, A2, and A3 to supply the speed limit, torque reference, or torque compensation. An operator programming error
oPE07 (Multi-Function Analog Input Selection Error) will occur if two analog inputs are set for the same function.
Input Value Polarity
The polarity of the torque reference determines the direction of the torque output from the motor, and is not determined
by the direction of the Run command (i.e., forward or reverse). The polarity of the torque reference depends on the
following:
Positive torque reference: Drive’s internal torque reference is for forward operation (rotating counter-clockwise when
looking down the motor shaft from the load side).
Negative torque reference: Drive’s internal torque reference is for reverse operation (rotating clockwise when looking
down the motor shaft from the load side).
When using an analog signal to set the frequency reference, the following situations will create a negative input signal:
• Negative voltage reference input
• Positive voltage reference input but using a negative value for the analog input bias
• Positive voltage reference input with an input terminal set to “External torque reference polarity inversion” (H1- =
78) is closed
The sign for the torque reference (positive or negative) can also be set using MEMOBUS/Modbus or a communications
option card.
n Speed Limitation and Speed Limit Bias
The speed limit setting is read from the input selected in parameter d5-03. A bias can be added to this speed limit using
parameter d5-05 while parameter b5-08 determines how the speed limit bias is applied. Table 5.18 explains the relation
between these settings.
Table 5.18 Speed Limit, Speed Bias and Speed Limit Priority Selection
Operating Conditions
Parameter Details
Run Command Forward Reverse Forward Reverse Forward Reverse Forward Reverse
Torque Reference
Positive (Forward) Positive (Reverse) Negative (Reverse) Negative (Forward) Negative (Reverse) Negative (Forward) Positive (Forward) Positive (Reverse)
Direction
Speed Limit
Positive (Forward) Negative (Forward) Negative (Reverse) Positive (Reverse) Positive (Forward) Negative (Forward) Negative (Reverse) Positive (Reverse)
Direction
Normal Operation
Forward Reverse Forward Reverse
Direction
Torque Torque Torque
Torque Δn Speed Limit Torque Torque Torque Δn
Torque
5
Limit Bias d5-05 Limit Limit Limit Δn
Speed Limit
Speed Limit
Bias d5-05 Internal
Speed Bias d5-05 Torque
Internal
Torque Limit Speed Limit Speed Reference
Generated Torque Reference Limit Bias
Speed Speed Speed d5-05
(d5-08 = 0) 0 0 Speed
<1> 0 0
Internal Speed
Torque Internal
Speed Limit Speed Reference
Δn Speed Limit Bias
Torque
Bias d5-05 Limit Limit d5-05
Reference
Torque Speed Limit Torque Torque Torque
Limit Bias d5-05 Δn Limit Δn d5-05 Limit Limit
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 159
5.4 d: Reference Settings
Operating Conditions
Torque Torque Torque Torque
Torque Δn Torque Torque Torque Δn
Limit Δn Limit Limit Speed Limit Limit Δn
Bias d5-05
Speed Speed Limit
Internal Internal
Torque Limit Bias d5-05 Speed Limit Torque
Generated Torque Reference Reference
Speed Speed Speed
(d5-08 = 1) 0 Speed 0
<1> 0 0
Internal Internal
Torque Speed
Speed Torque
Speed Reference Reference Speed Limit Bias
Limit Bias
Limit Limit d5-05
d5-05
Torque Δn Torque Δn Torque Torque
Limit Δn Limit Δn Limit Limit
Winder Unwinder
Speed Torque Speed Torque Torque Speed Torque Speed
Application Example Line Direction Line Direction
M Line Direction M M M Line Direction
<1> The value of delta n in the drawings depends on the ASR setting in parameters C5-.
n Indicating Operation at the Speed Limit
A digital output can be programmed to close when the drives is operating at or beyond the speed limit (H2- = 32).
Use this output to notify a PLC or some other control device of abnormal operating conditions.
n Switching Between Torque and Speed Control
A digital output can be used to switch Torque Control and Speed Control (H1- = 71). When switching from Speed
Control to Torque Control, the torque limit becomes the torque reference and the speed reference becomes the speed
limit. This change is reversed when switching back to Speed Control.
If required by the application, a delay time can be set up using parameter d5-06. The reference values (torque reference/
speed limit in Torque Control or speed reference/torque limit in Speed Control) are held during this switch delay time. Be
sure to change the reference values from the controller within this delay time.
Note: 1. The switching delay time d5-06 is not applied when the Stop command is entered. Here the operation switches immediately to speed
control and the drive decelerates to stop at the torque limit.
2. Set d5-01 to 0 when switching between Torque Control and Speed Control. An oPE15 alarm will be triggered if parameter d5-01 is
set to 1 while H1- is set to 71 at the same time.
Figure 5.42
Speed/Torque control OFF ON OFF ON
input (H1- = 71)
Run command OFF ON
Operation Mode Speed Control Torque Control Speed Control Torque Control Speed Control
Frequency refernce Speed Ref. Speed Limit Speed Ref. Speed Limit Speed Ref.
signal or d5-04
Torque reference signal/
Torque Limit Torque Reference Torque Limit Torque Reference Torque Limit
Torque limit
d5-06 d5-06 d5-06
Figure 5.42 Speed/Torque Control Switching Time
n d5-01: Torque Control Selection
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
d5-01 Torque Control Selection 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Disabled
Speed Control will be active. Also use this setting when H1- = 71 (Speed/Torque Control Switch).
160 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.4 d: Reference Settings
Setting 1: Enabled
Torque Control is always enabled.
n d5-02: Torque Reference Delay Time
A filter with the time constant set in parameter d5-02 can be applied to the torque reference signal in order to eliminate
oscillation that results from an unstable torque reference signal. A higher filter time will stabilize control, but also reduce
the responsiveness.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
d5-02 Torque Reference Delay Time 0 to 1000 ms Determined by A1-02
n d5-03: Speed Limit Selection
Parameter d5-03 determines how the speed limit is set.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
d5-03 Speed Limit Selection 1, 2 1
Setting 1: Frequency Reference Input
The frequency reference value at the active reference source (digital operator, External reference 1 or External reference
2) will be used as speed limit. Note that in this case all settings for accel/decel times (C1-01 to C1-08) and S-curves (C2-
01 to C2-04) will apply for the speed limit.
Setting 2: Parameter d5-04
The speed limit is set by parameter d5-04.
n d5-04: Speed Limit
Sets the speed limit during torque control if parameter d5-03 is set to 2. Refer to Speed Limitation and Speed Limit Bias
on page 159.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
d5-04 Speed Limit -120 to 120% 0%
n d5-05: Speed Limit Bias
Using d5-05 a bias can be applied to the speed limit value. The bias is set as a percentage of the maximum output
frequency. Refer to Speed Limitation and Speed Limit Bias on page 159.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Parameter Details
d5-05 Speed Limit Bias 0 to 120% 10%
n d5-06: Speed/Torque Control Switchover Time
Sets the delay time for switching from Speed Control to Torque Control and vice versa.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
d5-06 Speed/Torque Control Switchover Time 0 to 1000 ms 0 ms
5
n d5-08: Unidirectional Speed Limit Bias
Parameter d5-08 selects how the speed limit bias is applied.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
d5-08 Unidirectional Speed Limit Bias 0 or 1 1
Setting 0: Disabled
The speed limit bias is applied in both directions, the speed limit and the opposite direction.
Setting 1: Enabled
The speed limit bias is applied in the opposite direction of the speed limit only.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 161
5.4 d: Reference Settings
u d6: Field Weakening and Field Forcing
Field Weakening
The Field Weakening function reduces the output voltage to a pre-defined level in order to reduce the energy
consumption of the motor. It can be activated using a digital input programmed for H1- = 63. Field Weakening
should only be used with a known and unchanging light load condition. Use the Energy Saving function (b8-
parameters) when Energy Saving for various different load conditions is required.
Field Forcing
The Field Forcing function compensates the delaying influence of the motor time constant when changing the excitation
current reference. Field Forcing can improve the motor responsiveness. It is ineffective during DC Injection Braking.
n d6-01: Field Weakening Level
Sets the level to what the output voltage is reduced when Field Weakening is activated. Set as percentage of the drive
maximum output voltage.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
d6-01 Field Weakening Level 0 to 100% 80%
n d6-02: Field Weakening Frequency Limit
Sets the minimum output frequency for that field weakening can be activated. For frequencies below d6-02, Field
Weakening cannot be activated.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
d6-02 Field Weakening Frequency Limit 0 to 400.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
n d6-03: Field Forcing Selection
Enables or disables the Field Forcing function.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
d6-03 Field Forcing Selection 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
n d6-06: Field Forcing Limit
Sets the maximum level to what the Field Forcing function can boost the excitation current reference. The value is set as
a percentage of the motor no load current.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
d6-06 Field Forcing Limit 100 to 400% 400%
Note: Adjustment is not normally required.
162 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.4 d: Reference Settings
u d7: Offset Frequency
n d7-01 to d7-03: Offset Frequency 1 to 3
Three different offset values can be added to the frequency reference. The value is set as a percentage of the maximum
output frequency. They can be selected using digital inputs programmed for Offset frequency 1, 2, and 3 (H1- = 44,
45, 46). The selected offset values are added together if multiple inputs are closed at the same time.
Note: This function can be used to replace the “Trim Control” function (H1- = 1C, 1D) of earlier Yaskawa drives.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
d7-01 Offset Frequency 1 -100.0 to 100.0% 0%
d7-02 Offset Frequency 2 -100.0 to 100.0% 0%
d7-03 Offset Frequency 3 -100.0 to 100.0% 0%
Figure 5.43 illustrates the Offset frequency function.
Figure 5.43
Frequency
Frequency SFS reference after
reference
soft starter
Multi-function
input (44) = on
Offset Frequency 1 [d7-01]
(Signed)
Multi-function
input (45) = on
Offset Frequency 2 [d7-02]
(Signed)
Multi-function
input (46) = on
Offset Frequency 3 [d7-03]
(Signed)
Figure 5.43 Offset Frequency Operation
Parameter Details
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 163
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
E parameters cover V/f pattern and motor data settings.
u E1: V/f Pattern for Motor 1
n E1-01: Input Voltage Setting
Set the input voltage parameter to the nominal voltage of the AC power supply. This parameter adjusts the levels of some
protective features of the drive (overvoltage, Stall Prevention, etc.).
NOTICE: Set parameter E1-01 to match the input voltage of the drive. Drive input voltage (not motor voltage) must be set in E1-01 for
the protective features to function properly. Failure to set the correct drive input voltage will result in improper drive operation.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E1-01 <1> Input Voltage Setting 155 to 255 V 200 V
<1> The setting range and default value shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double this for 400 V class units.
E1-01 Related Values
The input voltage setting when using a 400 V class drive will change the undervoltage detection level for Uv1 and the
KEB function as follows:
(Approximate Values)
Voltage Setting Value of ov Suppression /
E1-01 Uv Detection Level KEB Target Voltage (S4-11) Stall Prevention Level
(L2-05) (L3-17)
200 V Class All settings 190 V 260 V 375 V
setting ≥ 400 V 380 V 500 V 750 V
400 V Class
setting < 400 V 350 V 460 V 750 V
Note: The braking transistor operation levels are valid for the drive internal braking transistor. If an external CDBR braking chopper is
used, refer to the instruction manual of that unit.
n V/f Pattern Settings (E1-03)
The drive utilizes a set V/f pattern to determine the appropriate output voltage level for each relative to the frequency
reference.
One custom V/f pattern can be set up by programming parameters E1-04 through E1-13.
n E1-03: V/f Pattern Selection
This parameter can only be set to F.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection F F
n V/f Pattern Settings E1-04 to E1-13
Using parameters E1-04 through E1-13, the user can either monitor the V/f pattern values if set up a custom V/f pattern
as shown in Figure 5.44 for an example custom V/f pattern.
Note: Certain E1- parameters might not be visible depending on the selected control mode. Refer to Parameter Table on page 367
for details.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency 40.0 to 400.0 Hz <1> <2> <3>
E1-05 Maximum Voltage 0.0 to 255.0 V <4> <2> <4>
E1-06 Base Frequency 0.0 to [E1-04] <2> <3>
E1-07 Middle Output Frequency 0.0 to [E1-04] <2>
E1-08 Middle Output Frequency Voltage 0.0 to 255.0 V <4> <2> <4>
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency 0.0 to [E1-04] <2> <3>
E1-10 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage 0.0 to 255.0 V <4> <2> <4>
E1-11 Middle Output Frequency 2 0.0 to [E1-04] 0.0 Hz <6>
E1-12 Middle Output Frequency Voltage 2 0.0 to 255.0 V <4> 0.0 V <4> <5> <6>
E1-13 Base Voltage 0.0 to 255.0 V <4> 0.0 V <4> <5> <7>
164 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
<1> When using PM motors, the setting range is determined by the motor code set to E5-01.
<2> Default setting is determined by the control mode.
<3> When using PM motors, the default setting is determined by the motor code set to E5-01.
<4> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double values when using a 400 V class unit.
<5> The drive changes these settings when Auto-Tuning is performed (Rotational Auto-Tuning, Stationary Auto-Tuning 1, 2).
<6> Parameter ignored when E1-11 and E1-12 are set to 0.0.
<7> When Auto-Tuning is performed, E1-05 and E1-13 will be set to the same value.
Figure 5.44
Output Voltage (V)
Frequency (Hz)
Figure 5.44 V/f Pattern
Note: 1. The following condition must be true when setting up the V/f pattern: E1-09 ≤ E1-07 < E1-06 ≤ E1-11 ≤ E1-04
2. To make the V/f pattern a straight line below E1-06, set E1-09 = E1-07. In this case the E1-08 setting is disregarded.
3. E1-03 is unaffected when the parameters are initialized using parameter A1-03, but the settings for E1-04 through E1-13 are returned
to their default values.
4. Parameters E1-11, E1-12, and E1-13 should only be used to fine-tune the V/f pattern in the constant output range. These parameters
rarely need to be changed.
u E2: Motor 1 Parameters
These parameters contain the motor data needed for motor 1. They are set automatically when Auto-Tuning is performed
(this includes Rotational Auto-Tuning, Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 and 2). If Auto-Tuning cannot be performed, then refer
to Auto-Tuning Fault Detection on page 298.
Note: As the motor parameters for a PM motor are set up in the E5- parameters, parameters for induction motors (E2-) are
hidden when a PM motor control mode is selected for motor 1 (i.e., parameter A1-02 is set to 5, 6, or 7).
n E2-01: Motor Rated Current
Set E2-01 to the full load amps (FLA) stamped on the motor nameplate. This value is used for motor protection and to
calculate torque limits. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, the value entered to T1-04 will automatically be saved to
E2-01.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E2-01 Motor Rated Current 10% to 200% of the drive rated current. Determined by C6-01 ando2-04
Parameter Details
Note: 1. This value's number of decimal places depends on the drive model and the Heavy/Normal duty selection in parameter C6-01. The
value will have two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for a Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity up to 11 kW (refer to
Table A.2 and Table A.3) and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the set Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity is higher than 11 kW.
2. If the motor rated current in E2-01 is set lower than the motor no-load current in E2-03, than a parameter setting error will occur
(oPE02). E2-03 must be set correctly to prevent this error.
n E2-02: Motor Rated Slip 5
Sets the motor rated slip in Hz. The setting in E2-02 is used for motor protection and to calculate torque limits. This value
is automatically set during Auto-Tuning (Rotational Auto-Tuning, Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 and 2).
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E2-02 Motor Rated Slip 0.00 to 20.00 Hz Determined by C6-01 and o2-04
If Auto-Tuning cannot be performed, calculate the motor rated slip using the information written on the motor nameplate
and the formula below:
E2-02 = f - (n × p)/120
(f: rated frequency (Hz), n: rated motor speed (r/min), p: number of motor poles)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 165
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
n E2-03: Motor No-Load Current
Set the no-load current for the motor in amperes when operating at the rated frequency and the no-load voltage. The drive
sets E2-03 during the Auto-Tuning process (Rotational Auto-Tuning and Stationary Auto-Tuning 1, 2). The motor no-
load current listed in the motor test report can also be entered to E2-03 manually. Contact the motor manufacturer to
receive a copy of the motor test report.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
0 to [E2-01] Determined by C6-01 and
E2-03 Motor No-Load Current
(unit: 0.01 A) o2-04
Note: This value's number of decimal places depends on the drive model and the Heavy/Normal duty selection in parameter C6-01.
The value will have two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for a Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity up to 11 kW (refer
to Table A.2 and Table A.3) and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the set Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity is higher than 11 kW.
n E2-04: Number of Motor Poles
Set the number of motor poles to E2-04. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, the value entered to T1-06 will
automatically be saved to E2-04.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E2-04 Number of Motor Poles 2 to 48 4
n E2-05: Motor Line-to-Line Resistance
Sets the line-to-line resistance of the motor stator winding. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, this value is
automatically calculated. Remember that this value must be entered as line-to-line and not for each motor phase.
If Auto-Tuning is not possible, then contact the motor manufacturer to find out the line-to-line resistance or measure it
manually. When using the manufacturer motor test report, calculate E2-05 by the formulas below.
• E-type insulation: Multiply 0.92 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 75°C.
• B-type insulation: Multiply 0.92 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 75°C.
• F-type insulation: Multiply 0.87 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 115°C.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Determined by C6-01 and
E2-05 Motor Line-to-Line Resistance 0.000 to 65.000 Ω
o2-04
n E2-06: Motor Leakage Inductance
Sets the voltage drop due to motor leakage inductance as a percentage of motor rated voltage. This value is automatically
set during Auto-Tuning (Rotational Auto-Tuning, Stationary Auto-Tuning 1, 2).
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Determined by C6-01 and
E2-06 Motor Leakage Inductance 0.0 to 40.0%
o2-04
n E2-07: Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1
Sets the motor iron saturation coefficient at 50% of the magnetic flux. If Rotational Auto-Tuning completes successfully,
then this value is automatically calculated and set to E2-07. This coefficient is used when operating with constant output.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E2-07 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1 0.00 to 0.50 0.50
n E2-08: Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2
Sets the motor iron saturation coefficient at 75% of the magnetic flux. If Rotational Auto-Tuning completes successfully,
then this value is automatically and set to E2-08. This coefficient is used when operating with constant output.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E2-08 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2 E2-07 to 0.75 0.75
166 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
n E2-09: Motor Mechanical Loss
This parameter sets to the motor mechanical loss as a percentage of motor rated power (kW) capacity.
Adjust this setting in the following circumstances:
• When there is a large amount of torque loss due to motor bearing friction.
The setting for the mechanical loss is added to the torque.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E2-09 Motor Mechanical Loss 0.0 to 10.0% 0.0%
n E2-10: Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation
This parameter sets the motor iron loss in watts.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Determined by C6-01 and
E2-10 Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation 0 to 65535 W
o2-04
n E2-11: Motor Rated Power
This parameter sets the motor rated power in kW. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, the value entered to T1-02 will
automatically be saved to E2-11.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E2-11 Motor Rated Power 0.00 to 650.00 kW Determined by o2-04
Note: The maximum applicable motor capacity varies based on whether the drive is set for Normal Duty or Heavy Duty performance
(C6-01). For more information, refer to Model Number and Nameplate Check on page 27.
n Setting Motor Parameters Manually
Follow the instructions below when setting motor-related parameters manually instead of using the Auto-Tuning feature.
Refer to the motor test report included with the motor to make sure the correct data is entered into the drive.
Setting the Motor Rated Current
Enter the motor rated current listed on the nameplate of the motor to E2-01.
Setting the Motor Rated Slip
Use the base speed listed on the motor nameplate to calculate the rated slip. Refer to the formula below, then enter that
value to E2-02.
Motor rated slip = rated frequency [Hz] –base speed [r/min] × (no. of motor poles) / 120
Parameter Details
Setting the No-Load Current
Enter the no-load current at rated frequency and rated voltage to E2-03. The no-load current is not usually listed on the
nameplate. Contact the motor manufacturer if the data cannot be found.
The default setting of the no-load current is for performance with a 4-pole Yaskawa motor.
5
Setting the Number of Motor Poles
Only required in V/f Control with PG and Closed Loop Vector Control. Enter the number of motor poles as indicated on
motor nameplate.
Setting the Line-to-Line Resistance
E2-05 is normally set during Auto-Tuning. If Auto-Tuning cannot be performed, contact the manufacturer of the motor to
find out what the correct resistance is between motor lines. The motor test report can also be used to calculate this value:
• E-type insulation: Multiply 0.92 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 75°C.
• B-type insulation: Multiply 0.92 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 75°C.
• F-type insulation: Multiply 0.87 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 115°C.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 167
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
Setting the Motor Leakage Inductance
The motor leakage inductance set to E2-06 determines the amount of voltage drop relative to the motor rated voltage.
This value should be entered particularly for motors with a low degree of inductance, such as high-speed motors. As this
information is not listed on the motor nameplate, contact the motor manufacturer to find out the correct value for the
motor leakage inductance.
Setting the Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1, 2
E2-07 and E2-08 are set when Auto-Tuning is performed.
Setting the Motor Mechanical Loss
The drive only requires this information when using Closed Loop Vector Control. The drive compensates for the degree
of mechanical loss with torque compensation. Although E2-09 rarely needs to be changed, adjustment may benefit the
following circumstances:
• When there is a large amount of torque loss due to motor bearing friction.
Setting the Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation
This value only needs to be set when using V/f Control. Enter this value in watts to E2-10. The drive uses this setting to
improve the precision of torque compensation.
u E3: V/f Pattern for Motor 2
These parameters set the V/f pattern used for motor 2. Refer to Setting 16: Motor 2 selection on page 186 for details on
switching motors.
Note: As the function for switching between two motors cannot be used with a PM motor, the E3- parameters will be hidden when
a PM motor control mode is selected (A1-02 = 5, 6, or 7).
n E3-01: Motor 2 Control Mode Selection
Selects the control mode for motor 2. A control mode for PM motors cannot be selected for motor 2.
Note: 1. E3-01 dependant parameters are reset to the default settings when E3-01 is changed.
2. Protection from motor overload (oL1) is determined by L1-01, just as it is for motor 1.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E3-01 Motor 2 Control Mode Selection 0 to 3 0
Setting 0: V/f Control
Setting 1: V/f Control with PG
Setting 2: Open Loop Vector Control
Setting 3: Closed Loop Vector Control
Note: Protection from motor overload (oL1) is determined by L1-01, just as it is for motor 1.
n E3-04 to E3-13
Parameters E3-04 through E3-13 set up the V/f pattern used for motor 2 as shown in Figure 5.45.
Note: Certain E3- parameters might not be visible depending on the control mode. Refer to Parameter Table on page 367.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E3-04 Motor 2 Max Output Frequency 40.0 to 400.0 Hz <2>
E3-05 Motor 2 Max Voltage 0.0 to 255.0 V <1> <1> <2>
E3-06 Motor 2 Base Frequency 0.0 to [E3-04] <2>
E3-07 Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency 0.0 to [E3-04] <2>
E3-08 Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Voltage 0.0 to 255.0 V <1> <1> <2>
E3-09 Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency 0.0 to [E3-04] <2>
E3-10 Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage 0.0 to 255.0 V <1> <1> <2>
E3-11 Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency 2 0.0 to [E3-04] 0.0 Hz <4>
E3-12 Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Voltage 2 0.0 to 255.0 V <1> 0.0 V <1> <3> <4>
E3-13 Motor 2 Base Voltage 0.0 to 255.0 V <1> 0.0 V <1> <3>
<1> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
<2> Default setting is determined by the control mode selected for motor 2 (E3-01).
<3> The drive sets this value when Auto-Tuning is performed (Rotational Auto-Tuning and Stationary Auto-Tuning 1, 2).
<4> Parameter ignored when E3-11 and E3-12 are set to 0.0.
168 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
Figure 5.45
Output (V)
E3-05
E3-12
E3-13
E3-08
E3-10
E3-09 E3-07 E3-06 E3-11 E3-04
Frequency (Hz)
Figure 5.45 V/f Pattern for Motor 2
Note: 1. The following conditions must be true when setting up the V/f pattern: E3-09 ≤ E3-07 < E3-06 ≤ E3-11 ≤ E3-04
2. To make the V/f pattern a straight line at a frequency lower than E3-06, set E3-09 = E3-07. With this setting, E3-08 is disregarded.
3. Parameters E3-04 through E3-13 are reset to their default values when the drive is initialized.
4. E3-11, E3-12, and E3-13 rarely need to be changed, and should only be used to fine-tune the V/f pattern in the constant output range.
u E4: Motor 2 Parameters
E4 parameters contain the motor data for motor 2. These parameters are usually set automatically during the Auto-
Tuning process (Rotational Auto-Tuning, Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 and 2). If Auto-Tuning cannot be performed, then
refer to Auto-Tuning Fault Detection on page 298.
Note: As the function for switching between two motors cannot be used with a PM motor, the E5- parameters will be hidden when
a PM motor control mode is selected (A1-02 = 5, 6, or 7).
n E4-01: Motor 2 Rated Current
Set E4-01 to the full load amps (FLA) stamped on the nameplate of motor 2. This value is used for motor protection and
to calculate torque limits. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, the value entered to T1-04 will automatically be saved
to E4-01.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Determined by C6-01 and
E4-01 Motor 2 Rated Current 10 to 200% of the drive rated current.
o2-04
Note: 1. This value's number of decimal places depends on the drive model and the Heavy/Normal duty selection in parameter C6-01. The
value will have two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for a Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity up to 11 kW (refer to
Table A.2 and Table A.3) and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the set Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity is higher than 11 kW.
2. If the motor rated current in E4-01 is set lower than the motor no-load current in E4-03, then a parameter setting error will occur
(oPE02). E4-03 must be set correctly to prevent this error.
n E4-02: Motor 2 Rated Slip
Parameter Details
This parameter sets the motor 2 rated slip frequency. Slip compensation is based on this value. The drive calculates this
value automatically during Auto-Tuning (Rotational Auto-Tuning and Stationary Auto-Tuning 1, 2).
For information on calculating the motor rated slip, refer to E2-02: Motor Rated Slip on page 165.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E4-02 Motor 2 Rated Slip 0.00 to 20.00 Hz
Determined by C6-01 and 5
o2-04
n E4-03: Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current
Set the no-load current for motor 2 in amperes when operating at the rated frequency and the no-load voltage. The drive
sets E2-03 during the Auto-Tuning process (Rotational Auto-Tuning and Stationary Auto-Tuning 1, 2). The motor no-
load current listed in the motor test report can also be entered to E2-03 manually. Contact the motor manufacturer to
receive a copy of the motor test report.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Determined by C6-01 and
E4-03 Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current 0 to [E4-01]
o2-04
Note: This value's number of decimal places depends on the drive model and the Heavy/Normal duty selection in parameter C6-01.
The value will have two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for a Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity up to 11 kW (refer
to Table A.2 and Table A.3.) and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the set Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity is higher than 11 kW.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 169
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
n E4-04: Motor 2 Motor Poles
Set the pole number of motor 2 to E4-04. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, the entered value to T1-06 will be
automatically saved to E4-04.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E4-04 Motor 2 Motor Poles 2 to 48 4
n E4-05: Motor 2 Line-to-Line Resistance
Sets the line-to-line resistance for the motor 2 stator winding. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, this value is
automatically calculated. Remember this value must be entered as line-to-line and not for each motor phase. Refer to E2-
05: Motor Line-to-Line Resistance on page 166 to manually enter this parameter setting.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Determined by C6-01 and
E4-05 Motor 2 Line-to-Line Resistance 0.000 to 65.000 Ω
o2-04
n E4-06: Motor 2 Leakage Inductance
Sets the voltage drop due to motor leakage inductance as a percentage of rated voltage of motor 2. This value is
automatically set during Auto-Tuning (Rotational Auto-Tuning and Stationary Auto-Tuning 1, 2).
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Determined by C6-01 and
E4-06 Motor 2 Leakage Inductance 0.0 to 40.0%
o2-04
n E4-10: Motor 2 Iron Loss
Sets the motor 2 iron loss in watts.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Determined by C6-01 and
E4-10 Motor 2 Iron Loss 0 to 65535 W
o2-04
n E4-11: Motor 2 Rated Power
Sets the motor 2 rated power. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, the value entered to T1-02 will automatically be
saved to E4-11.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Determined by C6-01 and
E4-11 Motor 2 Rated Power 0.00 to 650.00 kW
o2-04
Note: The maximum applicable motor capacity varies based on whether the drive is set for Normal Duty or Heavy Duty performance
(C6-01). For more information, refer to Model Number and Nameplate Check on page 27.
170 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
u E5: PM Motor Settings
These parameters set the motor data of a PM motor.
When Yaskawa motors are used, entering the motor code written on the motor nameplate will set up the E5-
parameters.
For all other PM motors, Auto-Tuning can be performed. If motor data is known, it can also be entered manually.
Note: 1. E5- parameters are visible only when a PM motor control mode is selected (A1-02 = 5, 6, or 7).
2. E5- parameters are not reset when the drive is initialized using parameter A1-03.
n E5-01: Motor Code Selection
When Yaskawa motors are used, set the motor code for the PM motor being used. Depending on the motor code entered,
the drive automatically sets several parameters to appropriate values. Refer to Parameter Defaults Determined by Motor
Code (E5-01) on page 431 for details on the supported motor codes and their parameter settings.
Setting parameter E5-01 to FFFF will allow to set the motor data manually using the E5- parameters.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Determined by A1-02,
E5-01 Motor Code Selection 0000 to FFFF
C6-01 and o2-04
Note: 1. If E5-01 was set a value besides FFFF and is then changed to FFFF, the value of parameters E5-02 through E5-24 will not change.
2. If using a different motor other than Yaskawa’s SMRA, SSR1, or SST4 series, then E5-01 should be set to FFFF.
3. The default setting is below:
･ OLV/PM, AOLV/PM: Yaskawa SSR1 Series (1750 r/min)
･ CLV/PM: Yaskawa SSR4 Series (1750 r/min)
4. Some selections may not be available depending on the motor code that has been selected.
n E5-02: Motor Rated Power
Sets the rated power of the motor. Determined by the value set to T2-04 during Stationary Auto-Tuning for PM motors or
by entering the motor code to E5-01.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E5-02 Motor Rated Power 0.10 to 650.00 kW Determined by E5-01
n E5-03: Motor Rated Current
Sets the motor rated current in amps. This parameter is automatically set when the value is entered to T2-06 during the
Auto-Tuning process.
Parameter Details
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E5-03 Motor Rated Current 10 to 200% of drive rated current Determined by E5-01
Note: This value's number of decimal places depends on the drive model and the Heavy/Normal duty selection in parameter C6-01.
The value will have two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for a Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity up to 11 kW (refer
to Table A.2 and Table A.3) and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the set Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity is higher than 11 kW.
n E5-04: Number of Motor Poles 5
Sets the number of motor poles. This parameter is automatically set when the value is entered to T2-08 during the Auto-
Tuning process.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles 2 to 48 Determined by E5-01
n E5-05: Motor Stator Resistance (r1)
Set the resistance for one motor phase. When measuring the resistance manually, make sure not to enter the line-to-line
resistance into E5-05.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance 0.000 to 65.000 Ω Determined by E5-01
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 171
5.5 E: Motor Parameters
n E5-06: Motor d-Axis Inductance (Ld)
Sets the d-axis inductance in 0.01 mH units. This parameter is set during the Auto-Tuning process.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance 0.00 to 300.00 mH Determined by E5-01
n E5-07: Motor q-Axis Inductance (Lq)
Sets the q-axis inductance in 0.01 mH units. This parameter is set during the Auto-Tuning process.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance 0.00 to 600.00 mH Determined by E5-01
n E5-09: Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 (Ke)
Set the induced peak voltage per phase in units of 0.1 mV/(rad/s) [electrical angle]. Set this parameter when using an
SSR1 series IPM motor with derated torque or an SST4 series IPM motor with constant torque.
When E5-01 is set to FFFF, use either E5-09 or E5-24 for setting the voltage constant. This parameter is set during
Parameter Auto-Tuning for PM motors.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 0.0 to 2000.0 mV/(rad/s) Determined by E5-01
Note: Ensure that E5-24 = 0 when setting parameter E5-09. An alarm will be triggered, however, if both E5-09 and E5-24 are set 0, or
if neither parameter is set to 0. When E5-01 = FFFF, then E5-09 = 0.0.
n E5-11 Encoder Z-Pulse Offset (Δθ)
Sets the offset between the rotor magnetic axis and the Z-pulse of the encoder connected. This parameter is set during
Parameter Auto-Tuning for PM motors and during Z Pulse Tuning.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E5-11 Encoder Z-Pulse Offset -180.0 to 180.0 deg 0.0 deg
n E5-24: Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 (Ke)
Set the induced phase-to-phase rms voltage in units of 0.1 mV/(r/min) [mechanical angle]. Set this parameter when using
an SMRA Series SPM Motor.
When E5-01 is set to FFFF, use either E5-09 or E5-24 for setting the voltage constant. This parameter is set during
Parameter Auto-Tuning for PM motors.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 0.0 to 6500.0 mV/(r/min) Determined by E5-01
Note: Ensure that E5-09 = 0 when setting parameter E5-24. An alarm will be triggered, however, if both E5-09 and E5-24 are set 0, or
if neither parameter is set to 0. When E5-01 = FFFF, then E5-09 = 0.0.
172 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.6 F: Option Settings
5.6 F: Option Settings
u F1: PG Speed Control Card Settings
Yaskawa offers two motor encoder PG option cards: PG-B3 and PG-X3. When using only one PG option card, use the
CN5-C port. For two PG option cards, use ports CN5-C and CN5-B. When one of the multi-function input terminals has
been programmed to act as a switch between two motors (H1- = 16), then the card connected to port CN5-C is to be
used for motor 1 while the card connected to CN5-B is for motor 2.
Table 5.19 lists the parameters that must be set for each option card port.
Table 5.19 Option Card Ports and Corresponding Parameters
Port Parameters
CN5-C and CN5-B (common) F1-02 to F1-04, F1-08 to F1-11, F1-14
CN5-C only F1-01, F1-05, F1-06, F1-12, F1-13, F1-18 to F1-21
CN5-B only F1-31 to F1-37
n F1-01, F1-31: PG 1 and PG 2 Pulses Per Revolution
Sets the number encoder number of pulses per revolution.
No. Parameter Name Option Port Setting Range Default
F1-01 PG 1 Pulses Per Revolution CN5-C 0 to 60000 ppr <1> 1024 ppr
F1-31 PG 2 Pulses Per Revolution CN5-B 0 to 60000 ppr 1024 ppr
<1> The setting range is 0 to 15000 ppr in PM motor control modes.
n F1-02, F1-14: PG Open (PGo) Circuit Operation Selection, Detection Time
A PGo fault is triggered if the drive receives no pulse signal for longer than the time set in F1-14. The stopping method
when PGo occurs should be set to parameter F1-02.
No. Parameter Name Option Port Setting Range Default
F1-02 Operation Selection at PG Open Circuit (PGo) CN5-B, CN5-C 0 to 3 1
F1-14 PG Open-Circuit Detection Time CN5-B, CN5-C 0.0 to 10.0 s 2.0 s
Parameter F1-02 Settings:
Setting 0: Ramp to stop (uses the deceleration time set to C1-02)
Setting 1: Coast to stop
Setting 2: Fast Stop (uses the Fast Stop time set to C1-09)
Setting 3: Alarm only
Parameter Details
Note: Due to potential damage to motor and machinery, the “Alarm only” setting should be used only under special circumstances.
n F1-03, F1-08, F1-09: Overspeed (oS) Operation Selection, Detection Level, Delay Time
An overspeed error (oS) is triggered when the speed feedback exceeds the value set in F1-08 for longer than the time set
in F1-09. The stopping method when an overspeed fault occurs can be selected in parameter F1-03.
5
No. Parameter Name Option Port Setting Range Default
F1-03 Operation Selection at Overspeed (oS) CN5-B, CN5-C 0 to 3 1
F1-08 Overspeed Detection Level CN5-B, CN5-C 0 to 120% 115%
F1-09 Overspeed Detection Delay Time CN5-B, CN5-C 0.0 to 2.0 s Determined by A1-02
Parameter F1-03 Settings:
Setting 0: Ramp to stop (uses the deceleration time set to C1-02)
Setting 1: Coast to stop
Setting 2: Fast Stop (uses the Fast Stop time set to C1-09)
Setting 3: Alarm only
Note: Due to potential damage to motor and machinery, the “Alarm only” setting should be used only under special circumstances.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 173
5.6 F: Option Settings
n F1-04, F1-10, F1-11: Operation at Speed Deviation (dEv), Detection Level, Delay Time
A speed deviation error (dEv) is triggered when the difference between the frequency reference and the speed feedback
exceeds the value set in F1-10 for longer than the time set in F1-1. The stopping method when a speed deviation fault
occurs can be selected in parameter F1-04.
No. Parameter Name Option Port Setting Range Default
F1-04 Operation Selection at Deviation (dEv) CN5-B, CN5-C 0 to 3 3
F1-10 Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Level CN5-B, CN5-C 0 to 50% 10%
F1-11 Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Delay Time CN5-B, CN5-C 0.0 to 10.0 s 0.5 s
Settings for Parameter F1-04:
Setting 0: Ramp to stop (uses the deceleration time set to C1-02)
Setting 1: Coast to stop
Setting 2: Fast Stop (uses the Fast Stop time set to C1-09)
Setting 3: Alarm only (drive continues operating while “dEv” flashes on the screen)
n F1-05, F1-32: PG 1, PG 2 Rotation Selection
Determines the direction indicated by the pulses from the PG feedback encoder for motor 1 and motor 2.
See PG option card instruction manual for details on how to set the direction for the PG encoder and the motor.
No. Parameter Name Option Port Setting Range Default
F1-05 PG 1 Rotation Selection CN5-C 0, 1 Determined by A1-02
F1-32 PG 2 Rotation Selection CN5-B 0, 1 0
Setting 0: A pulse leads with Forward run command.
Setting 1: B pulse leads with Forward run command.
n F1-06, F1-35: PG 1, PG 2 Division Rate for PG Pulse Monitor
Sets the ratio between the pulse input and the pulse output of a PG option card as a three digit number, where the first
digit (n) sets the numerator and the second and third digit (m) set the denominator as shown below:
(1 + n)
fPulse Input = fPulse Output .
m
Example: To have a ratio of 1/32 between the PG card pulse input and output, set F1-06 = 032.
No. Parameter Name Option Port Setting Range Default
F1-06 PG 1 Division Rate for PG Pulse Monitor CN5-C 1 to 132 (1 to 1 ) 1
32
F1-35 PG 2 Division Rate for PG Pulse Monitor CN5-B 1 to 132 (1 to 1 ) 1
32
n F1-12, F1-13, F1-33, F1-34: PG 1, PG 2 Gear Teeth 1, 2 (V/f w/PG only)
Sets the gear ratio between the motor shaft and the PG encoder. F1-12 and F1-33 set the number of gear teeth on the
motor side, while F1-13 and F-34 set the number of gear teeth for the load side. The drive uses the formula below to
calculate the motor speed.
Input pulses from PG × 60 Load-side PG gear teeth (F1-12/33)
r/min =
Pulses per Rev (F1-01/31) Motor-side PG gear teeth (F1-13/34)
No. Parameter Name Option Port Setting Range Default
F1-12 PG 1 Gear Teeth 1 CN5-C 0 to 1000 0
F1-13 PG 1 Gear Teeth 2 CN5-C 0 to 1000 0
F1-33 PG 2 Gear Teeth 1 CN5-B 0 to 1000 0
F1-34 PG 2 Gear Teeth 2 CN5-B 0 to 1000 0
Note: A gear ratio of 1 will be used if any of these parameters is set to 0.
174 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.6 F: Option Settings
n F1-18: dv3 Detection Selection (CLV/PM)
A dv3 situation is detected when the torque reference and speed reference are in opposite directions while the difference
between the actual motor speed and the speed reference is greater than 30%. Parameter F1-18 sets the number of times
such a situation must occur before a dv3 fault is triggered. Setting F1-18 to 0 disables dv3 detection.
No. Parameter Name Option Port Setting Range Default
F1-18 dv3 Detection Selection CN5-B, CN5-C 0 to 10 10
Note: A common cause for a dv3 fault is the incorrect setting of E5-11. Make sure the correct Z pulse offset has been entered to E5-11.
n F1-19: dv4 Detection Selection (CLV/PM)
A dv4 fault is triggered when there is a motor speed deviation opposite to the frequency reference and larger than the
number of pulses set in F1-19. Setting F1-19 to 0 disables dv4 detection.
No. Parameter Name Option Port Setting Range Default
F1-19 dv4 Detection Selection CN5-B, CN5-C 0 to 5000 128
Note: 1. A common cause for a dv4 fault is the incorrect setting of E5-11. Make sure the correct Z pulse offset is set to E5-11.
2. Set F1-19 to 0 for applications where the direction of the load is the opposite of the speed reference.
n F1-20, F1-36: PG Option Card Disconnect Detection
Sets whether the drive detects a fault or not when a PG-X3 card is disconnected.
No. Parameter Name Option Port Setting Range Default
F1-20 PG Option Card Disconnection Detection 1 CN5-C 0, 1 1
F1-36 PG Option Card Disconnection Detection 2 CN5-B 0, 1 1
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
n F1-21, F1-37: PG 1, PG 2 Signal Selection (V/f w/PG only)
Determines whether the signal to the PG option card is single track or two track.
No. Parameter Name Option Port Setting Range Default
F1-21 PG 1 Signal Selection CN5-C 0, 1 0
F1-37 PG 2 Signal Selection CN5-B 0, 1 0
Setting 0: Single track (A track only)
Setting 1: Two track (tracks A and B)
Parameter Details
n F1-30: PG Option Card Port for Motor 2 Selection
Specifies the drive port for the PG option card used for motor 2. This parameter should be set when switching between
motor 1 and motor 2, where both motors supply a speed feedback signal to the drive. If the same PG card is being used
for feedback signals from both motors, then set F1-30 to 0. If each motor has its own PG card connected to the drive, then
set F1-30 to 1. 5
Note: It is not possible to switch between motors when using a PM motor.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
F1-30 PG Option Card Port for Motor 2 Selection 0, 1 1
Setting 0: CN5-C
Setting 1: CN5-B
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 175
5.6 F: Option Settings
u F2: Analog Input Card Settings
These parameters are used to setup the drive for operation with the analog input option card AI-A3. This section
describes parameters that govern operation with an input option card. Refer to the instruction manual packaged with the
option card for specific details on installation, wiring, input signal level selection, and parameter setup.
n F2-01: Analog Input Option Card Operation Selection
Determines how the input terminals on the AI-A3 option card are to be used.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
F2-01 Analog Input Option Card Operation Selection 0, 1 0
Setting 0: Separate functions for each terminal (V1, V2, V3 replace terminals A1, A2, A3)
Apply this setting to replace the drive terminals A1, A2, and A3 by the option board terminals V1, V2, and V3.
Functions, gain, and bias levels for an analog reference supplied by AI-A3 are set using the H3- parameters as
described in H3-03, H3-04: Terminal A1 Gain and Bias Settings on page 201.
Note: Parameter setting error oPE05 will occur if option card terminals are set for separate input functions (F2-01 = 0) while b1-01 = 3.
Setting 1: Combine input terminal values to create frequency reference
With this setting, all three input signals on the AI-A3 option card are added together to create the frequency reference.
When the option card is the source of the frequency reference for the drive, parameter b1-01 must be set to 3. Gain and
bias settings for the frequency reference supplied from AI-A3 can be set using parameters F2-02 and F2-03.
n F2-02, F2-03: Analog Input Option Card Gain, Bias
Parameter F2-02 sets the gain and parameter F2-03 sets the bias for the AI-A3 input signal when the card is used in the
combined input signals mode (F2-01 = 1). Both gain and bias are set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
F2-02 Analog Input Option Card Gain -999.9 to 999.9% 100.0%
F2-03 Analog Input Option Card Bias -999.9 to 999.9% 0.0%
Note: Enabled only when F2-01 = 1.
u F3: Digital Input Card Settings
These parameters set up the drive for operation with the option card DI-A3. This section describes parameters that
govern operation with a digital input option card. Refer to the instruction manual packaged with the option card for
specific details on installation, wiring, input signal level selection, and parameter setup.
n F3-01: Digital Input Option Card Input Selection
Determines the type of input for digital option card DI-A3 when o1-03 is set to 0 or 1.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
F3-01 Digital Input Option Card Input Selection 0 to 7 0
Setting 0: BCD, 1% units
Setting 1: BCD, 0.1% units
Setting 2: BCD, 0.01% units
Setting 3: BCD, 1 Hz units
Setting 4: BCD, 0.1 Hz units
Setting 5: BCD, 0.01 Hz units
Setting 6: BCD, special setting (5 digit input), 0.02 Hz units
Setting 7: Binary
The value set to F3-03 determines the setting range and units as follows:
F3-03 = 0: 100%/255 (-255 to +255)
F3-03 = 1: 100%/4095 (-4095 to +4095)
F3-03 = 2: 100%/30000 (-33000 to +33000)
Note: BCD input when o1-03 = 2 or 3. Units are determined by o1-03.
176 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.6 F: Option Settings
n F3-03: Digital Input Option DI-A3 Data Length Selection
Determines the number of bits for the option card input that sets the frequency reference.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
F3-03 Digital Input Option DI-A3 Data Length Selection 0 to 2 2
Setting 0: 8 bit
Setting 1: 12 bit
Setting 2: 16 bit
u F4: Analog Monitor Card Settings
These parameters set up the drive for operation with the analog output option card AO-A3. This section describes
parameters that govern operation with an analog output option card. Refer to the instruction manual packaged with the
option card for specific details on installation, wiring, input signal level selection, and parameter setup.
n F4-01, F4-03: Terminal V1, V2 Monitor Selection
Selects the data to output from analog terminal V1. Enter the final three digits of U- to determine which monitor
data is output from the option card. Some monitors are only available in certain control modes.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
F4-01 Terminal V1 Monitor Selection 000 to 999 102
F4-03 Terminal V2 Monitor Selection 000 to 999 103
n F4-02, F4-04, F4-05, F4-06: Terminal V1, V2 Monitor Gain and Bias
Parameters F4-02 and F4-04 determine the gain, while parameters F4-05 and F4-06 set the bias. These parameters are set
as a percentage of the output signal from V1 and V2 where 100% equals 10 V output. The terminal output voltage is
limited to 10 V.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
F4-02 Terminal V1 Monitor Gain -999.9 to 999.9% 100.0%
F4-04 Terminal V2 Monitor Gain -999.9 to 999.9% 50.0%
F4-05 Terminal V1 Monitor Bias -999.9 to 999.9% 0.0%
F4-06 Terminal V2 Monitor Bias -999.9 to 999.9% 0.0%
Using Gain and Bias to Adjust Output Signal Level
It is possible to calibrate the meter when the drive is stopped. Follow the procedure below.
Parameter Details
Terminal V1
1. Use the digital operator to display the monitor gain for terminal V1 (F4-02). Make sure that the voltage output is
100% of the monitor level selection for terminal V1 (F4-01).
2. Adjust the setting to parameter F4-02 accordingly while watching the read out of the meter connected to terminal
V1.
3. Use the digital operator to display the monitor bias for terminal V1 (F4-05). Make sure that the voltage output is 5
0% of the monitor level selection for terminal V1 (F4-01).
4. Adjust the setting to parameter F4-05 accordingly while watching the read out of the meter connected to terminal
V1.
Terminal V2
1. Use the digital operator to display the monitor gain for terminal V2 (F4-04). Make sure that the voltage output is
100% of the monitor level selection for terminal V2 (F4-03).
2. Adjust the setting to parameter F4-04 accordingly while watching the read out of the meter connected to terminal
V2.
3. Use the digital operator to display the monitor bias for terminal V2 (F4-06). Make sure that the voltage output is
0% of the monitor level selection for terminal V2 (F4-03).
4. Adjust the setting to parameter F4-06 accordingly while watching the read out of the meter connected to terminal
V2.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 177
5.6 F: Option Settings
n F4-07, F4-08: Terminal V1, V2 Signal Level
Sets the output signal level for terminals V1 and V2.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
F4-07 Terminal V1 Signal Level 0, 1 0
F4-08 Terminal V2 Signal Level 0, 1 0
Setting 0: 0 to 10 V
Setting 1: -10 to 10 V
u F5: Digital Output Card Settings
These parameters set up the drive for operation with the digital output option card DO-A3. This section describes
parameters that govern operation with a digital output option card. Refer to the instruction manual packaged with the
option card for specific details on installation, wiring, input signal level selection, and parameter setup.
n F5-01 through F5-08: Digital Output Option Card Terminal Function Selection
When F5-09 = 2, the parameters listed in the table below are used to assign functions to the output terminals on the
option card.
No. Name Setting Range Default
F5-01 Terminal P1-PC Output Selection 0 to 161 0: During run
F5-02 Terminal P2-PC Output Selection 0 to 161 1: Zero speed
F5-03 Terminal P3-PC Output Selection 0 to 161 2: Speed agree
F5-04 Terminal P4-PC Output Selection 0 to 161 4: Frequency detection 1
F5-05 Terminal P5-PC Output Selection 0 to 161 6: Drive ready
F5-06 Terminal P6-PC Output Selection 0 to 161 37: During frequency output
F5-07 Terminal M1-M2 Output Selection 0 to 161 F: Not used
F5-08 Terminal M3-M4 Output Selection 0 to 161 F: Not used
n F5-09: DO-A3 Output Mode Selection
Determines how the DO-A3 option card is to work with the drive.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
F5-09 DO-A3 Output Mode Selection 0 to 2 0
Setting 0: Separate output functions for each of 8 terminals
Setting 1: Binary output
Setting 2: Output functions assigned by F5-01 through F5-08
u F6: Communication Option Card
These parameters are to configure communication option cards and communication fault detection methods.
Some parameters apply to all communication option cards, while some parameters are used only for certain network
options.
n F6-01: Communications Error Operation Selection
Determines drive operation if a communication error occurs.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
F6-01 Communications Error Operation Selection 0 to 3 1
178 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.6 F: Option Settings
Setting 0: Ramp to stop (uses the deceleration time set to C1-02)
Setting 1: Coast to stop
Setting 2: Fast Stop (uses the Fast Stop time set to C1-09)
Setting 3: Alarm only (continue operation)
n F6-02: External Fault from Comm. Option Detection Selection
Determines the detection method of an external fault initiated by a communication option (EF0).
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
F6-02 External Fault from Comm. Option Detection Selection 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Always detected
Setting 1: Detection during run only
n F6-03: External Fault from Comm. Option Operation Selection
Determines the operation when an external fault is initiated by a communication option (EF0).
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
F6-03 External Fault from Comm. Option Operation Selection 0 to 3 1
Setting 0: Ramp to stop
Setting 1: Coast to stop
Setting 2: Fast Stop
Setting 3: Alarm only (continue operation)
n F6-06: Torque Reference / Torque Limit Selection from Comm. Option
Used to select if torque reference and torque limit values are assigned to the drive from the network.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
F6-06 Torque Reference / Torque Limit Selection from Comm. Option 0, 1 0
Setting 0: Enabled
Setting 1: Disabled
n F6-07: Multi-Step Speed Enable/Disable Selection when NetRef/ComRef is Selected
Selects how multi-step speed inputs are treated when the NetRef command is set.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Parameter Details
F6-07 Multi-Step Speed Enable/Disable Selection when NetRef/ComRef is Selected 0, 1 0
Setting 0: Multi-step speed operation disabled
If the NetRef command is selected, multi-step speed input frequency references are disabled.
Setting 1: Multi-step speed operation enabled
Even if the NetRef command is selected, multi-step speed inputs are still active and can override the frequency reference 5
from the communications option.
n F6-08: Reset Communication Parameters
Determines whether communication-related parameters (F6- ) are reset when the drive is initialized using parameter
A1-03.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
F6-08 Reset Communication Parameters 0, 1 0
Setting 0: Do not reset parameters F6- when the drive is initialized with A1-03
Setting 1: Reset F6- when the drive is initialized with A1-03
Note: F6-08 is not reset when the drive is initialized.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 179
5.6 F: Option Settings
u MECHATROLINK Parameters
Parameters F6-20 through F6-26 set up the drive to operate on a MECHATROLINK network.
For details on parameter settings, refer to the YASKAWA AC Drive-Option Card MECHATROLINK-II Installation
Manual and Technical Manual.
180 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
H parameters are used to assign functions to the external terminals.
u H1: Multi-Function Digital Inputs
n H1-01 to H1-08: Functions for Terminals S1 to S8
These parameters assign functions to the multi-function digital inputs. The various functions and their settings are listed
below in Table 5.20.
Setting
No. Parameter Name Default
Range
H1-01 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S1 Function Selection 1 to 7E 40 (F) <1>: Forward Run Command (2-wire sequence)
H1-02 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S2 Function Selection 1 to 7E 41 (F) <1>: Reverse Run Command (2-wire sequence)
H1-03 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S3 Function Selection 0 to 7E 24: External Fault
H1-04 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S4 Function Selection 0 to 7E 14: Fault Reset
H1-05 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S5 Function Selection 0 to 7E 3 (0) <1>: Multi-Step Speed Reference 1
H1-06 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S6 Function Selection 0 to 7E 4 (3) <1>: Multi-Step Speed Reference 2
H1-07 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S7 Function Selection 0 to 7E 6 (4) <1>: Jog Reference Selection
H1-08 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S8 Function Selection 0 to 7E 8: Baseblock Command (N.O.)
<1> Number appearing in parenthesis is the default value after performing a 3-Wire initialization.
Table 5.20 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal Settings
Setting Function Page Setting Function Page
0 3-wire sequence 182 31 PID integral hold 187
1 Local/remote selection 182 34 PID soft starter cancel 187
2 External reference 1/2 selection 183 35 PID input level selection 187
3 Multi-Step Speed Reference 1 40 Forward run command (2-wire sequence)
187
4 Multi-Step Speed Reference 2 183 41 Reverse run command (2-wire sequence)
5 Multi-Step Speed Reference 3 42 Run command (2-wire sequence 2)
188
6 Jog reference selection 183 43 FWD/REV command (2-wire sequence 2)
7 Accel/decel time selection 1 183 44 Offset frequency 1
8 Baseblock command (N.O.) 183 45 Offset frequency 2 188
9 Baseblock Command (N.C.) 46 Offset frequency 3
A Accel/decel ramp hold 183 50 Disturb Function Cancel 188
B Drive overheat alarm (OH2) 183 51 Synchronous Accel/Decel 188
C Analog terminal input selection 184 53 Energy Saving On/Off 188
D PG encoder disable 184 59 DC Injection Braking 1 188
E ASR integral reset 184 60 DC Injection Braking 2 188
F Through mode 184 61 External Speed Search command 1 189
10 Up command 62 External Speed Search command 2 189
Parameter Details
184
11 Down command 63 Field Weakening 189
12 Forward jog 65 KEB (N.C.)
185 189
13 Reverse jog 66 KEB (N.O.)
14 Fault reset 185 67 Communications test mode 189
15 Fast Stop (N.O.) 185 6A Drive enabled 189
16 Motor 2 selection 186 71 Speed/Torque Control switch 190
17 Fast Stop (N.C.) 185 72 Zero Servo 190
5
18 Timer function input 186 77 ASR gain switch 190
19 PID disable 186 78 External torque reference polarity inversion 190
1A Accel/decel time selection 2 186 7C Short Circuit Braking (N.O.)
190
1B Program lockout 187 7D Short Circuit Braking (N.C.)
20 to 2F External fault 187 7E Forward/reverse detection (V/f control with simple PG) 190
30 PID integral reset 187
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 181
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 0: 3-Wire Sequence
When one of the digital inputs is programmed for 3-wire control, that input becomes a forward/reverse directional input,
S1 becomes the Run command input, and S2 becomes the Stop command input.
The drive will start the motor when the input S1 set for the Run command is closed for longer than 2 ms. The drive will
stop the operation when the Stop input S2 is released for a brief moment. Whenever the input programmed for 3 wire
sequence is open, the drive will be set for forward direction. If the input is closed, the drive is set for reverse direction.
Note: When 3-wire sequence is selected, the Run and Stop commands must be input via S1 and S2.
Figure 5.46
Stop Switch Run Switch DRIVE
(N.C.) (N.O.)
S1
Run Command (Runs when Closed)
S2
Stop Command (Stops when Open)
S5
FWD/REV (Multi-Function Input)
(H1-05 = 0)
SC
Sequence Input Common
Figure 5.46 3-Wire Sequence Wiring Diagram
Figure 5.47
2 ms min.
Can be either ON or OFF
Run command
Stop command OFF (stopped)
Forward/reverse OFF (forward) ON (reverse)
command
Motor speed
TIME
Stop Forward Reverse Stop Foward
Figure 5.47 3-Wire Sequence
Note: 1. The Run command must be closed for more than 2 ms.
2. If the Run command is active at power up and b1-17 = 0 (Run command at power up not accepted), the Run LED will flash to
indicate that protective functions are operating. If required by the application, set b1-17 to 1 to have the Run command issued
automatically as soon as the drive is powered up.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Ensure start/stop and safety circuits are wired properly and in the correct state before
energizing the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment.
WARNING! The drive may start unexpectedly in reverse direction after power up if it is wired for 3-wire sequence but set up for 2-wire
sequence (default). Make sure b1-17 is set to “0” (drive does not accept a Run command active at power up). When initializing the
drive use 3-wire initialization. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment.
Setting 1: LOCAL/REMOTE selection
This setting allows the input terminal to determine if the drive will run in LOCAL mode or REMOTE mode.
Status Description
REMOTE: Frequency reference and Run command are input from the external reference that has been selected. If a digital input set to H1- = 2 is active, they will
Open
be read from external reference source 2 (b1-15 and b1-16). Otherwise they will be read from external reference source 1 (b1-01 and b1-02).
Closed LOCAL: Frequency reference and Run command are input from the digital operator.
Note: 1. If one of the multi-function input terminals is set to for LOCAL/REMOTE, then the LO/RE key on the operator will be disabled.
2. When the drive is set to LOCAL, the LO/RE LED will light.
3. The default setting of the drive is not to allow switching between LOCAL and REMOTE during run. To allow the drive to switch
between LOCAL and REMOTE during run, Refer to b1-07: LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection on page 117.
182 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 2: External reference 1/2 selection
This function can be used to switch the Run command and frequency reference source between External reference 1 and
2 if the drive is in the REMOTE mode.
Status Description
Open External reference 1 is used (defined by parameters b1-01 and b1-02)
Closed External reference 2 is used (defined by parameters b1-15 and b1-16)
Note: With default settings the drive is not to allow switching between External reference 1 and 2 during run. Refer to b1-07: LOCAL/
REMOTE Run Selection on page 117 if this feature is required by the application.
Setting 3 to 5: Multi-Step Speed Reference 1 to 3
Used to switch multi-step speed frequency references d1-01 to d1-08 by digital inputs. Refer to d1-01 to d1-08, d1-17:
Frequency Reference 1 to 8 and Jog Frequency Reference on page 155 for details.
Setting 6: Jog reference selection
The Jog frequency set in parameter d1-17 becomes the frequency reference when the input terminal closes. Refer to d1:
Frequency Reference on page 155 for details.
Setting 7: Accel/decel time selection 1
Used to switch between accel/decel times 1 (C1-01 and C1-02) and 2 (C1-03 and C1-04). Refer to C1-01 to C1-08:
Accel, Decel Times 1 to 4 on page 140 for details.
Setting 8, 9: Baseblock command (N.O., N.C.)
When the drive receives a Baseblock command, the output transistor stop switching and the motor coasts to stop. During
this time, the alarm “bb” will flash on the digital operator to indicate baseblock. When baseblock ends and a Run
command is active, the drive performs Speed Search to get the motor running again.
Drive Operation
DIgital Input Function
Input Open Input Closed
Setting 8 (N.C.) Baseblock (Interrupt output) Normal operation
Setting 9 (N.O.) Normal operation Baseblock (Interrupt output)
NOTICE: If using baseblock in hoist applications, make sure the brake closes when the drive output is cut off by a Baseblock
command triggered via one of the input terminals. Failure to do so will result in the motor suddenly coasting when the Baseblock
command is entered, causing the load to slip.
Figure 5.48
OFF ON
Run command
Parameter Details
Baseblock
ON release
Baseblock input
Frequency
reference
Begin Speed Search from the
previous frequency reference 5
Output frequency
Output off, motor coasts
Figure 5.48 Baseblock Operation During Run
Setting A: Accel/decel ramp hold
When the digital input programmed for the Accel/decel ramp hold function closes, the drive will lock (“hold”) the output
frequency. Acceleration or deceleration will resume once the input is opened again.
Setting B: Drive overheat alarm (oH2)
Triggers an oH2 alarm when the contact closes. Because this is an alarm, drive operation is not affected.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 183
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting C: Analog terminal input selection (terminal A1, A2, A3)
When closed, the terminals specified in H3-14 are enabled. When open, the drive disregards the input signal to the analog
terminals.
Setting D: PG encoder disable
When closed the drive disregards PG feedback from the motor when using V/f Control with PG. When the terminal is
opened again, the drive resumes using PG feedback to control motor speed.
Setting E: ASR integral reset
Switches between PI control or simply P control by resetting the integral value. As long as the terminal is closed, integral
operation is disabled and the drive uses P control. When the terminal opens, PI control resumes.
Setting F: Through mode
Select this setting when using the terminal in a pass-through mode. When set to F, an input does not trigger any function
in the drive. Setting F, however, still allows the input status to be read out by a PLC via a communication option or
MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
Setting 10, 11: Up, Down command
Using the Up/Down function allows the frequency reference to be set by two push buttons. One digital input must be
programmed as the Up input (H1-= 10) to increase the frequency reference, and the other one must be programmed
as the Down input (H1-= 11) to decrease the frequency reference.
The Up/Down function has priority over the frequency references from the digital operator, the analog inputs, and the
pulse input (b1-01 = 0, 1, 4). If the Up/Down function is used, then references provided by these sources will be
disregarded.
The inputs operate as shown in the table below.
Status
Drive Operation
Up (10) Down (11)
Open Open Hold current frequency reference
Closed Open Increase frequency reference
Open Closed Decrease frequency reference
Closed Closed Hold current frequency reference
Note: 1. An oPE03 alarm will occur when only one of the functions Up/Down is programmed for a digital input.
2. An oPE03 alarm will occur if the Up/Down function is assigned to the terminals while another input is programmed for the Accel/
decel ramp hold function. For more information on alarms, Refer to Multi-Function Input Selection Error on page 295.
3. The Up/Down function can only be used for External reference 1. Consider this when using Up/Down and the external reference
switching command (H1- = 2).
Using the Up/Down Function with Frequency Reference Limits
The upper frequency reference limit is determined by parameter d2-01.
The value for the lower frequency reference limit depends on the setting of parameter d4-10, and can be set by an analog
input or parameter d2-02. When a Run command is applied, the lower limits work as follows:
• If the lower limit is set by d2-02 only, the drive will accelerate to this limit as soon as a Run command is entered.
• If the lower limit is determined by an analog input only, the drive will accelerate to the limit as long as the Run
command and an Up or Down command are active. It will not start running if only the Run command is on.
• If the lower limit is set by both an analog input and d2-02, and the analog limit is higher than the d2-02 value, then the
drive will accelerate to the d2-02 value when a Run command is input. Once the d2-02 value is reached, it will
continue acceleration to the analog limit only if an Up or Down command is set.
Figure 5.49 shows an Up/Down function example with a lower frequency reference limit set by d2-02, and the frequency
reference hold function both enabled and disabled.
184 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Figure 5.49
Output frequency
upper limit
Accelerates to
lower limit
Lower limit
FWD run/stop ON
ON
Up command
ON Frequency
reference
reset
Down command
ON ON
Power supply
Figure 5.49 Up/Down Command Operation
Setting 12, 13: Forward Jog, Reverse Jog
Digital inputs programmed as Forward Jog (H1- = 12) and Reverse Jog (H1- = 13) will be Jog inputs that do not
require a Run command. Closing the terminal set for Forward Jog input will cause the drive to ramp to the Jog frequency
reference (d1-17) in the forward direction. The Reverse Jog will cause the same action in the reverse direction. The
Forward Jog and Reverse Jog command can be set independently.
Note: The Forward Jog and Reverse Jog commands override all other frequency references. However, if the drive is set to prohibit
reverse rotation (b1-04 = 1), then activating Reverse Jog will have no effect. If both the Forward Jog and Reverse Jog are input
simultaneously for 500 ms or more, an alarm will occur and the drive will ramp to stop.
Figure 5.50
d1-17
Output
Frequency
d1-17
ON
FJOG
ON
RJOG
Figure 5.50 FJOG/RJOG Operation
Setting 14: Fault reset
Whenever the drive detects a fault condition, the fault output contact will close and the drive’s output will shut off. The
motor then coasts to stop (specific stopping methods can be selected for some faults such as L1-04 for motor overheat).
Parameter Details
Once the Run command is removed, the fault can be cleared by either the RESET key on the digital operator or by
closing a digital input configured as a Fault Reset (H1- = 14).
Note: Fault Reset commands are ignored as long as the Run command is present. To reset a fault, first remove the Run command.
Setting 15, 17: Fast Stop (N.O., N.C.)
The Fast Stop function operates much like an emergency stop input to the drive. If a Fast Stop command is input while
the drive is running, the drive will decelerate to a stop by the deceleration time set to C1-09 (Refer to C1-09: Fast Stop
5
Time on page 141). The drive can only be restarted after is has come to a complete stop, the Fast Stop input is off, and
the Run command has been switched off.
• To trigger the Fast Stop function with a N.O. switch, set H1- = 15.
• To trigger the Fast Stop function with a N.C. switch, set H1- = 17.
Figure 5.51 shows an operation example of Fast Stop.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 185
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Figure 5.51
Run/Stop
ON ON
Fast-Stop
H1- = 17 ON ON
Decelerates at C1-09
Output Frequency
TIME
Figure 5.51 Fast Stop Sequence
NOTICE: Rapid deceleration can trigger an overvoltage fault. When faulted, the drive output shuts off, and the motor coasts. To avoid
this uncontrolled motor state and to ensure that the motor stops quickly and safely, set an appropriate Fast Stop time to C1-09.
Setting 16: Motor 2 selection
The drive has the capability to control two induction motors independently. A second motor may be selected using a
multi-function digital input as shown in Figure 5.52.
Note: The motor switching function is not available when using a PM motor.
Figure 5.52
Drive M Motor 1
Motor switch input
M Motor 2
Figure 5.52 Motor Selection
When switching between motor 1 and motor 2, the parameters used to control those motors also change. Below,
Table 5.21 lists the parameters that correspond to each motor.
Table 5.21 Parameters for Switching Between Two Motors
No. Setting 16 Open (Motor 1) ⇒ Setting 16 Closed (Motor 2)
C1-: Acceleration/Deceleration Time C1-01 to C1-04 ⇒ C1-05 to C1-08
C3-: Motor Slip Compensation C3-01 to C3-04 ⇒ C3-21 to C3-24
C4-: Motor Torque Compensation C4-01 ⇒ C4-07
C5-: Speed Control (ASR) C5-01 to C5-08, C5-12, C5-17, C5-18 ⇒ C5-21 to C5-28, C5-32, C5-37, C5-38
E1-, E3-: V/f Pattern
E1-, E2- ⇒ E3- to E4-
E2-, E4-: Motor Parameters
F1- (PG Constant) F1-01 to F1-21 ⇒ F1-02 to F1-04, F1-08 to F1-11, F1-14, F1-31 to F1-37
Note: 1. When using 2 motors, the motor overload protection selection (oL1) set to L1-01 applies to both motor 1 and motor 2.
2. It is not possible to switch between motor 1 and motor 2 during run. Doing so will trigger the “rUn” alarm.
3. There is a 500 ms delay when switching between motors equipped with a PG encoder for feedback.
4. It is not possible to switch between motors when using a PM motor.
If a digital output is programmed for “Motor 2 selection” (H1-01, H1-02, or H1-03 = 1C), motor will be selected when
the output is closed.
Setting 18: Timer function input
This setting configures a digital input terminal as the input for the timer function. Use this setting combination with the
timer function output (H2- = 12). Refer to b4: Delay Timers on page 126 for details.
Setting 19: PID disable
When the PID function has been enabled by parameter b5-01, it can be indefinitely disabled by closing a digital input.
When the input is released, the drive resumes PID operation. Also refer to PID Block Diagram on page 129.
Setting 1A: Accel/decel time selection 2
Used to select accel/decel times 1 to 4 in combination with the Accel/decel time selection 1 command. Refer to C1-01 to
C1-08: Accel, Decel Times 1 to 4 on page 140 for details.
186 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 1B: Program lockout
When an input is programmed for Program Lockout, parameters values cannot be changed as long as this input is open (it
is still possible to view and monitor parameter settings).
Setting 20 to 2F: External fault
By using the External fault command, the drive can be stopped when problems occur with external devices.
To use the External fault command, set one of the multi-function digital inputs to any value between 20 to 2F. The digital
operator will display EF where is the number of the terminal to which the external fault signal is assigned.
For example, if an external fault signal is input to terminal S3, “EF3” will be displayed.
Select the value to be set in H1- from a combination of any of the following three conditions:
• Signal input level from peripheral devices (N.O., N.C.)
• External fault detection method
• Operation after external fault detection
The following table shows the relationship between the conditions and the value set to H1-:
Terminal Status <1> Detection Conditions <2> Stopping Method
Setting Detected during Ramp to Stop Coast to Stop Fast Stop Alarm Only
N.O. N.C. Always Detected
Run only (fault) (fault) (fault) (continue running)
20 O O O
21 O O O
22 O O O
23 O O O
24 O O O
25 O O O
26 O O O
27 O O O
28 O O O
29 O O O
2A O O O
2B O O O
2C O O O
2D O O O
2E O O O
2F O O O
<1> Determine the terminal status for each fault, i.e., whether the terminal is normally open or normally closed.
<2> Determine whether detection for each fault should be enabled only during run or always detected.
Setting 30: PID integral reset
Parameter Details
By configuring one of the digital inputs for PID integral reset (H1- = 30), the value of the integral component in PID
control will be reset to 0 whenever the terminal is closed. Refer to PID Block Diagram on page 129 for more details.
Setting 31: PID integral hold
By configuring a digital input for Integral Hold (H1-0 = 31), the value of the integral component of the PID control is
locked as long as the input is active. The PID controller resumes integral operation from the hold value as soon as the
integral hold input is released. Refer to PID Block Diagram on page 129 for more information on this function. 5
Setting 34: PID soft starter cancel
A digital input configured as a PID soft starter cancel input (H1-0 = 34) can be used to enable or disable the PID soft
starter and thereby canceling the PID accel/decel time (b5-17). Refer to PID Block Diagram on page 129.
Setting 35: PID input level selection
Allows and input terminal to switch the sign of the PID input. Refer to PID Block Diagram on page 129 for details.
Setting 40, 41: Forward run, Reverse run command for 2-wire sequence
Configures the drive for a 2-wire sequence.
When an input terminal set to 40 closes, the drive operates in the forward direction. When an input set for 41 closes, the
drive will operate in reverse. Closing both inputs at the same time will result in an external fault.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 187
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Note: 1. This function cannot be used simultaneously with settings 42 and 43.
2. The same functions are assigned to terminals S1 and S2 when the drive is initialized for 2-wire sequence.
Figure 5.53
Drive
Forward Run
S1
Reverse Run
S2
SC Digital Input Common
Figure 5.53 Example Wiring Diagram for 2-Wire Sequence
Setting 42, 43: Run and direction command for 2-wire sequence 2
Sets the drive for 2-wire sequence 2.
When an input terminal programmed for 42 is closed, the drive will operate in the direction selected. When the input
opens, the drive will stop. The input programmed for 43 selects the direction. If it is open, forward direction is selected.
If it is closed, reverse direction is selected.
Note: This function cannot be used simultaneously with settings 40 and 41.
Setting 44, 45, 46: Offset frequency 1, 2, 3
These inputs can be used to add offset frequencies d7-01, d7-02, and d7-03 to the frequency reference. Refer to d7-01 to
d7-03: Offset Frequency 1 to 3 on page 163 for details.
Setting 50: Disturb Function Cancel
When enabled, a terminal set to "50" cancels the Disturb function. The Disturb waveform is generated as long as the
terminal remains open. For more information, refer to S1: Disturb Function on page 250 .
Setting 51: Synchronous Accel/Decel
If this input is enabled the drive uses the accel/decel time setting as the time to accel/decel to the set frequency reference
(not maximum frequency). In this way, motors in a line system can be accelerated or decelerated synchronously.
Setting 53: Energy Saving On/Off
This terminal can enable and disable the Energy Saving feature in the drive, regardless of what parameter b8-01 is set to.
For description of Energy Saving, see b8: Energy Saving on page 137.
Setting 59: DC Injection Braking 1
When this function is activated, the drive performs DC Injection Braking for as long as the input terminal is closed. The
drive uses the DC Injection Braking current level set in parameter b2-02. A Run command is not required to activate this
function. If the DC Injection 1 command is entered during run, the drive will perform DC Injection Braking.
Output Frequency
b2-02 (DC Injection
Braking Current)
b2-01 (Zero Speed Level)
E1-09 (Min. Frequency)
0 Hz
Run Command
ON OFF
H1- = 59
(DC Injection Braking 1
Command) ON OFF
Note: If b2-01 is set to a smaller value than parameter E1-09 (minimum frequency), then DC Injection Braking will begin as soon as
the frequency falls to the value set to E1-09.
Setting 60: DC Injection Braking 2
This function can be used to warm up the motor before starting it, and to keep the motor warm when stopped. The DC
Injection 2 command can be activated using a digital input (H1- = 60). A Run command is not necessary to use this
function.
188 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Frequency Reference
Output Frequency b2-03 (DC Injection
Braking Time at Start)
b2-01 (Zero Speed Level)
E1-09 (Min. Frequency)
0 Hz
b2-10 (DC Injection b2-02 (DC Injection
Braking Current 2) Braking Current)
Run Command
ON OFF
H1- = 60
(DC Injection Braking 2 ON OFF
Command)
Note: 1. If a Run command is input while DC Injection 2 is active, then DC Injection 1 will be performed for the time set in b2-03.
Acceleration will not start until the time set in b2-03 has passed.
2. If the frequency reference is kept at zero after a Run command has been entered and the time b2-03 has passed, then the drive will
continue to perform DC Injection 2 until the digital input is released.
3. A Run command has priority over the DC Injection 2 command.
4. If b2-01 is set to a smaller value than parameter E1-09 (minimum frequency), then DC Injection Braking will begin as soon as the
frequency falls to the value set to E1-09.
Setting 61, 62: External Speed Search command 1, 2
These input functions can be used to enable Speed Search even if parameter b3-01 = 0 (no Speed Search at start). See
Refer to Activating of Speed Search on page 123 for details on how to use the input signals. Refer to b3: Speed Search
on page 121 for more about Speed Search.
Note: Operator error oPE03 will result if both Speed Search 1 and Speed Search 2 are set to the input terminals at the same time.
Setting 63: Field Weakening
Enabled in V/f Control. When closed, Field Weakening is performed. For details, see d6: Field Weakening and Field
Forcing on page 162.
Setting 65, 66: KEB (N.C.), (N.O.)
A digital input programmed for this function can be used to activate the KEB 1 function and detect power supply return.
If KEB is activated, the drive uses the method selected in parameter S4-01 to perform KEB.
Note: These inputs have no effect when setting S4-01 = 0.
Drive Operation
DIgital Input Function
Parameter Details
Input Open Input Closed
Setting 65 (N.C.) KEB Deceleration Normal operation
Setting 66 (N.O.) Normal operation KEB Deceleration
Setting 67: Communication test mode
The drive has a built-in function for self-diagnosing serial communications operation. The test involves wiring the send
and receive terminals of the RS-485/422 port together. The drive transmits data and then confirms that the 5
communications are received normally. Refer to Self-Diagnostics on page 472 for details on how to use this function.
Setting 6A: Drive enable
A digital input configured as a “Drive enable” (H1- = 6A) will prevent the drive from executing a Run command
until the input is closed. When the input is open, the digital operator will display “dnE” to indicate that the drive is
disabled.
If a Run command is enabled before the terminal set for “Drive enable” closes, then the drive will not run until the Run
command is cycled (i.e., a new Run command is required). If the input is opened while the drive is running, the drive will
stop according to the stop method set to b1-03 (Refer to b1-03: Stopping Method Selection on page 113).
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 189
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 71: Speed/Torque Control switch
Switches the drive between Torque Control and Speed Control. Torque Control is enabled when the terminal is closed,
and Speed Control is enabled when the terminal is open. Note that parameter d5-01 must be set to 0 when using this
function. See d5: Torque Control on page 158 and Switching Between Torque and Speed Control on page 160.
Setting 72: Zero Servo
Used to activate the Zero Servo function that can be used to lock the rotor at a certain position. Refer to b9: Zero Servo
on page 139 for details.
Setting 77: ASR gain switch
Switches the ASR gain between the values set to C5-01 and C5-03. The gain set to C5-03 is enabled when the terminal is
closed, and C5-01 is enabled when the terminal opens again. See C5-01, C5-03 / C5-02, C5-04: ASR Proportional Gain
1, 2 / ASR Integral Time 1, 2 on page 148 for a more detailed description.
Setting 78: External torque reference polarity inversion
Reverses the direction of the torque reference when the terminal closes. Refer to d5: Torque Control on page 158 and
Setting the Torque Reference, Speed Limit, and Torque Compensation Values on page 158 for details.
Setting 7C, 7D: Short Circuit Braking (N.O., N.C.) (OLV/PM, AOLV/PM)
An input programmed for this function can be used to activate Short Circuit Braking in Open Loop Vector control modes
for PM motors. By linking all three phases of a PM motor, Short Circuit Braking creates a braking torque that can be used
to stop a rotating motor or prevent a motor from coasting due to external forces. Parameter b2-18 can be used to limit the
current during Short Circuit Braking.
Drive Operation
DIgital Input Function
Input Open Input Closed
Setting 7C (N.O.) Normal operation Short Circuit Braking
Setting 7D (N.C.) Short-Circuit Braking Normal operation
Setting 7E: Forward/reverse detection (for V/f Control with Simple PG Feedback)
When a digital input is programmed for this function, the input determines the motor rotation direction for V/f Control
with Simple PG feedback (A1-02 = 0 and H6-01 = 3). If the input is open, the speed feedback signal is considered to be
forward. If the input is closed, it is considered to be in reverse. Refer to H6: Pulse Train Input/Output on page 208.
u H2: Multi-Function Digital Outputs
n H2-01 to H2-03: Terminal M1-M2, M3-M4, and M5-M6 Function Selection
The drive has three multi-function output terminals. Table 5.22 lists the functions available for theses terminals using
H2-01, H2-02, and H2-03.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
H2-01 Terminal M1-M2 Function Selection 0 to 161 0: During run
H2-02 Terminal M3-M4 Function Selection 0 to 161 1: Zero Speed
H2-03 Terminal M5-M6 Function Selection 0 to 161 2: Speed agree 1
Table 5.22 Multi-Function Digital Output Terminal Settings
Setting Function Page Setting Function Page
0 During run 191 1C Motor 2 selection 197
1 Zero Speed 191 1D During regeneration 197
2 Speed agree 1 191 1E Restart enabled 197
3 User-set speed agree 1 192 1F Motor overload alarm (oL1) 197
4 Frequency detection 1 192 20 Drive overheat pre-alarm (oH) 197
5 Frequency detection 2 193 2F Maintenance period 197
6 Drive ready 193 30 During torque limit 198
7 DC bus undervoltage 193 31 During speed limit 198
8 During baseblock (N.O.) 193 32 During speed limit in Torque Control 198
9 Frequency reference source 194 33 Zero Servo complete 198
A Run command source 194 37 During frequency output 198
B Torque detection 1 (N.O.) 194 38 Drive enabled 198
C Frequency reference loss 194 39 Watt hour pulse output 198
190 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting Function Page Setting Function Page
D Braking resistor fault 194 3C LOCAL/REMOTE Status 198
E Fault 194 3D During Speed Search 198
F Through mode 194 3E PID feedback low 199
10 Minor fault 194 3F PID feedback high 199
11 Fault reset command active 194 4A During KEB operation 199
12 Timer output 194 4B During Short Circuit Braking 199
13 Speed agree 2 195 4C During Fast Stop 199
14 User-set speed agree 2 195 4E <1> Braking transistor fault (rr) 199
15 Frequency detection 3 196 4F <1> Braking resistor overheat (rH) 199
16 Frequency detection 4 196 50 Disturb Function Up 199
17 Torque detection 1 (N.C.) 51 Disturb Function Enabled/Disabled 199
194
18 Torque detection 2 (N.O.) 52 Uv during KEB 199
19 Torque detection 2 (N.C.) 194 60 Internal cooling fan alarm 199
1A During reverse 197 61 Rotor Position Detection Completed 199
1B During baseblock (N.C.) 197 100 to 161 Functions 0 to 61 with inverse output 199
<1> This function is not available in models CIMR-T2A0169 to 2A0415 and 4A0088 to 4A0362.
Setting 0: During Run
Output closes when the drive is outputting a voltage.
Status Description
Open Drive is stopped.
Closed A Run command is input or the drive is during deceleration or during DC injection.
Figure 5.54
Run command OFF ON
Baseblock OFF ON
command
Output
frequency
During Run OFF ON
Figure 5.54 During Run Time Chart
Setting 1: Zero Speed
Terminal closes whenever the output frequency or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) falls below the minimum output
frequency set to E1-09 or b2-01.
Status Description
Parameter Details
Open Output frequency is above the minimum output frequency set to E1-09 or b2-01
Closed Output frequency is less than the minimum output frequency set to E1-09 or b2-01
Note: When using CLV or CLV/PM control modes, the zero speed level is defined by b2-01. In all other control modes, the zero speed
level is the minimum output frequency set to E1-09.
Figure 5.55
Output frequency
or
motor speed
E1-09 (Max. Output Frequency) or 5
b2-01 (Zero Speed Level)
OFF ON
Zero Speed
Figure 5.55 Zero-Speed Time Chart
Setting 2: Speed agree 1 (fref/fout Agree 1)
Closes whenever the actual output frequency or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) is within the Speed Agree Width (L4-02)
of the current frequency reference regardless of the direction.
Status Description
Open Output frequency or motor speed does not match the frequency reference while the drive is running.
Closed Output frequency or motor speed is within the range of frequency reference ±L4-02.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 191
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Note: Detection works in both directions, forward and reverse.
Figure 5.56
Frequency
reference
Output Frequency L4-02
or Motor Speed
L4-02
Speed agree 1 OFF ON
Figure 5.56 Speed Agree 1 Time Chart
Refer to L4-01, L4-02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width on page 223 for more details.
Setting 3: User-set speed agree 1 (fref/fset Agree 1)
Output terminal closes when both conditions below are met.
• The output frequency (or the motor speed when using CLV or CLV/PM) is within the range of the speed agreement
detection level (L4-01) plus or minus the speed agreement detection width (L4-02).
• The output frequency (or the motor speed when using CLV or CLV/PM) is within the range of the frequency reference
plus or minus the speed agreement detection width (L4-02).
Status Description
One of the following conditions is true:
Open • Output frequency or motor speed is not within the range of L4-01 ±L4-02
• Output frequency or motor speed is not within the range of the frequency reference ±L4-02
Both of the following conditions are true:
Closed • Output frequency or motor speed is within the range of L4-01 ±L4-02
• Output frequency or motor speed is within the range of the frequency reference ±L4-02
Note: Frequency detection works in both forward and reverse. The value of L4-01 is used as the detection level for both directions.
Figure 5.57
Frequency reference + L4-02
Frequency reference
L4-01 + L4-02
Frequency reference – L4-02
L4-01
L4-01 – L4-02 Output frequency
During
Forward
0 Hz
During Reverse
Output frequency –L4-01 + L4-02
–L4-01
Frequency reference + L4-02
–L4-01 – L4-02
Frequency reference
Frequency reference – L4-02
User Set OFF OFF OFF
ON ON ON ON
Speed Agree 1
Figure 5.57 User Set Speed Agree 1 Time Chart
Refer to L4-01, L4-02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width on page 223 for more instructions.
Setting 4: Frequency Detection 1
Output opens when the output frequency or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) rises above the detection level set in L4-01 plus
the detection width set in L4-02. The terminal remains open until the output frequency or motor speed falls below the
level set in L4-01.
Status Description
Open Output frequency or motor speed exceeded L4-01 + L4-02.
Closed Output frequency or motor speed is below L4-01 or has not exceeded L4-01 + L4-02.
Note: Frequency detection works in both forward and reverse. The value of L4-01 is used as the detection level for both directions.
192 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Figure 5.58
Output Frequency
or Motor Speed
L4-02
L4-01
L4-01
L4-02
Frequency
ON OFF
detection 1
Figure 5.58 Frequency Detection 1 Time Chart
Refer to L4-01, L4-02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width on page 223 for more details.
Setting 5: Frequency Detection 2
Output closes whenever the output frequency or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) is above the detection level set in L4-01.
The terminal remains closed until the output frequency or motor speed falls below L4-01 minus the setting of L4-02.
Status Description
Open Output frequency or motor speed is below L4-01 minus L4-02 or has not exceeded L4-01.
Closed Output frequency or motor speed exceeded L4-01.
Note: Frequency detection works in both forward and reverse. The value of L4-01 is used as the detection level for both directions.
Figure 5.59
Output Frequency
or Motor Speed L4-02
L4-01
L4-01
L4-02
Frequency
OFF ON
Detection 2
Figure 5.59 Frequency Detection 2 Time Chart
Refer to L4-01, L4-02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width on page 223 for more details.
Setting 6: Drive ready
Output closes whenever the drive is ready to operate the motor. The terminal will not close under the conditions listed
Parameter Details
below, and any Run commands will be disregarded.
• When the power is shut off
• During a fault
• When the drive’s internal power supply has malfunctioned
• When a parameter setting error makes it impossible to run
• Although stopped, an overvoltage or undervoltage situation occurs
5
• While editing a parameter in the Programming Mode (when b1-08 = 0)
Setting 7: DC bus undervoltage
Output closes whenever the DC bus voltage or control circuit power supply drops below the trip level set in L2-05. A
fault in the DC bus circuit will also cause the terminal to set for “DC bus undervoltage” to close.
Status Description
Open DC bus voltage is above the level set to L2-05
Closed DC bus voltage has fallen below the trip level set to L2-05.
Setting 8: During baseblock (N.O.)
Output closes to indicate that the drive is in a baseblock state. While in baseblock, output transistors do not switch and no
main circuit voltage is output.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 193
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Status Description
Open Drive is not in a baseblock state.
Closed Baseblock is being executed.
Setting 9: Frequency reference source
A digital output programmed for this function shows the frequency reference source that is currently selected.
Status Description
Open Frequency reference is provided from External reference 1 (b1-01) or External reference 2 (b1-15)
Closed Frequency reference is being sourced from the digital operator.
Setting A: Run command source
A digital output programmed for this function shows the Run command source that is currently selected.
Status Description
Open Run command is provided from External reference 1 (b1-02) or 2 (b1-16).
Closed Run command is being sourced from the digital operator.
Setting B, 17, 18, 19: Torque detection 1 (N.O., N.C.), Torque detection 2 (N.O., N.C.)
These digital output functions can be used to signal an overtorque or undertorque situation to an external device.
Set up the torque detection levels and select the output function from the table below. Refer to L6: Torque Detection on
page 226 for details.
Setting Status Description
Torque detection 1 (N.O.):
B Closed Output current/torque exceeds (overtorque detection) or is below (undertorque detection) the torque value set in parameter L6-02 for longer than
the time specified in parameter L6-03.
Torque detection 1 (N.C.):
17 Open Output current/torque exceeds (overtorque detection) or is below (undertorque detection) the torque value set in parameter L6-02 for longer than
the time specified in parameter L6-03.
Torque detection 2 (N.O.):
18 Closed Output current/torque exceeds (overtorque detection) or is below (undertorque detection) the torque value set in parameter L6-05 for longer than
the time specified in parameter L6-06.
Torque detection 2 (N.C.):
19 Open Output current/torque exceeds (overtorque detection) or is below (undertorque detection) the torque value set in parameter L6-05 for longer than
the time specified in parameter L6-06.
Setting C: Frequency reference loss
An output set for this function will be closed if frequency reference loss is detected. Refer to L4-05: Frequency
Reference Loss Detection Selection on page 223 for details.
Setting D: Braking resistor fault
An output programmed for this function will close when the dynamic braking resistor (DB) overheats or the braking
transistor is in a fault condition.
Setting E: Fault
The digital output will close whenever the drive experiences a fault (this excludes faults CPF00 and CPF01).
Setting F: Through mode
Select this setting when using the terminal in a pass-through mode. When set to F, an output does not trigger any function
in the drive. Setting F, however, still allows the output status to be read by a PLC via a communication option or
MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
Setting 10: Minor fault
Output closes when a minor fault condition is present.
Setting 11: Fault reset command active
Output closes whenever there is an attempt to reset a fault situation from the control circuit terminals, via serial
communications, or using a communications option card.
Setting 12: Timer output
This setting configures a digital output terminal as output for the timer function. Refer to b4: Delay Timers on page 126
for details.
194 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 13: Speed agree 2 (fref /fout agree 2)
Closes whenever the actual output frequency or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) is within the speed agree width (L4-04) of
the current frequency reference, regardless of the direction.
Status Description
Open Output frequency or motor speed does not match the frequency reference while the drive is running.
Closed Output frequency or motor speed is within the range of frequency reference ±L4-04.
Note: Detection works in both forward and reverse.
Figure 5.60
Frequency
reference
Output Frequency L4-04
or Motor Speed
L4-04
Speed Agree 2 OFF ON
Figure 5.60 Speed Agree 2 Time Chart
Refer to L4-03, L4-04: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width (+/-) on page 223 for more details.
Setting 14: User-set speed agree 2 (fref /fset agree 2)
Output terminal closes when both conditions below are met.
• The output frequency (or the motor speed when using CLV or CLV/PM) is within the range of the speed agreement
detection level (L4-03) plus or minus the speed agreement detection width (L4-04).
• The output frequency (or the motor speed when using CLV or CLV/PM) is within the range of the frequency reference
plus or minus the speed agreement detection width (L4-04).
Status Description
One of the following conditions is true:
Open • Output frequency or motor speed is not within the range of L4-03 ±L4-04
• Output frequency or motor speed is not within the range of the frequency reference ± L4-04
Both of the following conditions are true:
Closed • Output frequency or motor speed is within the range of L4-03 ±L4-04
• Output frequency or motor speed is within the range of the frequency reference ±L4-04
Note: As the detection level L4-03 is a signed value, detection works in the specified direction only.
Figure 5.61
Parameter Details
Frequency reference + L4-04
Frequency reference
L4-03 + L4-04
Frequency reference – L4-04
L4-03
L4-03 – L4-04 Output frequency
During
Forward
0 Hz 5
common_
Output frequency
TMonly
Frequency reference
User Set OFF OFF
ON ON
Speed Agree 2
Figure 5.61 User Set Speed Agree 2 Example with a Positive L3-04 Value
Refer to L4-03, L4-04: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width (+/-) on page 223 for more details.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 195
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 15: Frequency detection 3
Output opens when the output frequency or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) rises above the detection level set in L4-03 plus
the detection with set in L4-04. The terminal remains open until the output frequency or motor speed falls below the level
set in L4-03. As the detection level L4-03 is a signed value, the detection works in the specified direction only.
Status Description
Open Output frequency or motor speed exceeded L4-03 plus L4-04.
Closed Output frequency or motor speed is below L4-03 or has not exceeded L4-03 plus L4-04 yet.
Figure 5.62
Output Frequency
or Motor Speed L4-04
L4-03
Frequency
ON OFF
detection 3
Figure 5.62 Frequency Detection 3 Example with a Positive L3-04 Value
Refer to L4-03, L4-04: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width (+/-) on page 223 for more details.
Setting 16: Frequency detection 4
Output closes whenever the output frequency or motor speed (CLV, CLV/PM) is above the detection level set in L4-03.
The terminal remains closed until the output frequency or motor speed falls below L4-03 minus the setting of L4-04. As
the detection level L4-03 is a signed value, frequency detection works in the specified direction only.
Status Description
Open Output frequency or motor speed is below L4-03 minus L4-04 or has not exceeded L4-03 yet.
Closed Output frequency or motor speed exceeded L4-03.
Figure 5.63
Output Frequency
L4-04
or Motor Speed
L4-03
Frequency
OFF ON
Detection 4
Figure 5.63 Frequency Detection 4 Example with Positive L3-04 Value
Refer to L4-03, L4-04: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width (+/-) on page 223 for more details.
196 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 1A: During reverse
A digital output set for “During reverse” will close whenever the drive is running the motor in the reverse direction.
Status Description
Open Motor is being driven in the forward direction or stopped.
Closed Motor is being driven in reverse.
Figure 5.64
Output frequency
FWD Run command
REV Run command
OFF ON
During Reverse
time
Figure 5.64 Reverse Direction Output Example Time Chart
Setting 1B: During baseblock (N.C.)
Output opens to indicate that the drive is in a baseblock state. While Baseblock is executed, output transistors do not
switch and no main circuit voltage is output.
Status Description
Open Baseblock is being executed.
Closed Drive is not in a baseblock state.
Setting 1C: Motor 2 selection
Indicates which motor is selected when another output terminal is set up to switch drive operation between two motors
(H1- = 16). Refer to Setting 16: Motor 2 selection on page 186 for details on switching motors.
Status Description
Open Motor 1 is selected.
Closed Motor 2 is selected.
Setting 1D: During regeneration
Terminal closes when the motor is driven in the regenerative mode.
Parameter Details
Setting 1E: Restart enabled
An output set for “Restart enabled” closes once the drive begins attempting to restart after a fault has occurred.
The fault restart function allows the drive to automatically clear a fault. The terminal set to 1E will close after the fault is
cleared and the drive has begun attempting to restart. If the drive cannot successfully restart within the number of
attempts permitted by L5-01, then a fault will be triggered and the terminal set to 1E will open. Refer to L5: Fault
Restart on page 225 for details on automatic restart. 5
Setting 1F: Motor overload alarm (oL1)
An output programmed for this function will close when the motor overload level estimated by the oL1 fault detection
exceeds 10% of the oL1 detection level. Refer to L1-01: Motor Overload Protection Selection on page 211.
Setting 20: Drive overheat pre-alarm (oH)
Output closes whenever the drive heatsink temperature reaches the level specified by parameter L8-02. Refer to L8-02:
Overheat Alarm Level on page 229 for details on drive overheat detection.
Setting 2F: Maintenance period
Output closes when the cooling fan, DC bus capacitors, or DC bus pre-charge relay may require maintenance as
determined by the estimated performance life span of those components. Components performance life is displayed as a
percentage on the digital operator screen. Refer to Periodic Maintenance on page 317.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 197
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 30: During torque limit
Output closes when the motor is operating at the torque limit specified by the L7- parameters or an analog input.
This setting can only be used in OLV, CLV, AOLV/PM and CLV/PM control modes. Refer to L7-01 to L7-04: Torque
Limits on page 228 for details.
Setting 31: During speed limit
Output closes when the speed limit has been reached. This function can be used in CLV and CLV/PM control modes.
Status Description
Open The conditions described below are not present.
1. The frequency reference has reached the upper limit set in d2-01.
Closed 2. The frequency reference has fallen to the lower limit set in d2-02 or d2-03.
3. Parameter b1-05 is set to 1, 2, or 3, and the frequency reference has fallen below the minimum output frequency (E1-09).
Setting 32: During speed limit in Torque Control
The motor torque and load torque are not in balance, causing the motor to accelerate. An output terminal set to 32 closes
when the motor reaches the speed limit. Refer to d5: Torque Control on page 158 and Indicating Operation at the Speed
Limit on page 160 for details.
Setting 33: Zero Servo complete
Output closes when Zero Servo is enabled and the load is locked into position within the allowable deviation (b9-02). For
how Zero Servo operates, see b9: Zero Servo on page 139.
Setting 37: During frequency output
Output closes when the drive is outputting a frequency.
Status Description
Open Drive is stopped or one of the following functions is being performed: baseblock, DC Injection Braking, Short Circuit Braking.
Closed Drive is outputting frequency.
Figure 5.65
Run command OFF ON
Baseblock OFF ON
command
Output
frequency
During run OFF ON
During frequency OFF ON
output
Figure 5.65 During Frequency Output Time Chart
Setting 38: Drive enable
A digital output set for “Drive enable” will reflect the status of a digital input configured as a “Drive enable” input (H1-
= 6A). If that digital input closes, then the digital output set for “Drive enable” will also close.
Setting 39: Watt hour pulse output
Outputs a pulse to indicate the watt hours. Refer to H2-06: Watt Hour Output Unit Selection on page 200 for details.
Setting 3C: LOCAL/REMOTE status
Output terminal closes while the drive is set for LOCAL and opens when in REMOTE.
Status Description
Open REMOTE: The external reference that has been selected (either b1-01 and b1-02 or b1-15 and b1-16) is used as frequency reference and Run command source
Closed LOCAL: The digital operator is used as frequency reference and Run command source
Setting 3D: During Speed Search
Output terminal closes while Speed Search is being performed. Refer to b3: Speed Search on page 121 for details.
198 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 3E: PID feedback low
Output terminal closes when a PID feedback loss (FbL) is detected. The feedback is considered to be lost if it falls below
the level set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14. Refer to PID Feedback Loss Detection on page 132 for
details.
Setting 3F: PID feedback high
Output terminal closes when an excessive PID feedback (FbH) is detected. The feedback is considered to be lost if it rises
beyond the level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37. Refer to PID Feedback Loss Detection on page 132
for details.
Setting 4A: During KEB operation
The output terminal is closed during KEB deceleration, during the reacceleration wait time in S4-12 and when
reaccelerating with the time set in S5-05. The output will open when the previous frequency reference is reached or when
the drive reaccelerates with the acceleration time set in C1. Refer to KEB Function Description on page 252 for a KEB
function description.
Setting 4B: During Short Circuit Braking
Output terminal closes while Short Circuit Braking is being executed.
Setting 4C: During Fast Stop
Output terminal closes when a Fast Stop is being executed. Setting 15, 17: Fast Stop (N.O., N.C.) on page 185.
Setting 4E: Braking transistor fault (rr)
Output closes if the drive’s internal braking transistor reaches the overheat level.
Setting 4F: Braking resistor overheat (rH)
The braking resistor may overheat due to motor regeneration or too short of a deceleration time setting. The output
terminal closes when the braking resistor exceeds the overheat level.
Setting 50: Disturb Function Up
Output terminal closes if the motor accelerates when the Disturb waveform is being output. For more information, see
S1: Disturb Function on page 250.
Setting 51: Disturb Function Enabled/Disabled
Indicates that the Disturb function is activated by closing whenever the Disturb waveform is output. For more
information, see S1: Disturb Function on page 250.
Setting 52: Uv during KEB
Terminal closes if the DC bus voltage falls below the level set to L2-05 during KEB.
Parameter Details
Setting 60: Internal cooling fan alarm
Output closes when the drive’s internal cooling fan has failed.
Setting 61: Rotor position detection complete
After the Run command is given, the output terminal signals that the drive has detected the rotor position (PM motors).
Setting 100 to 161: Functions 0 to 61 with inverse output 5
These settings have the same function as settings 0 to 92 but with inverse output. Set as 1, where the “1” indicates
inverse output and the last two digits specify the setting number of the function.
Examples:
• For inverse output of “8: During baseblock”, set 108.
• For inverse output of “4A: During KEB” set 14A.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 199
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
n H2-06: Watt Hour Output Unit Selection
When one of the multi-function terminals is set to output the number of watt hours (H2-01, H2-02, or H2-03 = 39),
parameter H2-06 determines the units for the output signal.
This output function provides a watt hour meter or a PLC input by a 200 ms pulse signal. H2-06 determines the
frequency that pulses are issued to keep track of the kWh for the drive.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
0: 0.1 kWh units
1: 1 kWh units
H2-06 Watt Hour Output Unit Selection 2: 10 kWh units 0
3: 100 kWh units
4: 1000 kWh units
Note: 1. A negative power output (i.e., regeneration) does not subtract from the total watt hours.
2. The drive keeps track of the watt hours as long as the control circuit has power. The value is reset when the power supply is shut off.
Figure 5.66
H2-06
(Pulse Output Unit)
Integral Power (every 100 ms)
H2-01 to 03
㧔Multi-function Output) ON
OFF OFF
0.2 s
Figure 5.66 Watt Hour Output Example
200 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
u H3: Multi-Function Analog Inputs
The drive is equipped with three multi-function analog input terminals: A1, A2, and A3. See Table 5.23 for a listing of
the functions that can be set to these terminals.
n H3-01: Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection
Selects the input signal level for analog input A1.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H3-01 Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection 0, 1 0
Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc
The input level is 0 to 10 Vdc. The minimum input level is limited to 0%, so that a negative input signal due to gain and
bias settings will be simply read as 0%.
Setting 1: –10 to 10 Vdc
The input level is –10 to 10 Vdc. If the resulting voltage is negative after being adjusted by gain and bias settings, then
the motor will rotate in reverse.
n H3-02: Terminal A1 Function Selection
Selects the input signal level for analog input A3. See Refer to Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings on
page 204 for instructions on how to adjust the signal level.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H3-02 Terminal A1 Function Selection 0 to 41 0
n H3-03, H3-04: Terminal A1 Gain and Bias Settings
Parameter H3-03 sets the level of the selected input value that is equal to 10 Vdc input at terminal A1 (gain).
Parameter H3-04 sets the level of the selected input value that is equal to 0 V input at terminal A1 (bias).
Both can be used to adjust the characteristics of the analog input signal to terminal A1.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H3-03 Terminal A1 Gain Setting -999.9 to 999.9% 100.0%
H3-04 Terminal A1 Bias Setting -999.9 to 999.9% 0.0%
Setting Examples
• Gain H3-03 = 200%, bias H3-04 = 0, terminal A1 as frequency reference input (H3-02 = 0):
Parameter Details
An input 10 Vdc will be equivalent to a 200% frequency reference and 5 Vdc will be equivalent to a 100% frequency
reference. Since the drive output is limited by the maximum frequency parameter (E1-04), the frequency reference will
be equal to E1-04 above 5 Vdc.
Figure 5.67
H3-01 = 0 H3-01 = 1
Gain = 200% Gain = 200% 5
Frequecny 100%
reference E1-04
-10 V -5 V
100% 0V 5V 10 V
E1-04
-100%
E1-04
Bias = 0% Gain = -200%
0V 5V 10 V
Figure 5.67 Frequency Reference Setting by Analog Input with Increased Gain
• Gain H3-03 = 100%, bias H3-04 = -25%, terminal A1 as frequency reference input:
An input of 0 Vdc will be equivalent to a -25% frequency reference.
When parameter H3-01 = 0, the frequency reference is 0% between 0 and 2 Vdc input.
When parameter H3-01 = 1, the motor will rotate in reverse between -10 and 2 Vdc input.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 201
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Figure 5.68
H3-01 = 0 H3-01 = 1
100%
100%
Frequency H3-01 = 0
reference -10 V -6.0 V
2.0 V 10 V
-25% Analog Input
Voltage
0
2.0 V 10 V
Analog Input -100%
-25% Voltage E1-04
H3-01 = 1 -150%
Figure 5.68 Frequency Reference Setting by Analog Input with Negative Bias
n H3-05: Terminal A3 Signal Level Selection
Determines the function assigned to analog input terminal A3.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H3-05 Terminal A3 Signal Level Selection 0, 1 0
Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc
The input level is 0 to 10 Vdc. See the explanation provided for H3-01. Refer to Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc on page 201.
Setting 1: –10 V to 10 Vdc
The input level is -10 to 10 Vdc. See the explanation provided for H3-01. Refer to Setting 1: –10 to 10 Vdc on page 201.
n H3-06: Terminal A3 Function Selection
Determines the function assigned to analog input terminal A3. Refer to Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings
on page 204 for a list of functions and descriptions.
When analog input A3 is used as PTC input set H3-06 = E and make sure switch S4 on the terminal board is set for PTC
input. Also refer to Terminal A3 Analog/PTC Input Selection on page 67.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H3-06 Terminal A3 Function Selection 0 to 41 2
n H3-07, H3-08: Terminal A3 Gain and Bias Setting
Parameter H3-07 sets the level of the selected input value that is equal to 10 Vdc input at terminal A3 (gain).
Parameter H3-08 sets the level of the selected input value that is equal to 0 V input at terminal A3 (bias).
No. Name Setting Range Default
H3-07 Terminal A3 Gain Setting -999.9 to 999.9% 100.0%
H3-08 Terminal A3 Bias Setting -999.9 to 999.9% 0.0%
n H3-09: Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection
Selects the input signal level for analog input A2. Be sure to also set DIP switch S1 on the terminal board accordingly for
a voltage input or current input.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H3-09 Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection 0 to 3 2
Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc
The input level is 0 to 10 Vdc. Refer to Setting 0: 0 to 10 Vdc on page 201
Setting 1: –10 to 10 Vdc
The input level is –10 to 10 Vdc. Refer to Setting 1: –10 to 10 Vdc on page 201.
Setting 2: 4 to 20 mA Current Input
The input level is 4 to 20 mA. Negative input values by negative bias or gain settings will be limited to 0%.
202 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 3: 0 to 20 mA Current Input
The input level is 0 to 20 mA. Negative input values by negative bias or gain settings will be limited to 0%.
n H3-10: Terminal A2 Function Selection
Determines the function assigned to analog input terminal A2. Refer to Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings
on page 204 for a list of functions and descriptions.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H3-10 Terminal A2 Function Selection 0 to 41 0
n H3-11, H3-12: Terminal A2 Gain and Bias Setting
Parameter H3-11 sets the level of the input value selected that is equal to 10 Vdc input or 20 mA input to terminal A2.
Parameter H3-12 sets the level of the input value selected that is equal to 0 V, 4 mA or 0 mA input at terminal A2.
Both can be used to adjust the characteristics of the analog input signal to terminal A2. The setting works in the same
way as parameters H3-03 and H3-04 for analog input A1.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H3-11 Terminal A2 Gain Setting -999.9 to 999.9% 100.0%
H3-12 Terminal A2 Bias Setting -999.9 to 999.9% 0.0%
n H3-13: Analog Input Filter Time Constant
Parameter H3-13 sets the time constant for a first order filter that will be applied to the analog inputs.
An analog input filter can be used to prevent erratic drive control when a “noisy” analog reference is used. The drive
operation becomes more stable the longer the time programmed, but it becomes less responsive to rapidly changing
analog signals.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H3-13 Analog Input Filter Time Constant 0.00 to 2.00 s 0.03 s
n H3-14: Analog Input Terminal Enable Selection
When one of the multi-function digital input parameters is set for “Analog input enable” (H1- = C), the value set to
H3-14 determines which analog input terminals are enabled and which terminals are disabled when the input is closed.
All analog input terminals will be enabled all of the time if H1- is not set to C.
No. Name Setting Range Default
Parameter Details
H3-14 Analog Input Terminal Enable Selection 1 to 7 7
Setting 1: A1 only enabled
Setting 2: A2 only enabled
Setting 3: A1 and A2 only enabled
Setting 4: A3 only enabled
Setting 5: A1 and A3 only enabled 5
Setting 6: A2 and A3 only enabled
Setting 7: All analog input terminals enabled
n H3-16 to H3-18 Terminal A1/A2/A3 Offset
Parameters H3-16 to H3-18 set the offset level of the selected input value to terminal A1, A2 or A3 that is equal to 0 Vdc
input. These parameters rarely need adjustment.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H3-16 Terminal A1 Offset –500 to 500 0
H3-17 Terminal A2 Offset –500 to 500 0
H3-18 Terminal A3 Offset –500 to 500 0
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 203
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
n Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings
See Table 5.23 for information on how H3-02, H3-10, and H3-06 determine functions for terminals A1, A2, and A3.
Note: The scaling of all input functions depends on the gain and bias settings for the analog inputs. Set these to appropriate values
when selecting and adjusting analog input functions.
Table 5.23 Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings
Setting Function Page Setting Function Page
0 Frequency bias 204 D Frequency bias 205
1 Frequency gain 204 E Motor temperature (PTC input) 205
2 Auxiliary frequency reference 1 204 F Through mode 206
3 Auxiliary frequency reference 2 204 10 Forward torque limit
4 Output voltage bias 204 11 Reverse Torque Limit 206
5 Accel/decel time gain 204 12 Regenerative torque limit
6 DC Injection Braking current 205 13 Torque limit using torque reference/speed limit 206
7 Torque detection level 205 14 Torque compensation 206
8 Stall Prevention level during run 205 15 General torque limit 206
9 Output frequency lower limit level 205 16 Differential PID feedback 206
B PID feedback 205 1F Through mode 206
C PID setpoint 205 41 Output voltage gain 206
Setting 0: Frequency bias
The input value of an analog input set to this function will be added to the analog frequency reference value. When the
frequency reference is supplied by a different source other than the analog inputs, this function will have no effect. Use
this setting also when only one of the analog inputs is used to supply the frequency reference.
By default, analog inputs A1 and A2 are set for this function. Using A1 and A2 at the same time increases the frequency
reference by the total of all inputs.
Example: If the analog frequency reference from analog input terminal A1 is 50% and a bias of 20% is applied by analog
input terminal A2, the resulting frequency reference will be 70% of the maximum output frequency.
Setting 1: Frequency gain
The input value of an analog input set to this function will be multiplied with the analog frequency reference value.
Example: If the analog frequency reference from analog input terminal A1 is 80% and a gain of 50% is applied from
analog input terminal A2, the resulting frequency reference will be 40% of the maximum output frequency.
Setting 2: Auxiliary reference 1
Sets the auxiliary frequency reference 1 when multi-step speed operation is selected. Refer to Multi-Step Speed
Selection on page 155 for details.
Setting 3: Auxiliary reference 2
Sets the auxiliary frequency reference 2 when multi-step speed operation is selected. Refer to Multi-Step Speed
Selection on page 155 for details.
Setting 4: Output voltage bias
Voltage bias boosts the output voltage of the V/f curve as a percentage of the maximum output voltage set to E1-05 (200
V for 200 V class drives, 400 V for the 400 V class). Available only when using V/f Control.
Setting 5: Accel/decel time gain
Adjusts the gain level for the acceleration and deceleration times set to parameters C1-01 through C1-08.
The acceleration time used by the drive is calculated by multiplying the this gain level to C1- as follows:
C1- × Accel/decel time gain = Drive accel/decel time
Figure 5.69
100%
Acceleration/deceleration gain from 1 to 10 V
(10 V)
= × 10 (%)
50% Input Voltage (V)
20%
10%
0 1V 2V 5V 10 V
Figure 5.69 Accel/Decel Time Gain with Analog Input Terminal
204 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 6: DC Injection Braking current
The current level used for DC Injection Braking. Set as a percentage of the maximum output current using.
Figure 5.70
DC Injection Braking Current Level
100%
Drive Rated
Current
0 10 V
(4) (20 mA)
Figure 5.70 DC Injection Braking Current Using an Analog Input Terminal
Setting 7: Torque Detection level
Using this setting, the overtorque/undertorque detection level for torque detection 1 (L6-01) can be set by an analog
input. The analog input will replace the level set to L6-02. An analog input of 100% (10 V or 20 mA) will set a torque
detection level equal to 100% drive rated current / motor rated torque. Adjust the analog input gain if higher detection
level settings are required. Refer to L6: Torque Detection on page 226 for details on torque detection.
Setting 8: Stall Prevention level
This setting allows an analog input signal to adjust the Stall Prevention level. Figure 5.71 shows the setting
characteristics. The drive will use either the Stall Prevention level set to L3-06 or the level coming from the analog input
terminal that has been selected, whichever value is lower.
Figure 5.71
Stall Prevention Level during Run
100%
30%
Analog Input Level
0 30% 100%
Figure 5.71 Stall Prevention During Run Using an Analog Input Terminal
Setting 9: Output frequency lower limit level
The user can adjust the lower limit of the output frequency using an analog input signal.
Setting B: PID feedback
Parameter Details
An input set for this function supplies the PID feedback value. This setting requires PID operation to be enabled in b5-01.
Refer to PID Feedback Input Methods on page 128.
Setting C: PID setpoint
An input set for this function supplies the PID setpoint value, and the frequency reference selected in parameter b1-01 is
no longer the PID setpoint. PID operation to be enabled in b5-01 to use this setting. Refer to PID Setpoint Input 5
Methods on page 128.
Setting D: Frequency bias
The input value of an analog input set to this function will be added to the frequency reference. This function can be used
with any frequency reference source.
Setting E: Motor temperature
In addition to motor overload fault detection oL1, it is possible to use a PTC (Positive Temperature Coefficient)
thermistor for motor insulation protection. Connect the PTC to analog input terminal A3, and set switch S4 on the
terminal board to PTC. Refer to Terminal A3 Analog/PTC Input Selection on page 67 for details on setting S4. Refer to
Motor Protection Using a Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) on page 215 for further explanation.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 205
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting F, 1F: Through mode
When set to F or 1F, an input does not affect any drive function, but the input level can still be read out by a PLC via a
communication option or MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
Setting 10, 11, 12, 15: Forward, Reverse, Regenerative, General torque limit (OLV, CLV, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM)
These functions can be used to set a torque limit using analog inputs for different operating conditions. Refer to L7:
Torque Limit on page 228 for details.
Setting 13: Torque Limit Using Torque Reference/Speed Limit
When using Torque Control, an analog input programmed to this function can set the torque reference (when in Torque
Control) or the torque limit (when in Speed Control). Refer to Setting the Torque Reference, Speed Limit, and Torque
Compensation Values on page 158 for details.
Setting 14: Torque compensation
Used to set a torque compensation value when using Torque Control. Refer to Setting the Torque Reference, Speed
Limit, and Torque Compensation Values on page 158 for details.
Setting 16: Differential PID Feedback
If an analog value is set for this function, the PID controller is set for differential feedback. The subtraction of the PID
feedback input value and the differential feedback input value builds the feedback value that is used to calculate the PID
input. Refer to PID Feedback Input Methods on page 128.
Setting 41: Output Voltage Gain
Adjust the output voltage gain using the analog input signal.
An input signal of 0 V or 4 mA equals 2% output voltage gain, and an input signal of 10 V or 20 mA equals 200% output
voltage gain.
Note: MEMOBUS register 03H will be disabled if an input terminal has been set to determine the output voltage gain level (H3- =
41).
Figure 5.72
Output Voltage Gain
200%
2%
0 10 V
(4) (20 mA)
Figure 5.72 Output Voltage Gain Using an Analog Input Terminal
When the output voltage gain function is disabled (S3-03 = 0), the output voltage will be 100%.
When the S3-03 = 1 (enabled), the output voltage gain will be affected in accordance with the output voltage gain time
setting in parameter S3-04.
Example of How to Set the Gain Level
When S3-04 = 0.5, changing the output voltage gain from 100% to 200% takes 0.5 s for the actual output voltage gain to
reach 200%.
Figure 5.73
Output Voltage Gain
200%
100%
S3-04
0 0.5 s
Figure 5.73 Example of How to Set the Output Voltage Gain
206 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
u H4: Multi-Function Analog Outputs
These parameters assign functions to analog output terminals FM and AM for monitoring a specific aspect of drive
performance.
n H4-01, H4-04: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM, AM Monitor Selection
Sets the desired drive monitor parameter U- to output as an analog value via terminal FM and AM. Refer to U:
Monitors on page 414 for a list of all monitors. The “Analog Output Level” column indicates if a monitor can be used
for analog output.
Example: Enter “103” for U1-03.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H4-01 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Monitor Selection 000 to 999 102
H4-04 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Monitor Selection 000 to 999 103
A setting of 031 or 000 applies no drive monitor to the analog output. With this setting, terminal functions as well as FM
and AM output levels can be set by a PLC via a communication option or MEMOBUS/Modbus (through mode).
n H4-02, H4-03: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Gain and Bias
H4-05, H4-06: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Gain and Bias
Parameter H4-02 and H4-05 set the terminal FM and AM output signal level when the value of the selected monitor is at
100%. Parameter H4-03 and H4-06 set the terminal FM and AM output signal level when the value of the selected
monitor is at 0%. Both are set as a percentage, where 100% equals 10 Vdc or 20 mA analog output and 0% equals 0 V or
4 mA. The output voltage of both terminals is limited to +/-10 Vdc.
The output signal range can be selected between 0 to +10 Vdc, -10 to +10 Vdc, or 4 to 20 mA using parameter H4-07 and
H4-08. Figure 5.74 illustrates how gain and bias settings work.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H4-02 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Gain -999.9 to 999.9% 100.0%
H4-03 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Bias -999.9 to 999.9% 0.0%
H4-05 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Gain -999.9 to 999.9% 50.0%
H4-06 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Bias -999.9 to 999.9% 0.0%
Using Gain and Bias to Adjust Output Signal Level
It is possible to calibrate the meter when the drive is stopped. Follow the procedure below.
Terminal FM
Parameter Details
1. Use the digital operator to display the monitor gain for terminal FM (H4-02). Make sure that the voltage output is
100% of the monitor level selection for terminal FM (H4-01).
2. Adjust the setting to parameter H4-02 accordingly while watching the read out of the meter connected to terminal
FM.
3. Use the digital operator to display the monitor bias for terminal FM (H4-03). Make sure that the voltage output is
0% of the monitor level selection for terminal FM (H4-01). 5
4. Adjust the setting to parameter H4-03 accordingly while watching the read out of the meter connected to terminal
FM.
Terminal AM
1. Use the digital operator to display the monitor gain for terminal AM (H4-05). Make sure that the voltage output is
100% of the monitor level selection for terminal AM (H4-04).
2. Adjust the setting to parameter H4-05 accordingly while watching the read out of the meter connected to terminal
AM.
3. Use the digital operator to display the monitor bias for terminal AM (H4-06). Make sure that the voltage output is
0% of the monitor level selection for terminal AM (H4-04).
4. Adjust the setting to parameter H4-06 accordingly while watching the read out of the meter connected to terminal
AM.
Example 1: To have an output signal of 5 V at terminal FM when the monitored value is at 100%, set H4-02 to 50%.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 207
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
Example 2: To have an output signal of 10 V at terminal FM when the monitored value is at 76.7%, set H4-02 to 150%.
Figure 5.74
H4-07, 08 = 0 H4-07, 08 = 1
15V
Gain = 150%
Output Voltage
Bias = 0%
10V
Gain = 100%
10 V Bias = 0%
Gain 150% 5V
Bias 0% Gain = 50%
Output Voltage Bias = 0%
-100%
Gain 100%
5V Bias 0% 100%
Monitor Value
-5 V
Gain 50%
Bias 0%
0V -10 V
0% Monitor Value 100%
-15 V
Figure 5.74 Analog Output Gain and Bias Setting Example 1 and 2
Example 3: To have an output signal of 3 V at terminal FM when the monitored value is at 0%, set H4-03 to 30%.
Figure 5.75
Gain = 100%
H4-07, 08 = 0 H4-07, 08 = 1
Bias = 30%
10V
Gain = 100%
10 V Output Voltage Bias = 0%
Bias 30% 3V
Output Voltage Gain 100% -100%
100%
Bias 0% Monitor Value
3V -4 V
Gain 100%
0V -10 V YEG
0% Monitor Value 100%
Figure 5.75 Analog Output Gain and Bias Setting Example 3
n H4-07, H4-08: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM, AM Signal Level Selection
Sets the voltage output level of U parameter (monitor parameter) data to terminal FM and terminal AM using parameters
H4-07 and H4-08.
When changing the setting of these parameters make sure jumper S5 on the terminal board is set accordingly. Refer to
Terminal AM/FM Signal Selection on page 67 for details on setting S5.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H4-07 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Signal Level Selection 0 to 2 0
H4-08 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Signal Level Selection 0 to 2 0
Setting 0: 0 to 10 V
Setting 1: -10 V to 10 V
Setting 2: 4 to 20 mA
u H5: MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication
Through the drives built in RS-422/485 port (terminals R+, R-, S+, S-), serial communication is possible using
programmable logic controllers (PLCs) or similar devices running the MEMOBUS/Modbus protocol.
The H5- parameters are used to set up the drive for MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications. Refer to MEMOBUS/
Modbus Serial Communication on page 450 for detailed descriptions of the H5- parameters.
u H6: Pulse Train Input/Output
A one track pulse train signal with a maximum frequency of 32 kHz can be input to the drive at terminal RP. This pulse
train signal can be used as the frequency reference, for PID functions, or as the speed feedback signal in V/f Control.
208 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
The pulse output monitor terminal MP can output drive monitor values as a pulse train signal with a maximum frequency
of 32 kHz. It can be used in sinking or sourcing mode. Refer to Using the Pulse Train Output on page 66 for details.
Use parameters H6- to set the scale and other aspects of the pulse input terminal RP and pulse output terminal MP.
n H6-01: Pulse Train Input Terminal RP Function Selection
Selects the function of pulse train input terminal RP.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H6-01 Pulse Train Input Terminal RP Function Selection 0 to 3 0
Setting 0: Frequency reference
If the pulse input is set for this function and the frequency reference source is set to pulse input (b1-01, b1-15 = 4), the
drive reads the frequency value from terminal RP.
Setting 1: PID feedback value
Using this setting, the feedback value for PID control can be supplied as a pulse signal at terminal RP. See Refer to b5:
PID Control on page 127 for details on PID control.
Setting 2: PID setpoint value
Using this setting, the setpoint value for PID control can be supplied as a pulse signal at terminal RP. See Refer to b5:
PID Control on page 127 for details on PID control.
Setting 3: Speed feedback (V/f Control with Simple Speed Feedback)
This setting can be used in V/f control to increase the speed control precision by using a motor speed feedback signal.
The drive reads the speed feedback from terminal RP, compares it to the frequency reference and compensates the motor
slip using a speed regulator (ASR, setup in the C5- parameters) like shown in Figure 5.71. Because input terminal
RP is incapable of detecting motor direction, a separate way of determining motor direction still needs to be set up:
1. Using a Digital Input
If a digital input programmed for “Forward/reverse detection” (H1- = 7E) is closed, the drive assumes
reverse rotation. If open, then the drive assumes that the motor is rotating forwards.
2. Using the Frequency Reference Direction
If no digital input is set to “Forward/reverse detection” (H1- = 7E), the drive uses the direction of the
frequency reference as the direction for the speed feedback detected at the pulse input.
Figure 5.76
Parameter Details
Motor speed
(Commercial
product)
Figure 5.76 Speed Control with ASR in V/f with Simple Speed Feedback
Enabling V/f Control with Simple Speed Feedback:
1. Set the drive to V/f Control (A1-02 = 0).
2. Connect the motor speed pulse signal to the pulse input RP, set H6-01 = 3, and set the pulse signal frequency
that is equal to the maximum speed to H6-02 (pulse input scaling). Make sure the pulse input bias (H6-04) is 0%
and the gain (H6-03) is 100%.
3. Decide the signal used for detecting the direction. If a digital input is used, set H1- = 7E.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 209
5.7 H: Terminal Functions
4. Use the ASR gain and integral time parameters described in C5: Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR) on
page 146 for adjusting the responsiveness.
Note: 1. C5 parameters will appear when using V/f Control (A1-02 = 0) and when the pulse input RP function is set for simple PG feedback in
V/f Control (H6-01 = 3).
2. If running two motors from the same drive, note that the V/f Control with simple PG feedback can be used for motor 1 only.
n H6-02: Pulse Train Input Scaling
This parameter sets the pulse signal frequency that is equal to 100% of the input value selected in parameter H6-01.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H6-02 Pulse Train Input Scaling 100 to 32000 Hz 1440 Hz
n H6-03: Pulse Train Input Gain
Sets the level of the input value selected in H6-01 when a pulse train signal with the frequency set in H6-02 is input to
terminal RP.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H6-03 Pulse Train Input Gain 0.0 to 1000.0% 100.0%
n H6-04: Pulse Train Input Bias
Sets the level of the input value selected in H6-01 when no signal (0 Hz) is input to terminal RP.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H6-04 Pulse Train Input Bias -100.0 to 100.0% 0.0%
n H6-05: Pulse Train Input Filter Time
Sets the pulse train input filter time constant in seconds.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H6-05 Pulse Train Input Filter Time 0.00 to 2.00 s 0.10 s
n H6-06: Pulse Train Monitor Selection
Selects the monitor to output as a pulse train signal via terminal MP. Indicate which monitor to output entering the three
digits in U-. Refer to U: Monitors on page 414 for a complete list of monitors. Monitors that can be selected by
H6-06 appear in the table below.
No. Name Setting Range Default
000 <1>, 031 <1>, 101, 102, 105, 116,
H6-06 Pulse Train Monitor Selection 102
501, 502
<1> Set this value as 000 when using the terminal in the pass-through mode.
n H6-07: Pulse Train Monitor Scaling
Pulse train monitor scaling sets the output frequency at terminal MP when the specified monitor item is at 100%. Set H6-
06 to 102 and H6-07 to 0 to make the pulse train monitor output synchronous to the output frequency.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H6-07 Pulse Train Monitor Scaling 0 to 32000 Hz 1440 Hz
n H6-08: Pulse Train Input Minimum Frequency
Sets the minimum output frequency that can be detected by the pulse train input. Decreasing this setting reduces the time
the drive needs to react to changes in the input signal.
• If the pulse input frequency falls below this level, the pulse input value will be 0.
• Enabled when H6-01 = 0, 1, or 2.
• When simple speed feedback in V/f Control is set as the function for terminal RP (H6-01 = 3), the minimum frequency
becomes the detection time for PG disconnect (F1-14).
No. Name Setting Range Default
H6-08 Pulse Train Input Minimum Frequency 0.1 to 1000.0 Hz 0.5 Hz
210 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
5.8 L: Protection Functions
u L1: Motor Protection
n L1-01: Motor Overload Protection Selection
The drive has an electronic overload protection function that estimates the motor overload level based on output current,
output frequency, thermal motor characteristics, and time. An oL1 fault will be triggered when motor overload is
detected and drive output will be shut off.
L1-01 sets the overload protection function characteristics according to the motor being used.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L1-01 Motor Overload Protection Selection 0 to 6 Determined by A1-02
Note: 1. When the motor protection function is enabled (L1-01≠ 0), an oL1 alarm can be output through one of the multi-function outputs by
setting H2-01 to 1F. The output will close when the motor overload level reaches 90% of the oL1 detection level.
2. Select a method to protect the motor from overheat by setting L1-01 between 1 and 6 when running a single motor from the drive. An
external thermal relay is not needed.
Setting 0: Disabled (motor overload protection is not provided)
This setting should be used if no motor overheat protection is desired or if multiple motors are connected to a single
drive. In this case it is recommended that you install a thermal relay for each motor as shown in Figure 5.77
Figure 5.77
Drive
Power M1
supply MC1 L10
M2
MC2 L20
MC1, MC2: Magnetic contactors
L10, L20: Thermal relays
Figure 5.77 Example of Protection Circuit Design for Multiple Motors
NOTICE: Thermal protection cannot be provided when running multi-motors simultaneously with the same drive, or when using
motors with a current rating that is relatively high when compared with other standard motors (such as a submersible motor). Failure to
comply could result in motor damage. Disable the electronic overload protection of the drive (L1-01 = “0: Disabled”) and protect each
motor with individual motor thermal overloads.
Setting 1: General-purpose motor (standard self-cooled)
Parameter Details
Because the motor is self-cooled, the overload tolerance drops when the motor speed is lowered. The drive appropriately
adjusts the electrothermal trigger point according to the motor overload characteristics, protecting the motor from
overheat throughout the entire speed range.
Overload Tolerance Cooling Ability Overload Characteristics
5
A: Max. speed for 200LJ and above
B: Max. speed for 160MJ to 180 LJ
C: Max. speed for 132MJ and below
Motor designed to operate from line power. Continuous operation at less than line power
Motor cooling is most effective when running at frequency with 100% load can trigger motor
rated base frequency (check the motor nameplate or overload protection (oL1). A fault is output and the
specifications). motor will coast to stop.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 211
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 2: Drive dedicated motor (speed range for constant torque: 1:10)
Use this setting when operating a drive duty motor that allows constant torque in a speed range of 1:10. The drive will
allow the motor to run with 100% load from 10% up to 100% speed. Running at slower speeds with full load can trigger
an overload fault.
Overload Tolerance Cooling Ability Overload Characteristics
150
Rated Speed=100% Speed
60 s
A: Max. speed for 200LJ and above
B: Max. speed for 160MJ to 180 LJ
Torque (%)
100 C: Max. speed for 132MJ and below
Motor is designed to effectively cool itself even at Continuous operation with 100% load from 5 Hz to
low speeds. 50 Hz.
55
50
Continuous A
B
C
0 110 100120 167 200
Speed (%)
Setting 3: Vector motor (speed range for constant torque: 1:100)
Use this setting when operating a drive-dedicated motor that allows constant torque in a speed range of 1:100. This motor
type is allowed to run with 100% load from 1% up to 100% speed. Running slower speeds with full load can trigger an
overload fault.
Overload Tolerance Cooling Ability Overload Characteristics
150
Rated Speed=100% Speed
60 s A: Max. speed for 200LJ and above
B: Max. speed for 160MJ to 180 LJ
100 C: Max. speed for 132MJ and below
Torque (%)
90
Motor is designed to effectively cool itself at ultra- Continuous operation with 100% load from 0.5 Hz to
low speeds. 50 Hz.
50 Continuous
A
B
C
0 1 100120 167 200
Speed (%)
Setting 4: PM derated torque motor
This setting is for operating a PM motor. PM motors for derated torque have a self-cooling design, so the overload
tolerance drops as the motor slows. Electronic thermal overload is triggered in accordance with the motor overload
characteristics, providing overheat protection across the entire speed range.
Overload Tolerance Cooling Ability Overload Characteristics
150
120 60 s
Torque (%)
100 Reaching 100% when operating at below the base
80 Motor is designed to produce 100% torque at base frequency will cause a motor overload fault (oL1).
Continuous speed. Built with effective cooling capabilities. The drive fault output closes and the motor coasts to
50
stop.
0.0 10 33 100
Motor Speed (%)
212 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 5: Constant torque PM motors (constant torque range of 1:500)
Sets protection characteristics needed when driving a PM with constant torque. These motors allow for a speed control
from 0.2% to 100% when operating with 100% load. Slower speeds with 100% load will trigger overload.
Overload Tolerance Cooling Ability Overload Characteristics
Instantaneous rating (60 s)
150
125
Torque (%)
115
Continuous
100
83
77 Motor is designed to effectively cool itself at ultra- Continuous operation with 100% load from 0.2% to
67
low speeds (about 0.2% of base speed). 100% of base speed.
0 0.2 100 120 130 150
Percent of base speed (%)
Setting 6: General-purpose motor (50 Hz)
Because the motor (50 Hz) is self-cooled, the overload tolerance drops when the motor speed is lowered. The drive
appropriately adjusts the electrothermal trigger point according to the motor overload characteristics, protecting the
motor from overheat throughout the entire speed range.
Overload Tolerance Cooling Ability Overload Characteristics
150 Rated Speed=100% Speed
60 s
A: Max. speed for 200LJ and above
B: Max. speed for 160MJ to 180 LJ
C: Max. speed for 132MJ and below
Torque (%)
100
90 Motor designed to operate from line power. Continuous operation at less than line power
Motor cooling is most effective when running at frequency with 100% load can trigger motor
rated base frequency (check the motor nameplate or overload protection (oL1). A fault is output and the
specifications). motor will coast to stop.
50 Continuous
A
B
C
05 33 100 120 167 200
Speed (%)
Parameter Details
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 213
5.8 L: Protection Functions
n L1-02: Motor Overload Protection Time
Sets the time it takes the drive to detect motor overheat due to overload. This setting rarely requires adjustment, but
should correlate with the motor overload tolerance protection time for performing a hot start.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L1-02 Motor Overload Protection Time 0.1 to 5.0 minutes 1.0 minutes
Defaulted to operate with an allowance of 150% overload operation for one minute in a hot start.
• Figure 5.78 shows an example of the electrothermal protection operation time using a general-purpose motor
operating at 50 Hz with L1-02 set to one minute.
During normal operation, motor overload protection operates in the area between a cold start and a hot start.
• Cold start: Motor protection operation time in response to an overload situation that was suddenly reached when
starting a stationary motor.
• Hot start: Motor protection operation time in response to an overload situation that occurred during sustained
operation at rated current.
Figure 5.78
Operation time (minutes)
10
7
3
Cold start
0.4
Hot start
0.1
Motor current (%)
0 100 150 200 E2-01 = 100% motor current
Figure 5.78 Motor Protection Operation Time
214 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
n Motor Protection Using a Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC)
A motor PTC can be connected to an analog input of the drive. This input is used by the drive for motor overheat
protection.
When the PTC input signal reaches the motor overheat alarm level, an oH3 alarm will be triggered and the drive will
continue operation as selected in L1-03. When the PTC input signal reaches the overheat fault level, an oH4 fault will be
triggered, a fault signal will be output, and the drive will stop the motor using the stop method determined in L1-04.
Connect the PTC between terminals AC and A3 and set jumper S4 on the terminal board to “PTC” like shown in
Figure 5.79. Set parameter H3-05 to 0 and parameter H3-06 to E.
Figure 5.79
Multi-function input Drive
MA
Fault output
MB
DIP Switch S4
MC
PTC
M1
M2
AI
Multi-function
M3
M4 digital outputs YEG
A3 (0-10 V)
M5
PTC
M6
thermistor
AC
Figure 5.79 Connection of a Motor PTC
The PTC must have the following characteristics for one motor phase. The drives motor overload detection expects 3 of
these PTCs to be connected in series.
Figure 5.80
Parameter Details
Tr’
Figure 5.80 Motor PTC Characteristics
Overheat detection using a PTC can be set up by parameters L1-03, L1-04, and L1-05 as explained below. 5
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 215
5.8 L: Protection Functions
n L1-03: Motor Overheat Alarm Operation Selection (PTC input)
Sets the drive operation when the PTC input signal reaches the motor overheat alarm level (oH3).
No. Name Setting Range Default
L1-03 Motor Overheat Alarm Operation Selection (PTC input) 0 to 3 3
Setting 0: Ramp to stop
The drive stops the motor using the deceleration time 1 set in parameter C1-02.
Setting 1: Coast to stop
The drive output is switched off and the motor coasts to stop.
Setting 2: Fast Stop
The drive stops the motor using the Fast Stop time set in parameter C1-09.
Setting 3: Alarm only
The operation is continued and an oH3 alarm is displayed on the digital operator.
n L1-04: Motor Overheat Fault Operation Selection (PTC input)
Sets the drive operation when the PTC input signal reaches the motor overheat fault level (oH4).
No. Name Setting Range Default
L1-04 Motor Overheat Fault Operation Selection (PTC input) 0 to 2 1
Setting 0: Ramp to stop
The drive stops the motor using the deceleration time 1 set in parameter C1-02.
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
The drive output is switched off and the motor coasts to stop.
Setting 2: Fast Stop
The drive stops the motor using the Fast Stop time set in parameter C1-09.
n L1-05: Motor Temperature Input Filter Time (PTC input)
Used to set a filter on the PTC input signal in order to prevent a motor overheat fault from being mistakenly detected.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L1-05 Motor Temperature Input Filter Time (PTC input) 0.00 to 10.00 s 0.20 s
n L1-13: Continuous Electrothermal Operation Selection
Determines whether or not to hold the current value of the electrothermal motor protection (L1-01) when the power
supply is interrupted.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L1-13 Continuous Electrothermal Operation Selection 0 or 1 1
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
216 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
u L2: Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru
n L2-01: Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection
When a momentary power loss occurs (DC bus voltage falls below the level set in L2-05), the drive can be set to
automatically return to the operation it was performing when the power went out based on certain conditions.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L2-01 Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection 0 to 2 0
Setting 0: Disabled (default)
If power is not restored within 15 ms, a Uv1 fault will result and the drive will stop the motor. The motor coasts to stop.
Setting 1: Recover within L2-02
When a momentary power loss occurs, the drive output will be shut off. Should the power return within the time set to
parameter L2-02, the drive will perform Speed Search and attempt to resume operation. If power is not restored within
the time set by L2-02 (i.e., DC bus voltage level remains below Uv1 detection level L2-05), then a Uv1 fault is triggered.
Setting 2: Recover as long as CPU has power
When a momentary power loss occurs, the drive output will be shut off. Should the power return as long as the drive
control circuit has power, the drive will attempt to perform Speed Search and resume the operation. A Uv1 fault is not
triggered.
Note: It is not necessary to set this parameter to a value greater than 0 when using the KEB function. The KEB function is enabled by
setting S4-01 to a value greater than 0.
n L2-02: Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time
Sets the maximum time allowed to ride through a power loss. If power loss operation exceeds this time, the drive will
attempt to accelerate back to frequency reference. This parameter is valid when L2-01 = 1 or S4-01 = 2.
Note: 1. The amount of time the drive is capable of recovering after a power loss is determined by the capacity of the drive. Drive capacity
determines the upper limit for L2-02.
No. Name Setting Range Default
Determined by C6-01 and
L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time 0.0 to 25.5 s
o2-04
n L2-03: Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time
Sets the minimum baseblock time when power is restored following a momentary power loss. This determines the time
the drive waits for the residual voltage in the motor to dissipate. Increase this setting if overcurrent or overvoltage occurs
at the beginning of Speed Search, after a power loss, or during DC Injection Braking.
Parameter Details
No. Name Setting Range Default
Determined by C6-01
L2-03 Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time 0.1 to 5.0 s
and o2-04
n L2-04: Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Ramp Time
Sets the time for the drive to restore the output voltage to the level specified by the V/f pattern after Speed Search. The
5
setting value determines the time for the voltage to go from 0 V to the maximum voltage.
No. Name Setting Range Default
Determined by C6-01 and
L2-04 Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Ramp Time 0.0 to 5.0 s
o2-04
n L2-05: Undervoltage Detection Level (Uv)
Determines the voltage at which a UV1 fault is triggered (when the drive is running and L2-01 = 0) or when a UV alarm
is triggered (when the drive is not running or L2-01 is set > 0, or when the KEB function is active).
No. Name Setting Range Default
L2-05 <1> Undervoltage Detection Level 150 to 250 Vdc 190 V <2>
<1> Values are for 200 V class drives and must be doubled for 400 V class drives.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 217
5.8 L: Protection Functions
<2> The default setting for 400 V class drives will vary depending on if the drive input voltage is over or under 400 V.
Note: 1. When setting L2-05 below the default value, an AC reactor option should be installed to the input side of the power supply to prevent
damage to drive circuitry.
2. This parameter has no effect on triggering the KEB function, even when S4-01 is set > 0. Use S4-03 to set KEB Start Voltage Level.
u L3: Stall Prevention
When the load is too high or acceleration and deceleration times are too short, the motor may be unable to keep up with
the frequency reference, resulting in excessive slip. During acceleration, this usually causes an overcurrent fault (oC),
drive overload (oL2), or motor overload (oL1). During deceleration, it can cause excessive regenerative power to flow
back into the DC bus capacitors, eventually causing the drive to fault out from overvoltage (oV). The drive can prevent
the motor from stalling and still reach the desired speed without the user needing to change the acceleration or
deceleration time settings. The Stall Prevention function can be set separately for acceleration, operating at constant
speeds, and deceleration.
n L3-01: Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration
Stall Prevention during acceleration prevents tripping with overcurrent (oC), motor overload (oL1), or drive overload
(oL2) faults common when accelerating with heavy loads.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L3-01 Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration 0 to 2 <1> 1
<1> Setting 2 is not available for PM OLV.
Setting 0: Disabled
No Stall Prevention is provided. If the acceleration time is too short, the drive may not be able to get the motor up to
speed fast enough, thus tripping an overload fault.
Setting 1: Enabled
Enables Stall Prevention during acceleration. Operation varies, depending on the control mode.
• V/f Control, V/f Control with PG, and Open Loop Vector Control:
The drive stops accelerating if the output current exceeds the Stall Prevention level set in L3-02. Acceleration will
resume again once the output current falls 15% below the level set in L3-02.
Figure 5.81
Output current
Stall Prevention Level
During Acceleration
L3-02
15% of
L3-02
Time
Output frequency
Controls the output frequency
to prevent the motor from stalling
Time
Figure 5.81 Stall Prevention During Acceleration for Induction Motors
• Open Loop Vector Control for PM:
Acceleration is stopped when the output current reaches the level set in parameter L3-02. Once the time set in
parameter L3-27 passes, the drive decelerates using the deceleration time set in L3-22 (Refer to L3-22: Deceleration
Time at Stall Prevention during Acceleration on page 219). Once the output current falls 5% below the level set in
L3-02, the drive stop decelerating and starts to accelerate again.
218 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Figure 5.82
Output current
L3-02 15 % of L3-02
Time
Output frequency
L3-27
L3-27
Time
Deceleration
using L3-22
Figure 5.82 Stall Prevention During Acceleration for Permanent Magnet Motors
Setting 2: Intelligent Stall Prevention
When L3-02 = 2, the drive will disregard the selected acceleration time and try to accelerate in the minimum time. The
acceleration rate is adjusted so that the current does not exceed the value set in parameter L3-02.
n L3-02: Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration
Sets the output current level at which the Stall Prevention during acceleration is activated.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L3-02 Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration 0 to 150% <1> <1>
<1> The upper limit and default value is determined by the duty rating and the carrier frequency derating selection (C6-01 and L8-38 respectively).
• If stalling occurs with L3-02 set to its default value when using a motor that is relatively small compared to the drive,
try lowering L3-02.
• When operating the motor in the constant power range, also set parameter L3-03.
n L3-03: Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration
The Stall Prevention level is automatically reduced when the motor is operated in the constant power range. L3-03 sets
the lower limit for this reduction as a percentage of the drive rated current.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L3-03 Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration 0 to 100% 50%
Figure 5.83
Stall Prevention level during Acceleration
Parameter Details
L3-02
L3-03
5
Output frequency
E1-06
Base frequency
Figure 5.83 Stall Prevention Level and Limit During Acceleration
n L3-22: Deceleration Time at Stall Prevention during Acceleration
Sets the brief deceleration time used when stalling occurs while accelerating a PM motor. When set to 0, this function is
disabled and the drive will decelerate at the selected deceleration time when stalling occurs.
The function is effective only in Open Loop Vector Control for PM motors and if parameter L3-01 is set to 1.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L3-22 Deceleration Time at Stall Prevention During Acceleration 0.0 to 6000.0 s 0.0 s
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 219
5.8 L: Protection Functions
n L3-04: Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration
Stall Prevention during deceleration can control the deceleration based on the DC bus voltage and prevent an overvoltage
fault caused by high inertia or rapid deceleration.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L3-04 Stall Prevention Selection During Deceleration 0 to 5 <1> 1
<1> Settings 3 through 5 are not available in OLV/PM. Settings 2 through 5 are not available in AOLV/PM and CLV/PM.
Setting 0: Disabled
When this setting is used, the drive decelerates according to the set deceleration time. With high inertia loads or rapid
deceleration, an overvoltage (ov) fault may occur. In this case use braking options or switch to another L3-04 selection.
Setting 1: General-purpose Stall Prevention
With this setting the drive tries to decelerate within the set deceleration time. When the DC bus voltage exceeds the Stall
Prevention level, the drive pauses deceleration. Deceleration continues as soon as the DC bus voltage drops below that
level. Stall Prevention may be triggered repeatedly to avoid an overvoltage fault. The DC bus voltage level for Stall
Prevention depends on the input voltage setting E1-01.
Drive Input Voltage Stall Prevention Level during Deceleration
200 V Class 377 Vdc
400 V Class 754 Vdc
Note: 1. This setting should not be used in combination with a Dynamic Braking Resistor or other braking options. If Stall Prevention during
deceleration is enabled, it will be triggered before the braking resistor option can operate.
2. This method may lengthen the total deceleration time compared to the set value. If this is not appropriate for the application consider
using a braking option.
Figure 5.84 illustrates the function of Stall Prevention during deceleration.
Figure 5.84
Output Frequency
Deceleration characteristics
when Stall Prevention was
triggered during deceleration
Time
specified deceleration time
Figure 5.84 Stall Prevention During Deceleration
Setting 2: Intelligent Stall Prevention
With this setting, the drive adjusts the deceleration rate so that the DC bus voltage is kept at the level set in parameter L3-
17. This way the shortest possible deceleration time is achieved while the motor is protected from stalling. The
deceleration time that has been selected is disregarded, but the achievable deceleration time cannot be smaller than 1/10
of the set deceleration time.
This function uses the following parameters to calculate the deceleration rate:
• DC Bus Adjustment Gain (S6-04)
• Accel/Decel Calculation Gain (S6-05)
• Motor Acceleration Time (S6-02)
• Load Inertia Ratio (S6-03)
• Additional DC Bus Capacitors (L3-26)
• DC Bus Capacity (S6-01)
For descriptions regarding the S6 parameters refer to section S6: Power KEB Function on page 260.
Note: As the deceleration time is not constant, Intelligent Stall Prevention should not be used in applications where stopping accuracy
is a concern. Use braking options instead.
220 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 3: Stall Prevention with braking option
Enables the Stall Prevention function while using a braking resistor. Overvoltage problems in the DC bus can occur if
Stall Prevention during deceleration is disabled (L3-04) in OLV and a braking option is installed. Set L3-04 to 3 to
remedy this situation.
Setting 4: Overexcitation Deceleration 1
Overexcitation Deceleration 1 (increasing the motor flux) is faster than deceleration with no Stall Prevention (L3-04 = 0).
Refer to Overexcitation Deceleration (induction motors) on page 236 for details.
Setting 5: Overexcitation Deceleration 2
Overexcitation Deceleration 2 slows down the motor while trying to maintain the DC bus voltage at the level set in
parameter L3-17. By doing this, the achievable deceleration time can even be shorter than with Overexcitation
Deceleration 1. Refer to Overexcitation Deceleration (induction motors) on page 236 for details.
n L3-05: Stall Prevention Selection during Run
Stall Prevention during run can prevent a motor from stalling by automatically reducing the speed when a transient
overload occurs while the motor is running at constant speed.
This parameter determines how Stall Prevention works during run.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L3-05 Stall Prevention Selection During Run 0 to 2 1
Note: 1. This function is available in V/f, V/f w/PG, and OLV/PM.
2. When output frequency is 6 Hz or less, Stall Prevention during run is disabled regardless of the setting in L3-05 and L3-06.
Setting 0: Disabled
Drive runs at the set frequency reference. A heavy load may cause the motor to stall and trip the drive with an oC or oL
fault.
Setting 1: Decelerate using C1-02
If the current exceeds the Stall Prevention level set in parameter L3-06, then the drive will decelerate at decel time 1 (C1-
02). Once the current level drops below the value of L3-06 minus 2% for 100 ms, the drive accelerates back to the
frequency reference at the active acceleration time.
Setting 2: Decelerate using C1-04
Same as setting 1 except the drive decelerates at decel time 2 (C1-04).
n L3-06: Stall Prevention Level during Run
Sets the current level to trigger Stall Prevention during run. Depending on the setting of parameter L3-23, the level is
automatically reduced in the constant power range (speed beyond base speed). The value is set as a percentage of the
Parameter Details
drive rated output current.
The Stall Prevention level can be adjusted using an analog input. Refer to Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal
Settings on page 204 for details.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L3-06 Stall Prevention Level During Run 30 to 150% <1> <1>
5
<1> The upper limit and default for this setting is determined by C6-01 and L8-38.
n L3-23: Automatic Reduction Selection for Stall Prevention during Run
This function reduces the Stall Prevention during run level in the constant power range.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L3-23 Automatic Reduction Selection for Stall Prevention During Run 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Disabled
The level set in L3-06 is used throughout the entire speed range.
Setting 1: Enabled
The Stall Prevention level during run is reduced in the constant power range. The lower limit will be 40% of L3-06.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 221
5.8 L: Protection Functions
n Overvoltage Suppression Function
This function suppresses overvoltage faults by decreasing the regenerative torque limit and slightly increasing the output
frequency when the DC bus voltage rises. It can be used to drive loads with cyclic regenerative operation, such as a
punch press or other applications that involve repetitive crank movements.
The overvoltage suppression function controls the output frequency (in V/f Control and other control modes that do not
rely on motor feedback) or the regen torque limit (in closed-loop setups) in order to keep the DC bus voltage at the value
set to L3-17.
Note: 1. The motor speed will exceed the frequency reference when overvoltage suppression is triggered. Consequently, overvoltage
suppression is not appropriate in applications that require a perfect match between the frequency reference and the motor speed.
2. Disable overvoltage suppression when using a braking resistor.
3. Overvoltage may still occur if there is a sudden increase to a regenerative load.
4. This function is enabled only when operating just below the maximum frequency. Overvoltage suppression does not increase the
output frequency beyond the maximum frequency. If this is required by the application, increase the maximum frequency and change
the base frequency setting.
n L3-11: Overvoltage Suppression Function Selection
Enables or disables the overvoltage suppression function.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L3-11 Overvoltage Suppression Function Selection 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Disabled
The regenerative torque limit and the output frequency are not adjusted. A regenerative load may trip the drive with an
overvoltage fault. Use this setting if braking options are installed.
Setting 1: Enabled
When the DC bus voltage rises due to regenerative load, an overvoltage fault is prevented by decreasing the regenerative
torque limit and increasing the output frequency.
n L3-17: Target DC Bus Voltage for Overvoltage Suppression and Stall Prevention
Sets the target DC bus voltage target level used by the overvoltage suppression function (L3-11 = 1) or Intelligent Stall
Prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 2).
No. Name Setting Range Default
L3-17 Target DC Bus Voltage for Overvoltage Suppression and Stall Prevention 150 to 400 Vdc <1> 375 Vdc <1> <2>
<1> Values are for 200 V class drives and must be doubled for 400 V class drives.
<2> This value is initialized when E1-01 is changed.
n L3-26: Additional DC Bus Capacitors
Sets the capacity of any additional DC bus capacitors that have been installed.
This data is used in the Power KEB, Intelligent Stall Prevention and Overvoltage Suppression functions. This setting
needs to be adjusted only if external capacity is connected to the drive's DC bus and one of these functions is used.
The resulting DC bus capacity, used by the drive will be L3-26 + S6-01.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L3-26 Additional DC Bus Capacitors 0 to 65000 μF 0 μF
n L3-27: Stall Prevention Detection Time
Sets a delay time from when the Stall Prevention level is reached and the actual Stall Prevention function is activated.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L3-27 Stall Prevention Detection Time 0 to 5000 ms 50 ms
222 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
u L4: Speed Detection
These parameters set up the speed agree and speed detection functions which can be assigned to the multi-function
output terminals.
A speed agree situation can be detected by the motor speed when using Closed Loop Vector Control and Closed Loop
Vector Control for PM motors.
n L4-01, L4-02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width
Parameter L4-01 sets the detection level for the digital output functions “Speed agree 1,” “User-set speed agree 1,”
“Frequency detection 1,” and “Frequency detection 2.”
Parameter L4-02 sets the hysteresis level for these functions. Refer to H2-01 to H2-03: Terminal M1-M2, M3-M4, and
M5-M6 Function Selection on page 190, Settings 2, 3, 4, and 5.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L4-01 Speed Agreement Detection Level 0.0 to 400.0 Hz <1> Determined by A1-02 <1>
L4-02 Speed Agreement Detection Width 0.0 to 20.0 Hz <2> Determined by A1-02 <2>
<1> The setting range depends on the control mode selected for the drive. The setting range is 0.0 to 100.0% in AOLV/PM and CLV/PM.
<2> The setting range depends on the control mode selected for the drive. The setting range is 0.0 to 40.0% in AOLV/PM and CLV/PM.
n L4-03, L4-04: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width (+/-)
Parameter L4-03 sets the detection level for the digital output functions “Speed agree 2,” “User-set speed agree 2,”
“Frequency detection 3,” and “Frequency detection 4.”
Parameter L4-04 sets the hysteresis level for these functions. Refer to H2-01 to H2-03: Terminal M1-M2, M3-M4, and
M5-M6 Function Selection on page 190, Settings 13, 14, 15, and 16.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L4-03 Speed Agreement Detection Level (+/-) –400.0 to 400.0 Hz <1> 0.0 Hz
L4-04 Speed Agreement Detection Width (+/-) 0.0 to 20.0 Hz <2> Determined by A1-02
<1> The setting range depends on the control mode selected for the drive. The setting range is –100.0 to 100.0% in AOLV/PM and CLV/PM.
<2> The setting range depends on the control mode selected for the drive. The setting range is 0.0 to 40.0% in AOLV/PM and CLV/PM.
n L4-05: Frequency Reference Loss Detection Selection
The drive can detect a loss of an analog frequency reference from input A1, A2, or A3. Frequency reference loss is
detected when the frequency reference drops below 10% of the reference before or below 5% of the maximum output
Parameter Details
frequency within 400 ms.
Figure 5.85
Analog 100%
frequency
reference 10%
400 ms
Loss of 5
Reference OFF ON
output
time
Figure 5.85 Loss of Reference Function
To have a digital output trigger when frequency reference loss occurs, set H2-01, H2-02, or H2-03 to C. Refer to Setting
C: Frequency reference loss on page 194 for details on setting the output function.
Parameter L4-05 selects the operation when a frequency reference loss is detected.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L4-05 Frequency Reference Loss Detection Selection 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Stop
Drive follows the frequency reference (which is no longer present) and simply stops the motor.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 223
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 1: Continue operation with reduced frequency reference
The drive will continue operation at the frequency reference value set in parameter L4-06. When the external frequency
reference value is restored, the operation is continued with the frequency reference.
n L4-06: Frequency Reference at Reference Loss
Sets the frequency reference level the drive runs with when L4-05 = 1 and a reference loss was detected. The value is set
as a percentage of the frequency reference when the loss was detected.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L4-06 Frequency Reference at Reference Loss 0.0 to 100.0% 80.0%
n L4-07: Speed Agreement Detection Selection
Determines when frequency detection is activated.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L4-07 Speed Agreement Detection Selection 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: During run only (no detection while drive output is shut off)
Setting 1: Detection always enabled
n L4-08: Frequency Agree Condition Selection
Sets whether a frequency agree situation should be determined by the soft-starter output frequency or by the estimated
speed of the motor.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L4-08 Frequency Agree Condition Selection 0, 1 1
Setting 0: Use the soft starter output frequency to determine frequency agree
Setting 1: Use the motor speed to determine frequency agree
The setting of L4-08 affects the other drive functions listed below.
• Conditions for overtorque/undertorque detection 1 and 2 (L6-01, L6-04) become so that both fault and alarm detection
for overtorque 1 and 2 (oL3, oL4) are possible only during speed agree.
• Frequency agree detection is possible with the following settings for the multi-function output terminals.
Setting Function
2 Speed Agree 1
3 User-set Speed Agree 1
4 Frequency Detection 1
5 Frequency Detection 2
13 Speed Agree 2
14 User-set Speed Agree 2
15 Frequency Detection 3
16 Frequency Detection 4
• MEMOBUS Monitor Data
Register No. Contents
Drive Status 2
bit2 Speed Agree
002CH bit3 User Speed Agree
bit4 Frequency Detection 1
bit5 Frequency Detection 2
Drive Status (U1-12)
004BH
bit4 During Speed Agree
• Monitor Parameter
No. Name Description
U1-12 Drive Status The 5th digit from the right indicates whether speed agree has been reached or not.
224 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
u L5: Fault Restart
After a fault has occurred, this function attempts to automatically restart the motor and continue operation instead of
stopping.
The drive can be set up to perform a self-diagnostic check and resume the operation after a fault has occurred. If the self-
check is successful and the cause of the fault has disappeared, the drive restarts by first performing Speed Search (Refer
to b3: Speed Search on page 121 for details).
Note: 1. The wiring sequence should remove the Forward/Reverse command when a fault is triggered and output is shut off.
2. With the Forward/Reverse command removed, the drive can perform a self-diagnostic check and attempt to reset the fault
automatically.
DANGER! Never use the fault restart function in hoist-type applications.
The drive can attempt to restart itself following the faults listed below.
Fault Name Fault Name
GF Ground Fault oL4 Overtorque 2
LF Output Open Phase ov DC Bus Overvoltage
oC Overcurrent PF Input Phase Loss
oH1 Drive Overheat rH Braking Resistor Fault
oL1 Motor Overload rr Braking Transistor Fault
oL2 Drive Overload Uv1 DC Bus Undervoltage <1>
oL3 Overtorque 1 STo Pull-Out Detection
<1> When L2-01 is set to 1 or 2 (continue operation during momentary power loss)
Use parameters L5-01 to L5-05 to set up automatic fault restart.
To output a signal during fault restart, set H2-01, H2-02, or H2-03 to 1E.
n L5-01: Number of Auto Restart Attempts
Sets the number of times that the drive may attempt to restart itself.
The method of incrementing the restart counter is determined by the setting of parameter L5-05. When the counter
reaches the number set in L5-01, the operation stops and the fault has to be reset manually after correcting the cause.
The restart counter is incremented at each restart attempt, regardless of whether the attempt was successful. When the
counter reaches the number set in L5-01, the operation stops and the fault has to be reset manually after correcting the
cause.
The number of fault restarts is reset back to zero when:
Parameter Details
• The drive operates normally for ten minutes following a fault restart.
• A fault is cleared manually after protective functions are triggered.
• The power supply is cycled.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L5-01 Number of Auto Restart Attempts 0 to 10 Times 0 Time
n L5-02: Auto Restart Fault Output Operation Selection 5
Determines if a fault output is triggered (H2- = E) when the drive attempts to restart.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L5-02 Auto Restart Fault Output Operation Selection 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: No fault output
Setting 1: Fault output is set
n L5-04: Fault Reset Interval Time
Determines the amount of time to wait between restart attempts when parameter L5-05 is set to 1.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L5-04 Fault Reset Interval Time 0.5 to 600.0 s 10.0 s
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 225
5.8 L: Protection Functions
n L5-05: Fault Reset Operation Selection
No. Name Setting Range Default
L5-05 Fault Reset Operation Selection 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Count successful restarts
The drive will continuously attempt to restart. If it restarts successfully, the restart counter is increased. This operation is
repeated each time a fault occurs until the counter reaches the value set in L5-01.
Setting 1: Count restart attempts
The drive will try to restart using the time interval set in parameter L5-04. A record is kept of the number of attempts to
restart to the drive, regardless of whether or not those attempts were successful. When the number of attempted restarts
exceeds the value set to L5-01, the drive gives up trying to restart.
u L6: Torque Detection
The drive provides two independent torque detection functions that trigger an alarm or fault signal. Make sure an
overtorque alarm will be displayed when necessary in applications that may be damaged from excessive torque. They are
set up using the L6- parameters. To indicate the underload or overload condition to an external device, digital
outputs should be programmed as shown below.
Note: The drive can notify the user that an overtorque situation has been reached. This is particularly useful in applications where
overtorque can damage connected machinery. Use the torque detection for this purpose. Use undertorque detection to discover
application problems.
H2-01, H2-02, H2-03 Description
Setting
B Torque detection 1, N.O. (output closes when overload or underload is detected)
17 Torque detection 1, N.C. (output opens when overload or underload is detected
18 Torque detection 2, N.O. (output close when overload or underload is detected)
19 Torque detection 2, N.C. (output opens when overload or underload is detected)
Figure 5.86 and Figure 5.87 show the function of overtorque and undertorque detection.
Figure 5.86
Motor current / torque
10 % hysteresis 10 % hysteresis
L6-02/05
L6-03/06 L6-03/06
Torque detection 1 (NO)
or
Torque detection 2 (NO) ON ON
Figure 5.86 Overtorque Detection Operation
Figure 5.87
Motor current / torque 10 % hysteresis
L6-02/05
L6-03/06 L6-03/06
Torque detection 1 (NO)
or
Torque detection 2 (NO) ON ON
Figure 5.87 Undertorque Detection Operation
Note: 1. The torque detection function uses a hysteresis of 10% of the drive rated output current and motor rated torque.
2. In V/f, V/f w/PG and OLV/PM, the level is set as a percentage of the drive rated output current. In OLV, CLV, AOLV/PM and CLV/
PM, it is set as a percentage of the motor rated torque.
An analog input signal can be used to set the detection level of torque detection 1 (L6-01). Refer to Multi-Function
Analog Input Terminal Settings on page 204 for details on assigning a function to an analog input.
226 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
n L6-01, L6-04: Torque Detection Selection 1, 2
The torque detection function is triggered when the current or torque exceeds the levels set in L6-02 and L6-05 for longer
than the time set in L6-03 and L6-06. L6-01 and L6-04 select the conditions for detection and the operation that follows.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L6-01 Torque Detection Selection 1 0 to 8 0
L6-04 Torque Detection Selection 2 0 to 8 0
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: oL3, oL4 at Speed Agree - Alarm
Overtorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference, i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration. The operation continues after detection and an oL3/oL4 alarm is triggered.
Setting 2: oL3, oL4 at Run - Alarm
Overtorque detection works as long as the Run command is active. The operation continues after detection and an oL3 or
oL4 alarm is triggered.
Setting 3: oL3, oL4 at Speed Agree - Fault
Overtorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference, i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration. The operation is stopped and an oL3 or oL4 fault is triggered.
Setting 4: oL3, oL4 at Run - Fault
Overtorque detection works as long as a Run command is active. Operation stops and an oL3 or oL4 fault is triggered.
Setting 5: UL3, UL4 at Speed Agree - Alarm
Undertorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference, i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration. The operation continues after detection and a UL3 or UL4 alarm is triggered.
Setting 6: UL3, UL4 at Run - Alarm
Undertorque detection works as long as the Run command is active. The operation continues after detection and a UL3 or
UL4 alarm is triggered.
Setting 7: UL3, UL4 at Speed Agree - Fault
Undertorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference, i.e., no detection during
acceleration and deceleration. The operation is stopped and a UL3 or UL4 fault is triggered.
Setting 8: UL3, UL4 at Run - Fault
Undertorque detection works as long as a Run command is active. Operation stops and a UL3 or UL4 fault is triggered.
n L6-02, L6-05: Torque Detection Level 1, 2
Parameter Details
These parameters set the detection levels for the torque detection functions 1 and 2. The setting for torque detection is set
as a percentage of either the drive rated current or of the motor rated torque, depending on the control mode. In V/f
Control, V/f with PG Control, and OLV/PM, L6-02 and L6-05 are set as a percentage of the drive rated current. In all
other control modes (OLV, CLV, AOLV/PM) torque detection is set as a percentage of the motor rated torque.
5
No. Name Setting Range Default
L6-02 Torque Detection Level 1 0 to 300% 150%
L6-05 Torque Detection Level 2 0 to 300% 150%
Note: The torque detection level 1 (L6-02) can also be supplied by an analog input terminal set to H3- = 7. Here, the analog value
has priority and the setting in L6-02 is disregarded. Torque detection level 2 (L6-05) cannot be set by an analog input.
n L6-03, L6-06: Torque Detection Time 1, 2
These parameters determine the time required to trigger an alarm or fault after exceeding the levels in L6-02 and L6-05.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L6-03 Torque Detection Time 1 0.0 to 10.0 s 0.1 s
L6-06 Torque Detection Time 2 0.0 to 10.0 s 0.1 s
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 227
5.8 L: Protection Functions
u L7: Torque Limit
The torque limit function can be used to limit the torque in each of the four quadrants individually and thereby protect the
machinery. It can be used in OLV, CLV, AOLV/PM, and CLV/PM control modes. The limit can be either set by
parameters or by analog inputs. A digital output programmed for “During torque limit” (H2-01, H2-02, H2-03 = 30) can
be switched when the drive is operating at the torque limit.
n Setting Torque Limits
The torque limits are defined by parameters L7-01 to L7-04 for each of the four operation quadrants. Analog inputs can
also be used to either define a general limit for all operation conditions (H3-02, H3-06, H3-10 = 15) or for setting
separate limits for each operation condition (H3-02, H3-06, H3-10 = 10, 11, or 12). Figure 5.88 shows which of the limit
settings is applied in each quadrant.
If two limit values are defined for the same operation conditions, the drive will use the lower value.
Note: The maximum output torque is ultimately limited by the drive output current (max. 150% of drive rated current in HD, 120% in
ND). Output torque will not exceed the limit set for the drive rated current, even if the torque limits are set to higher values.
Example: If parameter L7-01 = 130%, L7-02 to L7-04 = 200%, and a general torque limit of 150% is set by an analog
input (H2-02, H2-06, H2-10 = 15), then the torque limit in quadrant 1 will be 130%, but 150% in all other quadrants.
Figure 5.88
positive torque
REV run regenerative FWD run motoring
10: Positive Torque Limit 10: Positive Torque Limit
12: Regenerative Torque Limit 15: Torque Limit
15: Torque Limit Parameter L7-01
Parameter L7-04
quadrant 2 quadrant 1
REV motor rotation FWD motor rotation
quadrant 3 quadrant 4
11: Negative Torque Limit
11: Negative Torque Limit 12: Regenerative Torque Limit
15: Torque Limit 15: Torque Limit
Parameter L7-02 Parameter L7-03
REV run motoring FWD run regenerative
negative torque
Figure 5.88 Torque Limit Parameters and Analog Input Settings
n L7-01 to L7-04: Torque Limits
These parameters set the torque limits in each operation mode. The value is set as a percentage of the motor rated torque.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L7-01 Forward Torque Limit 0 to 300% 200%
L7-02 Reverse Torque Limit 0 to 300% 200%
L7-03 Forward Regenerative Torque Limit 0 to 300% 200%
L7-04 Reverse Regenerative Torque Limit 0 to 300% 200%
Note: If the multi-function analog input (H3-02, H3-06, or H3-10) is programmed for “10: Forward torque limit”, “11: Reverse torque
limit”, “12: Regenerative torque limit”, or “15: General torque limit”, the drive uses the lower value in L7-01 through L7-04, or
analog input torque limit.
n L7-06: Torque Limit Integral Time Constant
Sets the integral time constant for the torque limit function. Decrease this setting for faster torque limit response. Increase
it if oscillation occur when operating at the torque limit.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L7-06 Torque Limit Integral Time Constant 5 to 10000 ms 200 ms
n L7-07: Torque Limit Control Method Selection during Accel/Decel
Selects the function of torque limit during acceleration and deceleration.
228 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
No. Name Setting Range Default
L7-07 Torque Limit Control Method Selection during Accel/Decel 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Proportional control
The torque limit function works with P control during accel and decel, and switches to I control at constant speed. Use
this setting when accelerating or decelerating to the desired speed has priority over the torque limit during speed changes.
Setting 1: Integral control
The torque limit function always uses I control. Use this setting when a highly accurate torque limit is required, even
during speed changes. Using this function may increase the acceleration time, or may prevent the motor speed from
reaching the frequency reference if the torque limit is reached first.
n L7-16: Torque Limit Process at Start
Assigns a time filter to allow the torque limit to build at start.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L7-16 Torque Limit Process at Start 0 to 1 1
Setting 0: Disabled
Toque limit is created at start without a delay time. Disable L7-16 to maximize response time when the application
requires sudden acceleration or deceleration at start.
Setting 1: Enabled
A time filter is added to allow the torque limit to build at start.
u L8: Drive Protection
n L8-01: Internal Dynamic Braking Resistor Protection Selection (ERF type)
This parameter selects the dynamic braking resistor protection when using an optional heatsink mounted braking resistor
(ERF type, 3% ED).
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-01 Internal Dynamic Braking Resistor Protection Selection (ERF type) 0 or 1 1
Setting 0: Disabled
Disables braking resistor protection. Use this setting for any braking option other than the Yaskawa ERF type resistor.
Setting 1: Enabled
Parameter Details
Enables protection for ERF type resistors.
n L8-02: Overheat Alarm Level
Sets the overheat alarm (oH) detection level.
The drive will output an alarm when the heatsink temperature exceeds the alarm level set in parameter L8-02. If the
operation when this alarm occurs is set for continued operation (L8-03 = 4) and the temperature reaches the overheat
5
fault level, the drive will trigger an oH1 fault and stop operation.
When an output terminal is set for the oH pre-alarm (H2- = 20), the switch will close when the heatsink temperature
rises above L8-02.
No. Name Setting Range Default
Determined by C6-01 and
L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level 50 to 150 °C
o2-04
n L8-03: Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection
Sets the operation when an overheat pre-alarm is detected.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 229
5.8 L: Protection Functions
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-03 Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection 0 to 3 3
Setting 0: Ramp to stop
If an overheat alarm occurs, the drive decelerates to stop using the deceleration time currently selected. If a digital output
is programmed for “fault” (H2- = E), this output will be triggered.
Setting 1: Coast to stop
If heatsink overheat (oH) occurs, the drive switches off the output and the motor coasts to stop. If a digital output is
programmed for “fault” (H2- = E), this output will be triggered.
Setting 2: Fast Stop
If an overheat alarm occurs, the drive decelerates to stop using the Fast Stop time (C1-09). If a digital output is
programmed for “fault” (H2- = E), this output will be triggered.
Setting 3: Alarm only
If an overheat alarm occurs, an alarm is output and the drive continues operation.
n L8-05: Input Phase Loss Protection Selection
Enables or disables the input phase loss detection.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-05 Input Phase Loss Protection Selection 0, 1, 4 1
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled (software detection only)
Setting 4: Enabled (both software and hardware detection)
Enables input phase loss detection. As detection is performed by measuring the DC bus ripple, a phase loss fault (PF) can
also be triggered by a power supply voltage imbalance or main circuit capacitor deterioration. Detection is disabled if:
• The drive is decelerating.
• No Run command is active.
• Output current is less than or equal to 30% of the drive rated current.
n L8-07: Output Phase Loss Protection Selection
Enables or disables the output phase loss detection, which is triggered when the output current falls below 5% of the
drive rated current.
Note: 1. Output phase loss detection can mistakenly be triggered if the motor rated current is very small compared to the drive rating. Disable
this parameter in such cases.
2. Output phase loss detection is not possible when the drive is running a PM motor with light load.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-07 Output Phase Loss Protection Selection 0 to 2 0
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Fault when one phase is lost
An output phase loss fault (LF) is triggered when one output phase is lost. The output shuts off and the motor coasts to
stop.
Setting 2: Fault when two phases are lost
An output phase loss fault (LF) is triggered when two output phases are lost. The output shuts off and the motor coasts to
stop.
n L8-09: Output Ground Fault Detection Selection
Enables or disables the output ground fault detection.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-09 Output Ground Fault Detection Selection 0 or 1 1
230 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 0: Disabled
Ground faults are not detected.
Setting 1: Enabled
A ground fault (GF) is triggered when high leakage current or a ground short circuit occurs in one or two output phases.
n L8-10: Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection
Selects the heatsink cooling fan operation.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-10 Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Run with timer
The fan is switched on when a Run command is active. It is switched off with the delay set in parameter L8-11 after the
Run command has been released. Using this setting extends the fan lifetime.
Setting 1: Run always
The fan runs whenever power is supplied to the drive.
n L8-11: Heatsink Cooling Fan Off-Delay Time
Sets the cooling fan switch off-delay time if parameter L8-10 is set to 0.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-11 Heatsink Cooling Fan Off-Delay Time 0 to 300 s 60 s
n L8-12: Ambient Temperature Setting
If the temperature where the drive is mounted is above the specified values, the drive rated current must be reduced for
optimal performance life. By setting the ambient temperature to parameter L8-12 and adjusting the installation method
setting in L8-35, the drive rating automatically adapts to safe values.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-12 Ambient Temperature Setting -10 to 50°C 40°C
n L8-15: oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speeds
Selects whether the drive overload capability (oL fault detection level) is reduced at low speeds in order to prevent
premature output transistor failures.
Note: Contact Yaskawa for consultation first before disabling this setting.
Parameter Details
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-15 oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speed 0 or 1 1
Setting 0: Protection disabled at low speed
The overload protection level is not reduced. Frequently operating the drive with high output current at low speed can
lead to premature drive faults. 5
Setting 1: protection enabled at low speed
The overload protection level (oL2 fault detection level) is automatically reduced at speeds below 6 Hz.
n L8-18: Software Current Limit Selection
The Software Current Limit (CLA) is a drive protection function that prevents main circuit transistor failures caused by
high current. Parameter L8-18 enables or disables this function.
Note: This setting should not be changed unless absolutely necessary. For proper drive protection and operation leave the Software
CLA function enabled.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-18 Software Current Limit Selection 0 or 1 0
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 231
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 0: Software CLA disabled
The drive may trip on an oC fault if the load is too heavy or the acceleration is too short.
Setting 1: Software CLA enabled
When the soft CLA current level is reached, the drive reduces the output voltage in order to reduce the current. If the
current level drops below the Software CLA level, then normal operation will continue.
n L8-27: Overcurrent Detection Gain
Adjusts the overcurrent detection level when running in OLV/PM, AOLV/PM, or CLV/PM. A setting of 100% is equal to
the motor rated current. When the drive rated current is considerably higher than the motor rated current, use this
parameter to decrease the overcurrent level in order to prevent motor demagnetization by too high current.
Overcurrent detection will use whichever value is the lowest: the overcurrent level for the drive, or the motor rated
current multiplied by L8-27.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-27 Overcurrent Detection Gain 0.0 to 300.0% 300.0%
n L8-29: Current Unbalance Detection (LF2)
Enables or disables output current imbalance detection when running in OLV/PM, AOLV/PM, or CLV/PM. Current
unbalance can heat up a PM motor and lead to demagnetization of the magnets. The current imbalance detection function
prevents such motor damage by monitoring output current and triggering the LF2 fault when current unbalance occurs.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-29 Current Unbalance Detection (LF2) 0 or 1 1
Setting 0: Disabled
No current unbalance protection is provided to the motor.
Setting 1: Enabled
The LF2 fault is triggered if an output current imbalance is detected. Drive output shuts off and the motor coasts to stop.
n L8-32 Main Contactor and Cooling Fan Power Supply Failure Selection
Determines drive operation when a FAn fault occurs.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-32 Main Contactor and Cooling Fan Power Supply Failure Selection 0 to 3 1
Setting 0: Ramp to stop
The drive stops the motor using the deceleration time1 set in parameter C1-02.
Setting 1: Coast to stop
The drive output is switched off and the motor coasts to stop.
Setting 2: Fast stop
The drive stops the motor using the Fast stop time set in parameter C1-09.
Setting 3: Alarm only
The operation is continued and a FAn alarm is displayed on the digital operator.
Note: FAn is detected as an error when setting 0 to 2 is selected. It is detected as an alarm when setting 3 is selected.
n L8-35: Installation Method Selection
Selects the type of installation for the drive and changes the drive overload (oL2) limits accordingly.
Note: 1. This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized.
2. The value is preset to the appropriate value when the drive is shipped. Change the value only when using Side-by-Side installation or
when mounting a standard drive with the heatsink outside the cabinet.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-35 Installation Method Selection 0 to 3 Determined by o2-04
232 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 0: IP20 enclosure drive
For an IP20 enclosure drive installed with at a minimum of 30 mm space to the next drive or a cabinet wall.
Setting 1: Side-by-Side mounting
For drives mounted according to Yaskawa’s Side-by-Side specifications (requires 2 mm between drives).
Setting 2: NEMA Type 1
For drives compliant with NEMA Type 1 enclosure specifications.
Setting 3: Finless model or external heatsink Installation
For finless drives or a standard drive mounted with the heatsink outside the cabinet or enclosure panel.
n L8-38: Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection
Lets the drive reduce the carrier frequency when the output current exceeds a certain level. This temporarily increases the
overload capability (oL2 detection), allowing the drive to run through transient load peaks without tripping.
L8-38 selects the operation of the carrier frequency reduction function.
Note: This function cannot be used in Advanced Open Loop Vector for PM motors.
No. Name Setting Range Default
Determined by A1-02 and
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection 0 to 2
o2-04
Setting 0: Disabled
No carrier frequency reduction at high current.
Setting 1: Enabled for output frequencies below 6 Hz
The carrier frequency is reduced at speeds below 6 Hz when the current exceeds 100% of the drive rated current. The
drive returns to its normal carrier frequency when the current falls below 88% or the output frequency exceeds 7 Hz.
Setting 2: Enabled for entire frequency range
The carrier frequency is reduced at the following speeds:
• Below 6 Hz when the current exceeds 100% of the drive rated current.
• Above 7 Hz when the current exceeds 112% of the drive rated current.
The drive uses the delay time set in parameter L8-40 and a hysteresis of 12% when switching the carrier frequency back
to the set value.
n L8-40: Carrier Frequency Reduction Off-Delay Time
Sets a hold time before returning to the original carrier frequency setting after the carrier frequency has been temporarily
Parameter Details
derated as determined by L8-38. The carrier frequency reduction function is disabled if this value is 0.00 s.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-40 Carrier Frequency Reduction Off-Delay Time 0.00 to 2.00 s Determined by A1-02
n L8-41: High Current Alarm Selection 5
Triggers a high current alarm (HCA) when the output current rises too much.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-41 High Current Alarm Selection 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Disabled
No alarm is detected.
Setting 1: Enabled
An alarm is triggered when the output current exceeds 150% of the drive rated current. A digital output set for an alarm
(H2- = 10) will close.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 233
5.8 L: Protection Functions
n L8-46: AVR Function Selection
Enables or disabled the AVR function. If enabled AVR adjusts the PWM to have the output voltage at the desired level
even if the DC bus voltage changes.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-46 AVR Function Selection 0, 1 1
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
n L8-55: Internal Braking Transistor Protection
Enables or disables protection for the internal braking transistor.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-55 Internal Braking Transistor Protection 0 or 1 1
Setting 0: Disabled
Braking transistor protection should be disabled whenever the internal braking transistor is not used. This includes,
• when using a regen converter such as DC5.
• when using a regen unit such as RC5.
• when using external braking transistor options like CDBR units.
• when the drive is used in common DC bus applications and the internal braking chopper is not installed.
Enabling this L8-55 under such conditions can incorrectly trigger a braking transistor fault (rF).
Setting 1: Enabled
The following models come with a built-in braking transistor:
• CIMR-T 2A0004 to 2A0138
• CIMR-T 4A0002 to 4A0072
Enable L8-55 when connecting a braking resistor or a braking resistor unit to the drive built-in braking transistor.
n L8-93: Pull-Out Detection Time at Low Speed
Sets the amount of time until baseblock is executed once pull-out has been detected at low speed. A setting of 0.0 s
essentially disables this parameters.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-93 Pull-Out Detection Time at Low Speed 0.0 to 10.0 s 1.0 s
n L8-94: Pull-Out Detection Level at Low Speed
Determines the detection level of pull-out at low speed. The value is set as a percentage of the maximum frequency.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-94 Pull-Out Detection Level at Low Speed 0 to 10% 3%
n L8-95: Average Pull-Out Frequency at Low Speed
Sets the average number of times pull-out can occur at low speed.
No. Name Setting Range Default
L8-95 Average Pull-Out Frequency at Low Speed 1 to 50 Times 10 Times
234 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
These parameters handle a variety of specialized adjustments and functions, including Hunting Prevention, AFR Control,
Overexcitation Deceleration, resistance between motor lines, and PM motor control functions.
u n1: Hunting Prevention
Hunting Prevention keeps the drive from hunting as a result of low inertia and operating with light load. Hunting often
occurs with a high carrier frequency and an output frequency below 30 Hz.
n n1-01: Hunting Prevention Selection
Enables or disables the Hunting Prevention function.
Note: This function is available only when using V/f Control. Hunting Prevention should be disabled when drive response is more
important than suppressing motor oscillation. This function can also be disabled without any problems in applications with high
inertia loads or relatively heavy loads.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n1-01 Hunting Prevention Selection 0 or 1 1
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
n n1-02: Hunting Prevention Gain Setting
Sets the gain for the Hunting Prevention Function.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n1-02 Hunting Prevention Gain Setting 0.00 to 2.50 1.00
Normally, n1-02 does not need to be changed, but adjustment may help under the following conditions:
• If the motor vibrates while lightly loaded and n1-01 = 1, increase the gain by 0.1 until vibration ceases.
• If the motor stalls while n1-01 = 1, decrease the gain by 0.1 until the stalling ceases.
n n1-03: Hunting Prevention Time Constant
Determines how responsive the Hunting Prevention function is (affects the primary delay time for Hunting Prevention).
No. Name Setting Range Default
n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time Constant 0 to 500 ms Determined by o2-04
Normally, n1-03 does not need to be changed, but adjustment may help under the following conditions:
Parameter Details
• Increase this value for applications with a large load inertia. A higher setting leads to slower response, though, which
can result in oscillation at lower frequencies.
• Lower this setting if oscillation occurs at low speed.
n n1-05: Hunting Prevention Gain while in Reverse
5
This parameter is the same as n1-02, except that it is used when rotating in reverse. See the explanation for n1-02.
Note: When set to 0 ms, n1-02 is enabled even when the drive is operating in reverse.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n1-05 Hunting Prevention Gain while in Reverse 0.00 to 2.50 0.00
u n2: Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Tuning
These parameters are used to achieve speed stability when a load is suddenly applied or removed.
Note: Before making changes to the AFR parameters, make sure all motor parameters are set properly or perform Auto-Tuning.
n n2-01: Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Gain
Sets the internal speed feedback detection control gain in the AFR.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 235
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
No. Name Setting Range Default
n2-01 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Gain 0.00 to 10.00 1.00
Normally there is no need to adjust n2-01 from the default setting. Make adjustments in the following cases:
• If hunting occurs, increase the setting value in steps of 0.05 while checking the response.
• If response is low, decrease the setting value in steps of 0.05 while checking the response.
n n2-02, n2-03: Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time Constant 1, 2
Parameter n2-02 sets the time constant normally used by AFR.
Parameter n2-03 sets the time constant during Speed Search or regenerative operation.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n2-02 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time Constant 1 0 to 2000 ms 50 ms
n2-03 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time Constant 2 0 to 2000 ms 750 ms
Note: Parameter n2-02 cannot be set higher than n2-03 or an oPE08 error will result.
These parameters rarely need to be changed. Adjust settings only under the following conditions:
• If hunting occurs, increase n2-02. If response is low, decrease it.
• Increase n2-03 if overvoltage occurs with high inertia loads at the end of acceleration or with sudden load changes.
• If setting n2-02 to a higher value, also increase C4-02 (Torque Compensation Delay Time Constant 1) proportionally.
• If setting n2-02 to a higher value, also increase C4-06 (Torque Compensation Delay Time Constant 2) proportionally.
u n3: Overexcitation Deceleration
n Overexcitation Deceleration (induction motors)
Overexcitation Deceleration increases the flux during deceleration and allows shorter deceleration time settings without
the use of a braking resistor. Enabled by setting L3-04 to 4 or 5. See L3-04: Stall Prevention Selection during
Deceleration on page 220.
Notes on Overexcitation Deceleration
• As regenerative energy is mainly dissipated as heat in the motor, the motor temperature will rise if Overexcitation
Deceleration is applied frequently. In such cases, make sure the motor temperature does not exceed the maximum
allowable value or consider using a braking resistor option instead.
• During Overexcitation Deceleration 2, Hunting Prevention in V/f Control and torque limits in Open Loop Vector
Control are disabled.
• Do not use Overexcitation Deceleration in combination with a braking resistor option.
• Overexcitation Deceleration can be used in Open and Closed Loop Vector Control, but it lowers the accuracy of Torque
Control, and thereby the braking efficiency. It can be most efficiently used in a V/f Control.
• Overexcitation Deceleration cannot be used with PM motors.
Parameter Adjustments
• Use parameters n3-13 through n3-23 for adjusting Overexcitation Deceleration.
• When repetitive or long Overexcitation Deceleration results in motor overheat, lower the overexcitation gain (n3-13)
and reduce the overslip suppression current level (n3-21).
• During Overexcitation Deceleration 1 (L3-04 = 4), the drive decelerates at the active deceleration time (C1-02, C1-04,
C1-06, or C1-08). Make sure to set this time so that no overvoltage (ov) fault occurs.
• During Overexcitation Deceleration 2 (L3-04 = 5), the drive decelerates using the active deceleration time while
adjusting the deceleration rate in order to keep the DC bus voltage at the level set in L3-17. The actual stopping time
will be longer or shorter than the set deceleration time, depending on the motor characteristics and the load inertia. If
overvoltage occurs (ov), try increasing the deceleration time.
• When a Run command is entered during Overexcitation Deceleration, overexcitation operation is cancelled and the
drive will reaccelerate to the specified speed.
236 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
n n3-13: Overexcitation Deceleration Gain
Multiplies a gain to the V/f pattern output value during Overexcitation Deceleration, thereby determining the level of
overexcitation. The drive returns to the normal V/f value after the motor has stopped or when it is accelerating to the
frequency reference.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n3-13 Overexcitation Deceleration Gain 1.00 to 1.40 1.10
The optimum setting for n3-13 depends on the motor flux saturation characteristics.
• Increase the gain gradually by 1.25 to 1.30 to improve the braking power of Overexcitation Deceleration.
• If flux saturation characteristics cause overcurrent, try lowering n3-13. A high setting sometimes causes overcurrent
(oC), motor overload (oL1), or drive overload (oL2). Lowering n3-21 can also help remedy these problems.
n n3-14: High Frequency Injection during Overexcitation Deceleration
Enables High Frequency Injection while Overexcitation Deceleration is executed. Injecting high frequency into the
motor increases loss, which in turn shortens deceleration time. This function tends to increase audible noise from the
motor, and might not be desirable in environments where motor noise is a concern.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n3-14 High Frequency Injection During Overexcitation Deceleration 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
n n3-21: Overslip Suppression Current Level
If the motor current exceeds the value set to n3-21 during Overexcitation Deceleration due to flux saturation, the drive
will automatically reduce the overexcitation gain. Parameter n3-21 is set as a percentage of the drive rated current.
This parameter should be set to a relatively low value to optimize deceleration. If overcurrent, oL1, or oL2 occur during
Overexcitation Deceleration, reduce the overslip suppression current level.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n3-21 Overslip Suppression Current Level 0 to 150% 100%
n n3-23: Overexcitation Operation Selection
Limit the Overexcitation Deceleration operation selected in parameter L3-04 to forward only or reverse only.
Parameter Details
No. Name Setting Range Default
n3-23 Overexcitation Operation Selection 0 to 2 0
Setting 0: Overexcitation Operation as Selected in L3-04 in Forward and Reverse Direction
Setting 1: Overexcitation Operation as Selected in L3-04 in Forward Direction Only
Setting 2: Overexcitation Operation as Selected in L3-04 in Reverse Direction Only
u n5: Feed Forward Control 5
Enabling Feed Forward can improve the drives responsiveness to speed reference changes in applications where a high
speed control proportional gain setting (ASR gain, C5-01, C5-03) would lead to problems with overshoot, undershoot, or
oscillation. Figure 5.89 gives an example of overshoot reduction by Feed Forward. Parameters related to this function
and the function principle are illustrated in Figure 5.90. Feed Forward can only be used in Closed Loop Vector Control
for induction or PM motors (A1-02 = 4 or 7), or in Advanced Open Loop Vector Control for PM motors (A1-02 = 6).
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 237
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
Figure 5.89
1050 1050 Suppresses
overshoot at the
Overshoot end of acceleration
Motor Speed (r/min)
Motor Speed (r/min)
900 900
750 750
0 0
0 0.5 1 0 0.5 1
Time (s) Time (s)
Conventional Speed Control Feed Forward Control
Figure 5.89 Overshoot Suppression by Feed Forward Control
Figure 5.90
Feed Forward Output
U6-26
Feed Forward Torque
Frequency Compensation Value
reference after
Soft Starter Feed Forward
Control
n5-02/03 ASR Delay and
+ + Torque reference
+ ASR P and I
Torque Limits
Frequency - C5-01/02/03/04
C5-06, L7-
Reference
U1-20
Speed U6-25 U1-09
Feedback
ASR Output
Figure 5.90 Feed Forward Control
Note: 1. Feed Forward can only be used in CLV, AOLV/PM, and CLV/PM control modes.
2. Prior to using Feed Forward, always perform Auto-Tuning or set the correct motor data manually. Also perform ASR Auto-Tuning to
set the speed loop gain (C5-01), or adjust it manually. Fine-tune the other speed control loop parameters (C5-) if required.
3. If not restricted by the application, use Inertia Auto Tuning (T1-01 = 8) to have the drive automatically optimize Feed Forward
parameters. If Inertia Auto Tuning cannot be performed, parameters related to Feed Forward should be set manually.
n n5-01: Feed Forward Control Selection
Enables to disables the Feed Forward function.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n5-01 Feed Forward Control Selection 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
n n5-02: Motor Acceleration Time
Sets the time required to accelerate the motor from a full stop up to the rated speed at the rated torque.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
Determined by C6-01,
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time 0.001 to 10.000 s
E5-01 and o2-04
This value can be set automatically by Inertia Auto-Tuning. If Inertia Auto-Tuning cannot be performed, use one of the
methods below to determine the setting value for this parameter.
Calculation
The motor acceleration time can be calculated by,
Where:
2π JMotor nrated • JMotor is the motor inertia in kg⋅m2.
n5-02 =
60 Trated • nrated is the rated speed of the motor in r/min
• Trated is the rated torque of the motor in N⋅m.
or
Where:
4π JMotor frated • JMotor is the motor inertia in kg⋅m2.
n5-02 = • frated is the rated frequency of the motor in Hz.
p Trated
• p is the number of motor poles (not pole pairs!).
• Trated is the rated torque of the motor in N⋅m.
238 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
Measuring Acceleration Time
Take the following steps when measuring the motor acceleration time.
1. Decouple motor and load.
2. Make sure Auto-Tuning has been performed or that the correct motor data has been entered manually.
3. Make sure that the speed loop (ASR) has been set up properly.
4. Set the acceleration time to zero.
5. Set the forward torque limit in parameter L7-01 to 100%.
6. Set the frequency reference equal to the motor rated speed.
7. While monitoring the motor speed in U1-05, start the motor in the forward direction and measure the time it takes
to reach the rated speed.
8. Reverse the parameter settings above and set the measured time to parameter n5-02.
n n5-03: Feed Forward Control Gain
Parameter n5-03 sets the inertia ratio of the load connected to the motor.
No. Parameter Name Setting Range Default
n5-03 Feed Forward Control Gain 0.00 or 100.00 1.00
This value can be set automatically by Inertia Auto-Tuning. If Inertia Auto Tuning cannot be performed, determine the
value for parameter n5-03 using the following steps.
1. Setup parameter n5-02 correctly.
2. Couple motor and load.
3. Set the acceleration time C1-01 to 0.
4. Set the torque limits in the L7- parameters to a value that will easily be reached during the test (TLim_Test).
5. Set the frequency reference equal to a value in the upper speed range of the machine (fref_Test).
6. While monitoring the motor speed in U1-05, start the motor in the forward direction and measure the time it takes
to reach the set speed (taccel).
7. Reverse the parameter settings above and calculate the set value for parameter n5-03 using the formula below.
Where:
• taccel is the measured acceleration time in s.
taccel TLim_Test frated
n5-03 = -1 • frated is the rated frequency of the motor in Hz.
n5-02 fref_Test 100 • TLim_Test is torque limit setting during the test in %.
• fref_Test is the frequency reference during the test in Hz.
u n6: Online Tuning
Online Tuning prevents loss from insufficient torque and diminished speed control accuracy due to fluctuating motor
temperature.
Parameter Details
n n6-05: Online Tuning Gain
Sets the compensation gain for the voltage correction in the Online Tuning function (n6-01 = 2). Normally there is no
need to adjust n6-05, but increase the set value in steps of 0.1 if an overload fault occurs during voltage correction.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n6-05 Online Tuning Gain 0.10 to 5.00 1.00 5
u n8: PM Motor Control Tuning
These parameters are available in the vector control modes for permanent magnet motors and can be used to adjust the
control performance.
n n8-01: Initial Rotor Position Estimation Current
The initial rotor position estimation current is the current used to detect the initial position of the rotor. The value is set as
a percentage of the motor rated current (E5-03), using setting units of 1%. This parameter rarely needs to be changed.
If the motor nameplate lists an Si value, enter that value here.
Note: Parameter n8-01 is available only when in AOLV/PM or CLV/PM control mode.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n8-01 Initial Rotor Position Estimation Current 0 to 100% 50%
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 239
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
n n8-02: Pole Attraction Current
Sets the current applied to pull the rotor into position after the initial rotor position estimations are complete. The value is
set as a percentage of the motor rated current. Increase this setting in order to increase the starting torque.
Note: This parameter is available only when using AOLV/PM control mode.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n8-02 Pole Attraction Current 0 to 150% 80%
n n8-35: Initial Rotor Position Detection Selection
Selects how the rotor position is detected at start.
Note: 1. This parameter is available only when using AOLV/PM or CLV/PM control mode.
2. In CLV/PM, the drive performs a magnetic pole search the first time it starts the motor. After that, rotor position is calculated from the
PG encoder signal and saved until the drive is switched off. Parameter n8-35 determines how this initial pole search operates.
3. High Frequency Injection and pulse injection for rotor position detection (n8-35 = 1 or 2) can be used with IPM motors only. When
using a SPM motor, select the pull in method to find the initial position of the rotor (n8-35 = 0).
No. Name Setting Range Default
n8-35 Initial Rotor Position Detection Selection 0 to 2 1
Setting 0: Pull in
Starts the rotor using pull-in current.
Setting 1: High Frequency Injection
High frequency is injected in order to detect the rotor position. Some noise may be generated from the motor at start.
Setting 2: Pulse injection
A pulse signal is injected into the motor in order to detect the rotor position.
n n8-45: Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain
Sets the gain for internal speed feedback detection control. Although this setting rarely needs to be changed, adjustment
may be necessary under the following conditions:
• Increase this setting if motor oscillation or hunting occurs.
• Decrease this setting in increments of 0.05 to decrease drive responsiveness.
Note: This parameter is available only when using OLV/PM control mode.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n8-45 Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain 0.00 to 10.00 0.80
n n8-47: Pull-In Current Compensation Time Constant
Sets the time constant for the actual current and the pull-in current to match one another.
Although this setting rarely needs to be changed, adjustment may be necessary under the following conditions:
• Increase this setting when it takes too long for the reference value of the pull-in current to match the target value.
• Decrease this setting if motor oscillation occurs.
Note: This parameter is available only when using OLV/PM control mode.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n8-47 Pull-In Current Compensation Time Constant 0.0 to 100.0 s 5.0 s
n n8-48: Pull-In Current
Sets the d-axis current during no-load operation at a constant speed. Set as a percentage of the motor rated current.
• Increase this setting when hunting occurs or the motor speed is unstable while running at a constant speed.
• If there is too much current when driving a light load at a constant speed, then slightly increasing this value.
Note: This parameter is available only when using OLV/PM control mode.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n8-48 Pull-In Current 20 to 200% 30%
240 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
n n8-49: d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control
Sets the d-axis current reference when running with high load at constant speed. When using an IPM motor, setting this
parameter will increase the efficiency by using the motors reluctance torque and thereby reduce the energy consumption.
This parameter should be set to 0 when using an SPM motor.
Although this setting seldom needs to be changed, please note the following:
• If motor operation is unstable when driving heavy loads, try lowering this setting.
• If motor parameters (E5-) have been changed, this value will be reset to 0 and will need to be readjusted.
Note: This parameter is available only when using OLV/PM control mode.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n8-49 d Axis Current for High Efficiency Control -200.0 to 0.0% Determined by E5-01
n n8-51: Acceleration/Deceleration Pull-In Current
Sets the pull-in current during acceleration and deceleration as a percentage of the motor rated current (E5-03).
Adjustments to this setting may help in the following situations:
• Increase this setting when a large amount of starting torque is required.
• Lower this setting if there is excessive current during acceleration.
Note: This parameter is available only when using OLV/PM control mode.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n8-51 Acceleration/Deceleration Pull-In Current 0 to 200% 50%
n n8-54: Voltage Error Compensation Time Constant
Sets the time constant for voltage error compensation. Make changes to this parameter under the following conditions:
• Adjust the value when hunting occurs at low speed.
• Increase the value in steps of 0.1 when hunting occurs with sudden load changes. Try to disable the compensation by
setting n8-51 = 0 if increasing n8-54 does not help.
• Increase the value when oscillations occur at start.
Note: This parameter is available only when using OLV/PM control mode.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n8-54 Voltage Error Compensation Time Constant 0.00 to 10.00 1.00
n n8-55: Load Inertia
Sets the ratio between motor inertia and the inertia of the connected machinery. If this value is set too low, the motor may
not start very smoothly, and the STo fault (Motor Step-Out) may occur.
Parameter Details
For large inertia loads or to improve speed control response, increase this setting from 0. Oscillations may occur if this
value is set too high with low inertia load.
Note: This parameter is available only when using OLV/PM control mode.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n8-55 Load Inertia 0 to 3 0 5
Setting 0: Below 1:10
The inertia ratio between the motor and the load is just less than 1:10.
Setting 1: Between 1:10 and 1:30
The inertia ratio between the motor and the load is between 1:10 and 1:30. Set n8-55 to 1 if an STo fault occurs as a result
of impact load or sudden acceleration/deceleration when n8-55 = 0.
Setting 2: Between 1:30 and 1:50
The inertia ratio between the motor and the load is between 1:30 and 1:50. Set n8-55 to 2 if an STo fault occurs as a result
of impact load or sudden acceleration/deceleration when n8-55 = 1.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 241
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
Setting 3: Beyond 1:50
The inertia ratio between the motor and the load is higher than 1:50. Set n8-55 to 3 if an STo fault occurs as a result of
impact load or sudden acceleration/deceleration when n8-55 = 2.
n n8-57: High Frequency Injection
Detects motor speed by injecting a high frequency into the motor.
Note: This parameter is available only when using AOLV/PM control mode.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n8-57 High Frequency Injection 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Disabled
Disable n8-57 with SPM motors. The speed control range will be limited to approximately 1:20.
Setting 1: Enabled
Enabling n8-57 with IPM motors allows precise speed detection in a speed control range of approximately 1:100.
Note: 1. Be aware that using this function will generate some audible noise in the motor up to a certain speed.
2. Set E1-09 to 0.0 when using zero speed control.
n n8-62: Output Voltage Limit
Sets the output voltage limit to prevent voltage saturation. This parameter rarely requires adjustment. Never set this value
higher than the actual input voltage.
Note: This parameter is available in OLV/PM, AOLV/PM. and CLV/PM.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n8-62 <1> Output Voltage Limit 0.0 to 230.0 Vac 200 Vac
<1> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double values when using a 400 V class unit.
n n8-65: Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain during ov Suppression
Sets the gain for internal speed feedback detection control when overvoltage suppression is active. Although this setting
rarely needs to be changed, adjustment may be necessary under the following conditions:
• Increase this setting if motor oscillation or hunting occurs when OV suppression is active.
• Decrease this setting in increments of 0.05 to decrease the drive responsiveness during OV suppression.
Note: This parameter is available only when using OLV/PM control mode.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n8-65 Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain during ov Suppression (OLV/PM) 0.00 to 10.00 1.50
n n8-69: Speed Calculation Gain
Sets the proportional gain for phase lock loop (PLL) control of an extended observer.
There is normally no need to change this parameter from the default value.
Note: This parameter is available in AOLV/PM only.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n8-69 Speed Calculation Gain 0.00 to 20.00 1.00
242 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.9 n: Special Adjustments
n n8-84: Polarity Judge Current
Sets the current to determine polarity for the initial polarity calculation as a percentage of the motor rated current (E5-
03).
Note: This parameter is available when in AOLV/PM or CLV/PM control mode.
The drive determines motor polarity at motor start when using AOLV/PM (A1-02 = 6), and at power up when using CLV/PM
(A1-02 = 7).
The integrated current deviation during judging polarity (U6-57) has been provided to check if the initial polarity estimation is
correct or not.
To prevent error when determining motor polarity, make sure that the value displayed in monitor U6-57 is greater than 819. If the
value in U6-57 is less than 819, then increase the current used to determine motor polarity using parameter n8-84.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n8-84 Polarity Judge Current 0 to 150% 100%
u n9: Hardware Settings
Using these parameters, the drive output voltage can be adjusted.
n n9-10: AVR Time Constant
Sets the delay time constant that is used to adjust the output voltage when the DC bus voltage changes.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n9-10 AVR Time Constant 0.0 to 100.0 ms 1.0 ms
n n9-12: On-Delay Compensation Time
Sets the time value used for IGBT On-delay compensation.
No. Name Setting Range Default
Determined by
n9-12 On-Delay Compensation Time 0.00 to 20.00 μs
o2-04
n n9-62: On-Delay Compensation Derating Start Frequency
Sets the frequency at which the drive begins to compensate the output voltage for the IGBT On-Delay.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n9-62 On-Delay Compensation Derating Start Frequency 0.0 to [E1-04] Hz 60.0 Hz
n n9-63: On-Delay Compensation Disable Frequency
Parameter Details
When operating a high-speed motor at low speeds, n9-62 sets the frequency at which the drive stops compensating the
switching delay in the DC bus.
No. Name Setting Range Default
n9-63 On-Delay Compensation Disable Frequency 0.0 to [E1-04] Hz 120.0 Hz
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 243
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
These parameters are for controlling the various functions, features, and display of the digital operator.
u o1: Digital Operator Display Selection
These parameters determine how data appears on the operator display.
n o1-01: Drive Mode Unit Monitor Selection
When the drive is powered up, the monitor selected in parameter o1-02 appears first on the display. If o1-02 is set to 5,
o1-01 can be used to change the content of this monitor.
When using an LED operator, pressing the up arrow key will display the following data: speed reference → rotational
direction → output speed → output current → o1-01 selection.
Parameter o1-01 lets the user select the content of the last monitor in this sequence. There is no effect like this on an LCD
operator.
No. Name Setting Range Default
104 to 905
U1-04 (Control Mode) to
o1-01 Drive Mode Unit Monitor Selection 106 (U1-06)
U9-05 (Motor Residual Voltage
(Synchronous Operation)) <1>
<1> U2- and U3- parameters cannot be selected.
n o1-02: User Monitor Selection after Power Up
Selects which monitor parameter is displayed upon power up. This is done by entering the 1 part of U1-. Certain
monitors are not available in some control modes. Refer to U: Monitor Parameters on page 263 for a list of monitors.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o1-02 User Monitor Selection after Power Up 1 to 5 1
Setting 1: Frequency reference (U1-01)
Setting 2: Motor direction
Setting 3: Output frequency (U1-02)
Setting 4: Output current (U1-03)
Setting 5: User-selected monitor (set by o1-01)
n o1-03: Digital Operator Display Selection
Sets the units used to display the frequency reference and output frequency. Set o1-03 to 3 for user-set units, then set
parameters o1-10 and o1-11.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o1-03 Digital Operator Display Selection 0 to 3 Determined by A1-02
Setting 0: 0.01 Hz units
Setting 1: 0.01% units (100% = max. output frequency)
Setting 2: r/min units (calculated by the max output frequency and the no. of motor poles)
Setting 3: User-set units (use o1-10, o1-11)
Set the value use for the maximum frequency reference to o1-10. The placement of the decimal point in this number
should be set to o1-11.
For example, to have the maximum output frequency displayed as “100.00”, set the o1-10 = 1000 and o1-11 = 2 (i.e.,
1000 with 2 decimal points).
Note: 1. Parameter o1-03 allows the programmer to change the units used in the following parameters and monitors:
x U1-01: frequency reference
x U1-02: output frequency
x U1-05: motor speed
x U1-16: output frequency after softstarter (accel/decel ramp generator)
x d1-01 to d1-17: frequency references
2. Setting o1-03 to 2 requires that the number of motor poles be entered to E2-04, E4-04, and E5-04.
244 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
n o1-04: V/f Pattern Display Unit
Determines the units used for the frequency reference when setting parameters that create the V/f pattern: E1-04, E1-06,
E1-09, E1-11, and E2-04. For motor 2, this includes parameters E3-04, E3-06, E3-07, E3-09, and E3-11.
Enabled only in vector control modes (CLV, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM).
No. Name Setting Range Default
o1-04 V/f Pattern Display Unit 0 or 1 Determined by A1-04
Setting 0: Hertz
Setting 1: r/min
Note: For motor 2, o1-04 can only be set to 0 for Hertz.
n o1-10: User-Set Display Units Maximum Value
Determines the display value that is equal to the maximum output frequency.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o1-10 User-Set Display Units Maximum Value 1 to 60000 Determined by o1-03
n o1-11: User-Set Display Units Decimal Display
Determines how many decimal points should be used to set and display the frequency reference.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o1-11 User-Set Display Units Decimal Display 0 to 3 Determined by o1-03
Setting 0: No decimal point
Setting 1: One decimal point
Setting 2: Two decimal points
Setting 3: Three decimal points
u o2: Digital Operator Keypad Functions
These parameters determine the functions assigned to the operator keys.
n o2-01: LO/RE (LOCAL/REMOTE) Key Function Selection
Parameter o2-01 determines whether the LO/RE key on the digital operator will be enabled or not for switching between
LOCAL and REMOTE.
Parameter Details
No. Name Setting Range Default
o2-01 LO/RE Key Function Selection 0 or 1 1
Setting 0: Disabled
The LO/RE key is disabled.
Setting 1: Enabled
The LO/RE switches between LOCAL and REMOTE operation. Switching is possible during stop only. When LOCAL
5
is selected, the LED indicator on the LO/RE key will light up.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. The drive may start unexpectedly if the Run command is already applied when switching from
LOCAL mode to REMOTE mode when b1-07 = 1, resulting in death or serious injury. Check all mechanical or electrical connections
thoroughly before making any setting changes to o2-01 and b1-07. Table 5.24 lists the setting combinations for o2-01 and b1-07.
Table 5.24 LO/RE Key and b1-07
o2-01 b1-07 Switch from LOCAL to REMOTE Switch from REMOTE to LOCAL
0 Not possible Not possible
0
1 Not possible Not possible
0 Will not run until a new Run command is entered. Run not possible
1 If a Run command is entered, the drive will start running as
1 soon as the LO/RE key is pushed to change from LOCAL to Run not possible
REMOTE.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 245
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
n o2-02: STOP Key Function Selection
Determines if the STOP key on the digital operator can still be used to stop drive operation when the drive is being
controlled from a remote source (i.e., not from digital operator).
No. Name Setting Range Default
o2-02 STOP Key Function Selection 0 or 1 1
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
The STOP key can be used to terminate drive operation, even if the Run command source is not assigned to the digital
operator. If the drive is stopped by pressing the STOP key, the Run command must be cycled to restart the drive.
n o2-03: User Parameter Default Value
Once drive parameters are set up completely, the values set can be saved as user-set default values using parameter o2-
03. Once this has been done, the “Initialize Parameters” parameter (A1-03) will offer the choice of “1110: User
Initialize”. Choosing A1-03 = “1110: User Initialize” will reset all parameters to the values saved as user-set defaults.
Refer to A1-03: Initialize Parameters on page 107 for details on drive initialization.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o2-03 User Parameter Default Value 0 to 2 0
Setting 0: No change (awaiting command)
Setting 1: Set User Initialize values
The current parameter settings are saved as user-set default for a later User Initialize. Once o2-03 is set to 1 and the
ENTER key is pressed, the values are saved and the display returns to 0.
Setting 2: Clear User Initialize Values
All user-set defaults for “User Initialize” are cleared. Once o2-03 is set to 2 and the ENTER key is pressed, the values are
erased and the display returns to 0.
n o2-04: Drive Model Selection
This parameter must be set when replacing the control board or the terminal board for any reason. For information on the
drive model selection, see Parameter Defaults Determined by Drive Model (o2-04) and Duty Rating (C6-01) on
page 425.
NOTICE: Drive performance will suffer if the correct drive capacity is not set to o2-04, and protective functions will fail to operate
properly.
No. Name Setting Range Default
Determined by drive
o2-04 Drive Model Selection -
capacity
Note: Change settings only when necessary.
n o2-05: Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection
Determines if the ENTER key must be pressed after changing the frequency reference using the digital operator while in
the Drive Mode.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o2-05 Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: ENTER key required
Every time the frequency reference is changed using the digital operator, the ENTER key must be pressed for the drive to
accept the change.
Setting 1: ENTER key not required
The output frequency changes immediately when the reference is changed by the up or down arrow keys on the digital
operator. The ENTER key does not need to be pressed. The frequency reference is saved for 5 s after it is changed.
246 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
n o2-06: Operation Selection when Digital Operator is Disconnected
Determines if the drive will stop when the digital operator is removed in LOCAL mode or when b1-02 or b1-16 is set to
0. When the operator is reconnected, the display will indicate that it was disconnected.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o2-06 Digital Operator Disconnection Operation 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Continue operation
The operation is continued.
Setting 1: Trigger a fault
The operation is stopped and an “oPr” fault is triggered. The motor coasts to stop.
n o2-07: Motor Direction at Power Up when Using Operator
Determines the direction the motor will rotate after the drive is powered up and the Run command is given from the
digital operator.
Note: This parameter is effective only when the Run command is set to be given from the digital operator (b1-02, b1-16 = 0).
No. Name Setting Range Default
o2-07 Motor Direction at Power Up when Using Operator 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Forward
Setting 1: Reverse
u o3: Copy Function
These parameters control the digital operator’s Copy function. The Copy function lets the user store all parameter
settings into the memory of the digital operator, and easily transfer those settings to other drives (requires that the other
drives be the same model, capacity, and have the same control mode setting). See Copy Function Related Displays on
page 301 for a description of errors and displays.
n o3-01 Copy Function Selection
Setting o3-01 will instruct the drive to Read, Write, or Verify parameters settings.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o3-01 Copy Function Selection 0 to 3 0
Setting 0: Copy Select (no function)
Setting 1: INV → OP READ
Parameter Details
All parameters are copied from the drive to the digital operator.
Note: The copy protection for the digital operator is enabled by default. To unlock copy protection, set o3-01 = 1.
Setting 2: OP → INV WRITE
All parameters are copied from the digital operator to the drive.
5
Setting 3: OP ↔ INV VERIFY
Parameters in the drive are compared with the parameter settings saved on the digital operator to see if they match.
n o3-02 Copy Allowed Selection
Restricts or allows the use of the Copy function.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o3-02 Copy Allowed Selection 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 247
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
u o4: Maintenance Monitor Settings
n o4-01: Cumulative Operation Time Setting
Parameter o4-01 sets the cumulative operation time of the drive. The user can also manually set this parameter to begin
keeping track of operation time from some desired value. Total operation time can be viewed in monitor U4-01.
Note: The value in o4-01 is set in 10 h units. For example, a setting of 30 will set the cumulative operation time counter to 300 h. 300 h
will also be displayed in monitor U4-01.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o4-01 Cumulative Operation Time Setting 0 to 9999 0
n o4-02: Cumulative Operation Time Selection
Selects the conditions for how the drive keeps track of its total operation time. This time log can be viewed in U4-01.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o4-02 Cumulative Operation Time Selection 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Power on time
The drive logs the time it is connected to a power supply, regardless if the motor is running or not.
Setting 1: Run time
The drive logs the time that the output is active. This includes whenever the Run command is active (even if the motor is
not rotating) and when there is voltage output.
n o4-03: Cooling Fan Operation Time Setting
Sets the value for how long the cooling fan has been operating. This value can be viewed in monitor U4-03. Parameter
o4-03 also sets the base value used for the cooling fan maintenance, which is displayed in U4-04. Be sure to reset this
parameter back to 0 if the cooling fan is replaced.
Note: 1. The value in o4-03 increases after every 10 hours of use. A setting of 30 will set the cooling fan operation time counter to 300 h.
“300” will be displayed in monitor U4-03.
2. The cooling fan may require maintenance at an earlier date in harsher environments.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o4-03 Cooling Fan Operation Time Setting 0 to 9999 0
n o4-05: Capacitor Maintenance Setting
Sets value of the maintenance monitor for the DC bus capacitors displayed in U4-05 as a percentage of the total expected
performance life. This value should be reset to 0 when the DC bus capacitors have been replaced.
Note: The actual maintenance time will depend on the environment where the drive is used.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o4-05 Capacitor Maintenance Setting 0 to 150% 0%
n o4-07: DC Bus Pre-Charge Relay Maintenance Setting
Sets the value of the softcharge bypass relay maintenance time displayed in U4-06 as a percentage of the total expected
performance life. This value should be reset to 0 when the bypass relay has been replaced.
Note: The actual maintenance time will depend on the environment where the drive is used.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o4-07 DC Bus Pre-charge Relay Maintenance Setting 0 to 150% 0%
248 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.10 o: Operator Related Settings
n o4-09: IGBT Maintenance Setting
Sets the value of the IGBT maintenance time displayed in U4-07 as a percentage of the total expected performance life.
This value should be reset to 0 when the IGBTs have been replaced.
Note: The actual maintenance time will depend on the environment where the drive is used.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o4-09 IGBT Maintenance Setting 0 to 150% 0%
n o4-11: U2, U3 Initialization
When the drive is initialized, the fault trace and fault history monitors (U2- and U3-) are not reset. Parameter
o4-11 can be used to reset them.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o4-11 U2, U3 Initialization 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: No action
The drive keeps the record already saved concerning fault trace and fault history.
Setting 1: Reset fault data
Resets the data for the U2- and U3- monitors. Once o4-11 is set to 1 and the ENTER key is pressed, fault data is
erased and the display returns to 0.
n o4-12: kWh Monitor Initialization
The kWh monitors U4-10 and U4-11 are not initialized when power is shut off or the drive is initialized. Use o4-12 to
manually reset them.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o4-12 kWh Monitor Initialization 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: No Action
The kWh data are kept as they are.
Setting 1: Reset kWh Data
Resets the kWh counter. The monitors U4-10 and U4-11 will display “0” after they are initialized. Once o4-12 is set to 1
and the ENTER key is pressed, kWh data is erased and the display returns to 0.
n o4-13: Number of Run Commands Counter Initialization
The Run command counter displayed in U4-02 is not reset when the power is cycled or the drive is initialized. Use o4-13
Parameter Details
to reset U4-02.
No. Name Setting Range Default
o4-13 Number of Run Commands Counter Initialization 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: No Action
5
The Run command data are kept as they are.
Setting 1: Number of Run Commands Counter
Resets the Run command counter. The monitor U4-02 will show 0. Once o4-13 is set to 1 and the ENTER key is pressed,
the counter value is erased and the display returns to 0.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 249
5.11 S: Functions for Textile Applications
5.11 S: Functions for Textile Applications
These parameters are designed specifically for textile applications. They are used to set and adjust the Disturb function,
gain levels for the frequency reference, braking transistor characteristics, and certain aspects of the KEB function.
u S1: Disturb Function
The S1 parameter group determines how the Disturb function operates.
n Disturb Function
The Disturb function changes the frequency reference in periodic intervals. These changes in the frequency reference
make it possible to wind the line more evenly. Below Figure 5.91 shows how the Disturb function operates.
Figure 5.91
Frequency E
S1-03 (Disturb Step)
A
L4-02
C S1-02 (Disturb Function
(Speed Agreement
Amplitude)
Detection Width) F
Frequency Reference
D
B
Output Frequency
Disturb Start Disturb Decel <3> Disturb Accel <4>
<2>
0 Hz
Time
S1-04 S1-05
(Disturb Deceleration (Disturb Acceleration
Start <1> Time) Time)
Run Command ON
Speed Agree 1 Closed
(H2- = 2)
Closed Closed
Disturb Function
(H1- = 50)
During Disturb
Closed
Function Output
(H2- = 51)
<1> Once the Run command is entered, the drive speeds up to the frequency reference within the specified acceleration time (using the Accel
times 1 through 4). If triggered, the Disturb waveform is generated.
<2> When the conditions to trigger the Disturb waveform arise, the drive outputs the Disturb waveform from the soft-starter output up to the
Disturb frequency (point A) within the Disturb acceleration time set to S1-05. The drive then immediately decelerates to point C as
specified by the Disturb step (S1-03).
<3> The drive slows from point C to point B within the Disturb deceleration time set to S1-04, then immediately accelerates up to point D as
specified by the Disturb step (S1-03).
<4> The drive accelerates from point D up to point E within the acceleration time set to S1-05, then immediately decelerates to point F as
specified by the Disturb step (S1-03).
Figure 5.91 Disturb Function Operation
Note: 1. The top of the Disturb frequency indicated by point A is limited to the maximum output frequency set to E1-04.
2. The bottom of the Disturb frequency indicated by point B is limited to the minimum frequency reference.
Conditions for Activation of the Disturb Function
• The Disturb function must be enabled (S1-01 = 1 or 2).
• The Disturb function amplitude (S1-02), the Disturb deceleration time (S1-04), and the Disturb acceleration time (S1-
05) must be set to a value greater than zero.
• The Disturb function cannot be executed during KEB.
• The Disturb function cannot be executed when power loss has been detected.
• A multi-function input terminal set for the Disturb command (H1- = 50) must be open.
• The drive must use V/f Control to run the motor (A1-02 = 0).
Conditions that Stop the Disturb Function
Any one of the conditions below will stop the Disturb function.
• The multi-function input terminal set to activate the Disturb command (H1- = 50) closes.
250 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.11 S: Functions for Textile Applications
• KEB is triggered.
• The drive detects power loss.
n S1-01: Disturb Function Selection
Enables or disables the Disturb function. If enabled, the Disturb waveform is generated when the frequency reference
and output frequency match (referred to as "speed agree").
No. Name Setting Range Default
S1-01 Disturb Function Selection 0 to 2 0
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
Setting 2: Enabled, Outputs the Disturb Waveform During Accel/Decel
n S1-02: Disturb Function Amplitude
Sets the amplitude of the Disturb waveform as a percentage of the frequency reference.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S1-02 Disturb Function Amplitude 0.0 to 20.0% 0.0%
n S1-03: Disturb Step
Sets the step applied at the end of disturb acceleration or deceleration as a percentage of the Disturb amplitude in S1-02.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S1-03 Disturb Step 0 to 50% 0%
n S1-04: Disturb Deceleration Time
Sets the deceleration time for the Disturb function.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S1-04 Disturb Deceleration Time 0.0 to 120.0 s 0.0 s
n S1-05: Disturb Acceleration Time
Sets the acceleration time for the Disturb function.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S1-05 Disturb Acceleration Time 0.0 to 120.0 s 0.0 s
Parameter Details
u S2: Frequency Reference Gain Settings
Independent of the frequency reference source selected, this function applies a gain to the frequency reference value. A
gain change ramp can be used in order to avoid speed steps when the gain value in S2-02 is modified.
n S2-01: Frequency Reference Gain
5
Determines how much to reduce or amplify the frequency reference. Note that the frequency reference cannot exceed the
upper limit set to d2-01, regardless of how high S2-01 is set.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S2-01 Frequency Reference Gain 0.0 to 1000.0% 100.0%
n S2-02: Frequency Reference Gain Change Ramp
Determines the time the drive uses to change the frequency reference gain from 0.0% to the value assigned to S2-01.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S2-02 Frequency Reference Gain Change Ramp 0.0 to 600.0 s 0.0 s
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 251
5.11 S: Functions for Textile Applications
u S3: Braking Transistor and Output Voltage Gain
n S3-01: Braking Transistor Operation Selection
Determines when the drive built-in braking transistor is enabled.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S3-01 Braking Transistor Operation Selection 0, 1 0
Setting 0: During run only
Setting 1: Always enabled
n S3-02: Braking Transistor Operation Voltage Level
Sets the voltage level that triggers the drive built-in braking transistor.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S3-02 Braking Transistor Operation Voltage Level 300 to 400 Vdc 394 Vdc
Note: This value is for 200 V drives. Double this setting when using a 400 V class drive.
n S3-03: Output Voltage Gain Selection
Enables and disables the output voltage gain setting in parameter H3- = 41 (Output Voltage Gain) or in MEMOBUS
register 03H.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S3-03 Output Voltage Gain Selection 0, 1 0
Setting 0: Disable
Setting 1: Enable
n S3-04: Output Voltage Gain Change Time
Sets the drive uses to change the output voltage gain set in parameter H3- = 41 (Output Voltage Gain) or in
MEMOBUS register 03H.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S3-04 Output Voltage Gain Change Time 0.0 to 10.0 s 0.5 s
u S4: KEB Mode Selection
S4 parameters define the conditions for how the KEB function operates.
n KEB Function Description
Short for Kinetic Energy Backup, the KEB function helps the drive through power loss. Once power loss is detected,
KEB quickly decelerates the motor, using regenerative energy to maintain voltage levels in the DC bus. This keeps the
drive running through a momentary loss in power. Once power is restored, the drive will reaccelerate to the frequency
reference or continue to decelerate to a complete stop (depending on the S4-14 setting).
There are three ways that KEB can be performed. Parameter S4-01 determines which method is used. Refer to S4-01:
KEB Mode Selection on page 255.
Conditions that Trigger KEB
When KEB is enabled (i.e., S4-01 is not set to 0), it will be triggered by any one of the following conditions:
• A multi-function input terminal set for KEB is activated (H1- = 65 or 66).
Note: Be sure to wire this input accurately when enabling it, or the drive may go into KEB even when the power is not lost. KEB 1 will
decelerate to zero using the ramp times set in the S5 group. KEB 2 will start deceleration and will trip with a UV1 fault once the
L2-02 time has elapsed.
• Voltage in the DC bus has fallen below the level that trips KEB (set in S4-03).
• Voltage fluctuation in the DC bus exceeded the level that trips KEB (set to S4-04).
• Phase loss was detected as defined by the phase loss detection level (S4-08) and the detection time (S4-10).
252 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.11 S: Functions for Textile Applications
• AC Input supply is lost, and is detected by hardware detection circuit (enabled as default by S4-15).
• The 1 phase loss of the power supply is detected by measuring the ripple of the DC bus voltage. The detection is tuned
with parameters S4-08 (KEB 1 phase loss detection level), S4-09 (KEB 1 phase loss sampling time) and S4-10 (KEB 1
Phase Loss Detection Intervals), see Figure 5.92 for details.
The DC bus ripple is defined as: VDC max - VDC min. It is measured within the time period of S4-09 with a scan time
between 100 and 250 μsec, depending on the carrier frequency.
When the measured DC bus ripple is bigger than the value set in S4-08 for the time S4-09 × S4-10, phase loss is
detected and the KEB function is started.
Figure 5.92
ACR
period
YEG
VDC max
DC bus
ripple
VDC min
S4-09 S4-09
Figure 5.92 One Phase Loss Detection
Conditions that Stop KEB
While KEB is being executed, any one of the following conditions will stop the KEB process.
• All the conditions that trigger KEB are no longer present, the minimum time for KEB (S4-13) has passed, and the DC
bus voltage is greater than the level required for KEB to complete (S4-06) for longer than the time set in S4-07.
Note: KEB cannot complete until the time set to S4-07 has passed, even if all other conditions to stop KEB have been met.
• Once power is restored, the input terminal set for KEB (H1- = 65 or 66) that triggered KEB is released.
Note: When an input terminal is programmed to trigger KEB, the operation of KEB depends on the opening and closing of that
terminal. Other conditions are not relevant in this case.
• KEB 2 is being used and deceleration took longer than L2-02. In this case, KEB 2 will be stopped and the drive will
trip with a UV1 fault.
Note: When triggering KEB by dV/dt detection only, be sure that S4-03 and S4-13 are accurately set. Otherwise, KEB operation might
end before the supply power has been restored. Set S4-11 < S4-03 < 1.35 × E1-01.
DC Bus Voltage Control (KEB 1), Power KEB (KEB 3)
Below Figure 5.93 demonstrates how KEB 1 and KEB 3 operate.
Parameter Details
The KEB function is triggered when one of the previously explained conditions becomes true. The KEB function starts
by immediately applying a frequency gain in order to bring the motor into a regenerative state, then quickly decelerates
the motor.
The deceleration is performed for at least the time set in parameter S4-13. The drive controls the deceleration so that the
energy needed to keep the DC bus voltage at the level set in S4-11 is fed from the rotating system back into the drive. 5
KEB 1 (S4-01 = 1) uses the deceleration times set in S5-01 and S5-02 as a base, and adjusts the deceleration rate
depending on the DC bus voltage. KEB 3 (S4-01 = 3) uses motor and machine inertia data only to calculate the optimal
deceleration rate. The deceleration time settings have no effect during KEB 3.
The KEB function ends as described above. If KEB has not been triggered by single phase loss detection and the output
frequency is greater than S4-14, the drive will hold the output frequency for the time set in parameter S4-12, then
accelerate back to the frequency reference. The acceleration time is defined by parameter S5-05. If S5-05 is set to 0, then
the drive uses the acceleration times set in C1-01, C1-03, C1-05, and C1-07.
Note: 1. Make sure that the Run command remains enabled during power loss. If the Run command is released, then the drive will not be able
to accelerate back up to the frequency reference once power is restored. Removing the Run command during Power KEB will bring
the drive ramping down to zero with standard ramp time.
2. When Power KEB has been started by digital input H1- = 65/66, and the power loss detection relay has failed (input stays on)
while S4-11 is set below 1.35, the drive will reaccelerate without waiting for the time set in S4-12. The ramp time will not be S5-05
or the standard ramp, but will be calculated by the drive.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 253
5.11 S: Functions for Textile Applications
3. When the supply power is restored during Power KEB and the drive is set to reaccelerate to the frequency reference in effect before
KEB, a small step in the output frequency might occur at the end of KEB deceleration and before the S4-12 time starts.
Figure 5.93
Power Loss Power Restored
Main Power Supply
0V
S4-03 (KEB Start Voltage)
S4-04 (KEB Start dv/dt Level)
DC Bus Voltage S4-10 (KEB 1Phase Loss
Detection Time)
S4-06 (KEB End Voltage)
S4-11 (KEB Target Voltage)
0V
S5-07 (Frequency Gain at KEB Start during Constant Speed)
S5-08 (Frequency Gain at KEB Start during Acceleration)
S5-09 (Frequency Gain at KEB Start during Deceleration)
Output Frequency
S4-12 (KEB
Hold Time)
S5-05 (KEB Synchronous
Acceleration Time) or
Deceleration using C1-01, C1-03, C1-05, C1-07
S5-01 and S5-02 or Power KEB (Acceleration Time 1, 2, 3, 4)
S4-07 (KEB End
Detection Time)
0 Hz
Figure 5.93 KEB Function when S4-01 = 1 or 3
Synchronous Accel/Decel (KEB 2)
Synchronous KEB can be used when multiple drives have to be decelerated during power loss while keeping the speed
ratio between the drives constant.
KEB 2 begins when one of the conditions that triggers the KEB function becomes true. To have multiple drives remain in
sync with one another while accelerating and decelerating during KEB 2, Yaskawa recommends setting a multi-function
input to "KEB" (H1- = 65 or 66) to activate the synchronous accel/decel provided by KEB 2.
KEB 2 decelerates the drive using the deceleration time set in S5-01 and S5-02. This deceleration time is referred as the
time needed to decelerate from the active frequency reference to stop.
When the power returns the drive accelerates back to the frequency reference using the time set in S5-05. This
acceleration time is referred as the time needed to accelerate from the current output frequency to the frequency
reference.
254 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.11 S: Functions for Textile Applications
Figure 5.94
Power Loss Power Restored
H1- = 65 ON
OFF OFF
(KEB)
S5-05 (KEB Synchronous
Acceleration Time)
Drive 1,
Output Frequency
Drive 2,
Output Frequency
Drive 3,
Output Frequency
0 Hz
S5-01 (KEB Decel Time 1)
S5-02 (KEB Decel Time 2)
Figure 5.94 S4-01 = 2 (Synchronous accel/decel (KEB 2))
Figure 5.95 shows a wiring diagram when assigning an input terminal to trigger KEB (H1- = 65 or 66).
Figure 5.95
Braking Resistor
Option
B1 B2
L1 R/L1 U/T1
L2 S/L2 V/T2 M
L3 T/L3 W/T3
UV Detection
Relay
S6 - KEB 1, 2
S1 - Run Command
SC
Figure 5.95 KEB Terminal Wiring Example
Note: 1. Make sure that the Run command remains enabled during power loss. If the Run command is released, then the drive will not be able
Parameter Details
to accelerate back up to the frequency reference once power is restored.
2. A braking resistor option is needed when using the synchronous accel/decel feature offered by KEB 2 (S4-01 = 1) while S5-10 is set
to 0.
n S4-01: KEB Mode Selection
Determines which of the three types of KEB to use. 5
To have the drive perform KEB itself (i.e., using its own independent deceleration rate), then use KEB 1 or KEB 3 by
setting S4-01 to either 1 or 3.
For drives running on a line system in a textile application, it may be beneficial to synchronize the deceleration rate for
all drives on the line. Use KEB 2 (S4-01 = 2) to have all drive decelerate together.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S4-01 KEB Mode Selection 0 to 3 0
Setting 0: KEB Disabled
Drive will not use KEB when power loss occurs.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 255
5.11 S: Functions for Textile Applications
Setting 1: DC Bus Voltage Control (KEB 1)
When KEB is triggered, the drive observes the DC bus voltage and holds the frequency if the voltage rises. The
deceleration rate is adjusted in accordance with the KEB decel times set to S5-01 and S5-02. This selection is
recommended when a braking resistor option is not installed.
Note: A braking resistor option must be installed when using KEB in a line system in which synchronous accel/decel is required.
Frequency hold should also be disabled when decelerating during KEB (S5-10 = 0) in such applications.
Setting 2: Synchronous Accel/Decel (KEB 2)
KEB decelerates the motor according to the times set in S5-01 and S5-02, regardless of the DC bus voltage level. A
braking resistor should be used to prevent problems with overvoltage.
Setting 3: Power KEB (KEB 3)
Using inertia data of the machine the drive calculates the optimal deceleration rate in order to keep the DC bus voltage at
the target level set in parameter S4-11.
n S4-02: KEB Start/End Voltage Setting Mode
Determines how the KEB start and end voltage in parameters S4-03 and S4-06 are set.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S4-02 KEB Start/End Voltage 0, 1 0
Setting 0: Set as a Percentage of E1-01 × 1.414
Setting 1: Set as a Percentage of the DC Bus Voltage Before KEB was Triggered
n S4-03: KEB Start Voltage
Determines the voltage level in the DC bus that will trigger KEB. Sets the minimum operation time for KEB once it is
triggered. The setting value depends on the selection in parameter S4-02. A setting of 200.0% essentially disables S4-03.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S4-03 KEB Start Voltage 0.0 to 200.0% 200.0%
n S4-04: KEB Start dv/dt Level
Sets the level of voltage fluctuation in the DC bus that triggers KEB. If set to 0, this parameter will not trigger KEB.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S4-04 KEB Start dv/dt Level 0 to 10000 Vdc/s 0 Vdc/s
n S4-05: KEB Start dv/dt Filter
Sets the time required for the voltage fluctuation level defined in S4-04 to trigger KEB.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S4-05 KEB Start dv/dt Filter 0 to 50 ms 20 ms
n S4-06: KEB End Voltage
Sets the DC bus voltage level at that the drive assumes the power supply has returned. If this level is exceeded for longer
than S4-07 the drive starts reaccelerating to the set frequency reference. The setting value depends on the selection in
parameter S4-02.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S4-06 KEB End Voltage 0.0 to 200.0% 200.0%
Note: 1. This parameter is disregarded by the drive is an input terminal is set for KEB (H1- = 65 or 66).
2. S4-06 must be set to higher value than S4-11.
256 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5 .1 1 S : F u n c t io n s fo r T e x t ile A p p lic a t io n s
n S4-07: KEB End Detection Time
Sets the time for that the DC bus voltage must exceed the level set in S4-06 in order to end the KEB function and
reaccelerate to the set frequency reference.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S4-07 KEB End Detection Time 0 to 2000 ms 0 ms
Note: This parameter is disregarded by the drive is an input terminal is set for KEB (H1- = 65 or 66).
n S4-08: KEB 1 Phase Loss Detection Level
Defines the DC bus voltage ripple that indicates a one phase loss on input side, thus triggering the KEB function. A
setting of 0 V will keep the KEB function from being triggered when one phase loss occurs.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S4-08 KEB 1 Phase Loss Detection Level 0 to 800 V <1> 0V
<1> This value is for 200 V drives. Double this setting when using a 400 V class drive.
n S4-09: KEB 1 Phase Loss Sampling Time
Sets the sampling time used to detect one input phase loss.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S4-09 KEB 1 Phase Loss Sampling Time 0 to 3000 ms 0 ms
n S4-10: KEB 1 Phase Loss Detection Time
Sets the time that the ripple in the DC bus voltage must exceed the level set in S4-08 to trigger one phase loss detection.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S4-10 KEB 1 Phase Loss Detection Time 0 to 10 ms 10 ms
n S4-11: KEB Target Voltage
When KEB 1 or KEB 3 has been selected, the drive attempts to keep the DC bus voltage at the target voltage defined in
S4-11 multiplied by E1-01.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S4-11 KEB Target Voltage 0.80 to 1.50 1.35
Note: 1. This parameter is disabled when KEB 2 is enabled.
Parameter Details
2. S4-06 must be set to higher value than S4-11.
n S4-12: KEB Hold Time
Once KEB is complete, S4-12 sets the time to hold the frequency reference before reacceleration.
No. Name Setting Range Default 5
S4-12 KEB Hold Time 0.0 to 10.0 s 0.0 s
n S4-13: KEB Minimum Operation Time
Sets the minimum period of time the KEB must operate for once it has been triggered. Even if the conditions that
triggered KEB may no longer be present, KEB will still continue until the time set to S4-13 has passed.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S4-13 KEB Minimum Operation Time 0 to 2000 ms 50 ms
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 257
5.11 S: Functions for Textile Applications
n S4-14: KEB Reacceleration Prohibit Frequency
Sets the frequency level to prohibit re-acceleration after the power returned. If the drive output frequency fell below S4-
14 during KEB operation the drive will decelerate the motor to stop, even if the power returns. This parameter will have
no effect when KEB has been triggered by One Phase Loss Detection. The drive will always decelerate to a stop in this
case.
A setting of 0.0 essentially disables this parameter.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S4-14 KEB Reacceleration Prohibit Frequency 0.0 to 100.0% 0.0%
n S4-15: KEB Supply Loss Detection Selection
This parameter can be used to trigger KEB operation when the hardware detection circuit detects that the AC supply
voltage has been lost.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S4-15 KEB Supply Loss Detection Selection 0, 1 1
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
u S5: KEB Accel/Decel Settings
S5 parameters govern settings for acceleration, deceleration and initial frequency step.
n KEB Decel Time Switching
The KEB 1 and KEB 2 functions can be used with an automatic switch over between two deceleration times. After the
KEB function starts, the drive decelerates the motor according to KEB Decel Time 1 (S5-01). When the output frequency
reaches the switching level set to S5-03 it changes the deceleration time over to KEB Decel Time 2 (S5-02) within the
time set in S5-04.
Figure 5.96
Output Frequency
S5-04 (KEB Decel Time
Switching Time)
S5-03 (KEB Decel Time
Switching Frequency)
0 Hz
S5-02 (KEB Decel Time 2)
S5-01 (KEB Decel Time 1)
Figure 5.96 KEB Decel Time Switching
No. Name Setting Range Default
S5-01 KEB Decel Time 1 0.0 to 200.0 sec 0.0 sec
S5-02 KEB Decel Time 2 0.0 to 200.0 sec 0.0 sec
S5-03 KEB Decel Time Switching Frequency 0.0 to 100.0% 0.0%
S5-04 KEB Decel Time Switching Time 0.0 to 10.0 sec 0.0 sec
Note: 1. S5-01 is enabled as long as the output frequency is greater than S5-03. When the output frequency is less than or equal to S5-03, the
drive uses the deceleration time set to S5-02.
2. S5-03 is set as a percentage of the output frequency just before the KEB function is triggered. It determines the point at which the
drive switches between deceleration times while the KEB function is executed.
258 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.11 S: Functions for Textile Applications
n S5-05: KEB Synchronous Acceleration Time
Sets time to accelerate from the frequency after KEB to the set frequency reference. This setting can be used to let
multiple drives accelerate synchronously back to the set speed after power loss. Used in all KEB modes.
When the supply power is lost a second time while reaccelerating with S5-05, KEB deceleration will start again and the
output frequency where this second power loss occurred will be stored by the drive. When restoring the supply again, the
drive will reaccelerate with the S5-05 time to the stored output frequency and continue reacceleration to the frequency
reference with the standard ramp time.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S5-05 KEB Synchronous Acceleration Time 0.0 to 200.0 s 0.0 s
Note: If S5-05 is set to 0.0, the drive will use the normal acceleration times (C1-01, C1-03, C1-05, C1-07) to accelerate back up to
speed once power is restored.
n S5-06: S-Curve at KEB Deceleration Start
Sets the S-curve time when KEB begins deceleration. Increase this setting if overvoltage trouble occurs.
Decreases if undervoltage occurs right after power loss deceleration.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S5-06 S-Curve at KEB Deceleration Start 0.00 to 2.50 s 0.20 s
n S5-07: Frequency Gain at KEB Start during Constant Speed
Sets the output frequency reduction step applied when power loss is detected during constant speed operation.
Percent of frequency reduction = (slip frequency just before KEB) × S5-07 × 2
Increases if Uv is detected right after power loss deceleration.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S5-07 Frequency Gain at KEB Start during Constant Speed 0 to 300% 100%
n S5-08: Frequency Gain at KEB Start during Acceleration
Sets the output frequency reduction step applied when power loss is detected during acceleration.
Percent of frequency reduction = (slip frequency just before KEB) × S5-08 × 2
No. Name Setting Range Default
S5-08 Frequency Gain at KEB Start during Acceleration 0 to 300% 100%
n S5-09: Frequency Gain at KEB Start during Deceleration
Parameter Details
Sets the output frequency reduction step applied when power loss is detected during deceleration.
Percent of frequency reduction = (slip frequency just before KEB) × S5-09 × 2
No. Name Setting Range Default
S5-09 Frequency Gain at KEB Start during Deceleration 0 to 300% 100% 5
n S5-10: Synchronous Deceleration ov Prevention
Enables or disables overvoltage prevention during synchronous KEB operation (S4-01 = 2). If S5-10 is enabled the drive
will temporary halt the deceleration if the DC bus voltage rises too high in order to avoid overvoltage trips.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S5-10 Synchronous Deceleration ov Prevention 0, 1 0
Setting 0: Disabled (requires a braking option)
Setting 1: Enabled
n S5-11: KEB Frequency Reduction Step Lower Limit
Sets the lower limit for the frequency reduction step at the start of KEB operation. The lower limit is calculated as
Minimum Frequency Reduction = Motor rated slip (E2-02) × S5-11
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 259
5.11 S: Functions for Textile Applications
When the Frequency Reduction Step (as calculated by the drive from the slip before KEB and S5-07, S5-08 or S5-09) is
lower than S5-11, the Minimum Frequency Reduction will be used.
Note: When using one of the control modes for a PM motor, S5-11 will disabled, regardless of what value it has been set to.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S5-11 KEB Frequency Reduction Step Lower Limit 0 to 500% 20%
u S6: Power KEB Function
S6 parameters determine how the Power KEB type of KEB operates. Power KEB is enabled when S4-01 is set to 3. It
uses machine inertia data for determining the deceleration rate needed to keep the DC bus voltage level at the value set in
parameter S4-11.
n S6-01: DC Bus Capacity
Enter the size of any external capacitors that have been added to the drive to S6-01.
The resulting DC bus capacity used by the drive will be L3-26 + S6-01.
No. Name Setting Range Default
Determined by drive
S6-01 DC Bus Capacity 0 to 65000 μF
capacity
n S6-02: Motor Acceleration Time
Enter the time required for the motor the drive is running to accelerate from zero up to the maximum frequency at the
rated torque. If setting in parameter E2-11 is changed by the user or by performing Auto-Tuning, then S6-02 will
automatically be set to the motor acceleration time of a standard Yaskawa 4-pole motor.
No. Name Setting Range Default
Determined by
S6-02 Motor Acceleration Time 0.001 to 10.000 s
o2-04, E2-11, and E5-01
The motor acceleration time can be calculated using the formula below.
2π × J × Nr
S6-02 =
60 × T100
2
J㧦 GD [Kgm2]㧘P㧦Rated output [kW]㧘Nr㧦Rated speed [r/min]㧘T100㧦Rated torque [Nm]
4
Use the following formula to find the rated torque.
60 × P × 103
T100 =
2π × Nr
n S6-03: Load/Inertia Ratio
Enter the ratio between the inertia of the load and the inertia of the motor the drive is running. This parameter also adjusts
the functions, Stall Prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 2), and overvoltage suppression (L3-11 = 1).
No. Name Setting Range Default
S6-03 Load/Inertia Ratio 0.0 to 1000.0 1, 0
If S6-03 is set to the wrong value, a large current ripple may appear during Power KEB and during overvoltage
suppression. Problems may occur with overvoltage or undervoltage in the DC bus, and overcurrent.
The load/inertia ratio can be calculated using the following formula:
Machine inertia (excluding motor)
Load inertia ratio =
Rotor inertia
An inertia setting that is too high might have an effect, even when the drive manages to decelerate to a complete stop.
The deceleration rate might be not fast enough at the end of deceleration to keep the DC bus stable.
Adjust S6-03 while measuring the DC Bus Voltage.
260 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.11 S: Functions for Textile Applications
n S6-04: DC Bus Adjustment Gain
Sets the gain to keep the voltage in the DC bus at the target level. If overvoltage or undervoltage is a problem at the start
of Power KEB, gradually increasing S6-04 in increments of 0.1 may help.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S6-04 DC Bus Adjustment Gain 0.00 to 5.00 Determined by A1-02
DC Bus Gain Adjustment for Power KEB and Intelligent Stall Prevention
• If overvoltage or undervoltage is a problem at the start of Power KEB or when the “intelligent” method of Stall
Prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 2) is performed, then gradually increasing S6-04 in increments of 0.1.
• Setting S6-04 too high can result in a large speed or current ripple.
DC Bus Gain Adjustment for Overvoltage Suppression
• For sudden increases in a regenerative load resulting in overvoltage, trying gradually increasing S6-04 in increments of
0.1.
• Setting S6-04 too high can result in a large speed or current ripple.
n S6-05: Accel/Decel Calculation Gain
Sets the gain used to calculate the acceleration and deceleration rates used for Power KEB, overvoltage suppression, and
“intelligent” method of Stall Prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 2).
No. Name Setting Range Default
S6-05 Accel/Decel Calculation Gain 0.00 to 200.00 1.00
Adjusting Calculation Gain for Power KEB and Intelligent Stall Prevention
• If speed or current ripple is a problem at the start of Power KEB or when the “intelligent” method of Stall Prevention
during deceleration (L3-04 = 2) is performed, then gradually reduce S6-05 in steps of 0.05
• For problems with overvoltage or overcurrent, reduce the value set to S6-05.
• If the calculation gain set to S6-05 is too low, the drive may be sluggish in suppressing DC bus voltage, and
deceleration times may take longer than is optimal.
Adjusting Calculation Gain for Overvoltage Suppression
• If the overvoltage suppression function is enabled (L3-11 = 1) but cannot handle the amount of regenerative energy
coming back from the motor, try gradually increasing S6-05 in increments of 0.1.
• If speed ripple is a problem while the overvoltage suppression function is enabled (L3-11 = 1), try gradually decreasing
S6-05 in steps of 0.05.
n S6-06: ASR Primary Delay Time Constant 2
Sets the filter time constant in seconds for the time from the speed loop to the torque reference output when the Power
KEB Ride-Thru is enabled (S4-01 = 3). If oscillation occurs during Power KEB Ride-Thru, then gradually increase this
Parameter Details
setting in increments of 0.01 s.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S6-06 ASR Primary Delay Time Constant 2 0.000 to 0.500 s 0.000 s
n S6-07: Torque Limit Delay Time 5
Sets the filter time constant in seconds for the torque limit value to return to set value when the Power KEB Ride-Thru is
enabled (S4-01 = 3). If oscillation occurs during Power KEB Ride-Thru, then gradually increase this setting in
increments of 0.010 s.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S6-07 Torque Limit Delay Time 0.000 to 1.000 s Determined by A1-02
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 261
5.11 S: Functions for Textile Applications
u S9: Synchronous Operation
n S9-03: Speed Detection Change Rate Limit
Assigns a limit to how much the motor speed detection may fluctuate each millisecond.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S9-03 Speed Detection Change Rate Limit 0.00 to 5.00 Hz 0.01 Hz
n S9-06: Speed Detection Width After Coasting
Sets the motor speed detection width as soon as the motor is done coasting.
Once the motor is done coasting, the drive will apply the motor speed detection value if the value detected is less than
S9-06 plus the previous value.
No. Name Setting Range Default
S9-06 Speed Detection Width After Coasting 0.00 to 1.00 Hz 0.20 Hz
u T: Motor Tuning
Auto-Tuning automatically sets and tunes parameters required for optimal motor performance.
Refer to Auto-Tuning on page 87 for details on Auto-Tuning parameters.
262 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
5.12 U: Monitor Parameters
5.12 U: Monitor Parameters
Monitor parameters let the user view various aspects of drive performance using the digital operator display. Some
monitors can be output from terminals FM and AM by assigning the specific monitor parameter number (U-) to
H4-01 and H4-04. Refer to H4-01, H4-04: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM, AM Monitor Selection on
page 207 for details on assigning functions to an analog output.
u U1: Operation Status Monitors
Status monitors display drive status data such as output frequency and output current. Refer to U1: Operation Status
Monitors on page 414 for a complete list of U1- monitors and descriptions.
u U2: Fault Trace
These monitor parameters are used to view the status of various drive aspects when a fault occurs.
This information is helpful for finding out why a fault occurred. Refer to U2: Fault Trace on page 417 for a complete list
of U2- monitors and descriptions.
U2- monitors are not reset when the drive is initialized. Refer to o4-11: U2, U3 Initialization on page 249 for
instructions on how to reset these monitor values.
Note: Fault trace (i.e., the fault history) is not kept when CPF00, CPF01, Uv1, Uv2 occur.
u U3: Fault History
These parameters display faults that have occurred during operation as well as the drive operation time when those faults
occurred. Refer to U3: Fault History on page 418 for a complete list of U3- monitors and descriptions.
U3- monitors are not reset when the drive is initialized. Refer to o4-11: U2, U3 Initialization on page 249 for
instructions on how to reset these monitor values.
Note: Fault trace (i.e., the fault history) is not kept when CPF00, CPF01, Uv1, Uv2 occur.
u U4: Maintenance Monitors
Maintenance monitors show:
• Runtime data of the drive and cooling fans, and number of Run commands issued
• Maintenance data and replacement information for various drive components
• kWh data
Parameter Details
• Highest peak current that has occurred and output frequency at the time the peak current occurred
• Motor overload status information
• Detailed information about the present Run command and frequency reference source selection
Refer to U4: Maintenance Monitors on page 418 for a complete list of U4- monitors and descriptions.
u U5: PID Monitors 5
These monitors display various aspects of PID control. Refer to PID Block Diagram on page 129 for details on how
these monitors display PID data.
U5: PID Monitors on page 419 has a complete list of U5- monitors and descriptions.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 263
5.12 U: Monitor Parameters
u U6: Operation Status Monitors
Control monitors show:
• Reference data for the output voltage and vector control
• Data on PM motor rotor synchronization, forward phase compensation, and flux positioning
• Pulse data from the PG motor encoder
• Pulse data for Zero Servo control
• ASR and Feed Forward control monitors
Refer to Figure 5.32 on page 146 and Figure 5.33 on page 147 for details and an illustration showing where monitors
are located in the ASR block.
• The offset value added to the frequency reference by the frequency offset function. Refer to Setting 44, 45, 46: Offset
frequency 1, 2, 3 on page 188.
Refer to U6: Operation Status Monitors on page 420 for a complete list of U6- monitors and descriptions.
u U9: KEB Voltage Monitors
These parameters allow the user to monitor the voltage levels used for KEB function start and end. For more information
on the U9 monitor parameter monitors, see U9: KEB Voltage Monitors on page 421.
264 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
6
Troubleshooting
This chapter provides descriptions of the drive faults, alarms, errors, related displays, and
guidance for troubleshooting. This chapter can also serve as a reference guide for tuning the
drive during a trial run.
6.1 SECTION SAFETY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
6.2 MOTOR PERFORMANCE FINE-TUNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
6.3 DRIVE ALARMS, FAULTS, AND ERRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
6.4 FAULT DETECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
6.5 ALARM DETECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
6.6 OPERATOR PROGRAMMING ERRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
6.7 AUTO-TUNING FAULT DETECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
6.8 COPY FUNCTION RELATED DISPLAYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
6.9 DIAGNOSING AND RESETTING FAULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
6.10 TROUBLESHOOTING WITHOUT FAULT DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 265
6.1 Section Safety
6.1 Section Safety
DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may illustrate drives without covers or safety shields to display details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not touch terminals before the capacitors have fully discharged.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Before wiring terminals, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the
drive input power is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive
before touching any components.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Installation, maintenance, inspection and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry, or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming drive input power before applying power.
266 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
6.1 Section Safety
WARNING
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material.
NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded twisted-pair
wires and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use the product.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Carefully review instruction manual TOBP C720600 00 when connecting a dynamic braking option to the drive.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
Yaskawa is not responsible for modification of the product made by the user.
Check all the wiring after installing the drive and connecting other devices to ensure that all connections are
correct.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Troubleshooting
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 267
6.2 Motor Performance Fine-Tuning
6.2 Motor Performance Fine-Tuning
This section offers helpful information for counteracting oscillation, hunting, or other problems that occur while
performing a trial run. Refer to the section below that corresponds to the motor control method used.
Note: This section describes parameters that are commonly edited and may be set incorrectly. Consult Yaskawa for more information
on detailed settings and fine-tuning the drive.
u Fine-Tuning V/f Control and V/f Control with PG
Table 6.1 Parameters for Fine-Tuning Performance in V/f and V/f w/PG
Suggested
Problem Parameter No. Corrective Action Default Setting
• If insufficient motor torque relative to the size of the load causes hunting,
reduce the setting.
• When motor hunting and oscillation occur with a light load, increase the
Motor hunting and oscillation at speeds Hunting Prevention Gain
setting. 1.00 0.10 to 2.00
between 10 and 40 Hz (n1-02)
• Lower this setting if hunting occurs when using a motor with a relatively
low inductance, such as a high-frequency motor or a motor with a larger
frame size.
• If the motor noise is too loud, increase the carrier frequency.
• Motor noise • When motor hunting and oscillation occur at speeds up to 40 Hz, lower
Carrier Frequency Selection (C6-
• Motor hunting and oscillation at the carrier frequency. 1 (2 kHz) 1 to max. setting
02)
speeds up to 40 Hz • The default setting for the carrier frequency depends on the drive
capacity (o2-04) and the Duty Selection (C6-01).
Torque Compensation Primary
• Poor torque or speed response • If motor torque and speed response are too slow, decrease the setting.
Delay Time 200 ms <1> 100 to 1000 ms
• Motor hunting and oscillation • If motor hunting and oscillation occur, increase the setting.
(C4-02)
• Poor motor torque at speeds below 10 • If motor torque is insufficient at speeds below 10 Hz, increase the setting.
Torque Compensation Gain
Hz • If motor hunting and oscillation with a relatively light load, decrease the 1.00 0.50 to 1.50
(C4-01)
• Motor hunting and oscillation setting.
• If torque is insufficient at speeds below 10 Hz, increase the setting.
Mid Output Voltage A (E1-08) E1-08: 15.0 V
• Poor motor torque at low speeds • If motor instability occurs at motor start, decrease the setting. Default setting
Minimum Output Voltage E1-10: 9.0 V
• Motor instability at motor start • Note: The recommended setting value is for 200 V class drives. Double ±5 V
(E1-10) <2>
this value when using a 400 V class drive.
0.0
Slip Compensation Gain After setting the motor-rated current (E2-01), motor-rated slip (E2-02), and
Poor speed precision (V/f control) (no slip 0.5 to 1.5
(C3-01) motor no-load current (E2-03), adjust the slip compensation gain (C3-01).
compensation)
Proportional gain
ASR Proportional Gain 1 (C5-01)
Poor speed precision (V/f control with Adjust the ASR proportional gain 1 (C5-01) and the ASR integral time 1 C5-01: 0.20 = 0.10 to 1.00
ASR Integral Time 1 (C5-02)
PG) (C5-02). C5-02: 0.200 s Integral time
<3> <4>
= 0.100 to 2.000 s
<1> Default setting value is dependent on parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection, and o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<2> Default settings change when the Control Method is changed (A1-02).
<3> ASR in V/f Control with PG only controls the output frequency, and therefore does not allow the high gain settings possible when using Close
Loop Vector control.
<4> Refer to C5: Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR) on page 146 for details on Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR).
u Fine-Tuning Open Loop Vector Control
Table 6.2 Parameters for Fine-Tuning Performance in OLV
Problem Parameter No. Corrective Action Default Suggested
Setting
• Poor motor torque and speed • If motor torque and speed response are too slow, gradually decrease the
response AFR Gain setting by 0.05.
1.00 0.50 to 2.00
• Motor hunting and oscillation at (n2-01) • If motor hunting and oscillation occur, gradually increase the setting by
speeds between 10 and 40 Hz 0.05.
• To improve motor torque speed response, gradually reduce this setting by
• Poor motor torque and speed 10 ms and check the performance.
response AFR Time Constant 1 • If motor hunting and oscillation occur as a result of load inertia, gradually
50 ms 50 to 2000 ms
• Motor hunting and oscillation at (n2-02) increase the setting by 50 ms and check the performance.
speeds between 10 and 40 Hz • Note: Ensure that n2-02 ≤ n2-03. When changing n2-02, set C4-02
(Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time Constant 1) accordingly.
• If overvoltage occur, gradually increase this setting by 50 ms and check
the performance.
• If response is slow, gradually reduce this setting by 10 ms and check the
AFR Time Constant 2
performance. 750 ms 750 to 2000 ms
(n2-03)
• Note: Ensure that n2-02 ≤ n2-03. When making adjustments to n2-03,
increase the value of C4-06 (Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time
Overvoltage trips when accelerating, 2) proportionally.
decelerating, or during sudden speed or
load changes. • If overvoltage trips occur, gradually increase this setting by 10 ms and
check the performance.
• If response is slow, gradually reduce this setting by 2 ms and check the
Torque Compensation Primary
performance. 150 ms 150 to 750 ms
Delay Time Constant 2 (C4-06)
• Note: Ensure that C4-02 ≤ C4-06. When changing C4-06 (Torque
Compensation Primary Delay Time Constant 2), increase the value of n2-
03 proportionally.
268 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
6.2 Motor Performance Fine-Tuning
Suggested
Problem Parameter No. Corrective Action Default Setting
• To improve motor torque speed response, gradually reduce this setting by
2 ms and check the performance.
• Poor motor torque and speed
Torque Compensation Primary • If motor hunting and oscillation occur, gradually increase this setting by
response 20 ms <1> 20 to 100 ms <1>
Delay Time Constant 1 (C4-02) 10 ms.
• Motor hunting and oscillation
• Note: Ensure that C4-02 ≤ C4-06. When making adjustments to C4-02,
increase the AFR time constant 1 (n2-02) proportionally.
Slip Compensation Primary • If response is slow, gradually decrease the setting by 10 ms.
Poor speed response and stability 200 ms <2> 100 to 500 ms
Delay Time Constant (C3-02) • If speed is unstable, gradually increase the setting by 10 ms.
• If speed is too slow, gradually increase the setting by 0.1 ms.
Poor speed precision Slip Compensation Gain (C3-01) 1.0 <2> 0.5 to 1.5
• If speed is too fast, gradually decrease the setting by 0.1 ms.
Poor speed precision during Slip Compensation Selection Enable slip compensation during regeneration by setting parameter C3-04
0 1
regenerative operation During Regeneration (C3-04) = 1.
• If there is too much motor noise, the carrier frequency is too low.
• Motor noise • If motor hunting and oscillation occur at low speeds, reduce the carrier
Carrier Frequency Selection (C6-
• Motor hunting and oscillation occur frequency. 1 (2 kHz) 0 to max. setting
02)
at speeds below 10 Hz • Note: The default setting for the carrier frequency depends on the drive
capacity (o2-04) and Duty Selection (C6-01).
• If motor torque and speed response are too slow, increase the setting.
E1-08: 11.0 V
• Poor motor torque at low speeds Mid Output Voltage A (E1-08) • If the motor exhibits excessive instability at start-up, reduce the setting.
<2> Default setting
• Poor speed response Minimum Output Voltage (E1- • Note: The default value is for 200 V class units. Double this value when
E1-10: 2.0 V ±2 V
• Motor instability at start 10) using a 400 V class drive. When working with a relatively light load,
<2>
increasing this value too much can result in overtorque.
<1> Default setting value is dependent on parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection, and o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<2> Default settings change when the Control Method is changed (A1-02).
When using OLV, leave the torque compensation gain (C4-01) at its default setting of 1.00.
u Fine-Tuning Closed Loop Vector Control
Table 6.3 Parameters for Fine-Tuning the Performance in CLV
Suggested
Problem Parameter No. Corrective Action Default Setting
ASR Proportional Gain 1 • If motor torque and speed response are too slow, gradually increase the
(C5-01) ASR gain setting by 5.
• Poor torque or speed response
ASR Proportional Gain 2 • If motor hunting and oscillation occur, decrease the setting. 20.00 10.00 to 50.00
• Motor hunting and oscillation
(C5-03) • Parameter C5-03 needs to be adjusted only if C5-05 > 0.
<1> • Perform ASR Auto-Tuning if possible
High-speed: ASR Integral Time 1
(C5-02) • If motor torque and speed response are too slow, decrease the setting.
• Poor torque or speed response
Low-speed: ASR Integral Time 2 • If motor hunting and oscillation occur, increase the setting. 0.500 s 0.300 to 1.000 s
• Motor hunting and oscillation
(C5-04) • Parameter C5-04 needs to be adjusted only if C5-05 > 0.
<1>
Trouble maintaining the ASR
ASR Gain Switching Frequency Have the drive switch between two different ASR proportional gain and 0.0 to max output
proportional gain or the integral time at 0.0 Hz
(C5-07) <1> integral time settings based on the output frequency. frequency
the low or high end of the speed range
• If motor torque and speed response are too slow, gradually decrease the
ASR Primary Delay Time
Motor hunting and oscillation setting by 0.01. 0.004 s 0.004 to 0.020 s
Constant (C5-06) <1>
• If the load is less rigid and subject to oscillation, increase this setting.
• If there is too much motor noise, the carrier frequency is too low.
• Motor noise • If motor hunting and oscillation occur at low speeds, reduce the carrier
Carrier Frequency Selection 2.0 kHz to the max.
• Control motor hunting and oscillation frequency. 1
(C6-02) setting
occur at speeds below 3 Hz. • Note: The default setting for the carrier frequency depends on the drive
capacity (o2-04) and Drive Duty Selection (C6-01).
Troubleshooting
• Enable Feed Forward by setting parameter n5-01 = 1 and perform Inertia
Overshoot or undershoot when the Feed Forward Control (n5-01)
Tuning. If Inertia Tuning is not possible, set parameters C5-17, C5-18, 0 1
speed changes with high inertia load. Inertia Tuning (T1-01 = 8)
and n5-03 manually.
<1> Refer to C5: Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR) on page 146 for details on Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR).
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 269
6.2 Motor Performance Fine-Tuning
u Fine-Tuning Open Loop Vector Control for PM Motors
Table 6.4 Parameters for Fine-Tuning Performance in OLV/PM
Suggested
Problem Parameter No. Corrective Action Default
Setting
• Check the settings for base and maximum frequency in the E1-
parameters
Motor parameters • Check E5- parameters and make sure all motor data has been set
Motor performance not as desired - -
(E1-, E5-) correctly. Be careful not to enter line to line data where single-phase data
is required, and vice versa.
• Perform Auto-Tuning.
Close to the actual
Load Inertia Ratio (n8-55) Adjust parameter n8-55 to meet the load inertia ratio of the machine. 0
load inertia ratio
Speed Feedback Detection Gain Decrease in
Decrease the speed feedback detection gain (n8-45). 0.8
Poor motor torque and speed response (n8-45) decrements of 0.05
Enable torque compensation.
Torque Compensation (C4-01) Note: Setting this value too high can cause overcompensation and motor 0 1
oscillation.
Pull-In Current during Accel/ Increase in steps
Increase the pull-in current set in n8-51 50%
Decel (n8-51) of 5%
DC Injection Braking Current b2-03 = 0.5 s
Use DC Injection Braking at start to align the rotor. Be aware that this b2-02 = 50%
(b2-02), DC Injection Time at Increase b2-02 if
Oscillation at start or the motor stalls operation can cause a short reverse rotation at start. b2-03 = 0.0 s
Start (b2-03) needed
Increase the load inertia ratio.
Close to the actual
Load Inertia Ratio (n8-55) Note: Setting this value too high can cause overcompensation and motor 0
load inertia ratio
oscillation.
Pull-In Current Compensation Reduce in
Decrease n8-47 if hunting occurs during constant speed 5.0 s
Time Constant (n8-47) increments of 0.2 s
Stalling or oscillation occur when load Increase in
Pull-In Current (n8-48) Increase the pull-in current in n8-48. 30%
is applied during constant speed increments of 5%
Close to the actual
Load Inertia Ratio (n8-55) Increase the load inertia ratio. 0
load inertia ratio
Speed feedback Detection Gain Increase in
Hunting or oscillation occur Increase the speed feedback detection gain in n8-45. 0.8
(n8-45) increments 0.05
• Check and adjust the induced voltage constant. dep. on drive Refer to the motor
STO fault trips even if the load is not Induced Voltage Constant (E5-09
• Check the motor name plate, the data sheet or contact the motor capacity and data sheet or the
too high or E5-24)
manufacturer for getting data. motor code nameplate.
Set the value lower
Stalling or STO occurs at high speed as Set the value of the input voltage to parameter n8-62. 200 Vac or 400
Output Voltage Limit (n8-62) than the actual
the output voltage becomes saturated. Never set the value higher than the actual input voltage. Vac
input voltage.
When using OLV/PM, leave the torque compensation gain (C4-01) of its default setting of 1.00. Enable the slip
compensation selection during regeneration (C3-04 = 1) if speed precision is not possible during the regeneration.
u Fine-Tuning Advanced Open Loop Vector Control for PM Motors
Table 6.5 Parameters for Fine-Tuning Performance in AOLV/PM
Problem Parameter No. Corrective Action Default Suggested
Setting
High-speed: ASR Proportional • If motor torque and speed response are too slow, gradually increase the
• Poor torque or speed response Gain 1 (C5-01) setting by 5.
10.00 5.00 to 30.00 <1>
• Motor hunting and oscillation Low-speed: ASR Proportional • If motor hunting and oscillation occur, decrease the setting.
Gain 2 (C5-03) • Parameter C5-03 needs to be adjusted only if C5-05 > 0.
High-speed: ASR Integral Time 1
• If motor torque and speed response are too slow, decrease the setting.
• Poor torque or speed response (C5-02) 0.300 to
• If motor hunting and oscillation occur, increase the setting. 0.500 s
• Motor hunting and oscillation Low-speed: ASR Integral Time 2 1.000 s <1>
• Parameter C5-03 needs to be adjusted only if C5-05 > 0
(C5-04)
Trouble maintaining the ASR
ASR Gain Switching Frequency Have the drive switch between two different ASR proportional gain and
proportional gain or the integral time at 0.0% 0.0 to Max r/min
(C5-07) integral time settings based on the output frequency.
the low or high end of the speed range
ASR Primary Delay Time 0.016 to
Motor hunting and oscillation If the load is less rigid and subject to oscillation, increase this setting. 0.010 s
Constant (C5-06) 0.035 s <1>
Motor stalling makes normal operation Motor parameters
Check the motor parameter settings. - -
impossible (E1-, E5-)
<1> Optimal settings will differ between no-load and loaded operation.
270 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
6.2 Motor Performance Fine-Tuning
u Fine-Tuning Closed Loop Vector Control for PM Motors
Table 6.6 Parameters for Fine-Tuning Performance in CLV/PM
Suggested
Problem Parameter No. Corrective Action Default Setting
High-speed: ASR Proportional • If motor torque and speed response are too slow, gradually increase the
• Poor torque or speed response Gain 1 (C5-01) setting by 5.
20.00 10.00 to 50.00 <1>
• Motor hunting and oscillation Low-speed: ASR Proportional • If motor hunting and oscillation occur, decrease the setting.
Gain 2 (C5-03) • Perform ASR Gain Auto-Tuning if possible
High-speed: ASR Integral Time 1
• Poor torque or speed response (C5-02) • If motor torque and speed response are too slow, decrease the setting. 0.300 to
0.500 s
• Motor hunting and oscillation Low-speed: ASR Integral Time 2 • If motor hunting and oscillation occur, increase the setting. 1.000 s <1>
(C5-04)
ASR proportional gain or the integral
ASR Gain Switching Frequency Have the drive switch between two different ASR proportional gain and
time at the low or high end of the speed 0.0% 0.0 to Max r/min
(C5-07) integral time settings based on the output frequency.
range
ASR Primary Delay Time 0.004 to
Motor hunting and oscillation If the load is less rigid and subject to oscillation, increase this setting. 0.016 s
Constant (C5-06) 0.020 s <1>
Motor stall makes normal operation Motor parameters
Check the motor parameter settings. - -
impossible (E1-, E5-)
Enable Feed Forward Control by setting parameter n5-01 = 1 and perform
Overshoot or undershoot at speed Feed Forward Control (n5-01)
Inertia Auto-Tuning. If Auto-Tuning cannot be performed set parameters 0 1
changes with high inertia load. Inertia Auto-Tuning (T2-01 = 8)
C5-17, C5-18 and n5-03 manually.
<1> Optimal settings will differ between no-load and loaded operation.
u Parameters to Minimize Motor Hunting and Oscillation
In addition to the parameters discussed on page 268 through 271, the following parameters indirectly affect motor
hunting and oscillation.
Table 6.7 Parameters that Affect Control Performance in Applications
Name (Parameter No.) Application
Prevents motor speed loss by maintaining the output frequency when working with heavy loads or when there is powerful
Dwell Function (b6-01 through b6-04)
backlash on the machine side.
Accel/Decel Time (C1-01 through C1-11) Adjusting accel and decel times will affect the torque presented to the motor during acceleration or deceleration.
S-Curve Characteristics (C2-01 through C2-04) Prevents shock at the beginning and end of acceleration and deceleration.
Analog Filter Time Constant (H3-13) Prevents fluctuation in the analog input signal due to noise.
• Prevents motor speed loss and overvoltage. Used when the load is too heavy and also during sudden acceleration/
deceleration.
Stall Prevention (L3-01 through L3-06, L3-11)
• Adjustment is not normally required because Stall Prevention is enabled as a default. Disable Stall Prevention during
deceleration (L3-04 = “0”) when using a braking resistor.
• Sets the maximum torque for Open Loop Vector Control.
Torque Limits (L7-01 through L7-04, L7-06, L7-07) • Ensure that the drive capacity is greater than the motor capacity when increasing this setting. Be careful when reducing this
value because motor speed loss may occur with heavy loads.
Used to increase response for acceleration/deceleration or to reduce overshooting when there is low machine rigidity and the
Feed Forward Control (n5-01 through n5-03) gain of the speed controller (ASR) cannot be increased. The inertia ratio between the load and motor and the acceleration time
of the motor running alone must be set.
Troubleshooting
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 271
6.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors
6.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors
u Types of Alarms, Faults, and Errors
Check the digital operator for information about possible faults if the drive or motor fails to operate. Refer to Using the
Digital Operator on page 73.
If problems occur that are not covered in this manual, contact the nearest Yaskawa representative with the following
information:
• Drive model
• Software version
• Date of purchase
• Description of the problem
Table 6.8 contains descriptions of the various types of alarms, faults, and errors that may occur while operating the drive.
Table 6.8 Types of Alarms, Faults, and Errors
Type Drive Response
When the drive detects a fault:
• The digital operator displays text that indicates the specific fault and the ALM indicator LED remains lit until the fault is reset.
• The fault interrupts drive output and the motor coasts to a stop.
Faults
• Some faults allow the user to select how the drive should stop when the fault occurs.
• Fault output terminals MA-MC will close, and MB-MC will open.
The drive will remain inoperable until that fault has been cleared. Refer to Fault Reset Methods on page 304.
When the drive detects an alarm or a minor fault:
• The digital operator displays text that indicates the specific alarm or minor fault, and the ALM indicator LED flashes.
• The drive generally continues running the motor, although some alarms allow the user to select a stopping method when the alarm occurs.
Minor Faults and Alarms
• One of the multi-function contact outputs closes if set to be tripped by a minor fault (H2- = 10), but not by an alarm.
• The digital operator displays text indicating a specific alarm and ALM indicator LED flashes.
To reset the a minor fault or alarm, remove whatever is causing the problem.
When parameter settings conflict with one another or do not match hardware settings (such as with an option card), it results in an operation error. When the
drive detects an operation error:
Operation Errors • The digital operator displays text that indicates the specific error.
• Multi-function contact outputs do not operate.
The drive will not operate the motor until the error has been reset. Correct the settings that caused the operation error to clear the error.
Tuning errors occur while performing Auto-Tuning. When the drive detects a tuning error:
• The digital operator displays text indicating the specific error.
Tuning Errors • Multi-function contact outputs do not operate.
• Motor coasts to stop.
Remove the cause of the error and repeat the Auto-Tuning process.
These are the types of errors that can occur when using the optional digital operator or the USB Copy Unit to copy, read, or verify parameter settings.
• The digital operator displays text indicating the specific error.
Copy Function Errors
• Multi-function contact outputs do not operate.
Pressing any key on the operator will clear the fault. Find out what is causing the problem (such as model incompatibility) and try again.
272 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
6.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors
u Alarm and Error Displays
n Faults
Table 6.9 gives an overview of possible fault codes. As conditions such as overvoltage can trip both a fault and an alarm,
it is important to distinguish between faults and alarms in order to find the right corrective action.
When the drive detects a fault, the ALM indicator LEDs lights and the fault code appears on the display. The drive fault
contact MA-MB-MC will be triggered. If the ALM LED blinks and the code appearing on the operator screen is flashes,
then an alarm has been detected. See Minor Faults and Alarms on page 274 for a list of alarm codes.
Table 6.9 Fault Displays
Digital Operator Display Digital Operator Display
Name Page Name Page
LED Operator LCD Operator LED Operator LCD Operator
boL Braking Transistor Overload Fault 277
to
oFA12 to oFA17 Option Card Connection Error (CN5-A) 282
bUS Option Communication Error 277
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication
CE 277
Error to
oFA30 to oFA43 Option Card Connection Error (CN5-A) 282
CF Control Fault 277
, oFb00 Option Card Connection Error (CN5-B) 283
CPF00, CPF01 Control Circuit Error 277
oFb01 Option Card Fault (CN5-B) 283
<1>
CPF02 A/D Conversion Error 277 oFb02 Option Card Fault (CN5-B) 283
CPF03 Control Board Connection Error 278
,
oFb03, oFb11 Option Card Error (CN5-B) 283
CPF06 EEPROM Memory Data Error 278
, CPF07, to
Terminal Board Connection Error 278 oFb12 to oFb17 Option Card Connection Error (CN5-B) 283
CPF08
, oFC00 Option Card Connection Error (CN5-C) 283
CPF20, CPF21 Control Circuit Error 278
oFC01 Option Card Fault (CN5-C) 283
<1>
CPF22 Hybrid IC Error 278 oFC02 Option Card Fault (CN5-C) 283
CPF23 Control Board Connection Error 278
to oFC12 to oFC17 Option Card Connection Error (CN5-C) 283
CPF24 Drive Unit Signal Fault 278
CPF25 Terminal Board Not Connected 278 oH Heatsink Overheat 284
to oH1 Heatsink Overheat 284
CPF26 to CPF35 Control Circuit Error 278
oH3 Motor Overheat 1 (PTC input) 284
Troubleshooting
Excessive Speed Deviation (for Control
dEv 279 oH4 Motor Overheat 2 (PTC input) 284
Mode with PG)
dv1 Z Pulse Fall Detection 279 oL1 Motor Overload 284
dv2 Z Pulse Noise Fault Detection 279 oL2 Drive Overload 285
dv3 Inversion Detection 279 oL3 Overtorque Detection 1 285 6
dv4 Inversion Prevention Detection 279 oL4 Overtorque Detection 2 285
dv7 Initial Polarity Estimation Timeout 279 oPr Operator Connection Fault 285
EF0 Option Card External Fault 279 oS Overspeed 285
ov Overvoltage 285
to
EF1 to EF8 External Fault (input terminal S1 to S8) 280
PF Input Phase Loss 286
Err EEPROM Write Error 280 PGo PG Disconnect (for Control Mode with PG) 286
FAn Internal Fan Fault 280 PGoH PG Hardware Fault 286
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 273
6.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors
Digital Operator Display Digital Operator Display
Name Page Name Page
LED Operator LCD Operator LED Operator LCD Operator
FbH Excessive PID Feedback 280 rF Braking Resistor Fault 286
FbL PID Feedback Loss 280 rH Dynamic Braking Resistor 287
GF Ground Fault 281 rr Dynamic Braking Transistor 287
LF Output Phase Loss 281 SC Output Short-Circuit or IGBT Fault 287
LF2 Current Imbalance 281 SEr Too Many Speed Search Restarts 287
LSo LSo Fault 281 STo Pull-Out Detection 287
nSE Node Setup Error 281 SvE Zero-Servo Fault 287
oC Overcurrent 282 UL3 Undertorque Detection 1 288
oFA00 Option Card Connection Error (CN5-A) 282 UL4 Undertorque Detection 2 288
oFA01 Option Card Fault (CN5-A) 282 Uv1 Undervoltage 288
oFA02 Option Card Fault (CN5-A) 282 Uv2 Control Power Supply Undervoltage 288
Uv3 Soft Charge Circuit Fault 288
to
oFA03 to oFA06 Option Card Error (CN5-A) 282
voF Output Voltage Detection Fault 288
,
oFA10, oFA11 Option Card Error (CN5-A) 282 – – – –
<1> Displays or if a control circuit error occurs while the drive is starting up.
Displays or if a control circuit error occurs mid-operation.
n Minor Faults and Alarms
Table 6.10 give an overview of possible alarm codes. As conditions such as overvoltage can trip both a fault and alarm, it
is important to distinguish between faults and alarms in order to find the right corrective action.
If an alarm is detected, the ALM LED will blink and the alarm code display flashes. The majority of alarms will trigger a
digital output programmed for alarm output (H2- = 10). If the ALM LED lights without blinking, this means that a
fault has been detected (not an alarm). Information on fault codes can be found in Faults on page 273.
Table 6.10 Minor Fault and Alarm Displays
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Output
Name Page
LED Operator LCD Operator (H2- = 10)
bb Drive Baseblock No output 289
boL Braking Transistor Overload Fault YES 289
bUS Option Card Communications Error YES 289
CALL Serial Communication Transmission Error YES 289
CE MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error YES 289
CrST Cannot Reset YES 290
dEv Excessive Speed Deviation (for Control Mode with PG) YES 290
dnE Drive Disabled YES 290
EF Run Command Input Error YES 290
EF0 Option Card External Fault YES 290
to EF1 to EF8 External Fault (input terminal S1 to S8) YES 290
FAn Internal Fan Fault YES 291
FbH Excessive PID Feedback YES 291
FbL PID Feedback Loss YES 291
274 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
6.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Output
Name Page
LED Operator LCD Operator (H2- = 10)
Hbb Safe Disable Signal Input YES 291
HbbF Safe Disable Signal Input YES 291
HCA Current Alarm YES 291
LT-1 Cooling Fan Maintenance Time No output <1> 291
LT-2 Capacitor Maintenance Time No output <1> 292
LT-3 Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time No output <1> 292
LT-4 IGBT Maintenance Time (50%) No output <1> 292
oH Heatsink Overheat YES 292
oH2 Drive Overheat YES 292
oH3 Motor Overheat YES 292
oL3 Overtorque 1 YES 292
oL4 Overtorque 2 YES 292
oS Overspeed YES 293
ov Overvoltage YES 293
PASS MEMOBUS/Modbus Test Mode Complete No output 293
PF Input Phase Loss YES 293
PGo PG Disconnect (for Control Mode with PG) YES 293
PGoH PG Hardware Fault (when using PG-X3) YES 293
rUn During Run 2, Motor Switch Command Input YES 293
SE MEMOBUS/Modbus Test Mode Fault YES 294
TrPC IGBT Maintenance Time (90%) YES 294
UL3 Undertorque 1 YES 294
UL4 Undertorque 2 YES 294
Uv Undervoltage YES <2> 294
voF Output Voltage Detection Fault YES 294
<1> Output when H2- = 2F.
<2> An alarm output will not be triggered when KEB is being performed.
n Operation Errors Troubleshooting
Table 6.11 Operation Error Displays
Digital Operator Display Digital Operator Display
Name Page Name Page
LED Operator LCD Operator LED Operator LCD Operator
oPE01 Drive Unit Setting Error 295 oPE09 PID Control Selection Error 296 6
oPE02 Parameter Setting Range Error 295 oPE10 V/f Data Setting Error 297
oPE03 Multi-Function Input Setting Error 295 oPE11 Carrier Frequency Setting Error 297
oPE04 Terminal Board Mismatch Error 296 oPE13 Pulse Train Monitor Selection Error 297
oPE05 Run Command Selection Error 296 oPE14 Application Selection Error 297
oPE06 Control Method Selection Error 296 oPE15 Torque Control Setting Error 297
Multi-Function Analog Input Selection
oPE07 296 oPE16 Energy Saving Constants Error 297
Error
oPE08 Parameter Selection Error 296 oPE18 Online Tuning Parameter Setting Error 297
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 275
6.3 Drive Alarms, Faults, and Errors
n Auto-Tuning Errors
Table 6.12 Auto-Tuning Error Displays
Digital Operator Display Digital Operator Display
Name Page Name Page
LED Operator LCD Operator LED Operator LCD Operator
End1 Excessive V/f Setting 298 Er-09 Acceleration Error 299
Motor Iron Core Saturation Coefficient
End2 298 Er-10 Motor Direction Error 299
Error
End3 Rated Current Setting Alarm 298 Er-11 Motor Speed Error 299
Adjusted Slip Value Fell Below Lower
End4 298 Er-12 Current Detection Error 300
Limit
End5 Resistance Between Lines Error 298 Er-13 Leakage Inductance Error 300
End6 Leakage Inductance Alarm 298 Er-14 Motor Speed Error 2 300
End7 No-Load Current Alarm 298 Er-15 Torque Saturation Error 300
Er-01 Motor Data Error 298 Er-16 Inertia ID Error 300
Er-02 Alarm 299 Er-17 Reverse Prohibited Error 300
Er-03 STOP button Input 299 Er-18 Induction Voltage Error 300
Er-04 Line-to-Line Resistance Error 299 Er-19 PM Inductance Error 300
Er-05 No-Load Current Error 299 Er-20 Stator Resistance Error 300
Er-08 Rated Slip Error 299 Er-21 Z Pulse Correction Error 300
n Errors and Displays When Using the Copy Function
Table 6.13 Copy Errors
Digital Operator Display
Name Page
LED Operator LCD Operator
CoPy Writing parameter settings (flashing) 301
CPEr Control mode of the drive does not match 301
CPyE Error writing data 301
CSEr Error occurred in the copy function 301
dFPS Drive models do not match. 301
End Task completed 301
iFEr Communication error 301
ndAT Model, voltage class, capacity, and/or control mode differ 301
rdEr Error reading data 302
rEAd Reading parameter settings (flashing) 302
vAEr Voltage class and/or drive capacity does not match 302
vFyE Parameter settings in the drive and those saved to the copy function are not the same 302
vrFy Comparing parameter settings (flashing) 302
276 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
6.4 Fault Detection
6.4 Fault Detection
u Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Faults are detected for drive protection, and cause the drive to stop. When a fault occurs, the fault output terminal MA-
MB-MC is triggered. Faults have to be cleared manually after removing the cause to start running the drive again.
Table 6.14 Detailed Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Braking Transistor Overload Fault
boL
The braking transistor has reached its overload level.
Cause Possible Solution
The wrong braking resistor is installed. Select the optimal braking resistor.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Communication Error
bUS • After establishing initial communication, the connection was lost.
• Only detected when the run command frequency reference is assigned to an option card.
Cause Possible Solution
No signal received from the PLC. • Check for faulty wiring.
• Correct the wiring.
Faulty communications wiring or a short circuit exists. • Check for disconnected cables and short circuits. Repair as needed.
• Check the various options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Take steps to counteract noise in the control circuit, main circuit, and ground wiring.
A communications data error occurred due to noise. • Ensure that other equipment such as switches or relays do not cause noise. Use surge suppressors if necessary.
• Use only recommended cables or other shielded line. Ground the shield on the controller side or on the drive input power side.
• Separate all communication wiring from drive power lines. Install an EMC noise filter to the drive power supply input.
The option card is damaged. Replace the option card if there are no problems with the wiring and the error continues to occur.
• The connector pins on the option card are not properly lined up with the connector pins on the drive.
The option card is not properly connected to the drive.
• Reinstall the option card.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error
CE
Control data was not received for the CE detection time set to H5-09.
Cause Possible Solution
• Check for faulty wiring.
Faulty communications wiring or a short circuit exists. • Correct the wiring.
• Check for disconnected cables and short circuits. Repair as needed.
• Check the various options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Take steps to counteract noise in the control circuit, main circuit, and ground wiring.
Communication data error occurred due to noise. • Use only recommended cables or other shielded line. Ground the shield on the controller side or on the drive input power side.
• Ensure that other equipment such as switches or relays do not cause noise and use surge suppressors if required.
• Separate all communication wiring from drive power lines. Install an EMC noise filter to the drive power supply input.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Control Fault
CF
A torque limit was reached continuously for three seconds or longer while ramping to stop in Open Loop Vector Control.
Cause Possible Solution
Motor parameters are not set properly. Check the motor parameter settings and repeat Auto-Tuning.
Torque limit is too low. Set the torque limit to the most appropriate setting (L7-01 through L7-04).
• Adjust the deceleration time (C1-02, -04, -06, -08).
Load inertia is too big.
• Set the frequency to the minimum value and interrupt the Run command when the drive finishes decelerating.
Troubleshooting
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
or CPF00 or CPF01 Control Circuit Error
<1>
Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
There is a self diagnostic error in control circuit. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Connector on the operator is damaged. • Replace the operator.
6
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
A/D Conversion Error
CPF02
An A/D conversion error or control circuit error occurred.
Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
Control circuit is damaged. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 277
6.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Control Board Connection Error
CPF03
Connection error between the control board and the drive
Cause Possible Solution
• Turn the power off and check the connection between the control board and the drive.
There is a connection error.
• If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive.
• Check the various options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Take steps to counteract noise in the control circuit, main circuit, and ground wiring.
Drive fails to operate properly due to noise interference. • Use only recommended cables or other shielded line. Ground the shield on the controller side or on the drive input power side.
• Ensure that other equipment such as switches or relays do not cause noise and use surge suppressors if required.
• Separate all communication wiring from drive power lines. Install an EMC noise filter to the drive power supply input.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
EEPROM Memory Data Error
CPF06
There is an error in the data saved to EEPROM.
Cause Possible Solution
• Turn the power off and check the connection between the control board and the drive.
There is an error in EEPROM control circuit. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
The power supply was switched off when parameters
Reinitialize the drive (A1-03 = 2220 or 3330).
were being saved to the drive.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
CPF07
Terminal Board Connection Error
CPF08
Cause Possible Solution
• Turn the power off and reconnect the control circuit terminal board.
There is a fault connection between the terminal board
• If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
and control board.
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
or CPF20 and CPF21 Control Circuit Error
<1>
Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
Hardware is damaged. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
CPF22 Powerboard Failure
Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive. Refer to Diagnosing and Resetting Faults on page 303.
An A/D conversion error occurred in the power board
• If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
circuit.
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Control Board Connection Error
CPF23
Connection error between the control board and the drive
Cause Possible Solution
• Turn the power off and check the connection between the control board and the drive.
Hardware is damaged. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Drive Unit Signal Fault
CPF24
The drive capacity cannot be detected correctly (drive capacity is checked when the drive is powered up).
Cause Possible Solution
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your
Hardware is damaged.
nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Terminal Board Not Connected
CPF25
Terminal board is not connected properly.
Cause Possible Solution
Terminal board is not connected properly. Make sure the terminal board is properly connected to the drive, then switch the power on.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Control Circuit Error
to CPF26 to CPF35
CPU error
Cause Possible Solution
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your
Hardware is damaged.
nearest sales representative.
278 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
6.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Speed Deviation (for Control Mode with PG)
dEv The deviation between the speed reference and speed feedback is greater than the setting in F1-10 for longer than the time set to
F1-11.
Cause Possible Solution
Load is too heavy. Reduce the load.
Acceleration and deceleration times are set too short. Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
The load is locked up. Check the machine.
Parameters are not set appropriately. Check the settings of parameters F1-10 and F1-11.
• Set H6-02 to the same value as the speed feedback signal frequency when the motor runs at maximum speed.
Incorrect speed feedback scaling if terminal RP is used
• Adjust the speed feedback signal using parameters H6-03 through H6-05.
as speed feedback input in V/f control.
• Make sure the speed feedback signal frequency does not exceed the maximum input frequency of terminal RP.
Motor brake engaged. Ensure the motor brake releases properly.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Z Pulse Fault
dv1
The motor turned one full rotation without the Z pulse being detected.
Cause Possible Solution
PG encoder is not connected, not wired properly, or is • Make sure the PG encoder is properly connected and all shielded lines are properly grounded.
damaged. • If the problem continues after cycling power, then replace either the PG option card or the PG encoder itself.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Z Pulse Noise Fault Detection
dv2
The Z pulse is out of phase by more than 5 degrees for the number of times specified in parameter F1-17.
Cause Possible Solution
Noise interference along the PG cable. Separate the PG cable lines from the source of the noise (very possibly drive output wiring).
PG cable is not wired properly. Rewire the PG encoder and make sure all shielded lines are properly grounded.
PG option card or the PG encoder is damaged. If the problem continues after cycling power, then replace either the PG option card or the PG encoder itself.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Inversion Detection
dv3 The torque reference and acceleration are in opposite directions from one another (one is in reverse and the other is forward)
while at the same time the speed reference and actual motor speed differ by over 30% for the number of pulses set to F1-18.
Cause Possible Solution
Set the value for Δθ to E5-11 as specified on the motor nameplate. Replacing the PG encoder or changing the application so that
The Z pulse offset is not set properly to E5-11.
the motor rotates in reverse instead requires readjustment of the Z pulse offset.
An external force on the load side has caused the motor • Make sure the motor is rotating in the right direction.
to move. • Look for any problems on the load side that might be causing the motor to rotate in the opposite direction.
Noise interference along the PG cable affecting the A or
B pulse.
Rewire the PG encoder and make sure all lines including shielded line are properly connected.
PG encoder is disconnected, not wired properly, or the
PG option card or PG itself is damaged.
Rotational direction for the PG encoder set to F1-05 is
Make sure motor lines for each phase (U, V, W) are connected properly.
the opposite of the order of the motor lines.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Inversion Prevention Detection
Pulses indicate that the motor is rotating in the opposite direction of the speed reference. Set the number of pulses to trigger
dv4 inverse detection to F1-19.
Note: Disable inverse detection in applications where the motor may rotate in the opposite direction of the speed reference.
Setting F1-19 to 0 disables this feature.
Cause Possible Solution
• Set the value for Δθ to E5-11 as specified on the motor nameplate.
The Z pulse offset is not set properly to E5-11. • If the problem continues after cycling power, then replace either the PG option card or the PG encoder itself. Replacing the PG
Troubleshooting
encoder or changing the application so that the motor rotates in reverse instead requires readjustment of the Z-pulse offset.
Noise interference along the PG cable affecting the A or • Make sure the motor is rotating in the correct direction.
B pulse. • Look for any problems on the load side that might be causing the motor to rotate in the opposite direction.
PG encoder is disconnected, not wired properly, or the • Rewire the PG encoder and make sure all lines including shielded line are properly connected.
PG option card or PG itself is damaged. • If the problem continues after cycling power, then replace either the PG option card or the PG encoder itself.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Initial Polarity Estimation Timeout
dv7
Drive was unable to detect polarity within the specified time. 6
Cause Possible Solution
Disconnection in the motor coil winding. Measure the motor line-to-line resistance and replace the motor if the motor coil winding is disconnected.
Check for loose terminals. Apply the tightening torque specified in the Technical manual or Quick Start Guide to fasten the
Loose output terminals.
terminals.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card External Fault
EF0
An external fault condition is present.
Cause Possible Solution
An external fault was received from the PLC with other
• Remove the cause of the external fault.
than F6-03 = 3 “alarm only” (the drive continued to run
• Remove the external fault input from the PLC.
after external fault).
Problem with the PLC program. Check the PLC program and correct problems.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 279
6.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
External Fault (input terminal S1)
EF1
External fault at multi-function input terminal S1.
External Fault (input terminal S2)
EF2
External fault at multi-function input terminal S2.
External Fault (input terminal S3)
EF3
External fault at multi-function input terminal S3.
External Fault (input terminal S4)
EF4
External fault at multi-function input terminal S4.
External Fault (input terminal S5)
EF5
External fault at multi-function input terminal S5.
External Fault (input terminal S6)
EF6
External fault at multi-function input terminal S6.
External Fault (input terminal S7)
EF7
External fault at multi-function input terminal S7
External Fault (input terminal S8)
EF8
External fault at multi-function input terminal S8
Cause Possible Solution
An external device has tripped an alarm function. Remove the cause of the external fault and reset the fault.
• Ensure the signal lines have been connected properly to the terminals assigned for external fault detection (H1- = 20 to 2B).
Wiring is incorrect.
• Reconnect the signal line.
• Check if the any unused terminals are set for H1- = 20 to 2B (External Fault).
Incorrect setting of multi-function contact inputs.
• Change the terminal settings.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
EEPROM Write Error
Err
Data cannot be written to the EEPROM.
Cause Possible Solution
• Press the button.
Noise has corrupted data while writing to the EEPROM. • Correct the parameter setting.
• Cycle power to the drive. Refer to Diagnosing and Resetting Faults on page 303.
• Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your
nearest sales representative.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your
Hardware problem.
nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Internal Fan Fault
FAn
Fan or magnetic contactor failed.
Cause Possible Solution
Cycle power to the drive and see if the fault is still present.
Check if the fan is operating or not.
Internal cooling fan has malfunctioned (models 2A0360,
Verify the cumulative operation time of the fan using monitor U4-03, and the fan maintenance timer in U4-04.
2A0415, 4A0362).
If the cooling fan has passed its expected performance life or is damaged in some way, follow the instructions in this manual to
replace it.
Fault detected in the internal cooling fan or magnetic Cycle power to the drive and see if the fault is still present.
contactor to the power supply (models 2A0250 to If the fault still occurs, either replace the control circuit board or the entire unit.
2A0415, 4A0165). For instructions on replacing the power board, contact the Yaskawa sales office directly or your nearest Yaskawa representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Excessive PID Feedback
FbH PID feedback input is greater than the level set b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37. To enable fault detection, set b5-12 =
2 or 5.
Cause Possible Solution
Parameters are not set appropriately. Check the settings of parameters b5-36 and b5-37.
Wiring for PID feedback is incorrect. Correct the wiring.
• Check the sensor on the control side.
There is a problem with the feedback sensor.
• Replace the sensor if damaged.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
PID Feedback Loss
FbL This fault occurs when PID feedback loss detection is programmed to trigger a fault (b5-12 = 2 or 5) and the PID feedback level
is below the detection level set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14.
Cause Possible Solution
Parameters are not set appropriately. Check the settings of parameters b5-13 and b5-14.
Wiring for PID feedback is incorrect. Correct the wiring.
There is a problem with the feedback sensor. Check the sensor on the controller side. If damaged, replace the sensor.
280 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
6.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Ground Fault
GF • A current short to ground exceeded 50% of rated current on the output side of the drive.
• Setting L8-09 to 1 enables ground fault detection.
Cause Possible Solution
• Check the insulation resistance of the motor.
Motor insulation is damaged.
• Replace the motor.
• Check the motor cable.
• Remove the short circuit and turn the power back on.
A damaged motor cable is creating a short circuit.
• Check the resistance between the cable and the ground terminal .
• Replace the cable.
• Reduce the carrier frequency.
The leakage current at the drive output is too high.
• Reduce the amount of stray capacitance.
• The value set exceeds the allowable setting range while the drive automatically adjusts the current offset (this happens only
when attempting to restart a PM motor that is coasting to stop).
The drive started to run during a current offset fault or
• Enable Speed Search at start (b3-01 = 1).
while coasting to a stop.
• Perform Speed Search 1 or 2 (H1- = 61 or 62) via one of the external terminals.
Note: Speed Search 1 and 2 are the same when using PM OLV.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your
Hardware problem.
nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Output Phase Loss
LF • Phase loss on the output side of the drive.
• Phase Loss Detection is enabled when L8-07 is set to 1 or 2.
Cause Possible Solution
• Check for wiring errors and ensure the output cable is connected properly.
The output cable is disconnected.
• Correct the wiring.
• Check the resistance between motor lines.
The motor winding is damaged.
• Replace the motor if the winding is damaged.
The output terminal is loose. Apply the tightening torque specified in this manual to fasten the terminals. Refer to Wire Size on page 62.
The rated current of the motor being used is less than 5%
Check the drive and motor capacities.
of the drive rated current.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your
An output transistor is damaged.
nearest sales representative.
A single-phase motor is being used. The drive cannot operate a single phase motor.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Output current imbalance
LF2
One or more of the phases in the output current is lost.
Cause Possible Solution
• Check for faulty wiring or poor connections on the output side of the drive.
Phase loss has occurred on the output side of the drive.
• Correct the wiring.
Terminal wires on the output side of the drive are loose. Apply the tightening torque specified in this manual to fasten the terminals. Refer to Wire Size on page 62.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your
The output circuit is damaged.
nearest sales representative.
• Measure the line-to-line resistance for each motor phase. Ensure all values are the same.
Motor impedance or motor phases are uneven.
• Replace the motor.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
LSo Fault <2>
LSo
Pull-out was detected while operating at low speed.
Cause Possible Solution
Enter the correct motor code for the PM motor being used into E5-01.
The incorrect motor code has been entered.
Troubleshooting
For special-purpose motors, enter the correct data to all E5 parameters according to the test report provided for the motor.
• Reduce the load.
The load is too heavy.
• Replace the drive with a larger model.
• Make sure some external force is not rotating the motor at start.
The drive incorrectly detected the position of the motor
• Enable Speed Search Selection at start. (b3-01 = 1)
poles.
• If the value displayed in U6-57 is lower than 819, then set the polarity judge current (n8-84) higher than the default value.
• Increase the value set to L8-93.
Values set to parameters L8-93, L8-94, and L8-95 are
incorrect.
• Increase the value set to L8-94.
• Increase the value set to L8-95. 6
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
nSE CANopen Node Setup Error
Cause Possible Solution
The node setup terminal closed during run.
A run command was issued while the node setup Stop the drive when using the node setup function.
function was active.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 281
6.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Overcurrent
oC
Drive sensors have detected an output current greater than the specified overcurrent level.
Cause Possible Solution
The motor has been damaged due to overheating or the • Check the insulation resistance.
motor insulation is damaged. • Replace the motor.
• Check the motor cables.
• Remove the short circuit and power the drive back up.
One of the motor cables has shorted out or there is a
grounding problem. • Check the resistance between the motor cables and the ground terminal .
• Replace damaged cables.
• Measure the current flowing into the motor.
• Replace the drive with a larger capacity unit if the current value exceeds the rated current of the drive.
The load is too heavy.
• Determine if there is sudden fluctuation in the current level.
• Reduce the load to avoid sudden changes in the current level or switch to a larger drive.
Calculate the torque needed during acceleration relative to the load inertia and the specified acceleration time. If the right amount
of torque cannot be set, make the following changes:
The acceleration or deceleration times are too short. • Increase the acceleration time (C1-01, -03, -05, -07)
• Increase the S-curve characteristics (C2-01 through C2-04)
• Increase the capacity of the drive.
The drive is attempting to operate a specialized motor or • Check the motor capacity.
a motor larger than the maximum size allowed. • Ensure that the rated capacity of the drive is greater than or equal to the capacity rating found on the motor nameplate.
Magnetic contactor (MC) on the output side of the drive
Set up the operation sequence so that the MC is not tripped while the drive is outputting current.
has turned on or off.
• Check the ratios between the voltage and frequency.
V/f setting is not operating as expected. • Set parameter E1-04 through E1-10 appropriately (E3-04 through E3-10 for motor 2).
• Lower the voltage if it is too high relative to the frequency.
• Check the amount of torque compensation.
Excessive torque compensation.
• Reduce the torque compensation gain (C4-01) until there is no speed loss and less current.
• Review the possible solutions provided for handling noise interference.
Drive fails to operate properly due to noise interference.
• Review the section on handling noise interference and check the control circuit lines, main circuit lines, and ground wiring.
• Check if fault occurs simultaneously to overexcitation function operation.
Overexcitation gain is set too high.
• Consider motor flux saturation and reduce the value of n3-13 (Overexcitation Deceleration Gain).
• Enable Speed Search at start (b3-01 = 1).
Run command applied while motor was coasting.
• Program the Speed Search command input through one of the multi-function contact input terminals (H1- = 61 or 62).
The wrong motor code has been entered for PM Open • Enter the correct motor code to E5-01.
Loop Vector (Yaskawa motors only) or the motor data • If a non-Yaskawa PM motor is used, enter “FFFF” to E5-01. Set the correct motor data to the E5- parameters or perform
are wrong. Auto-Tuning.
• Check which motor control method the drive is set to (A1-02).
The motor control method and motor do not match. • For IM motors, set A1-02 = “0”, “1”, “2”, or “3”.
• For PM motors, set A1-02 = “5”, “6” or “7”.
The drives rated output current is too small. Use a larger drive.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card Connection Error at Option Port CN5-A
oFA00
Option compatibility error
Cause Possible Solution
The option card installed into port CN5-A is
Check if the drive supports the option card that shall be installed. Contact Yaskawa for assistance.
incompatible with the drive.
A PG option card is connected to option port CN5-A PG option cards are supported by option ports CN5-B and CN5-C only. Place the PG option card into the correct option port.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-A
oFA01
Option not properly connected
Cause Possible Solution
• Turn the power off and reconnect the option card.
• Check if the option card is properly plugged into the option port. Make sure the card is fixed properly.
The option board connection to port CN5-A is faulty.
• If the option is not a communication option card, try to use the card in another option port. If it works there, replace the drive. If
the error persists (oFb01 or oFC01 occur), replace the option board.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-A
oFA02
Same type of option card already connected
Cause Possible Solution
An option card of the same type is already installed in
Two ports cannot use the same type of option card. The exception is when PG option cards are used.
option port CN5-B or CN5-C.
Three PG option cards are installed. A single PG option card can be connected to CN5-B and to CN5-C. Remove any PG option card from CN5-A.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
to oFA03 to oFA06
Option card error occurred at option port CN5-A
, oFA10, oFA11
to oFA12 to oFA17 Option Card Connection Error (CN5-A)
to oFA30 to oFA43 Comm. Option Card Connection Error (CN5-A)
Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
Option card or hardware is damaged. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
282 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
6.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-B
oFb00
Option compatibility error
Cause Possible Solution
The option card installed into port CN5-B is
Check if the drive supports the option card that you are attempting to install. Contact Yaskawa for assistance.
incompatible with the drive.
A communication option card has been installed in
Communication option cards are supported by option port CN5-A only. More than one comm. option cannot be installed.
option port CN5-B.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-B
oFb01
Option not properly connected
Cause Possible Solution
• Turn the power off and reconnect the option card.
• Check if the option card is properly plugged into the option port. Make sure the card is fixed properly.
The option board connection to port CN5-B is faulty.
• Try to use the card in another option port (in case of a PG option use port CN5-C). If option card still doesn’t work there,
replace the drive. If the error persists (oFA01 or oFC01 occur), replace the option board.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-B
oFb02
Same type of option card already connected
Cause Possible Solution
An option card of the same type is already installed in
Two ports cannot use the same type of option card. The exception is when PG option cards are used.
option port CN5-A.
An input option card is already installed in option port Make sure that a comm. option, a digital input option, or an analog input option is installed. Two ports cannot use the same type
CN5-A. of option card.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
to oFb03 to oFb11
Option card error occurred at Option Port CN5-B
to oFb12 to oFb17
Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
Option card or hardware is damaged. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card Connection Error at Option Port CN5-C
oFC00
Option compatibility error
Cause Possible Solution
The option card installed into port CN5-C is
Check if the drive supports the option card you are attempting to instal. Contact Yaskawa for assistance.
incompatible with the drive.
A communication option card has been installed in
Communication option cards are supported by option port CN5-A only. More than one comm. option cannot be installed.
option port CN5-C.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-C
oFC01
Option not properly connected
Cause Possible Solution
• Turn the power off and reconnect the option card.
• Check if the option card is properly plugged into the option port. Make sure the card is fixed properly.
The option board connection to port CN5-C is faulty.
• Try to use the card in another option port (in case of a PG option use port CN5-B). If it works there, replace the drive. If the
error persists (oFA01 or oFb01 occur), replace the option board.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-C
Troubleshooting
oFC02
Same type of option card already connected
Cause Possible Solution
An option card of the same type is already installed in
Two ports cannot use the same type of option card. The exception is when PG option cards are used.
option port CN5-A or CN5-B.
An input option card is already installed in option port Make sure that a comm. option, a digital input option, or an analog input option is installed. Two ports cannot use the same type
CN5-A or CN5-B. of option card.
Three PG option cards are installed. A single PG option card can be connected to CN5-B and to CN5-C. Remove any PG option card from CN5-A.
6
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
to oFC03 to oFC11
Option card error occurred at option port CN5-C
to oFC12 to oFC17
Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive.
Option card or hardware is damaged. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 283
6.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Heatsink Overheat
oH The temperature of the heatsink exceeded the overheat pre-alarm level set to L8-02. Default value for L8-02 is determined by
drive capacity (o2-04).
Cause Possible Solution
• Check the temperature surrounding the drive. Verify temperature is within drive specifications.
• Improve the air circulation within the enclosure panel.
Surrounding temperature is too high.
• Install a fan or air conditioner to cool the surrounding area.
• Remove anything near the drive that might be producing excessive heat.
• Measure the output current.
Load is too heavy. • Decrease the load.
• Lower the carrier frequency (C6-02).
• Replace the cooling fan. Refer to Cooling Fan Component Names on page 320.
Internal cooling fan is stopped.
• After replacing the drive, reset the cooling fan maintenance parameter (o4-03 = 0).
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Overheat 1 (Heatsink Overheat)
oH1
The temperature of the heatsink exceeded the drive overheat level. The overheat level is determined by drive capacity (o2-04).
Cause Possible Solution
• Check the temperature surrounding the drive.
• Improve the air circulation within the enclosure panel.
Surrounding temperature is too high.
• Install a fan or air conditioner to cool the surrounding area.
• Remove anything near the drive that might be producing excessive heat.
• Measure the output current.
Load is too heavy. • Lower the carrier frequency (C6-02).
• Reduce the load.
• Replace the cooling fan. Refer to Cooling Fan Component Names on page 320.
Internal cooling fan is stopped.
• After replacing the drive, reset the cooling fan maintenance parameter (o4-03 = 0).
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Motor Overheat Alarm (PTC Input)
oH3 • The motor overheat signal to analog input terminal A1, A2, or A3 exceeded the alarm detection level.
• Detection requires multi-function analog input H3-02, H3-06, or H3-10 be set to “E”.
Cause Possible Solution
• Check the size of the load, the accel/decel times, and the cycle times.
• Decrease the load.
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
• Adjust the preset V/f pattern (E1-04 through E1-10). This will mainly involve reducing E1-08 and E1-10.
Motor has overheated • Be careful not to lower E1-08 and E1-10 too much, as this reduces load tolerance at low speeds.
• Check the motor rated current.
• Enter the motor rated current as indicated on the motor nameplate (E2-01).
• Ensure the motor cooling system is operating normally.
• Repair or replace the motor cooling system.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Motor Overheat Fault (PTC Input)
oH4 • The motor overheat signal to analog input terminal A1, A2, or A3 exceeded the fault detection level.
• Detection requires that multi-function analog input H3-02, H3-06, or H3-10 = “E”.
Cause Possible Solution
• Check the size of the load, the accel/decel times, and the cycle times.
• Decrease the load.
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
Adjust the preset V/f pattern (E1-04 through E1-10). This will mainly involve reducing E1-08 and E1-10. Be careful not to lower
Motor has overheated. E1-08 and E1-10 too much because this reduces load tolerance at low speeds.
• Check the motor rated current.
• Enter the motor rated current as indicated on the motor nameplate (E2-01).
• Ensure the motor cooling system is operating normally.
• Repair or replace the motor cooling system.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Motor Overload
oL1
The electronic motor overload protection tripped.
Cause Possible Solution
Load is too heavy. Reduce the load.
Cycle times are too short during acceleration and
Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
deceleration.
• Reduce the load.
A general purpose motor is driven below the rated speed • Increase the speed.
with too high load. • If the motor is supposed to operate at low speeds, either increase the motor capacity or use a motor specifically designed to
operate in the desired speed range.
Adjust the user-set V/f patterns (E1-04 through E1-10). Parameters E1-08 and E1-10 may need to be reduced. Be careful not to
The output voltage is too high.
lower E1-08 and E1-10 too much because this reduces load tolerance at low speeds.
• Check the motor-rated current.
The wrong motor rated current is set to E2-01.
• Enter the value written on the motor nameplate to parameter E2-01.
• Check the rated frequency indicated on the motor nameplate.
The base frequency is set incorrectly.
• Enter the rated frequency to E1-06 (Base Frequency).
Multiple motors are running off the same drive. Disable the motor protection function (L1-01 = 0) and install a thermal relay to each motor.
• Check the motor characteristics.
The electrical thermal protection characteristics and
• Correct the type of motor protection that has been selected (L1-01).
motor overload characteristics do not match.
• Install an external thermal relay.
284 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
6.4 Fault Detection
The electrical thermal relay is operating at the wrong • Check the current rating listed on the motor nameplate.
level. • Check the value set for the motor rated current (E2-01).
• Overexcitation increases the motor losses and the motor temperature. If applied too long, motor damage can occur. Prevent
excessive overexcitation operation or apply proper cooling to the motor.
Motor overheated by overexcitation operation.
• Reduce the excitation deceleration gain (n3-13).
• Set L3-04 (Stall Prevention during Deceleration) to a value other than 4.
• Check values set to Speed Search related parameters.
Speed Search related parameters are set incorrectly. • Adjust the Speed Search current and Speed Search deceleration times (b3-02 and b3-03 respectively).
• After Auto-Tuning, enable Speed Estimation Speed Search (b3-24 = 1).
Output current fluctuation due to input phase loss Check the power supply for phase loss.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Drive Overload
oL2
The thermal sensor of the drive triggered overload protection.
Cause Possible Solution
Load is too heavy. Reduce the load.
Acceleration or deceleration times are too short. Increase the settings for the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
• Adjust the preset V/f pattern (E1-04 through E1-10). This will mainly involve reducing E1-08 and E1-10.
The output voltage is too high.
• Be careful not to lower E1-08 and E1-10 excessively because this reduces load tolerance at low speeds.
Drive capacity is too small. Replace the drive with a larger model.
• Reduce the load when operating at low speeds.
Overload occurred when operating at low speeds. • Replace the drive with a model that is one frame size larger.
• Lower the carrier frequency (C6-02).
Excessive torque compensation. Reduce the torque compensation gain (C4-01) until there is no speed loss but less current.
• Check the settings for all Speed Search related parameters.
Speed Search related parameters are set incorrectly. • Adjust the current used during Speed Search and the Speed Search deceleration time (b3-03 and b3-02 respectively).
• After Auto-Tuning the drive, enable the Speed Estimation Speed Search (b3-24 = 1).
Output current fluctuation due to input phase loss Check the power supply for phase loss.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Overtorque Detection 1
oL3
The current has exceeded the value set for torque detection (L6-02) for longer than the allowable time (L6-03).
Cause Possible Solution
Parameter settings are not appropriate for the load. Check the settings of parameters L6-02 and L6-03.
Fault on the machine side (e.g., machine is locked up). Check the status of the load. Remove the cause of the fault.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Overtorque Detection 2
oL4
The current has exceeded the value set for Overtorque Detection 2 (L6-05) for longer than the allowable time (L6-06).
Cause Possible Solution
Parameter settings are not appropriate for the load. Check the settings of parameters L6-05 and L6-06.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
External Digital Operator Connection Fault
• The external operator has been disconnected from the drive.
oPr Note: An oPr fault will occur when all of the following conditions are true:
• Output is interrupted when the operator is disconnected (o2-06 = 1).
• The Run command is assigned to the operator (b1-02 = 0 and LOCAL has been selected).
Cause Possible Solution
• Check the connection between the operator and the drive.
External operator is not properly connected to the drive. • Replace the cable if damaged.
• Turn off the drive input power and disconnect the operator. Next reconnect the operator and turn the drive input power back on.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Overspeed
oS
Troubleshooting
The motor speed feedback exceeded the F1-08 setting.
Cause Possible Solution
• Reduce the settings for C5-01 (Speed Control Proportional Gain 1) and increase C5-02 (Speed Control Integral Time 1).
Overshoot is occurring.
• If using a Closed Loop Vector mode, enable Feed Forward and perform Inertia Auto-Tuning.
Incorrect speed feedback scaling if terminal RP is used • Set H6-02 to the value of the speed feedback signal frequency when the motor runs at the maximum speed.
as speed feedback input in V/f control. • Adjust the input signal using parameters H6-03 through H6-05.
Incorrect number of PG pulses has been set. • Check and correct parameter F1-01.
Inappropriate parameter settings. Check the setting for the overspeed detection level and the overspeed detection time (F1-08 and F1-09). 6
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Overvoltage
ov Voltage in the DC bus has exceeded the overvoltage detection level.
• For 200 V class: approximately 410 V
• For 400 V class: approximately 820 V
Cause Possible Solution
• Increase the deceleration time (C1-02, C1-04, C1-06, C1-08).
Deceleration time is too short and regenerative energy is • Install a braking resistor or a dynamic braking resistor unit.
flowing from the motor into the drive. • Enable stall prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 1).
Stall Prevention is enabled as the default setting.
• Check if sudden drive acceleration triggers an overvoltage alarm.
• Increase the acceleration time.
Fast acceleration time causes the motor to overshoot the
• Use longer S-curve acceleration and deceleration times.
speed reference.
• Enable the Overvoltage Suppression function (L3-11 = 1).
• Lengthen the S-curve at acceleration end.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 285
6.4 Fault Detection
The braking torque was too high, causing regenerative energy to charge the DC bus. Reduce the braking torque, use a braking
Excessive braking load.
option, or lengthen decel time.
Install a DC reactor.
Surge voltage entering from the drive input power.
Note: Voltage surge can result from a thyristor convertor and phase advancing capacitor using the same input power supply.
Ground fault in the output circuit causing the DC bus • Check the motor wiring for ground faults.
capacitor to overcharge. • Correct grounding shorts and turn the power back on.
• Check the settings for Speed Search-related parameters.
Improper Setting of Speed Search related parameters.
• Enable Speed Search restart function (b3-19 greater than or equal to 1 to 10).
(Includes Speed Search after a momentary power loss
• Adjust the current level during Speed Search and the deceleration time (b3-02 and b3-03 respectively).
and after a fault restart.)
• Perform Stationary Auto-Tuning for line-to-line resistance and then enable Speed Estimation Speed Search (b3-24 = 1).
• Check the voltage.
Drive input power voltage is too high.
• Lower drive input power voltage within the limits listed in the specifications.
• Check braking transistor wiring for errors.
The braking transistor is wired incorrectly.
• Properly rewire the braking resistor device.
PG cable is disconnected. Reconnect the cable.
PG cable wiring is wrong. Correct the wiring.
Noise interference along the PG encoder wiring. Separate the wiring from the source of the noise (often the output lines from the drive).
• Review the list of possible solutions provided for controlling noise.
Drive fails to operate properly due to noise interference.
• Review the section on handling noise interference and check the control circuit lines, main circuit lines, and ground wiring.
• Check the load inertia settings when using KEB, overvoltage suppression, or Stall Prevention during deceleration.
Load inertia has been set incorrectly.
• Adjust the load inertia ratio in S6-03 to better match the load.
Braking function is being used in OLV/PM. Connect a braking resistor.
• Adjust the parameters that control hunting.
• Set the gain for Hunting Prevention (n1-02).
Motor hunting occurs.
• Adjust the AFR time constant 1, 2 (n2-02 and n2-03).
• Adjust the speed feedback detection suppression gain for PM motors (n8-45) and the time constant for pull-in current (n8-47).
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Input Phase Loss
PF Drive input power has an open phase or has a large imbalance of voltage between phases. Detected when L8-05 = 1 or 4
(enabled).
Cause Possible Solution
There is phase loss in the drive input power while the • Check for wiring errors in the main circuit drive input power.
drive is running. • Correct the wiring.
A Run command is entered while an alarm PF has been
Remove the cause of the fault.
triggered.
• Ensure the terminals are tightened properly.
There is loose wiring in the drive input power terminals.
• Apply the tightening torque as specified in this manual. Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on page 54
There is excessive fluctuation in the drive input power • Check the voltage from the drive input power.
voltage. • Review the possible solutions for stabilizing the drive input power.
There is poor balance between voltage phases. • Stabilize drive input power or disable phase loss detection.
• Check the maintenance time for the capacitors (U4-05).
• Replace the capacitor if U4-05 is greater than 90%. For instructions on replacing the capacitor, contact Yaskawa or your nearest
sales representative.
The main circuit capacitors are worn.
Check for anything problems with the drive input power. If drive input power appears normal but the alarm continues to occur,
replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your
nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
PG Disconnect (for any control modes using a PG option card)
PGo
No PG pulses are received for longer than the time set to F1-14.
Cause Possible Solution
PG cable is disconnected. Reconnect the cable.
PG cable wiring is wrong. Correct the wiring.
PG has no power. Check the power line to the PG encoder.
PG encoder brake is clamped shut. Ensure the motor brake releases properly.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
PG Hardware Fault
PGoH
PG cable is not connected properly.
Cause Possible Solution
PG cable is disconnected. Reconnect the cable.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Braking Resistor Fault
rF
The resistance of the braking resistor being used is too low.
Cause Possible Solution
The proper braking resistor option has not been
Select the braking resistor option so that fits to the drives braking transistor specification.
installed.
Regenerative converter, regenerative unit, or braking
Disable the braking transistor protection selection (set L8-55 to 1).
unit is being used.
286 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
6.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Braking Resistor Overheat
rH Braking resistor protection was triggered.
Fault detection is enabled when L8-01 = 1 (disabled as a default).
Cause Possible Solution
• Check the load, deceleration time, and speed.
Deceleration time is too short and excessive regenerative • Reduce the load inertia.
energy is flowing back into the drive. • Increase the deceleration times (C1-02, C1-04, C1-06, C1-08, C1-09).
• Replace the braking option with a larger device that can handle the power that is discharged.
Excessive braking inertia. Recalculate braking load and braking power. Reduce the braking load by adjusting braking resistor settings.
Check the braking operation duty cycle. Braking resistor protection for ERF-type braking resistors (L8-01 = 1) allows a braking
The braking operation duty cycle is too high.
duty cycle of maximum 3%.
• Check the specifications and conditions for the braking resistor device.
The proper braking resistor has not been installed.
• Select the optimal braking resistor.
Note: The magnitude of the braking load trips the braking resistor overheat alarm, NOT the surface temperature. Using the braking resistor more frequently than it is rated for trips the alarm
even when the braking resistor surface is not very hot.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Dynamic Braking Transistor
rr
The built-in dynamic braking transistor failed.
Cause Possible Solution
The braking transistor is damaged. • Cycle power to the drive and check if the fault reoccurs. Refer to Diagnosing and Resetting Faults on page 303.
• Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your
The control circuit is damaged. nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Output Short-Circuit or IGBT Fault
SC
The drive has detected an output short, a grounding fault, or an IGBT malfunction.
Cause Possible Solution
Motor has been damaged from overheat or the motor
Check the motor insulation resistance and replace the motor if continuity is detected.
insulation has been weakened.
The cable is damaged and is coming into contact with
Check the motor power cable and repair any short-circuits.
something causing a short-circuit.
A short-circuit or grounding fault on the drive output side has damaged the output transistors.
Make sure drive output is not shorted as follows:
B1←→U, V, W
Hardware fault
– ←→U, V, W
The above short-circuit will damage the output transistors.
Contact your Yaskawa representative or our sales offices for assistance.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Too Many Speed Search Restarts
SEr
The number of Speed Search restarts exceeded the number set to b3-19.
Cause Possible Solution
• Reduce the detection compensation gain during Speed Search (b3-10).
• Increase the current level when attempting Speed Search (b3-17).
Speed Search parameters are set to the wrong values.
• Increase the detection time during Speed Search (b3-18).
• Repeat Auto-Tuning.
The motor is coasting in the opposite direction of the
Enable Bi-Directional Speed Search (b3-14 = 1).
Run command.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Motor Pull Out or Step Out Detection
STo
Motor pull out or step out has occurred. Motor has exceeded its pull-out torque.
Cause Possible Solution
• Enter the correct motor code for the PM being used into E5-01.
Troubleshooting
The wrong motor code is set (Yaskawa motors only).
• For special-purpose motors, enter the correct data to all E5 parameters according to the test report provided for the motor.
• Increase the load inertia for PM motor (n8-55).
• Increase the pull-in current during accel/decel (n8-51).
Load is too heavy.
• Reduce the load.
• Increase the motor or drive capacity.
Load inertia is too heavy. Increase the load inertia for PM motor (n8-55).
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
Acceleration and deceleration times are too short.
• Increase the S-curve acceleration and deceleration times (C2-01). 6
Speed response is too slow. Increase the load inertia for PM motor (n8-55).
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Zero Servo Fault
SvE
Position deviation during zero servo.
Cause Possible Solution
Torque limit is set too low. Set the torque limit to an appropriate value using parameters L7-01 to L7-04.
Excessive load torque. Reduce the amount of load torque.
Noise interference along PG encoder wiring. Check the PG signal for noise interference.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 287
6.4 Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Undertorque Detection 1
UL3
The current has fallen below the minimum value set for torque detection (L6-02) for longer than the allowable time (L6-03).
Cause Possible Solution
Parameter settings are not appropriate for the load. Check the settings of parameters L6-02 and L6-03.
There is a fault on the machine side. Check the load for any problems.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Undertorque Detection 2
UL4
The current has fallen below the minimum value set for torque detection (L6-05) for longer than the allowable time (L6-06).
Cause Possible Solution
Parameter settings are not appropriate for the load. Check the settings of parameters L6-05 and L6-06.
There is a fault on the machine side. Check the load for any problems.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
DC Bus Undervoltage
One of the following conditions occurred while the drive was running:
• Voltage in the DC bus fell below the undervoltage detection level (L2-05)
Uv1 • For 200 V class: approximately 190 V
• For 400 V class: approximately 380 V (350 V when E1-01 is less than 400) In normal operation, the fault is output only if L2-
01 = 0 or L2-01 = 1 and the DC bus voltage has fallen below the level set to L2-05 for longer than the time set to L2-02.
During KEB deceleration, a fault is output when the DC bus voltage falls below 300 Vdc.
Cause Possible Solution
• The main circuit drive input power is wired incorrectly.
Input power phase loss.
• Correct the wiring.
• Ensure there are no loose terminals.
One of the drive input power wiring terminals is loose. • Apply the tightening torque specified in this manual to fasten the terminals. Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on
page 54
• Check the voltage.
There is a problem with the voltage from the drive input
• Correct the voltage to be within the range listed in drive input power specifications.
power.
• If there is no problem with the power supply to the main circuit, check for problems with the main circuit magnetic contactor.
The power has been interrupted. Correct the drive input power.
• Check the maintenance time for the capacitors (U4-05).
The main circuit capacitors are worn. • Replace either the control board or the entire drive if U4-05 exceeds 90%. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
• Cycle power to the drive and see if the fault reoccurs.
• If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
The relay or contactor on the soft-charge bypass circuit contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
is damaged. • Check monitor U4-06 for the performance life of the soft-charge bypass.
• Replace either the control board or the entire drive if U4-06 exceeds 90%. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
KEB deceleration was not successful. Check the settings in parameter groups S4, S5 and S6.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Control Power Supply Voltage Fault
Uv2
Voltage is too low for the control drive input power.
Cause Possible Solution
L2-02 was changed from its default value without
installing a Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru unit in
Correct the setting to L2-02 or install an optional Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru unit.
models CIMR-T2A0004 to 2A0056 and CIMR-
T4A0002 to 4A0031.
• Cycle power to the drive. Check if the fault reoccurs.
Control power supply wiring is damaged.
• If the problem continues, replace the control board, the entire drive, or the control power supply.
• Cycle power to the drive. Check if the fault reoccurs.
Internal circuitry is damaged. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Undervoltage 3 (Soft-Charge Bypass Circuit Fault)
Uv3
The soft-charge bypass circuit has failed.
Cause Possible Solution
• Cycle power to the drive and see if the fault reoccurs.
• If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board,
The relay or contactor on the soft-charge bypass circuit contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
is damaged. • Check monitor U4-06 for the performance life of the soft-charge bypass.
• Replace either the control board or the entire drive if U4-06 exceeds 90%. For instructions on replacing the control board,
contact Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Fault Name
Output Voltage Detection Fault
voF
Problem detected with the voltage on the output side of the drive.
Cause Possible Solution
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your
Hardware is damaged.
nearest sales representative.
<1> Displays or if a control circuit error occurs while the drive is starting up.
Displays or if a control circuit error occurs mid-operation.
<2> This function prevents continuous operation in reverse when using high frequency injection (n8-57 = 1) in the Advanced Open Loop Vector
Control mode for PM motors (A1-02 = 6) with a motor for which no motor code has been entered (it does not simply prevent reverse
operation). To quickly detect undesirable reverse operation, set L8-93, L8-94, and L8-95 to low values within range of erroneous detection.
288 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
6.5 Alarm Detection
6.5 Alarm Detection
u Alarm Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Alarms are drive protection functions that do not necessarily cause the drive to stop. Once the cause of an alarm is
removed, the drive will return to the same status is was before the alarm occurred.
When an alarm has been triggered, the ALM light on the digital operator display blinks and the alarm code display
flashes. If a multi-function output is set for an alarm (H2- = 10), that output terminal will be triggered.
Note: If a multi-function output is set to close when an alarm occurs (H2- = 10), it will also close when maintenance periods are
reached, triggering alarms LT-1 through LT-4 (triggered only if H2- = 2F).
Table 6.15 Alarm Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Baseblock
bb
Drive output interrupted as indicated by an external baseblock signal.
Cause Possible Solutions
External baseblock signal was entered via one of the
Check external sequence and baseblock signal input timing.
multi-function input terminals (S1 to S8).
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Braking Transistor Overload Fault
boL
The braking transistor in the drive has been overloaded.
Cause Possible Solutions
The proper braking resistor has not been installed. Select the optimal braking resistor.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Option Communication Error
bUS • After initial communication was established, the connection was lost.
• Assign a Run command frequency reference to the option card.
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check for faulty wiring.
Connection is broken or master controller stopped
• Correct the wiring.
communicating.
• Check for disconnected cables and short circuits. Repair as needed.
Option card is damaged. If there are no problems with the wiring and the fault continues to occur, replace the option card.
The option card is not properly connected to the • The connector pins on the option card are not properly lined up with the connector pins on the drive.
drive. • Reinstall the option card.
• Check options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Take steps to counteract noise in the control circuit wiring, main circuit lines and ground wiring.
• Try to reduce noise on the controller side.
A data error occurred due to noise.
• Use surge absorbers on magnetic contactors or other equipment causing the disturbance.
• Use recommended cables or some other type of shielded line. Ground the shield to the controller side or on the input power side.
• All wiring for comm. devices should be separated from drive input power lines. Install an EMC noise filter to the drive input power.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Serial Communication Transmission Error
CALL
Communication has not yet been established.
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check for wiring errors.
Communications wiring is faulty, there is a short
• Correct the wiring.
circuit, or something is not connected properly.
• Check for disconnected cables and short circuits. Repair as needed.
Troubleshooting
Programming error on the master side. Check communications at start-up and correct programming errors.
• Perform a self-diagnostics check.
Communications circuitry is damaged. • If the problem continues, replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact
Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
A termination resistor must be installed at both ends of a communication line. Slave drives must have the internal termination resistor
Termination resistor setting is incorrect.
switch set correctly. Place DIP switch S2 to the ON position.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error 6
CE
Control data was not received correctly for two seconds.
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check options available to minimize the effects of noise.
• Take steps to counteract noise in the control circuit wiring, main circuit lines, and ground wiring.
• Reduce noise on the controller side.
A data error occurred due to noise.
• Use surge absorbers for the magnetic contactors or other components that may be causing the disturbance.
• Use only recommended shielded line. Ground the shield on the controller side or on the drive input power side.
• Separate all wiring for comm. devices from drive input power lines. Install an EMC noise filter to the drive input power supply.
• Check the H5 parameter settings as well as the protocol setting in the controller.
Communication protocol is incompatible.
• Ensure settings are compatible.
The CE detection time (H5-09) is set shorter than the • Check the PLC.
time required for a communication cycle to take • Change the software settings in the PLC.
place. • Set a longer CE detection time (H5-09).
Incompatible PLC software settings or there is a • Check the PLC.
hardware problem. • Remove the cause of the error on the controller side.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 289
6.5 Alarm Detection
• Check the connector to make sure the cable has a signal.
Communications cable is disconnected or damaged.
• Replace the communications cable.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Fault Reset with Run Command Enabled
CrST
Fault Reset Attempt with Run Command
Cause Possible Solutions
Attempted to reset a fault with the Run command • Ensure that a Run command cannot be entered from the external terminals or option card during fault reset.
still enabled. • Turn off the Run command.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Speed Deviation (when using a PG option card)
dEv
The deviation between the speed reference and speed feedback is greater than the setting in F1-10 for longer than the time in F1-11.
Cause Possible Solutions
Load is too heavy Reduce the load.
Acceleration and deceleration times are set too short. Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
The load is locked up. Check the machine.
Parameter settings are inappropriate. Check the settings of parameters F1-10 and F1-11.
• Set H6-02 to value of the speed feedback signal frequency when the motor runs at the maximum speed.
Incorrect speed feedback scaling if terminal RP is
• Adjust the speed feedback signal using parameters H6-03 through H6-05.
used as speed feedback input in V/f Control.
• Make sure the speed feedback signal frequency does not exceed he maximum input frequency of terminal RP.
The motor brake engaged. Ensure the brake releases properly.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
dnE Drive Disabled
Cause Possible Solutions
“Drive Enable” is set to a multi-function contact
input (H1- = 6A) and that signal was switched Check the operation sequence.
off.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Forward/Reverse Run Command Input Error
EF
Both forward run and reverse run closed simultaneously for over 0.5 s.
Cause Possible Solutions
Check the forward and reverse command sequence and correct the problem.
Sequence error
Note: When minor fault EF detected, motor ramps to stop.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Option Card External Fault
EF0
An external fault condition is present.
Cause Possible Solutions
An external fault was received from the PLC with
• Remove the cause of the external fault.
F6-03 = 3 (causing the drive to continue running
• Remove the external fault input from the PLC.
when an external fault occurs).
There is a problem with the PLC program. Check the PLC program and correct problems.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
External fault (input terminal S1)
EF1
External fault at multi-function input terminal S1.
External fault (input terminal S2)
EF2
External fault at multi-function input terminal S2.
External fault (input terminal S3)
EF3
External fault at multi-function input terminal S3.
External fault (input terminal S4)
EF4
External fault at multi-function input terminal S4.
External fault (input terminal S5)
EF5
External fault at multi-function input terminal S5.
External fault (input terminal S6)
EF6
External fault at multi-function input terminal S6.
External fault (input terminal S7)
EF7
External fault at multi-function input terminal S7.
External fault (input terminal S8)
EF8
External fault at multi-function input terminal S8.
Cause Possible Solutions
An external device has tripped an alarm function. Remove the cause of the external fault and reset the multi-function input value.
• Ensure the signal lines have been connected properly to the terminals assigned for external fault detection (H1- = 2C to 2F).
Wiring is incorrect.
• Reconnect the signal line.
• Check if the unused terminals have been set for H1- = 2C to 2F (External Fault).
Multi-function contact inputs are set incorrectly.
• Change the terminal settings.
290 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
6.5 Alarm Detection
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Internal Fan Fault
FAn
Fan or magnetic contactor failed.
Cause Possible Solution
Cycle power to the drive and see if the fault is still present.
Check if the fan is operating or not.
Internal cooling fan has malfunctioned (models
Verify the cumulative operation time of the fan using monitor U4-03, and the fan maintenance timer in U4-04.
2A0360, 2A0415, 4A0362).
If the cooling fan has passed its expected performance life or is damaged in some way, follow the instructions in this manual to
replace it.
Fault detected in the internal cooling fan or magnetic Cycle power to the drive and see if the fault is still present.
contactor to the power supply (models 2A0250 to If the fault still occurs, either replace the control circuit board or the entire unit.
2A0415, 4A0165). For instructions on replacing the power board, contact the Yaskawa sales office directly or your nearest Yaskawa representative.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Excessive PID Feedback
FbH
The PID feedback input is higher than the level set in b5-36 for longer than the time set in b5-37, and b5-12 is set to 1 or 4.
Cause Possible Solutions
Parameters settings for b5-36 and b5-37 are
Check parameters b5-36 and b5-37.
incorrect.
PID feedback wiring is faulty. Correct the wiring.
Feedback sensor has malfunctioned. Check the sensor and replace it if damaged.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your nearest
Feedback input circuit is damaged.
sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
PID Feedback Loss
FbL
The PID feedback input is lower than the level set in b5-13 for longer than the time set in b5-14.
Cause Possible Solutions
Parameters settings for b5-13 and b5-14 are
Check parameters b5-13 and b5-14.
incorrect.
PID feedback wiring is faulty. Correct the wiring.
Feedback sensor has malfunctioned. Check the sensor and replace it if damaged.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your nearest
Feedback input circuit is damaged.
sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Safe Disable Signal Input
Hbb
Both Safe Disable Input channels are open.
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check signal status at the input terminals H1 and H2.
Both Safe Disable Inputs H1 and H2 are open. • Check the Sink/Source Selection for the digital inputs.
• If the Safe Disable function is not utilized, check if the terminals H1-HC, and H2-HC are linked.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your nearest
Internally, both Safe Disable channels are broken.
sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Safe Disable Signal Input
HbbF
One Safe Disable channel is open while the other one is closed.
Cause Possible Solutions
The signals to the Safe Disable inputs are wrong or Check signal status at the input terminals H1 and H2. If the Safe Disable function is not utilized, the terminals H1-HC, and H2-HC
the wiring is incorrect. must be linked.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your nearest
One of the Safe Disable channels is faulty.
sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Troubleshooting
Current Alarm
HCA
Drive current exceeded overcurrent warning level (150% of the rated current).
Cause Possible Solutions
Load is too heavy. Either reduce the load for applications with repetitive operation (repetitive stops and starts, etc.), or replace the drive.
• Calculate the torque required during acceleration and for the inertia moment.
• If the torque level is not right for the load, take the following steps:
Acceleration and deceleration times are too short.
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times (C1-01 through C1-08).
A special-purpose motor is being used, or the drive is
• Increase the capacity of the drive.
6
• Check the motor capacity.
attempting to run a motor greater than the maximum
• Use a motor appropriate for the drive. Ensure the motor is within the allowable capacity range.
allowable capacity.
The current level increased due to Speed Search after
a momentary power loss or while attempting to The alarm will appear only briefly. There is no need to take action to prevent the alarm from occurring in such instances.
perform a fault restart.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Cooling Fan Maintenance Time
LT-1 The cooling fan has reached its expected maintenance period and may need to be replaced.
Note: An alarm output (H2- = 10) will only be triggered if H2- = 2F.
Cause Possible Solutions
The cooling fan has reached 90% of its expected
Replace the cooling fan and reset the Maintenance Monitor by setting o4-03 to 0.
performance life.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 291
6.5 Alarm Detection
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Capacitor Maintenance Time
LT-2 The main circuit and control circuit capacitors are nearing the end of their expected performance life.
Note: An alarm output (H2- = 10) will only be triggered if H2- = 2F.
Cause Possible Solutions
The main circuit and control circuit capacitors have Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your nearest
reached 90% of their expected performance life. sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time
LT-3 The DC bus soft charge relay is nearing the end of its expected performance life.
Note: An alarm output (H2- = 10) will only be triggered if H2- = 2F.
Cause Possible Solutions
The DC bus soft charge relay has reached 90% of Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your nearest
their expected performance life. sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
IGBT Maintenance Time (50%)
LT-4 IGBTs have reached 50% of their expected performance life.
Note: An alarm output (H2- = 10) will only be triggered if H2- = 2F.
Cause Possible Solutions
IGBTs have reached 50% of their expected
Check the load, carrier frequency, and output frequency.
performance life.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Heatsink Overheat
oH The temperature of the heatsink exceeded the overheat pre-alarm level set to L8-02 (90-100°C). Default value for L8-02 is
determined by drive capacity (o2-04).
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check the surrounding temperature.
• Improve the air circulation within the enclosure panel.
Surrounding temperature is too high
• Install a fan or air conditioner to cool surrounding area.
• Remove anything near drive that may cause extra heat.
• Replace the cooling fan. Refer to Cooling Fan Component Names on page 320.
Internal cooling fan has stopped.
• After replacing the drive, reset the cooling fan maintenance parameter to (o4-03 = “0”).
• Provide proper installation space around the drive as indicated in the manual. Refer to Installation Orientation and Spacing on
page 36.
Airflow around the drive is restricted. • Allow for the specified space and ensure that there is sufficient circulation around the control panel.
• Check for dust or foreign materials clogging cooling fan.
• Clear debris caught in the fan that restricts air circulation.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Drive Overheat Warning
oH2
“Drive Overheat Warning” was input to a multi-function input terminal, S1 through S8 (H1-= B)
Cause Possible Solutions
An external device triggered an overheat warning in • Search for the device that tripped the overheat warning.
the drive. • Solving the problem will clear the warning.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Motor Overheat
oH3
The motor overheat signal entered to a multi-function analog input terminal exceeded the alarm level (H3-02, H3-06 or H3-10 = E).
Cause Possible Solutions
Motor thermostat wiring is fault (PTC input). Repair the PTC input wiring.
There is a fault on the machine side (e.g., the • Check the status of the machine.
machine is locked up). • Remove the cause of the fault.
• Check the load size, accel/decel times, and cycle times.
• Decrease the load.
• Increase accel and decel times (C1-01 to C1-08).
• Adjust the preset V/f pattern (E1-04 through E1-10). This will mainly involve reducing E1-08 and E1-10.
Motor has overheated. Note: Do not lower E1-08 and E1-10 excessively, because this reduces load tolerance at low speeds.
• Check the motor-rated current.
• Enter motor-rated current on motor nameplate (E2-01).
• Ensure the motor cooling system is operating normally.
• Repair or replace the motor cooling system.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Overtorque 1
oL3
Drive output current (or torque in OLV, CLV, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM) was greater than L6-02 for longer than the time set in L6-03.
Cause Possible Solutions
Inappropriate parameter settings. Check parameters L6-02 and L6-03.
There is a fault on the machine side (e.g., the • Check the status of the machine.
machine is locked up). • Remove the cause of the fault.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Overtorque 2
oL4
Drive output current (or torque in OLV, CLV, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM) was greater than L6-05 for longer than the time set in L6-06.
Cause Possible Solutions
Parameter settings are not appropriate. Check parameters L6-05 and L6-06.
There is a fault on the machine side (e.g., the • Check the status of the machine being used.
machine is locked up). • Remove the cause of the fault.
292 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
6.5 Alarm Detection
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Overspeed
oS
The motor speed feedback exceeded the F1-08 setting.
Cause Possible Solutions
• Reduce the settings for C5-01 (Speed Control Proportional Gain 1) and increase C5-02 (Speed Control Integral Time 1).
Overshoot is occurring.
• If using a Closed Loop Vector mode enable Feed Forward Control and perform Inertia Auto-Tuning.
Incorrect speed feedback scaling if terminal RP is • Set H6-02 to value of the speed feedback signal frequency when the motor runs at the maximum speed.
used as speed feedback input in V/f control • Adjust the input signal using parameters H6-03 through H6-05.
Incorrect PG pulse number has been set Check and correct parameter F1-01.
Inappropriate parameter settings. Check the setting for the overspeed detection level and the overspeed detection time (F1-08 and F1-09).
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
DC Bus Overvoltage
ov The DC bus voltage exceeded the trip point.
For 200 V class: approximately 410 V
For 400 V class: approximately 820 V
Cause Possible Solutions
• Install a DC reactor or an AC reactor.
Surge voltage present in the drive input power. • Voltage surge can result from a thyristor convertor and a phase advancing capacitor operating on the same drive input power
system.
The motor is short-circuited.
• Check the motor power cable, relay terminals and motor terminal box for short circuits.
Ground current has over-charged the main circuit • Correct grounding shorts and turn the power back on.
capacitors via the drive input power.
• Review possible solutions for handling noise interference.
Noise interference causes the drive to operate • Review section on handling noise interference and check control circuit lines, main circuit lines and ground wiring.
incorrectly. • If the magnetic contactor is identified as a source of noise, install a surge protector to the MC coil.
Set number of fault restarts (L5-01) to a value other than 0.
PG cable is disconnected. Reconnect the cable.
PG cable wiring is wrong. Correct the wiring.
Noise interference along PG encoder wiring. Separate PG wiring from the source of the noise (often output wiring from the drive).
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
PASS MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. Test Mode Complete
Cause Possible Solutions
MEMOBUS/Modbus test has finished normally. This verifies that the test was successful.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Input Phase Loss
PF
Drive input power has an open phase or has a large imbalance of voltage between phases. Detected when L8-05 = 4 (enabled).
Cause Possible Solution
There is phase loss in the drive input power while the • Check for wiring errors in the main circuit drive input power.
drive is stopped. • Correct the wiring.
There is loose wiring in the drive input power • Ensure the terminals are tightened properly.
terminals. • Apply the tightening torque as specified in this manual. Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on page 54
There is excessive fluctuation in the drive input • Check the voltage from the drive input power.
power voltage. • Review the possible solutions for stabilizing the drive input power.
There is poor balance between voltage phases. • Stabilize drive input power or disable phase loss detection.
• Check the maintenance time for the capacitors (U4-05).
• Replace the capacitor if U4-05 is greater than 90%. For instructions on replacing the capacitor, contact Yaskawa or your nearest
sales representative.
The main circuit capacitors are worn.
Check for anything problems with the drive input power. If drive input power appears normal but the alarm continues to occur,
replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your nearest
sales representative.
Troubleshooting
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
PG Disconnect (for Control Mode with PG)
PGo
Detected when no PG pulses are received for a time longer than setting in F1-14.
Cause Possible Solutions
PG cable is disconnected. Reconnect the cable.
PG cable wiring is wrong. Correct the wiring.
PG encoder does not have enough power. Make sure the correct power supply is properly connected to the PG encoder. 6
Brake is holding the PG. Ensure the brake releases properly
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
PG Hardware Fault (detected when using a PG-X3 option card)
PGoH
PG cable has become disconnected.
Cause Possible Solutions
PG cable is disconnected. Reconnect the cable.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Motor Switch during Run
rUn
A command to switch motors was entered during run.
Cause Possible Solutions
A motor switch command was entered during run. Change the operation pattern so that the motor switch command is entered while the drive is stopped.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 293
6.5 Alarm Detection
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Test Mode Error
SE
Note: This alarm will not trigger a multi-function output terminal that is set for alarm output (H2- = 10).
Cause Possible Solutions
A digital input set to 67H (MEMOBUS/Modbus
Stop the drive and run the test again.
test) was closed while the drive was running.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
IGBT Maintenance Time (90%)
TrPC
IGBTs have reached 90% of their expected performance life.
Cause Possible Solutions
IGBTs have reached 90% of their expected
Replace the drive.
performance life.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Undertorque Detection 1
UL3
Drive output current (or torque in OLV, CLV, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM) less than L6-02 for longer than L6-03 time.
Cause Possible Solutions
Inappropriate parameter settings. Check parameters L6-02 and L6-03.
Load has dropped or decreased significantly. Check for broken parts in the transmission system.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Undertorque Detection 2
UL4
Drive output current (or torque in OLV, CLV, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM) less than L6-05 for longer than L6-06 time.
Cause Possible Solutions
Inappropriate parameter settings. Check parameters L6-05 and L6-06.
The load has dropped or decreased significantly. Check for broken parts in the transmission system.
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Undervoltage
One of the following conditions was true :
Uv • DC bus voltage dropped below the level specified in L2-05.
• Contactor to suppress inrush current in the drive was opened.
• Low voltage in the control drive input power. This alarm outputs only if L2-01 is not 0 and DC bus voltage is under L2-05.
Note: The alarm output (H2- = 10) will not be triggered when the drive is in KEB deceleration.
Cause Possible Solutions
Phase loss in the drive input power. Check for wiring errors in the main circuit drive input power. Correct the wiring.
• Ensure the terminals have been properly tightened.
Loose wiring in the drive input power terminals.
• Apply the tightening torque to the terminals as specified. Refer to Wire Gauges and Tightening Torque on page 54
There is a problem with the drive input power • Check the voltage.
voltage. • Lower the voltage of the drive input power so that it is within the limits listed in the specifications.
• Check the maintenance time for the capacitors (U4-05).
Drive internal circuitry is worn. • Replace either the control board or the entire drive if U4-05 exceeds 90%. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact
Yaskawa or your nearest sales representative.
The drive input power transformer is too small and • Check for an alarm when the magnetic contactor, line breaker, and leakage breaker are closed.
voltage drops when the power is switched on. • Check the capacity of the drive input power transformer.
Air inside the drive is too hot. Check the temperature inside the drive.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your nearest
The CHARGE light is broken or disconnected.
sales representative.
KEB can be triggered unintentionally. Check settings in the S4 group and the Power Loss Detection Relay when using such a device
KEB is being performed.
(H1- = 65/66).
Digital Operator Display Minor Fault Name
Output Voltage Detection Fault
voF
There is a problem with the output voltage.
Cause Possible Solutions
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your nearest
Hardware is damaged.
sales representative.
294 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
6.6 Operator Programming Errors
6.6 Operator Programming Errors
u oPE Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
An Operator Programming Error (oPE) occurs when a contradictory parameter is set or an individual parameter is set to
an inappropriate value.
The drive will not operate until the parameter or parameters causing the problem are set correctly. An oPE, however, does
not trigger an alarm or fault output. If an oPE occurs, investigate the cause and Refer to oPE Codes, Causes, and
Possible Solutions on page 295 for the appropriate action. When an oPE appears on the operator display, press the
ENTER button to view U1-18 and see the parameter that is causing the oPE error (U1-18).
Table 6.16 oPE Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Drive Capacity Setting Fault
oPE01
Drive capacity and the value set to o2-04 do not match.
Cause Possible Solutions
The drive model selection (o2-04) and the actual capacity of the drive are not the same. Correct the value set to o2-04.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Parameter Range Setting Error
oPE02
Use U1-18 to find parameters set outside the range.
Cause Possible Solutions
Parameters were set outside the possible setting range. Set parameters to the proper values.
Note: When multiple errors occur at the same time, other errors are given precedence over oPE02.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Multi-Function Input Selection Error
oPE03
A contradictory setting is assigned to multi-function contact inputs H1-01 to H1-08.
Cause Possible Solutions
• The same function is assigned to two multi-function inputs. • Ensure all multi-function inputs are assigned to different functions.
• Excludes “Not used” and “External Fault.” • Re-enter the multi-function settings to ensure this does not occur.
The Up command was set but the Down command was not, or vice versa (settings 10 vs. 11). Correctly set functions that need to be enabled in combination with other functions.
• Run/Stop command for a 2-wire sequence was set (H1- = 42), but Forward/Reverse
command (H1- = 43) was not. Correctly set functions that need to be enabled in combination with other functions.
• “Drive Enable” is set to multi-function input S1 or S2 (H1-01 = 6A or H1-02 = 6A).
Two of the following functions are set at the same time:
• Check if contradictory settings have been assigned to the multi-function input terminals at
• Up/Down Command (10 vs. 11)
the same time.
• Hold Accel/Decel Stop (A)
• Correct setting errors.
• Offset Frequency 1, 2, 3 Calculations (44, 45, 46)
The Up/Down command (10, 11) is enabled at the same time as PID control (b5-01). Disable control PID (b5-01 = 0) or disable the Up/Down command.
Settings for N.C. and N.O. input for the following functions were selected at the same time:
• External Search Command 1 and External Search Command 2 (61 vs. 62)
• Fast Stop N.O. and Fast Stop N.C. (15 vs. 17)
• FWD Run Command (or REV) and FWD/REV Run Command (2-wire) (40, 41 vs. 42, 43) Check for contradictory settings assigned to the multi-function input terminals at the same
• External DB Command and Drive Enable (60 vs. 6A) time. Correct setting errors.
• Synchronous Accel/Decel and Up/Down Command (or Accel/decel ramp hold) (51 vs. 10,
11, A)
• DC Injection Braking 2 and Short Circuit Braking (N.O. or N.C.) (60 vs. 7C, 7D)
One of the following settings was entered while H1- = 2 (External Reference 1/2):
Troubleshooting
• b1-15 = 4 (Pulse Train Input) but the pulse train input selection is not set for the frequency
reference (H6-01 > 0)
• b1-15 or b1-16 set to 3 but no option card is connected
• Although b1-15 = 1 (Analog Input) and H3-02 or H3-10 are set to 0 (Frequency Bias) Correct the settings for the multi-function input terminal parameters.
H2- = 38 (Drive Enabled) but H1- is not set to 6A (Drive Enable).
H1- = 7E (Direction Detection) although H6-01 is not set to 3 (for V/f Control with PG
using terminal RP as speed feedback input).
The following functions are set at the same time:
• H1-=10 or 11 (Up/Down Command) Check for contradictory settings assigned to the multi-function input terminals and the 6
• H1-=50 (Disturb Function Cancel), or S1-01=1 or 2 (Disturb Function Selection parameter at the same time. Correct setting errors.
enabled)
The following functions are set at the same time:
• b2-04 (DC Injection Braking Time at Stop) > 0 Correct the parameter settings.
• b2-13 (Short Circuit Brake Time at Stop) > 0
Digital Operator Display Error Name
oPE04 Initialization required.
Cause Possible Solutions
The drive, control board, or terminal board has been replaced and the parameter settings To load the parameter settings to the drive that are stored in the terminal board, set A1-03 to
between the control board and the terminal board no longer match. 5550. Initialize parameters after drive replacement by setting A1-03 to 2220 or 3330.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 295
6.6 Operator Programming Errors
Digital Operator Display Error Name
oPE05 Run Command/Frequency Reference Source Selection Error
Cause Possible Solutions
Frequency reference is assigned to an option card (b1-01 = 3) but an input option card is not
connected to the drive.
Reconnect the input option card to the drive.
The Run command is assigned to an option card (b1-02 = 3) but an input option card is not
connected to the drive.
Frequency reference is assigned to the pulse train input (b1-01 = 4), but terminal RP is not set
Set H6-01 to “0”.
for frequency reference input (H6-01 > 0)
Although the digital card input is set for BCD special for a 5 digit input (F3-01 = 6), the data
Set the input data for 16 bit (F3-03 = 2).
length is set for 8 bit or 12 bit (F3-03 = 0, 1).
The following values have been set while an AI-A3 option card is installed:
• The source of frequency reference setting is assigned to an option card (b1-01 = 3). Make sure parameters are set properly.
• The action for the analog card is set for separate terminal input (F2-01 = 0).
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Control Method Selection Error
oPE06
Correct the setting for the control method.
Cause Possible Solutions
A control mode has been selected that requires a PG option card to be installed, but no PG • Connect a PG option card.
encoder is installed (A1-02 = 1, 3, or 7). • Correct the value set to A1-02.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Multi-Function Analog Input Selection Error
oPE07 A contradictory setting is assigned to multi-function analog inputs H3-02, H3-06, or H3-10
and PID functions conflict.
Cause Possible Solutions
Change the settings to H3-02, H3-06, and H3-10 so that functions no longer conflict.
At least two analog input terminals are set to the same function (i.e., at least two of these
Note: Both 0 (frequency reference bias) and F or 1F (Through mode) can be set to H3-02,
parameters has the same setting: H3-02, H3-06, or H3-10).
H3-06, and H3-10 at the same time.
The following simultaneous contradictory settings:
• H3-02, H3-06, or H3-10 = B (PID Feedback) while H6-01 (Pulse Train Input) = 1 (PID
Feedback)
• H3-02, H3-06, or H3-10 = C (PID Target Value) while H6-01 = 2 (pulse train input sets the
Disable one of the PID selections.
PID target value)
• H3-02, H3-06, or H3-10 = C (PID Target Value) while b5-18 = 1 (enables b5-19 as the
target PID value)
• H6-01 = 2 (PID target) while b5-18 = 1 (enables b5-19 as the target PID value)
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Parameter Selection Error
oPE08
A function has been set that cannot be used in the motor control method selected.
Cause Possible Solutions
Attempted to use a function available only in Open Loop Vector Control though the drive is
Check the motor control method and the functions available.
set for V/f control.
In Open Loop Vector Control, n2-02 is greater than n2-03 Correct parameter settings so that n2-02 is less than n2-03.
In Open Loop Vector Control, C4-02 is greater than C4-06 Correct parameter settings so that C4-02 is less than C4-06.
The Disturb waveform function can only be used when running V/f Control. If using the Disturb function make sure the drive is set for V/f Control (A1-02 = 0).
• Set the correct motor code in accordance with the motor being used (E5-01).
In OLV/PM, parameters E5-02 to E5-07 are set to 0. • When using a special-purpose motor, set E5- in accordance with the test report
provided.
E5-09 and E5-24 are both equal to 0, or neither equals 0 in the control mode for PM. Set E5-09 or E5-24 to the correct value, and set the other to “0”.
The following functions are set at the same time:
• L8-05 (Input Phase Loss Protection Selection) = 4 (Enabled (both software and hardware
Correct the parameter settings.
detection))
• S4-15 (KEB Supply Loss Detection Selection) = 1 (Enabled)
In AOLV/PM High Frequency Injection is disabled (n8-57 = 0) and the minimum frequency
Correct the parameter settings.
(E1-09) is set lower than 1/20 of the base frequeny setting.
Note: Use U1-18 to find which parameters are set outside the specified setting range. Other errors are given precedence over oPE08 when multiple errors occur at the same time.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
PID Control Selection Fault
oPE09 PID control function selection is incorrect. Requires that PID control is enabled (b5-01 = 1
to 4).
Cause Possible Solutions
The following simultaneous contradictory settings have occurred:
• b5-15 not 0.0 (PID Sleep Function Operation Level) • Set b5-15 to another value besides 0.
• The stopping method is set to either DC Injection Braking or coast to stop with a timer (b1- • Set the stopping method to coast to stop or ramp to stop (b1-03 = 0 or 1).
03 = 2 or 3).
The following functions are set at the same time:
• b5-01 = 1 or 2 (PID output becomes output frequency reference)
• b5-11 = 1 (Rotation direction reverses with negative PID output) Correct the parameter settings.
• d2-02 (Frequency Reference Lower Limit) ≠ 0 or d2-05 (Frequency Reference 2 Lower
Limit) ≠ 5 when H1- = 2 (External reference 1/2 selection)
PID control is set to b5-01 = 3 or 4, but d2-02 (Frequency Reference Lower Limit) ≠ 0 or d2-
Correct the parameter settings.
05 (Frequency Reference 2 Lower Limit) ≠ 5.
296 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
6.6 Operator Programming Errors
Digital Operator Display Error Name
V/f Data Setting Error
The following setting errors have occurred where:
oPE10 • E1-04 is greater than or equal to E1-11, E1-11 is greater than or equal to E1-06, E1-06 is
greater than or equal to E1-07, E1-07 is greater than or equal to E1-09.
• E3-04 is greater than or equal to E3-11, E3-11 is greater than or equal to E3-06, E3-06 is
greater than or equal to E3-07, E3-07 is greater than or equal to E3-09.
Cause Possible Solutions
Correct the settings for E1-04, E1-06, E1-07, E1-09, and E1-11 (for motor 2, correct E3-04,
—
E3-06, E3-07, E3-09, and E3-11).
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Carrier Frequency Setting Error
oPE11
Correct the setting for the carrier frequency.
Cause Possible Solutions
The following simultaneous contradictory settings: C6-05 is greater than 6 and C6-04 is
greater than C6-03 (carrier frequency lower limit is greater than the upper limit). If C6-05 is
less than or equal to 6, the drive operates at C6-03. Correct the parameter settings.
Upper and lower limits between C6-02 and C6-05 contradict each other.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Pulse Monitor Selection Error
oPE13
Incorrect setting of monitor selection for pulse train (H6-06).
Cause Possible Solutions
Scaling for the pulse train monitor is set to 0 (H6-07 = 0) while H6-06 is not set to 101, 102,
Change scaling for the pulse train monitor or set H6-06 to 101, 102, 105, or 116.
105, or 116.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Application Selection Error
oPE14
A conflicting function was selected.
Cause Possible Solutions
The following functions are set at the same time:
• L3-11 (Overvoltage Suppression Function Selection) = 1 (Enabled) Correct the parameter settings.
• S1-01 (Disturb Function Selection) ≠ 0 (Disabled)
The following functions are set at the same time:
• b3-24 (Speed Search Method Selection) = 3 (Synchronous Operation) Correct the parameter settings.
• b1-14 (Phase Order Selection) = 1 (Switch phase order)
The following functions are set at the same time:
• H1- = 53 (Energy Saving On/Off) or b8-01 (Energy Saving Control Selection) = 1
Correct the parameter settings.
(Enabled)
• S3-03 (Output Voltage Gain Selection) = 1 (Enabled)
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Torque Control Setting Error
oPE15
Parameters settings that are not allowed in combination with Torque Control have been set.
Cause Possible Solutions
Either Torque Control is enabled by d5-01 = 1, the or Speed/Torque Control switch is assigned
to a digital input H1- = 71, while at the same time:
• Feed Forward is enabled (n5-01 = 1), or Correct the parameter settings.
• Intelligent Stall Prevention or Overexcitation Deceleration 2 is enabled (L3-04 = 2 or 5), or
• A digital input is set for KEB (H1- = 65 or 66)
The following functions are set at the same time:
• S4-01 (KEB Mode Selection) ≠ 0 (KEB disabled)
Correct the parameter settings.
• d5-01 (Torque Control Selection) = 1 (Torque Control), or H1- = 71 (Speed/Torque
Control Switch)
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Troubleshooting
oPE16 Energy Savings Constans Error
Cause Possible Solutions
In AOLV/PM the automatically calculated energy saving coefficients are out of the allowable
Check and correct the motor data in E5 parameters.
range.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Online Tuning Parameter Setting Error
oPE18
Parameters that control Online Tuning are not set correctly. 6
Cause Possible Solutions
One of the following setting errors has occurred while Online Tuning is enabled in OLV (A1-
02 = 2):
• E2-02 has been set below 30% of the original default value Make sure E2-02, E2-03, and E2-06 are set the correct values.
• E2-06 has been set below 50% of the original default value
• E2-03 = 0
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 297
6.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection
6.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection
Auto-Tuning faults are shown below. When the following faults are detected, the fault is displayed on the digital operator
and the motor coasts to a stop. Auto-Tuning faults do not trigger an multi-function terminal set for fault or alarm output.
An End error indicates that although Auto-Tuning has completely successful, there is some discrepancy in the
calculations the drive made. If an End error occurs, check for what might be causing the error using the table below,
and perform Auto-Tuning again once the problem has been taken care of. If there appears to be no problem despite the
End error being displayed, go ahead and start the application.
u Auto-Tuning Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Table 6.17 Auto-Tuning Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions
Digital Operator Display Error Name
End1 Excessive V/f Setting (detected only during Rotational Auto-Tuning, and displayed after Auto-Tuning is complete)
Cause Possible Solutions
The torque reference exceeded 20% during • Before Auto-Tuning the drive, verify the information written on the motor nameplate and enter that data to T1-03 through T1-05.
Auto-Tuning. • Enter proper information to parameters T1-03 to T1-05 and repeat Auto-Tuning.
The results from Auto-Tuning the no-load current • If possible, disconnect the motor from the load and perform Auto-Tuning. If the load cannot be uncoupled, simply use the Auto-
exceeded 80%. Tuning results as they are.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
End2 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient (detected only during Rotational Auto-Tuning and displayed after Auto-Tuning is complete)
Cause Possible Solutions
Motor data entered during Auto-Tuning was • Make sure the data entered to the T1 parameters match the information written on the motor nameplate.
incorrect. • Restart Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information.
Results from Auto-Tuning are outside the parameter
• Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
setting range, assigning the iron-core saturation
• Disconnect the motor from machine and perform Rotational Auto-Tuning.
coefficient (E2-07, E2-08) a temporary value.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
End3 Rated Current Setting Alarm (displayed after Auto-Tuning is complete)
Cause Possible Solutions
The correct current rating printed on the nameplate • Check the setting of parameter T1-04.
was not entered into T1-04. • Check the motor data and repeat Auto-Tuning.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
End4 Adjusted Slip Calculation Error
Cause Possible Solutions
The slip that was calculated is outside the allowable • Make sure the data entered for Auto-Tuning is correct.
range. • Execute Rotational Auto-Tuning instead. If not possible, try Stationary Auto-Tuning 2.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
End5 Resistance Tuning Error
Cause Possible Solutions
The resistance value that was calculated is outside • Double check the data that was entered for the Auto-Tuning process.
the allowable range. • Check the motor and motor cable connection for faults.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
End6 Leakage Inductance Alarm
Cause Possible Solutions
The leakage inductance value that was calculated is
Double check the data that was entered for the Auto-Tuning process.
outside the allowable range.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
End7 No-Load Current Alarm
Cause Possible Solutions
The entered no-load current value was outside the
Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
allowable range.
Auto-Tuning results were less than 5% of the motor
Double check the data that was entered for the Auto-Tuning process.
rated current.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-01 Motor Data Error
Cause Possible Solutions
Motor data or data entered during Auto-Tuning was • Check that the motor data entered to T1 parameters matches motor nameplate input before Auto-Tuning.
incorrect. • Start Auto-Tuning over again and enter the correct information.
Motor output power and motor-rated current settings • Check the drive and motor capacities.
(T1-02 and T1-04) do not match. • Correct the settings of parameters T1-02 and T1-04.
The setting of parameter T1-04 is smaller than 0.3 A. Correct the settings of parameter T1-04.
298 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
6.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection
Motor rated current and detected no-load current are • Check the motor rated current and no-load current.
not consistent with another. • Correct the settings of parameters T1-04 and E2-03.
Base frequency and motor rated speed (T1-05 and • Set T1-05 and T1-07 to the correct value.
T1-07) do not match. • Check if the correct pole number was entered to T1-06.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-02 Minor Fault
Cause Possible Solutions
An alarm was triggered during Auto-Tuning. Exit the Auto-Tuning menu, check the alarm code, remove the alarm cause, and repeat Auto-Tuning.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-03 STOP Button Input
Cause Possible Solutions
Auto-Tuning canceled by pressing STOP button. Auto-Tuning did not complete properly and will have to be performed again.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-04 Line-to-Line Resistance Error
Cause Possible Solutions
Motor data entered during Auto-Tuning was • Make sure the data entered to the T1 parameters match the information written on the motor nameplate.
incorrect. • Restart Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information.
Results from Auto-Tuning are outside the parameter
setting range or the tuning process took too long. Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
Motor cable or cable connection faulty.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-05 No-Load Current Error
Cause Possible Solutions
Motor data entered during Auto-Tuning was • Make sure the data entered to the T1 parameters match the information written on the motor nameplate.
incorrect. • Restart Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information.
Results from Auto-Tuning are outside the parameter • Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
setting range or the tuning process took too long. • Perform Rotational Auto-Tuning.
• Disconnect the motor from machine and restart Auto-Tuning. If motor and load cannot be uncoupled make sure the load is lower
The load during Rotational Auto-tuning was too
than 30%.
high.
• If a mechanical brake is installed, make sure it is fully lifted during tuning.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-08 Rated Slip Error
Cause Possible Solutions
Motor data entered during Auto-Tuning was • Make sure the data entered to the T1 parameters match the information written on the motor nameplate.
incorrect. • Restart Auto-Tuning and enter the correct information.
Drive-calculated values outside parameter setting • Check and correct faulty motor wiring.
range or the tuning process took too long. • Perform Rotational Auto-Tuning.
• Disconnect the motor from machine and restart Auto-Tuning. If motor and load cannot be uncoupled make sure the load is lower
The load during rotational Auto-tuning was too high. than 30%.
• If a mechanical brake is installed, make sure it is fully lifted during tuning.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-09 Acceleration Error
Cause Possible Solutions
The motor did not accelerate for the specified • Increase the acceleration time (C1-01).
acceleration time. • Check if it is possible to disconnect the machine from the motor.
Troubleshooting
Torque limit when motoring is too low (L7-01 and • Check the settings of parameters L7-01 and L7-02.
L7-02). • Increase the setting.
• Disconnect the motor from machine and restart Auto-Tuning. If motor and load cannot be uncoupled make sure the load is lower
The load during Rotational Auto-Tuning was too
than 30%.
high.
• If a mechanical brake is installed, make sure it is fully lifted during tuning.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-10 Motor Direction Error
Cause Possible Solutions 6
The encoder signal lines are not properly connected
Check and correct wiring to the PG encoder.
to the drive.
Check the motor speed monitor U1-05 while turning the motor manually in forward direction. If the sign displayed is negative,
Motor and PG direction are opposite.
change the setting of parameter F1-05.
The load pulled the motor in the opposite direction
of the speed reference and the torque exceeded Uncouple the motor from the load and repeat Auto-Tuning.
100%.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-11 Motor Speed Fault
Cause Possible Solutions
• Increase the acceleration time (C1-01).
Torque reference is too high.
• Disconnect the machine from the motor, if possible.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 299
6.7 Auto-Tuning Fault Detection
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-12 Current Detection Error
Cause Possible Solutions
One of the motor phases is missing:
Check motor wiring and correct any problems.
(U/T1, V/T2, W/T3).
Current exceeded the current rating of the drive. • Check the motor wiring for a short between motor lines.
• If a magnetic contactor is used between motors, make sure it is closed.
The current is too low. • Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your nearest
sales representative.
Attempted Auto-Tuning without motor connected to
Connect the motor and perform Auto-Tuning.
the drive.
Replace either the control board or the entire drive. For instructions on replacing the control board, contact Yaskawa or your nearest
Current detection signal error.
sales representative.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-13 Leakage Inductance Error
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check all wiring and correct any mistakes.
Drive was unable to complete tuning for leakage
• Double check the motor rated current value that was entered to T1-04 for Auto-Tuning.
inductance within 300 seconds.
• Check the motor rated current value written on the motor nameplate and enter the correct value.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-14 Motor Speed Error 2
Cause Possible Solutions
The motor speed exceeded twice the amplitude of
Reduce the ASR gain set to C5-01.
speed reference during Inertia Tuning.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-15 Torque Saturation Error
Cause Possible Solutions
• Increase the torque limits in L7-01 through L7-04 (but keep them within reasonable limits).
The output torque reached the torque limit set in L7-
• First try reducing the test signal amplitude in T3-01 and repeat the tuning. If necessary, then try reducing the test signal frequency
01 through L7-04 during Inertia Tuning.
(T3-02) and repeat the tuning.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-16 Inertia Detection Error
Cause Possible Solutions
• First try reducing the test signal amplitude in T3-01 and repeat the tuning. If necessary, then try reducing the test signal frequency
The inertia identified by the drive was abnormally
(T3-02) and repeat the tuning.
small or abnormally large during Inertia Tuning.
• Check the basic motor inertia value entered to T3-03.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-17 Reverse Prohibited Error
Cause Possible Solutions
Drive is prohibited from rotating the motor in • Inertia Auto-Tuning cannot be performed if the drive is restricted from rotating in reverse.
reverse while attempting to perform Inertia Tuning. • Assuming it is acceptable for the application to rotate in reverse, set b1-04 to 0 and then execute Inertia Tuning.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-18 Induction Voltage Error
Cause Possible Solutions
The induced voltage constant exceeds the allowable
Double check the data that was entered to the T2- parameters, and perform Auto-Tuning again.
setting range.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-19 PM Inductance Error
Cause Possible Solutions
The induced inductance values set to E5-08 or E5-09
Double check the data that was entered to the T2- parameters, and perform Auto-Tuning again.
exceed the allowable range.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-20 Stator Resistance Error
Cause Possible Solutions
Stator resistance tuning attempted to set a value to
Double check the data that was entered to the T2- parameters, and perform Auto-Tuning again.
E5-06 that is outside the allowable setting range.
Digital Operator Display Error Name
Er-21 Z Pulse Correction Error
Cause Possible Solutions
Motor was coasting when Auto-Tuning was
Make sure the motor has stopped completely. Repeat Auto-Tuning.
performed.
Either the motor or the PG encoder on the motor is
Check the wiring for the motor and the PG encoder. Repeat Auto-Tuning.
not properly wired.
The direction for the PG encoder is set incorrectly, or
the number of pulses set for the PG encoder is Check the direction and number of pulses set for the PG encoder. Repeat Auto-Tuning.
wrong.
PG encoder is damaged. Check the signal output from the PG encoder attached to the motor. Replace the PG if damaged.
300 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
6.8 Copy Function Related Displays
6.8 Copy Function Related Displays
u Tasks, Errors, and Troubleshooting
The table below lists the messages and errors that may appear when using the Copy function.
When executing the tasks offered by the Copy function, the operator will indicate the task being performed. When an
error occurs, a code appears on the operator to indicate the error. Note that errors related to the Copy function do not
trigger a multi-function output terminal that has been set up to close when a fault or alarm occurs. To clear an error,
simply press any key on the operator and the error display will disappear.
Table 6.18 lists the corrective action that can be taken when an error occurs.
Note: 1. Whenever using the copy function, the drive should be fully stopped.
2. The drive will not accept a Run command while the Copy function is being executed.
3. Parameters can only be saved to a drive when the voltage class, capacity, control mode, and software version match.
Table 6.18 Copy Function Task and Error Displays
Digital Operator Display Task
CoPy Writing Parameter Settings (flashing)
Cause Possible Solutions
Parameters are being written to the drive. Not an error.
Digital Operator Display Task
CPEr Control Mode Mismatch
Cause Possible Solutions
Control mode of the parameters to be loaded onto the drive Check the control mode for the parameters that are to be loaded onto the drive and the control mode set to the drive
and the control mode already set to the drive don’t match. those parameters will be written to. Set the same control mode using parameter A1-02 and try again.
Digital Operator Display Task
CPyE Error Writing Data
Cause Possible Solutions
Failed writing parameters. Try writing parameters again.
Digital Operator Display Task
CSEr Copy Unit Error
Cause Possible Solutions
Hardware fault Replace the operator or the USB Copy Unit.
Digital Operator Display Task
dFPS Drive Model Mismatch
Cause Possible Solutions
The drive from which the parameter were copied and the
Check the model number of the drive that the parameters were copied from and the model of the drive you are
drive you are attempting to write to are not the same model.
attempting to write those parameters to.
• The drive the parameters were copied from is a different
Make sure the drive from which the parameter are copied and the drive to be written to have the same model numbers
model drive.
and software versions.
• The drive you attempting to write to is a different model.
Digital Operator Display Task
End Task Complete
Troubleshooting
Cause Possible Solutions
Finished reading, writing, or verifying parameters. Not an error.
Digital Operator Display Task
iFEr Communication Error
Cause Possible Solutions
A communication error occurred between the drive and the
operator or the USB copy unit.
Check the cable connection.
6
A non-compatible cable is being used to connect the USB
Use the cable originally packaged with the USB Copy Unit.
Copy Unit and the drive.
Digital Operator Display Task
ndAT Model, Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch
Cause Possible Solutions
The drive the parameters were copied from and the drive
you are attempting to write to have different electrical
Make sure model numbers and specifications are the same for both drives.
specifications, a different capacity, is set to a different
control mode, or is a different model number.
The device being used to write the parameters is blank and
Making sure all connections are correct, and copy the parameter settings onto the USB Copy Unit or the operator.
does not have any parameters saved on it.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 301
6.8 Copy Function Related Displays
Digital Operator Display Task
rdEr Error Reading Data
Cause Possible Solutions
Failed while attempting to read parameter settings from the Press and hold the READ key on the USB Copy Unit for at least one second to have the unit read parameters from the
drive. drive.
Digital Operator Display Task
rEAd Reading Parameter Settings (flashing)
Cause Possible Solutions
Displayed while the parameter settings are being read onto
Not an error.
the USB Copy Unit.
Digital Operator Display Task
vAEr Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch
Cause Possible Solutions
The drive the parameters were copied from and the drive
you performing the Verify mode on have different electrical Make sure electrical specifications and capacities are the same for both drives.
specifications or are a different capacity.
Digital Operator Display Task
vFyE Parameter settings in the drive and those saved to the copy function are not the same
Cause Possible Solutions
Indicates that parameter settings that have been Read and To have parameters be the same, either write the parameters save on the USB Copy Unit or LCD digital operator onto
loaded onto the Copy Unit or Digital Operator are different. the drive, or Read the parameter settings on the drive onto the USB Copy Unit.
Digital Operator Display Task
vrFy Comparing Parameter Settings (flashing)
Cause Possible Solutions
The Verify mode has confirmed that parameters settings on
the drive and parameters read to the copy device are Not an error.
identical.
302 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
6.9 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults
6.9 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults
When a fault occurs and the drive stops, follow the instructions below to remove whatever conditions triggered the fault,
then restart the drive.
u Fault Occurs Simultaneously with Power Loss
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Ensure there are no short circuits between the main circuit terminals (R/L1, S/L2, and T/L3) or
between the ground and main circuit terminals before restarting the drive. Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death and
will cause damage to equipment.
1. Turn on the drive input power.
2. Use monitor parameters U2- to display data on the operating status of the drive just before the fault
occurred.
3. Remove the cause of the fault and reset.
Note: 1. To find out what faults were triggered, check the fault history in U2-02. Information on drive status when the fault occurred such as
the frequency, current, and voltage can be found in U2-03 through U2-20. Refer to Viewing Fault Trace Data After Fault on
page 303 for information on how to view fault data.
2. When the fault continues to be displayed after cycling power, remove the cause of the fault and reset.
u If the Drive Still has Power After a Fault Occurs
1. Look at the digital operator for information on the fault that occurred.
2. Refer to Fault Displays, Causes, and Possible Solutions on page 277
3. Reset the fault. Refer to Fault Reset Methods on page 304.
u Viewing Fault Trace Data After Fault
Step Display/Result
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
DRV
1. Turn on the drive input power. The first screen displays. REV DRV FOUT
2. Press until the monitor screen is displayed.
3. Press to display the parameter setting screen.
4. Press and until U2-02 (Fault History) is displayed.
5. Press to view the most recent fault (oC in this example).
6.
Troubleshooting
Press to go back to the U2-02 display.
Press to view drive status information when fault occurred.
7.
Parameters U2-03 through U2-20 help determine the cause of a fault.
Parameters to be monitored differ depending on the control mode.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 303
6.9 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults
u Fault Reset Methods
When a fault occurs, the cause of the fault must be removed and the drive must be restarted. The table below lists the
different ways to restart the drive.
After the Fault Occurs Procedure
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-182 ALM
REV DRV FOUT
With the fault displayed on the digital operator screen,
Fix the cause of the fault, restart the drive, and
reset the fault press on the digital operator. LO
ESC
RE
RESET ENTER
RUN STOP
Drive
Close then open the fault signal digital input via terminal S4. Fault Reset Switch
Resetting via Fault Reset Digital Input S4 S4 Fault Reset Digital Input
S4 is set for “Fault Reset” as default (H1-04 = 14).
SC Digital Input Common
2 ON
If the above methods do not reset the fault, turn off the drive main power supply. Reapply power after the digital
operator display is out.
1 OFF
Note: If the Run command is present, the drive will disregard any attempts to reset the fault. The Run command must first be removed
before a fault situation can be cleared.
304 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
6.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display
6.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display
This section describes troubleshooting problems that do not trip an alarm or fault.
The following symptoms indicate that the drive is not set correctly for proper performance with the motor. Refer to
Motor Performance Fine-Tuning on page 268 for guidance on troubleshooting.
• Motor hunting and oscillation
• Poor motor torque
• Poor speed precision
• Poor motor torque and speed response
• Motor noise
u Common Problems
Common Problems Page
Cannot Change Parameter Settings 305
Motor Does Not Rotate 306
Motor Does Not Rotate Properly after Pressing RUN Button or after Entering
Motor Rotates in the Opposite Direction from the Run Command 306
External Run Command
Motor Rotates in One Direction Only 307
Motor is Too Hot 307
Drive Does Not Allow Selection of Rotational Auto-Tuning 307
oPE02 Error Occurs When Lowering the Motor Rated Current Setting 307
Motor Stalls During Acceleration or With Large Loads 307
Drive Frequency Reference Differs from the Controller Frequency Reference Command 308
Excessive Motor Oscillation and Erratic Rotation 308
Deceleration Takes Longer Than Expected with Dynamic Braking Enabled 308
Load Falls When Brake is Applied (Hoist-Type Applications) 308
Noise From Drive or Output Lines When the Drive is Powered On 309
Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Trips During Run 309
Unexpected Noise from Connected Machinery 309
Connected Machinery Vibrates When Motor Rotates
Oscillation or Hunting 309
PID Output Fault 309
Insufficient Starting Torque 309
Motor Rotates After the Drive Output is Shut Off (Motor Rotates During DC Injection Braking) 310
Output Frequency is not as High as Frequency Reference 310
Buzzing Sound from Motor at 2 kHz 310
Unstable Motor Speed when Using PM or IPM 310
Motor Does Not Restart after Power Loss 310
u Cannot Change Parameter Settings
Cause Possible Solutions
• Stop the drive and switch over to the Programming Mode.
The drive is running the motor (i.e., the Run command is present).
Troubleshooting
• Most parameters cannot be edited during run.
The Access Level is set to restrict access to parameter settings. • Set the Access Level to allow parameters to be edited (A1-01 = 2).
• See what mode the operator is currently set for.
The operator is not in the Parameter Setup Mode (the screen will
• Parameters cannot be edited when in the Setup Mode (“STUP”). Switch modes so that “PAr” appears on the screen.
display “PAr”).
Refer to The Drive and Programming Modes on page 77.
A multi-function contact input terminal is set to allow or restrict • When the terminal is open, parameters cannot be edited.
parameter editing (H1-01 through H1-08 = 1B). • Turn on the multi-function contact input set to 1B.
• If the password entered to A1-04 does not match the password saved to A1-05, then drive settings cannot be
changed.
6
• Reset the password.
The wrong password was entered. If you cannot remember the password:
• Scroll to A1-04. Press the STOP button and press at the same time. Parameter A1-05 will appear.
• Set a new password to parameter A1-05.
• Check the drive input power voltage by looking at the DC bus voltage (U1-07).
Undervoltage was detected.
• Check all main circuit wiring.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 305
6.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display
u Motor Does Not Rotate Properly after Pressing RUN Button or after Entering
External Run Command
n Motor Does Not Rotate
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check if the DRV light on the digital operator is lit.
The drive is not in the Drive Mode.
• Enter the Drive Mode to begin operating the motor. Refer to The Drive and Programming Modes on page 77.
Stop the drive and check if the correct frequency reference source is selected. If the operator keypad shall be the source, the LO/RE button
LED must be on. If the source is REMOTE, it must be off.
Take the following steps to solve the problem:
The button was pushed.
• Push the button.
• If o2-01 is set to 0, then the LO/RE button will be disabled.
• When Auto-Tuning completes, the drive is switched back to the Programming Mode. The Run command will not be accepted unless the
Auto-Tuning has just completed. drive is in the Drive Mode.
• Use the digital operator to enter the Drive Mode. Refer to The Drive and Programming Modes on page 77.
A Fast Stop was executed and has not yet
Reset the Fast Stop command.
been reset.
Check parameter b1-02 (Run Command Source 1).
Set b1-02 so that it corresponds with the correct Run command source.
Settings are incorrect for the source that 0: Digital operator
provides the Run command. 1: Control circuit terminal (default setting)
2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
3: Option card
• Check the wiring for the control terminal.
There is faulty wiring in the control circuit
• Correct wiring mistakes.
terminals.
• Check the input terminal status monitor (U1-10).
Check parameter b1-01 (Frequency Reference Source 1).
Set b1-01 to the correct source of the frequency reference.
The drive has been set to accept the 0: Digital operator
frequency reference from the incorrect 1: Control circuit terminal (default setting)
source. 2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
3: Option card
4: Pulse train input (RP)
The terminal set to accept the main speed
If the frequency reference is set at terminal A1, check parameter H3-01 for the correct signal level selection. If terminal A2 is used, check DIP
reference is set to the incorrect voltage and/
switch S1 parameter H3-08. If terminal A3 is used, check parameter H3-08. Refer to Terminal A2 Input Signal Selection on page 66.
or current.
Selection for the sink/source mode and the
Check jumper S3. Refer to Sinking/Sourcing Mode Switch for Digital Inputs on page 65.
internal/external power supply is incorrect.
• Check the frequency reference monitor (U1-01).
Frequency reference is too low.
• Increase the frequency by changing the maximum output frequency (E1-09).
• Check the multi-function analog input settings.
Multi-function analog input is set up to • Check if analog input A1, A2, or A3 is set for frequency reference gain (H3-02, H3-10, H3-06 = 1). If so, check if the correct signal is
accept gain for the frequency reference, but applied to the terminal. The gain and the frequency reference will be 0 if no signal is applied to the gain input.
no voltage (current) has been provided. • Check if H3-02, H3-10, and H3-06 have been set to the proper values.
• Check if the analog input value has been set properly. (U1-13 to U1-15)
• When the STOP button is pressed, the drive will decelerate to stop.
The STOP button was pressed when
• Switch off the Run command and then re-enter a new Run command.
the drive was started from a REMOTE
source. • The STOP button can be disabled when o2-02 is set to 0.
Motor starting torque is too low. Refer to Motor Performance Fine-Tuning on page 268
Frequency reference value is too low or the
Enter a value that is above the minimum output frequency determined by E1-09.
drive does not accept the value entered.
• If the drive is supposed to be set up for a 2-wire sequence, then ensure parameters H1-03 through H1-08 are not set to 0.
The sequence Start/Stop sequence is set up
• If the drive is supposed to be set up for a 3-wire sequence, then one of the parameters H1-03 through H1-08 must be set to 0. Terminal S1
incorrectly.
will become the Start, terminal S2 will become the Stop input.
n Motor Rotates in the Opposite Direction from the Run Command
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check the motor wiring.
• Switch two motor cables (U, V, and W) to reverse motor direction.
Phase wiring between the drive and motor is incorrect.
• Connect drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3 in the right order to match motor terminals U, V, and W.
• Change the setting of parameter b1-14.
Typically, forward is designated as being counterclockwise when looking from the motor shaft (see figure below).
The forward direction for the motor is setup incorrectly.
2
1. Forward Rotating Motor (looking down the motor shaft)
2. Motor Shaft
306 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
6.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display
Cause Possible Solutions
The motor is running at almost 0 Hz and the Speed Search estimated
Disable bi-directional search (b3-14 = “0”) so that Speed Search is performed only in the specified direction.
the speed to be in the opposite direction.
Note: Check the motor specifications for the forward and reverse directions. The motor specifications will vary depending on the
manufacturer of the motor.
n Motor Rotates in One Direction Only
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check parameter b1-04.
The drive prohibits reverse rotation.
• Set the drive to allow the motor to rotate in reverse (b1-04 = 0).
A Reverse run signal has not been entered, although 3-wire
Make sure that one of the input terminals S3 to S8 used for the 3-wire sequence has been set for reverse.
sequence is selected.
u Motor is Too Hot
Cause Possible Solutions
If the load is too heavy for the motor, the motor will overheat as it exceeds its rated torque value for an extended
period of time.
Keep in mind that the motor also has a short-term overload rating in addition to the possible solutions provided below:
The load is too heavy. • Reduce the load.
• Increase the acceleration and deceleration times.
• Check the values set for the motor protection (L1-01, L1-02) as well as the motor rated current (E2-01).
• Increase motor capacity.
• Check the ambient temperature.
The air around the motor is too hot.
• Cool the area until it is within the specified temperature range.
• Perform Auto-Tuning.
The drive is operating in a vector control mode but Auto-Tuning has
• Calculate the motor value and reset the motor parameters.
not yet been performed.
• Change the motor control method to V/f Control (A1-02 = 0).
When the motor cable is long, high voltage surges occur between the motor coils and drive switching.
Normally, surges can reach up to three times the drive input power supply voltage (600 V for 200 V class, and 1200 V
for 400 V class).
Insufficient voltage insulation between motor phases. • Use a motor with a voltage tolerance higher than the max voltage surge.
• Use a motor designed to work specifically with a drive when using a 400 V class unit.
• Install an AC reactor on the output side of the drive. The carrier frequency should be set to 2 kHz when installing
an AC reactor.
The motor fan has stopped or is clogged. Check the motor fan.
u Drive Does Not Allow Selection the Desired Auto-Tuning Mode
Cause Possible Solutions
The desired Auto-Tuning mode is not available for the selected • Check if the desired tuning mode is available for the selected control mode. Refer to Auto-Tuning on page 87.
control mode. • Change the motor control method by setting A1-02.
u oPE02 Error Occurs When Lowering the Motor Rated Current Setting
Cause Possible Solutions
• The user is trying to set the motor rated current in E2-01 to a value lower than the no-load current set in E2-03.
Motor rated current and the motor no-load current setting in the • Make sure that value set in E2-01 is higher than E2-03.
drive are incorrect. • If it is necessary to set E2-01 lower than E2-03, first lower the value set to E2-03, then change the setting in E2-01
Troubleshooting
as needed.
u Motor Stalls during Acceleration or Acceleration Time is Too Long
Cause Possible Solutions
Torque limit has been reached or current suppression keeps the drive Take the following steps to resolve the problem:
from accelerating. • Reduce the load.
6
• Increase motor capacity.
Note: Although the drive has a Stall Prevention function and a Torque Compensation Limit function, accelerating too
Load is too heavy. quickly or trying to drive an excessively large load can exceed the capabilities of the motor.
Torque limit is not set properly. Check the torque limit setting.
• Check the maximum output frequency (E1-04).
• Increase E1-04 if it is set too low.
Frequency reference is too low. Check U1-01 for proper frequency reference.
Check if a frequency reference signal switch has been set to one of the multi-function input terminals.
Check for low gain level set to terminals A1, A2, or A3 (H3-03, H3-11, H3-07).
Reduce the load so that the output current remains within the motor rated current.
Load is too heavy. • Increase the acceleration time.
• Check if the mechanical brake is fully releasing as it should.
Acceleration time has been set too long. Check if the acceleration time parameters have been set too long (C1-01, C1-03, C1-05, C1-07).
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 307
6.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display
Cause Possible Solutions
Motor characteristics and drive parameter settings are incompatible • Set the correct V/f pattern so that it matches the characteristics of the motor being used.
with one another. • Execute Rotational Auto-Tuning.
• Perform Auto-Tuning.
Although the drive is operating in Open Loop Vector motor control
• Calculate motor data and reset motor parameters.
method, Auto-Tuning has not been performed.
• Switch to V/f Control (A1-02 = 0).
• Check the multi-function analog input settings. Multi-function analog input terminal A1, A2, or A3 is set for
frequency gain (H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06 is set to “1”), but there is no voltage or current input provided.
Incorrect frequency reference setting.
• Make sure H3-02, H3-10, and H3-06 are set to the proper values.
• See if the analog input value is set to the right value (U1-13 to U1-15).
• Check the Stall Prevention level during acceleration (L3-02).
The Stall Prevention level during acceleration and deceleration set
• If L3-02 is set too low, acceleration may be taking too long.
too low.
• Increase L3-02.
• Check the Stall Prevention level during run (L3-06).
The Stall Prevention level during run has been set too low. • If L3-06 is set too low, speed will drop as the drive outputs torque.
• Increase the setting value.
• The motor cable may be long enough (over 50 m) to require Auto-Tuning for line-to-line resistance.
Drive reached the limitations of the V/f motor control method. • Be aware that V/f Control is comparatively limited when it comes to producing torque at low speeds.
• Consider switching to Open Loop Vector Control.
u Drive Frequency Reference Differs from the Controller Frequency Reference
Command
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check the gain and bias settings for the analog inputs that are used to set the frequency reference. Check parameters
The analog input gain and bias for the frequency reference input H3-03 and H3-04 for input A1, check parameters H3-11 and H3-12 for input A2, and check parameters H3-07 and
are set to incorrect values. H3-08 for input A3.
• Set these parameters to the appropriate values.
• If more than one of multi-function analog inputs A1 to A3 is set for frequency reference bias (H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06
A frequency bias signal is being entered via analog input terminals is set to “0”), then the sum of all signals builds the frequency reference.
A1 to A3. • Make sure that H3-02, H3-10, and H3-06 are set appropriately.
• Check the input level set for terminals A1 to A3 (U1-13 to U1-15).
PID control is enabled, and the drive is consequently adjusting the
output frequency to match the PID setpoint. The drive will only
If PID control is not necessary for the application, disable it by setting b5-01 to “0”.
accelerate to the maximum output frequency set in E1-04 while
PID control is active.
u Excessive Motor Oscillation and Erratic Rotation
Cause Possible Solutions
Poor balance between motor phases. Check drive input power voltage to ensure that it provides stable power.
• Enable Hunting Prevention (n1-01 = 1).
Hunting prevention function is disabled.
• Increase the AFR gain (n2-01) or the AFR time constant 1 (n2-02).
u Deceleration Takes Longer Than Expected with Dynamic Braking Enabled
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check the Stall Prevention level during deceleration (L3-04).
L3-04 is set incorrectly.
• If a braking resistor option has been installed, disable Stall Prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 0).
The deceleration time is set too long. Set deceleration to more appropriate time (C1-02, C1-04, C1-06, C1-08).
• Assuming parameter settings are normal and that no overvoltage occurs when there is insufficient torque, it is likely
Insufficient motor torque. that the demand on the motor has exceeded the motor capacity.
• Use a larger motor.
• Check the settings for the torque limit (L7-01 through L7-04).
• If the torque limit is enabled, deceleration might take longer than expected because the drive cannot output more
torque than the limit setting. Ensure the torque limit is set to a high enough value.
• Increase the torque limit setting.
Reaching the torque limit.
• If multi-function analog input terminal A1, A2, or A3 is set to torque limit (H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06 equals 10, 11, 12,
or 15), ensure that the analog input levels are set to the correct levels.
• Ensure H3-02, H3-10, and H3-06 are set to the right levels.
• Ensure the analog input is set to the correct value (U1-13 to U1-15).
Load exceeded the internal torque limit determined by the drive
Switch to a larger capacity drive.
rated current.
u Load Falls When Brake is Applied
Cause Possible Solutions
Insufficient DC Injection Braking. Increase the amount of DC Injection Braking (b2-02).
308 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
6.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display
u Noise From Drive or Output Lines When the Drive is Powered On
Cause Possible Solutions
• Lower the carrier frequency (C6-02).
• Install a noise filter on the input side of drive input power.
• Install a noise filter on the output side of the drive.
Relay switching in the drive generates
• Place the wiring inside a metal conduit to shield it from switching noise.
excessive noise.
• Ground the drive and motor properly.
• Separate the main circuit wiring and the control lines.
• Make sure wires and the motor have been properly grounded.
u Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Trips During Run
Cause Possible Solutions
• Increase the GFCI sensitivity or use GFCI with a higher threshold.
• Lower the carrier frequency (C6-02).
Excessive leakage current trips GFCI.
• Reduce the length of the cable used between the drive and the motor.
• Install a noise filter or reactor on the output side of the drive. Set the carrier frequency to 2 kHz when connecting a reactor.
u Connected Machinery Vibrates When Motor Rotates
n Unexpected Noise from Connected Machinery
Cause Possible Solutions
The carrier frequency is at the resonant frequency of the connected
Adjust the carrier frequency using parameters C6-02 through C6-05.
machinery.
The drive output frequency is the same as the resonant frequency
Place the motor on a rubber pad to reduce vibration.
of the connected machinery.
n Oscillation or Hunting
Cause Possible Solutions
Perform Auto-Tuning.
Insufficient tuning.
Refer to Motor Performance Fine-Tuning on page 268.
Gain is too low when using PID control. Refer to b5: PID Control on page 127 for details.
• Ensure that noise is not affecting the signal lines.
The frequency reference is assigned to an external source and the • Separate main circuit wiring and control circuit wiring.
signal is noisy. • Use twisted-pair cables or shielded wiring for the control circuit.
• Increase the analog input time filter constant (H3-13).
• Perform Auto-Tuning.
The cable between the drive and motor is too long.
• Reduce the length of the cable.
u PID Output Fault
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check the multi-function analog input terminal settings.
• Set multi-function analog input terminal A1, A2, or A3 for PID feedback (H3-02, H3-10, or H3-06 = “B”).
• A signal input to the terminal selection for PID feedback is needed.
No PID feedback input. • Check the connection of the feedback signal.
Troubleshooting
• Check the various PID-related parameter settings.
• No PID feedback input to the terminal causes the value detected to be 0, causing a PID fault and the drive to operate
at max frequency.
• PID control keeps the difference between target and detection values at 0. Set the input level for the values relative to
The level of detection and the target value do not correspond with
one another.
each other.
• Use analog input gains H3-03 and H3-11 to adjust PID target and feedback signal scaling.
Reverse drive output frequency and speed detection. When output
Set PID output for reverse characteristics (b5-09 = 1).
frequency rises, the sensor detects a speed decrease.
Adjustment made to PID parameter settings are insufficient. Refer to b5: PID Control on page 127 for details. 6
u Insufficient Starting Torque
Cause Possible Solutions
Auto-Tuning has not yet been performed (required for vector
Perform Auto-Tuning. Refer to Motor Performance Fine-Tuning on page 268.
control modes).
The control mode was changed after performing Auto-Tuning. Perform Auto-Tuning again.
Only Stationary Auto-Tuning was performed. Perform Rotational Auto-Tuning.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 309
6.10 Troubleshooting without Fault Display
u Motor Rotates After the Drive Output is Shut Off (Motor Rotates During DC Injection
Braking)
Cause Possible Solutions
• Adjust the DC Injection braking settings.
DC Injection Braking is set too low and the drive cannot decelerate
• Increase the current level for DC Injection Braking (b2-02).
properly.
• Increase the DC Injection Braking time at stop (b2-04).
The stopping method is set so that the drive coasts to stop. Set b1-03 (Stopping Method Selection) to 0 or 2.
u Output Frequency is not as High as Frequency Reference
Cause Possible Solutions
• Set the maximum output frequency and the upper limit for the frequency reference to more appropriate values (E1-
Upper limit for the frequency reference has been exceeded. 04, d2-01).
• The following calculation yields the upper value for the output frequency = E1-04 x d2-01 / 100
• Reduce the load.
Large load triggered Stall Prevention function during acceleration.
• Adjust the Stall Prevention level during acceleration (L3-02).
u Buzzing Sound from Motor at 2 kHz
Cause Possible Solutions
• If the output current rises too high at low speeds, the carrier frequency is automatically reduced and causes a whining
or buzzing sound.
Exceeded 110% of the rated output current of the drive while
• If the sound is coming from the motor, disable carrier frequency derating (L8-38 = 0).
operating at low speeds.
• Disabling the automatic carrier frequency derating increases the chances of an overload fault (oL2). Switch to a larger
capacity motor if oL2 faults occur too frequently.
u Unstable Motor Speed when Using PM
Cause Possible Solutions
The motor code for the PM motor (E5-01 or T2-02) is set
Refer to Motor Performance Fine-Tuning on page 268 for details.
incorrectly (Yaskawa motors only).
Drive is attempting to operate the motor beyond the speed control
Check the speed control range and adjust the speed accordingly.
range listed in the specifications.
Motor hunting occurs. Refer to Motor Performance Fine-Tuning on page 268 for details.
Hunting occurs at start. Increase the S-curve time at the start of acceleration (C2-01).
• Enter the correct motor code for the PM motor being used into E5-01.
Too much current is flowing through the drive. • For special-purpose motors, enter the correct data to all E5 parameters according to the test report provided for the
motor.
u Motor Does Not Restart after Power Loss
Cause Possible Solutions
• Check the sequence and wiring that has been set up to enter the Run command.
The Run command was not issued again when power was restored.
• A relay should be set up to make sure the Run command remains enabled throughout any power loss.
The relay that is supposed to maintain the Run command has been
Check wiring and circuitry for the relay intended to keep the Run command enabled.
switched off.
310 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
7
Periodic Inspection & Maintenance
This chapter describes the periodic inspection and maintenance of the drive to ensure that it
receives the proper care to maintain overall performance.
7.1 SECTION SAFETY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
7.2 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
7.3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
7.4 COOLING FAN AND CIRCULATION FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
7.5 DRIVE REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 311
7.1 Section Safety
7.1 Section Safety
DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power
supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent
electric shock, wait for at least the time specified on the warning label once all indicators are OFF, and then measure
the DC bus voltage level to confirm it has reached a safe level.
Never connect or disconnect wiring, remove connectors or option cards, or replace the cooling fan while the
power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power
supply is turned off.
WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Installation, maintenance, inspection, and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment, and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing, and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Do not touch any terminals before the capacitors have fully discharged.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Before wiring terminals, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the
power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive
before touching any components.
312 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
7.1 Section Safety
WARNING
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material.
NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Follow cooling fan replacement instructions. The cooling fan cannot operate properly when it is installed
incorrectly and could seriously damage the drive.
Follow the instructions in this manual to replace the cooling fan, making sure that the label is on top before inserting
the cooling fan into the drive. To ensure maximum useful product life, replace both cooling fans when performing
maintenance.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded, twisted-pair
wires and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use the product.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
Periodic Inspection &
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Maintenance
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
Yaskawa is not responsible for any modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Check all the wiring to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the drive and connecting any other 7
devices.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Comply with proper wiring practices.
The motor may run in reverse if the phase order is backward.
Connect motor input terminals U, V and W to drive output terminals U/T1,V/T2, and W/T3. The phase order for the
drive and motor should match.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 313
7.1 Section Safety
NOTICE
Frequently switching the drive power supply to stop and start the motor can damage the drive.
To get the full performance life out of the electrolytic capacitors and circuit relays, refrain from switching the drive
power supply off and on more than once every 30 minutes. Frequent use can damage the drive. Use the drive to stop
and start the motor.
Do not operate damaged equipment.
Failure to comply could result in further damage to the equipment.
Do not connect or operate any equipment with visible damage or missing parts.
314 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
7.2 Inspection
7.2 Inspection
Power electronics have limited life and may exhibit changes in characteristics or performance deterioration after years of
use under normal conditions. To help avoid such problems, it is important to perform preventive maintenance and
periodic inspection on the drive.
Drives contain a variety of power electronics such as power transistors, semiconductors, capacitors, resistors, fans, and
relays. The electronics in the drive serve a critical role in maintaining proper motor control.
Follow the inspection lists provided in this chapter as a part of a regular maintenance program.
Note: The drive will require more frequent inspection if it is placed in harsh environments, such as:
• High ambient temperatures
• Frequent starting and stopping
• Fluctuations in the AC supply or load
• Excessive vibrations or shock loading
• Dust, metal dust, salt, sulfuric acid, chlorine atmospheres
• Poor storage conditions.
Perform the first equipment inspection one to two years after installation.
u Recommended Daily Inspection
Table 7.1 outlines the recommended daily inspection for Yaskawa drives. Check the following items on a daily basis to
avoid premature deterioration in performance or product failure. Copy this checklist and mark the “Checked” column
after each inspection.
Table 7.1 General Recommended Daily Inspection Checklist
Inspection Category Inspection Points Corrective Action Checked
• Check the load coupling.
Motor • Inspect for abnormal oscillation or noise coming from the motor. • Measure motor vibration.
• Tighten all loose components.
• Check for excessive load.
• Inspect for abnormal heat generated from the drive or motor and • Loose connections
Cooling
visible discoloration. • Check for dirty heatsink or motor.
• Ambient temperature
• Check for clogged or dirty fan.
Cooling Fan • Inspect drive cooling fan and circulation fan operation.
• Check fan operation drive parameter.
• Verify the drive environment complies with the specifications • Eliminate the source of contaminants or correct poor
Environment
listed in Installation Environment on page 36. environment.
• The drive output current should not be higher than the motor or • Check for excessive load.
Load
drive rating for an extended period of time. • Check the motor parameter settings of the drive.
• Correct the voltage or power supply to within nameplate
Power Supply Voltage • Check main power supply and control voltages. specifications.
• Verify all main circuit phases.
Periodic Inspection &
Maintenance
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 315
7.2 Inspection
u Recommended Periodic Inspection
Table 7.2 outlines the recommended periodic inspections for Yaskawa drive installations. Although periodic inspections
should generally be performed once a year; the drive may require more frequent inspection in harsh environments or with
rigorous use. Operating and environmental conditions, along with experience in each application, will determine the
actual inspection frequency for each installation. Periodic inspection will help to avoid premature deterioration in
performance or product failure. Copy this checklist and mark the “Checked” column after each inspection.
n Periodic Inspection
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not inspect, connect, or disconnect any wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can
result in serious personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains
charged even after the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive
before touching any components.
Table 7.2 Periodic Inspection Checklist
Inspection Area Inspection Points Corrective Action Checked
Main Circuit Periodic Inspection
• Inspect equipment for discoloration from overheating or • Replace damaged components as required.
deterioration. • The drive has few serviceable parts and may require complete
• Inspect for damaged or deformed parts. drive replacement.
General • Inspect enclosure door seal if used.
• Inspect for dirt, foreign particles, or dust collection on • Use dry air to clear away foreign matter. Use a pressure of
components. 39.2 × 104 to 58.8 × 104 Pa (4 - 6 kgxcm2).
• Replace components if cleaning is not possible.
• Inspect wiring and connections for discoloration, damage, or heat
Conductors and Wiring stress. • Repair or replace damaged wiring.
• Inspect wire insulation and shielding for wear.
• Tighten loose screws and replace damaged screws or
Terminals • Inspect terminals for stripped, damaged, or loose connections.
terminals.
• Inspect contactors and relays for excessive noise during operation. • Check coil voltage for over or under voltage conditions.
Relays and Contactors • Inspect coils for signs of overheating such as melted or cracked • Replace damaged removable relays contactors or circuit
insulation. board.
• Minor discoloration may be acceptable.
Braking Resistors • Inspect for discoloration of heat stress on or around resistors.
• If discoloration exists check for loose connections.
• Inspect for leaking, discoloration, or cracks.
• The drive has few serviceable parts and may require complete
Electrolytic Capacitor • Check if the cap has come off, for any swelling, or if the sides
drive replacement.
have burst open.
Diode, IGBT (Power • Use dry air to clear away foreign matter. Use a pressure of
• Inspect for dust or other foreign material collected on the surface.
Transistor) 39.2 × 104 to 58.8 × 104 Pa (4 - 6 kgxcm2).
Motor Periodic Inspection
• Stop the motor and contact qualified maintenance personnel
Operation Check • Check for increased vibration or abnormal noise.
as required.
Control Circuit Periodic Inspection
• Tighten loose screws and replace damaged screws or
• Inspect terminals for stripped, damaged, or loose connections. terminals.
General
• Make sure all terminals have been properly tightened. • If terminals are integral to a circuit board, then board or drive
replacement may be required.
• Fix any loose connections.
• If an antistatic cloth or vacuum plunger can't be used, replace
the board.
• Check for any odor, discoloration, and rust. Make sure
• Do not use any solvents to clean the board.
Circuit Boards connections are properly fastened and that no dust or oil mist has
• Use dry air to clear away foreign matter. Use a pressure of
accumulated on the surface of the board.
39.2 × 104 to 58.8 × 104 Pa (4 - 6 kgxcm2).
• The drive has few serviceable parts and may require complete
drive replacement.
Cooling System Periodic Inspection
• Replace as required.
Cooling Fan, • Check for abnormal oscillation or unusual noise.
• Refer to Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan on page 319 for
Circulation Fan • Check for damaged or missing fan blades.
information on cleaning or replacing the cooling fan.
• Use dry air to clear away foreign matter.
Heatsink • Inspect for dust or other foreign material collected on the surface.
Use a pressure of 39.2 × 104 to 58.8 × 104 Pa (4 - 6 kgxcm2).
• Inspect air intake and exhaust openings. They must be free from • Visually inspect the area.
Air Duct
obstruction and properly installed. • Clear obstructions and clean air duct as required.
Display Periodic Inspection
• Make sure data appears on the operator properly. • Contact your Yaskawa representative if there is any trouble
Digital Operator • Inspect for dust or other foreign material that may have collected with the display or keypad.
on surrounding components. • Clean the digital operator.
316 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
7.3 Periodic Maintenance
7.3 Periodic Maintenance
The drive has Maintenance Monitors that keep track of component wear. This feature provides advance maintenance
warning and eliminates the need to shut down the entire system for unexpected problems. The drive allows the user to
check predicted maintenance periods for the components listed below.
• Cooling Fan, Circulation Fan
• Electrolytic Capacitors
• Inrush Prevention Circuit
• IGBTs
u Replacement Parts
Table 7.3 contains the estimated performance life of components that require replacement during the life of the drive.
Only use Yaskawa replacement parts for the appropriate drive model and revision.
Table 7.3 Estimated Performance Life
Component Estimated Performance Life
Cooling Fan, Circulation Fan 10 years
Electrolytic Capacitors 10 years <1>
<1> The drive has few serviceable parts and may require complete drive replacement.
NOTICE: Estimated performance life based on specific usage conditions. These conditions are provided for the purpose of replacing
parts to maintain performance. Some parts may require more frequent replacement due to poor environments or rigorous use. Usage
conditions for estimated performance life:
• Ambient temperature: Yearly average of 40°C (IP20)
• Load factor: 80% maximum
• Operation time: 24 hours a day
n Performance Life Monitors Maintenance Monitors
The drive calculates the maintenance period for components that may require replacement during the life of the drive. A
percentage of the maintenance period is displayed on the digital operator by viewing the appropriate monitor parameter.
When the maintenance period reaches 100%, there is increased risk that the drive may malfunction. Yaskawa
recommends checking the maintenance period regularly to ensure maximum performance life.
Refer to Recommended Periodic Inspection on page 316 for more details.
Table 7.4 Performance Life Monitors Used for Component Replacement
Parameter Component Contents
Displays the accumulated operation time of the fan, from 0 to 99999 hours. This value is automatically reset to 0 once it
U4-03
Cooling Fan, Circulation Fan reaches 99999.
U4-04 Displays the accumulated fan operation time as a percentage of the specified maintenance period.
U4-05 DC Bus Capacitors Displays the accumulated time the capacitors are used as a percentage of the specified maintenance period.
U4-06 Inrush (pre-charge) Relay Displays the number of times the drive is powered up as a percentage of the performance life of the inrush circuit.
Periodic Inspection &
U4-07 IGBT Displays the percentage of the maintenance period reached by the IGBTs.
Maintenance
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 317
7.3 Periodic Maintenance
n Alarm Outputs for Maintenance Monitors
An output can be set up to inform the user when a specific components has neared its expected performance life.
When one of multi-function digital output terminals has been assigned the maintenance monitor function (H2- = 2F),
the terminal will close when the cooling fan, circulation fan, DC bus capacitors, or DC bus pre-charge relay reach 90% of
the expected performance life, or the IGBTs have reached 50% of their expect performance life. Additionally the digital
operator will display an alarm like shown in Table 7.5 to indicate the specific components that may need maintenance.
Table 7.5 Maintenance Alarms
Alarm Display
Function Corrective Action
LED Operator LCD Operator
<1> LT-1 The fans have reached 90% of their designated life time. Replace the fan.
The DC bus capacitors have reached 90% of their designated life
<1> LT-2 Replace the drive.
time.
The DC bus charge circuit has reached 90% of its designated life
<1> LT-3 Replace the drive.
time.
<1> LT-4 The IGBT’s have reached 50% of their designated life time. Check the load, carrier frequency, and output frequency.
<2> LTPC The IGBT’s have reached 90% of their designated life time. Replace the drive.
<1> This alarm message will be output only if the Maintenance Monitor function is assigned to one of the digital outputs (H2- = 2F). The alarm
will also trigger a digital output that is programmed for alarm indication (H2- = 10).
<2> This alarm message will always be output, even if the Maintenance Monitor function is not assigned to any of the digital outputs (H2- =
2F). The alarm will also trigger a digital output that is programmed for alarm indication (H2- = 10).
n Related Drive Parameters
Parameters o4-03, o4-05, o4-07, and o4-09 can be used to reset a Maintenance Monitor back to zero after a specific
component has been replaced. Refer to Parameter Table on page 367 for details on parameter settings.
NOTICE: If these parameters are not reset after the corresponding parts have been replaced, the Maintenance Monitor function will
continue to count down the performance life from the value that was reached with the old part. If the Maintenance Monitor is not reset,
the drive will not have the correct value of the performance life for the new component.
318 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan
NOTICE: Follow cooling fan replacement instructions. The cooling fan cannot operate properly when installed incorrectly and could
seriously damage the drive. To ensure maximum useful product life, replace all cooling fans when performing maintenance.
Contact your Yaskawa representative or the nearest Yaskawa sales office to order replacement cooling fans or circulation
fans as required.
For drives with multiple cooling fans, replace all the fans when performing maintenance to ensure maximum product
performance life.
u Number of Fans
Three-Phase 200 V Class Three-Phase 400 V Class
Model Model
CIMR-T Cooling Fan Circulation Fan Page CIMR-T Cooling Fan Circulation Fan Page
2A0004 – – 4A0002 – –
2A0006 – – 4A0004 – – –
–
2A0010 – – 4A0005 – –
2A0012 – – 4A0007 1 –
2A0021 1 – 4A0009 1 –
2A0030 2 – 4A0011 1 –
2A0040 2 – 4A0018 2 –
321 321
2A0056 2 – 4A0023 2 –
2A0069 2 – 4A0031 2 –
2A0081 2 – 4A0038 2 –
2A0110 2 – 4A0044 2 –
323
2A0138 2 – 4A0058 2 –
323
2A0169 2 – 4A0072 2 –
2A0211 2 – 4A0088 2 –
325
2A0250 2 – 4A0103 2 –
327
2A0312 2 – 4A0139 2 –
2A0360 3 1 4A0165 2 –
2A0415 3 1 4A0208 2 –
327
4A0250 3 –
4A0296 3 –
4A0362 3 1
Periodic Inspection &
Maintenance
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 319
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan
u Cooling Fan Component Names
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious
personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after
the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching
any components.
CAUTION! Burn Hazard. Do not touch a hot drive heatsink. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury. Shut off the
power to the drive when replacing the cooling fan. To prevent burns, wait at least 15 minutes and ensure the heatsink has cooled
down.
Figure 7.1
Figure 7.2
2A0021 to 2A0081 2A0110 to 2A0415
4A0007 to 4A0044 4A0058 to 4A0362
A
A
B
B
YEG
A – Fan Cover B – Cooling Fan
Figure 7.1 Cooling Fan Component Names: 2A0021 to 2A0415, 4A0007 to 4A0362
320 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan
u Cooling Fan Replacement: 2A0021 to 2A0081 and 4A0007 to 4A0044
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious
personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after
the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching
any components.
CAUTION! Burn Hazard. Do not touch a hot drive heatsink. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury. Shut off the
power to the drive when replacing the cooling fan. To prevent burns, wait at least 15 minutes and ensure the heatsink has cooled
down.
NOTICE: Prevent Equipment Damage. Follow cooling fan and circulation fan replacement instructions. Improper fan replacement
could result in damage to equipment. When installing the replacement fan into the drive, make sure the fan is facing upwards. To
ensure maximum useful product life, replace all fans when performing maintenance.
n Removing the Cooling Fan
1. Depress the right and left sides of the fan cover hooks and pull upward. Remove the fan cover from the top of the
drive.
Figure 7.3
Figure 7.2 Removing the Fan Cover: 2A0021 to 2A0081, 4A0007 to 4A0044
2. Remove the cooling fan cartridge. Disconnect the pluggable connector and remove the fan.
Figure 7.4
Periodic Inspection &
Maintenance
Figure 7.3 Removing the Cooling Fan: 2A0021 to 2A0081, 4A0007 to 4A0044
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 321
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan
n Installing the Cooling Fan
Reverse the procedure described above to reinstall the cooling fan.
1. Install the replacement cooling fan into the drive, ensuring the alignment pins line up as shown in the figure
below.
Figure 7.5
A – Push the connectors together so C – Make sure the alignment pins
no space remains between them. line up properly
B – Label facing up
Figure 7.4 Installing the Cooling Fan: 2A0021 to 2A0081, 4A0007 to 4A0044
2. Make sure the power lines for the fan are properly connected, then place the cable back into the recess of the
drive.
Figure 7.6
A – Back B – Front
Figure 7.5 Cooling Fan Power Supply Connectors: 2A0021 to 2A0081, 4A0007 to 4A0044
3. While pressing in on the hooks on the left and right sides of the fan cover, guide the fan cover until it clicks back
into place.
Figure 7.7
Figure 7.6 Reattach the Fan Cover: 2A0021 to 2A0081, 4A0007 to 4A0044
4. Turn the power supply back on and reset the cooling fan operation time for the Maintenance Monitor by setting
o4-03 to 0.
322 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan
u Cooling Fan Replacement: 2A0110 and 2A0138, 4A0058 and 4A0072
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious
personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after
the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching
any components.
CAUTION! Burn Hazard. Do not touch a hot drive heatsink. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury. Shut off the
power to the drive when replacing the cooling fan. To prevent burns, wait at least 15 minutes and ensure the heatsink has cooled
down.
NOTICE: Prevent Equipment Damage. Follow cooling fan and circulation fan replacement instructions. Improper fan replacement
could result in damage to equipment. When installing the replacement fan into the drive, make sure the fan is facing upwards. To
ensure maximum useful product life, replace all fans when performing maintenance.
n Removing the Cooling Fan
1. While pressing in on the hooks located on the left and right sides of the fan cover, free the fan cover leading by
lifting the back end first.
Figure 7.8
YEC_
TMonly
Figure 7.7 Removing the Cooling Fan Cover: 2A0110 and 2A0138, 4A0058 and 4A0072
2. Lift the fan cover out leading with the back end. Unplug the replay connector and free the fan cover from the
drive.
Figure 7.9
YEC_TMonly
Lift the fan cover out of the drive
leading with the back end.
Figure 7.8 Removing the Cooling Fan: 2A0110 and 2A0138, 4A0058 and 4A0072
Periodic Inspection &
Maintenance
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 323
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan
n Installing the Cooling Fan
Reverse the procedure described above to reinstall the cooling fan.
1. Make sure the power lines for the fan are properly connected.
2. Place the power supply connectors and cable back into the recess of the drive.
YEC_TMonly
Figure 7.10
A – Back B – Front
Figure 7.9 Cooling Fan Power Supply Connectors: 2A0110 and 2A0138, 4A0058 and 4A0072
3. Install the replacement fan into the drive.
Figure 7.11
Insert the fan at an angle so that
it tilts towards the front of the
drive. Next press down on the
back of the fan that still protrudes
YEC_TM from the drive so that the fan
snaps into place.
only
Figure 7.10 Installing the Cooling Fan: 2A0110 and 2A0138, 4A0058 and 4A0072
4. Angle the fan cover so the back end tilts up. Slide the cover into the small opening towards the front of the drive,
and then guide the entire fan cover into place.
Figure 7.12
Insertion area
Front of drive Back of drive
Cross-Section
Fan cover Back of drive YEC_
TMonly
Hook Hook
Front of drive
Figure 7.11 Reattach the Fan Cover: 2A0110 and 2A0138, 4A0058 and 4A0072
324 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan
5. While pressing in on the hooks on the left and right sides of the fan cover, guide the fan cover until it clicks back
into place.
Figure 7.13
YEC_
TMonly
Figure 7.12 Reattach the Fan Cover: 2A0110 and 2A0138, 4A0058 and 4A0072
6. Turn the power supply back on and reset the cooling fan operation time for the Maintenance Monitor by setting
o4-03 to 0.
u Cooling Fan Replacement: 4A0088 and 4A0103
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious
personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after
the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching
any components.
CAUTION! Burn Hazard. Do not touch a hot drive heatsink. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury. Shut off the
power to the drive when replacing the cooling fan. To prevent burns, wait at least 15 minutes and ensure the heatsink has cooled
down.
NOTICE: Prevent Equipment Damage. Follow cooling fan and circulation fan replacement instructions. Improper fan replacement
could result in damage to equipment. When installing the replacement fan into the drive, make sure the fan is facing upwards. To
ensure maximum useful product life, replace all fans when performing maintenance.
n Removing the Cooling Fan
1. While pressing in on the hooks located on the left and right sides of the fan cover, free the fan cover leading by
lifting the back end first.
Figure 7.14
YEC_
TMonly
Figure 7.13 Removing the Cooling Fan Cover: 4A0088 and A0103
2. Lift the cooling fan directly up on the fan as shown below. Unplug the relay connector and free the fan from the
drive. Periodic Inspection &
Figure 7.15 Maintenance
YEC_
TMonly
Figure 7.14 Removing the Cooling Fan: 4A0088 and 4A0103
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 325
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan
n Installing the Cooling Fan
Reverse the procedure described above to reinstall the cooling fan.
1. Install the replacement fan into the drive, ensuring the alignment pins line up as shown in the figure below.
Figure 7.16
YEC_TM
only
Figure 7.15 Installing the Cooling Fan: 4A0088 and 4A0103
2. Make sure the power lines for the fan are properly connected, then place the power supply connectors and cable
back into the recess of the drive.
Figure 7.17
YEC_TMonly A
A – Back B – Front
Figure 7.16 Cooling Fan Power Supply Connectors: 4A0088 and 4A0103
3. Angle the fan cover as shown and insert the connector tabs into the corresponding holes on the drive.
Figure 7.18
Holes for connector tabs.
Fan cover Four tabs
Back or Drive
YEC_
TMonly
Hook Hook
Front of Drive
Figure 7.17 Reattach the Fan Cover: 4A0088 and 4A0103
326 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan
4. While pressing in on the hooks on the left and right sides of the fan cover, guide the fan cover until it clicks back
into place.
Figure 7.19
YEC_
TMonly
Figure 7.18 Reattach the Fan Cover: 4A0088 and 4A0103
5. Turn the power supply back on and reset the cooling fan operation time for the Maintenance Monitor by setting
o4-03 to 0.
u Cooling Fan Replacement: 2A0169 to 2A0415, 4A0139 to 4A0362
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious
personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after
the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching
any components.
CAUTION! Burn Hazard. Do not touch a hot drive heatsink. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury. Shut off the
power to the drive when replacing the cooling fan. To prevent burns, wait at least 15 minutes and ensure the heatsink has cooled
down.
NOTICE: Prevent Equipment Damage. Follow cooling fan and circulation fan replacement instructions. Improper fan replacement
could result in damage to equipment. When installing the replacement fan into the drive, make sure the fan is facing upwards. To
ensure maximum useful product life, replace all fans when performing maintenance.
n Removing and Disassembling the Cooling Fan Unit
1. Remove the terminal cover and drive cover. Refer to 3.5 Terminal cover (p.50) for detail.
2. Remove the fan connector (CN6). Remove the fan connector (CN6, CN7) in models 2A0360, 2A0415 and
4A0362.
Figure 7.20
2A0169, 2A0211, 2A0250, 2A0312, 4A0208 2A0360, 2A0415,
4A0139, 4A0165 4A0250, 4A0296, 4A0362
A C A A
B
B D
C E
B Periodic Inspection &
A – Fan Unit D – Circulation Fan Relay Cable
Maintenance
B – Fan Relay Cable E – Fan Connector (CN7)
C – Fan Connector (CN6)
Figure 7.19 Cooling Fan Replacement: Fan Unit and Connectors
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 327
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan
3. Remove the screws holding the fan unit in place and slide the fan unit out of the drive.
Figure 7.21
YEC_
TMonly
Figure 7.20 Removing the Fan Unit: 2A0169 and 2A0211, 4A0139 and 4A0165
4. Remove the fan guard and replace the cooling fans.
Note: Make sure the fan cable does not get pinched between parts when reassembling the fan unit.
Figure 7.22
4A0250, 4A0296 2A0360, 2A0415,
4A0362
A A
2A0169, 2A0211, 2A0250, 2A0312,
4A0139, 4A0165, 4A0208
A B B
C C
A – Fan Guard C – Cooling Fan
B – Cable Cover D – Circulation Fan
Figure 7.21 Fan Unit Disassembly: 2A0169 and 2A0211, 4A0139 and 4A0165
328 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan
n Cooling Fan Wiring: 2A0169, 2A0211, 4A0139 and 4A0165
1. Position the protective tube so that the fan connector sits in the center of the protective tube.
Protective tube
YEC_
TMonly
2. Place the fan connector covered by the tube as shown in the drawings below.
Figure 7.23
2A0169, 2A0211, 4A0139 4A0165
Fan B1 Fan B2
Connector for fan B1 Connector for fan B2
YEC_
TMonly
Figure 7.22 Cooling Fan Wiring: 2A0169 and 2A0211, 4A0139 and 4A0165
3. Make sure that the protective tube does not stick out beyond the fan guard.
n Cooling Fan Wiring: 2A0250, 2A0312 and 4A0208
1. Position the protective tube so that the fan connector sits in the center of the protective tube.
Protective tube
2. Place the connector for fan B2 before the B1 connector and guide the lead wire for fan B2 so that it is held in
place by the cable hook.
Figure 7.24
Cable hook
Periodic Inspection &
Maintenance
Fan B1 Fan B2
7
Connector for fan B2 Connector for fan B1
Figure 7.23 Cooling Fan Wiring: 2A0250, 2A0312 and 4A0208
3. Make sure that the protective tube does not stick out beyond the fan guard.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 329
7.4 Cooling Fan and Circulation Fan
n Cooling Fan Wiring: 2A0360, 2A0415, 4A0250 to 4A0362
1. Position the protective tube so that the fan connector sits in the center of the protective tube.
Protective tube
2. The fan connector for fan B2 should be placed in front of the fan B1 connector between fans B1 and B2.
3. The connector for fan B3 should be pressed in between fan B2 and B3.
Figure 7.25
Connector for fan B1
Cable cover
Fan B3
Fan B1 Fan B2
Connector for fan
Connector for fan B2
Figure 7.24 Cooling Fan Wiring: 2A0360, 2A0415, 4A0250 to 4A0362
4. Double check the relay connector to ensure that it is properly connected.
5. Reattach the cable cover to its original position and tighten the screws so that the fan guard holds the cable
cover in place.
Note: Make sure the fan cable does not get pinched between parts when reassembling the fan unit.
n Installing the Cooling Fan Unit
1. Reverse the procedure described above to reinstall the cooling fan unit.
Figure 7.26
YEC_
TMonly
Figure 7.25 Installing the Cooling Fan Unit: 2A0169 to 2A0415, 4A0139 to 4A0362
2. Reattach the covers and digital operator.
3. Turn the power supply back on and reset the cooling fan operation time for the Maintenance Monitor by setting
o4-03 to 0.
330 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
7.5 Drive Replacement
7.5 Drive Replacement
u Serviceable Parts
The drive contains some serviceable parts. The following parts can be replaced over the lifespan of the drive:
• Terminal board I/O PCBs
• Cooling fan(s), circulation fan
• Front cover
Replace the entire drive if the main power circuitry is damaged. Contact your local Yaskawa representative for more
information.
Before replacing any individual parts of the drive, contact your local Yaskawa representative if the drive is still under
warranty. Yaskawa reserves the right to replace or repair the drive according to Yaskawa warranty policy.
u Terminal Board
The drive has a modular I/O terminal block that facilitates quick drive replacement. The terminal board contains on-
board memory that stores all drive parameter settings and allows the parameters to be saved and transferred to the
replacement drive. To transfer the terminal board, disconnect the terminal board from the damaged drive then reconnect
it to the replacement drive. Once transferred, there is no need to manually reprogram the replacement drive.
Note: If the damaged drive and the new replacement drive are have different capacities, the data stored in the terminal board cannot be
transferred to the new drive and an oPE01 error will appear on the display. The terminal board can still be used, but parameter
setting from the old drive cannot be transferred. The replacement drive must be initialized and manually programmed.
Figure 7.27
A E
C D
A – Removable terminal board D – Bottom cover screws
B – Charge LED E – Terminal board locking screws
C – Bottom front cover Periodic Inspection &
Figure 7.26 Terminal Board
Maintenance
u Replacing the Drive
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious
personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after
the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching 7
any components.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive. Failure to comply could result in
serious injury. Installation, maintenance, inspection and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit
boards. Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 331
7.5 Drive Replacement
The following procedure explains how to replace a drive. This section provides instructions for drive replacement only.
To install option boards or other types of options, then refer to the specific manuals for those options.
NOTICE: When transferring a braking transistor, braking resistor, or other type of option from a damaged drive to a new replacement
drive, make sure they are working properly before reconnecting them to the new drive. Replace broken options to prevent immediate
break down of the replacement drive.
1. Remove the terminal cover.
Figure 7.28
YEG
Figure 7.27 Drive Replacement: Removing the Terminal Cover
2. Loosen the screws holding the terminal board in place. Take out the screw securing the bottom cover and
remove the bottom cover from the drive.
Note: Drives set up for compliance with IP00 do not have a bottom cover.
Figure 7.29
YEG
Figure 7.28 Drive Replacement: Removing the Terminal Board
3. Slide the terminal board as illustrated by the arrows, and remove it from the drive along with the bottom cover.
Figure 7.30
YEG
Figure 7.29 Drive Replacement: Remove the Terminal Board
Figure 7.31
YEG
Figure 7.30 Drive Replacement:
Removable Terminal Board Disconnected from the Drive
332 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
7.5 Drive Replacement
4. Disconnect all option cards and options. Make sure they are intact before reusing them.
5. Replace the drive and wire the main circuit.
n Installing the Drive
1. Once the main circuit has been wired, connect the terminal block to the drive as shown in Figure 7.31. Use the
installation screw to fasten the terminal block into place.
Figure 7.32
YEG
Figure 7.31 Drive Replacement: Installing the Terminal Board
2. Reconnect all options to the new drive in the same way they were installed in the old drive. Connect option
boards to the same option ports in the new drive that were used in the old drive.
3. Put the terminal cover back into its original place.
4. When the power to the drive is first switched on, all parameter settings are transferred from the terminal board
into the drive memory. Should an oPE04 error occur, load the parameter settings that have been saved on the
terminal board onto the new drive by setting parameter A1-03 to 5550. Reset timers used for the Maintenance
Monitor function by setting parameters o4-01 through o4-12 back to 0, and parameter o4-13 to 1.
Periodic Inspection &
Maintenance
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 333
7.5 Drive Replacement
334 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
8
Peripheral Devices & Options
This chapter explains the installation of peripheral devices and options available for the drive.
8.1 SECTION SAFETY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
8.2 DRIVE OPTIONS AND PERIPHERAL DEVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
8.3 CONNECTING PERIPHERAL DEVICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
8.4 OPTION CARD INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
8.5 INSTALLING PERIPHERAL DEVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 335
8.1 Section Safety
8.1 Section Safety
DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for
at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching any components.
WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Installation, maintenance, inspection and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
336 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
8.1 Section Safety
NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
When a fuse blows or if drive power has been interrupted, wait briefly before switching the power back on or
operating the peripheral devices.
Check the wiring and the selection of peripheral devices to identify the cause. Contact your supplier before restarting
the drive or the peripheral devices if the cause cannot be identified.
Peripheral Devices &
Options
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 337
8.2 Drive Options and Peripheral Devices
8.2 Drive Options and Peripheral Devices
The following table of peripheral devices lists the names of the various accessories and options available for Yaskawa
drives. Contact Yaskawa or your Yaskawa agent to order these peripheral devices.
• Peripheral Device Selection: Refer to the Yaskawa catalog for selection and part numbers.
• Peripheral Device Installation: Refer to the corresponding option manual for installation instructions.
Table 8.1 Available Peripheral Devices
Option Model Number Description
Power Options
Improves the power factor by suppressing harmonic distortion from the power
DC Reactor -
supply.
Protects the drive when operating from a large power supply and improves the
AC Reactor - power factor by suppressing harmonic distortion. Highly recommended for power
supplies that exceed 600 kVA.
For use with systems that require dynamic braking with up to 3% ED. If higher
Braking Resistor ERF-150WJ Series
ED is required, increase the capacity.
For use with systems that require dynamic braking with up to 3% ED. If higher
Braking Resistor with Fuse CF120-B579 Series
ED is required, increase the capacity.
Braking Unit CDBR Series External braking transistor
Input / Output Option Cards
Allows high precision, high resolution analog reference input.
Input channels: 3
Analog Input AI-A3
Voltage input: -10 to 10 Vdc (20 kΩ), 13 bit signed
Current input: 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA (250 kΩ), 12 bit
Provides extra multi-function analog output terminals.
Analog Monitor AO-A3 Output channels: 2
Output voltage: -10 to 10 V, 11 bit (signed)
Used to set the frequency reference by digital inputs
Input channels: 18 (including SET signal and SIGN signal)
Digital Input DI-A3
Input signal type: BCD 16 bit (4 digit), 12 bit (3 digit), 8 bit (2 digit)
Input signal: 24 Vdc, 8 mA
Provides extra insulated multi-function digital outputs.
Digital Output DO-A3 Photocoupler relays: 6 (48 V, up to 50 mA)
Contact relays: 2 (250 Vac/up to 1 A, 30 Vdc/up to 1 A)
Motor Speed Feedback Option Cards
For speed feedback input by connecting a motor encoder
Input: 3 track (can be used with one or two tracks), for HTL encoder connection,
Complementary PG PG-B3 50 kHz max
Output: 3 track, open collector
Encoder power supply: 12 V, max current 200 mA
For speed feedback input by connecting a motor encoder
Input: 3 track (can be used with one or two tracks), line driver, 300 kHz max
Line Driver PG PG-X3
Output: 3 track, line driver
Encoder power supply: 5 V or 12 V, max current 200 mA
Communication Options Cards
MECHATROLINK-II SI-T3 Connects to a MECHATROLINK-II network
Interface Options
Digital operator with 8 languages, clear text LCD display, and copy function;
LCD Operator JVOP-180
max. cable length for remote usage: 3 m
LED Operator JVOP-182 5-digits LED operator; max. cable length for remote usage: 3 m
Extension cable (1 m or 3 m) to connect the digital operator for remote operation
Remote Operator Cable WV001/WV003
RJ-45, 8 pin straight through, UTP CAT5e cable
Allows the user to copy and verify parameter settings between drives. Can also be
USB Copy Unit JVOP-181
used as an adapter to connect the drive to the USB port on a PC.
Mechanical Options
Installation kit for mounting the drive with the heatsink outside of the panel (Side-
Attachment for External Heatsink EZZ02800A/B/C/D
by-Side mounting possible)
NEMA 1 Kit EZZ020787 Parts to make the drive conform to NEMA Type 1 enclosure requirements
Installation Support Set A EZZ020642A For installing the digital operator keypad on the outside of an enclosure panel that
Installation Support Set B EZZ020642B houses the drive. Also refer to Digital Operator Remote Installation on page 38.
Others
Provides power to the control circuit and option boards in the event of power loss.
200 V class: PS-A10L
24 V Power Supply Allows the user to still monitor drive settings and fault information even if the
400 V class: PS-A10H
main circuit has no power.
PC Software Tools
DriveWizard Plus - PC tool for drive setup and parameter management
338 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
8.3 Connecting Peripheral Devices
8.3 Connecting Peripheral Devices
Figure 8.1 illustrates how to configure the drive and motor to operate with various peripheral devices.
• For more detailed instructions on how to install each device shown below, refer to the specific manual for that device.
Figure 8.1
Engineering Software Tools
YEG DriveWizard
LED Operator/LCD Operator
Power
YASKAWA
USB Copy Unit
ERR
Supply
COM
JVOP-181
LOCK
USB Cable
py rify ad
Co Ve Re
USB Copy unit (Type-AB)
Line
Breaker PC
(MCCB) USB Cable
and/or (Type-AB, sold separately)
Leakage
Breaker <2> <3>
Drive B1 B2 +3(B1) −
Magnetic
Contactor
(MC)
+2
+1
DC Reactor
<1>
AC Reactor Thermal Relay
Braking Resistor
Braking Unit
or
Zero-phase Braking Resistor Unit
Reactor
Fuse 24 V control
power supply
unit Ground
Input Side R/L1 S/L2 T/L3 U/T1V/T2W/T3
Noise Filter
Output Side
Noise Filter
Motor
Magnetic Zero-phase
Contactor Reactor
(switches to
line power)
Ground
Figure 8.1 Connecting Peripheral Devices
<1> Terminals +1 and +2 for connecting a DC choke are available only in units CIMR-T2A0004 to 0081 and CIMR-
T4A0002 to 0044. Drives above have built in DC chokes.
<2> Terminals B1 and B2 for connecting a braking resistor are available only in units CIMR-T2A0004 to 0138 and
CIMR-T4A0002 to 0072.
<3> When using an external braking chopper in drives from CIMR-T2A0004 to 0138 and CIMR-T4A0002 to 0072
connect the chopper to drive terminals B1 and -. When using larger drives connect the chopper to terminals +3 and -.
Peripheral Devices &
Options
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 339
8.4 Option Card Installation
8.4 Option Card Installation
This section provides instructions on installing the option cards listed in Table 8.1.
u Installing Option Cards
Table 8.2 below lists the number of option cards that can be connected to the drive and the drive ports for connecting
those option cards.
Table 8.2 Option Card Installation
Option Card Port/Connector Number of Cards Possible
SI-T3, AI-A3, DI-A3 <1> CN5-A 1
PG-B3, PG-X3 CN5-B, C 2 <2>
DO-A3, AO-A3 CN5-A, B, C 1
<1> If installed to CN5-B or CN5-C, AI-A3 and DI-A3 cannot be used to set the frequency reference, but the input status can still be viewed
using U1-21, U1-22, U1-23 (for AI-A3), and U1-17 (for DI-A3).
<2> If only one PG option card is connected to the drive, use the CN5-C connector. If two PG option cards are connected, use both CN5-B
and CN5-C.
u Installation Procedure
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive. Failure to comply could result in
death or serious injury. Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar
with installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives and Option Cards.
NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the option card, drive, and
circuit boards. Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to circuitry.
NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque. Failure to comply may cause the
application to operate incorrectly or damage the drive.
Use the procedure described below when installing option cards to the drive.
1. Shut off power to the drive, wait the appropriate amount of time for voltage to dissipate, then remove the
operator and front cover. Refer to Digital Operator and Front Cover on page 52
2. Insert the CN5 connector on the option card into the matching CN5 connector on the drive, then fasten it into
place using one of the screws included with the option card.
Figure 8.2
B F
G
C
J
D
K
L
H
I
A – Connector CN5-C G – Mounting screw
B – Connector CN5-B H – Lead line
C – Connector CN5-A I – Use wire cutters to create an
opening for cable lines
D – Drive grounding terminal (FE) J – Front cover
E – Insert connector CN5 here K – Digital operator
F – Option card L – Terminal cover
Figure 8.2 Installing an Option Card
340 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
8.4 Option Card Installation
3. Connect one of the lead lines using one of the screws to the ground terminal.
Some option cards come with several different lead lines for connecting the card to the drive. Select the lead line
with the most appropriate length.
Note: There are only two screw holes on the drive for ground terminals. If three option cards are connected, two of the lead lines will
need to share the same ground terminal.
Figure 8.3
Figure 8.3 Connecting the Ground Terminal
4. Wire the option card to the terminal block on the option card.
For wiring instructions, refer to the manual delivered with the option card.
When installing option cards to drive models CIMR-T2A0004 through 0040 and to models CIMR-T4A0002
through 0023, the cables connected to the option might need to be routed through the top cover to the outside.
In this case, cut out the perforated openings on the left side of the drive top cover. Make sure no sharp edges are
left that may damage the cable.
Models CIMR-T2A0056 through 0415 and 4A0031 through 0362 have enough space to keep all wiring inside
the unit.
Figure 8.4
B
A
Peripheral Devices &
A – Cable through hole B – Space for wiring
(CIMR-T2A0004 to 0040, 4A0002 to 0023) (CIMR-T2A0056 to 0415, 4A0031 to 0362)
Figure 8.4 Wiring Space
Options
5. Place the front cover and digital operator back onto the drive.
Note: Leave enough space when wiring so that the front cover can be easily reattached. Make sure no wires get caught between the
front cover and the drive.
8
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 341
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices
This section describes the proper steps and precautions to take when installing or connecting various peripheral devices
to the drive.
NOTICE: Use a class 2 power supply (UL standard) when connecting to the control terminals. Improper application of peripheral
devices could result in drive performance degradation due to improper power supply.
u Dynamic Braking Options
Dynamic braking (DB) helps bring the motor to a smooth and rapid stop when working with high inertia loads. As the
drive lowers the frequency of a motor moving a high inertia load, regeneration occurs. This can cause an overvoltage
situation when the regenerative energy flows back into the DC bus capacitors. A braking resistor prevents these
overvoltage faults.
NOTICE: Do not allow unqualified personnel to use the product. Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking
circuit. Carefully review the braking resistor instruction manual when connecting a braking resistor option to the drive.
Note: 1. The braking circuit must be sized properly in order to dissipate the power required to decelerate the load in the desired time. Ensure
that the braking circuit can dissipate the energy for the set deceleration time prior to running the drive.
2. Disable the drive's internal braking transistor protection by setting L8-01 = 0 when using braking resistor options.
3. Ensure that Stall Prevention is disabled during deceleration (L3-04 = 0), when using a regenerative converter, a regenerative unit, a
braking resistor or the Braking Resistor Unit. The default setting for the Stall Prevention function will interfere with the braking
resistor.
WARNING! Fire Hazard. The braking resistor connection terminals are B1 and B2. Do not connect a braking resistor directly to any
other terminals. Improper wiring connections could result in death or serious injury by fire. Failure to comply may result in damage to
the braking circuit or drive.
NOTICE: Connect braking resistors to the drive as shown in the I/O wiring examples. Improperly wiring braking circuits could result in
damage to the drive or equipment.
n Installing a Braking Resistor: ERF type
An ERF type braking resistors provides dynamic braking capability with up to 3% ED. It can be directly connected to the
drives B1 and B2 terminals like shown in Figure 8.5.
Enable the drive’s braking resistor overload protection by setting L8-01 = 1 when using ERF type resistors.
Figure 8.5
B1
Drive Braking Resistor
B2
Figure 8.5 Connecting a Braking Resistor: ERF Type
342 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices
n Installing a Braking Resistor Unit: LKEB type
LKEB type braking resistors provide dynamic braking capability with up to 10% ED. They can be directly connected to
the drives B1 and B2 terminals as shown in Figure 8.6. The LKEB unit has a thermal overload contact that should be
utilized in order to switch off the drive in case braking resistor overheat occurs.
As the drives internal braking resistor overload protection cannot protect LKEB resistors, disable this function by setting
L8-01 to 0.
Figure 8.6
Braking Resistor Unit
(LKEB type)
B1 P 1
Drive Thermal Relay
Trip Contact
B2 B 2
Figure 8.6 Connecting a Braking Resistor Unit: LKEB Type
(CIMR-T2A0004 to 0138, T4A0002 to 0072)
n Installing Other Types of Braking Resistors
When installing braking resistors other than the ERF or LKEB types, make sure that the drive internal braking transistor
will not be overloaded with the required duty cycle and the selected resistance value. Use a resistor that is equipped with
a thermal overload relay contact, and utilize this contact to switch off the drive in case of braking resistor overheat.
n Braking Resistor Overload Protection
If using a braking resistor option, a sequence such as the one shown in Figure 8.7 should be set up to interrupt the power
supply in case the braking resistor overheats.
Figure 8.7
Circuit Breaker
MC
R R/L1
S S/L2
T T/L3
400/200V
MC MB 2MCCB THRX OFF ON MC
Drive
SA
MC
THRX
1 2
SA
Braking Resistor Unit
(Close: Overheat) Peripheral Devices &
Figure 8.7 Power Supply Interrupt for Overheat Protection (Example)
n Installing a Braking Unit: CDBR Type
Options
To install a CDBR type braking unit, connect the drive’s B1 terminal (units CIMR-T2A0004 to 0138 and CIMR-
T4A0002 to 0072) or +3 terminal (units CIMR-T2A0169 to 0415 and CIMR-T4A0088 to 4A0362) to the positive
terminal on the braking unit. Next wire the negative terminals on the drive and braking unit together. Terminal +2 is not
used. 8
Connect the braking resistor to the CDBRs terminals +0 and -0.
Wire the thermal overload relay contact of the CDBR and the braking resistor in series, and connect this signal to a drive
digital input. Use this input to trigger a fault in the drive in case a CDBR or braking resistor overload occurs.
Disable dynamic braking transistor protection by setting L8-55 = 0.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 343
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices
Figure 8.8
Braking Unit Braking Resistor Unit
(CDBR type) (LKEB type)
+3 + +0 P 1
Thermal Overload
Drive Protector Trip Contact
− − −0 B 2
3 4
Thermal Relay
Trip Contact
Figure 8.8 Connecting a Braking Unit (CDBR type) and Braking Resistor Unit (LKEB type)
(CIMR-T2A0169 to 0415, CIMR-T4A0088 to 0362)
n Using Braking Units in Parallel
When multiple braking units are used, they must be installed with a master-slave configuration with a single braking unit
acting as the master. Figure 8.9 illustrates how to wire braking units in parallel.
Wire the thermal overload contacts relays of all CDBRs and all braking resistors in series, then connect this signal to a
drive digital input. This input can be used to trigger a fault in the drive in case of overload in any of the CDBRs or
braking resistors.
Figure 8.9
Braking Resistor Braking Resistor Braking Resistor
Overheat Contact Overheat Contact Overheat Contact
(Thermal Relay Trip Contact) (Thermal Relay Trip Contact) (Thermal Relay Trip Contact)
+3 −
1 2 Braking 1 2 Braking 1 2 Braking
Resistor Resistor Resistor
P B Unit P B Unit P B Unit
− + +0 −0 − + +0 −0 − + +0 −0
MASTER MASTER
Level Detector
MASTER
Drive
SLAVE
+15 SLAVE SLAVE
1 5 1 5 1 5
6 2 6 2 6
2
Braking Unit 1 Braking Unit 2 Braking Unit 3
3 4 3 4 3 4
Cooling Fin Overheat Contact Cooling Fin Overheat Contact Cooling Fin Overheat Contact
(Thermoswitch Contact) (Thermoswitch Contact) (Thermoswitch Contact)
Figure 8.9 Connecting Braking Units in Parallel
u Installing a Molded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB)
Install a MCCB for line protection between the power supply and the main circuit power supply input terminals R/L1, S/
L2, and T/L3. This protects the main circuit and devices wired to the main circuit while also providing overload
protection.
Consider the following when selecting and installing a MCCB:
• The capacity of the MCCB should be 1.5 to 2 times the rated output current of the drive. Use a MCCB with an
operation characteristics so that the MCCB does not trip faster than the drive overload protection works (shuts off the
drive after 1 min. operation at 150% of the drive rated current).
• If several drives are connected to one MCCB, use a sequence that shuts the power OFF when an error occurs in one
drive by using magnetic contactor (MC) as shown in the following figure.
344 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices
Figure 8.10
A MCCB MC
R/L1
S/L2
T/L3
MC
MB
C
YEG MC
MC
A – Power supply C – Control Power Supply
B – Drive
Figure 8.10 Power Supply Interrupt Wiring (Example)
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Shut off the power supply before wiring terminals. Failure to comply may result in serious injury
or death.
n Installing a Leakage Breaker
Residual currents occurring in drive installations can contain AC, DC and high frequency components that may prevent a
normal RCM/RCD from tripping. If an RCM/RCD is required in the installation, always use all current sensitive RCM/
RCD (Type B according to IEC 60755) to ensure proper ground fault interruption.
Leakage currents generated by the drive during normal operation may trip an RCM/RCD even if a ground fault is not
present.
Factors in determining leakage current:
• Size of the AC drive
• AC drive carrier frequency
• Motor cable type and length
• EMI/RFI filter
If the RCM/RCD trips spuriously consider changing these items or use an RCM/RCD with a higher trip level.
u Installing a Magnetic Contactor at the Power Supply Side
Install a magnetic contactor to the drive input for the purposes explained below.
n Disconnecting the Power Supply
The drive should be shut off with a magnetic contactor (MC) when a fault occurs in any external equipment such as
braking resistors.
NOTICE: Do not connect electromagnetic switches or magnetic contactors to the output motor circuits without proper sequencing.
Improper sequencing of output motor circuits could result in damage to the drive.
NOTICE: Install a MC on the input side of the drive when the drive should not automatically restart after power loss. To get the full
performance life out of the electrolytic capacitors and circuit relays, refrain from switching the drive power supply off and on more than
once every 30 minutes. Frequent use can damage the drive. Use the drive to stop and start the motor. Peripheral Devices &
NOTICE: Use a magnetic contactor (MC) to ensure that power to the drive can be completely shut off when necessary. The MC should
be wired so that it opens when a fault output terminal is triggered.
Note: 1. To keep the drive from restarting automatically when power is restored after momentary power loss, install a magnetic contactor to
the drive input.
Options
2. To have the drive continue operating through momentary power loss, set up a delay for the magnetic contactor so that it does not open
prematurely.
n Protecting the Braking Resistor or Braking Resistor Unit 8
Use an MC on the input side of the drive to protect a braking resistor or braking resistor unit from overheat or fire.
WARNING! Fire Hazard. When using a braking unit, use a thermal relay on the braking resistors and configure a fault contact output
for the braking resistor unit to disconnect drive main power via an input contactor. Inadequate braking circuit protection could result in
death or serious injury by fire from overheating resistors.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 345
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices
u Connecting an AC or DC Reactor
AC and DC reactors suppress surges in current and improve the power factor on the input side of the drive.
Use a DC reactor or AC reactor or both:
• To suppress harmonic current or improve the power factor of the power supply.
• When using a phase advancing capacitor switch.
• With a large capacity power supply transformer (over 600 kVA).
Note: Use an AC or DC reactor when also connecting a thyristor converter (such as a DC drive) to the same power supply system,
regardless of the conditions of the power supply.
n Connecting an AC Reactor
Figure 8.11
C D
A B
U X R/L1
V Y S/L2
W Z T/L3
A – Power supply C – AC reactor
B – MCCB D – Drive
Figure 8.11 Connecting an AC Reactor
n Connecting a DC Reactor
A DC reactor can be installed to drive models CIMR-T2A0004 to 0081 and CIMR-T4A0002 to 0044. When
installing a DC reactor, ensure the jumper between terminals +1 and +2 (terminals are jumpered for shipment) is
removed. The jumper must be installed if no DC reactor is used. Refer to Figure 8.12 for an example of DC reactor
wiring.
Figure 8.12
C
A B
R/L1
S/L2
T/L3
+1 +2
A – Power supply C – Drive
B – MCCB D – DC reactor
Figure 8.12 Connecting a DC Reactor
u Connecting a Noise Filter
n Reducing Radiated, Conducted, and Induced Noise
Drives generate noise that can potentially affect surrounding devices like PLCs, etc.
• Radiated Noise: Electromagnetic waves noise throughout the radio bandwidth radiated from the drive and cables.
• Conducted Noise: Noise generated by the drive and emitted to through the power lines.
• Induced Noise: Noise generated by electromagnetic induction can affect control signal lines.
Take the following measurements to prevent noise causing malfunction of other drives or devices:
• Install all components on a well grounded metal plate.
• Keep the motor cable as short as possible.
• Use noise filters on the input side of the drive to reduce conducted noise.
• Install noise filters on the input and output side of the drive, install the drive in a metal enclosure panel and use a
shielded motor cable to reduce radiated noise.
346 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices
• Use shielded motor and control circuit lines and lay control circuit lines at least 30 cm away from power lines in order
to prevent malfunction due to induced noise.
Figure 8.13
A
C D E
B MCCB F G
R/L1 U/T1
S/L2 V/T2 M
T/L3 W/T3
H
I
YEG
J
A – Metal enclosure F – Shielded motor cable
B – Power supply G – Motor
C – Input noise filter H – Separate at least 30 cm
D – Drive I – Control signal lines
E – Output noise filter J – Controller
Figure 8.13 Reducing Radio Frequency Noise
n Input-Side Noise Filter
Drive outputs generate noise as a result of high-speed switching. This noise flows from inside the drive back to the power
supply, possibly affecting other equipment. Installing a noise filter to the input side of the drive can reduce the amount of
noise flowing back into the power supply. This also prevents noise from entering the drive from the power supply.
• Use a noise filter specifically designed for AC drives.
• Install the noise filter as close as possible to the drive.
Figure 8.14
B C
MCCB
A R U R/L1
S/L2
S V
T/L3
T W
MCCB
YEG
D
A – Power supply C – Drive
B – Input-side noise filter D – Other control device
Figure 8.14 Input-Side Noise Filter (Three-Phase 200/400 V)
This drive is tested according to European standards IEC61800-5-1 and complies with the EMC guidelines. Refer to
EMC Filter Installation on page 477 for details about EMC filter selection and installation. Peripheral Devices &
Options
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 347
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices
n Output-Side Noise Filter
A noise filter on the output side of the drive reduces inductive noise and radiated noise. Figure 8.15 illustrates an
example of output-side noise filter wiring.
NOTICE: Do not connect phase-advancing capacitors or LC/RC noise filters to the output circuits. Improper application of noise filters
could result in damage to the drive.
Figure 8.15
B C
A MCCB D
R/L1 U/T1 1 4
S/L2 V/T2 2 5 M
T/L3 W/T3 3 6
YEG
A – Power supply C – Output-side noise filter
B – Drive D – Motor
Figure 8.15 Output-Side Noise Filter
348 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices
u Installing Input Fuses
NOTICE: When a fuse blows or if drive power has been interrupted, wait briefly before switching the power back on or operating the
peripheral devices.
Check the wiring and the selection of peripheral devices to identify the cause. Contact your supplier before restarting the drive or the
peripheral devices if the cause cannot be identified.
Yaskawa recommends installing a fuse to the input side of the drive to prevent damage to the drive if a short circuit
occurs.
Select the appropriate fuse from the table Table 8.3.
Table 8.3 Input Fuses
Fuse Type
Model
CIMR-T Manufacturer: Bussmann
Model Fuse Ampere Rating
Three-Phase 200 V Class
2A0004 FWH-70B 70
2A0006 FWH-70B 70
2A0010 FWH-70B 70
2A0012 FWH-70B 70
2A0021 FWH-90B 90
2A0030 FWH-100B 100
2A0040 FWH-200B 200
2A0056 FWH-200B 200
2A0069 FWH-200B 200
2A0081 FWH-300A 300
2A0110 FWH-300A 300
2A0138 FWH-350A 350
2A0169 FWH-400A 400
2A0211 FWH-400A 400
2A0250 FWH-600A 600
2A0312 FWH-700A 700
2A0360 FWH-800A 800
2A0415 FWH-1000A 1000
Three-Phase 400 V Class
4A0002 FWH-40B 40
4A0004 FWH-50B 50
4A0005 FWH-70B 70
4A0007 FWH-70B 70
4A0009 FWH-90B 90
4A0011 FWH-90B 90
4A0018 FWH-80B 80
4A0023 FWH-100B 100
4A0031 FWH-125B 125
4A0038 FWH-200B 200
4A0044 FWH-250A 250
4A0058 FWH-250A 250
4A0072 FWH-250A 250
4A0088 FWH-250A 250
Peripheral Devices &
4A0103 FWH-250A 250
4A0139 FWH-350A 350
4A0165 FWH-400A 400
4A0208 FWH-500A 500
Options
4A0250 FWH-600A 600
4A0296 FWH-700A 700
4A0362 FWH-800A 800
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 349
8.5 Installing Peripheral Devices
u Attachment for External Heatsink (IP00/NEMA type 1 Enclosure)
An external heatsink can be attached that projects outside the enclosure. Steps should be taken to ensure that there is
enough air circulation around the heatsink.
Contact your Yaskawa sales representative or Yaskawa directly.
Refer to the precautions on page 481 for information on compliance with UL standards.
u Installing a Motor Thermal Overload (oL) Relay on the Drive Output
Motor thermal overload relays protect the motor by disconnecting power lines to the motor due to a motor overload
condition.
Install a motor thermal overload relay between the drive and motor:
• When operating multiple motors on a single AC drive.
• When using a power line bypass to operate the motor directly from the power line.
It is not necessary to install a motor thermal overload relay when operating a single motor from a single AC drive. The
AC drive has UL recognized electronic motor overload protection built into the drive software.
Note: 1. Disable the motor protection function (L1-01 = 0) when using an external motor thermal overload relay.
2. The relay should shut off main power on the input side of the main circuit when triggered.
n General Precautions when Using Thermal Overload Relays
The following application precautions should be considered when using motor thermal overload relays on the output of
AC drives in order to prevent nuisance trips or overheat of the motor at low speeds:
1. Low speed motor operation
2. Use of multiple motors on a single AC drive
3. Motor cable length
4. Nuisance tripping resulting from high AC drive carrier frequency
Low Speed Operation and Motor Thermal oL Relays
Generally, thermal relays are applied on general-purpose motors. When general-purpose motors are driven by AC drives,
the motor current is approximately 5% to 10% greater than if driven by a commercial power supply. In addition, the
cooling capacity of a motor with a shaft-driven fan decreases when operating at low speeds. Even if the load current is
within the motor rated value, motor overheating may occur. A thermal relay cannot effectively protect the motor due to
the reduction of cooling at low speeds. For this reason, apply the UL recognized electronic thermal overload protection
function built into the drive whenever possible.
UL recognized electronic thermal overload function of the drive: Speed-dependent heat characteristics are simulated
using data from standard motors and force-ventilated motors. The motor is protected from overload using this function.
Using a Single Drive to Operate Multiple Motors
Set parameter L1-01 to 0 so that thermal overload protection for the drive is disabled.
Note: The UL recognized electronic thermal overload function cannot be applied when operating multiple motors with a single drive.
Long Motor Cables
When a high carrier frequency and long motor cables are used, nuisance tripping of the thermal relay may occur due to
increased leakage current. To avoid this, reduce the carrier frequency or increase the tripping level of the thermal
overload relay.
Nuisance Tripping Due to a High AC Drive Carrier Frequency
Current waveforms generated by high carrier frequency PWM drives tend to increase the temperature in overload relays.
It may be necessary to increase the trip level setting when encountering nuisance triggering of the relay.
WARNING! Fire Hazard. Confirm an actual motor overload condition is not present prior to increasing the thermal oL trip setting.
Check local electrical codes before making adjustments to motor thermal overload settings.
350 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
Appendix: A
Specifications
A.1 HEAVY DUTY AND NORMAL DUTY RATINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
A.2 THREE-PHASE 200 V CLASS DRIVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
A.3 THREE-PHASE 400 V CLASS DRIVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
A.4 DRIVE SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
A.5 DRIVE WATT LOSS DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
A.6 DRIVE DERATING DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 351
A.1 Heavy Duty and Normal Duty Ratings
A.1 Heavy Duty and Normal Duty Ratings
The capacity of the drive is based on two types of load characteristics: Heavy Duty (HD) and Normal Duty (ND).
Refer to Selecting the Appropriate Load Rating on page 352 for the differences between HD and ND.
Table A.1 Selecting the Appropriate Load Rating
Setting Parameter C6-01 Rated Output Current Overload Tolerance Default Carrier Frequency
0: Heavy Duty (default) HD Rating varies by model <1> 150% rated output current for 60 s 2 kHz
1: Normal Duty ND Rating varies by model <1> 120% rated output current for 60 s varies by model 2 kHz
<1> Refer to Three-Phase 200 V Class Drives on page 353 and Three-Phase 400 V Class Drives on page 354 for information on rating changes
based on drive model.
TERMS HD and ND: HD refers to applications requiring constant torque output, while ND refers to applications with variable torque
needs.
Note: Differences between HD ratings and ND ratings for the drive include rated input and output current, overload capacity, carrier
frequency, and current limit. The default setting is for HD (C6-01 = 0).
352 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
A.2 Three-Phase 200 V Class Drives
A.2 Three-Phase 200 V Class Drives
Table A.2 Power Ratings (Three-Phase 200 V Class)
Item Specification
CIMR-T2A 0004 0006 0010 0012 0021 0030 0040 0056 0069 0081 0110 0138 0169 0211 0250 0312 0360 0415
Maximum Applicable Motor HD Rating 0.55 1.1 1.5 2.2 4.0 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110
Capacity (kW) <1> ND Rating 0.75 1.1 2.2 3 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 110
HD Rating 2.9 5.8 7.5 11 18.9 28 37 52 68 80 82 111 136 164 200 271 324 394
Input Current (A) <2>
ND Rating 3.9 7.3 10.8 13.9 24 37 52 68 80 96 111 136 164 200 271 324 394 471
Rated Voltage
Three-phase 200 to 240 Vac 50/60 Hz/270 to 340 Vdc <3>
Rated Frequency
Input
Allowable Voltage Fluctuation -15 to 10%
Allowable Frequency Fluctuation ±5%
HD Rating 1.3 2.2 4.1 5.8 9.5 14 18 27 36 44 37 51 62 75 91 124 148 180
Input Power (kVA)
ND Rating 2.2 3.1 5.8 7.8 14 18 27 36 44 52 51 62 75 91 124 148 180 215
1.2 1.9 3 4.2 6.7 9.5 12.6 17.9 23 29 32 44 55 69 82 108 132 158
HD Rating
Rated Output Capacity <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <7> <7> <7> <7> <7> <5>
(kVA) <4> ND Rating
1.3 2.3 3.7 4.6 8 11.4 15.2 21 26 31 42 53 64 80 95 119 137 158
<5>
3.2 5 8 11 17.5 25 33 47 60 75 85 115 145 180 215 283 346 415
HD Rating
Rated Output Current <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <7> <7> <7> <7> <7> <5>
(A) ND Rating
Output 3.5 6 9.6 12 21 30 40 56 69 81 110 138 169 211 250 312 360 415
<5>
HD Rating: 150% of rated output current for 60 s
Overload Tolerance (Derating may be required for applications that start and stop frequently)
ND Rating: 120% of rated output current for 60 s
Carrier Frequency 1 to 15 kHz <8> 1 to 10 kHz <8>
Maximum Output Voltage (V) Three-phase 200 to 240 V (proportional to input voltage)
Maximum Output Frequency (Hz) 400 Hz <8>
<1> The motor capacity (kW) refers to a Yaskawa 4-pole motor. The rated output current of the drive output amps should be equal to or greater than
the motor rated current.
<2> Assumes operation at the rated output current. Input current rating varies depending on the power supply transformer, input reactor, wiring
connections, and power supply impedance.
<3> DC is not available for UL/CE standards.
<4> Rated motor capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 220 V.
<5> Carrier frequency is set to 2 kHz. Current derating is required in order to raise the carrier frequency.
<6> Carrier frequency can be increased up the 8 kHz while keeping this current rating. Higher carrier frequency settings require derating.
<7> Carrier frequency can be increased up the 5 kHz while keeping this current rating. Higher carrier frequency settings require derating.
<8> User-adjustable
Specifications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 353
A.3 Three-Phase 400 V Class Drives
A.3 Three-Phase 400 V Class Drives
Table A.3 Power Ratings (Three-Phase 400 V Class)
Item Specification
CIMR-T4A 0002 0004 0005 0007 0009 0011 0018 0023 0031 0038 0044 0058 0072 0088 0103 0139 0165 0208 0250 0296 0362
Maximum Applicable Motor HD Rating 0.55 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4.0 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160
Capacity (kW) <1> ND Rating 0.75 1.5 2.2 3 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 185
Input Current HD Rating 1.8 3.2 4.4 6 8.2 10.4 15 20 29 39 44 43 58 71 86 105 142 170 207 248 300
(A) <2> ND Rating 2.1 4.3 5.9 8.1 9.4 14 20 24 38 44 52 58 71 86 105 142 170 207 248 300 346
Rated Voltage
Three-phase 380 to 480 Vac 50/60 Hz/510 to 680 Vdc <3>
Rated Frequency
Input
Allowable Voltage Fluctuation –15 to 10%
Allowable Frequency Fluctuation ±5%
HD Rating 1.4 2.3 4.3 6.1 8.1 10.0 14.6 19.2 28.4 37.5 46.6 39.3 53.0 64.9 78.6 96.0 130 156 189 227 274
Input Power (kVA)
ND Rating 2.3 4.3 6.1 8.1 10.0 14.4 19.4 28.4 37.5 46.6 54.9 53.0 64.9 78.6 96.0 130 156 189 227 274 316
1.4 2.6 3.7 4.2 5.5 7 11.3 13.7 18.3 24 30 34 46 57 69 85 114 137 165 198 232
HD Rating
Rated Output <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <8> <8> <8> <8> <8> <8>
Capacity (kVA) <4> ND Rating
1.6 3.1 4.1 5.3 6.7 8.5 13.3 17.5 24 29 34 44 55 67 78 106 126 159 191 226 276
<5>
1.8 3.4 4.8 5.5 7.2 9.2 14.8 18 24 31 39 45 60 75 91 112 150 180 216 260 304
HD Rating
Rated Output <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <6> <8> <8> <8> <8> <8> <8>
Current (A) ND Rating
Output 2.1 4.1 5.4 6.9 8.8 11.1 17.5 23 31 38 44 58 72 88 103 139 165 208 250 296 362
<5>
HD Rating: 150% of rated output current for 60 s
Overload Tolerance (Derating may be required for applications that start and stop frequently)
ND Rating: 120% of rated output current for 60 s
Carrier Frequency 1 to 15 kHz <7> 1 and 10 kHz <7>
Maximum Output Voltage (V) Three-phase 380 to 480 V (proportional to input voltage)
Maximum Output Frequency (Hz) 400 Hz <7>
<1> The motor capacity (kW) refers to a Yaskawa 4-pole motor. The rated output current of the drive output amps should be equal to or greater than
the motor rated current.
<2> Assumes operation at the rated output current. Input current rating varies depending on the power supply transformer, input reactor, wiring
conditions, and power supply impedance.
<3> DC is not available for UL/CE standards.
<4> Rated motor capacity is calculated with a rated output voltage of 440 V.
<5> Carrier frequency is set to 2 kHz. Current derating is required in order to raise the carrier frequency.
<6> Carrier frequency can be increased up the 8 kHz while keeping this current rating. Higher carrier frequency settings require derating.
<7> User-adjustable
<8> Carrier frequency can be increased up the 5 kHz while keeping this current rating. Higher carrier frequency settings require derating.
354 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
A.4 Drive Specifications
A.4 Drive Specifications
Note: 1. Perform rotational Auto-Tuning to obtain the performance specifications given below.
2. For optimum performance life of the drive, install the drive in an environment that meets the required specifications.
Item Specification
The following control methods can be set using drive parameters:
• V/f Control (V/f)
• V/f Control with PG (V/f w/PG)
• Open Loop Vector Control (OLV)
Control Method
• Closed Loop Vector Control (CLV)
• Open Loop Vector Control for PM (OLV/PM)
• Advanced Open Loop Vector Control for PM (AOLV/PM)
• Closed Loop Vector Control for PM (CLV/PM)
Frequency Control Range 0.01 to 400 Hz
Frequency Accuracy Digital input: within ±0.01% of the max output frequency (-10 to +40°C)
(Temperature Fluctuation) Analog input: within ±0.1% of the max output frequency (25 ±10°C)
Digital inputs: 0.01 Hz
Frequency Setting Resolution
Analog inputs: 1/2048 of the maximum output frequency setting (11 bit plus sign)
Output Frequency Resolution 0.001 Hz
Main speed frequency reference: DC -10 to +10 V (20 kΩ), DC 0 to +10 V (20 kΩ), 4 to 20 mA (250 Ω), 0 to 20 mA (250 Ω),
Frequency Setting Signal
Main speed reference: Pulse train input (max. 32 kHz)
V/f, V/f w/PG: 150% at 3 Hz
OLV: 200% at 0.3 Hz <1>
Starting Torque
CLV, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM: 200% at 0 r/min <1>
OLV/PM: 100% at 5% speed
V/f, V/f w/PG: 1:40
Control OLV: 1:200
Characteristics Speed Control Range CLV, CLV/PM: 1:1500
OLV/PM: 1:20
AOLV/PM: 1:100
Speed Control Accuracy OLV: ±0.2% (25 ±10°C) <2>
OLV, OLV/PM, AOLV/PM: 10 Hz
Speed Response
CLV, CLV/PM: 50 Hz
Torque Limit Parameters setting allow separate limits in four quadrants (available in OLV, CLV, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM)
Accel/Decel Time 0.0 to 6000.0 s (4 selectable combinations of independent acceleration and deceleration settings)
Approx. 20% (approx. 125% when using braking resistor) <3>
A dynamic braking transistor is built in to models CIMR-T2A0004 to 2A0138 and CIMR-T4A0002 to 4A0072.
Braking Torque c Short-time decel torque <4>: over 100% for 0.4/ 0.75 kW motors, over 50% for 1.5 kW motors, and over 20% for 2.2 kW and
above motors <5> (over excitation braking: approx. 40%)
d Continuous regenerative torque: approx. 20% <5> (approx. 125% with dynamic braking resistor option <3>: 10% ED, 10s)
Braking Transistor Drives of 200/400 V 30 kW or less have a built-in braking transistor.
V/f Characteristics User-selected programs and V/f preset patterns possible
Torque Control, Speed/torque Control Switching, Feed Forward Control, Zero Servo Function, Momentary Power Loss Ride-
Thru, Speed Search, Overtorque/Undertorque Detection, Torque Limit, 9 Step Speed (max), Accel/decel Switch, S-curve Accel/
decel, 3-wire Sequence, Auto-tuning (rotational, stationary tuning), Dwell, Cooling Fan on/off Switch, Slip Compensation,
Main Control Functions Torque Compensation, Upper/lower Limits for Frequency Reference, DC Injection Braking at Start and Stop, Overexcitation
Deceleration, PID Control (with sleep function), Energy Saving Control, MEMOBUS Comm. (RS-422/485 max, 115.2 kbps),
Fault Restart, Removable Terminal Block with Parameter Backup Function, Online Tuning, KEB, Overexcitation Deceleration,
Inertia (ASR) Tuning, Overvoltage Suppression, High Frequency Injection, Disturb Function...
Motor Protection Electronic thermal overload relay
Momentary Overcurrent Protection Drive stops when output current exceeds 200% of Heavy Duty Rating
Overload Protection Drive stops after 60 s at 150% of rated Heavy Duty output current <6>
200 V class: Stops when DC bus voltage exceeds approx. 410 V
Overvoltage Protection
400 V class: Stops when DC bus voltage exceeds approx. 820 V
200 V class: Stops when DC bus voltage falls below approx. 190 V
Protection Undervoltage Protection
400 V class: Stops when DC bus voltage falls below approx. 380 V
Functions
Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Immediately stop after 15 ms or longer power loss <7>. Continuous operation during power loss than 2 s (standard) <8>
Heatsink Overheat Protection Thermistor
Braking Resistor Overheat Protection Overheat input signal for braking resistor (Optional ERF-type, 3% ED)
Stall Prevention Stall Prevention is available during acceleration, deceleration, and during run.
Ground Protection Electronic circuit protection <9>
Specifications
DC Bus Charge LED Remains lit until DC bus voltage falls below 50 V
Area of Use Indoors
Ambient Temperature -10 to 50°C, up to 60°C with output current derating
Humidity 95 RH% or less (no condensation)
Environment Storage Temperature -20 to 60°C (short-term temperature during transportation)
Altitude Up to 1000 <10>
10 to 20 Hz: 9.8 m/s2
A
Vibration / Shock 20 to 55 Hz: 5.9 m/s2 (models CIMR-T 2A0004 to 2A0211 and CIMR-T 4A0002 to 4A0165)
2.0 m/s2 (2A0250 to 2A0415, 4A0208 to 4A0362)
Two Safe Disable inputs and 1 EDM output according to ISO13849-1 Cat.3 PLd, IEC61508 SIL2, Insulation coordination: class
Safety Standard 1
Note: Time from input open to drive output stop is less than 1 ms
Protection Design IP20 enclosure
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 355
A.4 Drive Specifications
<1> Select control modes in accordance with the drive capacity.
<2> The accuracy of these values depends on motor characteristics, ambient conditions, and drive settings. Specifications may vary with different
motors and with changing motor temperature. Contact Yaskawa for consultation.
<3> Ensure that Stall Prevention is disabled during deceleration (L3-04 = 0), when using a regenerative converter, a regenerative unit, a braking
resistor or the Braking Resistor Unit. The default setting for the Stall Prevention function will interfere with the braking resistor.
<4> Instantaneous average deceleration torque refers to the torque required to decelerate the motor (uncoupled from the load) from the rated motor
speed down to zero in the shortest time.
<5> Actual specifications may vary according to motor characteristics.
<6> Overload protection may be triggered when operating with 150% of the rated output current if the output frequency is less than 6 Hz.
<7> May be shorter due to load conditions and motor speed.
<8> A separate Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Unit is required for the drives CIMR-T2A0004 to 2A0056 and T4A0002 to 4A0031 if the
application needs to continue running during a momentary power loss up to 2 seconds.
<9> Ground protection cannot be provided when the impedance of the ground fault path is too low, or when the drive is powered up while a ground
fault is present at the output.
<10> Up to 3000 m with output current and voltage derating. Refer to Altitude Derating on page 361 for details.
356 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
A.5 Drive Watt Loss Data
A.5 Drive Watt Loss Data
Table A.4 Watt Loss 200 V Class Three-Phase Models
Heavy Duty Normal Duty
Model Number
CIMR-T Heatsink Loss Interior Unit Rated Amps (A) Heatsink Loss Interior Unit
Rated Amps (A) Total Loss (W) Total Loss (W)
(W) Loss (W) <3> (W) Loss (W)
2A0004 3.2 <1> 14.8 44 59 3.5 18.4 47 66
2A0006 5.0 <1> 24 48 72 6.0 31 51 82
2A0010 8.0 <1> 43 52 95 9.6 57 58 115
2A0012 11.0 <1> 64 58 122 12.0 77 64 141
2A0021 17.5 <1> 101 67 168 21 138 83 222
2A0030 25 <1> 194 92 287 30 262 117 379
2A0040 33 <1> 214 105 319 40 293 145 437
2A0056 47 <1> 280 130 410 56 371 175 546
2A0069 60 <1> 395 163 558 69 491 205 696
2A0081 75 <1> 460 221 681 81 527 257 785
2A0110 85 <1> 510 211 721 110 719 286 1005
2A0138 115 <1> 662 250 912 138 842 312 1154
2A0169 145 <1> 816 306 1122 169 1014 380 1394
2A0211 180 <2> 976 378 1354 211 1218 473 1691
2A0250 215 <2> 1514 466 1980 250 1764 594 2358
2A0312 283 <2> 1936 588 2524 312 2020 665 2686
2A0360 346 <2> 2564 783 3347 360 2698 894 3591
2A0415 415 <3> 2672 954 3626 415 2672 954 3626
<1> These values assume the carrier frequency is set to 8 kHz or less.
<2> These values assume the carrier frequency is set to 5 kHz or less.
<3> These values assume the carrier frequency is set to 2 kHz.
Table A.5 Watt Loss 400 V Class Three-Phase Models
Heavy Duty Normal Duty
Model Number
CIMR-T Heatsink Loss Interior Unit Rated Amps (A) Heatsink Loss Interior Unit
Rated Amps (A) Total Loss (W) Total Loss (W)
(W) Loss (W) <3> (W) Loss (W)
4A0002 1.8 <1> 15.9 45 61 2.1 20 48 68
4A0004 3.4 <1> 25 46 70 4.1 32 49 81
4A0005 4.8 <1> 37 49 87 5.4 45 53 97
4A0007 5.5 <1> 48 53 101 6.9 62 59 121
4A0009 7.2 <1> 53 55 108 8.8 66 60 126
4A0011 9.2 <1> 69 61 130 11.1 89 73 162
4A0018 14.8 <1> 135 86 221 17.5 177 108 285
4A0023 18.0 <1> 150 97 247 23 216 138 354
4A0031 24 <1> 208 115 323 31 295 161 455
4A0038 31 <1> 263 141 403 38 340 182 521
4A0044 39 <1> 330 179 509 44 390 209 599
4A0058 45 <1> 349 170 518 58 471 215 686
4A0072 60 <1> 484 217 701 72 605 265 870
4A0088 75 <1> 563 254 817 88 684 308 993
4A0103 91 <1> 723 299 1022 103 848 357 1205
4A0139 112 <2> 908 416 1325 139 1215 534 1749
4A0165 150 <2> 1340 580 1920 165 1557 668 2224
4A0208 180 <2> 1771 541 2313 208 1800 607 2408
4A0250 216 <2> 2360 715 3075 250 2379 803 3182
4A0296 260 <2> 2391 787 3178 296 2448 905 3353
4A0362 304 <2> 3075 985 4060 362 3168 1130 4298
Specifications
<1> These values assume the carrier frequency is set to 8 kHz or less.
<2> These values assume the carrier frequency is set to 5 kHz or less.
<3> These values assume the carrier frequency is set to 2 kHz.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 357
A.6 Drive Derating Data
A.6 Drive Derating Data
The drive can be operated at above the rated temperature, altitude, and default carrier frequency by derating the drive
capacity.
u Rated Current Depending on Carrier Frequency
The tables below show the drive output current depending on the carrier frequency settings.
The 2 kHz value is equal to the Normal Duty rated current. If the carrier frequency is increased above 2 kHz in ND, the
rated output current is reduced.
The 8 kHz and 5 kHz values are equal to the Heavy Duty rated current. They define the value up to which the carrier
frequency can be increased in HD without a current derating (default HD carrier frequency is 2 kHz). Increasing the
carrier frequency above 8 kHz or 5 kHz reduces the rated output current.
Use the data in Table A.6 to linearly calculate output current values for carrier frequencies not listed in the tables.
Table A.6 Carrier Frequency and Current Derating
Three-Phase 200 V Class Three-Phase 400 V Class
Rated Current (A) Rated Current (A)
Model Model
CIMR-T Heavy Duty Rating (HD) Normal Duty Rating (ND) CIMR-T Heavy Duty Rating (HD) Normal Duty Rating (ND)
2 kHz 8 kHZ 15 kHz 2 kHz 8 kHZ 15 kHz 2 kHz 8 kHZ 15 kHz 2 kHz 8 kHZ 15 kHz
2A0004 3.2 3.2 2.56 3.5 3.2 2.56 4A0002 1.8 1.8 1.1 2.1 1.8 1.1
2A0006 5 5 4 6 5 4 4A0004 3.4 3.4 2 4.1 3.4 2
2A0010 8 8 6.4 9.6 8 6.4 4A0005 4.8 4.8 2.9 5.4 4.8 2.9
2A0012 11 11 8.8 12 11 8.8 4A0007 5.5 5.5 3.3 6.9 5.5 3.3
2A0021 17.5 17.5 14 21 17.5 14 4A0009 7.2 7.2 4.3 8.8 7.2 4.3
2A0030 25 25 20 30 25 20 4A0011 9.2 9.2 5.5 11.1 9.2 5.5
2A0040 33 33 26.4 40 33 26.4 4A0018 14.8 14.8 8.9 17.5 14.8 8.9
2A0056 47 47 37.6 56 47 37.6 4A0023 18 18 10.8 23 18 10.8
2A0069 60 60 48 69 60 48 4A0031 24 24 14.4 31 24 14.4
2A0081 75 75 53 81 75 53 4A0038 31 31 18.6 38 31 18.6
2A0110 85 85 60 110 85 60 4A0044 39 39 23.4 44 39 23.4
2A0138 115 115 81 138 115 81 4A0058 45 45 27 58 45 27
4A0072 60 60 36 72 60 36
4A0088 75 75 45 88 75 45
4A0103 91 91 55 103 91 55
Three-Phase 200 V Class Three-Phase 400 V Class
Rated Current (A) Rated Current (A)
Model Model
Heavy Duty Rating (HD) Normal Duty Rating (ND) Heavy Duty Rating (HD) Normal Duty Rating (ND)
CIMR-T CIMR-T
2 kHz 5 kHZ 10 kHz 2 kHz 5 kHZ 10 kHz 2 kHz 5 kHZ 10 kHz 2 kHz 5 kHZ 10 kHz
2A0169 145 145 116 169 145 116 4A0139 112 112 78 139 112 78
2A0211 180 180 144 211 180 144 4A0165 150 150 105 165 150 105
2A0250 215 215 172 250 215 172 4A0208 180 180 126 208 180 126
2A0312 283 283 226 312 283 226 4A0250 216 216 151 250 216 151
2A0360 346 346 277 360 346 277 4A0296 160 260 182 296 260 182
2A0415 415 415 332 415 415 332 4A0362 304 304 213 362 304 213
358 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
A.6 Drive Derating Data
u Carrier Frequency Derating
As the carrier frequency of the drive is increased above the factory default setting, the drive’s rated output current must
be derated according to Figure A.1 to Figure A.4.
Figure A.1
Normal Duty
2A0004 to 2A0069
Heavy Duty
2A0081 to 2A0138
80% of HD
70% of HD
0 2 kHz 8 kHz 15 kHz
Figure A.1 Carrier Frequency Derating (CIMR-T2A0004 to 2A0138)
Figure A.2
Normal Duty
2A0169 to 2A0415
Heavy Duty
80% of HD
0 2 kHz 5 kHz 10 kHz
Figure A.2 Carrier Frequency Derating (CIMR-T2A0169 to 2A0415)
Figure A.3
Normal Duty
Heavy Duty 4A0002 to
4A0103
60% of HD
0 2 kHz 8 kHz 15 kHz
Figure A.3 Carrier Frequency Derating (CIMR-T4A0002 to 4A0103)
Figure A.4
Normal Duty
Specifications
4A0139 to 4A0362
Heavy Duty
70% of HD
A
0 2 kHz 5 kHz 10 kHz
Figure A.4 Carrier Frequency Derating (CIMR-T4A0139 to 4A0362)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 359
A.6 Drive Derating Data
u Temperature Derating
To ensure the maximum performance life, the drives output current must be derated like shown in Figure A.5 to
Figure A.8 when the drive is installed in areas with high ambient temperature or if drives are Side-by-Side mounted in a
cabinet. In order to ensure reliable drive overload protection, the parameters L8-12 and L8-35 must also be set according
to the installation conditions.
n Parameter Settings
No. Name Description Range Def.
Ambient Temperature Adjust the drive overload (oL2) protection level when the drive is installed in an environment
L8-12 -10 to 50 40°C
Setting that exceeds its ambient temperature rating.
0: IP20 enclosure
Installation Method 1: Side-by-Side mounting
L8-35 0 to 3 0
Selection 2: NEMA Type 1
3: Finless model or external heatsink installation
IP20 enclosure
Drive operation between -10°C and 50°C allows 100% continuous current without derating.
Figure A.5
L8-35=0: IP20 Enclosure Drive
Drive Rating
(%)
100
YEG
0 L8-12
-10 50 (Ambient temp: °C)
Figure A.5 Ambient Temperature and Installation Method Derating (L8-35 = 0)
Side-by-Side mounting
Drive operation between -10°C and 30°C allows 100% continuous current without derating. Operation between 30°C
and 50°C requires output current derating.
Figure A.6
Drive Rating
(%)
L8-35=1: Side-by-Side Mounting
100
70
0 L8-12
-10 30 50 (Ambient temp: °C)
Figure A.6 Ambient Temperature and Installation Method Derating (L8-35 = 1)
360 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
A.6 Drive Derating Data
NEMA Type 1
Drive operation between -10°C and 40°C allows 100% continuous current without derating. Operation between 40°C
and 50°C requires output current derating.
Figure A.7
Drive Rating
(%)
L8-35=2: NEMA Type 1
100
85
0 L8-12
-10 40 50 (Ambient temp: °C)
Figure A.7 Ambient Temperature and Installation Method Derating (L8-35 = 2)
External Heatsink Installation, Finless Drive
Drive operation between -10°C and 40°C allows 100% continuous current without derating. Operation between 40°C
and 45°C requires output current derating.
Figure A.8
Drive Rating
(%) L8-35=3: Finless Model or
External Heatsink lnstallation
100
92
0 L8-12
-10 40 45 (Ambient temp: °C)
Figure A.8 Ambient Temperature and Installation Method Derating (L8-35 = 3)
u Altitude Derating
The drive standard ratings are valid for an installation altitude up to 1000 m. If the altitude exceeds 1000 m both the drive
rated voltage and the rated output current must be derated for 1% per 100 m. The maximum altitude is 3000 m.
Specifications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 361
A.6 Drive Derating Data
362 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
Appendix: B
Parameter List
This appendix contains a full listing of all parameters and settings available in the drive.
B.1 UNDERSTANDING THE PARAMETER TABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
B.2 PARAMETER GROUPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
B.3 PARAMETER TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
B.4 PARAMETER DEFAULTS DETERMINED BY CONTROL MODE (A1-02) . . . . . . 422
B.5 PARAMETER DEFAULTS DETERMINED BY DRIVE MODEL (O2-04) AND DUTY
RATING (C6-01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
B.6 PARAMETER DEFAULTS DETERMINED BY MOTOR CODE (E5-01). . . . . . . . . 431
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 363
B.1 Understanding the Parameter Table
B.1 Understanding the Parameter Table
u Control Modes, Symbols, and Terms
The table below lists terms and symbols used in this section to indicate which parameters are available in which control
modes.
Note: For detailed instructions on each control mode, Refer to Control Mode Selection on page 26.
Table B.1 Symbols and Icons Used in the Parameter Table
Symbol Description
All Modes Indicates the parameter is accessible in all control modes.
V/f Parameter is available when operating the drive with V/f Control.
V/f w/PG Parameter is available when operating the drive with V/f with PG Control.
OLV Parameter is available when operating the drive with Open Loop Vector.
CLV Parameter is available when operating the drive with Closed Loop Vector.
OLV/PM Parameter is available when operating the drive with Open Loop Vector for PM motors.
AOLV/PM Parameter is available when operating the drive with Advanced Open Loop Vector for PM motors.
CLV/PM Parameter is available when operating the drive with Closed Loop Vector for PM motors.
Indicates this parameter can be changed during run.
Motor 2 Refers to a second motor when the drive is operating two motors. Switch between these motors using the multi-function input terminals.
Note: If a parameter is not available in a certain control mode, the symbol for that control mode is grayed out.
364 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.2 Parameter Groups
B.2 Parameter Groups
Parameter Group Name Page
A1 Initialization 367
A2 User Parameters 367
b1 Operation Mode Selection 368
b2 DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking 369
b3 Speed Search 369
b4 Delay Timer 370
b5 PID Control 370
b6 Dwell Function 372
b8 Energy Saving 372
b9 Zero Servo 373
C1 Acceleration and Deceleration Times 373
C2 S-Curve Characteristics 374
C3 Slip Compensation 374
C4 Torque Compensation 375
C5 Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR) 375
C6 Carrier Frequency 377
d1 Frequency Reference 378
d2 Frequency Upper/Lower Limits 378
d5 Torque Control 378
d6 Field Weakening and Field Forcing 379
d7 Offset Frequency 379
E1 V/f Pattern for Motor 1 380
E2 Motor 1 Parameters 380
E3 V/f Pattern for Motor 2 381
E4 Motor 2 Parameters 382
E5 PM Motor Settings 383
F1 PG Speed Control Card (PG-B3/PG-X3) 383
F2 Analog Input Card (AI-A3) 385
F3 Digital Input Card (DI-A3) 386
F4 Analog Monitor Card (AO-A3) 386
F5 Digital Output Card (DO-A3) 387
F6 Communication Option Card 387
H1 Multi-Function Digital Inputs 388
H2 Multi-Function Digital Outputs 392
H3 Multi-Function Analog Inputs 394
H4 Multi-Function Analog Outputs 396
H5 MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication 397
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 365
B.2 Parameter Groups
Parameter Group Name Page
H6 Pulse Train Input/Output 398
L1 Motor Protection 398
L2 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru 399
L3 Stall Prevention 399
L4 Speed Detection 400
L5 Fault Restart 401
L6 Torque Detection 401
L7 Torque Limit 402
L8 Drive Protection 402
n1 Hunting Prevention 404
n2 Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Tuning 404
n3 Overexcitation Deceleration 404
n5 Feed Forward Control 405
n6 Online Tuning 405
n8 PM Motor Control Tuning 405
n9 Hardware Settings 405
o1 Digital Operator Display Selection 407
o2 Digital Operator Keypad Functions 407
o3 Copy Function 408
o4 Maintenance Monitor Settings 408
S1 Disturb Function 408
S2 Frequency Reference Gain Settings 409
S3 Braking Transistor and Output Voltage Gain 409
S4 KEB Mode Selection 409
S5 KEB Accel/Decel Setting 410
S6 Power KEB Function 411
S9 Synchronous Operation 411
T1 Induction Motor Auto-Tuning 412
T2 PM Motor Auto-Tuning 413
T3 ASR and Inertia Tuning 414
U1 Operation Status Monitors 414
U2 Fault Trace 417
U3 Fault History 418
U4 Maintenance Monitors 418
U5 PID Monitors 419
U6 Operation Status Monitors 419
U9 KEB Voltage Monitors 421
366 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
B.3 Parameter Table
u A: Initialization Parameters
The A parameter group creates the operating environment for the drive. This includes the parameter Access Level, Motor
Control Method, Password, User Parameters and more.
n A1: Initialization Parameters
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
All Modes
A1-00 0: English
(100H) 1: Japanese
Default: 0
2: German
Language Selection Min: 0 106
3: French
Max: 7
4: Italian
<16>
5: Spanish
6: Portuguese
7: Chinese
A1-01 All Modes Default: 2
(101H)
Access Level Selection 0: View and set A1-01 and A1-04. U- parameters can also be viewed. Min: 0 106
1: User Parameters (access to a set of parameters selected by the user, A2-01 to A2-32) Max: 2
2: Advanced Access (access to view and set all parameters)
All Modes
0: V/f Control
A1-02 1: V/f Control with PG Default: 0
(102H) Control Method Selection 2: Open Loop Vector Control Min: 0 106
<16> 3: Closed Loop Vector Control Max: 7
5: Open Loop Vector Control for PM
6: Advanced Open Loop Vector Control for PM
7: Closed Loop Vector Control for PM
All Modes
0: No initialization Default: 0
A1-03
Initialize Parameters 1110: User Initialize (parameter values must be stored using parameter o2-03) Min: 0 107
(103H)
2220: 2-wire initialization Max: 5550
3330: 3-wire initialization
5550: oPE04 error reset
A1-04
Password
(104H) All Modes Default: 0000
Min: 0000 108
A1-05 When the value set into A1-04 does not match the value set into A1-05, parameters A1-01
Password Setting Max: 9999
(105H) through A1-03, and A2-01 through A2-32 cannot be changed.
<16> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
n A2: User Parameters
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
A2-01 to All Modes Default: –
A2-32 User Parameters 1 to 32 Min: A1-00 109
Parameters that were recently edited are listed here. The user can also select parameters to
(106 to 125H) Max: o4-13
appear here for quick access.
All Modes
Default: 1
A2-33 User Parameter Automatic
0: Parameters A2-01 through A2-32 are reserved for the user to create a list of User Parameters. Min: 0 110
(126H) Selection
1: Save history of recently viewed parameters. Recently edited parameters will be saved to A2- Max: 1
17 through A2-32 for quick access.
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 367
B.3 Parameter Table
u b: Application
Application parameters configure the source of the Run command, DC Injection Braking, Speed Search, timer functions,
PID control, the Dwell function, Energy Savings, and a variety of other application-related settings.
n b1: Operation Mode Selection
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
All Modes
0: Digital operator Default: 1
b1-01
Frequency Reference Source 1 1: Analog input terminals Min: 0 111
(180H)
2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications Max: 4
3: Option PCB
4: Pulse input (terminal RP)
All Modes
Default: 1
b1-02 0: Digital operator
Run Command Source 1 Min: 0 112
(181H) 1: Digital input terminals
Max: 3
2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
3: Option PCB
All Modes
Default: 0
b1-03 0: Ramp to stop
Stopping Method Selection Min: 0 113
(182H) 1: Coast to stop
Max: 3 <39>
2: DC Injection Braking to stop
3: Coast with timer
All Modes Default: 0
b1-04
Reverse Operation Selection Min: 0 115
(183H) 0: Reverse enabled.
Max: 1
1: Reverse disabled.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 0
b1-05 Action Selection below Minimum
0: Operates according to frequency reference (E1-09 is disabled). Min: 0 115
(184H) Output Frequency
1: Output shuts off (coast to stop if less than E1-09). Max: 3
2: Operates according to E1-09 (frequency reference set to E1-09).
3: Zero speed (frequency reference becomes zero when less than E1-09).
All Modes Default: 1
b1-06
Digital Input Reading 0: Input status is read once and processed immediately (for quick response) Min: 0 116
(185H)
1: Input is read twice and processed only if the status is the same in both readings (robust Max: 1
against noisy signals)
All Modes Default: 0
b1-07
LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection Min: 0 117
(186H) 0: An external Run command has to be cycled at the new source to be activated.
Max: 1
1: An external Run command at new source is accepted immediately.
All Modes
Default: 0
b1-08 Run Command Selection while in
0: Run command not accepted while in the Programming Mode. Min: 0 117
(187H) Programming Mode
1: Run command accepted while in the Programming Mode. Max: 2
2: Prohibit entering Programming Mode during run.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 0
b1-14 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Phase Order Selection Min: 0 117
(1C3H)
0: Standard Max: 1
1: Switch phase order (reverses the direction of the motor)
All Modes
Enabled when an input terminal set for “External reference” (H1- = 2) closes.
Default: 0
b1-15 0: Digital operator
Frequency Reference Source 2 Min: 0 118
(1C4H) 1: Terminals (analog input terminals)
Max: 4
2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
3: Option card
4: Pulse train input
All Modes
Enabled when a terminal set for “External reference” (H1- = 2) closes. Default: 0
b1-16
Run Command Source 2 0: Digital operator Min: 0 118
(1C5H)
1: Digital input terminals Max: 3
2: MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
3: Option card
All Modes Default: 0
b1-17
Run Command at Power Up Min: 0 118
(1C6H) 0: Disregarded. A new Run command needs to be issued after power up.
Max: 1
1: Allowed. Motor will start immediately after power up if a Run command is already enabled.
<39> The setting range is 0 to 1 in CLV.
368 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
n b2: DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
b2-01
All Modes Default: <34>
(189H) DC Injection Braking Start
Min: 0.0 Hz 118
Frequency Sets the frequency to start executing DC Injection Braking, Short-Circuit Braking, and Zero
Max: 10.0 Hz
Servo. Enabled when the stopping method is set for ramp to stop (b1-03 = 0).
b2-02 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 50%
(18AH)
DC Injection Braking Current OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 119
Max: 100%
Sets the DC Injection Braking current as a percentage of the drive rated current.
b2-03 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 0.00 s
(18BH) OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
DC Injection Braking Time at Start Min: 0.00 s 119
Sets the time of DC Injection Braking (Zero Speed Control when in CLV and CLV/PM) time at Max: 10.00 s
start. Disabled when set to 0.00 seconds.
b2-04 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <34>
(18CH)
DC Injection Braking Time at Stop OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 s 120
Max: 10.00 s
Sets the time of DC Injection Braking (Zero Speed Control when in CLV and CLV/PM) at stop.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 0%
b2-08 Magnetic Flux Compensation
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 120
(190H) Value
Max: 1000%
Sets the magnetic flux compensation as a percentage of the no-load current value (E2-03).
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 50%
b2-10
DC Injection Braking Current 2 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 120
(1FBH)
Max: 100%
Sets the DC Injection Braking 2 current as a percentage of the drive rated current.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 0.00 s
b2-12
Short Circuit Brake Time at Start OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 s 120
(1BAH)
Max: 25.50 s
Sets the time for Short Circuit Braking operation at start. <23>
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 0.50 s <34>
b2-13
Short Circuit Brake Time at Stop OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 s 121
(1BBH)
Max: 25.50 s
Sets the Short Circuit Braking operation time at stop. <23>
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 100.0%
b2-18 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Short Circuit Braking Current Min: 0.0% 121
(177H)
Determines the current level for Short Circuit Braking. Set as a percentage of the motor rated Max: 200.0%
current.
<23> A coasting motor may require a braking resistor circuit to bring the motor to a stop in the required time.
<34> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
n b3: Speed Search
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: <34>
b3-01 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Speed Search Selection at Start Min: 0 124
(191H)
0: Disabled Max: 1
1: Enabled
b3-02 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: <34>
(192H) OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Speed Search Deactivation Current Min: 0% 124
Sets the current level at which the speed is assumed to be detected and Speed Search is ended. Max: 200%
Set as a percentage of the drive rated current.
b3-03 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 2.0 s
(193H)
Speed Search Deceleration Time OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.1 s 124
Max: 10.0 s
Sets output frequency reduction time during Speed Search.
b3-04 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: <24>
Parameter List
(194H) OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
V/f Gain during Speed Search Min: 10% 124
Determines how much to lower the V/f ratio during Speed Search. Max: 100%
V/f during Speed Search equals the V/f setting multiplied by b3-04.
b3-05
All Modes Default: 0.2 s
(195H)
Speed Search Delay Time Min: 0.0 s 124
When using an external contactor on the output side, b3-05 delays executing Speed Search after
Max: 100.0 s
a momentary power loss to allow time for the contactor to close.
B
b3-06 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: <9>
(196H) Output Current 1 during Speed OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 125
Search
Sets the current injected to the motor at the beginning of Speed Estimation Speed Search. Set as Max: 2.0
a coefficient for the motor rated current.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 369
B.3 Parameter Table
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
b3-10
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 1.05
(19AH) Speed Search Detection
Min: 1.00 125
Compensation Gain Sets the gain which is applied to the speed detected by Speed Estimation Speed Search before Max: 1.20
the motor is reaccelerated. Increase this setting if ov occurs when performing Speed Search
after a relatively long period of baseblock.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: <34>
b3-14 Bi-Directional Speed Search OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 125
(19EH) Selection
0: Disabled (uses the direction of the frequency reference) Max: 1
1: Enabled (drive detects which way the motor is rotating)
b3-17 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 150%
(1F0H) Speed Search Restart Current
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 125
Level
Max: 200%
Sets the Speed Search restart current level as a percentage of the drive rated current.
b3-18 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 0.10 s
(1F1H) Speed Search Restart Detection
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 s 125
Time
Max: 1.00 s
Sets the time to detect Speed Search restart.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 3
b3-19
Number of Speed Search Restarts OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 125
(1F2H)
Max: 10
Sets the number of times the drive can attempt to restart when performing Speed Search.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 0
b3-24
Speed Search Method Selection Min: 0 126
(1C0H) 0: Current Detection Max: 3
1: Speed Estimation
3: Synchronous Operation (V/f)
b3-25 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 0.5 s
(1C8H)
Speed Search Wait Time OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 s 126
Max: 30.0 s
Sets the time the must wait between each Speed Search restart attempt.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 0
b3-27
Start Speed Search Select Selects a condition to activate Speed Search Selection at Start (b3-01) or External Speed Search Min: 0 126
(1C9H)
Command 1 or 2 from the multi-function input. Max: 1
0: Triggered when a Run command is issued (normal).
1: Triggered when an external baseblock is released.
<9> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
<24> Default setting value is dependent on the drive model (o2-04) and the Drive Duty (C6-01).
<34> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
n b4: Timer Function
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
b4-01
Default: 0.0 s
(1A3H)
Timer Function On-Delay Time Min: 0.0 s 126
All Modes Max: 3000.0 s
b4-02 Used to set the on-delay and off-delay times for a digital timer output (H2-=12). The output
is triggered by a digital input programmed to H1-=18) Default: 0.0 s
(1A4H)
Timer Function Off-Delay Time Min: 0.0 s 126
Max: 3000.0 s
n b5: PID Control
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
All Modes
0: Disabled Default: 0
b5-01
PID Function Setting 1: Enabled (PID output becomes output frequency reference, deviation D controlled) Min: 0 130
(1A5H)
2: Enabled (PID output becomes output frequency reference, feedback D controlled) Max: 4
3: Enabled (PID output added to frequency reference, deviation D controlled)
4: Enabled (PID output added to frequency reference, feedback D controlled)
b5-02
Default: 1.00
(1A6H) All Modes
Proportional Gain Setting (P) Min: 0.00 130
Sets the proportional gain of the PID controller. Max: 25.00
b5-03
Default: 1.0 s
(1A7H) All Modes
Integral Time Setting (I) Min: 0.0 s 130
Sets the integral time for the PID controller. Max: 360.0 s
370 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
b5-04
All Modes Default: 100.0%
(1A8H)
Integral Limit Setting Min: 0.0% 130
Sets the maximum output possible from the integrator as a percentage of the maximum output
Max: 100.0%
frequency.
b5-05
Default: 0.00 s
(1A9H) All Modes
Derivative Time (D) Min: 0.00 s 130
Sets D control derivative time. Max: 10.00 s
b5-06
All Modes Default: 100.0%
(1AAH)
PID Output Limit Min: 0.0% 131
Sets the maximum output possible from the entire PID controller as a percentage of the
Max: 100.0%
maximum output frequency.
b5-07
All Modes Default: 0.0%
(1ABH)
PID Offset Adjustment Min: -100.0% 131
Applies an offset to the PID controller output. Set as a percentage of the maximum output
Max: 100.0%
frequency.
b5-08
Default: 0.00 s
(1ACH) All Modes
PID Primary Delay Time Constant Min: 0.00 s 131
Sets a low pass filter time constant on the output of the PID controller. Max: 10.00 s
All Modes Default: 0
b5-09
PID Output Level Selection Min: 0 131
(1ADH) 0: Normal output (direct acting)
Max: 1
1: Reverse output (reverse acting)
b5-10
Default: 1.00
(1AEH) All Modes
PID Output Gain Setting Min: 0.00 131
Sets the gain applied to the PID output. Max: 25.00
All Modes
Default: 0
b5-11
PID Output Reverse Selection 0: Negative PID output triggers zero limit. Min: 0 131
(1AFH)
1: Rotation direction reverses with negative PID output. Max: 1
When using setting 1, make sure reverse operation is permitted by parameter b1-04.
All Modes
0: No fault. Digital output only.
1: Fault detection. Alarm output, drive continues operation. Default: 0
b5-12 PID Feedback Loss Detection
2: Fault detection. Fault output, drive output is shut off. Min: 0 132
(1B0H) Selection
3: No fault. Digital output only. No fault detection when PID control is disabled. Max: 5
4: Fault detection. Alarm is triggered and drive continues to run. Fault detection even when PID
is disabled.
5: Fault detection. Drive output shuts off. No fault detection when PID control is disabled.
b5-13
Default: 0%
(1B1H) PID Feedback Low Detection All Modes
Min: 0% 133
Level
Sets the PID feedback loss detection level as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Max: 100%
b5-14
Default: 1.0 s
(1B2H) PID Feedback Low Detection All Modes
Min: 0.0 s 133
Time
Sets a delay time for PID feedback loss. Max: 25.5 s
b5-15
Default: <34>
(1B3H) All Modes
PID Sleep Function Start Level Min: 0.0 Hz 134
Sets the frequency level that triggers the sleep function. Max: 400.0 Hz
b5-16
Default: 0.0 s
(1B4H) All Modes
PID Sleep Delay Time Min: 0.0 s 134
Sets a delay time before the sleep function is triggered. Max: 25.5 s
b5-17
Default: 0.0 s
(1B5H) All Modes
PID Accel/Decel Time Min: 0.0 s 134
Sets the acceleration and deceleration time to PID setpoint. Max: 6000.0 s
All Modes Default: 0
b5-18
PID Setpoint Selection Min: 0 134
(1DCH) 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled
b5-19
All Modes Default: 0.00%
(1DDH)
PID Setpoint Value Min: 0.00% 134
Sets the PID target value when b5-18 = 1. Set as a percentage of the maximum output
Max: 100.00%
frequency.
Parameter List
All Modes
Default: 1
b5-20 0: 0.01 Hz units
PID Setpoint Scaling Min: 0 135
(1E2H) 1: 0.01% units (100% = max. output frequency)
Max: 3
2: r/min units (set the no. of motor poles)
3: User-set units (use b5-38, b5-39)
b5-34
(19FH)
PID Output Lower Limit
All Modes Default: 0.00%
Min: -100.0% 135
B
Sets the minimum output possible from the PID controller as a percentage of the maximum
Max: 100.0%
output frequency.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 371
B.3 Parameter Table
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
b5-35
All Modes Default: 1000.0%
(1A0H)
PID Input Limit Min: 0% 135
Limits the PID control input (deviation signal) as a percentage of the maximum output
Max: 1000.0%
frequency. Acts as a bipolar limit.
b5-36
Default: 100%
(1A1H) PID Feedback High Detection All Modes
Min: 0% 133
Level
Sets the PID feedback high detection level as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Max: 100%
b5-37
Default: 1.0 s
(1A2H) PID Feedback High Detection All Modes Min: 0.0 s 133
Time
Sets the PID feedback high level detection delay time. Max: 25.5 s
Default: <2>
b5-38 All Modes
PID Setpoint User Display Min: 1 135
(1FEH)
Sets the display value of U5-01 and U5-04 when the maximum frequency is output. Max: 60000
All Modes
Default: <2>
b5-39 0: No decimal places
PID Setpoint Display Digits Min: 0 135
(1FFH) 1: One decimal places
Max: 3
2: Two decimal places
3: Three decimal places
All Modes Default: 0
b5-40 Frequency Reference Monitor
Min: 0 135
(17FH) Content during PID 0: Display the frequency reference (U1-01) after PID compensation has been added.
Max: 1
1: Display the frequency reference (U1-01) before PID compensation has been added.
All Modes
Default: 1
b5-47 Reverse Operation Selection 2 by
0: Zero limit when PID output is a negative value. Min: 0 136
(17DH) PID Output
1: Reverse operation when PID output is a negative value (Zero limit if the reverse operation is Max: 1
prohibited by b1-04).
<2> Default setting is dependent on PID setpoint scaling (b5-20).
<34> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
n b6: Dwell Function
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
Default: <34>
b6-01
Dwell Reference at Start Min: 0.0 Hz 137
(1B6H)
Max: 400.0 Hz
Default: 0.0 s
b6-02 All Modes
Dwell Time at Start Min: 0.0 s 137
(1B7H)
Parameters b6-01 and b6-02 set the frequency to hold and the time to maintain that frequency at Max: 10.0 s
start. Default: <34>
b6-03 Parameters b6-03 and b6-04 set the frequency to hold and the time to maintain that frequency at Min: 0.0 Hz
Dwell Frequency at Stop 137
(1B8H) stop. Max: 400.0 Hz
Default: 0.0 s
b6-04
Dwell Time at Stop Min: 0.0 s 137
(1B9H)
Max: 10.0 s
<34> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
n b8: Energy Saving
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: <34>
b8-01 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Energy Saving Control Selection Min: 0 137
(1CCH)
0: Disabled Max: 1
1: Enabled
b8-02 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <34>
(1CDH)
Energy Saving Gain OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 137
Max: 10.0
Sets the gain used for Energy Saving.
b8-03 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <27>
(1CEH) Energy Saving Control Filter Time
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 s 138
Constant
Max: 10.00 s
Sets a time constant for Energy Saving.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: <21> <24>
b8-04
Energy Saving Coefficient Value Min: 0.00 138
(1CFH) Determines the level of maximum motor efficiency. The setting range is 0.0 to 2000.0 for drives Max: 655.00
with a rated output power up to 3.7 kW as listed in Table 1.1 after the Drive Duty has been set in
parameter C6-01.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 20 ms
b8-05
Power Detection Filter Time OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ms 138
(1D0H)
Max: 2000 ms
Sets a time constant filter for output power detection.
372 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 0%
b8-06
Search Operation Voltage Limit OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 138
(1D1H)
Max: 100%
Sets the limit for the voltage search operation as a percentage of the motor rated voltage.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 1.00
b8-16 Energy Saving Parameter (Ki) for
Min: 0.00 138
(1F8H) PM Motors Coefficient to adjust torque linearity. This parameter rarely needs to be changed. Max: 2.00
When parameter E5-01, Motor Code Selection, is set to 1 or 2, the automatically
calculated value will be set. This set value cannot be changed.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 1.00
b8-17 Energy Saving Parameter (Kt) for
Min: 0.00 138
(1F9H) PM Motors Coefficient to adjust torque linearity. This parameter rarely needs to be changed. Max: 2.00
When parameter E5-01, Motor Code Selection, is set to 1 or 2, the automatically
calculated value will be set. This set value cannot be changed.
<21> Parameter value changes automatically if E2-11 is manually changed or changed by Auto-Tuning.
<24> Default setting value is dependent on the drive model (o2-04) and the Drive Duty (C6-01).
<27> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02) and the drive model (o2-04).
<34> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
n b9: Zero Servo
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 5
b9-01
Zero Servo Gain OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 139
(1DAH)
Max: 100
Sets the position loop gain for the Zero Servo function.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 10
b9-02 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Zero Servo Completion Width Min: 0 139
(1DBH)
Sets the range to trigger an output terminal set for “Zero Servo Complete” during Zero Servo Max: 16383
operation.
u C: Tuning
C parameters are used to adjust the acceleration and deceleration times, S-curves, slip compensation, torque
compensation, and carrier frequency selections.
n C1: Acceleration and Deceleration Times
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
C1-01
(200H) All Modes
Acceleration Time 1 140
Sets the time to accelerate from 0 to maximum frequency.
C1-02
(201H) All Modes
Deceleration Time 1 140
Sets the time to decelerate from maximum frequency to 0.
C1-03
(202H) All Modes
Acceleration Time 2 140
Sets the time to accelerate from 0 to maximum frequency.
C1-04
(203H) All Modes
Deceleration Time 2 140
Sets the time to decelerate from maximum frequency to 0. Default: 10.0 s
Min: 0.0 s
C1-05 Max: 6000.0 s <3>
(204H) Acceleration Time 3 (Motor 2 All Modes
140
Accel Time 1)
Sets the time to accelerate from 0 to maximum frequency.
Parameter List
C1-06
(205H) Deceleration Time 3 (Motor 2 All Modes
140
Decel Time 1)
Sets the time to decelerate from maximum frequency to 0.
C1-07
(206H) Acceleration Time 4 (Motor 2 All Modes 140
Accel Time 2)
Sets the time to accelerate from 0 to maximum frequency.
C1-08
B
(207H) Deceleration Time 4 (Motor 2 All Modes
140
Decel Time 2)
Sets the time to decelerate from maximum frequency to 0.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 373
B.3 Parameter Table
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
Default: 10.0 s
C1-09 All Modes
Fast Stop Time Min: 0.0 s 141
(208H)
Sets the time for the Fast Stop function. Max: 6000.0 s <3>
All Modes Default: 1
C1-10
Accel/Decel Time Setting Units Min: 0 142
(209H) 0: 0.01 s (0.00 to 600.00 s)
Max: 1
1: 0.1 s (0.0 to 6000.0 s)
Default: 0.0 Hz
C1-11 Accel/Decel Time Switching All Modes
Min: 0.0 Hz 141
(20AH) Frequency
Sets the frequency to switch between accel/decel time settings Max: 400.0 Hz
<3> Setting range value is dependent on parameter C1-10, Accel/Decel Time Setting Units. When C1-10 = 0 (units of 0.01 seconds), the setting
range becomes 0.00 to 600.00 seconds.
n C2: S-Curve Characteristics
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
C2-01
Default: <34>
(20BH) S-Curve Characteristic at Accel
Min: 0.00 s 142
Start
Max: 10.00 s
C2-02 All Modes
Default: 0.20 s
(20CH) S-Curve Characteristic at Accel The S-curve can be controlled at the four points shown below. Min: 0.00 s 142
End
Max: 10.00 s
ON OFF
Run Command
Output Frequency
C2-03 C2-02 C2-03 Default: 0.20 s
(20DH) S-Curve Characteristic at Decel
C2-01 C2-04
Min: 0.00 s 142
Start
Max: 10.00 s
Time
C2-04
Default: 0.00 s
(20EH) S-Curve Characteristic at Decel
Min: 0.00 s 142
End
Max: 10.00 s
<34> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
n C3: Slip Compensation
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
C3-01 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <34>
(20FH)
Slip Compensation Gain OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 142
Max: 2.5
Sets the gain for the motor slip compensation function used for motor 1.
C3-02 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <34>
(210H) Slip Compensation Primary Delay
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ms 143
Time
Max: 10000 ms
Adjusts the slip compensation function delay time used for motor 1.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 200%
C3-03 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Slip Compensation Limit Min: 0% 143
(211H)
Sets an upper limit for the slip compensation function as a percentage of motor rated slip for Max: 250%
motor 1 (E2-02).
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 0
C3-04 Slip Compensation Selection
Min: 0 143
(212H) during Regeneration 0: Disabled. Max: 2
1: Enabled above 6 Hz.
2: Enabled whenever slip compensation is possible.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 0
C3-05 Output Voltage Limit Operation OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 144
(213H) Selection
0: Disabled. Max: 1
1: Enabled. Automatically decreases motor flux when output voltage saturation is reached.
C3-21 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <25>
(33EH)
Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 144
Max: 2.5
Sets the slip compensation gain used for motor 2.
C3-22 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <25>
(241H) Motor 2 Slip Compensation
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ms 144
Primary Delay Time
Max: 10000 ms
Sets the slip compensation delay time used for motor 2.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 200%
C3-23 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor 2 Slip Compensation Limit Min: 0% 144
(242H)
Sets the upper limit for the slip compensation function for motor 2. Set as a percentage of the Max: 250%
motor rated slip (E4-02).
374 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 0
C3-24 Motor 2 Slip Compensation
Min: 0 145
(243H) Selection During Regeneration 0: Disabled. Max: 2
1: Enabled above 6 Hz.
2: Enabled whenever slip compensation is possible.
<25> Default setting is determined by the control mode for motor 2 (E3-01).
<34> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
n C4: Torque Compensation
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
C4-01 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: <34>
(215H) OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Torque Compensation Gain Min: 0.00 145
Sets the gain for the automatic torque (voltage) boost function and helps to produce better Max: 2.50
starting torque. Used for motor 1.
C4-02 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <27>
(216H) Torque Compensation Primary
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ms 145
Delay Time
Max: 60000 ms
Sets the torque compensation filter time.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 0.0%
C4-03 Torque Compensation at Forward
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0% 146
(217H) Start
Max: 200.0%
Sets torque compensation at forward start as a percentage of motor torque.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 0.0%
C4-04 Torque Compensation at Reverse
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: -200.0% 146
(218H) Start
Max: 0.0%
Sets torque compensation at reverse start as a percentage of motor torque.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 10 ms
C4-05 Torque Compensation Time OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ms 146
(219H) Constant
Sets the time constant for torque compensation at forward start and reverse start (C4-03 and C4- Max: 200 ms
04).
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 150 ms
C4-06 Torque Compensation Primary
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ms 146
(21AH) Delay Time 2
Max: 10000 ms
Sets the torque compensation time 2.
C4-07 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 1.00
(341H) Motor 2 Torque Compensation
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 146
Gain
Max: 2.50
Sets the torque compensation gain used for motor 2.
<27> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02) and the drive model (o2-04).
<34> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
n C5: Automatic Speed Regulator (ASR)
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
C5-01 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <34>
(21BH)
ASR Proportional Gain 1 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 148
Max: 300.00 <29>
Sets the proportional gain of the speed control loop (ASR).
C5-02 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <34>
(21CH)
ASR Integral Time 1 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.000 s 148
Max: 10.000 s
Sets the integral time of the speed control loop (ASR).
C5-03 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <34>
(21DH)
ASR Proportional Gain 2 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 148
Max: 300.00 <29>
Sets the speed control gain 2 of the speed control loop (ASR).
C5-04 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <34>
(21EH)
Parameter List
ASR Integral Time 2 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.000 s 148
Max: 10.000 s
Sets the integral time 2 of the speed control loop (ASR).
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 5.0%
C5-05 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
ASR Limit Min: 0.0% 149
(21FH)
Sets the upper limit for the speed control loop (ASR) as a percentage of the maximum output Max: 20.0%
frequency (E1-04). B
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <34>
C5-06
ASR Primary Delay Time Constant OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.000 s 149
(220H)
Max: 0.500 s
Sets the filter time constant for the time from the speed loop to the torque command output.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 375
B.3 Parameter Table
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <34>
C5-07
ASR Gain Switching Frequency OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 Hz 150
(221H)
Max: 400.0 Hz
Sets the frequency for switching between proportional gain 1, 2 and integral time 1, 2.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 400%
C5-08
ASR Integral Limit OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 150
(222H)
Max: 400%
Sets the ASR integral upper limit as a percentage of maximum output frequency (E1-04).
C5-11 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 0.0%
(270H) OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Regenerative ASR Limit Min: 0.0% 150
Sets an upper limit for frequency compensation when using ASR. The value is set as a Max: 20.0%
percentage of the maximum output frequency.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 0
C5-12 Integral Operation during Accel/ OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 150
(386H) Decel
0: Disabled. Integral functions are enabled only during constant speed. Max: 1
1: Enabled. Integral functions are always enabled, during accel/decel and during constant speed.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <7> <24>
C5-17
Motor Inertia OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0001 kgm2 150
(276H)
Max: 600.00 kgm2
Sets the motor inertia. This value is automatically set during ASR or Inertia Auto-Tuning.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 1.0
C5-18 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Load Inertia Ratio Min: 0.0 150
(277H)
Sets the ratio between the motor and load inertia. This value is automatically set during ASR or Max: 6000.0
Inertia Auto-Tuning.
C5-21 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <25>
(356H)
Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 1 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 150
Max: 300.00 <29>
Sets the proportional gain of the speed control loop (ASR) for motor 2.
C5-22 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <25>
(357H)
Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 1 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.000 s 150
Max: 10.000 s
Sets the integral time of the speed control loop (ASR) for motor 2.
C5-23 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <25>
(358H)
Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 2 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 150
Max: 300.00 <29>
Sets the speed control gain 2 of the speed control loop (ASR) for motor 2.
C5-24 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <25>
(359H)
Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 2 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.000 s 150
Max: 10.000 s
Sets the integral time 2 of the speed control loop (ASR) for motor 2.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 5.0%
C5-25 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor 2 ASR Limit Min: 0.0% 151
(35AH)
Sets the upper limit for the speed control loop (ASR) for motor 2 as a percentage of the Max: 20.0%
maximum output frequency (E3-04).
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 0.004 s
C5-26 Motor 2 ASR Primary Delay Time OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.000 s 151
(35BH) Constant
Sets the filter time constant for the time from the speed loop to the torque command output used Max: 0.500 s
for motor 2.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 0.0 Hz
C5-27 Motor 2 ASR Gain Switching OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 Hz 151
(35CH) Frequency
Sets the frequency for motor 2 used to switch between proportional gain 1 and 2, and between Max: 400.0 Hz
the integral time 1 and 2.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 400%
C5-28 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor 2 ASR Integral Limit Min: 0% 151
(35DH)
Sets the ASR integral upper limit for motor 2 as a percentage of maximum output frequency Max: 400%
(E3-04).
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 0
C5-32 Integral Operation during Accel/
Min: 0 151
(361H) Decel for Motor 2 0: Disabled. Integral functions for motor 2 are enabled only during constant speed. Max: 1
1: Enabled. Integral functions are always enabled for motor 2, during accel/decel and during
constant speed.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: <24>
C5-37 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor 2 Inertia Min: 0.0001 kgm2 151
(278H) 2
Sets the inertia of motor 2 alone without the load. This value is automatically set during ASR or Max: 600.00 kgm
Inertia Auto-Tuning.
376 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 1.0
C5-38 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor 2 Load Inertia Ratio Min: 0.0 151
(279H)
Sets the ratio between the motor 2 and machine inertia. This value is automatically set during Max: 6000.0
ASR or Inertia Auto-Tuning.
<7> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to E5-01.
<24> Default setting value is dependent on the drive model set to o2-04 and the Drive Duty set to C6-01.
<25> Default setting is determined by the control mode for motor 2 (E3-01).
<29> The setting range is 1.00 to 300.0 in CLV, AOLV/PM, or CLV/PM.
<34> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
n C6: Carrier Frequency
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
All Modes
0: Heavy Duty (HD)
Default: 0
C6-01 Overload Tolerance: 150% rated output current (HD) for 60 s
Drive Duty Selection Min: 0 152
(223H) Carrier Frequency: 2 kHz (default)
Max: 1
1: Normal Duty (ND)
Overload Tolerance: 120% rated output current (ND) for 60 s
Carrier Frequency: 2 kHz, Swing PWM (default)
All Modes
1: 2.0 kHz
2: 5.0 kHz (4.0 Hz)
3: 8.0 kHz (6.0 Hz) Default: <1>
C6-02
Carrier Frequency Selection 4: 10.0 kHz (8.0 Hz) Min: 1 152
(224H)
5: 12.5 kHz (10.0 Hz) Max: F
6: 15.0 kHz (12.0 Hz)
F: User defined (determined by C6-03 through C6-05)
Note: The default setting is 2 when using a PM motor. In all other control modes, 1 for HD and
ND.
All Modes Default: <5>
C6-03
Carrier Frequency Upper Limit Note: C6-04 and C6-05 are available only in V/f and V/f w/PG control modes. Min: 1.0 kHz 153
(225H)
Determines the upper and lower limits for the carrier frequency. Max: 15.0 kHz
In OLV, C6-03 determines the upper limit of the carrier frequency.
Carrier Frequency
Default: <5>
C6-04
Carrier Frequency Lower Limit C6-03 Min: 1.0 kHz 153
(226H)
Max: 15.0 kHz
C6-04 Output Frequency
× (C6-05) × K
Output Default: <5>
C6-05 Carrier Frequency Proportional Frequency
E1-04 Min: 0 153
(227H) Gain
Max Output Max: 99
Frequency
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: <5>
C6-06
PWM Method Min: 0 153
(228H) 0: 2-phase/3-phase conversion Max: 2
1: 2-phase modulation
2: 3-phase modulation
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 0
C6-09 Carrier Frequency during OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 154
(22BH) Rotational Auto-Tuning
0: Carrier Frequency = 5 kHz Max: 1
1: Setting value for C6-03
<1> Default setting value is dependent on the drive model (o2-04), the control mode (A1-02), and the Drive Duty (C6-01).
<5> Default setting value is dependent on parameter C6-02, Carrier Frequency Selection.
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 377
B.3 Parameter Table
u d: References
Reference parameters are used to set the various frequency reference values during operation.
n d1: Frequency Reference
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
d1-01
(280H)
Frequency Reference 1 155
d1-02
(281H)
Frequency Reference 2 155
d1-03
(282H)
Frequency Reference 3 155
Default: 0.00 Hz
All Modes Min: 0.00 Hz
d1-04 Max: 400.00 Hz
Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
(283H) <11> <40>
Frequency Reference 4 155
d1-05
(284H)
Frequency Reference 5 155
d1-06
(285H)
Frequency Reference 6 155
d1-07
(286H)
Frequency Reference 7 155
Default: 0.00 Hz
All Modes Min: 0.00 Hz
d1-08 Max: 400.00 Hz
Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
(287H) <11> <40>
Frequency Reference 8 155
d1-17 Default: 6.00 Hz
(292H) All Modes Min: 0.00 Hz
Jog Frequency Reference 155
Max: 400.00 Hz
Sets the Jog frequency reference. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
<11> <40>
<11> Range upper limit is determined by the maximum output frequency (E1-04) and the upper limit of the frequency reference (d2-01).
<40> When using the AOLV/PM or CLV/PM control mode, the drive will automatically set parameter o1-03 = 1 and percentage units will be used.
n d2: Frequency Upper/Lower Limits
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
Default: 100.0%
d2-01 All Modes
Frequency Reference Upper Limit Min: 0.0% 157
(289H)
Sets the frequency reference upper limit as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Max: 110.0%
d2-02
Default: 0.0%
(28AH) All Modes
Frequency Reference Lower Limit Min: 0.0% 157
Sets the frequency reference lower limit as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Max: 110.0%
d2-03
All Modes Default: 0.0%
(293H) Master Speed Reference Lower
Min: 0.0 157
Limit Sets the lower limit for frequency references from analog inputs as a percentage of the
Max: 110.0%
maximum output frequency.
d2-04
Default: 100.0%
(2A8H) Frequency Reference 2 Upper All Modes
Min: 0.0% 157
Limit
Sets the frequency reference 2 upper limit as a percentage of maximum output frequency. Max: 110.0%
d2-05
Default: 100.0%
(2A9H) Frequency Reference 2 Lower All Modes
Min: 0.0% 157
Limit
Sets the frequency reference 2 lower limit as a percentage of maximum output frequency. Max: 110.0%
n d5: Torque Control
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 0
d5-01
Torque Control Selection Min: 0 160
(29AH) 0: Speed Control Max: 1
1: Torque Control
Set to 0 when using a digital input to switch between Speed and Torque Control (H1- = 71).
378 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: <34>
d5-02 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Torque Reference Delay Time Min: 0 ms 161
(29BH)
Sets a delay time for the torque reference signal. Used to suppress effects by noisy or fluctuating Max: 1000 ms
torque reference signals.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 1
d5-03 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Speed Limit Selection Min: 1 161
(29CH)
1: Limit set by the frequency reference in b1-01. Max: 2
2: Limit set by d5-04.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 0%
d5-04
Speed Limit Min: -120% 161
(29DH) Sets the speed limit during Torque Control as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Max: 120%
Enabled when d5-03 = 2. A negative setting set a limit in the opposite direction of the Run
command.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 10%
d5-05 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Speed Limit Bias Min: 0% 161
(29EH)
Sets the speed limit bias as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Max: 120%
The bias is applied to the specified speed limit and can adjust the margin for the speed limit.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 0 ms
d5-06 Speed/Torque Control Switchover OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ms 161
(29FH) Time
Sets the delay time for switching between Speed and Torque Control using an input terminal Max: 1000 ms
(H1- = 71). Reference values are held during this switch delay time.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 1
d5-08 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Unidirectional Speed Limit Bias Min: 0 161
(2B5H)
0: Disabled Max: 1
1: Enabled
<34> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
n d6: Field Weakening and Field Forcing
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 80%
d6-01
Field Weakening Level Min: 0% 162
(2A0H) Sets the drive output voltage for the Field Weakening function as a percentage of the maximum Max: 100%
output voltage.
Enabled when a multi-function input is set for Field Weakening (H1- = 63).
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 0.0 Hz
d6-02
Field Weakening Frequency Limit Min: 0.0 Hz 162
(2A1H) Sets the lower limit of the frequency range where Field Weakening control is valid. Max: 400.0 Hz
The Field Weakening command is valid only at frequencies above this setting and only when
the output frequency matches the frequency reference (speed agree).
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 0
d6-03 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Field Forcing Selection Min: 0 162
(2A2H)
0: Disabled Max: 1
1: Enabled
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 400%
d6-06 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Field Forcing Limit Min: 100% 162
(2A5H)
Sets the upper limit of the excitation current command during magnetic field forcing. A setting Max: 400%
of 100% is equal to motor no-load current. Disabled only during DC Injection Braking.
n d7: Offset Frequency
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
d7-01
All Modes Default: 0.0%
Parameter List
(2B2H)
Offset Frequency 1 Min: -100.0% 163
Added to the frequency reference when the digital input “Frequency offset 1” (H1- = 44) is
Max: 100.0%
switched on. Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
d7-02
All Modes Default: 0.0%
(2B3H)
Offset Frequency 2 Min: -100.0% 163
Added to the frequency reference when the digital input “Frequency offset 2” (H1- = 45) is
Max: 100.0%
switched on. Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
d7-03
All Modes Default: 0.0%
B
(2B4H)
Offset Frequency 3 Min: -100.0% 163
Added to the frequency reference when the digital input “Frequency offset 3” (H1- = 46) is
Max: 100.0%
switched on. Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 379
B.3 Parameter Table
u E: Motor Parameters
n E1: V/f Pattern for Motor 1
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
All Modes
Default: 200 V <15>
E1-01 This parameter must be set to the power supply voltage.
Input Voltage Setting Min: 155 V 164
(300H) WARNING! Drive input voltage (not motor voltage) must be set in E1-01 for the protective
Max: 255 V
features of the drive to function properly. Failure to do so may result in equipment damage and/
or death or personal injury.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: F
E1-03
V/f Pattern Selection OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: – 164
(302H)
Max: F
F: Custom V/f, E1-04 through E1-13 settings define the V/f pattern
Default: <7> <34>
E1-04
Maximum Output Frequency Min: 40.0 Hz 164
(303H)
Max: 400.0 Hz <38>
Default: <7> <15> <34>
E1-05 All Modes
Maximum Voltage Min: 0.00 V 164
(304H) To set linear V/f characteristics, set the same values for E1-07 and E1-09. In this case, the Max: 255.0 V <15>
setting for E1-08 will be disregarded. Ensure that the four frequencies are set according to these
Default: <7> <34>
E1-06 rules:
Base Frequency Min: 0.0 Hz 164
(305H) E1-09 ≤ E1-07 < E1-06 ≤ Ε1−11 ≤ E1-04
Max: E1-04 <38>
Note that if E1-11 = 0, then both E1-11 and E1-12 are disabled, and the above conditions do not
apply. Default: <34>
E1-07
Middle Output Frequency Min: 0.0 Hz 164
(306H) Output Voltage (V) Max: E1-04
E1-05
E1-12 Default: <15> <34>
E1-08
Middle Output Frequency Voltage Min: 0.0 V 164
(307H)
E1-13 Max: 255.0 V <15>
Default: <7> <34>
E1-09
Minimum Output Frequency Min: 0.0 Hz 164
(308H)
E1-08 Max: E1-04 <38>
Default: <15> <34>
E1-10 Minimum Output Frequency
E1-10 Min: 0.0 V 164
(309H) Voltage
Max: 255.0 V <15>
E1-09 E1-07 E1-06 E1-11 E1-04
E1-11 Default: 0.0 Hz
Frequency (Hz)
(30AH) Middle Output Frequency 2 Min: 0.0 Hz 164
Note: Some parameters may not be available depending on the control mode.
<17> Max: E1-04
• E1-07, E1-08 and E-10 are available only in the following control modes: V/f Control, V/f
E1-12 with PG, Open Loop Vector. Default: 0.0 V
Middle Output Frequency Voltage
(30BH) • E1-11, E1-12 and E-13 are available only in the following control modes: V/f Control, V/f Min: 0.0 V 164
2
<17> with PG, Open Loop Vector, Closed Loop Vector. Max: 255.0 V <15>
Default: 0.0 V <35>
E1-13
Base Voltage Min: 0.0 V 164
(30CH)
Max: 255.0 V <15>
<7> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to E5-01.
<15> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
<17> Parameter ignored when E1-11 (Motor 1 Mid Output Frequency 2) and E1-12 (Motor 1 Mid Output Frequency Voltage 2) are set to 0.0.
<34> Default setting value is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
<35> When Auto-Tuning is performed, E1-13 and E1-05 will be set to the same value.
<38> The setting range varies according to the motor code entered to E5-01 when using OLV/PM. The setting range is 0.0 to 400.0 Hz when E5-01
is set to FFFFH.
n E2: Motor 1 Parameters
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
Default: <24>
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Min: 10% of drive rated
E2-01
Motor Rated Current OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM current 165
(30EH)
Max: 200% of drive
Sets the motor nameplate full load current in Amps. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning. rated current <18>
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <24>
E2-02
Motor Rated Slip OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 Hz 165
(30FH)
Max: 20.00 Hz
Sets the motor rated slip. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <24>
E2-03
Motor No-Load Current OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 A 166
(310H)
Max: E2-01 <18>
Sets the no-load current for the motor. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 4
E2-04
Number of Motor Poles OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 2 166
(311H)
Max: 48
Sets the number of motor poles. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
380 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <24>
E2-05
Motor Line-to-Line Resistance OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.000 Ω 166
(312H)
Max: 65.000 Ω
Sets the phase-to-phase motor resistance. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: <24>
E2-06 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor Leakage Inductance Min: 0.0% 166
(313H)
Sets the voltage drop due to motor leakage inductance as a percentage of motor rated voltage. Max: 40.0%
Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 0.50
E2-07 Motor Iron-Core Saturation OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 166
(314H) Coefficient 1
Sets the motor iron saturation coefficient at 50% of magnetic flux. Automatically set during Max: 0.50
Auto-Tuning.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 0.75
E2-08 Motor Iron-Core Saturation OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: E2-07 166
(315H) Coefficient 2
Sets the motor iron saturation coefficient at 75% of magnetic flux. Automatically set during Max: 0.75
Auto-Tuning.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 0.0%
E2-09
Motor Mechanical Loss OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0% 167
(316H)
Max: 10.0%
Sets the motor mechanical loss as a percentage of motor rated power (kW).
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <24>
E2-10 Motor Iron Loss for Torque
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 W 167
(317H) Compensation
Max: 65535 W
Sets the motor iron loss.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: <24>
E2-11 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor Rated Power Min: 0.00 kW 167
(318H)
Sets the motor rated power in kilowatts (1 HP = 0.746 kW). Automatically set during Max: 650.00 kW
Auto-Tuning.
<18> This value's number of decimal places depends on the drive model and the Heavy/Normal duty selection in parameter C6-01. The value will
have two decimal places (0.01A) if the drive is set for a Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity up to 11 kW (refer to Table A.2 and Table A.3)
and one decimal place (0.1A) if the set Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity is higher than 11 kW.
<24> Default setting value is dependent on the drive model (o2-04) and the Drive Duty (C6-01).
n E3: V/f Pattern for Motor 2
These parameters are hidden when a PM motor control mode has been selected for motor 1 (A1-02 = 5, 6, 7).
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 0
E3-01
Motor 2 Control Mode Selection 0: V/f Control Min: 0 168
(319H)
1: V/f Control with PG Max: 3
2: Open Loop Vector Control
3: Closed Loop Vector Control
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 381
B.3 Parameter Table
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
Default: <25>
E3-04 Motor 2 Maximum Output
Min: 40.0 Hz 168
(31AH) Frequency
Max: 400.0 Hz
Default: <15> <25>
E3-05
Motor 2 Maximum Voltage Min: 0.0 V 168
(31BH) V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Max: 255.0 V <15>
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: <25>
E3-06
Motor 2 Base Frequency Min: 0.0 Hz 168
(31CH) To set linear V/f characteristics, set the same values for E3-07 and E3-09. In this case, the
Max: E3-04
setting for E3-08 will be disregarded. Ensure that the four frequencies are set according to these
rules or an oPE10 fault will occur: Default: <25>
E3-07
(31DH)
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency E3-09 ≤ E3-07 < E3-06 ≤ Ε3−11 ≤ E3-04 Min: 0.0 Hz 168
Max: E3-04
Output Voltage (V)
Default: <15> <25>
E3-08 Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency E3-05
E3-12 Min: 0.0 V 168
(31EH) Voltage
Max: 255.0 V <15>
E3-13 Default: <25>
E3-09 Motor 2 Minimum Output
Min: 0.0 Hz 168
(31FH) Frequency
Max: E3-04
E3-08 Default: <15> <25>
E3-10 Motor 2 Minimum Output
Min: 0.0 V 168
(320H) Frequency Voltage
E3-10
Max: 255.0 V <15>
E3-11 Default: 0.0 Hz <22>
E3-09 E3-07 E3-06 E3-11 E3-04
(345H) Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency 2 Min: 0.0 Hz 168
Frequency (Hz)
<17> Max: E3-04
E3-12 Note: E3-07 and E3-08 are only available in the following control modes: V/f, V/f w/PG and Default: 0.0 V
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency OLV.
(346H) Min: 0.0 V 168
Voltage 2
<22> Max: 255.0 V <15>
Default: 0.0 V
E3-13
Motor 2 Base Voltage Min: 0.0 V 168
(347H)
Max: 255.0 V <15>
<15> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
<17> Parameter ignored when E1-11 (Motor 1 Mid Output Frequency 2) and E1-12 (Motor 1 Mid Output Frequency Voltage 2) are set to 0.0.
<22> Parameter ignored when E3-11 (Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency 2) and E3-12 (Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Voltage 2) are set to 0.
<25> Default setting is determined by the control mode for motor 2 (E3-01).
n E4: Motor 2 Parameters
These parameters are hidden when a PM motor control mode has been selected for motor 1 (A1-02 = 5, 6, 7).
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
Default: <24>
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Min: 10% of drive rated
E4-01
Motor 2 Rated Current OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM current 169
(321H)
Max: 200% of drive
Sets the full load current for motor 2. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning. rated current <18>
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <24>
E4-02
Motor 2 Rated Slip OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 Hz 169
(322H)
Max: 20.00 Hz
Sets the rated slip for motor 2. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <24>
E4-03
Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 A 169
(323H)
Max: E4-01 <18>
Sets the no-load current for motor 2. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 4
E4-04
Motor 2 Motor Poles OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 2 170
(324H)
Max: 48
Sets the number of poles of motor 2. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <24>
E4-05
Motor 2 Line-to-Line Resistance OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.000 Ω 170
(325H)
Max: 65.000 Ω
Sets the phase-to-phase resistance for motor 2. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: <24>
E4-06 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor 2 Leakage Inductance Min: 0.0% 170
(326H)
Sets the voltage drop for motor 2 due to motor leakage inductance as a percentage of rated Max: 40.0%
voltage. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <24>
E4-10
Motor 2 Iron Loss OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 W 170
(340H)
Max: 65535 W
Sets the motor iron loss.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <24>
E4-11
Motor 2 Rated Power OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 kW 170
(327H)
Max: 650.00 kW
Sets the motor rated capacity in kW. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
382 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
<18> This value's number of decimal places depends on the drive model and the Heavy/Normal duty selection in parameter C6-01. The value will
have two decimal places (0.01A) if the drive is set for a Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity up to 11 kW (refer to Table A.2 and Table A.3)
and one decimal place (0.1A) if the set Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity is higher than 11 kW.
<24> Default setting value is dependent on the drive model (o2-04) and the Drive Duty (C6-01).
n E5: PM Motor Settings
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default:
E5-01
<19> <24> <34>
(329H) Motor Code Selection Enter the Yaskawa motor code for the PM motor being used. Various motor parameters are 171
Min: 0000
<16> automatically set based on the value of this parameter. Setting that were changed manually will Max: FFFF <37>
be overwritten by the defaults of the selected motor code.
Note: Set to FFFF when using a non-Yaskawa PM motor or a special motor.
E5-02 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <7>
(32AH) Motor Rated Power OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.10 kW 171
<16> Max: 650.00 kW
Sets the rated capacity of the motor.
Default: <7>
E5-03 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Min: 10% of drive rated
(32BH) Motor Rated Current OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM current 171
<16> Max: 200% of drive
Sets the motor rated current. rated current <18>
E5-04 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <7>
(32CH) Number of Motor Poles OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 2 171
<16> Max: 48
Sets the number of motor poles.
E5-05 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <7>
(32DH) Motor Stator Resistance OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.000 Ω 171
<16> Max: 65.000 Ω
Set the resistance for each motor phase.
E5-06 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <7>
(32EH) Motor d-Axis Inductance OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 mH 172
<16> Max: 300.00 mH
Sets the d-axis inductance for the PM motor.
E5-07 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <7>
(32FH) Motor q-Axis Inductance OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 mH 172
<16> Max: 600.00 mH
Sets the q-axis inductance for the PM motor.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: <7>
E5-09
Motor Induction Voltage Constant Min: 0.0 mV/(rad/s)
(331H) Set the induced phase peak voltage in units of 0.1 mV (rad/s) [electrical angle]. Set this 172
1 Max:
<16> parameter when using a Yaskawa SSR1 Series PM motor with derated torque, or a Yaskawa 2000.0 mV/(rad/s)
SST4 Series motor with constant torque.
When setting this parameter, E5-24 should be set to 0.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 0.0 deg
E5-11 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Encoder Z-pulse Offset Min: -180 deg 172
(333H)
Sets the offset between the rotor magnetic axis and the Z pulse of an incremental encoder. Set Max: 180 deg
during Z Pulse Offset Tuning.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: <7>
E5-24 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor Induction Voltage Constant Min: 0.0 mV/(r/min)
(353H) 172
2 Set the induced phase-to-phase rms voltage in units of 0.1 mV/(r/min) [mechanical angle]. Set Max: 6500.0 mV/(r/
<16>
this parameter when using a Yaskawa SMRA Series SPM motor. min)
When setting this parameter, E5-09 should be set to 0.
<7> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to E5-01.
<16> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
<18> This value's number of decimal places depends on the drive model and the Heavy/Normal duty selection in parameter C6-01. The value will
have two decimal places (0.01A) if the drive is set for a Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity up to 11 kW (refer to Table A.2 and Table A.3)
and one decimal place (0.1A) if the set Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity is higher than 11 kW.
<19> If using a Yaskawa SMRA Series SPM Motor, the default setting is 1800 r/min.
<24> Default setting value is determined by the drive model (o2-04) and the Drive Duty (C6-01).
<34> Default setting value is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
Parameter List
<37> Selections may vary depending on the motor code entered to E5-01.
u F: Options
F parameters are used to program the drive for PG feedback from the motor and to function with option cards.
B
n F1: PG Speed Control Card (PG-B3 / PG-X3)
Parameters F1-01, F1-05, F1-06, F1-12, F1-13, and F1-18 through F1-21 are used to set up a PG option card plugged into
option port CN5-C of the drive. They include “PG 1” in the parameter name.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 383
B.3 Parameter Table
Parameters F1-21 through F1-37 are used to set up a PG option card plugged into option port CN5-B of the drive. They
include “PG 2” in the parameter name.
Other parameters in the F1 group are used to set operation for PG options plugged into port CN5-C and CN5-B.
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 1024 ppr
F1-01
PG 1 Pulses Per Revolution Min: 0 ppr 173
(380H) Sets the number of PG (pulse generator or encoder) pulses. Max: 60000 ppr
Sets the number of pulses per motor revolution.
Note: Setting range is 0 to 15000 ppr when A1-02 = 5, 6, 7 (PM control mode).
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 1
F1-02 Operation Selection at PG Open
0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-02. Min: 0 173
(381H) Circuit (PGo)
1: Coast to stop. Max: 3
2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09.
3: Alarm only.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 1
F1-03 Operation Selection at Overspeed
0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-02. Min: 0 173
(382H) (oS)
1: Coast to stop. Max: 3
2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09.
3: Alarm only.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 3
F1-04
Operation Selection at Deviation 0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-02. Min: 0 174
(383H)
1: Coast to stop. Max: 3
2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09.
3: Alarm only.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: <34>
F1-05 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
PG 1 Rotation Selection Min: 0 174
(384H)
0: Pulse A leads Max: 1
1: Pulse B leads
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 1
F1-06 PG 1 Division Rate for PG Pulse
Min: 1 174
(385H) Monitor Sets the division ratio for the pulse monitor used of the PG option card installed to port CN5-C. Max: 132
By setting “xyz”, the division ratio becomes = [(1 + x) / yz]. If only using the A pulse for one
track input, then the input ratio will be 1:1, regardless of what F1-06 is set to.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 115%
F1-08
Overspeed Detection Level OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 173
(387H)
Max: 120%
Sets the overspeed detection level as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <34>
F1-09
Overspeed Detection Delay Time OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 s 173
(388H)
Max: 2.0 s
Sets the time in seconds for an overspeed situation to trigger a fault (oS).
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 10%
F1-10 Excessive Speed Deviation
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 174
(389H) Detection Level
Max: 50%
Sets the speed deviation detection level as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 0.5 s
F1-11 Excessive Speed Deviation
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 s 174
(38AH) Detection Delay Time
Max: 10.0 s
Sets the time in seconds for a speed deviation situation to trigger a fault (dEv).
Default: 0
F1-12 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
PG 1 Gear Teeth 1 Min: 0 174
(38BH)
Max: 1000
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Default: 0
F1-13 Sets the gear ratio between the motor shaft and the encoder (PG).
PG 1 Gear Teeth 2 Min: 0 174
(38CH) A gear ratio of 1 will be used if either of these parameters is set to 0. Max: 1000
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 2.0 s
F1-14
PG Open-Circuit Detection Time OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 s 173
(38DH)
Max: 10.0 s
Sets the time required to trigger a PG Open fault (PGo).
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 10
F1-18 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
dv3 Detection Selection Min: 0 175
(3ADH)
0: Disabled Max: 10
1: Enabled
384 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 128
F1-19 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
dv4 Detection Selection Min: 0 175
(3AEH)
0: Disabled Max: 5000
n: Number of pulses that the A and B pulse are reversed that triggers dv4 detection.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 1
F1-20 PG Option Card Disconnect OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 175
(3B4H) Detection 1
0: Disabled Max: 1
1: Enabled
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 0
F1-21 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
PG 1 Signal Selection Min: 0 175
(3BCH)
0: A pulse detection Max: 1
1: AB pulse detection
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 1
F1-30 PG Card Option Port for Motor 2 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Min: 0 175
(3AAH) Selection Sets the port for the PG option card used by motor 2. Max: 1
0: CN5-C
1: CN5-B
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 1024 ppr
F1-31
PG 2 Pulses Per Revolution OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ppr 173
(3B0H)
Max: 60000 ppr
Sets the number of pulses for a PG option card connected to port CN5-B.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 0
F1-32 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
PG 2 Rotation Selection Min: 0 174
(3B1H)
0: Pulse A leads Max: 1
1: Pulse B leads
Default: 0
F1-33 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
PG 2 Gear Teeth 1 Min: 0 174
(3B2H)
Max: 1000
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Default: 0
F1-34 Sets the gear ratio between the motor shaft and the encoder (PG).
PG 2 Gear Teeth 2 Min: 0 174
(3B3H) A gear ratio of 1 will be used if either of these parameters is set to 0. Max: 1000
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 1
F1-35 PG 2 Division Rate for Pulse OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 1 174
(3BEH) Monitor
Sets the division ratio for the pulse monitor used of the PG option card 2 installed to port CN5- Max: 132
B. By setting “xyz”, the division ratio becomes = [(1 + x) / yz].
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 1
F1-36 PG Option Card Disconnect OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 175
(3B5H) Detection 2
0: Disabled Max: 1
1: Enabled
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 0
F1-37 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
PG 2 Signal Selection Min: 0 175
(3BDH)
0: A pulse detection Max: 1
1: AB pulse detection
<34> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
n F2: Analog Input Card (AI-A3)
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
All Modes
Default: 0
F2-01 Analog Input Option Card
0: Option card input terminals V1, V2, and V3 replace drive input terminals A1, A2, and A3. Min: 0 176
(38FH) Operation Selection
1: Input signals to terminals V1, V2, and V3 are added together to create the frequency Max: 1
reference.
F2-02
Default: 100.0%
(368H) All Modes
Analog Input Option Card Gain Min: -999.9% 176
Sets the gain for the input signal to the analog card. Max: 999.9%
Parameter List
F2-03
Default: 0.0%
(369H) All Modes
Analog Input Option Card Bias Min: -999.9% 176
Sets the bias for the input signal to the analog card. Max: 999.9%
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 385
B.3 Parameter Table
n F3: Digital Input Card (DI-A3)
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
All Modes
0: BCD, 1% units
1: BCD, 0.1% units
2: BCD, 0.01% units
3: BCD, 1 Hz units
4: BCD, 0.1 Hz units
Default: 0
F3-01 Digital Input Option Card Input 5: BCD, 0.01 Hz units
Min: 0 176
(390H) Selection 6: BCD customized setting (5 digit), 0.02 Hz units
Max: 7
7: Binary input
The value set to F3-03 determines the setting range and units as follows:
F3-03 = 0: 100%/255 (-255 to +255)
F3-03 = 1: 100%/4095 (-4095 to +4095)
F3-03 = 2: 100%/30000 (-33000 to +33000)
When the digital operator units are set to be displayed in Hertz or user-set units (o1-03 = 2 or 3),
the units for F3-01 are determined by parameter o1-03.
All Modes
Default: 2
F3-03 Digital Input Option DI-A3 Data
0: 8 bit Min: 0 177
(3B9H) Length Selection
1: 12 bit Max: 2
2: 16 bit
n F4: Analog Monitor Card (AO-A3)
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
All Modes Default: 102
F4-01
Terminal V1 Monitor Selection Min: 000 177
(391H) Sets the monitor signal for output from terminal V1. Set this parameter to the last three digits of
Max: 999
the desired U- monitor. Some U parameters are available only in certain control modes.
F4-02
Default: 100.0%
(392H) All Modes
Terminal V1 Monitor Gain Min: -999.9% 177
Sets the gain for voltage output via terminal V1. Max: 999.9%
All Modes Default: 103
F4-03
Terminal V2 Monitor Selection Min: 000 177
(393H) Sets the monitor signal for output from terminal V2. Set this parameter to the last three digits of
Max: 999
the desired U- monitor. Some U parameters are available only in certain control modes.
F4-04
Default: 50.0%
(394H) All Modes
Terminal V2 Monitor Gain Min: -999.9% 177
Sets the gain for voltage output via terminal V2. Max: 999.9%
F4-05
Default: 0.0%
(395H) All Modes
Terminal V1 Monitor Bias Min: -999.9% 177
Sets the amount of bias added to the voltage output via terminal V1. Max: 999.9%
F4-06
Default: 0.0%
(396H) All Modes
Terminal V2 Monitor Bias Min: -999.9% 177
Sets the amount of bias added to the voltage output via terminal V2. Max: 999.9%
Default: 0
F4-07
Terminal V1 Signal Level Min: 0 178
(397H) All Modes Max: 1
0: 0 to 10 V Default: 0
F4-08 1: -10 to 10 V
Terminal V2 Signal Level Min: 0 178
(398H)
Max: 1
386 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
n F5: Digital Output Card (DO-A3)
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
Default: 0
F5-01
Terminal P1-PC Output Selection Min: 0 178
(399H)
Max: 161
Default: 1
F5-02
Terminal P2-PC Output Selection Min: 0 178
(39AH)
Max: 161
Default: 2
F5-03
Terminal P3-PC Output Selection Min: 0 178
(39BH)
Max: 161
Default: 4
F5-04
Terminal P4-PC Output Selection Min: 0 178
(39CH) All Modes Max: 161
Sets the function for contact output terminals M1-M2, M3-M4, and photocoupler output Default: 6
F5-05 terminals P1 through P6.
Terminal P5-PC Output Selection Min: 0 178
(39DH)
Max: 161
Default: 37
F5-06
Terminal P6-PC Output Selection Min: 0 178
(39EH)
Max: 161
Default: F
F5-07
Terminal M1-M2 Output Selection Min: 0 178
(39FH)
Max: 161
Default: F
F5-08
Terminal M3-M4 Output Selection Min: 0 178
(3A0H)
Max: 161
All Modes
Default: 0
F5-09
DO-A3 Output Mode Selection 0: Output terminals are each assigned separate output functions. Min: 0 178
(3A1H)
1: Binary code output Max: 2
2: Use output terminal functions selected by parameters F5-01 through F5-08.
n F6: Communication Option Card
The parameters in the F6 group are used for communication protocol specific settings.
For more details on a specific option card, refer to the instruction manual for the option card.
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
All Modes
Default: 1
F6-01 Communications Error Operation 0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-02.
Min: 0 178
(3A2H) Selection 1: Coast to stop.
Max: 3
2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09.
3: Alarm only.
All Modes Default: 0
F6-02 External Fault from Comm. Option
Min: 0 179
(3A3H) Detection Selection 0: Always detected
Max: 1
1: Detection during run only
All Modes
Default: 1
F6-03 External Fault from Comm. Option 0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-02.
Min: 0 179
(3A4H) Operation Selection 1: Coast to stop.
Max: 3
2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09.
3: Alarm only.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 0
F6-06 Torque Reference/Torque Limit OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 179
(3A7H) Selection from Comm. Option
0: Disabled.Torque reference/limit from option board disabled. Max: 1
1: Enabled. Torque reference/limit from option board enabled.
Multi-Step Speed Enable/Disable All Modes Default: 0
F6-07
Selection when NetRef/ComRef is Min: 0 179
(3A8H) 0: Multi-step reference disabled
Selected Max: 1
1: Multi-step reference enabled
All Modes
F6-08 Default: 0
0: Communication-related parameters (F6-) are not reset when the drive is initialized using
(36AH) Reset Communication Parameters Min: 0 179
Parameter List
A1-02.
<16> Max: 1
1: Reset all communication-related parameters (F6-) when the drive is initialized using
A1-02.
common_ Default: 21
F6-20 MECHATROLINK Station All Modes TMonly Min: 20 –
(36BH) Address
Sets the station address when the MECHATROLINK-II option has been installed. Max: 3FH
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
F6-21
(36CH)
MECHATROLINK Frame Size
0: 32 byte
Min: 0 – B
Max: 1
1: 17 byte
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 387
B.3 Parameter Table
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
common_
All Modes TMonly Default: 0
F6-22
MECHATROLINK Link Speed Min: 0 –
(36DH) 0: 10 Mbps
Max: 1
1: 4 Mbps
common_ Default: 0
F6-23 MECHATROLINK Monitor All Modes TMonly Min: 0 –
(36EH) Selection (E)
Sets the MECHATROLINK-II monitor (E). Max: FFFFH
common_ Default: 0
F6-24 MECHATROLINK Monitor All Modes TMonly Min: 0 –
(36FH) Selection (F)
Sets the MECHATROLINK-II monitor (F). Max: FFFFH
common_
All Modes TMonly
Default: 1
F6-25 Operation Selection at Watchdog 0: Ramp to stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-02.
Min: 0 –
(3C9H) Timer Error (E5) 1: Coast to stop.
Max: 3
2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09.
3: Alarm only.
common_ Default: 2
F6-26 MECHATROLINK bUS Errors All Modes TMonly Min: 2 –
(3CAH) Detected
Sets the number of option communication errors (bUS). Max: 10
<16> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
u H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals
H parameters assign functions to the multi-function input and output terminals.
n H1: Multi-Function Digital Inputs
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
Default: 40 (F) <10>
H1-01 Multi-Function Digital Input
Min: 1 181
(438H) Terminal S1 Function Selection
Max: 7E
Default: 41 (F) <10>
H1-02 Multi-Function Digital Input
Min: 1 181
(439H) Terminal S2 Function Selection
Max: 7E
Default: 24
H1-03 Multi-Function Digital Input
Min: 0 181
(400H) Terminal S3 Function Selection
Max: 7E
Default: 14
H1-04 Multi-Function Digital Input
All Modes Min: 0 181
(401H) Terminal S4 Function Selection
Max: 7E
Assigns a function to the multi-function digital inputs.
Refer to page 388 to page 391 for a description of setting values. Default: 3(0) <10>
H1-05 Multi-Function Digital Input
Note: Unused terminals should be set to F. Min: 0 181
(402H) Terminal S5 Function Selection
Max: 7E
Default: 4(3) <10>
H1-06 Multi-Function Digital Input
Min: 0 181
(403H) Terminal S6 Function Selection
Max: 7E
Default: 6(4) <10>
H1-07 Multi-Function Digital Input
Min: 0 181
(404H) Terminal S7 Function Selection
Max: 7E
Default: 8
H1-08 Multi-Function Digital Input
Min: 0 181
(405H) Terminal S8 Function Selection
Max: 7E
<10> Value in parenthesis is the default setting when a 3-wire initialization is performed (A1-03 = 3330).
H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections
H1- Function Description Page
Setting
All Modes
0 3-wire sequence 182
Closed: Reverse rotation (only if the drive is set up for 3-wire sequence)
Terminals S1 and S2 are automatically set up for the Run command and Stop command.
All Modes
1 LOCAL/REMOTE selection Open: REMOTE (parameter settings determine the source of the frequency Reference 1 or 2 (b1-01, b1-02 or b1- 182
15, b1-16)
Closed: LOCAL, digital operator is run and reference source
All Modes
2 External reference 1/2 selection 183
Open: Run command and frequency reference source 1 (determined by b1-01 and b1-02)
Closed: Run command and frequency reference source 2 (determined by b1-15 and b1-16)
3 Multi-Step Speed Reference 1 183
All Modes
4 Multi-Step Speed Reference 2 183
When input terminals are set to Multi-Step Speed References 1 through 3, switching combinations of those
5 Multi-Step Speed Reference 3 terminals will create a multi-step speed sequence using the frequency references set in d1-01 through d1-08. 183
388 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections
H1-
Function Description Page
Setting
All Modes
6 Jog reference selection 183
Closed: Jog frequency reference (d1-17) selected. Jog has priority over all other reference sources.
All Modes
7 Accel/decel time selection 1 183
Used to switch between accel/decel time 1 (set in C1-01, C1-02) and accel/decel time 2 (set in C1-03, C1-04).
All Modes
8 Baseblock command (N.O.) 183
Closed: No drive output
All Modes
9 Baseblock command (N.C.) 183
Open: No drive output
All Modes
A Accel/decel ramp hold 183
Open: Accel/decel is not held
Closed: The drive pauses during acceleration or deceleration and maintains the output frequency.
All Modes
B Drive overheat alarm (oH2) 183
Closed: Closes when an oH2 alarm occurs
All Modes
C Analog terminal input selection 184
Open: Function assigned by H3-14 is disabled.
Closed: Function assigned by H3-14 is enabled.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
D PG encoder disable OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 184
Open: Speed feedback for V/f Control with PG is enabled.
Closed: Speed feedback disabled.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
E ASR integral reset OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 184
Open: PI control
Closed: Integral reset
All Modes
F Through mode 184
Select this setting when using the terminal in a pass-through mode. The terminal does not trigger a drive function
but can be used as digital input for the controller the drive is connected to.
10 Up command 184
All Modes
The drive accelerates when the Up command terminal closes, and decelerates when the Down command closes.
When both terminals are closed or both are open, the drive holds the frequency reference. The Up and Down
11 Down command commands must always be used in conjunction with one another. 184
All Modes
12 Forward Jog 185
Closed: Runs forward at the Jog frequency d1-17.
All Modes
13 Reverse Jog 185
Closed: Runs reverse at the Jog frequency d1-17.
All Modes
14 Fault reset 185
Closed: Resets faults if the cause is cleared and the Run command is removed.
All Modes
15 Fast Stop (N.O.) 185
Closed: Decelerates at the Fast Stop time set to C1-09.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
16 Motor 2 selection OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 186
Open: Motor 1 (E1-, E2-)
Closed: Motor 2 (E3-, E4-)
All Modes
17 Fast Stop (N.C.) 185
Open: Decelerates to stop at the Fast Stop time set to C1-09.
All Modes
Parameter List
18 Timer function input 186
Triggers the timer set up by parameters b4-01 and b4-02. Must be set in conjunction with the timer function output
(H2- = 12).
All Modes
19 PID disable 186
Open: PID control enabled
Closed: PID control disabled
All Modes B
1A Accel/decel time selection 2 186
Used in conjunction with an input terminal set for “Accel/decel time selection 1” (H1- = 7), and allows the
drive to switch between accel/decel times 3 and 4.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 389
B.3 Parameter Table
H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections
H1-
Function Description Page
Setting
All Modes
1B Program lockout 187
Open: Parameters cannot be edited (except for U1-01 if the reference source is assigned to the digital operator).
Closed: Parameters can be edited and saved.
All Modes
20: N.O., Always detected, ramp to stop
21: N.C., Always detected, ramp to stop
22: N.O., During run, ramp to stop
23: N.C., During run, ramp to stop
24: N.O., Always detected, coast to stop
25: N.C., Always detected, coast to stop
26: N.O., During run, coast to stop
20 to 2F External fault 187
27: N.C., During run, coast to stop
28: N.O., Always detected, Fast Stop
29: N.C., Always detected, Fast Stop
2A: N.O., During run, Fast Stop
2B: N.C., During run, Fast Stop
2C: N.O., Always detected, alarm only (continue running)
2D: N.C., Always detected, alarm only (continue running)
2E: N.O., During run, alarm only (continue running)
2F: N.C., During run, alarm only (continue running)
All Modes
30 PID integral reset 187
Closed: Resets the PID control integral value.
All Modes
31 PID integral hold 187
Open: Performs integral operation.
Closed: Maintains the current PID control integral value.
All Modes
34 PID soft starter cancel 187
Open: PID soft starter is enabled.
Closed: Disables the PID soft starter b5-17.
All Modes
35 PID input level selection 187
Closed: Inverts the PID input signal
All Modes
40 Forward run command (2-wire sequence) Open: Stop 187
Closed: Forward run
Note: Cannot be set together with settings 42 or 43.
All Modes
41 Reverse run command (2-wire sequence) Open: Stop 187
Closed: Reverse run
Note: Cannot be set together with settings 42 or 43.
All Modes
42 Run command (2-wire sequence 2) Open: Stop 188
Closed: Run
Note: Cannot be set together with settings 40 or 41.
All Modes
Open: Forward
43 FWD/REV command (2-wire sequence 2) 188
Closed: Reverse
Note: Determines motor direction, but does not issue a Run command. Cannot be set together with settings 40 or
41.
All Modes
44 Offset frequency 1 188
Closed: Adds d7-01 to the frequency reference.
All Modes
45 Offset frequency 2 188
Closed: Adds d7-02 to the frequency reference.
All Modes
46 Offset frequency 3 188
Closed: Adds d7-03 to the frequency reference.
All Modes
50 Disturb Function Cancel 188
Open: Disturb function output is active.
Closed: Cancels the Disturb function.
All Modes
51 Synchronous Accel/Decel 188
Closed: Assigns the same accel/decel times to all motors in the line so that they reach the desired frequency at the
same time.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
53 Energy Saving On/Off OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 188
Closed: Enables the Energy Saving function.
390 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections
H1-
Function Description Page
Setting
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
59 DC Injection Braking 1 Command OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 188
Closed: Triggers DC Injection Braking 1 (b2-02).
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
60 DC Injection Braking 2 command OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 188
Closed: Triggers DC Injection Braking 2 (b2-10).
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
61 External Speed Search command 1 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 189
Closed: Activates Current Detection Speed Search from the maximum output frequency (E1-04).
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
62 External Speed Search command 2 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 189
Closed: Activates Current Detection Speed Search from the frequency reference.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
63 Field Weakening OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 189
Closed: The drive performs Field Weakening control as set for d6-01 and d6-02.
All Modes
65 KEB (N.C.) 189
Open: KEB is enabled as selected in parameter S4-01.
All Modes
66 KEB (N.O.) 189
Closed: KEB is enabled as selected in parameter S4-01.
All Modes
67 Communications test mode 189
Tests the MEMOBUS/Modbus RS-485/422 interface. Displays “PASS” if the test completes successfully.
All Modes
6A Drive enable 189
Open: Drive disabled. If this input is opened during run, then the drive will stop as specified by b1-03.
Closed: Ready for operation.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
71 Speed/Torque Control Switch OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 190
Open: Speed Control
Closed: Torque Control
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
72 Zero Servo OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 190
Closed: Zero Servo enabled
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
77 ASR gain switch OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 190
Open: ASR proportional gain 1 (C5-01)
Closed: ASR proportional gain 2 (C5-03)
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
External torque reference polarity OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
78 190
inversion
Open: Forward torque reference
Closed: Reverse polarity
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
7C Short Circuit Braking (N.O.) OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 190
Closed: Short Circuit Braking enabled
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
7D Short Circuit Braking (N.C.) OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 190
Open: Short Circuit Braking enabled
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Forward/reverse detection (V/f Control
Parameter List
7E OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 190
with Simple PG feedback)
Direction of rotation detection (for V/f with Simple PG Feedback)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 391
B.3 Parameter Table
n H2: Multi-Function Digital Outputs
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
Default: 0
H2-01 Terminal M1-M2 function
Min: 0 190
(40BH) selection (relay)
Max: 161
All Modes Default: 1
H2-02 Terminal M3-M4 function
Min: 0 190
(40CH) selection (relay) Refer to H2 Multi-Function Digital Output Settings on page 392 for a description of setting
Max: 161
values.
Default: 2
H2-03 Terminal M5-M6 function
Min: 0 190
(40DH) selection (relay)
Max: 161
All Modes
Outputs a 200 ms pulse signal when the watt-hour counter increases by the units selected.
Default: 0
H2-06 0: 0.1 kWh units
Watt Hour Output Unit Selection Min: 0 200
(437H) 1: 1 kWh units
Max: 4
2: 10 kWh units
3: 100 kWh units
4: 1000 kWh units
H2 Multi-Function Digital Output Settings
H2-
Setting Function Description Page
All Modes
0 During fun 191
Closed: A Run command is active or voltage is output.
All Modes
1 Zero Speed 191
Open: Output frequency is above the minimum output frequency set in E1-09.
Closed: Output frequency is below the minimum output frequency set in E1-09.
All Modes
2 Speed agree 1 191
Closed: Output frequency equals the speed reference (plus or minus the hysteresis set to L4-02).
All Modes
3 User-set speed agree 1 192
Closed: Output frequency and speed reference equal L4-01 (plus or minus the hysteresis set to L4-02).
All Modes
4 Frequency detection 1 192
Closed: Output frequency is less than or equal to the value in L4-01 with hysteresis determined by L4-02.
All Modes
5 Frequency detection 2 193
Closed: Output frequency is greater than or equal to the value in L4-01 with hysteresis determined by L4-02.
All Modes
6 Drive ready 193
Closed: Power up is complete and the drive is ready to accept a Run command.
All Modes
7 DC bus undervoltage 193
Closed: DC bus voltage is below the Uv trip level set in L2-05.
All Modes
8 During baseblock (N.O.) 193
Closed: Drive has entered the baseblock state (no output voltage).
All Modes
9 Frequency reference source 194
Open: External Reference 1 or 2 supplies the frequency reference (set in b1-01 or b1-15).
Closed: Digital operator supplies the frequency reference.
All Modes
A Run command source 194
Open: External Reference 1 or 2 supplies the Run command (set in b1-02 or b1-16).
Closed: Digital operator supplies the Run command.
B Torque detection 1 (N.O.) All Modes 194
Closed: An overtorque or undertorque situation has been detected.
All Modes
C Frequency reference loss 194
Closed: Analog frequency reference has been lost.
All Modes
D Braking resistor fault 194
Closed: Braking resistor or transistor is overheated or faulted out.
All Modes
E Fault 194
Closed: Fault occurred.
All Modes
F Through mode 194
Set this value when using the terminal in the pass-through mode.
All Modes
10 Minor fault 194
Closed: An alarm has been triggered, or the IGBTs have reached 90% of their expected life span.
392 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
H2 Multi-Function Digital Output Settings
H2-
Function Description Page
Setting
All Modes
11 Fault reset command active 194
Closed: A command has been entered to clear a fault via the input terminals or from the serial network.
All Modes
12 Timer output 194
Closed: Timer output.
All Modes
13 Speed agree 2 195
Closed: When drive output frequency equals the frequency reference ±L4-04.
All Modes
14 User-set speed agree 2 195
Closed: When the drive output frequency is equal to the value in L4-03 ±L4-04.
All Modes
15 Frequency detection 3 196
Closed: When the drive output frequency is less than or equal to the value in L4-03 ±L4-04.
All Modes
16 Frequency detection 4 196
Closed: When the output frequency is greater than or equal to the value in L4-03 ±L4-04.
All Modes
17 Torque detection 1 (N.C.) 194
Open: Overtorque or undertorque has been detected.
All Modes
18 Torque detection 2 (N.O.) 194
Closed: Overtorque or undertorque has been detected.
All Modes
19 Torque detection 2 (N.C.) 194
Open: Overtorque or undertorque has been detected.
All Modes
1A During reverse 197
Closed: Drive is running in the reverse direction.
All Modes
1B During baseblock (N.C.) 197
Open: Drive has entered the baseblock state (no output voltage).
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
1C Motor 2 selection OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 197
Closed: Motor 2 is selected by a digital input (H1- = 16)
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
1D During regeneration OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 197
Closed: Motor is regenerating energy into the drive.
All Modes
1E Restart enabled 197
Closed: An automatic restart is performed
All Modes
1F Motor overload alarm (oL1) 197
Closed: oL1 is at 10% of its trip point or greater. An oH3 situation also triggers this alarm.
All Modes
20 Drive overheat pre-alarm (oH) 197
Closed: Heatsink temperature exceeds the parameter L8-02 value.
All Modes
2F Maintenance period 197
Closed: Cooling fan, electrolytic capacitors, IGBTs, or the soft charge bypass relay may require maintenance.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
30 During torque limit OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 198
Closed: When the torque limit has been reached.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
31 During speed limit OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 198
Closed: Speed limit has been reached.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
32 During speed limit in Torque Control OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 198
Parameter List
Closed: Speed limit has been reached while using Torque Control.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
33 Zero Servo complete OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 198
Closed: Zero Servo operation has finished.
All Modes
37 During frequency output
Open: Either the drive has stopped or baseblock, DC Injection Braking, or Initial Excitation is being performed.
198 B
Closed: Drive is running the motor (not in a baseblock state and DC Injection is not being performed).
All Modes
38 Drive enabled 198
Closed: Multi-function input set for “Drive enable” is closed (H1- = 6A)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 393
B.3 Parameter Table
H2 Multi-Function Digital Output Settings
H2-
Function Description Page
Setting
All Modes
39 Watt hour pulse output 198
Output units are determined by H2-06. Outputs a pulse every 200 ms to indicate the kWh count.
All Modes
3C LOCAL/REMOTE status 198
Open: REMOTE
Closed: LOCAL
All Modes
3D During Speed Search 198
Closed: Speed Search is being executed.
All Modes
3E PID feedback low 199
Closed: PID feedback level is too low.
All Modes
3F PID feedback high 199
Closed: The PID feedback level is too high.
All Modes
4A During KEB Operation 199
Closed: KEB is being performed.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
4B During Short-Circuit Braking OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 199
Closed: Short Circuit Braking is active.
All Modes
4C During Fast Stop 199
Closed: A Fast Stop command has been entered from the operator or input terminals.
All Modes
4E Braking transistor fault (rr) 199
Closed: The built-in dynamic braking transistor failed.
Note: This setting is not available in models CIMR-T2A0169 through 2A0415 and 4A0088 through 4A362.
All Modes
4F Braking resistor overheat (oH) 199
Closed: The dynamic braking resistor has overheated.
Note: This setting is not available in models CIMR-T2A0169 through 2A0415 and 4A0088 through 4A362.
All Modes
50 Disturb increase 199
Closed: Disturb waveform acceleration
Open: Disturb waveform deceleration
All Modes
51 During Disturb output 199
Closed: Disturb waveform is active
Open: Disturb waveform is not being output
All Modes
52 Uv during KEB 199
Closed: DC bus voltage has fallen below L2-05 during KEB
All Modes
60 Internal cooling fan alarm 199
Closed: Internal cooling fan alarm
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
61 Rotor position detection complete OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 199
Closed: Drive has successfully detected the rotor position of the PM motor.
All Modes
100 to 161 Function 0 to 61 with inverse output 199
Inverts the output switching of the multi-function output functions.
Set the last two digits of 1 to reverse the output signal of that specific function.
n H3: Multi-Function Analog Inputs
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
All Modes Default: 0
H3-01 Terminal A1 Signal Level
Min: 0 201
(410H) Selection 0: 0 to 10 V
Max: 1
1: –10 to 10 V
Default: 0
H3-02 All Modes
Terminal A1 Function Selection Min: 0 201
(434H)
Sets the function of terminal A1. Max: 41
H3-03
Default: 100.0%
(411H) All Modes
Terminal A1 Gain Setting Min: -999.9% 201
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-02 when 10 V is input at terminal A1. Max: 999.9%
H3-04
Default: 0.0%
(412H) All Modes
Terminal A1 Bias Setting Min: -999.9% 201
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-02 when 0 V is input at terminal A1. Max: 999.9%
394 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
All Modes Default: 0
H3-05 Terminal A3 Signal Level
Min: 0 202
(413H) Selection 0: 0 to 10 V
Max: 1
1: –10 to 10 V
Default: 2
H3-06 All Modes
Terminal A3 Function Selection Min: 0 202
(414H)
Sets the function of terminal A3. Max: 41
H3-07
Default: 100.0%
(415H) All Modes
Terminal A3 Gain Setting Min: -999.9% 202
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-06 when 10 V is input at terminal A3. Max: 999.9%
H3-08
Default: 0.0%
(416H) All Modes
Terminal A3 Bias Setting Min: -999.9% 202
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-06 when 0 V is input at terminal A3. Max: 999.9%
All Modes
0: 0 to 10 V Default: 2
H3-09 Terminal A2 Signal Level
1: –10 to 10 V Min: 0 202
(417H) Selection
2: 4 to 20 mA Current Input Max: 3
3: 0 to 20 mA Current Input
Note: Use DIP switch S1 to set input terminal A2 for a current or a voltage input signal.
Default: 0
H3-10 All Modes
Terminal A2 Function Selection Min: 0 203
(418H)
Sets the function of terminal A2. Max: 41
H3-11
Default: 100.0%
(419H) All Modes
Terminal A2 Gain Setting Min: -999.9% 203
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-10 when 10 V (20 mA) is input at terminal A2. Max: 999.9%
H3-12
Default: 0.0%
(41AH) All Modes
Terminal A2 Bias Setting Min: -999.9% 203
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-10 when 0 V (0 or 4 mA) is input at terminal A2. Max: 999.9%
Default: 0.03 s
H3-13 All Modes
Analog Input Filter Time Constant Min: 0.00 s 203
(41BH)
Sets a primary delay filter time constant for terminals A1, A2, and A3. Used for noise filtering. Max: 2.00 s
All Modes
Determines which of the analog input terminals will be enabled when a digital input
programmed for “Analog input enable” (H1- = C) is activated.
1: Terminal A1 only Default: 7
H3-14 Analog Input Terminal Enable
2: Terminal A2 only Min: 1 203
(41CH) Selection
3: Terminals A1 and A2 only Max: 7
4: Terminal A3 only
5: Terminals A1 and A3
6: Terminals A2 and A3
7: All terminals enabled
common_ Default: 0
H3-16 All Modes TMonly
Terminal A1 Offset Min: -500 203
(2F0H)
Adds an offset when the analog signal to terminal A1 is at 0 V. Max: 500
common_ Default: 0
H3-17 All Modes TMonly
Terminal A2 Offset Min: -500 203
(2F1H)
Adds an offset when the analog signal to terminal A2 is at 0 V. Max: 500
common_ Default: 0
H3-18 All Modes TMonly
Terminal A3 Offset Min: -500 203
(2F2H)
Adds an offset when the analog signal to terminal A3 is at 0 V. Max: 500
H3 Multi-Function Analog Input Settings
H3-
Function Description Page
Setting
All Modes
0 Frequency bias 204
10 V = E1-04 (maximum output frequency)
All Modes
1 Frequency gain 204
0 to 10 V signal allows a setting of 0 to 100%. -10 to 0 V signal allows a setting of -100 to 0%.
Auxiliary frequency reference 1 (used as a All Modes
2 204
Multi-Step Speed 2)
10 V = E1-04 (maximum output frequency)
Parameter List
Auxiliary frequency reference 2 (3rd step All Modes
3 204
analog)
10 V = E1-04 (maximum output frequency)
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
4 Output voltage bias OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 204
10 V = E1-05 (motor rated voltage) B
All Modes
5 Accel/decel time gain 204
10 V = 100%
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 395
B.3 Parameter Table
H3 Multi-Function Analog Input Settings
H3-
Function Description Page
Setting
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
6 DC Injection Braking current OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 205
10 V = Drive rated current
All Modes
7 Overtorque/undertorque detection level 205
10 V = Drive rated current (V/f, V/f w/PG)
10 V = Motor rated torque (OLV, CLV, OLV/PM, AOLV/PM, CLV/PM)
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
8 Stall Prevention level during run OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 205
10 V = Drive rated current
All Modes
9 Output frequency lower limit level 205
10 V = E1-04 (maximum output frequency)
All Modes
B PID feedback 205
10 V = 100%
All Modes
C PID setpoint 205
10 V = 100%
All Modes
D Frequency bias 205
10 V = E1-04 (maximum output frequency)
All Modes
E Motor temperature (PTC input) 205
10 V = 100%
All Modes
F Through mode 206
Set this value when using the terminal in the pass-through mode.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
10 Forward torque limit OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 206
10 V = Motor rated torque
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
11 Reverse torque limit OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 206
10 V = Motor rated torque
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
12 Regenerative torque limit OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 206
10 V = Motor rated torque
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
13 Torque reference / Torque limit OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 206
10 V = Motor rated torque
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
14 Torque compensation OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 206
10 V = Motor rated torque
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
15 General torque limit OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 206
10 V = Motor rated torque
All Modes
16 Differential PID feedback 206
10 V = 100%
All Modes
1F Through mode 206
Set this value when using the terminal in the pass-through mode.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
41 Output Voltage Gain OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 206
0 V (4 mA) to 10 V (20 mA): can be adjusted between 2% to 200%
n H4: Analog Outputs
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
All Modes
Default: 102
H4-01 Multi-Function Analog Output
Selects the data to be output through multi-function analog output terminal FM. Min: 000 207
(41DH) Terminal FM Monitor Selection
Set the desired monitor parameter to the digits available in U-. For example, enter “103” Max: 999
for U1-03.
396 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
H4-02
Default: 100.0%
(41EH) Multi-Function Analog Output All Modes
Min: -999.9% 207
Terminal FM Gain
Sets the signal level at terminal FM that is equal to 100% of the selected monitor value. Max: 999.9%
H4-03
Default: 0.0%
(41FH) Multi-Function Analog Output All Modes
Min: -999.9% 207
Terminal FM Bias
Sets the signal level at terminal FM that is equal to 0% of the selected monitor value. Max: 999.9%
All Modes
Default: 103
H4-04 Multi-Function Analog Output
Selects the data to be output through multi-function analog output terminal AM. Min: 000 207
(420H) Terminal AM Monitor Selection
Set the desired monitor parameter to the digits available in U-. For example, enter “103” Max: 999
for U1-03.
H4-05
Default: 50.0%
(421H) Multi-Function Analog Output All Modes
Min: -999.9% 207
Terminal AM Gain
Sets the signal level at terminal AM that is equal to 100% of the selected monitor value. Max: 999.9%
H4-06
Default: 0.0%
(422H) Multi-Function Analog Output All Modes
Min: -999.9% 207
Terminal AM Bias
Sets the signal level at terminal AM that is equal to 0% of the selected monitor value. Max: 999.9%
All Modes
Multi-Function Analog Output Default: 0
H4-07
Terminal FM Signal Level 0: 0 to 10 V Min: 0 208
(423H)
Selection 1: –10 to 10 V Max: 2
2: 4 to 20 mA
All Modes
Multi-Function Analog Output Default: 0
H4-08
Terminal AM Signal Level 0: 0 to 10 V Min: 0 208
(424H)
Selection 1: –10 to 10 V Max: 2
2: 4 to 20 mA
n H5: MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
H5-01 All Modes Default: 1F
(425H) Drive Node Address Min: 0 450
Selects drive station node number (address) for MEMOBUS/Modbus terminals R+, R-, S+, S-.
<20> Max: FFH
Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
All Modes
0: 1200 bps
1: 2400 bps
2: 4800 bps
Default: 3
H5-02 3: 9600 bps
Communication Speed Selection Min: 0 450
(426H) 4: 19200 bps
Max: 8
5: 38400 bps
6: 57600 bps
7: 76800 bps
8: 115200 bps
Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
All Modes
Default: 0
H5-03 0: No parity
Communication Parity Selection Min: 0 450
(427H) 1: Even parity
Max: 2
2: Odd parity
Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
All Modes
Default: 3
H5-04 Stopping Method After 0: Ramp to stop
Min: 0 450
(428H) Communication Error (CE) 1: Coast to stop
Max: 3
2: Fast Stop
3: Alarm only
All Modes Default: 1
H5-05 Communication Fault Detection
Min: 0 451
(429H) Selection 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled. If communication is lost for more than two seconds, a CE fault will occur.
Default: 5 ms
H5-06 All Modes
Drive Transmit Wait Time Min: 5 ms 451
(42AH)
Set the wait time between receiving and sending data. Max: 65 ms
Parameter List
All Modes Default: 1
H5-07
RTS Control Selection Min: 0 451
(42BH) 0: Disabled. RTS is always on.
Max: 1
1: Enabled. RTS turns on only when sending.
All Modes Default: 2.0 s
H5-09
CE Detection Time Min: 0.0 s 451
(435H) Sets the time required to detect a communications error. Adjustment may be needed when
networking several drives.
Max: 10.0 s
B
All Modes Default: 0
H5-10 Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/
Min: 0 451
(436H) Modbus Register 0025H 0: 0.1 V units
Max: 1
1: 1 V units
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 397
B.3 Parameter Table
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
All Modes Default: 0
H5-11 Communications ENTER Function
Min: 0 452
(43CH) Selection 0: Drive requires an Enter command before accepting any changes to parameter settings.
Max: 1
1: Parameter changes are activated immediately without the Enter command.
All Modes Default: 0
H5-12
Run Command Method Selection Min: 0 452
(43DH) 0: FWD/Stop, REV/Stop
Max: 1
1: Run/Stop, FWD/REV
<20> If this parameter is set to 0, the drive will be unable to respond to MEMOBUS/Modbus commands.
n H6: Pulse Train Input/Output
No.(Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
All Modes
Default: 0
H6-01 Pulse Train Input Terminal RP 0: Frequency reference
Min: 0 209
(42CH) Function Selection 1: PID feedback value
Max: 3
2: PID setpoint value
3: V/f Control with Simple PG feedback (possible only when using motor 1 in V/f Control)
H6-02
Default: 1440 Hz
(42DH) All Modes
Pulse Train Input Scaling Min: 100 Hz 210
Sets the terminal RP input signal frequency that is equal to 100% of the value selected in H6-01. Max: 32000 Hz
H6-03
All Modes Default: 100.0%
(42EH)
Pulse Train Input Gain Min: 0.0% 210
Sets the level of the value selected in H6-01 when a frequency with the value set in H6-02 is
Max: 1000.0%
input.
H6-04
Default: 0.0%
(42FH) All Modes
Pulse Train Input Bias Min: -100.0% 210
Sets the level of the value selected in H6-01 when 0 Hz is input. Max: 100.0%
H6-05
Default: 0.10 s
(430H) All Modes
Pulse Train Input Filter Time Min: 0.00 s 210
Sets the pulse train input filter time constant. Max: 2.00 s
H6-06 All Modes
Default: 102
(431H)
Pulse Train Monitor Selection Select the pulse train monitor output function (value of the - part of U-). Min: 000 210
Example: To select U5-01, set “501”. Max: 502
Note: Set this value as 000 when using the terminal in the pass-through mode.
H6-07
All Modes Default: 1440 Hz
(432H)
Pulse Train Monitor Scaling Min: 0 Hz 210
Sets the terminal MP output signal frequency when the monitor value is 100%. To have the
Max: 32000 Hz
pulse train monitor output equal the output frequency, set H6-06 to 102 and H6-07 to 0.
All Modes Default: 0.5 Hz
H6-08 Pulse Train Input Minimum
Min: 0.1 Hz 210
(43FH) Frequency Sets the minimum frequency for the pulse train input to be detected. Enabled when H6-01 = 0,
Max: 1000.0 Hz
1, or 2.
u L: Protection Function
L parameters provide protection to the drive and motor, such as: control during momentary power loss, Stall Prevention,
frequency detection, fault restarts, overtorque detection, torque limits, and other types of hardware protection.
n L1: Motor Protection
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
All Modes
0: Disabled
1: General purpose motor (standard fan cooled)
2: Drive dedicated motor with a speed range of 1:10 Default: <34>
L1-01 Motor Overload Protection
3: Vector motor with a speed range of 1:100 Min: 0 211
(480H) Selection
4: PM motor with variable torque Max: 6
5: PM motor with constant torque control
6: General purpose motor (50 Hz)
The drive may not be able to provide protection when multiple motors are used, even if
overload is enabled in L1-01. Set L1-01 to 0 and install separate thermal relay to each motor.
Default: 1.0 min
L1-02 All Modes
Motor Overload Protection Time Min: 0.1 min 214
(481H)
Sets the motor thermal overload protection (oL1) time. Max: 5.0 min
All Modes
Sets operation when the motor temperature analog input (H3-02, H3-06, or H3-10 = E) exceeds
Default: 3
L1-03 Motor Overheat Alarm Operation the oH3 alarm level.
Min: 0 216
(482H) Selection (PTC input) 0: Ramp to stop
Max: 3
1: Coast to stop
2: Fast Stop (decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09)
3: Alarm only (“oH3” will flash)
398 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B .3 P a r a m e te r T a b le
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
All Modes
Sets stopping method when the motor temperature analog input (H3-02, H3-06, or H3-10 = E) Default: 1
L1-04 Motor Overheat Fault Operation
exceeds the oH4 fault level. Min: 0 216
(483H) Selection (PTC input)
0: Ramp to stop Max: 2
1: Coast to stop
2: Fast Stop (decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09)
Default: 0.20 s
L1-05 Motor Temperature Input Filter All Modes
Min: 0.00 s 216
(484H) Time (PTC input)
Adjusts the filter for the motor temperature analog input (H3-02, H3-06, or H3-10 = E). Max: 10.00 s
All Modes Default: 1
L1-13 Continuous Electrothermal
Min: 0 216
(46DH) Operation Selection 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled
<34> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
n L2: Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
All Modes
Default: 0
L2-01 Momentary Power Loss Operation
0: Disabled. Drive trips on (Uv1) fault when power is lost during Run. Min: 0 217
(485H) Selection
1: Recover within the time set in L2-02. Uv1 will be detected if power loss is longer than L2-02. Max: 2
2: Recover as long as CPU has power. Uv1 is not detected.
Default: <24>
L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru All Modes
Min: 0.0 s 217
(486H) Time
Sets the Power Loss Ride-Thru time. Enabled only when L2-01 = 1 or S4-01 = 2. Max: 25.5 s
All Modes
Default: <24>
L2-03 Momentary Power Loss Minimum Sets the minimum wait time for residual motor voltage decay before the drive output
Min: 0.1 s 217
(487H) Baseblock Time reenergizes after performing Power Loss Ride-Thru.
Max: 5.0 s
Increasing the time set to L2-03 may help if overcurrent or overvoltage occur during Speed
Search or during DC Injection Braking.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <24>
L2-04 Momentary Power Loss Voltage
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 s 217
(488H) Recovery Ramp Time
Max: 5.0 s
Sets the time for the output voltage to return to the preset V/f pattern during Speed Search.
Default: 190 V
L2-05 Undervoltage Detection Level All Modes <6> <15>
217
(489H) (Uv) Min: 150 Vdc <15>
Sets the DC bus undervoltage trip level.
Max: 250 Vdc <15>
<6> The setting value is dependent on the setting for the input voltage (E1-01).
<15> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
<24> Default setting is determined by the drive model (o2-04) and duty selection (C6-01).
n L3: Stall Prevention
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 1
L3-01 Stall Prevention Selection during
0: Disabled. Min: 0 218
(48FH) Acceleration
1: General purpose. Acceleration is paused as long as the current is above the L3-02 setting. Max: 2
2: Intelligent. Accelerate in the shortest possible time without exceeding the L3-02 level.
Note: Setting 2 is not available when using OLV/PM.
L3-02 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <4>
(490H) Stall Prevention Level during
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 219
Acceleration
Max: 150% <4>
Used when L3-01 = 1 or 2. 100% is equal to the drive rated current.
L3-03 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 50%
(491H) Stall Prevention Limit during OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 219
Acceleration
Sets Stall Prevention lower limit during acceleration when operating in the constant power Max: 100%
range. Set as a percentage of the drive’s rated current.
Parameter List
All Modes
0: Disabled. Deceleration at the active deceleration rate. An ov fault may occur.
1: General purpose. Deceleration is paused when the DC bus voltage exceeds the Stall
Default: 1
L3-04 Stall Prevention Selection during Prevention level.
Min: 0 220
(492H) Deceleration 2: Intelligent. Decelerate as fast as possible while avoiding ov faults.
Max: 5 <26>
3: Stall Prevention with braking resistor. Stall Prevention during deceleration is enabled in
coordination with dynamic braking.
4: Overexcitation Deceleration 1. Decelerates while increasing the motor flux.
5: Overexcitation Deceleration 2. Adjust the deceleration rate according to the DC bus voltage. B
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 399
B.3 Parameter Table
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 1
L3-05 Stall Prevention Selection during
Min: 0 221
(493H) Run 0: Disabled. Drive runs at a set frequency. A heavy load may cause speed loss. Max: 2
1: Decel time 1. Uses the deceleration time set to C1-02 while Stall Prevention is performed.
2: Decel time 2. Uses the deceleration time set to C1-04 while Stall Prevention is performed.
L3-06 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <4>
(494H)
Stall Prevention Level during Run OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 30% 221
Max: 150% <4>
Enabled when L3-05 is set to 1 or 2. 100% is equal to the drive rated current.
All Modes
Default: 0
L3-11 Overvoltage Suppression Function Enables or disables the ov suppression function, which allows the drive to change the output
Min: 0 222
(4C7H) Selection frequency as the load changes to prevent an ov fault.
Max: 1
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
L3-17 Default: 375 Vdc
Target DC Bus Voltage for All Modes
(462H) <15> <41>
Overvoltage Suppression and Stall 222
Sets the desired value for the DC bus voltage during overvoltage suppression and Stall Min: 150 Vdc <15>
Prevention
Prevention during deceleration. Max: 400 Vdc <15>
L3-22 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 0.0 s
(4F9H) Deceleration Time at Stall
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 s 219
Prevention during Acceleration
Max: 6000.0 s
Sets the deceleration time used for Stall Prevention during acceleration in OLV/PM.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 0
L3-23 Automatic Reduction Selection for
Min: 0 221
(4FDH) Stall Prevention during Run 0: Sets the Stall Prevention level set in L3-06 that is used throughout the entire frequency range. Max: 1
1: Automatic Stall Prevention level reduction in the constant output range. The lower limit
value is 40% of L3-06.
All Modes Default: 0 μF
L3-26
Additional DC Bus Capacitors Min: 0 μF 222
(455H) When DC bus capacitors have been added externally, be sure to add those values to the internal
Max: 65000 μF
capacitor table for proper DC bus calculations.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 50 ms
L3-27
Stall Prevention Detection Time OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ms 222
(456H)
Max: 5000 ms
Sets the time the current must exceed the Stall Prevention level to activate Stall Prevention.
<4> The upper limit of the setting range is determined by the values set to C6-01 and L8-38.
<15> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
<26> Setting range is dependent on the control mode (A1-02). When using OLV/PM, the setting range is 0 to 2 seconds. When using AOLV/PM or
CLV/PM, the setting range is 0 to 1 second.
<41> Changing the input voltage setting in E1-01 will reset this parameter back its default value.
n L4: Speed Detection
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
L4-01
Default: 0.0 Hz
(499H)
Speed Agreement Detection Level Min: 0.0 Hz 223
All Modes Max: 400.0 Hz <12>
L4-02 L4-01 sets the frequency detection level for digital output functions H2- = 2, 3, 4, 5.
L4-02 sets the hysteresis or allowable margin for speed detection. Default: <34>
(49AH)
Speed Agreement Detection Width Min: 0.0 Hz 223
Max: 20.0 Hz <13>
L4-03
Default: 0.0 Hz
(49BH) Speed Agreement Detection Level
Min: –400.0 Hz 223
(+/-)
All Modes Max: 400.0 Hz <14>
L4-04 L4-03 sets the frequency detection level for digital output functions H2- = 13, 14, 15, 16.
Default: <34>
(49CH) Speed Agreement Detection Width L4-04 sets the hysteresis or allowable margin for speed detection.
Min: 0.0 Hz 223
(+/-)
Max: 20.0 Hz <13>
All Modes Default: 0
L4-05 Frequency Reference Loss
Min: 0 223
(49DH) Detection Selection 0: Stop. Drive stops when the frequency reference is lost.
Max: 1
1: Run. Drive runs at a reduced speed when the frequency reference is lost.
All Modes Default: 80.0%
L4-06 Frequency Reference at Reference
Min: 0.0% 224
(4C2H) Loss Sets the percentage of the frequency reference that the drive should run with when the
Max: 100.0%
frequency reference is lost.
All Modes Default: 0
L4-07 Speed Agreement Detection
0: During run only (no detection while drive output is shut off) Min: 0 224
(470H) Selection
1: Detection always enabled. Max: 1
400 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 1
L4-08 Frequency Agree Condition
Sets whether a frequency agree situation should be determined by the soft starter output Min: 0 224
(47FH) Selection
frequency or by the estimated speed of the motor. Max: 1
0: Use the soft starter output frequency to determine frequency agree
1: Use the motor speed to determine frequency agree
<12> The setting range depends on the control mode selected for the drive. The setting range is 0.0 to 100.0% in AOLV/PM and CLV/PM.
<13> The setting range depends on the control mode selected for the drive. The setting range is 0.0 to 40.0% in AOLV/PM and CLV/PM.
<14> The setting range depends on the control mode selected for the drive. The setting range is –100.0 to 100.0% in AOLV/PM and CLV/PM.
<34> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
n L5: Fault Restart
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
All Modes Default: 0 Time
L5-01
Number of Auto Restart Attempts Min: 0 Time 225
(49EH) Sets the number of times the drive may attempt to restart after the following faults occur: GF,
Max: 10 Times
LF, oC, ov, PF, rH, rr, oL1, oL2, oL3, oL4, STo, Uv1.
All Modes Default: 0
L5-02 Auto Restart Fault Output
Min: 0 225
(49FH) Operation Selection 0: Fault output not active.
Max: 1
1: Fault output active during restart attempt.
Default: 10.0 s
L5-04 All Modes
Fault Reset Interval Time Min: 0.5 s 225
(46CH)
Sets the amount of time to wait between performing fault restarts. Max: 600.0 s
All Modes
Default: 0
L5-05 0: Continuously attempt to restart while incrementing restart counter only at a successful
Fault Reset Operation Selection Min: 0 226
(467H) restarts (same as F7 and G7).
Max: 1
1: Attempt to restart with the interval time set in L5-04 and increment the restart counter with
each attempt (same V7).
n L6: Torque Detection
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
All Modes
0: Disabled
1: oL3 detection only active during speed agree, operation continues after detection
2: oL3 detection always active during run, operation continues after detection Default: 0
L6-01
Torque Detection Selection 1 3: oL3 detection only active during speed agree, output shuts down on an oL3 fault Min: 0 227
(4A1H)
4: oL3 detection always active during run, output shuts down on an oL3 fault Max: 8
5: UL3 detection only active during speed agree, operation continues after detection
6: UL3 detection always active during run, operation continues after detection
7: UL3 detection only active during speed agree, output shuts down on an oL3 fault
8: UL3 detection always active during run, output shuts down on an oL3 fault
L6-02
Default: 150%
(4A2H) All Modes
Torque Detection Level 1 Min: 0% 227
Sets the overtorque and undertorque detection level. Max: 300%
L6-03
Default: 0.1 s
(4A3H) All Modes
Torque Detection Time 1 Min: 0.0 s 227
Sets the time an overtorque or undertorque condition must exist to trigger torque detection 1. Max: 10.0 s
All Modes
0: Disabled
1: oL4 detection only active during speed agree, operation continues after detection
2: oL4 detection always active during run, operation continues after detection Default: 0
L6-04
Torque Detection Selection 2 3: oL4 detection only active during speed agree, output shuts down on an oL4 fault Min: 0 227
(4A4H)
4: oL4 detection always active during run, output shuts down on an oL4 fault Max: 8
5: UL4 detection only active during speed agree, operation continues after detection
6: UL4 detection always active during run, operation continues after detection
7: UL4 detection only active during speed agree, output shuts down on an oL4 fault
8: UL4 detection always active during run, output shuts down on an oL4 fault
L6-05
Default: 150%
(4A5H) All Modes
Parameter List
Torque Detection Level 2 Min: 0% 227
Sets the overtorque and undertorque detection level. Max: 300%
L6-06
Default: 0.1 s
(4A6H) All Modes
Torque Detection Time 2 Min: 0.0 s 227
Sets the time an overtorque or undertorque condition must exist to trigger torque detection 2. Max: 10.0 s
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 401
B.3 Parameter Table
n L7: Torque Limit
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
L7-01
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 200%
(4A7H)
Forward Torque Limit Min: 0% 228
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Max: 300%
Sets the torque limit value as a percentage of the motor rated torque. Four individual quadrants
L7-02 can be set.
Default: 200%
(4A8H)
Reverse Torque Limit Output Torque Min: 0% 228
Positive Torque Max: 300%
L7-01
L7-03 L7-04 Motor Default: 200%
(4A9H) Forward Regenerative Torque r/min
Regeneration Min: 0% 228
Limit
REV FWD Max: 300%
Regeneration
L7-04
L7-03 Default: 200%
(4AAH) Reverse Regenerative Torque L7-02 Min: 0% 228
Limit Negative Torque Max: 300%
L7-06 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 200 ms
(4ACH) Torque Limit Integral Time
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 5 ms 228
Constant
Max: 10000 ms
Sets the integral time constant for the torque limit.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 0
L7-07 Torque Limit Control Method
Min: 0 228
(4C9H) Selection during Accel/Decel 0: Proportional control (changes to integral control at constant speed). Use this setting when Max: 1
acceleration to the desired speed should take precedence over the torque limit.
1: Integral control. Set L7-07 to 1 if the torque limit should take precedence.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 0
L7-16 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Torque Limit Process at Start Min: 0 229
(44DH)
0: Disable Max: 1
1: Enable
n L8: Drive Protection
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
All Modes Default: 1
L8-01 Internal Dynamic Braking Resistor
Min: 0 229
(4ADH) Protection Selection (ERF type) 0: Resistor overheat protection disabled
Max: 1
1: Resistor overheat protection enabled
Default: <24>
L8-02 All Modes
Overheat Alarm Level Min: 50°C 229
(4AEH)
An overheat alarm will occur if the heatsink temperature exceeds the level set in L8-02. Max: 150°C
All Modes
Default: 3
L8-03 Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation 0: Ramp to stop. A fault is triggered.
Min: 0 229
(4AFH) Selection 1: Coast to stop. A fault is triggered.
Max: 3
2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09. A fault is triggered.
3: Continue operation. An alarm is triggered.
All Modes
Selects the detection of input current phase loss, power supply voltage imbalance, or main Default: 1
L8-05 Input Phase Loss Protection
circuit electrolytic capacitor deterioration. Min: 0 230
(4B1H) Selection
0: Disabled Max: 4
1: Enabled (software detection only)
4: Enabled (both software and hardware detection)
All Modes
Default: 0
L8-07 Output Phase Loss Protection
0: Disabled Min: 0 230
(4B3H) Selection
1: Enabled (triggered by a single phase loss) Max: 2
2: Enabled (triggered when two phases are lost)
All Modes Default: 1
L8-09 Output Ground Fault Detection
Min: 0 230
(4B5H) Selection 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled
All Modes Default: 0
L8-10 Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation
Min: 0 231
(4B6H) Selection 0: During run only. Fan operates only during run and for L8-11 seconds after stop.
Max: 1
1: Fan always on. Cooling fan operates whenever the drive is powered up.
Default: 60 s
L8-11 Heatsink Cooling Fan Off Delay All Modes Min: 0 s 231
(4B7H) Time
Sets a delay time to shut off the cooling fan after the Run command is removed when L8-10 = 0. Max: 300 s
Default: 40°C
L8-12 All Modes
Ambient Temperature Setting Min: -10°C 231
(4B8H)
Enter the ambient temperature. This value adjusts the oL2 detection level. Max: 50°C
402 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
All Modes Default: 1
L8-15 oL2 Characteristics Selection at
Min: 0 231
(4BBH) Low Speeds 0: No oL2 level reduction below 6 Hz.
Max: 1
1: oL2 level is reduced linearly below 6 Hz. It is halved at 0 Hz.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 0
L8-18 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Software Current Limit Selection Min: 0 231
(4BEH)
0: Disabled Max: 1
1: Enabled
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 300.0%
L8-27 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Overcurrent Detection Gain Min: 0.0% 232
(4DDH)
Sets the gain for overcurrent detection as a percentage of the motor rated current. Overcurrent is Max: 300.0%
detected using the drive’s overcurrent level or the value set to L8-27, whichever is lower.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 1
L8-29 Current Unbalance Detection OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 232
(4DFH) (LF2)
0: Disabled Max: 1
1: Enabled
common_
All Modes TMonly
Determines the action the drive should take when a fault occurs with the internal cooling fan. Default: 1
L8-32 Main Contactor and Cooling Fan
0: Ramp to stop Min.: 0 232
(4E2H) Power Supply Failure Selection
1: Coast to stop Max.: 3
2: Fast Stop (decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in C1-09)
3: Alarm only ("FAn " will flash)
All Modes
Default: <9> <16>
L8-35 0: IP20 enclosure
Installation Method Selection Min: 0 232
(4ECH) 1: Side-by-Side mounting
Max: 3
2: NEMA Type 1
3: Finless model or external heatsink installation
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: <27>
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction
Min: 0 233
(4EFH) Selection 0: Disabled Max: 2
1: Enabled below 6 Hz
2: Enabled for the entire speed range
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: <34>
L8-40 Carrier Frequency Reduction Off OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 s 233
(4F1H) Delay Time
Sets the time that the drive continues running with reduced carrier frequency after the carrier Max: 2.00 s
reduction condition is gone. Setting 0.00 s disables the carrier frequency reduction time.
All Modes Default: 0
L8-41
High Current Alarm Selection Min: 0 233
(4F2H) 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled. An alarm is triggered at output currents above 150% of the drives rated current.
All Modes Default: 1
L8-46
AVR Function Selection 0: Disabled Min: 0 234
(4FAH)
1: Enabled Max: 1
All Modes Default: 1
L8-55 Internal Braking Transistor
Min: 0 234
(45FH) Protection 0: Disabled. L8-55 should be disabled when using a regen converter or an optional braking unit.
Max: 1
1: Protection enabled.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 1.0 s
L8-93 Pull-Out Detection Time at Low OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 s 234
(73CH) Speed
Sets the amount of time until baseblock is executed once pull-out has been detected at low Max: 10.0 s
speed. A setting of 0.0 s essentially disables this parameters.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 3%
L8-94 Pull-Out Detection Level at Low OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 234
(73DH) Speed
Determines the detection level of pull-out at low speed. Set as a percentage of the maximum Max: 10%
frequency.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 10 Times
L8-95 Average Pull-Out Frequency at
Min: 1 Time 234
Parameter List
(77FH) Low Speed OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Max: 50 Times
Sets the average number of times pull-out can occur at low speed.
<9> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
<16> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
<24> Default setting is determined by the drive model (o2-04) and duty selection (C6-01).
<27> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02) and the drive model (o2-04).
<34> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02). B
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 403
B.3 Parameter Table
u n: Advanced Performance Set-Up
The n parameters are used to adjust more advanced performance characteristics such as Hunting Prevention, speed
feedback detection, Overexcitation Deceleration, and Online Tuning for motor line-to-line resistance.
n n1: Hunting Prevention
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
n1: Hunting Prevention
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 1
n1-01 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Hunting Prevention Selection Min: 0 235
(580H)
0: Disabled Max: 1
1: Enabled
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 1.00
n1-02 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Hunting Prevention Gain Setting Min: 0.00 235
(581H)
If the motor vibrates while lightly loaded, increase the gain by 0.1 until vibration ceases. If the Max: 2.50
motor stalls, decrease the gain by 0.1 until the stalling ceases.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <9>
n1-03
Hunting Prevention Time Constant OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ms 235
(582H)
Max: 500 ms
Sets the time constant used for Hunting Prevention.
n1-05 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 0.00
(530H) Hunting Prevention Gain while in OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 235
Reverse
Sets the gain used for Hunting Prevention. If set to 0, the gain set to n1-02 is used for operation Max: 2.50
in reverse.
<9> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
n n2: Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Tuning
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
n2-01
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 1.00
(584H) Speed Feedback Detection Control
Min: 0.00 235
(AFR) Gain Sets the internal speed feedback detection control gain in the automatic frequency regulator Max: 10.00
(AFR).
If hunting occurs, increase the set value. If response is low, decrease the set value.
n2-02 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 50 ms
(585H) Speed Feedback Detection Control
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ms 236
(AFR) Time Constant 1
Max: 2000 ms
Sets the time constant used for speed feedback detection control (AFR).
n2-03 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 750 ms
(586H) Speed Feedback Detection Control
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ms 236
(AFR) Time Constant 2
Max: 2000 ms
Sets the AFR time constant to be used during Speed Search and during regen.
n n3: Overexcitation Deceleration
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
n3-13 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 1.10
(531H)
Overexcitation Deceleration Gain OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 1.00 237
Max: 1.40
Sets the gain applied to the V/f pattern during Overexcitation Deceleration (L3-04 = 4).
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 0
n3-14 High Frequency Injection during OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 237
(532H) Overexcitation Deceleration
0: Disabled Max: 1
1: Enabled
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 100%
n3-21 Overslip Suppression Current
Min: 0% 237
(579H) Level Sets output current level at which the drive will start reducing the overexcitation gain in order to Max: 150%
prevent a too high motor slip during Overexcitation Deceleration. Set as a percentage of the
drive rated current.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 0
n3-23 Overexcitation Operation
Min: 0 237
(57BH) Selection 0: Enabled in both directions Max: 2
1: Enabled only when rotating forward
2: Enabled only when in reverse
404 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
n n5: Feed Forward Control
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 0
n5-01 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Feed Forward Control Selection Min: 0 238
(5B0H)
0: Disabled Max: 1
1: Enabled
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <7> <24>
n5-02
Motor Acceleration Time OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.001 s 238
(5B1H)
Max: 10.000 s
Sets the time required to accelerate the motor at the rated torque from stop to rated speed.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 1.00
n5-03 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Feed Forward Control Gain Min: 0.00 239
(5B2H)
Sets the ratio between motor and load inertia. Lower this setting if overshoot occurs at the end Max: 100.00
of acceleration.
<7> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to E5-01.
<24> Default setting value is dependent on the drive model set to o2-04 and the Drive Duty set to C6-01.
n n6: Online Tuning
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 1.0
n6-05 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Online Tuning Gain Min: 0.1 239
(5C7H)
Decrease this setting for motors with a relatively large rotor time constant. Max: 50.0
If overload occurs, increase this setting slowly in increments of 0.10.
n n8: PM Motor Control Tuning
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 50%
n8-01 Initial Rotor Position Estimation
Min: 0% 239
(540H) Current Sets the current used for initial rotor position estimation as a percentage of the motor rated Max: 100%
current (E5-03). This parameter rarely requires adjustment. If the motor nameplate lists an “Si”
value, that value should be entered here.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 80%
n8-02 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Pole Attraction Current Min: 0% 240
(541H)
Sets the current during initial polar attraction as a percentage of the motor rated current. Enter a Max: 150%
high value when attempting to increase starting torque.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 1
n8-35 Initial Rotor Position Detection
Min: 0 240
(562H) Selection 0: Pull-in Max: 2
1: High frequency injection
2: Pulse injection
n8-45 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 0.80
(538H) Speed Feedback Detection Control
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 240
Gain
Max: 10.00
Increase this setting if hunting occurs. Decrease to lower the response.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 5.0 s
n8-47 Pull-In Current Compensation
Min: 0.0 s 240
(53AH) Time Constant Sets the time constant to make the pull-in current reference and actual current value agree. Max: 100.0 s
Decrease the value if the motor begins to oscillate, and increase the value if it takes too long for
the current reference to equal the output current.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
n8-48
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 30%
(53BH)
Pull-In Current Min: 20% 240
Defines the d-axis current reference during no-load operation at a constant speed. Set as a Max: 200%
percentage of the motor rated current. Increase this setting if hunting occurs while running at
Parameter List
constant speed.
n8-49 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: <7>
(53CH) d-Axis Current for High Efficiency OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: -200.0% 241
Control
Sets the d-axis current reference when running a high load at constant speed. Set as a percentage Max: 0.0%
of the motor rated current.
n8-51 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 50%
B
(53EH) Acceleration/Deceleration Pull-In OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 241
Current
Sets the d-axis current reference during acceleration/deceleration as a percentage of the motor Max: 200%
rated current. Set to a high value when more starting torque is needed.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 405
B.3 Parameter Table
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
n8-54 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 1.00 s
(56DH) Voltage Error Compensation Time OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 s 241
Constant
Adjusts the value when hunting occurs at low speed. If hunting occurs with sudden load Max: 10.00 s
changes, increase n8-54 in increments of 0.1. Reduce this setting if oscillation occurs at start.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Default: 0
n8-55 Sets the ratio between motor and machine inertia.
Load Inertia Min: 0 241
(56EH) 0: less than 1:10. Max: 3
1: between 1:10 to 1:30.
2: between 1:30 to 1:50.
3: higher than 1:50.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 0
n8-57 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
High Frequency Injection Min: 0 242
(574H)
0: Disabled. Disable when using an SPM motor. Max: 1
1: Enabled. Use this setting to enhance the speed control range when using an IPM motor.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 200.0 V <15>
n8-62 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Output Voltage Limit Min: 0.0 V 242
(57DH)
Prevents output voltage saturation. Should be set just below the voltage provided by the input Max: 230.0 V <15>
power supply.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 1.50
n8-65 Speed Feedback Detection Control
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 242
(65CH) Gain during ov Suppression
Max: 10.00
Sets the gain used for internal speed feedback detection during ov suppression
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 1.00
n8-69 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Speed Calculation Gain Min: 0.00 242
(65DH)
Sets the proportional gain for PLL control of an extended observer. Max: 20.00
There is normally no need to change this parameter from the default value.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 100%
n8-84 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Polarity Judge Current Min: 0% 243
(2D3H)
Sets the current to determine polarity for the initial polarity calculation as a percentage of the Max: 150%
motor rated current.
<7> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to E5-01.
<15> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
n n9: Hardware Settings
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
Default: 1.0 ms
n9-10 All Modes
AVR Time Constant Min: 0.0 ms 243
(5D9H)
Sets a delay time for output voltage compensation. Max: 100.0 ms
Default: <9>
n9-12 All Modes
On-Delay Compensation Time Min: 0.00 μs 243
(5DBH)
Sets the time value used for IGBT On-delay compensation. Max: 20.00 μs
All Modes Default: 60.0 Hz
n9-62 On-Delay Compensation Derating
Min: 0.0 Hz 243
(64FH) Start Frequency Sets the frequency at which the drive begins to compensate the output voltage for the IGBT On-
Max: E1-04
Delay.
All Modes Default: 120.0 Hz
n9-63 On-Delay Compensation Disable
Min: 0.0 Hz 243
(650H) Frequency Sets the frequency at which the drive stops compensating the output voltage for the IGBT On-
Max: E1-04
Delay.
<9> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
406 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
u o: Operator Related Parameters
The o parameters are used to set up the digital operator displays.
n o1: Digital Operator Display Selection
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
o1-01 Default: 106 (Monitor
(500H) All Modes
Drive Mode Unit Monitor U1-06)
244
Selection Selects the content of the last monitor that is shown when scrolling through Drive Mode Min: 104
display. Enter the last three digits of the monitor parameter number to be displayed: U-. Max: 905
All Modes
o1-02
1: Frequency reference (U1-01) Default: 1
(501H) User Monitor Selection after
2: Direction Min: 1 244
Power Up
3: Output frequency (U1-02) Max: 5
4: Output current (U1-03)
5: User-selected monitor (set by o1-01)
All Modes
Sets the units the drive should use to display the frequency reference and motor speed monitors. Default: <34>
o1-03
Digital Operator Display Selection 0: 0.01 Hz Min: 0 244
(502H)
1: 0.01% (100% = E1-04) Max: 3
2: r/min (calculated using the number of motor poles setting in E2-04, E4-04, or E5-04)
3: User-selected units (set by o1-10 and o1-11)
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: <34>
o1-04 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
V/f Pattern Display Unit Min: 0 245
(503H)
0: Hz Max: 1
1: r/min
Default: <8>
o1-10 User-Set Display Units Maximum
All Modes Min: 1 245
(520H) Value
Max: 60000
These settings define the display values when o1-03 is set to 3.
o1-10 sets the display value that is equal to the maximum output frequency. Default: <8>
o1-11 User-Set Display Units Decimal
o1-11 sets the position of the decimal position. Min: 0 245
(521H) Display
Max: 3
<8> Default setting value is determined by the digital operator display selection (o1-03).
<34> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
n o2: Digital Operator Keypad Functions
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
All Modes Default: 1
o2-01
LO/RE Key Function Selection Min: 0 245
(505H) 0: Disabled
Max: 1
1: Enabled. LO/RE key switches between LOCAL and REMOTE operation.
All Modes Default: 1
o2-02
STOP Key Function Selection Min: 0 246
(506H) 0: Disabled. STOP key is disabled in REMOTE operation.
Max: 1
1: Enabled. STOP key is always enabled.
All Modes
Default: 0
o2-03
User Parameter Default Value 0: No change. Min: 0 246
(507H)
1: Set defaults. Saves parameter settings as default values for a User Initialization. Max: 2
2: Clear all. Clears the default settings that have been saved for a User Initialization.
Default: Determined by
o2-04 All Modes drive capacity
Drive Model Selection 246
(508H) Min: –
Enter the drive model. Setting required only if installing a new control board.
Max: –
All Modes
Default: 0
o2-05 Frequency Reference Setting
0: ENTER key must be pressed to enter a frequency reference. Min: 0 246
(509H) Method Selection
1: ENTER key is not required. The frequency reference can be adjusted using the up and down Max: 1
arrow keys only.
All Modes Default: 0
o2-06 Operation Selection when Digital
Min: 0 247
(50AH) Operator is Disconnected 0: The drive continues operating if the digital operator is disconnected.
Max: 1
1: A fault is triggered (oPr) and the motor coasts to stop.
Parameter List
All Modes
Default: 0
o2-07 Motor Direction at Power Up when
0: Forward Min: 0 247
(527H) Using Operator
1: Reverse Max: 1
This parameter requires that drive operation be assigned to the digital operator.
o2-09
Reserved – – –
(50DH)
B
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 407
B.3 Parameter Table
n o3: Copy Function
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
All Modes
Default: 0
o3-01 0: No action
Copy Function Selection Min: 0 247
(515H) 1: Read parameters from the drive, saving them onto the digital operator.
Max: 3
2: Copy parameters from the digital operator, writing them to the drive.
3: Verify parameter settings on the drive to check if they match the data saved on the operator.
All Modes Default: 0
o3-02
Copy Allowed Selection Min: 0 247
(516H) 0: Read operation prohibited
Max: 1
1: Read operation allowed
n o4: Maintenance Monitor Settings
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
Default: 0
o4-01 Cumulative Operation Time All Modes
Min: 0 248
(50BH) Setting
Sets the value for the cumulative operation time of the drive in units of 10 h. Max: 9999
All Modes Default: 0
o4-02 Cumulative Operation Time
Min: 0 248
(50CH) Selection 0: Logs power-on time
Max: 1
1: Logs operation time when the drive output is active (output operation time).
Default: 0
o4-03 Cooling Fan Operation Time All Modes
Min: 0 248
(50EH) Setting
Sets the value of the fan operation time monitor U4-03 in units of 10 h. Max: 9999
All Modes Default: 0%
o4-05
Capacitor Maintenance Setting Min: 0% 248
(51DH) Sets the value of the Maintenance Monitor for the capacitors. See U4-05 to check when the
Max: 150%
capacitors may need to be replaced.
All Modes Default: 0%
o4-07 DC Bus Pre-charge Relay
(523H) Maintenance Setting Sets the value of the Maintenance Monitor for the soft charge bypass relay. See U4-06 to check Min: 0% 248
when the bypass relay may need to be replaced. Max: 150%
All Modes Default: 0%
o4-09
IGBT Maintenance Setting Min: 0% 249
(525H) Sets the value of the Maintenance Monitor for the IGBTs. See U4-07 to check when the IGBTs
Max: 150%
may need to be replaced.
All Modes Default: 0
o4-11
U2, U3 Initialize Selection Min: 0 249
(510H) 0: U2- and U3- monitor data is not reset when the drive is initialized (A1-03).
Max: 1
1: U2- and U3- monitor data is reset. After that, o4-11 will be reset to 0.
All Modes Default: 0
o4-12
kWh Monitor Initialization Min: 0 249
(512H) 0: U4-10 and U4-11 monitor data is not reset when the drive is initialized (A1-03).
Max: 1
1: U4-10 and U4-11 monitor data is reset.
All Modes Default: 0
o4-13 Number of Run Commands
Min: 0 249
(528H) Counter Initialization 0: Number of Run commands counter is not reset when the drive is initialized (A1-03).
Max: 1
1: Number of Run commands counter is reset.
u S: Functions for Textile Applications
The S parameters are designed specifically for textile applications. They set and adjust the Disturb function, gain levels
for the frequency reference, braking transistor characteristics, and various aspects of KEB.
n S1: Disturb Function
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
S1-01
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 0
(680H)
Disturb Function Selection Min: 0 251
0: Disabled Max: 2
1: Enabled
2: Enabled, outputs the Disturb waveform during accel/decel
S1-02 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 0.0%
(681H)
Disturb Function Amplitude OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0% 251
Max: 20.0%
Set the amplitude of the Disturb waveform as a percentage of the frequency reference.
S1-03 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 0.0%
(682H) OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Disturb Step Min: 0.0% 251
Sets the step applied at the end of disturb acceleration or deceleration as a percentage of the Max: 50.0%
Disturb amplitude in S1-02.
408 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
S1-04 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 0.0 s
(683H)
Disturb Deceleration Time OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 s 251
Max: 120.0 s
Sets the deceleration time for the Disturb function.
S1-05 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 0.0 s
(684H)
Disturb Acceleration Time OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 s 251
Max: 120.0 s
Sets the acceleration time for the Disturb function.
n S2: Frequency Reference Gain Settings
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
S2-01
All Modes Default: 100.0%
(690H)
Frequency Reference Gain Min: 0.0% 251
Determines how much to reduce or amplify the frequency reference. The frequency reference
Max: 1000.0%
cannot exceed the upper limit set to d2-01.
S2-02
Default: 0.0 s
(691H) Frequency Reference Gain Change All Modes
Min: 0.0 s 251
Ramp
Determines the time required to accelerate from 0.0% to the gain level set in S2-01. Max: 600.0 s
n S3: Braking Transistor and Output Voltage Gain
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
All Modes Default: 0
S3-01 Braking Transistor Operation
Min: 0 252
(6A0H) Selection 0: During run only
Max: 1
1: Always enabled
Default: 394 Vdc <15>
S3-02 Braking Transistor Operation All Modes
Min: 300 Vdc <15> 252
(6A1H) Voltage Level
Sets the voltage level that triggers drive built-in the braking transistor. Max: 400 Vdc <15>
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 0
S3-03
Output Voltage Gain Selection Enables and disables the output voltage gain setting in parameter H3- = 41 (Output Voltage Min: 0 252
(6A2H)
Gain) or in MEMOBUS register 03H. Max: 1
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
S3-04 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 0.5 s
(6A3H)
Output Voltage Gain Change Time OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 s 252
Sets the drive uses to change the output voltage gain set in parameter H3- = 41 (Output Max: 10.0 s
Voltage Gain) or in MEMOBUS register 03H.
<15> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
n S4: KEB Mode Selection
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
All Modes
Default: 0
S4-01 0: KEB disabled
KEB Mode Selection Min: 0 255
(6B0H) 1: DC bus voltage control (KEB 1)
Max: 3
2: Synchronous accel/decel (KEB 2)
3: Power KEB (KEB 3)
S4-02 All Modes
Default: 0
(6B1H)
KEB Start/End Voltage Determines how the KEB start and end voltage in parameters S4-03 and S4-06 are set. Min: 0 256
0: Set as a Percentage of E1-01 × 1.414 Max: 1
1: Set as a percentage of the DC bus voltage before KEB was triggered.
S4-03
All Modes Default: 200.0%
(6B2H)
KEB Start Voltage Min: 0.0% 256
Determines the voltage level in the DC bus that will trigger KEB. The setting value depends on
Max: 200.0%
the selection in parameter S4-02. A setting of 200.0% essentially disables S4-03.
S4-04
Default: 0 Vdc/s
Parameter List
(6B3H) All Modes
KEB Start dV/dt Level Min: 0 Vdc/s 256
Sets the level of voltage fluctuation in the DC bus that triggers KEB. Max: 10000 Vdc/s
S4-05
Default: 20 ms
(6B4H) All Modes
KEB Start dV/dt filter Min: 0 ms 256
Sets the time required for the voltage fluctuation level defined in S4-04 to trigger KEB. Max: 50 ms
S4-06 All Modes
Default: 200.0%
B
(6B5H)
KEB End Voltage Sets the DC bus voltage level at that the drive assumes the power supply has returned. If this Min: 0.0% 256
level is exceeded for longer than S4-07 the drive starts reaccelerating to the set frequency Max: 200.0%
reference. The setting value depends on the selection in parameter S4-02.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 409
B.3 Parameter Table
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
S4-07
All Modes Default: 0 ms
(6B6H)
KEB End Detection Time Min: 0 ms 257
Sets the time for that the DC bus voltage must exceed the level set in S4-06 in order to end the
Max: 2000 ms
KEB function and reaccelerate to the set frequency reference.
S4-08
All Modes Default: 0 V
(6B7H)
KEB 1 Phase Loss Detection Level Min: 0 V 257
Defines the DC bus voltage ripple that indicates a one phase loss, thus triggering the KEB
Max: 800 V <15>
function.
S4-09
Default: 0 ms
(6B8H) All Modes
KEB 1 Phase Loss Sampling Time Min: 0 ms 257
Sets the sampling time used to detect one input phase loss. Max: 3000 ms
S4-10
All Modes Default: 10 ms
(6B9H)
KEB 1 Phase Loss Detection Time Min: 0 ms 257
Sets the time that the ripple in the DC bus voltage must exceed the level set in S4-08 to trigger
Max: 10 ms
one phase loss detection.
All Modes Default: 1.35
S4-11
KEB Target Voltage Min: 0.80 257
(6BAH) When KEB 1 or KEB 3 is selected, the drive attempts to keep the DC bus voltage at the target
Max: 1.50
voltage defined in S4-11 multiplied by E1-01.
S4-12
All Modes Default: 0.0 s
(6BBH)
KEB Hold Time Min: 0.0 s 257
Once the power is restored during KEB, S4-12 sets the time to hold the frequency reference
Max: 10.0 s
before reacceleration.
S4-13
Default: 50 ms
(6BCH) All Modes
KEB Minimum Operation Time Min: 0 ms 257
Sets the minimum operation time for KEB once it is triggered. Max: 2000 ms
S4-14 All Modes
Default: 0.0%
(6BDH) KEB Reacceleration Prohibit Sets the frequency level to prohibit re-acceleration after the power returned. If the drive output
Min: 0.0% 258
Frequency frequency fell below S4-14 during KEB operation the drive will decelerate the motor to stop,
Max: 100.0%
even if the power returns. When KEB is triggered by One Phase Loss detection, the drive will
never reaccelerate.
S4-15 All Modes
Default: 1
(6BEH) KEB Supply Loss Detection This parameter can be used to trigger KEB operation when the hardware detection circuit
Min: 0 258
Selection detects that the AC supply voltage has been lost.
Max: 1
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
<15> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
n S5: KEB Accel/Decel Settings
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
S5-01
All Modes Default: 0.0 s
(6C0H)
KEB Decel Time 1 Min: 0.0 s 258
Sets decel time 1 for the start of KEB. S5-01 is enabled when the output frequency is greater
Max: 200.0 s
than S5-03.
S5-02
All Modes Default: 0.0 s
(6C1H)
KEB Decel Time 2 Min: 0.0 s 258
Sets decel time 2 for the start of KEB. S5-02 is enabled when the output frequency is less than
Max: 200.0 s
or equal to S5-03.
S5-03
Default: 0.0%
(6C2H) KEB Decel Time Switching All Modes
Min: 0.0% 258
Frequency
Sets the frequency for KEB to switch between KEB decel time 1 and KEB decel time 2. Max: 100.0%
S5-04
All Modes Default: 0.0 s
(6C3H)
KEB Decel Time Switching Time Min: 0.0 s 258
Sets the time constant used to switch over from deceleration time 1 to deceleration time 2
Max: 10.0 s
during KEB.
S5-05 All Modes
Default: 0.0 s
(6C4H) KEB Synchronous Acceleration
Sets time to accelerate from the frequency after KEB to the set frequency reference. This setting Min: 0.0 s 259
Time
can be used to let multiple drives accelerate synchronously back to the set speed after power Max: 200.0 s
loss.
S5-06
Default: 0.20 s
(6C5H) All Modes
S-Curve at KEB Deceleration Start Min: 0.00 s 259
Sets the S-curve time when KEB begins decelerating the drive. Max: 2.50 s
S5-07
All Modes Default: 100%
(6C6H) Frequency Gain at KEB Start
Min: 0% 259
during Constant Speed Sets the output frequency reduction step applied when power loss is detected during constant
Max: 300%
speed operation. Percent of frequency reduction = (slip frequency just before KEB) × S5-07 × 2
S5-08
All Modes Default: 100%
(6C7H) Frequency Gain at KEB Start
Min: 0% 259
during Acceleration Sets the output frequency reduction step applied when power loss is detected during
Max: 300%
acceleration. Percent of frequency reduction = (slip frequency just before KEB) × S5-08 × 2
410 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
S5-09
All Modes Default: 100%
(6C8H) Frequency Gain at KEB Start
Min: 0% 259
during Deceleration Sets the output frequency reduction step applied when power loss is detected during
Max: 300%
deceleration. Percent of frequency reduction = (slip frequency just before KEB) × S5-09 × 2
All Modes
Default: 0
S5-10 Synchronous Deceleration ov
Enables or disables overvoltage prevention during synchronous KEB operation (S4-01 = 2). Min: 0 259
(6C9H) Prevention
0: Disabled (requires a braking option) Max: 1
1: Enabled
All Modes
Sets the percentage to reduce the output frequency in steps at the start of KEB operation. The
S5-11
reduction width is calculated as Default: 20%
(6CAH) KEB Frequency Reduction Step
Reduction width = Motor rated slip (E2-02) × S5-11 Min: 0% 259
Lower Limit
The drive compares the reduction width calculated from S5-11 with the reduction widths of S5- Max: 500%
07, S5-08, and S5-09, then uses the largest value to reduce the output frequency.
Note: When using one of the control modes for a PM motor, S5-11 will disabled, regardless of
what value it has been set to.
n S6: Power KEB Function
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
Default: <9>
S6-01 All Modes
DC Bus Capacity Min: 0 μF 260
(6D0H)
Sets the size of any external capacitors that were added. Max: 65000 μF
All Modes
Default: <7> <21> <24>
S6-02
Motor Acceleration Time The time required for the motor to accelerate from zero up to the maximum frequency at the Min: 0.001 s 260
(6D1H)
rated torque. If E2-11 is changed by the user or by performing Auto-Tuning, then S6-02 will Max: 10.000 s
automatically be set to the value of a Yaskawa 4-pole motor.
Default: 1.0
S6-03 All Modes
Load / Inertia Ratio Min: 0.0 260
(6D2H)
Enter the ratio between the inertia of the load and the inertia of the motor the drive is running. Max: 1000.0
All Modes
Default: <34>
S6-04
DC Bus Adjustment Gain Sets the gain to keep the voltage in the DC bus at the target level. If overvoltage or undervoltage Min: 0.00 261
(6D3H)
is a problem at the start of Power KEB, gradually increasing S6-04 in increments of 0.1 may Max: 5.00
help.
All Modes
Default: 1.00
S6-05
Accel/Decel Calculation Gain Sets the gain used to calculate the acceleration and deceleration rates used for Power KEB, Min: 0.00 261
(6D4H)
overvoltage suppression, and “intelligent” method of Stall Prevention during deceleration (L3- Max: 200.00
04 = 2).
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 0.000 s
S6-06 ASR Primary Delay Time Constant OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.000 s 261
(6D5H) 2
Sets the filter time constant in seconds for the time from the speed loop to the torque reference Max: 0.500 s
output when the Power KEB Ride-Thru is enabled (S4-01 = 3).
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: <34>
S6-07 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Torque Limit Delay Time Min: 0.000 s 261
(6D6H)
Sets the filter time constant in seconds for the torque limit value to return to set value when the Max: 1.000 s
Power KEB Ride-Thru is enabled (S4-01 = 3).
<7> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to E5-01.
<9> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
<21> Parameter value is changed if E2-11 is manually changed or changed by Auto-Tuning.
<24> Default setting is determined by the drive model (o2-04) and duty selection (C6-01).
<34> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
n S9: Synchronous Operation
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 0.01 Hz
S9-03 Speed Detection Change Rate
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 Hz 262
(6FAH) Limit
Max: 5.00 Hz
Assigns a limit to how much the motor speed detection may fluctuate each millisecond.
Parameter List
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 0.20 Hz
S9-06 Speed Detection Width After
Min: 0.00 Hz 262
(6FDH) Coasting Sets the motor speed detection width as soon as the motor is done coasting. Max: 1.00 Hz
Once the motor is done coasting, the drive will apply the motor speed detection value if the
value detected is less than S9-06 plus the previous value.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 411
B.3 Parameter Table
u T: Motor Tuning
Enter data into the following parameters to tune the motor and drive for optimal performance
n T1: Induction Motor Auto-Tuning
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 1
T1-00 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor 1 / Motor 2 Selection Min: 1 92
(700H)
1: Motor 1 (sets E1-, E2-) Max: 2
2: Motor 2 (sets E3-, E4-)
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
0: Rotational Auto-Tuning
1: Stationary Auto-Tuning 1
2: Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance
T1-01 3: Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f Control (necessary for Energy Savings and Speed Estimation Default: 0 <34>
(701H) Auto-Tuning Mode Selection Speed Search) Min: 0 <34> 92
<28> 4: Stationary Auto-Tuning 2 Max: 9 <34>
8: Inertia Tuning (perform Rotational Auto-Tuning prior to Inertia Tuning)
9: ASR Gain Tuning (perform Rotational Auto-Tuning prior to ASR Gain Auto-Tuning)
Note 1: When using an induction synchronous motor, the only available selection is Stationary
Auto-Tuning for line-to-line resistance.
Note 2: Rotational Auto-Tuning should be performed prior to Inertia Tuning in order to ensure
torque accuracy.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: <24>
T1-02 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor Rated Power Min: 0.03 kW 92
(702H)
Sets the motor rated power as specified on the motor nameplate. Max: 650.00 kW
Note: Use the following formula to convert horsepower into kilowatts: 1HP = 0.746 kW.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 200.0 V <15>
T1-03
Motor Rated Voltage OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 V 92
(703H)
Max: 255.0 V <15>
Sets the motor rated voltage as specified on the motor nameplate.
Default: <9>
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Min: 10% of drive rated
T1-04
Motor Rated Current OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM current 93
(704H)
Max: 200% of drive
Sets the motor rated current as specified on the motor nameplate. rated current
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 50.0 Hz
T1-05
Rated Frequency OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 Hz 93
(705H)
Max: 400.0 Hz
Sets the rated frequency of the motor as specified on the motor nameplate.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 4
T1-06
Number of Motor Poles OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 2 93
(706H)
Max: 48
Sets the number of motor poles as specified on the motor nameplate.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 1450 r/min
T1-07
Rated Speed OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 r/min 93
(707H)
Max: 24000 r/min
Sets the rated speed of the motor as specified on the motor nameplate.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 1024 ppr
T1-08 PG Number of Pulses Per
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 ppr 93
(708H) Revolution
Max: 60000 ppr
Set the number of pulses per revolution for the PG being used (pulse generator or encoder).
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: –
T1-09 Motor No-Load Current
Sets the no-load current for the motor. Min: 0 A 93
(709H) (Stationary Auto-Tuning)
After setting the motor capacity to T1-02 and the motor rated current to T1-04, this parameter Max: T1-04
will automatically display the no-load current for a standard 4 pole Yaskawa motor. Enter the
no-load current as indicated on the motor test report.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: –
T1-10 Motor Rated Slip
Sets the motor rated slip. Min: 0.00 Hz 94
(70AH) (Stationary Auto-Tuning)
After setting the motor capacity to T1-02, this parameter will automatically display the motor Max: 20.00 Hz
slip for a standard 4 pole Yaskawa motor. Enter the motor slip as indicated on the motor test
report.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: 14 W <31>
T1-11
Motor Iron Loss Min: 0 W 94
(70BH) Sets the iron loss for determining the Energy Saving coefficient. Max: 65535 W
The value is set to E2-10 (motor iron loss) set when the power is cycled. If T1-02 is changed, a
default value appropriate for the motor capacity that was entered will appear.
<9> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
412 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
<15> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
<24> Default setting value is dependent on the drive model set to o2-04 and the Drive Duty set to C6-01.
<28> The availability of certain Auto-Tuning methods depends on the control mode selected for the drive.
<31> Default setting value differs depending on the motor code value and motor parameter settings.
<34> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
n T2: PM Motor Auto-Tuning
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
0: PM Motor Parameter Settings
1: PM Stationary Auto-Tuning
2: PM Stationary Auto-Tuning for Stator Resistance Default: 0
T2-01 PM Motor Auto-Tuning Mode
3: Z Pulse Offset Tuning Min: 0 94
(750H) Selection
8: Inertia Tuning Max: 11 <34>
9: ASR Gain Auto-Tuning
11: Back EMF Constant Tuning
Prior to executing Inertia Tuning or ASR Gain Auto-Tuning, be sure to take the following steps:
• perform Auto-Tuning for motor data (T2-01 = 0, 1, or 2) or set the motor code to E5-01.
• verify all motor data entered to the drive with the motor nameplate or the motor test report.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Default: <27>
T2-02
PM Motor Code Selection Enter the motor code when using a Yaskawa PM motor. Once the motor code is entered, the Min: 0000 94
(751H)
drive automatically sets parameters T2-03 through T2-14. When using a motor that is not Max: FFFF
supported motor code or a non-Yaskawa motor, set FFFF here and then adjust the other T2
parameters according the motor nameplate or the motor test report.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 1
T2-03 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
PM Motor Type Min: 0 94
(752H)
0: IPM motor Max: 1
1: SPM motor. Parameter T2-17 will not be displayed with this setting.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: <24>
T2-04 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
PM Motor Rated Power Min: 0.00 kW 95
(730H)
Sets the motor rated power. Max: 650.00 kW
Note: Use the following formula to convert horsepower into kilowatts: 1HP = 0.746 kW.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 200.0 V <15>
T2-05
PM Motor Rated Voltage OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 V 95
(732H)
Max: 255.0 V <15>
Enter the motor rated voltage as indicated on the motor nameplate.
Default: <9>
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Min: 10% of drive rated
T2-06
PM Motor Rated Current OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM current 95
(733H)
Max: 200% of drive
Enter the motor rated current as indicated on the motor nameplate. rated current
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 87.5 Hz
T2-07
PM Motor Rated Frequency OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0 Hz 95
(753H)
Max: 400.0 Hz
Enter the motor rated frequency as indicated on the motor nameplate.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 6
T2-08
Number of PM Motor Poles OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 2 95
(734H)
Max: 48
Enter the number of motor poles for the PM motor as indicated on the motor nameplate.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 1750 r/min
T2-09
PM Motor Rated Speed OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 r/min 95
(731H)
Max: 24000 r/min
Enter the rated speed for the PM motor as indicated on the motor nameplate.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <32>
T2-10
PM Motor Stator Resistance OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.000 Ω 95
(754H)
Max: 65.000 Ω
Enter the rotor resistance for the PM motor as indicated on the motor nameplate.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <32>
T2-11
PM Motor d-Axis Inductance OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 mH 95
(735H)
Parameter List
Max: 600.00 mH
Enter the d-axis inductance for the PM motor as indicated on the motor nameplate.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <32>
T2-12
PM Motor q-Axis Inductance OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.00 mH 95
(736H)
Max: 600.00 mH
Enter the q-axis inductance for the PM motor as indicated on the motor nameplate.
T2-13 Induced Voltage Constant Unit
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 1 B
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0 96
(755H) Selection
0: mV/(r/min). E5-09 will automatically be set to 0.0, and E5-24 will be used. Max: 1
1: mV/(rad/sec). E5-24 will automatically be set to 0.0, and E5-09 will be used
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 413
B.3 Parameter Table
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <32>
T2-14 PM Motor Induced Voltage
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.1 96
(737H) Constant (Ke)
Max: 2000.0
Enter the induced voltage coefficient for the PM motor as indicated on the motor nameplate.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
Default: 30%
T2-15 Pull-In Current Level for PM OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0% 96
(756H) Motor Tuning
Sets the amount of pull-in current to use for Auto-Tuning as a percentage of the motor rated Max: 120%
current. Increase this setting for high inertia loads.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 1024 ppr
T2-16 PG Number of Pulses Per
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 1 ppr 96
(738H) Revolution for PM Motor Tuning
Max: 15000 ppr
Sets the number of pulses per revolution for the PG being used (pulse generator or encoder).
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: 0.0 deg
T2-17
Encoder Z-Pulse Offset (Δθ) OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: -180.0 deg 96
(757H)
Max: 180.0 deg
Sets the offset between encoder offset and the rotor magnetic axis.
<9> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
<15> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
<24> Default setting value is dependent on the drive model set to o2-04 and the Drive Duty set to C6-01.
<27> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02) and the drive model (o2-04).
<32> Default setting is determined by the drive capacity and the motor code selected in T2-02.
<34> Default setting is determined by the control mode (A1-02).
n T3: ASR and Inertia Tuning
No. (Addr.) Name Description Setting Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
T3-01 Default: 3.0 Hz
(760H) Test Signal Frequency OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.1 Hz 97
<33> Sets the frequency of the test signal used during Inertia Tuning and ASR Gain Auto-Tuning. Max: 20.0 Hz
Reduce this value if the inertia is large or if a fault occurs.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
T3-02 Default: 0.5 rad
(761H) Test Signal Amplitude OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.1 rad 97
<33> Sets the amplitude of the test signal used during Inertia and ASR Gain Auto-Tuning. Reduce Max: 10.0 rad
this value if the inertia is too large or if a fault occurs.
T3-03 V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV Default: <7> <24>
(762H) Motor Inertia OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.0001 kgm2 97
<33> Max: 600.00 kgm2
Sets the motor inertia. Default setting is the inertia of a Yaskawa motor.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
T3-04 Default: 10.0 Hz
(763H) System Response Frequency OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM Min: 0.1 Hz 97
<33> Sets the response frequency of the mechanical system connected to the motor. Oscillation may Max: 50.0 Hz
result if set too high.
<7> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to E5-01.
<24> Default setting value is dependent on the drive model set to o2-04 and the Drive Duty set to C6-01.
<33> Displayed only when performing Inertia Tuning or ASR Gain Auto-Tuning (T1-01 = 9 or T2-01 = 9).
u U: Monitors
Monitor parameters allow the user to view drive status, fault information, and other data concerning drive operation.
n U1: Operation Status Monitors
Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
U1-01 All Modes
Frequency Reference 10 V: Max frequency 0.01 Hz –
(40H)
Monitors the frequency reference. Display units are determined by o1-03.
U1-02 All Modes
Output Frequency 10 V: Max frequency 0.01 Hz –
(41H)
Displays the output frequency. Display units are determined by o1-03.
U1-03 All Modes 10 V: Drive rated
Output Current <18> <49> –
(42H) current
Displays the output current.
414 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Level Unit Page
All Modes
0: V/f Control
1: V/f Control with PG
U1-04 No signal output
Control Method 2: Open Loop Vector Control – –
(43H) available
3: Closed Loop Vector Control
5: Open Loop Vector Control for PM
6: Advanced Open Loop Vector Control for PM
7: Closed Loop Vector Control for PM
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
U1-05
Motor Speed OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 10 V: Max Frequency 0.01 Hz –
(44H)
Displays the motor speed feedback. Display units are determined by o1-03.
U1-06 All Modes
Output Voltage Reference 10 V: 200 Vrms <15> 0.1 Vac –
(45H)
Displays the output voltage.
U1-07 All Modes
DC Bus Voltage 10 V: 400 V <15> 1 Vdc –
(46H)
Displays the DC bus voltage.
10 V: Drive capacity
U1-08 All Modes
Output Power (Motor rated <36> –
(47H)
Displays the output power (this value is calculated internally). capacity) kW <41>
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
U1-09 10 V: Motor rated
Torque Reference OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 0.1% –
(48H) torque
Monitors the internal torque reference.
All Modes
Displays the input terminal status.
Digital input 1
(terminal S1 enabled)
Digital input 2
(terminal S2 enabled)
Digital input 3
U1-10 (terminal S3 enabled) No signal output
Input Terminal Status – –
(49H) available
Digital input 4
(terminal S4 enabled)
Digital input 5
(terminal S5 enabled)
Digital input 6
(terminal S6 enabled)
Digital input 7
(terminal S7 enabled)
Digital input 8
(terminal S8 enabled)
All Modes
Displays the output terminal status.
Multi-Function
YEG Digital Output
(terminal M1-M2)
U1-11 Multi-Function No signal output
Output Terminal Status – –
(4AH) Digital Output available
(terminal M3-M4)
Multi-Function
Digital Output
(terminal M5-M6)
Not Used
Fault Relay
(terminal MA-MC closed
MA-MC open)
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 415
B.3 Parameter Table
No. (Addr.) Name Description Analog Output Unit Page
Level
All Modes
Verifies the drive operation status.
During run
During zero-speed
U1-12 During REV No signal output
Drive Status – –
(4BH) During fault reset available
signal input
During speed agree
Drive ready
During alarm
detection
During fault detection
U1-13 All Modes
Terminal A1 Input Level 10 V: 100% 0.1% –
(4EH)
Displays the signal level to analog input terminal A1.
U1-14 All Modes
Terminal A2 Input Level 10 V: 100% 0.1% –
(4FH)
Displays the signal level to analog input terminal A2.
U1-15 All Modes
Terminal A3 Input Level 10 V: 100% 0.1% –
(50H)
Displays the signal level to analog input terminal A3.
U1-16 Output Frequency after Soft All Modes
10 V: Max frequency 0.01 Hz –
(53H) Starter
Displays output frequency with ramp time and S-curves. Units determined by o1-03.
All Modes
U1-17 Displays the reference value input from the DI-A3 option card. No signal output
DI-A3 Input Status – –
(58H) available
Display will appear in hexadecimal as determined by the digital card input selection in F3-01.
3FFFF: Set (1 bit) + sign (1 bit) + 16 bit
U1-18 All Modes No signal output
oPE Fault Parameter – –
(61H) available
Displays the parameter number that caused the oPE02 or oPE08 error.
All Modes
Displays the contents of a MEMOBUS/Modbus error.
CRC Error
Data Length Error
U1-19 MEMOBUS/Modbus Error No signal output
Not Used – –
(66H) Code available
Parity Error
Overrun Error
Framing Error
Timed Out
Not Used
U1-21 AI-A3 Terminal V1 Input All Modes
10 V: 100% 0.1% –
(77H) Voltage Monitor
Displays the input voltage to terminal V1 on analog input card AI-A3.
U1-22 AI-A3 Terminal V2 Input All Modes
10 V: 100% 0.1% –
(72AH) Voltage Monitor
Displays the input voltage to terminal V2 on analog input card AI-A3.
U1-23 AI-A3 Terminal V3 Input All Modes
10 V: 100% 0.1% –
(72BH) Voltage Monitor
Displays the input voltage to terminal V3 on analog input card AI-A3.
U1-24 All Modes
Input Pulse Monitor Determined by H6-02 1 Hz –
(7DH)
Displays the frequency to pulse train input terminal RP.
U1-25 All Modes No signal output
Software Number (Flash) – –
(4DH) available
FLASH ID
U1-26 All Modes No signal output
Software No. (ROM) – –
(5BH) available
ROM ID
<15> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
<18> This value's number of decimal places depends on the drive model and the Heavy/Normal duty selection in parameter C6-01. The value will
have two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for a Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity up to 11 kW (refer to Table A.2 and Table A.3)
and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the set Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity is higher than 11 kW.
<36> This value's number of decimal places depends on the drive model and the Heavy/Normal duty selection in parameter C6-01. The value will
have two decimal places (0.01 kW) if the drive is set for a Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity up to 11 kW (refer to Table A.2 and
Table A.3) and one decimal place (0.1 kW) if the set Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity is higher than 11 kW.
<41> When using V/f Control, 10 V is the drive capacity in kW. When using one of the vector control modes, 10 V is the motor capacity (E2-11).
416 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
<49> When reading the value of this monitor via MEMOBUS/Modbus a value of 8192 is equal to 100% of the drive rated output current.
n U2: Fault Trace
Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
U2-01 All Modes No signal output
Current Fault – –
(80H) available
Displays the current fault.
U2-02 All Modes No signal output
Previous Fault – –
(81H) available
Displays the previous fault.
U2-03 Frequency Reference at All Modes No signal output
0.01 Hz –
(82H) Previous Fault available
Displays the frequency reference at the previous fault.
U2-04 Output Frequency at Previous All Modes No signal output
0.01 Hz –
(83H) Fault available
Displays the output frequency at the previous fault.
U2-05 Output Current at Previous All Modes No signal output
<18> <49> –
(84H) Fault available
Displays the output current at the previous fault.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
U2-06 No signal output
Motor Speed at Previous Fault OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 0.01 Hz –
(85H) available
Displays the motor speed at the previous fault.
U2-07 Output Voltage at Previous All Modes No signal output
0.1 Vac –
(86H) Fault available
Displays the output voltage at the previous fault.
U2-08 DC Bus Voltage at Previous All Modes No signal output
1 Vdc –
(87H) Fault available
Displays the DC bus voltage at the previous fault.
U2-09 Output Power at Previous All Modes No signal output
0.1 kW –
(88H) Fault available
Displays the output power at the previous fault.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
U2-10 Torque Reference at Previous No signal output
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 0.1% –
(89H) Fault available
Displays the torque reference at the previous fault.
U2-11 Input Terminal Status at All Modes No signal output
– –
(8AH) Previous Fault available
Displays the input terminal status at the previous fault. Displayed as in U1-10.
U2-12 Output Terminal Status at All Modes No signal output
– –
(8BH) Previous Fault Displays the output status at the previous fault. Displays the same status displayed in U1-11.
available
All Modes
U2-13 Drive Operation Status at No signal output
– –
(8CH) Previous Fault Displays the operation status of the drive at the previous fault. Displays the same status available
displayed in U1-12.
U2-14 Cumulative Operation Time at All Modes No signal output
1h –
(8DH) Previous Fault available
Displays the cumulative operation time at the previous fault.
U2-15 Soft Starter Speed Reference at All Modes No signal output
0.01 Hz –
(7E0H) Previous Fault available
Displays the speed reference for the soft starter at the previous fault.
U2-16 Motor q-Axis Current at All Modes No signal output
0.1% –
(7E1H) Previous Fault available
Displays the q-axis current for the motor at the previous fault.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
U2-17 Motor d-Axis Current at No signal output
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 0.1% –
(7E2H) Previous Fault available
Displays the d-axis current for the motor at the previous fault.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
U2-19 Rotor Deviation at Previous OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM No signal output
0.1 deg –
(7ECH) Fault available
Displays the degree of rotor deviation when the most recent fault occurred (same status will
appear as shown in U6-10).
U2-20 Heatsink Temperature at All Modes No signal output
1°C –
(8EH) Previous Fault available
Parameter List
Displays the temperature of the heatsink when the most recent fault occurred.
<18> This value's number of decimal places depends on the drive model and the Heavy/Normal duty selection in parameter C6-01. The value will
have two decimal places (0.01 A) if the drive is set for a Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity up to 11 kW (refer to Table A.2 and Table A.3)
and one decimal place (0.1 A) if the set Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity is higher than 11 kW.
<49> When reading the value of this monitor via MEMOBUS/Modbus a value of 8192 is equal to 100% of the drive rated output current.
Note: Fault trace (i.e., the fault history) is not kept when CPF00, CPF01, CPF06, CPF24, Uv1, Uv2, Uv3, oFA00, oFB00, oFC00 occur.
B
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 417
B.3 Parameter Table
n U3: Fault History
Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
U3-01 to
U3-04
All Modes No signal output
(90H to 93H First to 4th Most Recent Fault – –
available
(800H to Displays the first to the fourth most recent faults.
803H))
All Modes
U3-05 to
U3-10 Displays the fifth to the tenth most recent faults. After ten faults have occurred in the drive, data No signal output
5th to 10th Most Recent Fault – –
(804H to for the oldest fault is deleted. The most recent fault appears in U3-01, with the next most recent available
809H) fault appearing in U3-02. The data is moved to the next monitor parameter every time a fault
occurs.
U3-11 to
U3-14
Cumulative Operation Time at All Modes No signal output
(94H to 97H 1h –
1st to 4th Most Recent Fault available
(80AH to Displays the cumulative operation time when the first to the fourth most recent faults occurred.
80DH))
U3-15 to
U3-20 Cumulative Operation Time at All Modes No signal output
1h –
(80EH to 5th to 10th Most Recent Fault available
Displays the cumulative operation time when the fifth to the tenth most recent faults occurred.
813H)
Note: Fault trace (i.e., the fault history) is not kept when CPF00, CPF01, CPF06, CPF24, Uv1, Uv2, Uv3, oFA00, oFB00, oFC00 occur.
n U4: Maintenance Monitors
Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
All Modes
U4-01 Displays the cumulative operation time of the drive. The value for the cumulative operation No signal output
Cumulative Operation Time 1h –
(4CH) time counter can be reset in parameter o4-01. Use parameter o4-02 to determine if the operation available
time should start as soon as the power is switched on or only while the Run command is present.
The maximum number displayed is 99999, after which the value is reset to 0.
All Modes
U4-02 No signal output
Number of Run Commands 1 Time –
(75H) Displays the number of times the Run command is entered. Reset the number of Run commands available
using parameter o4-13. This value will reset to 0 and start counting again after reaching 65535.
All Modes
U4-03 No signal output
Cooling Fan Operation Time Displays the cumulative operation time of the cooling fan. The default value for the fan 1h –
(67H) available
operation time is reset in parameter o4-03. This value will reset to 0 and start counting again
after reaching 99999.
All Modes
U4-04 No signal output
Cooling Fan Maintenance Displays main cooling fan usage time in as a percentage of its expected performance life. The 1% –
(7EH) available
fan should be replaced when this monitor reaches 90%. Parameter o4-03 can be used to reset
this monitor.
All Modes
U4-05 No signal output
Capacitor Maintenance Displays main circuit capacitor usage time in as a percentage of their expected performance life. 1% –
(7CH) available
The fan should be replaced when this monitor reaches 90%. Parameter o4-05 can be used to
reset this monitor.
All Modes
U4-06 Soft Charge Bypass Relay No signal output
Displays the soft charge bypass relay maintenance time as a percentage of its estimated 1% –
(7D6H) Maintenance available
performance life. The fan should be replaced when this monitor reaches 90%. Parameter o4-07
can be used to reset this monitor.
All Modes
U4-07 No signal output
IGBT Maintenance 1% –
(7D7H) Displays IGBT usage time as a percentage of the expected performance life. The fan should be available
replaced when this monitor reaches 90%. Parameter o4-09 can be used to reset this monitor.
U4-08 All Modes
Heatsink Temperature 10 V: 100°C 1°C –
(68H)
Displays the heatsink temperature.
U4-09 All Modes No signal output
LED Check – –
(5EH) available
Lights all segments of the LED to verify that the display is working properly.
U4-10 All Modes No signal output
kWh, Lower 4 Digits 1 kWh –
(5CH) available
Monitors the drive output power. The value is shown as a 9 digit number displayed across two
monitor parameters, U4-10 and U4-11.
Example:
12345678.9 kWh is displayed as:
U4-11 No signal output
kWh, Upper 5 Digits U4-10: 678.9 kWh 1 MWh –
(5DH) available
U4-11: 12345 MWh
U4-13 All Modes No signal output 0.01 A
Peak Hold Current –
(7CFH) available <49>
Displays the highest current value that occurred during run.
418 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Level Unit Page
U4-14 All Modes No signal output
Peak Hold Output Frequency 0.01 Hz –
(7D0H) available
Displays the output frequency when the current value shown in U4-13 occurred.
All Modes
U4-16 Motor Overload Estimate
10 V: 100% 0.1% –
(7D8H) (oL1) Shows the value of the motor overload detection accumulator. 100% is equal to the oL1
detection level.
All Modes
Displays the source for the frequency reference as XY-nn.
X: indicates which reference is used:
1 = Reference 1 (b1-01)
2 = Reference 2 (b1-15)
Y-nn: indicates the reference source
U4-18 Frequency Reference Source 0-01 = Digital operator No signal output
– –
(7DAH) Selection 1-00 = Analog (not assigned) available
1-01 = Analog (terminal A1)
1-02 = Analog (terminal A2)
1-03 = Analog (terminal A3)
2-01 to 2-08, 17 = Multi-step speed (d1-01 to 08, 17)
3-01 = MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
4-01 = Communication option card
5-01 = Pulse input
U4-19 Frequency Reference from All Modes No signal output
0.01% –
(7DBH) MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. available
Displays the frequency reference provided by MEMOBUS/Modbus (decimal).
U4-20 All Modes No signal output
Option Frequency Reference – –
(7DCH) available
Displays the frequency reference input by an option card (decimal).
All Modes
Displays the source for the Run command as XY-nn.
X: Indicates which Run source is used:
1 = Reference 1 (b1-02)
2 = Reference 2 (b1-16)
Y: Input power supply data
0 = Digital operator
1 = External terminals
3 = MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
U4-21 Run Command Source 4 = Communication option card No signal output
– –
(7DDH) Selection nn: Run command limit status data available
00: No limit status.
01: Run command was left on when stopped in the PRG mode
02: Run command was left on when switching from LOCAL to REMOTE operation
03: Waiting for soft charge bypass contactor after power up (Uv or Uv1 flashes after 10 s)
04: Waiting for “Run command prohibited” time period to end
05: Fast Stop (digital input, digital operator)
06: b1-17 (Run command given at power-up)
07: During baseblock while coast to stop with timer
08: Frequency reference is below minimal reference during baseblock
09: Waiting for Enter command
All Modes
U4-22 MEMOBUS/Modbus No signal output
– –
(7DEH) Communications Reference Displays the drive control data set by MEMOBUS/Modbus communications register no. 0001H available
as a four-digit hexadecimal number.
U4-23 Communication Option Card All Modes No signal output
– –
(7DFH) Reference available
Displays drive control data set by an option card as a four-digit hexadecimal number.
<49> When reading the value of this monitor via MEMOBUS/Modbus a value of 8192 is equal to 100% of the drive rated output current.
n U5: PID Monitors
Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Level Unit Page
U5-01 All Modes
PID Feedback 10 V: 100% 0.01% –
(57H)
Displays the PID feedback value.
U5-02 All Modes
PID Input 10 V: 100% 0.01% –
(63H)
Displays the amount of PID input (deviation between PID setpoint and feedback).
Parameter List
U5-03 All Modes
PID Output 10 V: 100% 0.01% –
(64H)
Displays PID control output.
U5-04 All Modes
PID Setpoint 10 V: 100% 0.01% –
(65H)
Displays the PID setpoint.
U5-05 All Modes
(7D2H)
PID Differential Feedback
Displays the 2nd PID feedback value if differential feedback is used (H3- = 16).
10 V: 100% 0.01% – B
All Modes
U5-06
PID Adjusted Feedback 10 V: 100% 0.01% –
(7D3H) Displays the difference of both feedback values if differential feedback is used (U5-01 - U5-05).
If differential feedback is not used, then U5-01 and U5-06 will be the same.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 419
B.3 Parameter Table
No. (Addr.) Name Description Analog Output Unit Page
Level
Automatically Calculated V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
U5-21 No signal output
Energy Saving Coefficient Ki OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 0.01 –
(872H) available
Value
Displays the energy saving coefficient Ki value.
Automatically Calculated V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
U5-22 No signal output
Energy Saving Coefficient Kt OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 0.01 –
(873H) available
Value
Displays the energy saving coefficient Kt value.
n U6: Operation Status Monitors
Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
10 V: Motor
U6-01 All Modes
Motor Secondary Current (Iq) secondary rated 0.1% –
(51H)
Displays the value of the motor secondary current (Iq). Motor rated secondary current is 100%. current
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
10 V: Motor
U6-02 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Motor Excitation Current (Id) secondary rated 0.1% –
(52H)
Displays the value calculated for the motor excitation current (Id). Motor rated secondary current
current is 100%.
U6-03
ASR Input V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV 10 V: Max frequency
(54H)
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 10 V: Motor 0.01% –
U6-04
ASR Output secondary rated
(55H) Displays the input and output values when using ASR control. current
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
U6-05
Output Voltage Reference (Vq) OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 10 V: 200 Vrms <15> 0.1 Vac –
(59H)
Output voltage reference (Vq) for the q-axis.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
U6-06
Output Voltage Reference (Vd) OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 10 V: 200 Vrms <15> 0.1 Vac –
(5AH)
Output voltage reference (Vd) for the d-axis.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
U6-07
q-Axis ACR Output OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 10 V: 200 Vrms <15> 0.1% –
(5FH)
Displays the output value for current control relative to motor secondary current (q-axis).
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
U6-08
d-Axis ACR Output OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 10 V: 200 Vrms <15> 0.1% –
(60H)
Displays the output value for current control relative to motor secondary current (d-axis).
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
U6-09 Advance Phase Compensation 10 V: 180 deg
0.1 deg –
(7C0H) (Δ θ) OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM –10 V: –180 deg
Displays the degree of forward phase correction after calculating the deviation of Δθcmp.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
U6-10 OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 10 V: 180 deg
Control Axis Deviation (Δθ) 0.1 deg –
(7C1H) –10 V: –180 deg
Displays the amount of deviation between the actual d-axis / q-axis and the γ-axis / δ-axis used
for motor control.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
U6-13 Flux Position Detection 10 V: 180 deg
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 0.1 deg –
(7CAH) (sensor) –10 V: –180 deg
Monitors the value of the flux position detection (sensor).
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
U6-14 Flux Position Estimation 10 V: 180 deg
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 0.1 deg –
(7CBH) (observer) –10 V: –180 deg
Monitors the value of the flux position estimation.
U6-18 All Modes
Speed Detection PG1 Counter 10 V: 65536 1 ppr –
(7CDH)
Monitors the number of pulses for speed detection (PG1).
U6-19 All Modes
Speed Detection PG2 Counter 10 V: 65536 1 ppr –
(7E5H)
Monitors the number of pulses for speed detection (PG2).
U6-21 All Modes
Offset Frequency – 0.1% –
(7D5H)
Displays the frequency added to the main frequency reference.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
U6-22 10 V: No. of pulses
Zero Servo Pulse Movement OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 1 –
(62H) per revolution
Displays how far the rotor has moved from its last position in PG pulses (multiplied by 4).
420 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.3 Parameter Table
Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Level Unit Page
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV 10 V: Motor
U6-25
Feedback Control Output OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM secondary rated 0.01% –
(6BH)
current
Output monitor for the ASR speed loop.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV 10 V: Motor
U6-26
Feed Forward Control Output OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM secondary rated 0.01% –
(6CH)
current
Output monitor for Feed Forward control.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
U6-54
ACR Id Deviation Integral OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 10 V: 100% 0.10% –
(74EH)
Monitors the value of the ACR Id deviation integral.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
U6-55 ACR Id Deviation
OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM 10 V: 100% 0.10% –
(74FH) Proportional
Monitors the value of the ACR Id deviation proportional.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
U6-57 Integrated Current Deviation OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM No signal output
1 –
(7C4H) during Judging Polarity Displays the deviation from the integrated current when judging motor polarity. If this value is available
lower than 819, then increase the value set to n8-84. The value 8192 is equivalent to the motor
rated current.
U6-80 to
All Modes
U6-99 Option Monitors 1 to 20 – – –
(7B0 to 7F9H) Displays the data select for option monitors 1 through 20.
<15> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
n U9: KEB Voltage Monitors
Analog Output
No. (Addr.) Name Description Unit Page
Level
U9-01 All Modes No signal output
KEB Start Voltage 1 Vdc –
(820H) available
DC bus voltage value used as KEB trigger level.
U9-02 All Modes No signal output
KEB End Voltage 1 Vdc –
(821H) available
DC bus voltage used as KEB end level.
All Modes
U9-03 KEB Function Limit No signal output
Displays a 5 digit number if the KEB start or end levels exceed the allowable range. If the first – –
(822H) Monitor available
is “1”, then the KEB start voltage exceeded the 150 - 400 V internal limit. If the second digit is
“1”, then the KEB end voltage exceeds the internal limit of 150 - 400 V.
V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
U9-04 Detected Motor Speed
10 V: Max frequency 0.01 Hz –
(823H) (Synchronous Operation) OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Displays the motor speed detected by the Synchronous Operation Function (b3-24 = 3).
Detected Motor Residual V/f V/f w/PG OLV CLV
U9-05
Voltage (Synchronous 10 V: 200 Vms <15> 0.1 Vac –
(824H) OLV/PM AOLV/PM CLV/PM
Operation)
Displays the residual voltage detected by the Synchronous Operation Function (b3-24 = 3).
<15> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 421
B.4 Parameter Defaults Determined by Control Mode (A1-02)
B.4 Parameter Defaults Determined by Control Mode (A1-02)
The tables below list parameters that depend on the control mode selection (A1-02 for motor 1, E3-01 for motor 2).
These parameters are initialized to the shown values if the control mode is changed.
u A1-02 (Motor 1 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters
Table B.2 A1-02 (Motor 1 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters and Default Values
Setting Control Modes (A1-02)
No. Name Resolution
Range V/f (0) V/f w/PG (1) OLV (2) CLV (3)
b2-01 DC Injection Braking Start Frequency 0.0 to 10.0 0.1 Hz 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
b2-04 DC Injection Braking Time at Stop 0.00 to 10.00 0.01 s 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50
b2-13 Short Circuit Brake Time at Stop 0.00 to 25.50 0.01 s – – – –
b3-01 Speed Search Selection at Start 0 to 1 – 0 1 0 –
b3-02 Speed Search Deactivation Current 0 to 200 1% 120 – 100 –
b3-14 Bi-Directional Speed Search Selection 0,1 – 1 0 1 –
b5-15 PID Sleep Function Start Level 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
b6-01 Dwell Reference at Start 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
b6-03 Dwell Reference at Stop 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
b8-01 Energy Saving Control Selection 0 to 1 – 0 0 0 0
b8-02 Energy Saving Gain 0.0 to 10.0 0.1 – – 0.7 1.0
0.50 0.01
b8-03 Energy Saving Control Filter Time Constant 0.00 to 10.00 0.01 s – – 2.00 (Motor Capacity: 0.05 (Motor Capacity:
55 kW and above) 55 kW and above)
C1-11 Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
C2-01 S-Curve Time at Acceleration Start 0.00 to 10.00 0.01 s 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20
C3-01 Slip Compensation Gain 0.0 to 2.5 0.1 0.0 – 1.0 1.0
C3-02 Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time 0 to 10000 1 ms 2000 – 200 –
C4-01 Torque Compensation Gain 0.00 to 2.50 0.01 1.00 1.00 1.00 –
C4-02 Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 0 to 60000 1 ms 200 <1> 200 <1> 20 –
C5-01 ASR Proportional Gain 1 0.00 to 300.00 0.01 – 0.20 – 20.00
C5-02 ASR Integral Time 1 0.000 to 10.000 0.001 s – 0.200 – 0.500
C5-03 ASR Proportional Gain 2 0.00 to 300.00 0.01 – 0.02 – 20.00
C5-04 ASR Integral Time 2 0.000 to 10.000 0.001 s – 0.050 – 0.500
C5-06 ASR Primary Delay Time Constant 0.000 to 0.500 0.001 s – – – 0.004
C5-07 ASR Gain Switching Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 – – – 0.0 Hz
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection 1 to F – 1 <2> 1 <2> 1 <2> 1
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency 40.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
E1-05 Maximum Voltage <4> 0.0 to 255.0 0.1 V 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
E1-06 Base Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
E1-07 Middle Output Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz 2.5 2.5 3.0 –
15.0 (Motor Capacity: 14.4 (Motor Capacity:
0.55 to 4.0 kW) 0.55 to 4.0 kW)
E1-08 Middle Output Frequency Voltage <4> 0.0 to 255.0 0.1 V <5> –
14.0 (5.5 to 45 kW) 13.2 (5.5 kW and
12.0 (55 kW and above) above)
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz 1.3 1.3 0.5 0.0
9.0 (Motor Capacity:
3.0 (Motor Capacity:
0.55 to 4.0 kW)
E1-10 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage <4> 0.0 to 255.0 0.1 V <6> 0.55 to 4.0 kW) –
7.0 (5.5 to 45 kW)
2.4 (5.5 kW and above)
6.0 (55 kW and above)
F1-05 PG 1 Rotation Selection 0 to 1 – – 0 – 0
F1-09 Overspeed Detection Delay Time 0.0 to 2.0 0.1 s – 1.0 – 0.0
L1-01 Motor Overload Protection Selection 0 to 6 – 1 1 1 1
L4-01 Speed Agreement Detection Level 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
L4-02 Speed Agreement Detection Width 0.0 to 20.0 0.1 Hz 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
L4-03 Speed Agreement Detection Level (+/-) -400.0 to 400.0 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz 0.0 Hz
L4-04 Speed Agreement Detection Width (+/-) 0.0 to 20.0 0.1 Hz 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection 0 to 2 – <2> <2> <2> <2>
L8-40 Carrier Frequency Reduction Off Delay Time 0.00 to 2.00 0.01 s 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50
o1-03 Digital Operator Display Selection 0 to 3 – 0 0 0 0
o1-04 V/f Pattern Display Unit 0, 1 – – – – 0
S6-04 DC Bus Adjustment Gain 0.00 to 5.00 0.01 1.00 1.00 0.30 0.30
S6-07 Torque Limit Delay Time 0.000 to 1.000 0.001 s – – – –
<1> This setting value depends on a Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity: 1000 s in models CIMR-T2A0138 to 2A0415 and CIMR-T4A0139
to 4A0362.
<2> Default setting is determined by the drive model (o2-04) and duty selection (C6-01).
<3> This setting value depends on a Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity.
<4> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
422 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.4 Parameter Defaults Determined by Control Mode (A1-02)
<5> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
y CIMR-T2A0004 to 2A0021, CIMR-T4A0002 to 4A0011: 15.0V
y CIMR-T2A0030 to 2A0211, CIMR-T4A0018 to 4A0103: 14.0V
y CIMR-T2A0250 to 2A0415, CIMR-T4A0139 to 4A0362: 12.0V
<6> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
y CIMR-T2A0004 to 2A0021, CIMR-T4A0002 to 4A0011: 9.0V
y CIMR-T2A0030 to 2A0211, CIMR-T4A0018 to 4A0103: 7.0V
y CIMR-T2A0250 to 2A0415, CIMR-T4A0139 to 4A0362: 6.0V
Table B.3 A1-02 (Motor 1 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters and Default Values
Control Modes (A1-02)
No. Name Setting Range Resolution
OLV/PM (5) AOLV/PM (6) CLV/PM (7)
b2-01 DC Injection Braking Start Frequency 0.0 to 10.0 0.1 Hz 0.5 1.0% <1> 0.5% <1>
b2-04 DC Injection Braking Time at Stop 0.00 to 10.00 0.01 s 0.50 – 0.50
b2-13 Short Circuit Brake Time at Stop 0.00 to 25.50 0.01 s 0.50 0.00 –
b3-01 Speed Search Selection at Start 0 to 1 – 0 0 –
b3-02 Speed Search Deactivation Current 0 to 200 1% – – –
b3-14 Bi-Directional Speed Search Selection 0,1 – – – –
b5-15 PID Sleep Function Start Level 0.0 to 400.0 <2> 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0% 0.0%
b6-01 Dwell Reference at Start 0.0 to 400.0 <2> 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0% 0.0%
b6-03 Dwell Reference at Stop 0.0 to 400.0 <2> 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0% 0.0%
b8-01 Energy Saving Control Selection 0 to 1 – – 1 1
b8-02 Energy Saving Gain 0.0 to 10.0 0.1 – – –
b8-03 Energy Saving Control Filter Time Constant 0.00 to 10.00 0.01 s – – –
C1-11 Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 <2> 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0% 0.0%
C2-01 S-Curve Time at Acceleration Start 0.00 to 10.00 0.01 s 1.00 1.00 1.00
C3-01 Slip Compensation Gain 0.0 to 2.5 0.1 – – –
C3-02 Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time 0 to 10000 1 ms – – –
C4-01 Torque Compensation Gain 0.00 to 2.50 0.01 0.00 – –
C4-02 Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 0 to 10000 1 ms 100 – –
C5-01 ASR Proportional Gain 1 0.00 to 300.00 0.01 – – –
C5-02 ASR Integral Time 1 0.000 to 10.000 0.001 s – – –
C5-03 ASR Proportional Gain 2 0.00 to 300.00 0.01 – – –
C5-04 ASR Integral Time 2 0.000 to 10.000 0.001 s – – –
C5-06 ASR Primary Delay Time Constant 0.000 to 0.500 0.001 s – – –
C5-07 ASR Gain Switching Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 <2> 0.1 – 0.0% 0.0%
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection 1 to F – 2 2 2
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency 40.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz <3> <3> <3>
E1-05 Maximum Voltage <5> 0.0 to 255.0 0.1 V <3> <3> <3>
E1-06 Base Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz <3> <3> <3>
E1-07 Middle Output Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz – – –
E1-08 Middle Output Frequency Voltage <5> 0.0 to 255.0 0.1 V – – –
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz <3> <3> <3>
E1-10 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage <5> 0.0 to 255.0 0.1 V – – –
F1-05 PG 1 Rotation Selection 0 to 1 – – – 1
F1-09 Overspeed Detection Delay Time 0.0 to 2.0 0.1 s – 0.0 0.0
L1-01 Motor Overload Protection Selection 0 to 6 – 4 4 5
L4-01 Speed Agreement Detection Level 0.0 to 400.0 <2> 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0% 0.0%
L4-02 Speed Agreement Detection Width 0.0 to 20.0 0.1 Hz 2.0 4.0% <1> 4.0% <1>
L4-03 Speed Agreement Detection Level (+/-) -400.0 to 400.0 <4> 0.1 0.0 Hz 0.0% 0.0%
L4-04 Speed Agreement Detection Width (+/-) 0.0 to 20.0 0.1 Hz 2.0 4.0% <1> 4.0% <1>
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection 0 to 2 – 0 – 0
L8-40 Carrier Frequency Reduction Off Delay Time 0.00 to 2.00 0.01 s 0.00 – 0.00
o1-03 Digital Operator Display Selection 0 to 3 – 0 1 1
o1-04 V/f Pattern Display Unit 0, 1 – – 1 1
S6-04 DC Bus Adjustment Gain 0.00 to 5.00 0.01 0.65 0.65 0.65
S6-07 Torque Limit Delay Time 0.000 to 1.000 0.001 s – 0.200 0.020
Parameter List
<1> This default setting is calculated as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
<2> In AOLV/PM and CLV/PM control modes, the setting units and range are expressed as a percent (0.0 to 100.0%) instead of in Hz.
<3> Default setting value is dependent on the motor code set to parameter E5-01.
<4> In AOLV/PM and CLV/PM control modes, the setting units and range are expressed as a percent (-100.0 to 100.0%) instead of in Hz.
<5> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 423
B.4 Parameter Defaults Determined by Control Mode (A1-02)
u E3-01 (Motor 2 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters
Table B.4 E3-01 (Motor 2 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters and Default Values
Control Modes (E3-01)
No. Name Setting Range Resolution
V/f (0) V/f w/PG (1) OLV (2) CLV (3)
C3-21 Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain 0.0 to 2.5 0.1 0.0 – 1.0 1.0
C3-22 Motor 2 Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time 0 to 10000 1 ms 2000 – 200 –
C5-21 Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 1 0.00 to 300.00 0.01 – 0.20 – 20.00
C5-22 Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 1 0.000 to 10.000 0.001 s – 0.200 – 0.500
C5-23 Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 2 0.00 to 300.00 0.01 – 0.02 – 20.00
C5-24 Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 2 0.000 to 10.000 0.001 s – 0.050 – 0.500
E3-04 Motor 2 Maximum Output Frequency 40.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
E3-05 Motor 2 Maximum Output Voltage <1> 0.0 to 255.0 0.1 V 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
E3-06 Motor 2 Base Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
E3-07 Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz 2.5 2.5 3.0 –
15.0 (Motor Capacity: 15.0 (Motor Capacity:
14.4 (Motor Capacity:
0.55 to 4.0 kW) 0.55 to 4.0 kW)
E3-08 Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Voltage <1> 0.0 to 255.0 0.1 V 0.55 to 4.0 kW) –
14.0 (5.5 to 45 kW) 14.0 (5.5 to 45 kW)
13.2 (5.5 kW and above)
12.0 (55 kW and above) 12.0 (55 kW and above)
E3-09 Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency 0.0 to 400.0 0.1 Hz 1.3 1.3 0.5 0.0
9.0 (Motor Capacity: 0.55 9.0 (Motor Capacity: 0.55
3.0 (Motor Capacity: 0.55
to 4.0 kW) to 4.0 kW)
E3-10 Motor 2 Minimum Output Voltage <1> 0.0 to 255.0 0.1 V to 4.0 kW) 0.0
7.0 (5.5 to 45 kW) 7.0 (5.5 to 45 kW)
2.4 (5.5 kW and above)
6.0 (55 kW and above) 6.0 (55 kW and above)
<1> Values shown here are for 200 V class drives. Double the value when using a 400 V class drive.
<2> Default setting is determined by the drive model (o2-04) and duty selection (C6-01).
424 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.5 Parameter Defaults Determined by Drive Model (o2-04) and Duty Rating (C6-01)
B.5 Parameter Defaults Determined by Drive Model (o2-04) and Duty Rating (C6-01)
The following tables show parameters and default settings that change with the drive model selection (o2-04). Parameter
numbers shown in parenthesis are valid for motor 2.
Table B.5 200 V Class Drives Default Settings by Drive Model Selection and ND/HD settings
No. Name Unit Default Settings
– Model CIMR-T – 2A0004 2A0006 2A0010
C6-01 Drive Duty Selection – HD ND HD ND HD ND
o2-04 Drive Model Selection Hex. 62 63 65
E2-11 (E4-11) Motor Rated Output kW 0.4 0.75 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2
b3-04 V/f Gain during Speed Search % 100 100 100 100 100 100
b3-06 Output Current 1 during Speed Search – 1 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
b8-03 Energy Saving Control Filter Time Constant s 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50
b8-04 Energy Saving Coefficient Value – 288.2 223.7 223.7 196.6 169.4 156.8
C5-17 (C5-37) Motor Inertia kgm2 0.0015 0.0028 0.0028 0.0068 0.0068 0.0088
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection – 1 1 1 1 1 1
E2-01 (E4-01) Motor Rated Current A 1.9 3.3 3.3 4.9 6.2 8.5
E2-02 (E4-02) Motor Rated Slip Hz 2.9 2.5 2.5 2.6 2.6 2.9
E2-03 (E4-03) Motor No-Load Current A 1.2 1.8 1.8 2.3 2.8 3
E2-05 (E4-05) Motor Line-to-Line Resistance Ω 9.842 5.156 5.156 3.577 1.997 1.601
E2-06 (E4-06) Motor Leakage Inductance % 18.2 13.8 13.8 18.5 18.5 18.4
E2-10 (E4-10) Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation W 14 26 26 38 53 77
E5-01 Motor Code Selection Hex. 1202 1202 1203 1203 1205 1205
L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time s 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3
L2-03 Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time s 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.5
L2-04 Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Time s 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level °C 115 115 115 115 115 115
L8-35 Installation Method Selection – 2 2 2 2 2 2
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection – 2 2 2 2 2 2
n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time Constant ms 10 10 10 10 10 10
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.178 0.142 0.142 0.142 0.166 0.145
n9-12 On-Delay Compensation Time μs 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
S6-01 DC Bus Capacity μF 500 500 500 500 1000 1000
S6-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.178 0.142 0.142 0.142 0.166 0.145
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 425
B.5 Parameter Defaults Determined by Drive Model (o2-04) and Duty Rating (C6-01)
No. Name Unit Default Settings
– Model CIMR-T – 2A0012 2A0021 2A0030
C6-01 Drive Duty Selection – HD ND HD ND HD ND
o2-04 Drive Model Selection Hex. 66 68 6A
E2-11 (E4-11) Motor Rated Output kW 2.2 3.0 3.7 5.5 5.5 7.5
b3-04 V/f Gain during Speed Search % 100 100 100 100 100 100
b3-06 Output Current 1 during Speed Search – 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
b8-03 Energy Saving Control Filter Time Constant s 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50
b8-04 Energy Saving Coefficient Value – 156.8 136.4 122.9 94.75 94.75 72.69
C5-17 (C5-37) Motor Inertia kgm2 0.0088 0.0158 0.0158 0.0255 0.026 0.037
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection – 1 1 1 1 1 1
E2-01 (E4-01) Motor Rated Current A 8.5 11.4 14 19.6 19.6 26.6
E2-02 (E4-02) Motor Rated Slip Hz 2.9 2.7 2.73 1.5 1.5 1.3
E2-03 (E4-03) Motor No-Load Current A 3 3.7 4.5 5.1 5.1 8
E2-05 (E4-05) Motor Line-to-Line Resistance Ω 1.601 1.034 0.771 0.399 0.399 0.288
E2-06 (E4-06) Motor Leakage Inductance % 18.4 19 19.6 18.2 18.2 15.5
E2-10 (E4-10) Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation W 77 91 112 172 172 262
E5-01 Motor Code Selection Hex. 1206 1206 1208 1208 120A 120A
L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time s 0.5 0.5 1 1 1 1
L2-03 Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time s 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.8
L2-04 Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Time s 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level °C 125 125 110 110 120 120
L8-35 Installation Method Selection – 2 2 2 2 2 2
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection – 2 2 2 2 2 2
n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time Constant ms 10 10 10 10 10 10
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.145 0.145 0.154 0.168 0.168 0.175
n9-12 On-Delay Compensation Time μs 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5
S6-01 DC Bus Capacity μF 1000 1000 2100 2100 2220 2220
S6-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.145 0.145 0.154 0.168 0.168 0.175
No. Name Unit Default Settings
– Model CIMR-T – 2A0040 2A0056 2A0069 2A0081
HD ND HD ND HD ND HD ND
C6-01 Drive Duty Selection –
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
o2-04 Drive Model Selection Hex. 6B 6D 6E 6F
E2-11 (E4-11) Motor Rated Power kW 7.5 11 11 15 15 18.5 18.5 22
b3-04 V/f Gain during Speed Search % 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
b3-06 Output Current 1 during Speed Search – 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
b8-03 Energy Saving Control Filter Time Constant s 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50
b8-04 Energy Saving Coefficient Value – 72.69 70.44 70.44 63.13 63.13 57.87 57.87 51.79
C5-17 (C5-37) Motor Inertia kgm2 0.037 0.053 0.053 0.076 0.076 0.138 0.138 0.165
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection – 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
E2-01 (E4-01) Motor Rated Current A 26.6 39.7 39.7 53 53 65.8 65.8 77.2
E2-02 (E4-02) Motor Rated Slip Hz 1.3 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.67 1.67 1.7
E2-03 (E4-03) Motor No-Load Current A 8 11.2 11.2 15.2 15.2 15.7 15.7 18.5
E2-05 (E4-05) Motor Line-to-Line Resistance Ω 0.288 0.23 0.23 0.138 0.138 0.101 0.101 0.079
E2-06 (E4-06) Motor Leakage Inductance % 15.5 19.5 19.5 17.2 17.2 15.7 20.1 19.5
E2-10 (E4-10) Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation W 262 245 245 272 272 505 505 538
E5-01 Motor Code Selection Hex. 120B 120B 120D 120D 120E 120E 120F 120F
L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time s 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
L2-03 Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time s 0.8 0.9 0.9 1 1 1 1 1
L2-04 Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Time s 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level °C 125 125 120 120 120 120 125 125
L8-35 Installation Method Selection – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time Constant ms 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.175 0.265 0.265 0.244 0.244 0.317 0.317 0.355
n9-12 On-Delay Compensation Time μs 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 2 2
S6-01 DC Bus Capacity μF 2670 2670 3600 3600 4980 4980 6000 6000
S6-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.175 0.265 0.265 0.244 0.244 0.317 0.317 0.355
426 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.5 Parameter Defaults Determined by Drive Model (o2-04) and Duty Rating (C6-01)
No. Name Unit Default Settings
– Model CIMR-T – 2A0110 2A0138 2A0169 2A0211
HD ND HD ND HD ND HD ND
C6-01 Drive Duty Selection –
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
o2-04 Drive Model Selection Hex. 70 72 73 74
E2-11 (E4-11) Motor Rated Power kW 22 30 30 37 37 45 45 55
b3-04 V/f Gain during Speed Search % 100 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
b3-06 Output Current 1 during Speed Search – 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
b8-03 Energy Saving Control Filter Time Constant s 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 2.00
b8-04 Energy Saving Coefficient Value – 51.79 46.27 46.27 38.16 38.16 35.78 35.78 31.35
C5-17 (C5-37) Motor Inertia kgm2 0.165 0.220 0.220 0.273 0.273 0.333 0.333 0.490
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection – 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
E2-01 (E4-01) Motor Rated Current A 77.2 105 105 131 131 160 160 190
E2-02 (E4-02) Motor Rated Slip Hz 1.7 1.8 1.8 1.33 1.33 1.6 1.6 1.43
E2-03 (E4-03) Motor No-Load Current A 18.5 21.9 21.9 38.2 38.2 44 44 45.6
E2-05 (E4-05) Motor Line-to-Line Resistance Ω 0.079 0.064 0.064 0.039 0.039 0.03 0.03 0.022
E2-06 (E4-06) Motor Leakage Inductance % 19.5 20.8 20.8 18.8 18.8 20.2 20.2 20.5
E2-10 (E4-10) Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation W 538 699 699 823 823 852 852 960
E5-01 Motor Code Selection Hex. 1210 1210 1212 1212 1213 1213 1214 1214
L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time s 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
L2-03 Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time s 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.3
Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Ramp
L2-04 s 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 1 1 1
Time
L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level °C 130 130 130 130 130 130 125 125
L8-35 Installation Method Selection – 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time Constant ms 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.355 0.323 0.323 0.32 0.32 0.387 0.387 0.317
n9-12 On-Delay Compensation Time μs 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
S6-01 DC Bus Capacity μF 5800 5800 9400 9400 8000 8000 9600 9600
S6-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.355 0.323 0.323 0.32 0.32 0.387 0.387 0.317
No. Name Unit Default Settings
– Model CIMR-T – 2A0250 2A0312 2A0360 2A0415
HD ND HD ND HD ND HD ND
C6-01 Drive Duty Selection –
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
o2-04 Drive Model Selection Hex. 75 76 77 78
E2-11 (E4-11) Motor rated Output kW 55 75 75 90 90 110 110 110
b3-04 V/f Gain during Speed Search % 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
b3-06 Output Current 1 during Speed Search – 0.5 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7
b8-03 Energy Saving Control Filter Time Constant s 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00
b8-04 Energy Saving Coefficient Value – 31.35 23.1 23.1 20.65 20.65 18.12 18.12 18.12
C5-17 (C5-37) Motor Inertia kgm2 0.49 0.90 0.90 1.10 1.10 1.90 1.90 1.90
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection – 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
E2-01 (E4-01) Motor Rated Current A 190 260 260 260 260 260 260 260
E2-02 (E4-02) Motor Rated Slip Hz 1.43 1.39 1.39 1.39 1.39 1.39 1.39 1.39
E2-03 (E4-03) Motor No-Load Current A 45.6 72 72 72 72 72 72 72
E2-05 (E4-05) Motor Line to Line Resistance Ω 0.022 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023
E2-06 (E4-06) Motor Leakage Inductance % 20.5 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
E2-10 (E4-10) Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation W 960 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
E5-01 Motor Code Selection Hex. 1215 1215 1216 1216 FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time s 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
L2-03 Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time s 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.7 1.7 1.7
L2-04 Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Time s 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level °C 115 115 120 120 120 120 120 120
Parameter List
L8-35 Installation Method Selection – 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time Constant ms 10 10 10 10 100 100 100 100
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.317 0.533 0.533 0.592 0.592 0.646 0.646 0.646
n9-12 On-Delay Compensation Time μs 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
S6-01 DC Bus Capacity μF 17400 17400 24600 24600 21600 21600 33000 33000
S6-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.317 0.533 0.533 0.592 0.592 0.646 0.646 0.646 B
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 427
B.5 Parameter Defaults Determined by Drive Model (o2-04) and Duty Rating (C6-01)
Table B.6 400 V Class Drives Default Settings by Drive Capacity and ND/HD Setting
No. Name Unit Default Settings
– Model CIMR-T – 4A0002 4A0004 4A0005 4A0007
HD ND HD ND HD ND HD ND
C6-01 Drive Duty Selection –
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
o2-04 Drive Model Selection Hex. 92 93 94 95
E2-11 (E4-11) Motor rated power kW 0.4 0.75 0.75 1.5 1.5 2.2 2.2 3.0
b3-04 V/f Gain during Speed Search % 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
b3-06 Output Current 1 during Speed Search – 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
b8-03 Energy Saving Control Filter Time Constant s 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50
b8-04 Energy Saving Coefficient Value – 576.4 447.4 447.4 338.8 338.8 313.6 313.6 265.7
C5-17 (C5-37) Motor Inertia kgm2 0.0015 0.0028 0.0028 0.0068 0.0068 0.0088 0.0088 0.0158
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection – 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
E2-01 (E4-01) Motor Rated Current A 1 1.6 1.6 3.1 3.1 4.2 4.2 5.7
E2-02 (E4-02) Motor Rated Slip Hz 2.9 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 3 3 2.7
E2-03 (E4-03) Motor No-Load Current A 0.6 0.8 0.8 1.4 1.4 1.5 1.5 1.9
E2-05 (E4-05) Motor Line-to-Line Resistance Ω 38.198 22.459 22.459 10.1 10.1 6.495 6.495 4.360
E2-06 (E4-06) Motor Leakage Inductance % 18.2 14.3 14.3 18.3 18.3 18.7 18.7 19
E2-10 (E4-10) Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation W 14 26 26 53 53 77 77 105
E5-01 Motor Code Selection Hex. 1232 1232 1233 1233 1235 1235 1236 1236
L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time s 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.5
L2-03 Momentary Power Loss Min. Baseblock Time s 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5
L2-04 Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Time s 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level °C 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110
L8-35 Installation Method Selection – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time Constant ms 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.178 0.142 0.142 0.166 0.166 0.145 0.145 0.145
n9-12 On-Delay Compensation Time μs 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
S6-01 DC Bus Capacity μF 250 250 250 250 250 250 375 375
S6-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.178 0.142 0.142 0.166 0.166 0.145 0.145 0.145
No. Name Unit Default Settings
– Model CIMR-T – 4A0009 4A0011 4A0018 4A0023
HD ND HD ND HD ND HD ND
C6-01 Drive Duty Selection –
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
o2-04 Drive Model Selection Hex. 96 97 99 9A
E2-11 (E4-11) Motor Rated Power kW 3.0 3.7 3.7 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 11
b3-04 V/f Gain during Speed Search % 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
b3-06 Output Current 1 during Speed Search – 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
b8-03 Energy Saving Control Filter Time Constant s 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50
b8-04 Energy Saving Coefficient Value – 265.7 245.8 245.8 189.5 189.5 145.38 145.38 140.88
C5-17 (C5-37) Motor Inertia kgm2 0.0158 0.0158 0.0158 0.0255 0.026 0.037 0.037 0.053
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection – 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
E2-01 (E4-01) Motor Rated Current A 5.7 7 7 9.8 9.8 13.3 13.3 19.9
E2-02 (E4-02) Motor Rated Slip Hz 2.7 2.7 2.7 1.5 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.7
E2-03 (E4-03) Motor No-Load Current A 1.9 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6 4 4 5.6
E2-05 (E4-05) Motor Line-to-Line Resistance Ω 4.360 3.333 3.333 1.595 1.595 1.152 1.152 0.922
E2-06 (E4-06) Motor Leakage Inductance % 19 19.3 19.3 18.2 18.2 15.5 15.5 19.6
E2-10 (E4-10) Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation W 105 130 130 193 193 263 263 385
E5-01 Motor Code Selection Hex. FFFF FFFF 1238 1238 123A 123A 123B 123B
L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time s 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.8 0.8 1 1
L2-03 Momentary Power Loss Min. Baseblock Time s 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.9
L2-04 Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Time s 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level °C 110 110 110 110 110 110 115 115
L8-35 Installation Method Selection – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time Constant ms 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.145 0.154 0.154 0.168 0.168 0.175 0.175 0.265
n9-12 On-Delay Compensation Time μs 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.7 1.7
S6-01 DC Bus Capacity μF 675 675 675 675 480 480 590 590
S6-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.145 0.154 0.154 0.168 0.168 0.175 0.175 0.265
428 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.5 Parameter Defaults Determined by Drive Model (o2-04) and Duty Rating (C6-01)
No. Name Unit Default Settings
– Model CIMR-T – 4A0031 4A0038 4A0044 4A0058
HD ND HD ND HD ND HD ND
C6-01 Drive Duty Selection –
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
o2-04 Drive Model Selection Hex. 9C 9D 9E 9F
E2-11 (E4-11) Motor Rated Power kW 11 15 15 18.5 18.5 22 22 30
b3-04 V/f Gain during Speed Search % 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
b3-06 Output Current 1 during Speed Search – 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
b8-03 Energy Saving Control Filter Time Constant s 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50
b8-04 Energy Saving Coefficient Value – 140.88 126.26 126.26 115.74 115.74 103.58 103.58 92.54
C5-17 (C5-37) Motor Inertia kgm2 0.053 0.076 0.076 0.138 0.138 0.165 0.165 0.220
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection – 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
E2-01 (E4-01) Motor Rated Current A 19.9 26.5 26.5 32.9 32.9 38.6 38.6 52.3
E2-02 (E4-02) Motor Rated Slip Hz 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.67 1.67 1.7 1.7 1.8
E2-03 (E4-03) Motor No-Load Current A 5.6 7.6 7.6 7.8 7.8 9.2 9.2 10.9
E2-05 (E4-05) Motor Line-to-Line Resistance Ω 0.922 0.55 0.55 0.403 0.403 0.316 0.316 0.269
E2-06 (E4-06) Motor Leakage Inductance % 19.6 17.2 17.2 20.1 20.1 23.5 23.5 20.7
E2-10 (E4-10) Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation W 385 440 440 508 508 586 586 750
E5-01 Motor Code Selection Hex. 123D 123D 123E 123E 123F 123F 1240 1240
L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time s 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
L2-03 Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time s 0.9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.1
L2-04 Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Time s 0.3 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level °C 120 120 120 120 115 115 120 120
L8-35 Installation Method Selection – 2 2 2 2 2 2 0 0
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time Constant ms 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.265 0.244 0.244 0.317 0.317 0.355 0.355 0.323
n9-12 On-Delay Compensation Time μs 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2
S6-01 DC Bus Capacity μF 960 960 1180 1180 1300 1300 1700 1700
S6-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.265 0.244 0.244 0.317 0.317 0.355 0.355 0.323
No. Name Unit Default Settings
– Model CIMR-T – 4A0072 4A0088 4A0103 4A0139 4A0165
HD ND HD ND HD ND HD ND HD ND
C6-01 Drive Duty Selection –
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
o2-04 Drive Model Selection Hex. A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
E2-11 (E4-11) Motor rated power kW 30 37 37 45 45 55 55 75 75 90
b3-04 V/f Gain during Speed Search % 100 100 100 100 100 80 80 60 60 60
b3-06 Output Current 1 during Speed Search – 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.7 0.7
b8-03 Energy Saving Control Filter Time Constant s 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00
b8-04 Energy Saving Coefficient Value – 92.54 76.32 76.32 71.56 71.56 67.2 67.2 46.2 46.2 38.91
C5-17 (C5-37) Motor Inertia kgm2 0.220 0.273 0.273 0.333 0.333 0.490 0.490 0.900 0.900 1.100
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection – 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
E2-01 (E4-01) Motor Rated Current A 52.3 65.6 65.6 79.7 79.7 95 95 130 130 156
E2-02 (E4-02) Motor Rated Slip Hz 1.8 1.33 1.33 1.6 1.6 1.46 1.46 1.39 1.39 1.4
E2-03 (E4-03) Motor No-Load Current A 10.9 19.1 19.1 22 22 24 24 36 36 40
E2-05 (E4-05) Motor Line-to-Line Resistance Ω 0.269 0.155 0.155 0.122 0.122 0.088 0.088 0.092 0.092 0.056
E2-06 (E4-06) Motor Leakage Inductance % 20.7 18.8 18.8 19.9 19.9 20 20 20 20 20
E2-10 (E4-10) Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation W 750 925 925 1125 1125 1260 1260 1600 1600 1760
E5-01 Motor Code Selection Hex. 1242 1242 1243 1243 1244 1244 1245 1245 1246 1246
L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time s 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
L2-03 Momentary Power Loss Min. Basebl. Time s 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.5
L2-04 Momentary Power Loss Volt. Recov. Time s 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 1 1 1 1 1
L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level °C 120 120 110 110 120 120 130 130 130 130
L8-35 Installation Method Selection – 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Parameter List
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time Constant ms 10 10 10 10 10 10 30 30 30 30
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.323 0.32 0.32 0.387 0.387 0.317 0.317 0.533 0.533 0.592
n9-12 On-Delay Compensation Time μs 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
S6-01 DC Bus Capacity μF 2500 2500 2900 2900 3300 3300 4000 4000 4000 4000
S6-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.323 0.32 0.32 0.387 0.387 0.317 0.317 0.533 0.533 0.592
B
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 429
B.5 Parameter Defaults Determined by Drive Model (o2-04) and Duty Rating (C6-01)
No. Name Unit Default Settings
– Model CIMR-T – 4A0208 4A0250 4A0296 4A0362
HD ND HD ND HD ND HD ND
C6-01 Drive Duty Selection –
0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
o2-04 Drive Model Selection Hex. A6 A7 A8 A9
E2-11 (E4-11) Motor rated Output kW 90 110 110 132 132 160 160 185
b3-04 V/f Gain during Speed Search % 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
b3-06 Output Current 1 during Speed Search – 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7
b8-03 Energy Saving Control Filter Time Constant s 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00
b8-04 Energy Saving Coefficient Value – 38.91 36.23 36.23 32.79 32.79 30.13 30.13 30.57
C5-17 (C5-37) Motor Inertia kgm2 1.10 1.90 1.90 2.10 2.10 3.30 3.30 3.60
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection – 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
E2-01 (E4-01) Motor Rated Current A 156 190 190 223 223 270 270 310
E2-02 (E4-02) Motor Rated Slip Hz 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.38 1.38 1.35 1.35 1.3
E2-03 (E4-03) Motor No-Load Current A 40 49 49 58 58 70 70 81
E2-05 (E4-05) Motor Line to Line Resistance Ω 0.056 0.046 0.046 0.035 0.035 0.029 0.029 0.025
E2-06 (E4-06) Motor Leakage Inductance % 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
E2-10 (E4-10) Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation W 1760 2150 2150 2350 2350 2850 2850 3200
E5-01 Motor Code Selection Hex. 1247 1247 1248 1248 1249 1249 124A 124A
L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time s 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
L2-03 Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time s 1.5 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.8 1.8 1.9
L2-04 Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Time s 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level °C 120 120 120 120 125 125 130 130
L8-35 Installation Method Selection – 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection – 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time Constant ms 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.592 0.646 0.646 0.673 0.673 0.777 0.777 0.864
n9-12 On-Delay Compensation Time μs 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
S6-01 DC Bus Capacity μF 7400 7400 6400 6400 7750 7750 11000 11000
S6-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.592 0.646 0.646 0.673 0.673 0.777 0.777 0.864
430 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.6 Parameter Defaults Determined by Motor Code (E5-01)
B.6 Parameter Defaults Determined by Motor Code (E5-01)
The following tables show parameters and default settings that change with the motor code selection E5-01 when Open
Loop Vector for PM motors is used.
u Yaskawa SMRA Series SPM Motor
Table B.7 1800 r/min Type Yaskawa SMRA Series SPM Motor Settings
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 0002 0003 0005 0006 0008
Voltage Class V 200 200 200 200 200
E5-01
Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7
Rated Speed r/min 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 2.1 4.0 6.9 10.8 17.4
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles – 8 8 8 8 8
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance Ω 2.47 1.02 0.679 0.291 0.169
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance mH 12.7 4.8 3.9 3.6 2.5
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance mH 12.7 4.8 3.9 3.6 2.5
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 mVs/rad 0 0 0 0 0
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 mV/(r/min) 62.0 64.1 73.4 69.6 72.2
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 120 120 120 120 120
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 120 120 120 120 120
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 6 6 6 6 6
C5-17 Motor Inertia kgm2 0.0007 0.0014 0.0021 0.0032 0.0046
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.064 0.066 0.049 0.051 0.044
n8-49 d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control % 0 0 0 0 0
S6-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.064 0.066 0.049 0.051 0.044
Table B.8 3600 r/min Type Yaskawa SMRA Series SPM Motor Settings
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 0103 0105 0106 0108
Voltage Class V 200 200 200 200
E5-01
Rated Power kW 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7
Rated Speed r/min 3600 3600 3600 3600
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 4.1 8.0 10.5 16.5
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles – 8 8 8 8
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance Ω 0.538 0.20 0.15 0.097
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance mH 3.2 1.3 1.1 1.1
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance mH 3.2 1.3 1.1 1.1
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 mVs/rad 0 0 0 0
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 mV/(r/min) 32.4 32.7 36.7 39.7
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 240 240 240 240
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 240 240 240 240
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 12 12 12 12
C5-17 Motor Inertia kgm2 0.0007 0.0014 0.0021 0.0032
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.137 0.132 0.132 0.122
n8-49 d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control % 0 0 0 0
S6-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.137 0.132 0.132 0.122
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 431
B.6 Parameter Defaults Determined by Motor Code (E5-01)
u Yaskawa SSR1 Series IPM Motor (For Derated Torque)
Table B.9 200 V, 1750 r/min Type Yaskawa SSR1 Series Motor
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 1202 1203 1205 1206 1208 120A 120B 120D 120E 120F 1210 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216
Voltage Class V 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
E5-01
Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18 22 30 37 45 55 75
Rated Speed r/min 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11.0 15.00 18.50 22.00 30.00 37.00 45.00 55.00 75.00
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 1.77 3.13 5.73 8.44 13.96 20.63 28.13 41.4 55.4 68.2 80.6 105.2 131.3 153.1 185.4 257.3
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles – 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance Ω 8.233 2.284 1.470 0.827 0.455 0.246 0.198 0.094 0.066 0.051 0.037 0.030 0.020 0.014 0.012 0.006
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance mH 54.84 23.02 17.22 8.61 7.20 4.86 4.15 3.40 2.45 2.18 1.71 1.35 0.99 0.83 0.79 0.44
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance mH 64.10 29.89 20.41 13.50 10.02 7.43 5.91 3.91 3.11 2.55 2.05 1.82 1.28 1.01 0.97 0.56
mVs/
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 223.7 220.3 240.8 238.0 238.7 239.6 258.2 239.3 248.1 253.6 250.0 280.9 264.2 280.4 311.9 268.0
rad
mV/
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
(r/min)
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4
C5-17 Motor Inertia kgm2 0.0011 0.0017 0.0023 0.0043 0.0083 0.014 0.017 0.027 0.046 0.055 0.064 0.116 0.140 0.259 0.31 0.42
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.092 0.076 0.051 0.066 0.075 0.083 0.077 0.084 0.102 0.103 0.098 0.130 0.127 0.193 0.191 0.187
d-Axis Current for High Efficiency
n8-49 % -7.6 -11.5 -9.1 -19.0 -18.7 -23.4 -18.5 -10.9 -16.5 -11.3 -12.8 -16.8 -15.6 -10.7 -9.6 -13.3
Control
S6-02
Motor Acceleration Time s 0.092 0.076 0.051 0.066 0.075 0.083 0.077 0.084 0.102 0.103 0.098 0.130 0.127 0.193 0.191 0.187
<1>
<1> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
432 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.6 Parameter Defaults Determined by Motor Code (E5-01)
Table B.10 400 V, 1750 r/min Type Yaskawa SSR1 Series Motor
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 1232 1233 1235 1236 1238 123A 123B 123D 123E 123F
Voltage Class V 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
E5-01
Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18
Rated Speed r/min 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11.0 15 18.50
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 0.89 1.56 2.81 4.27 7.08 10.31 13.65 20.7 27.5 33.4
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles − 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance Ω 25.370 9.136 6.010 3.297 1.798 0.982 0.786 0.349 0.272 0.207
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance mH 169.00 92.08 67.71 34.40 32.93 22.7 16.49 13.17 10.30 8.72
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance mH 197.50 119.56 81.71 54.00 37.70 26.80 23.46 15.60 12.77 11.22
mVs/
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 392.6 440.6 478.3 466.3 478.8 478.1 520.0 481.5 498.8 509.5
rad
mV/
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
(r/min)
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4
C5-17 Motor Inertia kgm2 0.0011 0.0017 0.0023 0.0043 0.0083 0.014 0.017 0.027 0.046 0.055
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.092 0.076 0.051 0.066 0.075 0.083 0.077 0.084 0.102 0.103
n8-49 d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control % -8.6 -11.5 -10.3 -19.8 -8.5 -11.0 -18.6 -12.5 -15.5 -17.9
S6-02
Motor Acceleration Time s 0.092 0.076 0.051 0.066 0.075 0.083 0.077 0.084 0.102 0.103
<1>
<1> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 1240 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 124A
Voltage Class V 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
E5-01
Rated Power kW 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160
Rated Speed r/min 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 22.00 30.00 37.00 45.00 55.00 75.00 90.00 110.00 132 160
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 39.8 52.0 65.8 77.5 92.7 126.6 160.4 183.3 222.9 267.7
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles − 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance Ω 0.148 0.235 0.079 0.054 0.049 0.029 0.019 0.017 0.012 0.008
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance mH 6.81 5.4 4.08 3.36 3.16 2.12 1.54 1.44 1.21 0.97
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance mH 8.47 7.26 5.12 3.94 3.88 2.61 2.06 2.21 1.46 1.28
mVs/
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 503.9 561.7 528.5 558.1 623.8 594.5 524.1 583.7 563.6 601.2
rad
mV/
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0
(r/min)
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380 380
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4
C5-17 Motor Inertia kgm2 0.064 0.116 0.140 0.259 0.31 0.42 0.56 0.83 0.96 1.61
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.098 0.130 0.127 0.193 0.191 0.187 0.208 0.254 0.243 0.338
n8-49 d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control % -15.1 -16.8 -14.1 -8.8 -9.6 -10.3 -17.0 -21.7 -10.9 -13.2
S6-02
Motor Acceleration Time s 0.098 0.130 0.127 0.193 0.191 0.187 0.208 0.254 0.243 0.338
<1>
<1> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 433
B.6 Parameter Defaults Determined by Motor Code (E5-01)
Table B.11 200 V, 1450 r/min Type Yaskawa SSR1 Series Motor
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 1302 1303 1305 1306 1308 130A 130B 130D 130E 130F 1310 1312 1313 1314 1315
Voltage Class V 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
E5-01
Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18 22 30 37 45 55
Rated Speed r/min 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11.0 15.00 18.50 22.00 30.00 37.00 45.00 55.00
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 1.88 3.13 5.63 8.33 14.17 20.63 27.71 39.6 55.5 65.6 75.1 105.2 126.0 153.1 186.5
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles − 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance Ω 3.190 1.940 1.206 0.665 0.341 0.252 0.184 0.099 0.075 0.057 0.041 0.034 0.023 0.015 0.012
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance mH 32.15 26.12 14.72 12.27 8.27 6.49 6.91 4.07 3.29 2.53 1.98 1.75 1.48 1.04 0.87
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance mH 41.74 34.30 20.15 14.77 9.81 7.74 7.66 4.65 3.84 3.01 2.60 2.17 1.70 1.31 1.10
mVs/
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 264.3 269.6 284.3 287.1 284.5 298.0 335.0 303.9 311.2 300.9 327.7 354.2 369.6 351.6 374.7
rad
mV/
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
(r/min)
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
C5-17 Motor Inertia kgm2 0.0017 0.0023 0.0043 0.0083 0.0136 0.017 0.027 0.046 0.055 0.064 0.116 0.140 0.259 0.312 0.42
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.098 0.071 0.066 0.087 0.085 0.072 0.084 0.096 0.085 0.082 0.122 0.108 0.161 0.160 0.175
n8-49 d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control % -6.6 -10.9 -13.5 -9.0 -9.5 -10.1 -6.0 -9.3 -10.7 -13.2 -15.7 -11.5 -7.0 -11.8 -10.2
S6-02
Motor Acceleration Time s 0.098 0.071 0.066 0.087 0.085 0.072 0.084 0.096 0.085 0.082 0.122 0.108 0.161 0.160 0.175
<1>
<1> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
434 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.6 Parameter Defaults Determined by Motor Code (E5-01)
Table B.12 400 V, 1450 r/min Type Yaskawa SSR1 Series Motor
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 1332 1333 1335 1336 1338 133A 133B 133D 133E 133F
Voltage Class V 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
E5-01
Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18
Rated Speed r/min 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11.0 15 18.50
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 0.94 1.56 2.81 4.27 6.98 10.21 13.85 19.5 27.4 32.9
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles − 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance Ω 12.760 7.421 4.825 2.656 1.353 0.999 0.713 0.393 0.295 0.223
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance mH 128.60 85.11 58.87 46.42 31.73 26.20 27.06 15.51 12.65 9.87
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance mH 166.96 113.19 80.59 60.32 40.45 30.94 33.45 19.63 15.87 12.40
mVs/
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 528.6 544.2 568.5 572.8 562.9 587.6 670.1 612.7 624.6 610.4
rad
mV/
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
(r/min)
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
C5-17 Motor Inertia kgm2 0.0017 0.0023 0.0043 0.0083 0.0136 0.017 0.027 0.046 0.055 0.064
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.098 0.071 0.066 0.087 0.085 0.072 0.084 0.096 0.085 0.082
n8-49 d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control % -6.6 -9.2 -13.5 -12.1 -13.7 -10.1 -12.2 -15.5 -15.1 -16.0
S6-02
Motor Acceleration Time s 0.098 0.071 0.066 0.087 0.085 0.072 0.084 0.096 0.085 0.082
<1>
<1> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 1340 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349
Voltage Class V 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
E5-01
Rated Power kW 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132
Rated Speed r/min 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 22.00 30.00 37.00 45.00 55.00 75.00 90.00 110.00 132.00
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 37.6 52.5 63.2 76.4 96.1 124.0 153.1 186.5 226.0
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles − 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance Ω 0.164 0.137 0.093 0.059 0.048 0.028 0.024 0.015 0.011
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance mH 7.90 7.01 5.93 4.17 3.11 2.32 2.20 1.45 1.23
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance mH 10.38 8.68 6.79 5.22 4.55 2.97 3.23 1.88 1.67
mVs/
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 655.4 708.4 739.2 703.0 747.1 639.3 708.0 640.7 677.0
rad
mV/
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
(r/min)
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
C5-17 Motor Inertia kgm2 0.116 0.140 0.259 0.312 0.42 0.56 0.83 0.96 1.61
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.122 0.108 0.161 0.160 0.175 0.171 0.213 0.201 0.281
n8-49 d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control % -15.7 -11.5 -6.8 -11.5 -14.8 -15.8 -19.6 -14.9 -15.1
S6-02
Motor Acceleration Time s 0.122 0.108 0.161 0.160 0.175 0.171 0.213 0.201 0.281
<1>
<1> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 435
B.6 Parameter Defaults Determined by Motor Code (E5-01)
Table B.13 200 V, 1150 r/min Type Yaskawa SSR1 Series Motor
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 1402 1403 1405 1406 1408 140A 140B 140D 140E 140F 1410 1412 1413 1414
Voltage Class V 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
E5-01
Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18 22 30 37 45
Rated Speed r/min 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11.0 15 18.50 22.00 30.00 37.00 45.00
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 1.88 3.02 6.00 8.85 14.27 20.21 26.67 39.9 55.6 63.5 74.4 104.2 129.6 154.2
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles − 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance Ω 4.832 2.704 1.114 0.511 0.412 0.303 0.165 0.113 0.084 0.066 0.048 0.035 0.023 0.016
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance mH 48.68 32.31 19.22 12.15 7.94 11.13 6.59 4.96 3.83 3.33 2.38 2.04 1.53 1.16
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance mH 63.21 40.24 24.38 15.35 11.86 14.06 8.55 6.12 4.65 4.50 3.15 2.86 2.27 1.54
mVs/
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 320.4 327.1 364.4 344.4 357.5 430.8 391.5 384.4 372.1 421.3 410.9 436.1 428.8 433.3
rad
mV/
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
(r/min)
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
C5-17 Motor Inertia kgm2 0.0017 0.0023 0.0083 0.0136 0.0171 0.027 0.046 0.055 0.064 0.116 0.140 0.259 0.312 0.418
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.062 0.044 0.080 0.090 0.067 0.072 0.088 0.073 0.062 0.093 0.092 0.125 0.122 0.135
n8-49 d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control % -8.8 -9.9 -9.3 -10.0 -17.7 -12.3 -15.3 -13.9 -14.4 -17.9 -15.9 -17.9 -20.1 -13.7
S6-02
Motor Acceleration Time s 0.062 0.044 0.080 0.090 0.067 0.072 0.088 0.073 0.063 0.093 0.092 0.125 0.122 0.135
<1>
<1> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
436 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.6 Parameter Defaults Determined by Motor Code (E5-01)
Table B.14 400 V, 1150 r/min Type Yaskawa SSR1 Series Motor
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 1432 1433 1435 1436 1438 143A 143B 143D 143E
Voltage Class V 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
E5-01
Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15
Rated Speed r/min 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11.0 15
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 0.94 1.51 3.00 4.43 7.08 10.10 13.33 19.9 27.8
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles − 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance Ω 19.320 10.800 4.456 2.044 1.483 1.215 0.660 0.443 0.331
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance mH 194.70 129.20 76.88 48.60 37.58 44.54 26.36 19.10 15.09
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance mH 252.84 160.90 97.52 61.40 47.65 56.26 34.20 24.67 18.56
mVs/
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 640.9 654.1 728.8 688.9 702.0 861.5 783.0 762.2 749.6
rad
mV/
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
(r/min)
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
C5-17 Motor Inertia kgm2 0.0017 0.0023 0.0083 0.0136 0.0171 0.027 0.046 0.055 0.064
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.062 0.044 0.080 0.090 0.067 0.072 0.088 0.073 0.062
n8-49 d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control % -8.8 -9.9 -9.3 -10.0 -12.8 -12.3 -15.3 -16.7 -14.9
S6-02
Motor Acceleration Time s 0.062 0.044 0.080 0.090 0.067 0.072 0.088 0.073 0.062
<1>
<1> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 143F 1440 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448
Voltage Class V 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
E5-01
Rated Power kW 18 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110
Rated Speed r/min 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 18.50 22.00 30.00 37.00 45.00 55.00 75.00 90.00 110.00
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 31.8 37.2 52.1 64.8 76.6 92.0 127.1 150.5 185.4
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles − 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance Ω 0.264 0.192 0.140 0.093 0.063 0.051 0.033 0.027 0.015
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance mH 13.32 9.52 8.16 6.13 4.63 3.96 3.03 2.60 1.89
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance mH 18.00 12.60 11.40 9.10 6.15 5.00 5.14 3.28 2.33
mVs/
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 842.7 821.8 872.3 857.7 866.6 854.0 823.1 853.4 829.2
rad
mV/
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
(r/min)
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
C5-17 Motor Inertia kgm2 0.116 0.140 0.259 0.312 0.418 0.56 0.83 0.96 1.61
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.093 0.092 0.125 0.122 0.135 0.147 0.161 0.154 0.212
n8-49 d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control % -17.9 -15.9 -17.7 -20.1 -13.8 -12.5 -28.8 -13.3 -11.6
S6-02
Motor Acceleration Time s 0.093 0.092 0.125 0.122 0.135 0.147 0.161 0.154 0.212
<1>
<1> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 437
B.6 Parameter Defaults Determined by Motor Code (E5-01)
u Yaskawa SST4 Series IPM Motor (For Constant Torque)
Table B.15 200 V, 1750 r/min Type Yaskawa SST4 Series Motor
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 2202 2203 2205 2206 2208 220A 220B 220D 220E 220F 2210 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216
Voltage Class V 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
E5-01
Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18 22 30 37 45 55 75
Rated Speed r/min 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11.0 15 18.50 22.00 30.00 37.00 45.00 55.00 75.00
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 1.77 3.54 6.56 8.96 14.79 20.94 29.58 41.1 54.2 68.2 78.6 104.2 129.2 153.1 205.2 260.4
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles – 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance Ω 2.247 1.132 0.774 0.479 0.242 0.275 0.161 0.111 0.071 0.049 0.040 0.030 0.020 0.013 0.009 0.006
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance mH 22.32 12.38 8.90 7.39 5.06 5.82 3.86 3.59 2.67 1.98 1.69 1.31 0.88 0.77 0.55 0.40
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance mH 32.50 15.72 11.96 9.63 6.42 6.74 4.66 4.32 3.10 2.41 2.12 1.61 1.14 1.04 0.69 0.50
mVs/
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 215.2 203.9 219.3 230.6 235.1 251.7 235.7 252.0 253.7 244.6 256.3 283.1 266.3 260.0 261.5 259.3
rad
mV/
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
(r/min)
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4
C5-17 Motor Inertia kgm2 0.0016 0.0022 0.0042 0.0081 0.0133 0.013 0.017 0.027 0.044 0.054 0.063 0.113 0.137 0.252 0.30 0.41
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.134 0.099 0.094 0.124 0.121 0.081 0.075 0.082 0.099 0.101 0.096 0.126 0.124 0.188 0.186 0.184
n8-49 d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control % -9.3 -6.4 -10.0 -9.9 -9.7 -8.4 -11.5 -13.1 -10.9 -14.3 -15.1 -11.3 -14.1 -18.8 -11.4 -12.2
S6-02
Motor Acceleration Time s 0.134 0.099 0.094 0.124 0.121 0.081 0.075 0.082 0.099 0.101 0.096 0.126 0.124 0.188 0.186 0.184
<1>
<1> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
438 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.6 Parameter Defaults Determined by Motor Code (E5-01)
Table B.16 400 V, 1750 r/min Type Yaskawa SST4 Series Motor
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 2232 2233 2235 2236 2238 223A 223B 223D 223E 223F 2240 2242
Voltage Class V 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
E5-01
Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18 22 30
Rated Speed r/min 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11.0 15 18.50 22.00 30.00
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 0.92 1.77 3.33 4.48 7.50 10.42 14.27 20.5 26.4 34.2 38.8 52.2
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles − 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance Ω 8.935 4.570 3.096 1.906 0.972 1.103 0.630 0.429 0.275 0.196 0.160 0.120
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance mH 80.14 48.04 35.60 30.31 20.03 23.41 14.86 14.34 9.99 7.92 6.82 5.24
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance mH 110.76 64.88 47.84 38.36 24.97 28.70 17.25 17.25 12.37 9.64 8.51 6.44
mVs/
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 416.5 399.4 438.5 475.5 463.7 485.8 470.4 513.4 505.3 489.2 509.5 566.2
rad
mV/
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
(r/min)
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4
C5-17 Motor Inertia kgm2 0.0016 0.0022 0.0042 0.0081 0.0133 0.013 0.017 0.027 0.044 0.054 0.063 0.113
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.134 0.099 0.094 0.124 0.121 0.081 0.075 0.082 0.099 0.101 0.096 0.126
n8-49 d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control % -7.5 -8.5 -9.8 -8.2 -9.1 -13.1 -9.2 -12.4 -15.1 -14.3 -15.3 -11.3
S6-02
Motor Acceleration Time s 0.134 0.099 0.094 0.124 0.121 0.081 0.075 0.082 0.099 0.101 0.096 0.126
<1>
<1> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 224A 224C 224D 224E
Voltage Class V 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
E5-01
Rated Power kW 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 300
Rated Speed r/min 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750 1750
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 37.00 45.00 55.00 75.00 90.00 110.00 132.00 160.00 200.00 250.00 300.00
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 65.4 77.6 99.3 130.2 153.1 184.4 229.2 269.8 346.9 421.9 520.8
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles − 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance Ω 0.077 0.052 0.036 0.023 0.019 0.017 0.012 0.008 0.005 0.004 0.002
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance mH 3.57 2.98 1.59 1.59 1.51 1.43 1.13 0.96 0.65 0.67 0.40
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance mH 4.65 3.75 2.78 1.97 1.76 1.92 1.54 1.26 0.88 0.74 0.52
mVs/
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 531.6 530.6 515.2 515.2 538.3 590.9 548.2 603.9 556.8 593.1 495.4
rad
mV/
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
(r/min)
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5 87.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4
C5-17 Motor Inertia kgm2 0.137 0.252 0.30 0.41 0.55 0.82 0.96 1.60 1.95 2.82 3.70
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.124 0.188 0.186 0.184 0.205 0.250 0.244 0.336 0.327 0.379 0.414
n8-49 d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control % -14.5 -13.2 -22.6 -11.9 -8.6 -14.8 -17.5 -12.5 -14.7 -5.1 -16.3
S6-02
Motor Acceleration Time s 0.124 0.188 0.186 0.184 0.205 0.250 0.244 0.336 0.327 0.379 0.414
<1>
<1> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 439
B.6 Parameter Defaults Determined by Motor Code (E5-01)
Table B.17 200 V, 1450 r/min Type Yaskawa SST4 Series Motor
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 2302 2303 2305 2306 2308 230A 230B 230D
Voltage Class V 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
E5-01
Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11
Rated Speed r/min 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11.0
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 1.77 3.33 5.94 9.48 14.17 20.42 27.92 39.6
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles − 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance Ω 3.154 1.835 0.681 0.308 0.405 0.278 0.180 0.098
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance mH 28.46 19.46 10.00 6.88 8.15 5.77 6.32 3.34
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance mH 39.29 25.89 15.20 9.25 10.76 8.60 8.80 4.61
mVs/
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 268.8 256.9 271.9 260.2 286.8 314.9 300.8 292.3
rad
mV/
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
(r/min)
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
C5-17 Motor Inertia kgm2 0.0016 0.0022 0.0081 0.0133 0.0133 0.017 0.027 0.044
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.092 0.068 0.125 0.139 0.083 0.070 0.082 0.092
n8-49 d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control % -7.5 -9.4 -13.9 -10.0 -15.0 -17.9 -22.7 -20.5
S6-02
Motor Acceleration Time s 0.092 0.068 0.125 0.139 0.083 0.070 0.082 0.092
<1>
<1> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 230E 230F 2310 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316
Voltage Class V 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
E5-01
Rated Power kW 15 18 22 30 37 45 55 75
Rated Speed r/min 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 15.0 18.50 22.00 30.00 37.00 45.00 55.00 75.00
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 54.2 68.3 75.2 102.0 131.3 160.4 191.7 257.3
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles − 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance Ω 0.073 0.055 0.048 0.034 0.023 0.016 0.012 0.007
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance mH 2.94 2.23 2.08 1.67 1.39 0.94 0.82 0.56
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance mH 3.65 2.85 2.66 2.04 1.73 1.22 1.06 0.76
mVs/
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 305.1 297.6 355.8 355.4 324.0 302.4 337.2 323.4
rad
mV/
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
(r/min)
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
C5-17 Motor Inertia kgm2 0.054 0.063 0.113 0.137 0.252 0.304 0.41 0.55
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.083 0.081 0.118 0.105 0.157 0.156 0.172 0.169
n8-49 d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control % -14.6 -16.4 -11.8 -10.5 -14.5 -17.4 -13.8 -17.5
S6-02
Motor Acceleration Time s 0.083 0.081 0.118 0.105 0.157 0.156 0.172 0.169
<1>
<1> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
440 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.6 Parameter Defaults Determined by Motor Code (E5-01)
Table B.18 400 V, 1450 r/min Type Yaskawa SST4 Series Motor
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 2332 2333 2335 2336 2338 233A 233B 233D 233E 233F 2340
Voltage Class V 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
E5-01
Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18 22
Rated Speed r/min 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11.0 15 18.50 22.00
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 0.91 1.67 3.02 4.74 7.08 10.21 13.96 20.5 27.1 34.2 37.6
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles − 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance Ω 12.616 7.340 2.724 1.232 1.509 1.112 0.720 0.393 0.291 0.220 0.192
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance mH 113.84 77.84 40.00 27.52 31.73 23.09 25.28 13.36 11.77 8.94 8.32
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance mH 157.16 103.56 60.80 37.00 40.88 34.39 35.20 18.44 14.60 11.40 10.64
mVs/
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 490.8 513.8 543.7 520.3 580.8 602.7 601.5 584.6 610.3 595.2 711.6
rad
mV/
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
(r/min)
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
C5-17 Motor Inertia kgm2 0.0016 0.0022 0.0081 0.0133 0.0133 0.017 0.027 0.044 0.054 0.063 0.113
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.092 0.068 0.125 0.139 0.083 0.070 0.082 0.092 0.083 0.081 0.118
n8-49 d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control % -9.5 -9.4 -13.7 -10.0 -12.9 -19.9 -22.8 -19.8 -14.5 -16.1 -11.8
S6-02
Motor Acceleration Time s 0.092 0.068 0.125 0.139 0.083 0.070 0.082 0.092 0.083 0.081 0.118
<1>
<1> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 234A 234C 234D
Voltage Class V 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
E5-01
Rated Power kW 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250
Rated Speed r/min 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 30.00 37.00 45.00 55.00 75.00 90.00 110.00 132.00 160.00 200.00 250.00
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 50.9 65.4 80.2 96.1 129.2 153.1 191.7 226.0 268.8 331.3 422.9
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles − 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance Ω 0.136 0.091 0.064 0.048 0.028 0.024 0.015 0.011 0.007 0.006 0.003
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance mH 6.68 5.30 3.76 3.09 2.24 2.20 1.34 1.23 0.92 0.84 0.61
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance mH 8.16 6.80 4.88 4.75 3.03 3.23 2.16 1.67 1.30 1.25 0.89
mVs/
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 710.8 652.7 604.8 669.1 646.8 708.0 637.8 677.0 661.7 687.1 655.9
rad
mV/
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0.0
(r/min)
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5 72.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
C5-17 Motor Inertia kgm2 0.137 0.252 0.304 0.41 0.55 0.82 0.96 1.60 1.95 2.82 3.70
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.105 0.157 0.156 0.172 0.169 0.210 0.201 0.279 0.281 0.325 0.341
n8-49 d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control % -10.5 -15.6 -17.4 -21.7 -17.3 -19.6 -24.1 -15.1 -17.0 -19.8 -19.3
S6-02
Motor Acceleration Time s 0.105 0.157 0.156 0.172 0.169 0.210 0.201 0.279 0.281 0.325 0.341
<1>
<1> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 441
B.6 Parameter Defaults Determined by Motor Code (E5-01)
Table B.19 200 V, 1150 r/min Type Yaskawa SST4 Series Motor
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 2402 2403 2405 2406 2408 240A 240B 240D
Voltage Class V 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
E5-01
Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11
Rated Speed r/min 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11.0
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 1.77 3.44 5.94 9.17 14.79 20.21 27.40 39.0
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles − 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance Ω 2.680 1.520 1.071 0.542 0.362 0.295 0.162 0.115
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance mH 30.55 15.29 17.48 11.98 8.60 9.54 5.31 4.44
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance mH 42.71 24.28 22.51 15.51 10.69 13.84 8.26 5.68
mVs/
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 313.1 313.1 345.3 342.9 363.8 384.3 379.9 370.2
rad
mV/
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
(r/min)
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
C5-17 Motor Inertia kgm2 0.0022 0.0042 0.0081 0.0133 0.0168 0.027 0.044 0.054
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.080 0.081 0.078 0.088 0.066 0.070 0.085 0.071
n8-49 d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control % -8.4 -11.0 -10.7 -10.7 -9.4 -22.5 -22.2 -16.7
S6-02
Motor Acceleration Time s 0.080 0.081 0.078 0.088 0.066 0.070 0.085 0.071
<1>
<1> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 240E 240F 2410 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416
Voltage Class V 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
E5-01
Rated Power kW 15 18 22 30 37 45 55 75
Rated Speed r/min 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 15 18.50 22.00 30.00 37.00 45.00 55.00 75.00
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 55.9 65.4 77.0 103.5 126.0 153.1 188.5 260.4
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles − 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance Ω 0.083 0.065 0.052 0.035 0.026 0.019 0.013 0.009
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance mH 3.50 2.92 2.55 2.03 1.59 1.24 0.98 0.70
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance mH 4.23 3.79 3.22 2.46 1.92 1.64 1.37 0.97
mVs/
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 364.5 404.5 445.1 444.4 447.3 470.8 422.4 418.3
rad
mV/
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
(r/min)
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0 190.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
C5-17 Motor Inertia kgm2 0.063 0.113 0.137 0.252 0.304 0.410 0.55 0.82
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.061 0.091 0.090 0.122 0.119 0.132 0.145 0.159
n8-49 d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control % -13.7 -15.2 -10.9 -9.8 -9.3 -11.5 -17.7 -17.1
S6-02
Motor Acceleration Time s 0.061 0.091 0.090 0.122 0.119 0.132 0.145 0.159
<1>
<1> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
442 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
B.6 Parameter Defaults Determined by Motor Code (E5-01)
Table B.20 400 V, 1150 r/min Type Yaskawa SST4 Series Motor
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 2432 2433 2435 2436 2438 243A 243B 243D 243E 243F 2440
Voltage Class V 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
E5-01
Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11 15 18 22
Rated Speed r/min 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 3.7 5.5 7.5 11.0 15 18.50 22.00
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 0.89 1.72 3.02 4.58 7.40 10.21 13.75 19.5 27.7 32.7 39.2
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles − 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance Ω 10.720 6.080 4.336 2.143 1.428 1.199 0.648 0.460 0.325 0.260 0.209
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance mH 122.20 61.16 70.24 46.20 33.87 41.67 21.24 17.76 12.83 11.68 10.09
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance mH 170.80 97.12 90.04 60.28 42.98 69.15 33.04 22.72 17.19 15.16 16.25
mVs/
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 626.1 626.1 703.1 727.6 699.0 861.5 759.7 740.4 716.6 809.1 786.2
rad
mV/
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
(r/min)
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
C5-17 Motor Inertia kgm2 0.0022 0.0042 0.0081 0.0133 0.0168 0.027 0.044 0.054 0.063 0.113 0.137
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.080 0.081 0.078 0.088 0.066 0.070 0.085 0.071 0.061 0.091 0.090
n8-49 d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control % -8.4 -11.0 -9.9 -9.0 -11.4 -23.2 -22.1 -16.7 -20.2 -15.2 -27.7
S6-02
Motor Acceleration Time s 0.080 0.081 0.078 0.088 0.066 0.070 0.085 0.071 0.061 0.091 0.090
<1>
<1> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
No. Name Unit Default Settings
Motor Code Selection − 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 244A 244C
Voltage Class V 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400
E5-01
Rated Power kW 30 37 45 55 75 90k 110 132 160 200
Rated Speed r/min 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150
E5-02 Motor Rated Power kW 30.00 37.00 45.00 55.00 75.00 90.00 110.00 132.00 160.00 200.00
E5-03 Motor Rated Current A 51.8 63.0 76.6 93.1 128.1 153.1 186.5 221.9 269.8 336.5
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles − 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance Ω 0.140 0.106 0.076 0.051 0.032 0.026 0.015 0.012 0.009 0.007
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance mH 8.12 6.43 4.96 3.99 2.97 2.44 1.87 1.49 1.41 1.22
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance mH 9.84 7.71 6.56 5.39 3.90 3.23 2.46 2.08 1.88 1.51
mVs/
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 888.8 857.7 941.6 853.8 829.6 835.6 833.4 848.6 889.1 915.0
rad
mV/
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
(r/min)
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5
E1-05 Maximum Voltage V 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0
E1-06 Base Frequency Hz 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency Hz 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
C5-17 Motor Inertia kgm2 0.252 0.304 0.410 0.55 0.82 0.96 1.60 1.95 2.82 3.70
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time s 0.122 0.119 0.132 0.145 0.159 0.155 0.211 0.214 0.256 0.268
n8-49 d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control % -9.8 -10.2 -11.5 -15.9 -15.7 -15.7 -14.7 -16.5 -14.1 -10.3
S6-02
Motor Acceleration Time s 0.122 0.119 0.132 0.145 0.159 0.155 0.211 0.214 0.256 0.268
<1>
<1> Default setting value varies by the drive model (o2-04).
Parameter List
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 443
B.6 Parameter Defaults Determined by Motor Code (E5-01)
444 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
Appendix: C
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
C.1 MEMOBUS/MODBUS CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
C.2 COMMUNICATION SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
C.3 CONNECTING TO A NETWORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
C.4 MEMOBUS/MODBUS SETUP PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
C.5 DRIVE OPERATIONS BY MEMOBUS/MODBUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
C.6 COMMUNICATIONS TIMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
C.7 MESSAGE FORMAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
C.8 MESSAGE EXAMPLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
C.9 MEMOBUS/MODBUS DATA TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
C.10 ENTER COMMAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
C.11 COMMUNICATION ERRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
C.12 SELF-DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 445
C.1 MEMOBUS/Modbus Configuration
C.1 MEMOBUS/Modbus Configuration
Drives can be controlled from a PLC or other master device via serial communications using the MEMOBUS/Modbus
protocol.
MEMOBUS/Modbus communication can be configured using one master (PLC) and a maximum of 255 slaves. The
drive has slave functionality only, meaning that serial communication is normally initiated from the master and
responded to by the slaves.
The master performs serial communications with only one slave at a time. The address or node for each slave must be set
beforehand so that the master can communicate with the slave at that address. A slave that receives a command from the
master will perform the specified function and then send a response back to the master.
Figure C.1
Master (PLC or other)
Slave (Drive)
Figure C.1 Connecting Multiple Drives to a PLC
446 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
C.2 Communication Specifications
C.2 Communication Specifications
MEMOBUS/Modbus specifications appear in the following table:
Item Specifications
Interface RS-422, RS-485
Communications Cycle Asynchronous (Start-stop synchronization)
Communication Speeds Available 1.2; 2.4; 4.8; 9.6; 19.2; 38.4; 57.6; 76.8; 115.2 kbps
Data length 8 bit (fixed)
Communication Parameters
Parity Select even, odd, or none
Stop bit 1 bit (fixed)
Protocol MEMOBUS/Modbus (using RTU mode only)
Max Number of Slaves 255 drives
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 447
C.3 Connecting to a Network
C.3 Connecting to a Network
This section explains how to connect the drive to a MEMOBUS/Modbus network and the network termination required.
u Network Cable Connection
Follow the instructions below to connect the drive to a MEMOBUS/Modbus network.
1. With the power shut off, connect the communications cable to the drive and the master. Use terminals TB5 for
MEMOBUS/Modbus.
Figure C.2
IG R+ R- S+ S- (TB5)
S– Send (–)
S+ Send (+)
R– Receive (–)
R+ Receive (+)
IG Shield Ground
YEG
Figure C.2 Serial Communications Cable Connection Terminals (TB5)
Note: Separate the communications cables from the main circuit cables and other wiring and power cables. Use shielded cables for the
communications cables, and properly shielded clamps to prevent problems with noise. When using RS-485 communications,
connect S+ to R+, and S- to R- as shown in the diagram below.
2. Check or set the termination resistor selection at all slaves. Use the description in Network Termination on
page 449 for slaves that are T1000A drives.
3. Switch the power on.
4. Set the parameters needed for serial communications (H5-01 through H5-12) using the digital operator.
5. Shut the power off and wait until the display on the digital operator goes out completely.
6. Turn the power back on.
7. The drive is now ready to begin communicating with the master.
u Wiring Diagram for Multiple Connection
Figure C.3 and Figure C.4 explain the wiring diagrams for multiple connections using MEMOBUS/Modbus
communication.
n RS-485 Interface
Figure C.3
R– S– Drive
R+ S+
PLC S– R– S2
S+ R+
IG IG OFF
S– Drive
S+
R– S2
R+
IG OFF
S– Drive
S+
R– S2
R+ ON
IG
Figure C.3 RS-485 Interface
Note: 1. Turn on the DIP switch on the drive that is located at the end of the network. All other slave devices must have this DIP switch set to
the OFF position.
2. Set H5-07 to “1” when using the RS-485 interface.
448 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
C.3 Connecting to a Network
n RS-422 Interface
Figure C.4
R– S– Drive
R+ S+
PLC S– R– S2
S+ R+
IG IG OFF
S– Drive
S+
R– S2
R+
IG OFF
S– Drive
S+
R– S2
R+ ON
IG
Figure C.4 RS-422 Interface
Note: 1. Turn on the DIP switch on the drive that is located at the end of the network. All other slave devices must have this DIP switch set to
the OFF position.
2. Set H5-07 to “0” when using the RS-485 interface.
u Network Termination
The two ends of the MEMOBUS/Modbus network line have to be terminated. The drive has a built in termination
resistor that can be enabled or disabled using DIP switch S2. If a drive is located at the end of a network line, enable the
termination resistor by setting DIP switch S2 to the ON position. Disable the termination resistor on all slaves that are not
located at the network line end.
Refer to MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination on page 67 for details on setting S2.
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 449
C.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters
C.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters
u MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication
This section describes parameters necessary to set up MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
n H5-01: Drive Slave Address
Sets the drive slave address used for MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
Note: After changing this parameter, the power must be cycled to enable the new setting.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-01 Drive Slave Address 0 to FFH <1> 1FH
<1> If the address is set to 0, no response will be provided during communications.
For serial communications to work, each individual slave drive must be assigned a unique slave address. Setting H5-01
to any value besides 0 assigns the drive its address in the network. Slave address don’t need to be assigned in sequential
order, but each address needs to be unique so that no two drives have the same address.
n H5-02: Communication Speed Selection
Sets the MEMOBUS/Modbus communications speed.
Note: After changing this parameter, the power must be cycled to enable the new setting.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-02 Communication Speed Selection 0 to 5 3
H5-02 Communication Speed H5-02 Communication Speed
0 1200 bps 5 38400 bps
1 2400 bps 6 57600 bps
2 4800 bps 7 76800 bps
3 9600 bps 8 115200 bps
4 19200 bps
n H5-03: Communication Parity Selection
Sets the parity used for MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
Note: After changing this parameter, the power must be cycled to enable the new setting.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-03 Communication Parity Selection 0 to 2 0
Setting 0: No parity
Setting 1: Even parity
Setting 2: Odd parity
n H5-04: Stopping Method after Communication Error
Selects the stopping method after a communications error (CE) has occurred.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-04 Stopping Method after Communication Error 0 to 3 3
Setting 0: Ramp to stop (uses the deceleration time currently enabled)
Setting 1: Coast to stop
Setting 2: Fast Stop (uses the deceleration time in C1-09)
Setting 3: Alarm only (continue operation)
450 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
C.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters
n H5-05: Communication Fault Detection Selection
Enables or disabled the communication error (CE) detection for MEMOBUS/Modbus communications.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-05 Communication Fault Detection Selection 0 or 1 1
Setting 0: Disabled
No communication error detection. The drive continues operation.
Setting 1: Enabled
If the drive does not receive data from the master for longer than the time set to H5-09, then a CE fault will be triggered
and the drive will operate as determined by parameter H5-04.
n H5-06: Drive Transmit Wait Time
Sets the time the drive waits after receiving data from a master until responding data.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-06 Drive Transmit Wait Time 5 to 65 ms 5 ms
Figure C.5
PLC→Drive Drive→PLC PLC→Drive
Command message Response message Command message Time
24 bit length H5-06 setting
Figure C.5 Drive Transmit Wait Time Setting
n H5-07: RTS Control Selection
Enables or disables RTS control.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-07 RTS Control Selection 0 or 1 1
Setting 0: Disabled. RTS is always on.
Use this setting with point-to-point RS-422 communications.
Setting 1: Enabled. RTS switches while sending.
Use this setting when using the RS-485 signals for communications or when using the RS-422 signals for point-to-point
or multi-drop communications.
n H5-09: CE Detection Time
Sets the time the communications must be lost before the drive triggers a CE fault.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-09 CE Detection Time 0.0 to 10.0 s 2.0 s
n H5-10: Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H
Sets the unit for the output voltage monitor value in MEMOBUS/Modbus register 0025H.
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-10 Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: 0.1 V units
Setting 1: 1 V units
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 451
C.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters
n H5-11: Communications Enter Function Selection
Selects if an Enter command is needed to change parameter values via MEMOBUS/Modbus communications. Refer to
Enter Command on page 470.
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-11 Communications Enter Function Selection 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: Enter command necessary
Parameter changes become effective after an Enter command. An Enter command must only be sent after the last
parameter change, not for each single parameter.
Setting 1: Enter command not necessary
Parameter value changes become effective immediately without the need to send an Enter command.
n H5-12: Run Command Method Selection
Selects the type of sequence used when the Run command source is set to MEMOBUS/Modbus communications (b1-02,
b1-16 = 2).
No. Name Setting Range Default
H5-12 Run Command Method Selection 0 or 1 0
Setting 0: FWD/Stop, REV/Stop
Setting bit 0 of MEMOBUS/Modbus register 0001H will start and stop the drive in the forward direction. Setting bit 1
will start and stop the drive in reverse.
Setting 1: Run/Stop, FWD/REV
Setting bit 0 of MEMOBUS/Modbus register 0001H will start and stop the drive. Setting bit 1 changes the direction.
452 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
C.5 Drive Operations by MEMOBUS/Modbus
C.5 Drive Operations by MEMOBUS/Modbus
The drive operations that can be performed by MEMOBUS/Modbus communication depend on drive parameter settings.
This section explains the functions that can be used and related parameter settings.
u Observing the Drive Operation
A PLC can perform the following actions with MEMOBUS/Modbus communications at any time regardless of
parameter settings (except H5-).
• Observe drive status and drive control terminal status from a PLC.
• Read and write parameters.
• Set and reset faults.
• Set multi-function inputs. Inputs settings from the input terminals (S1 to S8) and from MEMOBUS/Modbus
communications are both linked by an OR operation.
u Controlling the Drive
To start and stop the drive or set the frequency reference using MEMOBUS/Modbus communications, an external
reference must be selected and the parameters listed in Table C.1 must be adjusted accordingly.
Table C.1 Setting Parameters for Drive Control from MEMOBUS/Modbus
Reference Source Parameter Name Required Setting
b1-01 Frequency Reference Source 1 2
External Reference 1
b1-02 Run Command Source 1 2
b1-15 Frequency Reference Source 2 2
External Reference 2
b1-16 Run Command Source 2 2
Refer to b1-01: Frequency Reference Source 1 on page 111 and Refer to b1-02: Run Command Source 1 on page 112
for details on external reference parameter selections. Refer to Setting 2: External reference 1/2 selection on page 183
for instructions on how to select external reference 1 and 2.
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 453
C.6 Communications Timing
C.6 Communications Timing
To prevent overrun in the slave drive, the master should wait a certain time between sending messages to the same drive.
In the same way, the slave drive must wait before sending response messages to prevent an overrun in the master. This
section explains the message timing.
u Command Messages from Master to Drive
In order to prevent overrun and data loss, the master must wait between receiving a response and sending the same type
of command as before to the same slave drive. The minimum wait time depends on the command as shown in the table
below.
Table C.2 Minimum Wait Time for Sending Messages
Command Type Example Minimum Wait Time
• Control command (Run, Stop)
1 • Set inputs/outputs 5 ms <1>
• Read monitors and parameter values
H5-11 = 0: 50 ms
2 • Write parameters H5-11 = 1: 200ms
<1>
3 • Save changes using an Enter command 200 ms to 2 s, depending on the number of
parameters that were changed <1>
<1> If the drive receives command type 1 data during the minimum wait time, it will perform the command and then respond. However, if it
receives a command type 2 or 3 during that time, either a communication error will result or the command will be ignored.
Figure C.6
PLC→Drive Drive→PLC PLC→Drive
Command message Response message Command message Time
Master Send
24 bit length
Wait Time
Figure C.6 Minimum Wait Time for Sending Messages
A timer should be set in the master to check how long it takes for the slave drive(s) to respond to the master. If no
response is received within a certain amount of time, the master should try resending the message.
u Response Messages from Drive to Master
If the drive receives a command from the master, it will process the data received and wait for the time set in H5-06 until
it responds. Increase H5-06 if the drive response causes overrun in the master.
Figure C.7
PLC→Drive Drive→PLC PLC→Drive
Command message Response message Command message Time
24 bit length H5-06
setting
Figure C.7 Minimum Response Wait Time
454 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
C.7 Message Format
C.7 Message Format
u Message Content
In MEMOBUS/Modbus communications, the master sends commands to the slave, and the slave responds. The message
format is configured for both sending and receiving as shown below, and the length of data packets depends on the
command (function) content.
SLAVE ADDRESS
FUNCTION CODE
DATA
ERROR CHECK
u Slave Address
The slave address in the message defines the note the message is sent to. Use addresses between 0 and FF (hex). If a
message with slave address 0 is sent (broadcast), the command from the master will be received by all slaves. The slaves
do not provide a response to a broadcast type message.
u Function Code
The three types of function codes are shown in the table below.
Data Length (bytes)
Function
Code Function Name Command Message Response Message
Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum
03H Read MEMOBUS/Modbus registers 8 8 7 37
08H Loopback test 8 8 8 8
10H Write to multiple MEMOBUS/Modbus registers 11 41 8 8
u Data
Configure consecutive data by combining the MEMOBUS/Modbus register address (test code in case of a loopback test)
and the data the register contains. The data length changes depending on the command details.
A drive MEMOBUS/Modbus register always has a data length of two bytes. Therefore data written into drive registers
must also always have a length of two bytes. Register data read out from the drive will always consist of two bytes.
u Error Check
The drive uses a CRC-16 (cyclic redundancy check, checksum method) for checking data validity. Use the procedure
described below when calculating the CRC-16 checksum for command data or when verifying response data.
n Command Data
When the drive receives data, it calculates the CRC-16 checksum from the data and compares it to the CRC-16 value
received within the message. Both must match before a command is processed.
An initial value of FFFFH (i.e., all 16 bits equal 1) must be used for CRC-16 calculations in the MEMOBUS/Modbus
protocol.
Calculate the CRC-16 checksum using the following steps:
MEMOBUS/Modbus
1. The starting value is FFFFH.
Communications
2. Perform an XOR operation of this value and the slave address.
3. Right shift the result.
4. When the overflow bit of the shift operation becomes 1, perform an XOR operation of the result from step 3
above and the fix value A001H.
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 until eight shift operations have been performed.
6. After eight shift operations, perform an XOR operation with the result and the next data in the message (function
code, register address, data). Continue with steps 3 to 5 until the last data has been processed.
C
7. The result of the last shift or XOR operation is the checksum.
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 455
C.7 Message Format
The example in Table C.3 shows the CRC-16 calculation of the slave address 02H and the function code 03H, yielding
the result D140H.
Note: This example does not show the calculation for a complete MEMOBUS/Modbus command. Normally data would follow in the
calculation.
Table C.3 CRC-16 Checksum Calculation Example
Description Calculation Overflow Description Calculation Overflow
Initial Value (FFFFH) 1111 1111 1111 1111 Function Code 03H 0000 0000 0000 0011
Address 02H 0000 0000 0000 0010 XOR w result 1000 0001 0011 1101
XOR w initial value 1111 1111 1111 1101 Shift 1 0100 0000 1001 1110 1
Shift 1 0111 1111 1111 1110 1 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001 XOR result 1110 0000 1001 1111
XOR result 1101 1111 1111 1111 Shift 2 0111 0000 0100 1111 1
Shift 2 0110 1111 1111 1111 1 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001 XOR result 1101 0000 0100 1110
XOR result 1100 1111 1111 1110 Shift 3 0110 1000 0010 0111 0
Shift 3 0110 0111 1111 1111 0 Shift 4 0011 0100 0001 0011 1
Shift 4 0011 0011 1111 1111 1 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001 XOR result 1001 0100 0001 0010
XOR result 1001 0011 1111 1110 Shift 5 0100 1010 0000 1001 0
Shift 5 0100 1001 1111 1111 0 Shift 6 0010 0101 0000 0100 1
Shift 6 0010 0100 1111 1111 1 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001 XOR result 1000 0101 0000 0101
XOR result 1000 0100 1111 1110 Shift 7 0100 0010 1000 0010 1
Shift 7 0100 0010 0111 1111 0 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
Shift 8 0010 0001 0011 1111 1 XOR result 1110 0010 1000 0011
XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001 Shift 8 0111 0001 0100 0001 1
XOR result 1000 0001 0011 1110 XOR w A001H 1010 0000 0000 0001
XOR result 1101 0001 0100 0000
1101 0001 0100 0000
Perform operations with next data (function code) CRC-16 D 1 4 0
(Upper) (Lower)
Continue from here with next data.
n Response Data
To be sure that the data is valid, perform a CRC-16 calculation on the response message data as described above.
Compare the result to the CRC-16 checksum that was received within the response message. Both should match.
456 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
C.8 Message Examples
C.8 Message Examples
Below are some examples of command and response messages.
u Reading Drive MEMOBUS/Modbus Register Contents
Using the function code 03H (Read), a maximum of 16 MEMOBUS/Modbus registers can be read out at a time.
The following table shows message examples when reading status signals, error details, data link status, and frequency
references from the slave 2 drive.
Command Message Response Message (normal) Response Message (fault)
Slave Address 02H Slave Address 02H Slave Address 02H
Function Code 03H Function Code 03H Function Code 83H
Upper 00H Data Quantity 08H Error Code 03H
Starting No.
Lower 20H Upper 00H Upper F1H
1st storage register CRC-16
Upper 00H Lower 65H Lower 31H
Data Quantity
Lower 04H Next storage Upper 00H
Upper 45H register Lower 00H
CRC-16
Lower F0H Next storage Upper 00H
register Lower 00H
Next storage Upper 01H
register Lower F4H
Upper AFH
CRC-16
Lower 82H
u Loopback Test
Function code 08H performs a loopback test. This test returns a response message with exactly the same content as the
command message and can be used to check communications between the master and slave. User-defined test code and
data values can be set.
The following table shows a message example when performing a loopback test with the slave 1 drive.
Command Message Response Message (normal) Response Message (fault)
Slave Address 01H Slave Address 01H Slave Address 01H
Function Code 08H Function Code 08H Function Code 88H
Upper 00H Upper 00H Error Code 01H
Test Code Test Code
Lower 00H Lower 00H Upper 86H
CRC-16
Upper A5H Upper A5H Lower 50H
Data Data
Lower 37H Lower 37H
Upper DAH Upper DAH
CRC-16 CRC-16
Lower 8DH Lower 8DH
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 457
C.8 Message Examples
u Writing to Multiple Registers
Function code 10h allows the user to write multiple drive MEMOBUS/Modbus registers with one message. This process
works similar to reading registers, i.e., the address of the first register that is to be written and the data quantity must be
set in the command message. The data to be written must be consecutive so that the register addresses are in order,
starting from the specified address in the command message. The data order must be high byte, then lower byte.
The following table shows an example of a message where a forward operation has been set with a frequency reference
of 60.0 Hz for the slave 1 drive.
If parameter values are changed using the Write command, depending on the setting of H5-11, an Enter command will be
necessary to activate the data or save them. Refer to H5-11: Communications Enter Function Selection on page 452
and Refer to Enter Command on page 470 for detailed descriptions.
Command Message Response Message (normal) Response Message (fault)
Slave Address 01H Slave Address 01H Slave Address 01H
Function Code 10H Function Code 10H Function Code 90H
Upper 00H Upper 00H Error Code 02H
Starting No. Starting No.
Lower 01H Lower 01H Upper CDH
CRC-16
Upper 00H Upper 00H Lower C1H
Data Quantity Data Quantity
Lower 02H Lower 02H
Number of Bytes 04H Upper 10H
CRC-16
Upper 00H Lower 08H
Starting Data
Lower 01H
Upper 02H
Next Data
Lower 58H
Upper 63H
CRC-16
Lower 39H
Note: For the number of bytes in the command message, take double the number of the data quantity.
458 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Table below lists all MEMOBUS/Modbus data. There are three types of data: command data, monitor data, and
broadcast data.
u Command Data
It is possible to both read and write command data.
Note: Bits that are not used should be set to 0. Refrain from writing to reserved registers.
Register No. Contents
0000H Reserved
Operation Commands and Multi-function Inputs
H5-12 = 0: Forward Run Command (0 = Stop, 1 = Forward Run)
bit 0
H5-12 = 1: Run Command (0 = Stop, 1 = Run)
H5-12 = 0: Reverse Run Command (0 = Stop, 1 = Reverse Run)
bit 1
H5-12 = 1: Forward/Reverse (0 = Forward, 1 = Reverse)
bit 2 External Fault (EF0)
bit 3 Fault Reset
Multi-Function Input 1
bit 4
Function is ComRef when H1-01 = 40 (Forward/Stop). Refer to d: Reference Settings on page 155 for ComRef explanations.
0001H Multi-Function Input 2
bit 5
Function is ComCtrl when H1-02 = 41 (Reverse/Stop).
bit 6 Multi-Function Input 3
bit 7 Multi-Function Input 4
bit 8 Multi-Function Input 5
bit 9 Multi-Function Input 6
bit A Multi-Function Input 7
bit B Multi-Function Input 8
bit C to F Reserved
0002H Frequency Reference Units are determined by parameter o1-03, unsigned.
0.1% units
0003H Output Voltage Gain
Setting Range: 20 (2.0%) to 2000 (200.0%), default at power up: 1000 (100.0%)
0004H Torque Reference/Torque Limit, 0.1% units, signed
0005H Torque Compensation, 0.1% units, signed
0006H PID Target, 0.01% units, signed
0007H Analog Output Terminal FM Setting (10 V / 4000 H)
0008H Analog Output Terminal AM Setting (10 V / 4000 H)
Settings for Multi-Function Digital Outputs
bit 0 Multi-Function Contact Output 1 (terminal M1-M2)
bit 1 Multi-Function Contact Output 2 (terminal M3-M4)
bit 2 Multi-Function Contact Output 3 (terminal M5-M6)
0009H
bit 3 to 5 Reserved
bit 6 Enables the function in bit 7
bit 7 Fault Contact Output (terminal MA/MB-MC)
bit 8 to F Reserved
000AH Pulse Output Terminal MP Setting, 1 Hz units, Setting Range: 0 to 32000
000BH to 000EH Reserved
Control Selection Setting
bit 0 Reserved
bit 1 PID Target Input
bit 2 Torque reference / torque limit input (enables the setting from MEMOBUS/Modbus)
bit 3 Torque compensation input (enables the setting from MEMOBUS/Modbus)
000FH
bit 4 to B Reserved
bit C Enable Terminal S5 Input for Broadcast Data
bit D Enable Terminal S6 Input for Broadcast Data
bit E Enable Terminal S7 Input for Broadcast Data
MEMOBUS/Modbus
bit F Enable Terminal S8 Input for Broadcast Data
Communications
0010H to 001AH Reserved
001BH Analog Monitor Option AO-A3 Analog Output 1 (10 V/4000 H)
001CH Analog Monitor Option AO-A3 Analog Output 2 (10 V/4000 H)
001DH Digital Output Option DO-A3 Output (Binary)
001EH, 001FH Reserved
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 459
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
u Monitor Data
Monitor data can be read only.
Register No. Contents
Drive Status 1
bit 0 During Run
bit 1 During Reverse
bit 2 Drive Ready
bit 3 Fault
bit 4 Data Setting Error
0020H
bit 5 Multi-Function Contact Output 1 (terminal M1-M2)
bit 6 Multi-Function Contact Output 2 (terminal M3-M4)
bit 7 Multi-Function Contact Output 3 (terminal M5-M6)
bit 8 to bit D Reserved
bit E ComRef status
bit F ComCtrl status
Fault Contents 1
bit 0 Overcurrent (oC), Ground fault (GF)
bit 1 Overvoltage (ov)
bit 2 Drive Overload (oL2)
bit 3 Overheat 1 (oH1), Drive Overheat Warning (oH2)
bit 4 Dynamic Braking Transistor Fault (rr), Braking Resistor Overheat (rH)
bit 5 Reserved
bit 6 PID Feedback Loss (FbL / FbH)
0021H bit 7 EF to EF8: External Fault
bit 8 CPF: Hardware Fault (includes oF)
bit 9 Motor Overload (oL1), Overtorque Detection 1/2 (oL3/oL4), Undertorque Detection 1/2 (UL3/UL4)
bit A PG Disconnected (PGo), PG Hardware Fault (PGoH), Overspeed (oS), Excessive Speed Deviation (dEv),
bit B Main Circuit Undervoltage (Uv)
bit C Undervoltage (Uv1), Control Power Supply Undervoltage (Uv2), Soft Charge Circuit Fault (Uv3)
bit D Output Phase Loss (LF), Input Phase Loss (PF)
bit E MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE), Option Communication Error (bUS)
bit F Operator Connection Fault (oPr)
Data Link Status
bit 0 Writing data or switching motors
bit 1
Reserved
bit 2
0022H
bit 3 Upper or lower limit error
bit 4 Data conformity error
bit 5 Writing to EEPROM
bit 6 to bit F Reserved
0023H Frequency Reference, <1>
0024H Output Frequency, <1>
0025H Output Voltage Reference, 0.1 V units (units are determined by parameter H5-10)
0026H Output Current, 0.1 A units
0027H Output Power
0028H Torque Reference
Fault Contents 2
bit 0 Reserved
bit 1 Ground Fault (GF)
bit 2 Input Phase Loss (PF)
0029H bit 3 Output Phase Loss (LF)
bit 4 Braking Resistor Overheat (rH)
bit 5 Reserved
bit 6 Motor Overheat 2 (PTC input) (oH4)
bit 7 to bit F Reserved
460 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Register No. Contents
Alarm Contents1
bit 0, 1 Reserved
bit 2 Run Command Input Error (EF)
bit 3 Drive Baseblock (bb)
bit 4 Overtorque Detection 1 (oL3)
bit 5 Heatsink Overheat (oH)
bit 6 Overvoltage (ov)
bit 7 Undervoltage (Uv)
002AH
bit 8 Cooling Fan Error (FAn)
bit 9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE)
bit A Option Communication Error (bUS)
bit B Undertorque Detection 1/2 (UL3/UL4)
bit C Motor Overheat (oH3)
bit D PID Feedback Loss (FbL, FbH)
bit E Reserved
bit F Serial Communication Transmission Error (CALL)
Input Terminal Status
bit 0 Terminal S1 Closed
bit 1 Terminal S2 Closed
bit 2 Terminal S3 Closed
bit 3 Terminal S4 Closed
002BH
bit 4 Terminal S5 Closed
bit 5 Terminal S6 Closed
bit 6 Terminal S7 Closed
bit 7 Terminal S8 Closed
bit 8 to bit F Reserved
Drive Status 2
bit 0 During Run
bit 1 Zero Speed
bit 2 Speed Agree
bit 3 User Speed Agree
bit 4 Frequency Detection 1
bit 5 Frequency Detection 2
bit 6 Drive Ready
002CH bit 7 During Undervoltage
bit 8 During Baseblock
bit 9 Frequency Reference from Operator Keypad
bit A Run Command from Operator Keypad
bit B Over/Undertorque 1, 2
bit C Frequency Reference Loss
bit D During Fault Restart
bit E Fault
bit F Communication Timeout
Output Terminal Status
bit 0 Multi-Function Contact Output 1 (terminal M1-M2)
bit 1 Multi-Function Contact Output 2 (terminal M3-M4)
002DH bit 2 Multi-Function Contact Output 3 (terminal M5-M6)
bit 3 to 6 Reserved
bit 7 Fault Contact Output (terminal MA/MB-MC)
bit 8 to F Reserved
002EH-0030H Reserved
0031H DC Bus Voltage, 1 Vdc units
0032H Torque Reference (U1-09), 1% units
0033H Reserved
0034H Product Code 1 [ASCII], Product Type (T1000 = TO)
0035H Product Code 2 [ASCII], Region Code
0036H, 0037H Reserved
0038H PID Feedback, 0.1% units, unsigned, 100% / max. output frequency
0039H PID Input, 0.1% units, signed, 100% / max. output frequency
MEMOBUS/Modbus
003AH PID Output, 0.1% units, signed, 100% / max. output frequency
Communications
003BH, 003CH Reserved
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 461
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Register No. Contents
Communications Error Contents <3>
bit 0 CRC Error
bit 1 Data Length Error
bit 2 Reserved
003DH bit 3 Parity Error
bit 4 Overrun Error
bit 5 Framing Error
bit 6 Timeout
bit 7 to bit F Reserved
003EH r/min <4>
Output Frequency
003FH 0.01% units
0040H to 004AH Used for various monitors U1-. Refer to U: Monitors on page 414 for parameter details.
Drive Status (U1-12)
bit 0 During Run
bit 1 During Zero Speed
bit 2 During Reverse Run
bit 3 During Fault Reset Signal Input
bit 4 During Speed Agree
bit 5 Drive Ready
004BH bit 6 Alarm
bit 7 Fault
bit 8 During Operation Error (oPE)
bit 9 During Momentary Power Loss
bit A Motor 2 selected
bit B Reserved
bit E ComRef status, NetRef status
bit F ComCtrl status, NetCtrl status
004CH to 007EH Used for various monitors U1-, U4-, U5- and U6-. Refer to U2: Fault Trace on page 417 for parameter details.
007FH Alarm Code, Refer to Alarm Register Contents on page 469 for alarm codes.
Used for monitors U2-, U3-. Refer to U: Monitors on page 414 for parameter details and Refer to Fault Trace Contents on page 468 for register
0080H to 0097H
value descriptions.
0098H High Word of Accumulated Operation Time Monitor, 10H units (U4-01)
0099H Low Word of Accumulated Operation Time Monitor, 1H units (U4-01)
009AH High Word of Cooling Fan Operation Time Monitor (U4-03)
009BH Low Word of Cooling Fan Operation Time Monitor (U4-03)
009CH to 00AAH Reserved
00ABH Drive Rated Current <2>
00ACH r/min units <4>
Motor Speed (U1-05)
00ADH 0.01% units
00AEH, 00AFH Reserved
Register contains ASCII code of the option card.
DI-A3 = 0001H
DO-A3 = 0002H
AI-A3 = 0003H
00B0H Option Code Connected to CN5-A AO-A3 = 0004H
PG-B3 = 0011H
PG-X3 = 0012H
Communication Option: Register contains ASCII code of 1st and 3rd digit of the option card type number.
Example: Register value is 5343H for “SC” if a SI-C3 option card is installed.
00B1H Reserved
00B2H Option Code Connected to CN5-B
00B3H Option Code Connected to CN5-C
00B4H Reserved
00B5H Frequency Reference After Soft- r/min units <4>
00B6H starter (U1-16) 0.01% units
00B7H r/min <4>
Frequency Reference
00B8H 0.01% units
00B9H to 00BEH Reserved
00BFH Lists the last to digits of operation error code oPE.
462 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Register No. Contents
Fault Contents 3
bit 1 Undervoltage (Uv1)
bit 2 Control Power Supply Undervoltage (Uv2)
bit 3 Soft Charge Circuit Fault (Uv3)
bit 4 Output Short-Circuit or IGBT Fault (SC)
bit 5 Ground Fault (GF)
bit 6 Overcurrent (oC)
bit 7 Overvoltage (ov)
00C0H
bit 8 Heatsink Overheat (oH)
bit 9 Heatsink Overheat (oH1)
bit A Motor Overload (oL1)
bit B Drive Overload (oL2)
bit C Overtorque Detection 1 (oL3)
bit D Overtorque Detection 2 (oL4)
bit E Dynamic Braking Transistor Fault (rr)
bit F Braking Resistor Overheat (rH)
Fault Contents 4
bit 0 External Fault at input terminal S3 (EF3)
bit 1 External Fault at input terminal S4 (EF4)
bit 2 External Fault at input terminal S5 (EF5)
bit 3 External Fault at input terminal S6 (EF6)
bit 4 External Fault at input terminal S7 (EF7)
bit 5 External Fault at input terminal S8 (EF8)
bit 6 Cooling Fan Error (FAn)
00C1H bit 7 Overspeed (os)
bit 8 Excessive Speed Deviation (dEv)
bit 9 PG Disconnected (PGo)
bit A Input Phase Loss (PF)
bit B Output Phase Loss (LF)
bit C Motor Overheat (PTC input) (oH3)
bit D Digital Operator Connection Fault (oPr)
bit E EEPROM Write Error (Err)
bit F Motor Overheat Fault (PTC input) (oH4)
Fault Contents 5
bit 0 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE)
bit 1 Option Communication Error (bUS)
bit 2, 3 Reserved
bit 4 Control Fault (CF)
bit 5 Zero Servo Fault (SvE)
00C2H
bit 6 Option External Fault (EF0)
bit 7 PID Feedback Loss (FbL)
bit 8 Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3)
bit 9 Undertorque Detection 2 (UL4)
bit A to E Reserved
bit F Hardware Fault (includes oF)
Fault Contents 6
bit 0 Reserved
bit 1 Z Pulse Fall Detection (dv1)
bit 2 Z Pulse Noise Fault Detection (dv2)
bit 3 Inversion Detection (dv3)
bit 4 Inversion Prevention Detection (dv4)
00C3H bit 5 Current Imbalance (LF2)
bit 6 Pullout Detection (STo)
bit 7 PG Hardware Fault (PGoH)
bit 8 SI-T3 Watchdog Error (E5)
bit 9 Reserved
bit A Too many speed search restarts (SEr)
bit B to F Reserved
Fault Contents 7
MEMOBUS/Modbus
bit 0 PID Feedback Loss (FbH)
Communications
bit 1 External Fault 1, input terminal S1 (EF1)
bit 2 External Fault 2, input terminal S2 (EF2)
bit 3, 4 Reserved
00C4H bit 5 Current Offset Fault (CoF)
bit 6 to B Reserved
bit C Output Voltage Detection Fault (voF)
bit D Braking Resistor Fault (rF)
bit E Braking Transistor Overload Fault (boL)
C
bit F Motor Overheat (NTC Input) (oH5)
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 463
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Register No. Contents
Fault Contents 8
bit 0 LSo Fault (LSo)
bit 1 Node Setup Fault (nSE)
00C5H bit 2 Thermistor Disconnect (THo)
bit 3 to 9 Reserved
bit A Initial Polarity Estimation Timeout (dv7)
bit B to F Reserved
00C6H, 00C7H Reserved
Alarm Contents 2
bit 0 Undervoltage (Uv)
bit 1 Overvoltage (ov)
bit 2 Heatsink Overheat (oH)
bit 3 Drive Overheat (oH2)
bit 4 Overtorque 1 (oL3)
bit 5 Overtorque 2 (oL4)
bit 6 Run Commands Input Error (EF)
00C8H bit 7 Drive Baseblock (bb)
bit 8 External Fault 3, input terminal S3 (EF3)
bit 9 External Fault 4, input terminal S4 (EF4)
bit A External Fault 5, input terminal S5 (EF5)
bit B External Fault 6, input terminal S6 (EF6)
bit C External Fault 7, input terminal S7 (EF7)
bit D External Fault 8, input terminal S8 (EF8)
bit E Cooling Fan Error (FAn)
bit F Overspeed (oS)
Alarm Contents 3
bit 0 Excessive Speed Deviation (dEv)
bit 1 PG Disconnected (PGo)
bit 2 Digital Operator Connection Fault (oPr)
bit 3 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE)
bit 4 Option Communication Error (bUS)
bit 5 Serial Communication Transmission Error (CALL)
bit 6 Motor Overload (oL1)
00C9H bit 7 Drive Overload (oL2)
bit 8 Reserved
bit 9 Option Card External fault (EF0)
bit A Motor 2 Switch command input during run (rUn)
bit B Reserved
bit C Serial Communication Transmission Error (CALL)
bit D Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3)
bit E Undertorque Detection 2 (UL4)
bit F MEMOBUS/Modbus Test Mode Fault (SE)
Alarm Contents 4
bit 0 Reserved
bit 1 Motor Overheat 1 (PTC Input) (oH3)
bit 2 to 5 Reserved
00CAH bit 6 PID Feedback Loss (FbL)
bit 7 PID Feedback Loss (FbH)
bit 9 Drive Disabled (dnE)
bit A PG Disconnected (PGo)
bit B to F Reserved
Alarm Contents 5
bit 0 SI-T Watchdog Error (E5)
bit 1 SI-T Station Number Setting Error (AEr)
bit 2 SI-T3 Comm. Cycle Setting Error (CyC)
bit 3 High Current Alarm (HCA)
bit 4 Cooling Fan Maintenance Time (LT-1)
bit 5 Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time (LT-2)
00CBH
bit 6 Reserved
bit 7 SI-S EEPROM Error (EEP)
bit 8 External Fault 1 (input terminal S1) (EF1)
bit 9 External Fault 2 (input terminal S2) (EF2)
bit A Safe Disable Input (HbbF)
bit B Safe Disable Input (Hbb)
bit C to F Reserved
464 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Register No. Contents
Alarm Contents 6
bit 0 Output Voltage Detection Fault (VoF)
bit 1 IGBT Maintenance Time (90%) (TrPC)
bit 2 Capacitor Maintenance Time (LT-3)
00CCH bit 3 IGBT Maintenance Time (50%) (LT-4)
bit 4 Braking Transistor Overload Fault (boL)
bit 5 Reserved
bit 6 Input Phase Loss (PF)
bit 7 to F Reserved
00CDH, 00CEH Reserved
Alarm Contents 7
00CFH bit 0 Undervoltage (Uv)
bit 1 to F Reserved
CPF Contents 1
bit 0, 1 Reserved
bit 2 A/D Conversion Error (CPF02)
bit 3 PWM Data Fault (CPF03)
bit 4, 5 Reserved
bit 6 EEPROM Memory Data Error (CPF06)
bit 7 Terminal Board Connection Error (CPF07)
00D0H
bit 8 EEPROM Serial Communications Fault (CPF08)
bit 9, A Reserved
bit B RAM Fault (CPF11)
bit C FLASH Memory Fault (CPF12)
bit D Watchdog Circuit Exception (CPF13)
bit E Control Circuit Fault (CPF14)
bit F Reserved
CPF Contents 2
bit 0 Clock Fault (CPF16)
bit 1 Timing Fault (CPF17)
bit 2 Control Circuit Fault (CPF18)
bit 3 Control Circuit Fault (CPF19)
bit 4 Hardware fault at power up (CPF20)
bit 5 Hardware fault at communication start up (CPF21)
bit 6 A/D Conversion Fault (CPF22)
00D1H bit 7 PWM Feedback Fault (CPF23)
bit 8 Drive Unit Signal Fault (CPF24)
bit 9 Terminal board is not properly connected. (CPF25)
bit A ASIC BB Circuit Error (CPF26)
bit B ASIC PWM Setting Register Error (CPF27)
bit C ASIC PWM Pattern Error (CPF28)
bit D ASIC On-delay Error (CPF29)
bit E ASIC BBON Error (CPF30)
bit F ASIC Code Error (CPF31)
CPF Contents 3
bit 0 ASIC Start-up Error (CPF32)
bit 1 Watch-dog Error (CPF33)
bit 2 ASIC Power/Clock Error (CPF34)
bit 3 External A/D Converter Error (CPF35)
bit 4 to 7 Reserved
00D2H bit 8 Control Circuit Error (CPF40)
bit 9 Control Circuit Error (CPF41)
bit A Control Circuit Error (CPF42)
bit B Control Circuit Error (CPF43)
bit C Control Circuit Error (CPF44)
bit D Control Circuit Error (CPF45)
bit E, F Reserved
00D3H to 00D7H oFA0x Contents (CN5-A)
oFA0x Contents (CN5-A)
MEMOBUS/Modbus
bit 0 Option Compatibility Error (oFA00)
Communications
bit 1 Option not properly connected (oFA01)
bit 2 Same type of option card already connected (oFA02)
00D8H
bit 3, 4 Reserved
bit 5 A/D Conversion Error (oFA05)
bit 6 Option Response Error (oFA06)
bit 7 to F Reserved
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 465
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Register No. Contents
oFA1x Contents (CN5-A)
bit 0 Option RAM Fault (oFA10)
bit 1 Option Operation Mode Fault (SLMOD) (oFA11)
bit 2 Drive Receive CRC Error (oFA12)
bit 3 Drive Receive Frame Error (oFA13)
00D9H
bit 4 Drive Receive Abort Error (oFA14)
bit 5 Option Receive CRC Error (oFA15)
bit 6 Option Receive Frame Error (oFA16)
bit 7 Option Receive Abort Error (oFA17)
bit 8 to F Reserved
00DAH Reserved
oFA3x Contents (CN5-A)
bit 0 Comm. ID Error (oFA30)
bit 1 Model Code Error (oFA31)
bit 2 Sumcheck Error (oFA32)
bit 3 Comm. option timeout waiting for response (oFA33)
bit 4 MEMOBUS Timeout (oFA34)
bit 5 Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA35)
bit 6 CI Check Error (oFA36)
00DBH
bit 7 Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA37)
bit 8 Control Command Selection Error (oFA38)
bit 9 Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA39)
bit A Control Response Selection 1 Error (oFA40)
bit B Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA41)
bit C Control Response Selection 2 Error (oFA42)
bit D Control Response Selection Error (oFA43)
bit E, F Reserved
oFb0x Contents (CN5-B)
bit 0 Option compatibility error (oFb00)
bit 1 Option not properly connected (oFb01)
bit 2 Same type of option card already connected (oFb02)
00DCH
bit 3, 4 Reserved
bit 5 A/D Conversion Fault (oFb05)
bit 6 Option Response Error (oFb06)
bit 7 to F Reserved
oFb1x Contents (CN5-B)
bit 0 Option RAM Fault (oFb10)
bit 1 Option Operation Mode Fault (SLMOD) (oFb11)
bit 2 Drive Receive CRC Error (oFb12)
bit 3 Drive Receive Frame Error (oFb13)
00DDH
bit 4 Drive Receive Abort Error (oFb14)
bit 5 Option Receive CRC Error (oFb15)
bit 6 Option Receive Frame Error (oFb16)
bit 7 Option Receive Abort Error (oFb17)
bit 8 to F Reserved
00DEH, 00DFH Reserved
oFb3x Contents (CN5-B)
bit 0 Comm. ID Error (oFb30)
bit 1 Model Code Error (oFb31)
bit 2 Sumcheck Error (oFb32)
bit 3 Comm. option timeout waiting for response (oFb33)
bit 4 MEMOBUS Timeout (oFb34)
bit 5 Drive timeout waiting for response (oFb35)
bit 6 CI Check Error (oFb36)
00E0H
bit 7 Drive timeout waiting for response (oFb37)
bit 8 Control Command Selection Error (oFb38)
bit 9 Drive timeout waiting for response (oFb39)
bit A Control Response Selection 1 Error (oFb40)
bit B Drive timeout waiting for response (oFb41)
bit C Control Response Selection 2 Error (oFb42)
bit D Control Response Selection Error (oFb43)
bit E, F Reserved
466 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Register No. Contents
oFC0x Contents (CN5-C)
bit 0 Option compatibility error (oFC00)
bit 1 Option not properly connected (oFC01)
bit 2 Same type of option card already connected (oFC02)
00E1H
bit 3, 4 Reserved
bit 5 A/D Conversion Fault (oFC05)
bit 6 Option Response Error (oFC06)
bit 7 to F Reserved
oFC1x Contents (CN5-C)
bit 0 Option RAM Fault (oFC10)
bit 1 Option Operation Mode Fault (SLMOD) (oFC11)
bit 2 Drive Receive CRC Error (oFC12)
bit 3 Drive Receive Frame Error (oFC13)
00E2H
bit 4 Drive Receive Abort Error (oFC14)
bit 5 Option Receive CRC Error (oFC15)
bit 6 Option Receive Frame Error (oFC16)
bit 7 Option Receive Abort Error (oFC17)
bit 8 to F Reserved
00E3H, 00E4H Reserved
oFC3x Contents (CN5-C)
bit 0 Comm. ID Error (oFC30)
bit 1 Model Code Error (oFC31)
bit 2 Sumcheck Error (oFC32)
bit 3 Comm. option timeout waiting for response (oFC33)
bit 4 MEMOBUS Timeout (oFC34)
bit 5 Drive timeout waiting for response (oFC35)
bit 6 CI Check Error (oFC36)
00E5H
bit 7 Drive timeout waiting for response (oFC37)
bit 8 Control Command Selection Error (oFC38)
bit 9 Drive timeout waiting for response (oFC39)
bit A Control Response Selection 1 Error (oFC40)
bit B Drive timeout waiting for response (oFC41)
bit C Control Response Selection 2 Error (oFC42)
bit D Control Response Selection Error (oFC43)
bit E, F Reserved
00E6H to 00FAH Reserved
00FBH Output Current <2>
00FCH to 00FFH Reserved
Used for various monitors U9- .
0820H to 0824H
Refer to U9: KEB Voltage Monitors on page 421 for parameter details.
<1> Units are determined by parameter o1-03.
<2> This value's number of decimal places depends on the drive model and the Heavy/Normal duty selection in parameter C6-01. The value will
have two decimal places (0.01A) if the drive is set for a Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity up to 11 kW (refer to Table A.2 and Table A.3)
and one decimal place (0.1A) if the set Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity is higher than 11 kW.
<3> The contents of a communication error are saved until the fault is reset.
<4> Depending on the motor used, the correct motor pole number must be set to parameter E2-04, E4-04, or E5-05.
u Broadcast Messages
Data can be written from the master to all slave devices at the same time.
The slave address in a broadcast command message must be set to 00H. All slaves will receive the message, but will not
respond.
Register No. Contents
Digital Input Command
bit 0 Forward Run (0: Stop 1: Run)
bit 1 Direction Command (0: Forward, 1: Reverse)
MEMOBUS/Modbus
bit 2, 3 Reserved
Communications
bit 4 External Fault
0001H bit 5 Fault Reset
bit 6 to B Reserved
bit C Multi-Function Digital Input S5
bit D Multi-Function Digital Input S6
bit E Multi-Function Digital Input S7
bit F Multi-Function Digital Input S8
0002H Frequency Reference 30000/100%
C
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 467
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
u Fault Trace Contents
The table below shows the fault codes that can be read out by MEMOBUS/Modbus commands from the U2-
monitor parameters.
Table C.4 Fault Trace / History Register Contents
Fault Code Fault Name Fault Code Fault Name
0002H Undervoltage (Uv1) 0099H Drive Unit Signal Fault (CPF24)
0003H Control Power Supply Undervoltage (Uv2) 009AH Terminal board is not properly connected. (CPF25)
0004H Soft Charge Circuit Fault (Uv3) 009BH ASIC BB Circuit Error (CPF26)
0005H Output Short-Circuit or IGBT Fault (SC) 009CH ASIC PWM Setting Register Error (CPF27)
0006H Ground Fault (GF) 009DH ASIC PWM Pattern Error (CPF28)
0007H Overcurrent (oC) 009EH ASIC On-Delay Error (CPF29)
0008H Overvoltage (ov) 009FH ASIC BBON Error (CPF30)
0009H Heatsink Overheat (oH) 00A0H ASIC Code Error (CPF31)
000AH Heatsink Overheat (oH1) 00A1H ASIC Start-p Error (CPF32)
000BH Motor Overload (oL1) 00A2H Watch-dog Error (CPF33)
000CH Drive Overload (oL2) 00A3H ASIC Power/Clock Error (CPF34)
000DH Overtorque Detection 1 (oL3) 00A4H External A/D Converter Error (CPF35)
000EH Overtorque Detection 2 (oL4) 00A9H Control Circuit Error (CPF40)
000FH Dynamic Braking Transistor (rr) 00AAH Control Circuit Error (CPF41)
0010H Braking Resistor Overheat (rH) 00ABH Control Circuit Error (CPF42)
0011H External Fault at input terminal S3 (EF3) 00ACH Control Circuit Error (CPF43)
0012H External Fault at input terminal S4 (EF4) 00ADH Control Circuit Error (CPF44)
0013H External Fault at input terminal S5 (EF5) 00AEH Control Circuit Error (CPF45)
0014H External Fault at input terminal S6 (EF6) 0101H Option compatibility error (oFA00)
0015H External Fault at input terminal S7 (EF7) 0102H Option not properly connected (oFA01)
0016H External Fault at input terminal S8 (EF8) 0103H Same type of option card already connected (oFA02)
0017H Internal Fan Fault (FAn) 0106H A/D Conversion Error (oFA05)
0018H Overspeed (oS) 0107H Option Response Error (oFA06)
0019H Excessive Speed Deviation (dEv) 0111H Option RAM Fault (oFA10)
001AH PG Disconnect (PGo) 0112H Option Operation Mode Fault (SLMOD) (oFA11)
001BH Input Phase Loss (PF) 0113H Drive Receive CRC Error (oFA12)
001CH Output Phase Loss (LF) 0114H Drive Receive Frame Error (oFA13)
001DH Motor Overheat (PTC input) (oH3) 0115H Drive Receive Abort Error (oFA14)
001EH Digital Operator Connection (oPr) 0116H Option Receive CRC Error (oFA15)
001FH EEPROM Write Error (Err) 0117H Option Receive Frame Error (oFA16)
0020H Motor Overheat (PTC input) (oH4) 0118H Option Receive Abort Error (oFA17)
0021H MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE) 0131H Comm. ID Error (oFA30)
0022H Option Communication Error (bUS) 0132H Model Code Error (oFA31)
0025H Control fault (CF) 0133H Sumcheck Error (oFA32)
0026H Zero-Serve Fault (SvE) 0134H Comm. option timeout waiting for response (oFA33)
0027H Option External Fault (EF0) 0135H MEMOBUS Timeout (oFA34)
0028H PID Feedback Loss (FbL) 0136H Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA35)
0029H Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3) 0137H CI Check Error (oFA36)
002AH Undertorque Detection 2 (UL4) 0138H Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA37)
0032H Z Pulse Fall Detection (dv1) 0139H Control Command Selection Error (oFA38)
0033H Z Pulse Noise Fault Detection (dv2) 013AH Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA39)
0034H Inversion Detection (dv3) 013BH Control Response Selection 1 Error (oFA40)
0035H Inversion Prevention Detection (dv4) 013CH Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA41)
0036H Output Current Imbalance (LF2) 013DH Control Response Selection 2 Error (oFA42)
0037H Pullout Detection (STo) 013EH Control Response Selection Error (oFA43)
0038H PG Hardware Fault (PGoH) 0201H Option Connection Error (oFb01)
003BH Too many speed search restarts (SEr) 0202H Same type of option card already connected (oFb02)
0041H PID Feedback Loss (FbH) 0205H A/D Conversion Error (oFb05)
0042H External Fault 1, input terminal S1 (EF1) 0206H Option Response Error (oFb06)
0043H External Fault 2, input terminal S2 (EF2) 0210H Option RAM Fault (oFb10)
0046H Current Offset Fault (CoF) 0211H Option Operation Mode Fault (SLMOD) (oFb11)
0047H PLC Detection Error 1 (PE1) 0212H Drive Receive CRC Error (oFb12)
0048H PLC Detection Error 2 (PE2) 0213H Drive Receive Frame Error (oFb13)
004DH Output Voltage Detection Fault (voF) 0214H Drive Receive Abort Error (oFb14)
004EH Braking Resistor Transistor Fault (rF) 0215H Option Receive CRC Error (oFb15)
004FH Braking Transistor Overload Fault (boL) 0216H Option Receive Frame Error (oFb16)
0051H LSo Fault (LSo) 0217H Option Receive Abort Error (oFb17)
0052H Node Setup Fault (nSE) 0231H Comm. ID Error (oFb30)
005BH Initial Polarity Estimation Timeout (dv7) 0232H Model Code Error (oFb31)
468 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
C.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Fault Code Fault Name Fault Code Fault Name
0083H A/D Conversion Error (CPF02) 0233H Sumcheck Error (oFb32)
0084H PWM Data Fault (CPF03) 0234H Comm. option timeout waiting for response (oFb33)
0087H EEPROM Memory Data Error (CPF06) 0235H MEMOBUS Timeout (oFb34)
0088H Terminal Board Connection Error (CPF07) 0236H Drive timeout waiting for response (oFb35)
0089H EEPROM Serial Communication Fault (CPF08) 0237H CI Check Error (oFb36)
008CH RAM Fault (CPF11) 0238H Drive timeout waiting for response (oFb37)
008DH Flash Memory Circuit Exception (CPF12) 0239H Control Command Selection Error (oFb38)
008EH Watchdog Circuit Exception (CPF13) 023AH Drive timeout waiting for response (oFb39)
008FH Control Circuit Fault (CPF14) 023BH Control Response Selection 1 Error (oFb40)
0091H Clock Fault (CPF16) 023CH Drive timeout waiting for response (oFb41)
0092H Timing Fault (CPF17) 023DH Control Response Selection 2 Error (oFb42)
0093H Control Circuit Fault (CPF18) 023EH Control Response Selection Error (oFb43)
0094H Control Circuit Fault (CPF19) 0300H Option Compatibility Error (oFC00)
0095H Hardware fault at power up (CPF20) 0301H Option not properly connected (oFC01)
0096H Hardware fault at communication start up (CPF21) 0302H Same type of option card already connected (oFC02)
0097H A/D Conversion Fault (CPF22) 0305H A/D Conversion Error (oFC05)
0098H PWM Feedback Fault (CPF23) 0306H Option Response Error (oFC06)
u Alarm Register Contents
The table below shows the alarm codes that can be read out from MEMOBUS/Modbus register 007FH.
Table C.5 Alarm Register 007FH Contents
Alarm Code Fault Name Alarm Code Fault Name
0001H Undervoltage (Uv) 0020H MEMOBUS/Modbus Test Mode Fault (SE)
0002H Overvoltage (ov) 0022H Motor Overheat (oH3)
0003H Heatsink Overheat (oH) 0027H PID Feedback Loss (FbL)
0004H Drive Overheat (oH2) 0028H PID Feedback Loss (FbH)
0005H Overtorque 1 (oL3) 002AH Drive Disabled (dnE)
0006H Overtorque 2 (oL4) 002BH PG Disconnected (PGo)
0007H Run commands input error (EF) 0031H SI-T3 Watchdog Error (E5)
0008H Drive Baseblock (bb) 0032H SI-T Station Number Setting Error (AEr)
0009H External Fault 3, input terminal S3 (EF3) 0033H SI-T Comm. Cycle Setting Error (CyC)
000AH External Fault 4, input terminal S4 (EF4) 0034H High Current Alarm (HCA)
000BH External Fault 5, input terminal S5 (EF5) 0035H Cooling Fan Maintenance Time (LT-1)
000CH External Fault 6, input terminal S6 (EF6) 0036H Capacitor Maintenance Time (LT-2)
000DH External Fault 7, input terminal S7 (EF7) 0038H SI-S EEPROM Error (EEP)
000EH External Fault 8, input terminal S8 (EF8) 0039H External Fault (input terminal S1) (EF1)
000FH Cooling Fan Error (FAn) 003AH External Fault (input terminal S2) (EF2)
0010H Overspeed (oS) 003BH Safe Disable Input (HbbF)
0011H Excessive Speed Deviation (dEv) 003CH Safe Disable Input (Hbb)
0012H PG Disconnected (PGo) 003FH PLC Alarm (PA1)
0014H MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE) 0040H PLC Alarm (PA2)
0015H Option Communication Error (bUS) 0041H Output Voltage Detection Fault (voF)
0016H Serial Communication Transmission Error (CALL) 0042H IGBT Maintenance Time (90%) (TrPC)
001AH Option Card External Fault (EF0) 0043H Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time (LT-3)
001BH Motor Switch command input during run (rUn) 0044H IGBT Maintenance Time (50%) (LT-4)
001DH Serial Communication Transmission Error (CALL) 0045H Braking Transistor Overload (boL)
001EH Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3) 0047H Input Phase Loss (PF)
001FH Undertorque Detection 2 (UL4) 0071H Undervoltage (Uv)
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 469
C.10 Enter Command
C.10 Enter Command
When writing parameters to the drive from the PLC using MEMOBUS/Modbus communication, parameter H5-11
determines if an Enter command must be issued to enable these parameters or not. This sections the types of Enter
commands and how they work.
u Enter Command Types
The drive supports two types of Enter commands as shown in the table below. An Enter command is enabled by writing
0 to register number 0900H or 0910H. These registers can only be written to. An error will occur if the user attempts to
read from these registers.
Table C.6 Enter Command Types
Register No. Description
Writes data into the EEPROM (non-volatile memory) of the drive and enables the data in RAM at the same time. Parameter changes remain even if the power
0900H
supply is cycled.
0910H Writes data in the RAM only. Parameter changes are lost when the drive is shut off.
Note: Because the EEPROM can be written to a maximum of 100,000 times, refrain from writing to the EEPROM too often. The Enter
command registers are write-only. Consequently, if these registers are read, then the register address will be invalid (Error code:
02H). An Enter command is not required if reference or broadcast data are sent to the drive.
u Enter Command Settings when Upgrading the Drive
When replacing earlier Yaskawa drive models with the T1000A and keeping the MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
settings, parameter H5-11 needs to be set in accordance with how the Enter command was set up in the older drive. H5-
11 determines if an Enter command is needed or not in order to activate parameter changes in the drive.
• If upgrading from a G7 or F7 series drive to an T1000A, set parameter H5-11 to 0.
• If upgrading from a V7 series drive to an T1000A, set parameter H5-11 to 1.
n H5-11 and the Enter Command
H5-11 Settings H5-11 = 0 H5-11 = 1
Drive being replaced G7, F7 V7
How parameter settings are enabled When the Enter command is received from the master. As soon as the value is changed.
Upper/lower limit check is performed, taking the settings of related Checks only the upper/lower limits of the parameters that were
Upper/lower limit check
parameters into account. changed.
Not affected. The settings of related parameters remain unchanged.
Default value of related parameters Default settings of related parameters are changed automatically.
They must be changed manually if needed.
Error handling when setting multiple Data is accepted even if one setting is invalid. The invalid setting will Error occurs if only one setting is invalid. All data that was sent are
parameters be discarded. No error message occurs. discarded.
470 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
C.11 Communication Errors
C.11 Communication Errors
u MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Codes
A list of MEMOBUS/Modbus errors appears below.
When an error occurs, remove whatever caused the error and restart communications.
Error Name
Error Code
Cause
Function Code Error
01H
• Attempted to set a function code from a PLC other than 03H, 08H, and 10H.
Register Number Error
02H • A register number specified in the command message does not exist.
• Attempted to send a broadcast message using other register numbers than 0001H or 0002H.
Bit Count Error
03H • Read data or write data is greater than 16 bits. Invalid command message quantity.
• In a write message, the “Number of Data Items” contained within the message does not equal twice the amount of data words (i.e., the total of Data 1+ Data
2, etc.).
Data Setting Error
21H • Control data or parameter write data is outside the allowable setting range.
• Attempted to write a contradictory parameter setting.
Write Mode Error
22H • During run, the user attempted to write a parameter that cannot be written to during run.
• During an EEPROM memory data error (CPF06), the master attempted to write to a parameter other than A1-00 to A1-05, or o2-04.
• Attempted to write to read-only data.
DC Bus Undervoltage Write Error
23H
• During an undervoltage situation, the master attempted to write to parameters that cannot be written to during undervoltage.
Write Error During Parameter Process
24H
• Master attempted writing to the drive while the drive was processing parameter data.
u Slave Not Responding
In the following situations, the slave drive will ignore the command message sent from the master, and not send a
response message:
• When a communications error (overrun, framing, parity, or CRC-16) is detected in the command message.
• When the slave address in the command message and the slave address in the drive do not match (remember to set the
slave address for the drive using H5-01).
• When the gap between two blocks (8 bit) of a message exceeds 24 bits.
• When the command message data length is invalid.
Note: If the slave address specified in the command message is 00H, all slaves execute the write function, but do not return response
messages to the master.
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 471
C.12 Self-Diagnostics
C.12 Self-Diagnostics
The drive has a built-in self-diagnosing function of the serial communication interface circuits. To perform the self-
diagnosis function, use the following procedure.
DANGER! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply will result in death or
serious injury. Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power
supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock, wait
at least one minute after all indicators are OFF and measure the DC bus voltage level to confirm safe level.
1. Turn on the power to the drive.
2. Note the present terminal S6 function selection setting (H1-06) and set it for the communications test mode (H1-
06 = 67).
3. Turn off the power to the drive.
Figure C.8
E(G) HC H1 H2 DM+ DM- IG R+ R- S+ S- YEG
V+ AC V- A1 A2 A3 FM AM AC MP RP AC
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 SN SC SP
Figure C.8 Terminal Connections for Communication Self-Diagnostics
4. With the power off, wire the drive as shown in the following diagram, connecting terminals R+ and S+, R- and S-
, and S6 and SC.
5. Set jumper S3 to source mode (internal power supply).
6. Turn the power to the drive back on.
7. During normal operation, the drive will display . This indicates that the communications test mode is
operating normally.
When a fault occurs, the drive will display on the keypad display.
8. Turn off the power supply.
9. Remove the wire jumpers from terminal R+, R-, S+, S-, and S6-SC. Set back jumper S3 to its original position.
Set terminal S6 to its original function.
10. Return to normal operation.
472 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
Appendix: D
Standards Compliance
This appendix explains the guidelines and criteria for maintaining CE and UL standards.
D.1 SECTION SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
D.2 EUROPEAN STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
D.3 UL STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
D.4 SAFE DISABLE INPUT FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 473
D.1 Section Safety
D.1 Section Safety
DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall
covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not touch any terminals before the capacitors have fully discharged.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Before wiring terminals, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the
power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive
before touching any components.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Installation, maintenance, inspection, and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with
installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing, and wear eye protection before beginning
work on the drive.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
474 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
D.1 Section Safety
WARNING
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material.
NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded wire for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded twisted-pair
wires and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use the product.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Carefully review instruction manual TOBP C720600 00 when connecting a braking option to the drive.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
Yaskawa is not responsible for modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Check all the wiring to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the drive and connecting other
devices.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
When a fuse blows or if drive power has been interrupted, wait briefly before switching the power back on or
operating the peripheral devices.
Check the wiring and the selection of peripheral devices to identify the cause. Contact your supplier before restarting
the drive or the peripheral devices if the cause cannot be identified.
Compliance
Standards
D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 475
D.2 European Standards
D.2 European Standards
Figure D.1
Figure D.1 CE Mark
The CE mark indicates compliance with European safety and environmental regulations. It is required for engaging in
business and commerce in Europe.
European standards include the Machinery Directive for machine manufacturers, the Low Voltage Directive for
electronics manufacturers, and the EMC guidelines for controlling noise.
This drive displays the CE mark based on the EMC guidelines and the Low Voltage Directive.
• Low Voltage Directive: 2006/95/EC
• EMC Guidelines: 2004/108/EC
Devices used in combination with this drive must also be CE certified and display the CE mark. When using drives
displaying the CE mark in combination with other devices, it is ultimately the responsibility of the user to ensure
compliance with CE standards. After setting up the device, verify that conditions meet European standards.
u CE Low Voltage Directive Compliance
This drive has been tested according to European standard IEC61800-5-1, and it fully complies with the Low Voltage
Directive.
To comply with the Low Voltage Directive, be sure to meet the following conditions when combining this drive with
other devices:
n Area of Use
Do not use drives in areas with pollution higher than severity 2 and overvoltage category 3 in accordance with IEC664.
n Installing Fuses on the Input Side
Always install fuses at the drive input side. Refer to on page 349 for selecting fuses.
n Guarding Against Harmful Materials
When installing IP20 enclosure drives, use an enclosure that prevents foreign material from entering the drive from
above or below.
n Grounding
The drive is designed to be used in T-N (grounded neutral point) networks. If installing the drive in other types of
grounded systems, contact your Yaskawa representative for instructions.
476 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
D.2 European Standards
u EMC Guidelines Compliance
This drive is tested according to European standards EN61800-3: 2004, and complies with the EMC guidelines.
n EMC Filter Installation
The following conditions must be met to ensure continued compliance with guidelines. Refer to EMC Filters on
page 479 for EMC filter selection.
Installation Method
Verify the following installation conditions to ensure that other devices and machinery used in combination with this
drive also comply with EMC guidelines.
1. Install an EMC noise filter to the input side specified by Yaskawa for compliance with European standards.
2. Place the drive and EMC noise filter in the same enclosure.
3. Use braided shield cable for the drive and motor wiring, or run the wiring through a metal conduit.
4. Keep wiring as short as possible. Ground the shield on both the drive side and the motor side.
Figure D.2
A D C
U/T1 U
V/T2 V
M
W/T3 W
E
A – Drive D – Metal conduit
B – 10 m max cable length between drive and motor E – Ground wire should be as short as possible.
C – Motor
Figure D.2 Installation Method
5. Ground the largest possible surface area of the shield to the metal conduit when using braided shield cable.
Yaskawa recommends using a cable clamp.
Figure D.3
C B
A – Braided shield cable C – Cable clamp (conductive)
B – Metal panel
Figure D.3 Ground Area
6. Connect a DC reactor to minimize harmonic distortion. See page 480.
Compliance
Standards
D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 477
D.2 European Standards
Three-Phase 200 V / 400 V Class
Figure D.4
L3 K
L2 YEG
L1
PE
B
C
L3 L2 L1
H F
A
G
A – Ground the cable shield G – Motor
B – Enclosure panel H – Cable clamp
C – Metal plate I – Ground plate (scrape off any visible paint)
D – Grounding surface (remove any paint or sealant) J – EMC noise filter
E – Drive K – Make sure the ground wire is grounded
F – Motor cable (braided shield cable, max. 10 m)
Figure D.4 EMC Filter and Drive Installation for CE Compliance (Three-Phase 200 V / 400 V Class)
478 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
D.2 European Standards
n EMC Filters
The drive should be installed with the EMC filters listed below in order to comply with the EN61800-3 requirements.
Note: If the Safe Disable function of the drive is part of the safety concept of a machine or installation and used for a safe stop
according to EN60204-1, stop category 0, use only filters manufactured by Schaffner as listed below.
Table D.1 EN61800-3 Filters
Filter Data (Manufacturer: Schaffner)
Model Dimensions
CIMR-T Weight
Type Rated Current (A) (kg) [W x H x D] YxX Figure
(mm)
Three-Phase 200 V Class
2A0004
FS5972-10-07 10 1.2 141 × 330 × 46 115 × 313 1
2A0006
2A0010
FS5972-18-07 18 1.3 141 × 330 × 46 115 × 313 1
2A0012
2A0021
FS5972-35-07 35 2.1 206 × 355 × 50 175 × 336 1
2A0030
2A0040
FS5972-60-07 60 4.0 236 × 408 × 65 205 × 390 1
2A0056
2A0069
FS5972-100-35 100 3.4 90 × 330 × 150 65 × 255 2
2A0081
2A0110
FS5972-170-40 170 6.0 120 × 451 × 170 102 × 365 2
2A0138
2A0169
FS5972-250-37 250 11.7 130 × 610 × 240 90 × 498 2
2A0211
2A0250
FS5972-410-99 410 10.5 260 × 386 × 115 235 × 120
2A0312
3
2A0360
FS5972-600-99 600 11 260 × 386 × 135 235 × 120
2A0415
Three-Phase 400 V Class
4A0002
4A0004
FS5972-10-07 10 1.2 141 × 330 × 46 115 × 313 1
4A0005
4A0007
4A0009
FS5972-18-07 18 1.3 141 × 330 × 46 115 × 313 1
4A0011
4A0018
4A0023 FS5972-35-07 35 2.1 206 × 355 × 50 175 × 336 1
4A0031
4A0038
4A0044 FS5972-60-07 60 4 236 × 408 × 65 202 × 390 1
4A0058
4A0072
FS5972-100-35 100 3.4 90 × 330 × 150 65 × 255 2
4A0088
4A0103
4A0139 FS5972-170-35 170 6.0 120 × 451 × 170 102 × 365
2
4A0165
4A0208 FS5972-250-37 250 11.7 130 × 610 × 240 90 × 498
4A0250
4A0296 FS5972-410-99 410 10.5 260 × 386 ×115 235 × 120 3
4A0362
Compliance
Standards
D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 479
D.2 European Standards
Figure D.5
Filter Side (LINE) Filter Side (LINE)
W W
Y Y D
D
. . .
PE
Recommended torque: 26 - 30Nm / PE: 15 - 17Nm
L1 L2 L3
LINE
L1 L2 L3
LINE
ZSN FS5972-250-37
ZSN 3x480/275V 50/60Hz
250A@45°C 25/100/21
LINE
FS 5972 - 60 - 07
3x480/275VAC 50/60Hz
60A@45°C 25/100/21
MADE IN ........
H
X
X
LOAD
ZSN High leakage current,
ZSN first connect to earth!
ZSN 1234567 / 01 / 0840R
LOAD
L1' L2' L3'
LOAD
L1' L2' L3'
Recommended torque: 26 - 30Nm / PE: 15 - 17Nm
PE
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
Drive Side (LOAD)
Figure 1 Drive Side (LOAD) Figure 2
Filter Side (LINE)
D
L3 L2 L1
X
LINE
PE
L3 L2 L1
LINE
3x520/300VAC 50/60Hz 600A@45??C 25/100/21
FS 5972 - 600 - 99
HIGH LEAKAGE CURRENT
first connect to earth!
MADE IN SWITZERLAND
R
H
YYWWR
Zuerst Erdleiter verbinden!
HOHER ABLEITSTROM
LOAD
X
PE
L3' L2' L1'
LOAD
L3' L2' L1'
Y
Drive Side (LOAD)
W
Figure 3
Figure D.5 EMC Filter Dimensions
n DC Reactors for EN 61000-3-2 Compliance
Table D.2 DC Reactors for Harmonics Reduction
Drive Model DC Reactor
CIMR-T Model Rating
200V Three-Phase Units
2A0004 5.4 A
UZDA-B
2A0006 8 mH
400 V Three-Phase Units
4A0002 3.2 A
UZDA-B
4A0004 28 mH
Note: Drive models not listed in the table above do not require a DC reactor for EMC compliance.
480 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
D.3 UL Standards
D.3 UL Standards
u UL Standards Compliance
The UL/cUL mark applies to products in the United States and Canada. It indicates that UL has performed product
testing and evaluation, and determined that their stringent standards for product safety have been met. For a product to
receive UL certification, all components inside that product must also receive UL certification.
Figure D.6
Figure D.6 UL/cUL Mark
This drive is tested in accordance with UL standard UL508C and complies with UL requirements. The conditions
described below must be met to maintain compliance when using this drive in combination with other equipment:
n Installation Area
Do not install the drive to an area greater than pollution degree 2 (UL standard).
n Main Circuit Terminal Wiring
Yaskawa recommends using closed-loop crimp terminals on all drive models. UL/cUL approval requires the use of
closed-loop crimp terminals when wiring the drive main circuit terminals on models CIMR-T 2A0110 to 2A0415 and
4A0058 to 4A0362. Use only the tools recommended by the terminal manufacturer for crimping.
The wire gauges listed in Table D.3 and Table D.4 are Yaskawa recommendations. Refer to local codes for proper wire
gauge selections.
Note: The mark indicates the terminals for protective ground connection. (as defined in IEC60417-5019)
Grounding impedance;
200 V: 100 Ω or less
400 V: 10 Ω or less
Table D.3 Wire Gauge and Torque Specifications (Three-Phase 200 V Class)
Applicable Tightening
Model Recommended Gauge Screw
CIMR-T Terminal mm2
Gauge Torque
mm2 Size Nxm (lb.in.)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 2.5 2.5 to 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2.5 2.5 to 6
2A0004
–, +1, +2 – 2.5 to 6 1.2 to 1.5
2A0006 M4
(10.6 to 13.3)
2A0010 B1, B2 – 2.5 to 6
2.5 2.5 to 6
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 2.5 2.5 to 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2.5 2.5 to 6
–, +1, +2 – 2.5 to 6 1.2 to 1.5
2A0012 M4
(10.6 to 13.3)
B1, B2 – 2.5 to 6
2.5 2.5 to 6
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 4 2.5 to 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2.5 2.5 to 6
–, +1, +2 – 4 to 6 1.2 to 1.5
2A0021 M4
(10.6 to 13.3)
B1, B2 – 2.5 to 6
4 4 to 6
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 6 4 to 16
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 6 4 to 16 1.2 to 1.5
M4
–, +1, +2 – 6 to 16 (10.6 to 13.3)
2A0030
B1, B2 – 4 to 6
2 to 2.5
6 6 to 10 M5
Compliance
(17.7 to 22.1)
Standards
D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 481
D.3 UL Standards
Model Recommended Gauge Applicable Screw Tightening
Terminal Gauge Torque
CIMR-T mm2 Size
mm2 Nxm (lb.in.)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 10 6 to 16
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 10 6 to 16 1.2 to 1.5
M4
–, +1, +2 – 16 (10.6 to 13.3)
2A0040
B1, B2 – 4 to 6
2 to 2.5
10 6 to 10 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 16 16 to 25
4 to 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 16 16 to 25 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
–, +1, +2 – 16 to 25
2A0056 2 to 2.5
B1, B2 – 6 to 10 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
4 to 6
16 10 to 16 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 25 16 to 25
9 to11
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 16 16 to 25 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
–, +1, +2 – 25
2A0069 2 to 2.5
B1, B2 – 10 to 16 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
4 to 6
16 16 to 25 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 35 25 to 35
9 to11
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 25 25 to 35 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
–, +1, +2 – 25 to 35
2A0081 2 to 2.5
B1, B2 – 16 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
4 to 6
16 16 to 25 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 35 25 to 50
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 35 25 to 50
2A0110 –, +1 – 35 to 50 9 to 11
M8
<1> (79.7 to 97.4)
B1, B2 – 16 to 50
16 16 to 25
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 50 35 to 70
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 50 35 to 70 18 to 23
M10
2A0138 –, +1 – 50 to 70 (159 to 204)
<1>
B1, B2 – 25 to 70
9 to 11
25 25 M8
(79.7 to 97.4)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 70 50 to 95
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 70 50 to 95
2A0169 –, +1 – 35 to 95 18 to 23
M10
<1> (159 to 204)
+3 – 50 to 95
35 25 to 35
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 95 70 to 95
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 95 70 to 95
2A0211 –, +1 – 35 to 95 18 to 23
M10
<1> (159 to 204)
+3 – 50 to 95
50 25 to 50
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 95 × 2P 95 to 150
32 to 40
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 95 × 2P 95 to 150 M12
(283 to 354)
–, +1 – 70 to 150
2A0250
<1> 18 to 23
+3 – 35 to 150 M10
(159 to 204)
32 to 40
95 95 to 150 M12
(283 to 354)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 95 × 2P 95 to 150
32 to 40
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 95 × 2P 95 to 150 M12
(283 to 354)
–, +1 – 70 to 150
2A0312
<1> 18 to 23
+3 – 70 to 150 M10
(159 to 204)
32 to 40
95 95 to 150 M12
(283 to 354)
482 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
D.3 UL Standards
Applicable Tightening
Model Recommended Gauge Screw
Terminal Gauge Torque
CIMR-T mm2 Size
mm2 Nxm (lb.in.)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 240 95 to 300
32 to 40
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 240 95 to 300 M12
(283 to 354)
–, +1 – 125 to 300
2A0360
<1> 18 to 23
+3 – 70 to 300 M10
(159 to 204)
32 to 40
120 120 to 240 M12
(283 to 354)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 120 × 2P 95 to 300
32 to 40
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 300 95 to 300 M12
(283 to 354)
–, +1 – 150 to 300
2A0415
<1> 18 to 23
+3 – 70 to 300 M10
(159 to 204)
32 to 40
120 120 to 240 M12
(283 to 354)
<1> Drive models CIMR-T2A0110 and 2A0415 require the use of closed-loop crimp terminals for UL/cUL compliance. Use only the tools
recommended by the terminal manufacturer for crimping.
Note: Use crimp insulated terminals or insulated tubing for wiring these connections. Wires should have a continuous maximum
allowable temperature of 75°C 600 V UL approved vinyl sheathed insulation. Ambient temperature should not exceed 40°C.
Table D.4 Wire Gauge and Torque Specifications (Three-Phase 400 V Class)
Applicable Tightening
Model Recommended Gauge Screw
CIMR-T Terminal mm2
Gauge Torque
mm2 Size Nxm (lb.in.)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 2.5 2.5 to 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2.5 2.5 to 6
4A0002 –, +1, +2 – 2.5 to 6 1.2 to 1.5
M4
4A0004 (10.6 to 13.3)
B1, B2 – 2.5 to 6
2.5 2.5 to 4
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 2.5 2.5 to 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2.5 2.5 to 6
4A0005
–, +1, +2 – 2.5 to 6 1.2 to 1.5
4A0007 M4
(10.6 to 13.3)
4A0009 B1, B2 – 2.5 to 6
2.5 2.5 to 6
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 2.5 2.5 to 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2.5 2.5 to 6
–, +1, +2 – 2.5 to 6 1.2 to 1.5
4A0011 M4
(10.6 to 13.3)
B1, B2 – 2.5 to 6
2.5 2.5 to 6
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 2.5 2.5 to 16
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 2.5 2.5 to 16 1.2 to 1.5
M4
–, +1, +2 – 4 to 16 (10.6 to 13.3)
4A0018
B1, B2 – 4 to 6
2 to 2.5
2.5 2.5 to 6 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 4 2.5 to 16
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 4 2.5 to 16 1.2 to 1.5
M4
–, +1, +2 – 4 to 16 (10.6 to 13.3)
4A0023
B1, B2 – 4 to 6
2 to 2.5
4 4 to 6 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 6 6 to 16
2 to 2.5
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 6 6 to 16
(17.7 to 22.1)
–, +1, +2 – 6 to 16 M5
4A0031 2 to 2.5
B1, B2 – 6 to 10
(17.7 to 22.1)
4 to 6
6 6 to 10 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 10 10 to 16
2 to 2.5
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 6 6 to 16
(17.7 to 22.1)
–, +1, +2 – 6 to 16 M5
4A0038 2 to 2.5
B1, B2 – 6 to 10
(17.7 to 22.1)
Compliance
Standards
4 to 6
10 6 to 16 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 483
D.3 UL Standards
Applicable Tightening
Model Recommended Gauge Screw
CIMR-T Terminal mm2
Gauge Torque
mm2 Size Nxm (lb.in.)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 16 16 to 25
4 to 6
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 16 16 to 25 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
–, +1, +2 – 16 to 25
4A0044 2 to 2.5
B1, B2 – 6 to 10 M5
(17.7 to 22.1)
4 to 6
16 10 to 16 M6
(35.4 to 53.1)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 16 10 to 16
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 16 10 to 16
4A0058 –, +1 – 16 to 35 9 to 11
M8
<1> (79.7 to 97.4)
B1, B2 – 10 to 16
16 10 to 16
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 16 16 to 25
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 25 16 to 25
4A0072 –, +1 – 25 to 35 9 to 11
M8
<1> (79.7 to 97.4)
B1, B2 – 16 to 25
16 16 to 25
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 25 16 to 50
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 25 25 to 50
4A0088 –, +1 – 25 to 50 9 to 11
M8
<1> (79.7 to 97.4)
+3 – 16 to 50
16 16 to 25
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 35 25 to 50
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 35 25 to 50
4A0103 –, +1 – 25 to 50 9 to 11
M8
<1> (79.7 to 97.4)
+3 – 25 to 50
16 16 to 25
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 50 35 to 95
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 50 35 to 95
4A0139 –, +1 – 50 to 95 18 to 23
M10
<1> (159 to 204)
+3 – 25 to 95
25 25
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 70 50 to 95
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 70 70 to 95
4A0165 –,+1 – 35 to 95 18 to 23
M10
<1> (159 to 204)
+3 – 50 to 95
35 25 to 35
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 95 35 to 95
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 95 35 to 95
4A0208 –, +1 – 35 to 150 18 to 23
M10
<1> (159 to 204)
+3 – 25 to 70
50 50 to 150
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 120 95 to 300
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 120 95 to 300
4A0250 –, +1 – 70 to 300 18 to 23
M10
<1> (159 to 204)
+3 – 35 to 300
70 70 to 240
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 185 95 to 300
32 to 40
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 185 95 to 300 M12
(283 to 354)
–, +1 – 70 to 300
4A0296
<1> 18 to 23
+3 – 35 to 300 M10
(159 to 204)
32 to 40
95 95 to 240 M12
(283 to 354)
R/L1, S/L2, T/L3 240 95 to 300
32 to 40
U/T1, V/T2, W/T3 240 95 to 300 M12
(283 to 354)
–, +1 – 95 to 300
4A0362
<1> 18 to 23
+3 – 70 to 300 M10
(159 to 204)
32 to 40
120 120 to 240 M12
(283 to 354)
<1> Drive models CIMR-T4A0058 to 4A0362 require the use of closed-loop crimp terminals for UL/cUL compliance. Use only the tools
recommended by the terminal manufacturer for crimping.
Note: Use crimp insulated terminals or insulated tubing for wiring these connections. Wires should have a continuous maximum
allowable temperature of 75°C 600 V UL approved vinyl sheathed insulation. Ambient temperature should not exceed 40°C.
484 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
D.3 UL Standards
Closed-Loop Crimp Terminal Recommendations
Yaskawa recommends using closed-loop crimp terminals on all drive models. UL approval requires the use of crimp
terminals when wiring the drive main circuit terminals on models CIMR-T 2A0110 to 2A0415 and 4A0058 to 4A0362.
Use only crimping tools as specified by the crimp terminal manufacturer. Yaskawa recommends crimp terminals made by
JST and Tokyo DIP (or equivalent) for the insulation cap.
Table D.5 matches the wire gauges and terminal screw sizes with Yaskawa - recommended crimp terminals, tools, and
insulation caps. Refer to the appropriate Wire Gauge and Torque Specifications table for the wire gauge and screw size
for your drive model. Place orders with a Yaskawa representatives the Yaskawa sales department.
Table D.5 Closed-Loop Crimp Terminal Size
Crimp Terminal Tool Insulation Cap
Wire Gauge Terminal Screws Code <1>
Model Number Machine No. Die Jaw Model No.
2 mm2
M4 R2-4 YA-4 AD-900 TP-003 100-054-028
14 AWG
3.5 / 5.5 mm2 M4 R5.5-4 YA-4 AD-900 TP-005 100-054-029
12 / 10 AWG M5 R5.5-5 YA-4 AD-900 TP-005 100-054-030
8 mm2 M4 8-4 YA-4 AD-901 TP-008 100-054-031
8 AWG M5 R8-5 YA-4 AD-901 TP-008 100-054-032
M4 14-NK4 YA-4 AD-902 TP-014 100-054-033
14 mm2 M5 R14-5 YA-4 AD-902 TP-014 100-054-034
6 AWG M6 R14-6 YA-5 AD-952 TP-014 100-051-261
M8 R14-8 YA-5 AD-952 TP-014 100-054-035
22 mm2 M6 R22-6 YA-5 AD-953 TP-022 100-051-262
4 AWG M8 R22-8 YA-5 AD-953 TP-022 100-051-263
30 / 38 mm2
M8 R38-8 YA-5 AD-954 TP-038 100-051-264
3 / 2 AWG
50 / 60mm2 M8 R60-8 YA-5 AD-955 TP-060 100-051-265
1 AWG
1/0 AWG M10 R60-10 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-321, TD-311 TP-060 100-051-266
1/0 AWG × 2P
1 AWG × 2P
2 AWG × 2P M10 38-L10 YF-1, YET-150-1 TD-224, TD-212 TP-038 100-051-556
80 mm2
2/0 / 3/0 AWG M10 80-10 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-323, TD-312 TP-080 100-051-267
2/0 AWG × 2P
3/0 AWG × 2P M10 80-L10 YF-1, YET-150-1 TD-227, TD-214 TP-080 100-051-557
3/0 AWG × 4P M12 80-L12 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-323, TD-312 TP-080 100-051-558
100 mm2 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-324, TD-312
M10 R100-10 TP-100 100-051-269
4/0 AWG YF-1, YET-150-1 TD-228, TD-214
4/0 AWG × 2P M10 100-L10 YF-1, YET-150-1 TD-228, TD-214 TP-100 100-051-559
4/0 AWG × 4P M12 100-L12 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-324, TD-312 TP-100 100-051-560
150 mm2 M10 R150-10 YF-1. YET-150-1 TD-229, TD-215 TP-150 100-051-272
250 / 300 kcmil M12 R150-12 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-325, TD-313 TP-150 100-051-273
250 kcmil × 2P M10 150-L10 YF-1, YET-150-1 TD-229, TD-215 TP-150 100-051-561
250 kcmil × 4P
300 kcmil × 2P M12 150-L12 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-325, TD-313 TP-150 100-051-562
300 kcmil × 4P
200 mm2 M10 200-10 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-327, TD-314 TP-200 100-051-563
350 kcmil
400 kcmil M12 R200-12 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-327, TD-314 TP-200 100-051-275
350 kcmil × 2P
M12 200-L12 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-327, TD-314 TP-200 100-051-564
400 kcmil × 2P
325 mm2 M10 325-10 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-328, TD-315 TP-325 100-051-565
500 kcmil
600 / 650 kcmil
500 kcmil × 2P M12 325-12 YF-1, YET-300-1 TD-328, TD-315 TP-325 100-051-277
600 kcmil × 2P
<1> Codes refer to a set of three crimp terminals and three insulation caps. Prepare input and output wiring using two sets for each connection.
Example 1: Models with 300 kcmil for both input and output require one set for input terminals and one set for output terminals, so the user
should order two sets of [100-051-272].
Example 2: Models with 4/0 AWG × 2P for both input and output require two sets for input terminals and two sets for output terminals, so the
user should order four sets of [100-051-560].
Compliance
Standards
D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 485
D.3 UL Standards
Input Fuse Installation
The installation manual specifies that branch circuit protection should be provided by fuses listed in Table D.6.
Table D.6 Recommended Input Fuse Selection
Fuse Type
Model
Manufacturer: Bussmann
CIMR-T
Model Fuse Ampere Rating (A)
Three-Phase 200 V Class
2A0004 FWH-70B 70
2A0006 FWH-70B 70
2A0010 FWH-70B 70
2A0012 FWH-70B 70
2A0021 FWH-90B 90
2A0030 FWH-100B 100
2A0040 FWH-200B 200
2A0056 FWH-200B 200
2A0069 FWH-200B 200
2A0081 FWH-300A 300
2A0110 FWH-300A 300
2A0138 FWH-350A 350
2A0169 FWH-400A 400
2A0211 FWH-400A 400
2A0250 FWH-600A 600
2A0312 FWH-700A 700
2A0360 FWH-800A 800
2A0415 FWH-1000A 1000
Three-Phase 400 V Class
4A0002 FWH-40B 40
4A0004 FWH-50B 50
4A0005 FWH-70B 70
4A0007 FWH-70B 70
4A0009 FWH-90B 90
4A0011 FWH-90B 90
4A0018 FWH-80B 80
4A0023 FWH-100B 100
4A0031 FWH-125B 125
4A0038 FWH-200B 200
4A0044 FWH-250A 250
4A0058 FWH-250A 250
4A0072 FWH-250A 250
4A0088 FWH-250A 250
4A0103 FWH-250A 250
4A0139 FWH-350A 350
4A0165 FWH-400A 400
4A0208 FWH-500A 500
4A0250 FWH-600A 600
4A0296 FWH-700A 700
4A0362 FWH-800A 800
486 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
D.3 UL Standards
n Low Voltage Wiring for Control Circuit Terminals
Wire low voltage wires with NEC Class 1 circuit conductors. Refer to national state or local codes for wiring. Use a class
2 power supply for the control circuit terminal when not using the internal control power supply of the drive. Refer to
NEC Article 725 Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 Remote-Control, Signaling, and Power Limited Circuits for requirements
concerning class 1 circuit conductors and class 2 power supplies.
Table D.7 Control Circuit Terminal Power Supply
Input / Output Terminal Signal Power Supply Specifications
Open Collector Outputs DM+, DM- Requires class 2 power supply.
Digital inputs S1-S8, SN, SC, SP, HC, H1, H2 Use the internal LVLC power supply of the drive. Use class 2 for external power supply.
Analog inputs / outputs +V, -V, A1, A2, A3, AC, AM, FM Use the internal LVLC power supply of the drive. Use class 2 for external power supply.
n Drive Short-Circuit Rating
This drive is suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes, 600 V
ac maximum (Up to 240 V in 200 V class drives, up to 480 V for 400 V class drives), when protected by Bussmann Type
FWH fuses as specified in Table D.6.
u Drive Motor Overload Protection
Set parameter E2-01 (motor rated current) to the appropriate value to enable motor overload protection. The internal
motor overload protection is UL listed and in accordance with the NEC and CEC.
n E2-01 Motor Rated Current
Setting Range: Model Dependent
Default Setting: Model Dependent
Parameter E2-01 (motor rated current) protects the motor if parameter L1-01 is not set to 0 (default is 1, enabling
protection for standard induction motors).
If Auto-Tuning has been performed successfully, the motor data entered to T1-04 is automatically written into parameter
E2-01. If Auto-Tuning has not been performed, manually enter the correct motor rated current to parameter E2-01.
n L1-01 Motor Overload Protection Selection
The drive has an electronic overload protection function (oL1) based on time, output current, and output frequency,
which protects the motor from overheating. The electronic thermal overload function is UL-recognized, so it does not
require an external thermal relay for single motor operation.
This parameter selects the motor overload curve used according to the type of motor applied.
Table D.8 Overload Protection Settings
Setting Description
0 Disabled Disabled the drive’s internal motor overload protection.
Selects protection characteristics for a standard self cooled motor with limited cooling capabilities when running below
1 Standard fan cooled motor (default) the rated speed. The motor overload detection level (oL1) is automatically reduces when running below the motor rated
speed.
Selects protection characteristics for a motor with self-cooling capability within a speed range of 10:1. The motor
2 Drive duty motor with a speed range of 1:10
overload detection level (oL1) is automatically reduced when running below 1/10 of the motor rated speed.
Selects protection characteristics for a motor capable of cooling itself at any speed — including zero speed (externally
3 Vector motor with a speed range of 1:100
cooled motor). The motor overload detection level (oL1) is constant over the entire speed range.
Selects protection characteristics for a variable torque PM motor. The motor overload detection level (oL1) is
4 Permanent Magnet motor with variable torque
automatically reduces when running below the motor rated speed.
Selects protection characteristics for a constant torque PM motor. The motor overload detection level (oL1) is constant
5 Permanent Magnet motor with constant torque
over the whole speed range.
Selects protection characteristics for a standard self cooled motor with limited cooling capabilities when running below
6 Standard fan cooled motor (50 Hz) the rated speed. The motor overload detection level (oL1) is automatically reduces when running below the motor rated
speed.
When connecting the drive to more than one motor for simultaneous operation, disable the electronic overload protection
(L1-01 = 0) and wire each motor with its own motor thermal overload relay.
Compliance
Standards
D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 487
D.3 UL Standards
Enable the motor overload protection (L1-01 = 1 to 6) when connecting the drive to a single motor, unless another motor
overload preventing device is installed. The drive electronic thermal overload function causes an oL1 fault, which shuts
off the output of the drive and prevents additional overheating of the motor. The motor temperature is continually
calculated as long as the drive is powered up.
n L1-02 Motor Overload Protection Time
Setting Range: 0.1 to 5.0 min
Factory Default: 1.0 min
Parameter L1-02 determines how long the motor is allowed to operate before the oL1 fault occurs when the drive is
running at 50 Hz and at 150% of the full load amp rating (E2-01) of the motor. Adjusting the value of L1-02 can shift the
set of oL1 curves up the y axis of the diagram below, but will not change the shape of the curves.
Figure D.7
Time (min)
10
7
3
Cold Start
1
0.4
Hot Start
0.1 Motor Current (%)
0 100 150 200 (E2-01=100 %)
Figure D.7 Motor Overload Protection Time
488 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
D.3 UL Standards
u Precautionary Notes on External Heatsink (IP00 Enclosure)
When using an external heatsink, UL compliance requires that exposed capacitors in the main circuit are covered to
prevent injury to surrounding personnel.
The portion of the external heatsink that projects out can either be protected with the enclosure, or with the appropriate
capacitor cover after drive installation is complete. Use the table below to match drive models and capacitor cover.
Capacitor covers can be ordered from a Yaskawa representative or directly from the Yaskawa sales department. The table
below lists available capacitor covers.
Table D.9 Capacitor Cover
Drive Model
CIMR-T Code Number Model
2A0110 100-061-273 ECAT31875-11
2A0138 100-061-274 ECAT31876-11
2A0169
100-061-275 ECAT31877-11
2A0211
2A0250
100-061-277 ECAT31726-11
2A0312
2A0360
100-061-278 ECAT31698-11
2A0415
4A0058 100-061-273 ECAT31875-11
4A0072 100-061-274 ECAT31876-11
4A0088
100-061-276 ECAT31878-11
4A0103
4A0139
100-061-275 ECAT31877-11
4A0165
4A0208 100-061-277 ECAT31726-11
4A0250
4A0296 100-061-278 ECAT31698-11
4A0362
Figure D.8
Drive (outside panel)
Opening to capacitors
Drive (inside panel)
Capacitor cover Installation screw
Figure D.8 Capacitor Cover
Compliance
Standards
D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 489
D.4 Safe Disable Input Function
D.4 Safe Disable Input Function
u Specifications
Inputs / Outputs Two Safe Disable inputs and one EDM output according to ISO13849-1 Cat. 3 PLd, IEC61508 SIL2.
Operation Time Time from input open to drive output stop is less than 1 ms.
Demand Rate Low PFD = 5.15E-5
Failure Probability Demand Rate High/
PFH = 1.2E-9
Continuous
The Safe Disable Inputs satisfy all requirements of Performance Level (PL) d according to ISO13849-1. (Note: DC
Performance Level
from EDM considered.)
u Precautions
DANGER! Improper use of the Safe Disable function can result in serious injury or even death.
Make sure the whole system or machinery that the Safe Disable function is used in complies with safety requirements. When
implementing the Safe Disable function into the safety system of a machine, a thorough risk assessment for the whole system has to
be carried out to assure it complies with relevant safety norms (e.g., EN954/ISO13849, IEC61508, EN/IEC62061,...).
DANGER! When using a PM motor, even if the drive output is shut off by the Safe Disable function, a break down of two output
transistors can cause current to flow through the motor winding, resulting in a rotor movement for a maximum angle of 180 degree
(electrically). Make sure such a situation would have no effect on the safety of the application when using the Safe Disable function.
This is not a concern with induction motors.
DANGER! The Safe Disable function can switch off the drive output, but does not cut the drive power supply and cannot electrically
isolate the drive output from the input. Always shut off the drive power supply when performing maintenance or installations on the
drive input side as well as the drive output side.
DANGER! When using the Safe Disable inputs, make sure to remove the wire links between terminals H1, H2, and HC that were
installed prior to shipment. Failing to do so will keep the Safe Disable circuit from operating properly and can cause injury or even
death.
DANGER! All safety features (including Safe Disable) should be inspected daily and periodically. If the system is not operating
normally, there is a risk of serious personal injury.
DANGER! Only a qualified technician with a thorough understanding of the drive, the instruction manual, and safety standards should
be permitted to wire, inspect, and maintain the Safe Disable input.
NOTICE: From the moment terminal inputs H1 and H2 have opened, it takes up to 1 ms for drive output to shut off completely. The
sequence set up to trigger terminals H1 and H2 should make sure that both terminals remain open for at least 1 ms in order to properly
interrupt drive output.
NOTICE: The Safe Disable Monitor (output terminals DM+ and DM-) should not be used for any other purpose than to monitor the
Safe Disable status or to discover a malfunction in the Safe Disable inputs. The monitor output is not considered a safe output.
NOTICE: When utilizing the Safe Disable function, use only the EMC filters recommended in EMC Filter Installation on page 477.
u Using the Safe Disable Function
The Safe Disable inputs provide a stop function in compliance with “Safe Torque Off” as defined in the IEC61800-5-2.
Safe Disable inputs have been designed to meet the requirements of the ISO13849-1, Category 3 PLd, and IEC61508,
SIL2.
A Safe Disable Status Monitor for error detection in the safety circuit is also provided.
n Safe Disable Circuit
The Safe Disable circuit consists of two independent input channels that can block the output transistors. In addition, it
provides a monitoring channel that indicates the status of those two input channels.
The input can either use the drive internal power supply or an external power supply. Both modes, Sink mode and Source
mode are supported. The mode that is selected for the digital input terminals S1 to S8 by switch S3 will also be used for
the Safe Disable inputs. Refer to Sinking/Sourcing Mode Selection for Safe Disable Inputs on page 65.
The Safe Disable Monitor uses a single channel photocoupler output. Refer to Output Terminals on page 61 for signal
specifications when using this output.
490 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
D.4 Safe Disable Input Function
Figure D.9
Main Power
24 Vdc Control
Safety Relay or PLC HC Circuit
with safety functionality
Safety Jumper S3
Outputs Setting:
Feedback
SINK
H1 Gate Block 1
N Power Module P
H2 Gate Block 2
DM+
>=1
DM-
Drive
YEC_common
M
Figure D.9 Safe Disable Function Wiring Example (SINK Mode)
n Disabling and Enabling the Drive Output (“Safe Torque Off”)
Figure D.10 illustrates the Safe Disable input operation.
Figure D.10
Motor coasts
Output to stop
Frequency Run Command must be
released to deactivate
Safe Disable Drive is ready for
operation
Run Command Run Stop
H1, H2 Input ON (Safe Disable off) OFF (Safe Disable activated)
Drive Output Normal operation Safe Torque-Off Baseblock (Not Safe!)
Figure D.10 Safe Disable Operation
Entering the “Safe Torque Off” State
Whenever either one Safe Disable input or both inputs open, the motor torque is shut off by switching off the drive
output. If the motor was running before the Safe Disable inputs opened, then the motor will coast to stop, regardless of
the stopping method set in parameter b1-03.
Notice that the “Safe Torque Off” state can only be achieved using the Safe Disable function. Removing the Run
command stops the drive and shuts the output off (baseblock), but does not create a “Safe Torque Off” status.
Note: To avoid an uncontrolled stop during normal operation, make sure that the Safe Disable inputs are opened first when the motor
has completely stopped.
Returning to Normal Operation after Safe Disable
The Safe Disable function can only be deactivated when a Run command is not active.
When Safe Disable was activated during stop, normal operation can be resumed by simply turning on both Safe Disable
inputs (i.e., by deactivating “Safe Torque Off”).
When Safe Disable was activated during run, first the Run command has to be removed and then the Safe Disable inputs
have to be turned on before the drive can be restarted.
Compliance
Standards
D
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 491
D.4 Safe Disable Input Function
n Safe Disable Monitor Output Function and Digital Operator Display
Table D.10 explains the drive output and Safe Disable monitor state depending on the Safe Disable inputs.
Table D.10 Safety Input and EDM Terminal Status
Safe Disable Input Status Safe Disable Status Monitor,
Drive Output Status Digital Operator Display
Input 1, H1-HC Input 2, H2-HC DM+ - DM-
OFF OFF OFF Safely disabled, “Safe Torque Off” Hbb (flashes)
ON OFF ON Output Disabled (Baseblock) HbbF (flashes)
OFF ON ON Output Disabled (Baseblock) HbbF (flashes)
ON ON ON Ready for Operation Normal display
Safe Disable Status Monitor
With the Safe Disable monitor output (terminals DM+ and DM-), the drive provides a safety status feedback signal. This
signal should be read by the device that controls the Safe Disable inputs (PLC or a safety relay) in order to prohibit
leaving the “Safe Torque Off” status in case the safety circuit malfunctions. Refer to the instruction manual of the safety
device for details on this function.
Digital Operator Display
When both Safe Disable inputs are open, “Hbb” will flash in the digital operator display.
Should only one of the Safe Disable channels be on while the other is off, “HbbF” will flash in the display to indicate that
there is a problem in the safety circuit or in the drive. This display should not appear under normal conditions if the Safe
Disable circuit is utilized properly. Refer to Alarm Codes, Causes, and Possible Solutions on page 289 to resolve
possible errors.
492 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
Appendix: E
Quick Reference Sheet
This section provides tables to keep record of the drive specification, motor specification and
drive settings. Fill in the data after commissioning the application and have them ready when
contacting Yaskawa for technical assistance.
E.1 DRIVE AND MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
E.2 BASIC PARAMETER SETTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
E.3 USER SETTING TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 493
E.1 Drive and Motor Specifications
E.1 Drive and Motor Specifications
u Drive Specifications
Normal Duty Amps / Heavy Duty Amps
AC drive model MODEL : CIMR-TC2A0021BMA
MAX APPLI. MOTOR : 5.5kW / 3.7kW REV : A
Input specifications INPUT : AC3PH 200-240V 50/60Hz 24A/18.9A
IND.CONT.EQ.
Output specifications OUTPUT : AC3PH 0-240V 0-400Hz 21A/17.5A 7J48 B
MASS : 3.5 kg PRG : 600X Software version
Lot number O/N :
Serial number S/N :
FILE NO : E131457 IP20
PASS YEG
YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION MADE IN JAPAN
Enclosure type
Items Value
Model CIMR-T
Serial Number
Software Version (PRG)
Options used (Option cards, braking transistor,
etc.)
u Motor Specifications
n Induction Motor
Items Value Items Value
Manufacturer Motor Rated Current A
Model Motor Base Frequency Hz
Motor Rated Power kW Number of Motor Poles
Motor Rated Voltage V Motor Rated Speed (T1-07) r/min
n Permanent Magnet Motor
Items Value Items Value
Manufacturer Induction Voltage Constant mVs/rad
Model Induction Voltage Constant mV/(r/min)
PM Motor Rated Power kW PM Motor Rated Current A
PM Motor Rated Voltage V PM Motor Base Frequency Hz
d-Axis Inductance mH Number of PM Motor Poles
q-Axis Inductance mH PM Motor Base Speed r/min
n Motor Speed Encoder (if used)
Items Value Items Value
Manufacturer Resolution
Interface
494 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
E.2 Basic Parameter Settings
E.2 Basic Parameter Settings
Use these tables to keep record of the most important parameters. Have these data available when contacting the
technical support.
u Basic Setup
Item Setting Value Memo Item Setting Value Memo
Control Mode A1-02 = Frequency Reference Source b1-01 =
Normal/Heavy Duty Selection C6-01 = Run Command Source b1-02 =
u V/f Pattern Setup
Item Setting Value Memo Item Setting Value Memo
V/f Pattern Selection E1-03 = Middle Output Frequency E1-07 =
Max. Output Frequency E1-04 = Mid. Output Freq. Voltage E1-08 =
Maximum Voltage E1-05 = Min. Output Frequency E1-09 =
Base Frequency E1-06 = Min. Output Freq. Voltage E1-10 =
u Motor Setup
Item Setting Value Memo Item Setting Value Memo
Motor Rated Current E2-01 = Number of Motor Poles E2-04 =
Induction
Motor Rated Slip E2-02 = Line-to-Line Resistance E2-05 =
Motor
Motor No-Load Current E2-03 = Motor Leakage Inductance E2-06 =
Motor Code Selection E5-01 = Motor d-Axis Inductance E5-06 =
Motor Rated Power E5-02 = Motor q-Axis Inductance E5-07 =
PM Motor Motor Rated Current E5-03 = Induction Volt. Const.1 E5-09 =
Number of Motor Poles E5-04 = Encoder Z-pulse Offset E5-11 =
Motor Stator Resistance E5-05 = Induction Volt. Const. 2 E5-24 =
u Multi-Function Digital Inputs
Input Setting Value and Function Input Setting Value and Function
Terminal Used Name Memo Terminal Used Name Memo
S1 H1-01 = S5 H1-05 =
S2 H1-02 = S6 H1-06 =
S3 H1-03 = S7 H1-07 =
S4 H1-04 = S8 H1-08 =
u Pulse Train Input/Analog Inputs
Terminal Input Used Setting Value and Function Name Memo
RP H6-01 =
A1 H3-02 =
A2 H3-10 =
A3 H3-06 =
u Multi-Function Digital Outputs
Terminal Output Used Setting Value and Function Name Memo
M1-M2 H2-01 =
M3-M4 H2-02 =
M5-M6 H2-03 =
u Monitor Outputs
Terminal Output Used Setting Value and Function Name Memo
FM H4-01 =
Quick Reference
AM H4-04 =
MP H6-06 =
Sheet
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 495 E
E.3 User Setting Table
E.3 User Setting Table
Use the Verify Menu to see which parameters have been changed from their original default settings.
• The diamond below the parameter number indicates that the parameter setting can be changed during run.
• Parameter names in boldface type are included in the Setup Group of parameters.
User User
No. Name Setting No. Name Setting
A1-00 b4-02
Language Selection Timer Function Off-Delay Time
A1-01 b5-01 PID Function Setting
Access Level Selection
b5-02
Proportional Gain Setting (P)
A1-02 Control Method Selection
A1-03 Initialize Parameters b5-03
Integral Time Setting (I)
A1-04 Password
A1-05 Password Setting b5-04
Integral Limit Setting
A2-01 to
User Parameters, 1 to 32 b5-05
A2-32 Derivative Time (D)
A2-33 User Parameter Automatic Selection
b5-06
b1-01 Frequency Reference Source 1 PID Output Limit
b1-02 Run Command Source 1 b5-07
PID Offset Adjustment
b1-03 Stopping Method Selection
b1-04 Reverse Operation Selection b5-08
PID Primary Delay Time Constant
b1-05 Action Selection below Minimum Output Frequency
b5-09 PID Output Level Selection
b1-06 Digital Input Reading
b5-10
b1-07 LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection PID Output Gain Setting
b1-08 Run Command Selection while in Programming Mode
b5-11 PID Output Reverse Selection
b1-14 Phase Order Selection
b5-12 PID Feedback Loss Detection Selection
b1-15 Frequency Reference Source 2
b5-13
PID Feedback Low Detection Level
b1-16 Run Command Source 2
b1-17 Run Command at Power Up b5-14
PID Feedback Low Detection Time
b2-01
DC Injection Braking Start Frequency
b5-15
PID Sleep Function Start Level
b2-02
DC Injection Braking Current
b5-16
PID Sleep Delay Time
b2-03
DC Injection Braking Time at Start
b5-17
PID Accel/Decel Time
b2-04
DC Injection Braking Time at Stop
b5-18 PID Setpoint Selection
b2-08 Magnetic Flux Compensation Value b5-19
PID Setpoint Value
b2-10 DC Injection Braking Current 2
b2-12 Short Circuit Brake Time at Start b5-20 PID Setpoint Scaling
b2-13 Short Circuit Brake Time at Stop b5-34
PID Output Lower Limit
b2-18 Short Circuit Braking Current
b5-35
b3-01 Speed Search Selection at Start PID Input Limit
b3-02 b5-36
Speed Search Deactivation Current
PID Feedback High Detection Level
b3-03 b5-37
Speed Search Deceleration Time
PID Feedback High Detection Time
b3-04 b5-38 PID Setpoint User Display
V/f Gain during Speed Search
b5-39 PID Setpoint Display Digits
b3-05
Speed Search Delay Time b5-40 Frequency Reference Monitor Content during PID
b3-06 b5-47 Reverse Operation Selection 2 by PID Output
Output Current 1 during Speed Search
b6-01 Dwell Reference at Start
b3-10 b6-02 Dwell Time at Start
Speed Search Detection Compensation Gain
b6-03 Dwell Frequency at Stop
b3-14 Bi-Directional Speed Search Selection
b6-04 Dwell Time at Stop
b3-17
Speed Search Restart Current Level b8-01 Energy Saving Control Selection
b8-02
b3-18 Energy Saving Gain
Speed Search Restart Detection Time
b8-03
b3-19 Number of Speed Search Restarts Energy Saving Control Filter Time Constant
b3-24 Speed Search Method Selection
b8-04 Energy Saving Coefficient Value
b3-25
Speed Search Wait Time b8-05 Power Detection Filter Time
b8-06 Search Operation Voltage Limit
b3-27 Start Speed Search Select
b8-16 Energy Saving Parameter (Ki) for PM Motors
b4-01
Timer Function On-Delay Time
b8-17 Energy Saving Parameter (Kt) for PM Motors
496 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
E.3 User Setting Table
User User
No. Name Setting No. Name Setting
b9-01 Zero Servo Gain C5-22
Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 1
b9-02 Zero Servo Completion Width
C1-01 C5-23
Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 2
Acceleration Time 1
C1-02 C5-24
Motor 2 ASR Integral Time 2
Deceleration Time 1
C1-03 C5-25 Motor 2 ASR Limit
Acceleration Time 2
C5-26 Motor 2 ASR Primary Delay Time Constant
C1-04 C5-27 Motor 2 ASR Gain Switching Frequency
Deceleration Time 2
C5-28 Motor 2 ASR Integral Limit
C1-05 C5-32 Integral Operation during Accel/Decel for Motor 2
Acceleration Time 3 (Motor 2 Accel Time 1)
C5-37 Motor 2 Inertia
C1-06
Deceleration Time 3 (Motor 2 Decel Time 1) C5-38 Motor 2 Load Inertia Ratio
C1-07 C6-01 Duty Mode Selection
Acceleration Time 4 (Motor 2 Accel Time 2)
C6-02 Carrier Frequency Selection
C1-08 C6-03 Carrier Frequency Upper Limit
Deceleration Time 4 (Motor 2 Decel Time 2)
C6-04 Carrier Frequency Lower Limit
C1-09 Fast-Stop Time
C6-05 Carrier Frequency Proportional Gain
C1-10 Accel/Decel Time Setting Units
C6-06 PWM Method
C1-11 Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency
C6-09 Carrier Frequency during Rotational Auto-Tuning
C2-01
S-Curve Characteristic at Accel Start d1-01
Frequency Reference 1
C2-02
S-Curve Characteristic at Accel End d1-02
Frequency Reference 2
C2-03
S-Curve Characteristic at Decel Start d1-03
Frequency Reference 3
C2-04
S-Curve Characteristic at Decel End d1-04
Frequency Reference 4
C3-01
Slip Compensation Gain d1-05
Frequency Reference 5
C3-02
Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time d1-06
Frequency Reference 6
C3-03 Slip Compensation Limit
d1-07
Frequency Reference 7
C3-04 Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration
C3-05 Output Voltage Limit Operation Selection d1-08
Frequency Reference 8
C3-21
Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain
d1-17
Jog Frequency Reference
C3-22
Motor 2 Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time
d2-01 Frequency Reference Upper Limit
C3-23 Motor 2 Slip Compensation Limit d2-02
Frequency Reference Lower Limit
C3-24 Motor 2 Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration
C4-01 d2-03
Torque Compensation Gain Master Speed Reference Lower Limit
C4-02 d2-04
Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time Frequency Reference 2 Upper Limit
C4-03 Torque Compensation at Forward Start d2-05
Frequency Reference 2 Lower Limit
C4-04 Torque Compensation at Reverse Start
d5-01 Torque Control Selection
C4-05 Torque Compensation Time Constant
d5-02 Torque Reference Delay Time
C4-06 Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 2
d5-03 Speed Limit Selection
C4-07
Motor 2 Torque Compensation Gain d5-04 Speed Limit
C5-01 d5-05 Speed Limit Bias
ASR Proportional Gain 1
d5-06 Speed/Torque Control Switchover Time
C5-02 d5-08 Unidirectional Speed Limit Bias
ASR Integral Time 1
d6-01 Field Weakening Level
C5-03
ASR Proportional Gain 2 d6-02 Field Weakening Frequency Limit
d6-03 Field Forcing Selection
C5-04
ASR Integral Time 2
d6-06 Field Forcing Limit
C5-05 ASR Limit d7-01
Offset Frequency 1
C5-06 ASR Primary Delay Time Constant
d7-02
C5-07 ASR Gain Switching Frequency Offset Frequency 2
C5-08 ASR Integral Limit
d7-03
Offset Frequency 3
C5-11
Regenerative ASR Limit
E1-01 Input Voltage Setting
C5-12 Integral Operation during Accel/Decel
E1-03 V/f Pattern Selection
C5-17 Motor Inertia
E1-04 Maximum Output Frequency
Quick Reference
C5-18 Load Inertia Ratio
E1-05 Maximum Voltage
C5-21
Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain 1 E1-06 Base Frequency
E1-07 Middle Output Frequency
Sheet
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 497 E
E.3 User Setting Table
No. Name User No. Name User
Setting Setting
E1-08 Middle Output Frequency Voltage F1-32 PG 2 Rotation Selection
E1-09 Minimum Output Frequency F1-33 PG 2 Gear Teeth 1
E1-10 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage F1-34 PG 2 Gear Teeth 2
E1-11 Middle Output Frequency 2 F1-35 PG 2 Division Rate for PG Pulse Monitor
E1-12 Middle Output Frequency Voltage 2 F1-36 PG Option Card Disconnect Detection 2
E1-13 Base Voltage F1-37 PG2 Signal Selection
E2-01 Motor Rated Current F2-01 Analog Input Option Card Operation Selection
E2-02 Motor Rated Slip F2-02
Analog Input Option Card Gain
E2-03 Motor No-Load Current
E2-04 Number of Motor Poles F2-03
Analog Input Option Card Bias
E2-05 Motor Line-to-Line Resistance
F3-01 Digital Input Option Card Input Selection
E2-06 Motor Leakage Inductance
F3-03 Digital Input Option DI-A3 Data Length Selection
E2-07 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1
F4-01 Terminal V1 Monitor Selection
E2-08 Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2
F4-02
E2-09 Motor Mechanical Loss Terminal V1 Monitor Gain
E2-10 Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation F4-03 Terminal V2 Monitor Selection
E2-11 Motor Rated Output F4-04
Terminal V2 Monitor Gain
E3-01 Motor 2 Control Mode Selection
E3-04 Motor 2 Maximum Output Frequency F4-05
Terminal V1 Monitor Bias
E3-05 Motor 2 Maximum Voltage
F4-06
E3-06 Motor 2 Base Frequency Terminal V2 Monitor Bias
E3-07 Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency
F4-07 Terminal V1 Signal Level
E3-08 Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Voltage
F4-08 Terminal V2 Signal Level
E3-09 Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency
F5-01 Terminal P1-PC Output Selection
E3-10 Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage
F5-02 Terminal P2-PC Output Selection
E3-11 Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency 2
F5-03 Terminal P3-PC Output Selection
E3-12 Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Voltage 2
F5-04 Terminal P4-PC Output Selection
E3-13 Motor 2 Base Voltage
F5-05 Terminal P5-PC Output Selection
E4-01 Motor 2 Rated Current
F5-06 Terminal P6-PC Output Selection
E4-02 Motor 2 Rated Slip
F5-07 Terminal M1-M2 Output Selection
E4-03 Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current
F5-08 Terminal M3-M4 Output Selection
E4-04 Motor 2 Motor Poles
F5-09 DO-A3 Output Mode Selection
E4-05 Motor 2 Line-to-Line Resistance
F6-01 Communications Error Operation Selection
E4-06 Motor 2 Leakage Inductance
F6-02 External Fault from Comm. Option Detection Selection
E4-10 Motor 2 Iron Loss
F6-03 External Fault from Comm. Option Operation Selection
E4-11 Motor 2 Rated Capacity
Torque Reference/Torque Limit Selection from Comm.
E5-01 Motor Code Selection F6-06
Option
E5-02 Motor Rated Power Multi-Step Speed Enable/Disable Selection when NetRef/
F6-07
E5-03 Motor Rated Current ComRef is Selected
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles F6-08 Reset Communication Parameters
E5-05 Motor Stator Resistance F6-20 MECHATROLINK Station Address
E5-06 Motor d-Axis Inductance F6-21 MECHATROLINK Frame Size
E5-07 Motor q-Axis Inductance F6-22 MECHATROLINK Link Speed
E5-09 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 F6-23 MECHATROLINK Monitor Selection (E)
E5-11 Encoder Z-pulse Offset F6-24 MECHATROLINK Monitor Selection (F)
E5-24 Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 F6-25 Operation Selection at Watchdog Timer Error (E5)
F1-01 PG 1 Pulses Per Revolution F6-26 MECHATROLINK bUS Errors Detected
F1-02 Operation Selection at PG Open Circuit (PGo) Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S1 Function
H1-01
Selection
F1-03 Operation Selection at Overspeed (oS)
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S2 Function
F1-04 Operation Selection at Deviation H1-02
Selection
F1-05 PG 1 Rotation Selection Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S3 Function
H1-03
F1-06 PG 1 Division Rate for PG Pulse Monitor Selection
F1-08 Overspeed Detection Level Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S4 Function
H1-04
F1-09 Overspeed Detection Delay Time Selection
F1-10 Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Level Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S5 Function
H1-05
Selection
F1-11 Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Delay Time
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S6 Function
F1-12 PG 1 Gear Teeth 1 H1-06
Selection
F1-13 PG 1 Gear Teeth 2 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S7 Function
H1-07
F1-14 PG Open-Circuit Detection Time Selection
F1-18 dv3 Detection Selection Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S8 Function
H1-08
Selection
F1-19 dv4 Detection Selection
H2-01 Terminal M1-M2 Function Selection
F1-20 PG Option Card Disconnect Detection 1
H2-02 Terminal M3-M4 Function Selection
F1-21 PG 1 Signal Selection
H2-03 Terminal M5-M6 Function Selection
F1-30 PG Option Card Port for Motor 2 Selection
H2-06 Watt Hour Output Unit Selection
F1-31 PG 2 Pulses Per Revolution
498 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
E.3 User Setting Table
User User
No. Name Setting No. Name Setting
H3-01 Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection L2-01 Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection
H3-02 Terminal A1 Function Selection L2-02 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time
H3-03 L2-03 Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time
Terminal A1 Gain Setting
L2-04 Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Ramp Time
H3-04 L2-05 Undervoltage Detection Level (Uv)
Terminal A1 Bias Setting
L3-01 Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration
H3-05 Terminal A3 Signal Level Selection
L3-02
H3-06 Terminal A3 Function Selection Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration
H3-07 L3-03
Terminal A3 Gain Setting
Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration
H3-08 L3-04 Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration
Terminal A3 Bias Setting
L3-05 Stall Prevention Selection during Run
H3-09 Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection
L3-06
H3-10 Terminal A2 Function Selection Stall Prevention Level during Run
H3-11 L3-11 Overvoltage Suppression Function Selection
Terminal A2 Gain Setting
L3-17 Target DC Bus Voltage for Overvoltage Suppression and
H3-12 Stall Prevention
Terminal A2 Bias Setting
L3-22
H3-13 Analog Input Filter Time Constant Deceleration Time at Stall Prevention during Acceleration
H3-14 Analog Input Terminal Enable Selection Automatic Reduction Selection for Stall Prevention during
L3-23
H3-16 Terminal A1 Offset Run
H3-17 Terminal A2 Offset L3-26 Additional DC Bus Capacitors
H3-18 Terminal A3 Offset L3-27 Stall Prevention Detection Time
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Monitor L4-01
H4-01 Speed Agreement Detection Level
Selection
H4-02 L4-02
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Gain Speed Agreement Detection Width
H4-03 L4-03
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Bias Speed Agreement Detection Level (+/-)
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Monitor L4-04
H4-04 Speed Agreement Detection Width (+/-)
Selection
H4-05 L4-05 Frequency Reference Loss Detection Selection
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Gain
L4-06 Frequency Reference at Reference Loss
H4-06 L4-07 Speed Agreement Detection Selection
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Bias
L4-08 Frequency Agree Condition Selection
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Signal Level
H4-07 L5-01 Number of Auto Restart Attempts
Selection
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Signal Level L5-02 Auto Restart Fault Output Operation Selection
H4-08
Selection L5-04 Fault Reset Interval Time
H5-01 Drive Node Address L5-05 Fault Reset Operation Selection
H5-02 Communication Speed Selection L6-01 Torque Detection Selection 1
H5-03 Communication Parity Selection L6-02
Torque Detection Level 1
H5-04 Stopping Method After Communication Error (CE)
H5-05 Communication Fault Detection Selection L6-03
Torque Detection Time 1
H5-06 Drive Transmit Wait Time
L6-04 Torque Detection Selection 2
H5-07 RTS Control Selection
L6-05
H5-09 CE Detection Time Torque Detection Level 2
H5-10 Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H L6-06
Torque Detection Time 2
H5-11 Communications ENTER Function Selection
H5-12 Run Command Method Selection L7-01
Forward Torque Limit
H6-01 Pulse Train Input Terminal RP Function Selection
H6-02 L7-02
Reverse Torque Limit
Pulse Train Input Scaling
H6-03 L7-03
Forward Regenerative Torque Limit
Pulse Train Input Gain
H6-04 L7-04
Reverse Regenerative Torque Limit
Pulse Train Input Bias
H6-05 L7-06
Torque Limit Integral Time Constant
Pulse Train Input Filter Time
H6-06 Torque Limit Control Method Selection during Accel/
Pulse Train Monitor Selection L7-07
Decel
H6-07 L7-16 Torque Limit Process at Start
Pulse Train Monitor Scaling
Internal Dynamic Braking Resistor Protection Selection
L8-01
H6-08 Pulse Train Input Minimum Frequency (ERF type)
L1-01 Motor Overload Protection Selection L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level
L1-02 Motor Overload Protection Time L8-03 Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection
L1-03 Motor Overheat Alarm Operation Selection (PTC input) L8-05 Input Phase Loss Protection Selection
Quick Reference
L1-04 Motor Overheat Fault Operation Selection (PTC input) L8-07 Output Phase Loss Protection
L1-05 Motor Temperature Input Filter Time (PTC input) L8-09 Output Ground Fault Detection Selection
L1-13 Continuous Electrothermal Operation Selection L8-10 Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection
L8-11 Heatsink Cooling Fan Off Delay Time
Sheet
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 499 E
E.3 User Setting Table
No. Name User No. Name User
Setting Setting
L8-12 Ambient Temperature Setting o1-11 User-Set Display Units Decimal Display
L8-15 oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speeds o2-01 LO/RE Key Function Selection
L8-18 Software Current Limit Selection o2-02 STOP Key Function Selection
L8-27 Overcurrent Detection Gain o2-03 User Parameter Default Value
L8-29 Current Unbalance Detection (LF2) o2-04 Drive Model Selection
Main Contactor and Cooling Fan Power Supply Failure o2-05 Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection
L8-32
Selection Operation Selection when Digital Operator is
o2-06
L8-35 Installation Method Selection Disconnected
L8-38 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection o2-07 Motor Direction at Power Up when Using Operator
L8-40 Carrier Frequency Reduction Off Delay Time o3-01 Copy Function Selection
L8-41 High Current Alarm Selection o3-02 Copy Allowed Selection
L8-46 AVR Function Selection o4-01 Cumulative Operation Time Setting
L8-55 Internal Braking Transistor Protection o4-02 Cumulative Operation Time Selection
L8-93 Pull-Out Detection Time at Low Speed o4-03 Cooling Fan Maintenance Operation Time Setting
L8-94 Pull-Out Detection Level at Low Speed o4-05 Capacitor Maintenance Setting
L8-95 Average Pull-Out Frequency at Low Speed o4-07 DC Bus Pre-charge Relay Maintenance Setting
n1-01 Hunting Prevention Selection o4-09 IGBT Maintenance Setting
n1-02 Hunting Prevention Gain Setting o4-11 U2, U3 Initialize Selection
n1-03 Hunting Prevention Time Constant o4-12 kWh Monitor Initialization
n1-05 o4-13 Number of Run Commands Counter Initialization
Hunting Prevention Gain while in Reverse
S1-01
Disturb Function Selection
n2-01
Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Gain
S1-02
Disturb Function Amplitude
n2-02
Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time Constant 1
S1-03
Disturb Step
n2-03
Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time Constant 2
S1-04
Disturb Deceleration Time
n3-13
Overexcitation Deceleration Gain
S1-05
Disturb Acceleration Time
High Frequency Injection during Overexcitation
n3-14
Deceleration S2-01
Frequency Reference Gain
n3-21 Overslip Suppression Current Level
n3-23 Overexcitation Operation Selection S2-02
Frequency Reference Gain Change Ramp
n5-01 Feed Forward Control Selection
n5-02 Motor Acceleration Time S3-01 Braking Transistor Operation Selection
n5-03 Feed Forward Control Gain S3-02 Braking Transistor Operation Voltage Level
n6-05 Online Tuning Gain S3-03 Output Voltage Gain Selection
n8-01 Initial Rotor Position Estimation Current S3-04
Output Voltage Gain Change Time
n8-02 Pole Attraction Current
S4-01 KEB Mode Selection
n8-35 Initial Rotor Position Detection Selection
S4-02
n8-45 KEB Start/End Voltage
Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain
S4-03
n8-47 Pull-In Current Compensation Time Constant KEB Start Voltage
n8-48 S4-04
Pull-In Current KEB Start dV/dt level
n8-49 S4-05
d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control KEB Start dV/dt filter
n8-51 S4-06
Acceleration/Deceleration Pull-In Current KEB End Voltage
n8-54 S4-07
Voltage Error Compensation Time Constant KEB End Detection Time
n8-55 Load Inertia S4-08
KEB 1 Phase Loss Detection Level
n8-57 High Frequency Injection
n8-62 Output Voltage Limit S4-09
KEB 1 Phase Loss Sampling Time
Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain during ov
n8-65 S4-10
Suppression KEB 1 Phase Loss Detection Time
n8-69 Speed Calculation Gain
S4-11 KEB Target Voltage
n8-84 Polarity Judge Current
S4-12
n9-10 AVR Time Constant KEB Hold Time
n9-12 On-Delay Compensation Time
S4-13
KEB Minimum Operation Time
n9-62 On-Delay Compensation Derating Start Frequency
n9-63 On-Delay Compensation Disable Frequency S4-14
KEB Reacceleration Prohibit Frequency
o1-01
Drive Mode Unit Monitor Selection
S4-15
KEB Supply Loss Detection Selection
o1-02
User Monitor Selection After Power Up
S5-01
KEB Decel Time 1
o1-03 Digital Operator Display Selection
o1-04 V/f Pattern Display Unit S5-02
KEB Decel Time 2
o1-10 User-Set Display Units Maximum Value
500 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
E.3 User Setting Table
User
No. Name Setting
S5-03
KEB Decel Time Switching Frequency
S5-04
KEB Decel Time Switching Time
S5-05
KEB Synchronous Acceleration Time
S5-06
S-Curve at KEB Deceleration Start
S5-07
Frequency Gain at KEB Start during Constant Speed
S5-08
Frequency Gain at KEB Start during Acceleration
S5-09
Frequency Gain at KEB Start during Deceleration
S5-10 Synchronous Deceleration ov Prevention
S5-11
KEB Frequency Reduction Step Lower Limit
S6-01 DC Bus Capacity
S6-02 Motor Acceleration Time
S6-03 Load/Inertia Ratio
S6-04 Main Circuit Voltage Adjustment Gain
S6-05 Accel/Decel Calculation Gain
S6-06 ASR Primary Delay Time Constant 2
S6-07 Torque Limit Delay Time
S9-03 Speed Detection Change Rate Limit
S9-06 Speed Detection Width After Coasting
T1-00 Motor 1/Motor 2 Selection
T1-01 Auto-Tuning Mode Selection
T1-02 Motor Rated Power
T1-03 Motor Rated Voltage
T1-04 Motor Rated Current
T1-05 Rated Frequency
T1-06 Number of Motor Poles
T1-07 Rated Speed
T1-08 PG Number of Pulses Per Revolution
T1-09 Motor No-Load Current
T1-10 Motor Rated Slip
T1-11 Motor Iron Loss
T2-01 PM Motor Auto-Tuning Mode Selection
T2-02 PM Motor Code Selection
T2-03 PM Motor Type
T2-04 PM Motor Rated Power
T2-05 PM Motor Rated Voltage
T2-06 PM Motor Rated Current
T2-07 PM Motor Rated Frequency
T2-08 Number of PM Motor Poles
T2-09 PM Motor Rated Speed
T2-10 PM Motor Stator Resistance
T2-11 PM Motor d-Axis Inductance
T2-12 PM Motor q-Axis Inductance
T2-13 Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection
T2-14 PM Motor Induced Voltage Constant
T2-15 Pull-In Current Level for PM Motor Tuning
PG Number of Pulses Per Revolution for PM Motor
T2-16
Tuning
T2-17 Encoder Z-Pulse Offset
T3-01 Inertia Tuning Frequency Reference
T3-02 Inertia Tuning Reference Amplitude
T3-03 Motor Inertia
T3-04 ASR Response Frequency
Quick Reference
Sheet
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 501 E
AFR Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
AFR Time Constant 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
AFR Time Constant 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Index AI-A3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
AI-A3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Alarm Outputs for Maintenance Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Symbols Alarm Register 007FH Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Alarms and Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
+1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Allowable Frequency Fluctuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353, 354
+2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Allowable Voltage Fluctuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353, 354
+3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 ALM LED Light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
+V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Numerics AM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
1800 r/min Type Yaskawa SMRA Series SPM Motor Settings 430 AM/FM Signal Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
200 V, 1150 r/min Type Yaskawa SSR1 Series Motor. . . . . . . 435 Ambient Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
200 V, 1150 r/min Type Yaskawa SST4 Series Motor . . . . . . . 441 Ambient Temperature and Installation Method Derating. 360, 361
200 V, 1450 r/min Type Yaskawa SSR1 Series Motor. . . . . . . 433 Ambient Temperature Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231, 360, 401
200 V, 1450 r/min Type Yaskawa SST4 Series Motor . . . . . . . 439 Analog Filter Time Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
200 V, 1750 r/min Type Yaskawa SSR1 Series Motor. . . . . . . 431 Analog Input Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
200 V, 1750 r/min Type Yaskawa SST4 Series Motor . . . . . . . 437 Analog Input Filter Time Constant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
24 V Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Analog Input Option Card Bias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
2-Wire Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Analog Input Option Card Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
3600 r/min Type Yaskawa SMRA Series SPM Motor Settings 430 Analog Input Option Card Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
3-Wire Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Analog Input Terminal Enable Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
3-Wire Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Analog Inputs / Pulse Train Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
3-Wire Sequence Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Analog Monitor Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
400 V, 1150 r/min Type Yaskawa SSR1 Series Motor. . . . . . . 436 AO-A3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
400 V, 1150 r/min Type Yaskawa SST4 Series Motor . . . . . . . 442 AO-A3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
400 V, 1450 r/min Type Yaskawa SSR1 Series Motor. . . . . . . 434 Application Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
400 V, 1450 r/min Type Yaskawa SST4 Series Motor . . . . . . . 440 Application Selection Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
400 V, 1750 r/min Type Yaskawa SSR1 Series Motor. . . . . . . 432 Applications with Specialized Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
400 V, 1750 r/min Type Yaskawa SST4 Series Motor . . . . . . . 438 ASR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
5th Most Recent Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 ASR Gain Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
ASR Gain Switching Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
A
ASR Integral Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
A/D Conversion Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 277
ASR Integral Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
ASR Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
A1-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
ASR Primary Delay Time Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
A1-02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282, 307, 308
ASR Proportional Gain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
A1-02 (Motor 1 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters . . . . . 421
ASR Response Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
A1-03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100, 278
Attachment for External Heatsink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338, 350
A1-04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100, 305
Auto Restart Fault Output Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
A1-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100, 305
Auto Restart Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
A2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Automatic Reduction Selection for Stall Prevention during
A2 Signal Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221, 399
A2-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Automatic Speed Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
A2-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87, 89, 91
A2-33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Auto-Tuning Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
A3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Auto-Tuning Error Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
A3 Analog/PTC Input Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Auto-Tuning Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 61
Auto-Tuning Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
AC Reactor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Auto-Tuning Fault Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Accel/Decel Calculation Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Auto-Tuning Fault Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Accel/Decel Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271, 355
Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Accel/Decel Time Setting Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Auto-Tuning for Permanent Magnet Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Auto-Tuning Input Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87, 88, 89
Acceleration Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276, 299
Auto-Tuning Interruption and Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Acceleration Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Auto-Tuning Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92, 411
Acceleration Time Pull-In Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
Average Pull-Out Frequency at Low Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Acceleration/Deceleration Pull-In Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
AVR Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Access Level Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100, 106
AVR Time Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Action Selection below Minimum Output Frequency . . . . . . . 115
Additional DC Bus Capacitors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 B
Adjusted Slip Calculation Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 B1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Adjusting the ASR Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 b1-01. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
AFR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 b1-02. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285, 306
502 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
b1-03. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 C6-02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70, 268, 269, 284, 285, 309
b1-04. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 C6-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
B2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Cable Length Between Drive and Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
b2-02. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308, 310 CALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 289
b2-04. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 Cannot Change Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
b3-02. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285, 286 Cannot Reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
b3-03. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285, 286 CANopen Node Setup Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
b3-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Capacitor Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
b3-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Capacitor Maintenance Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248, 407
b3-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Capacitor Maintenance Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
b3-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Carrier Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152, 353, 354
b3-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286, 287 Carrier Frequency and Current Derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
b3-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285, 286 Carrier Frequency Derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
b5-01. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295, 296 Carrier Frequency during Rotational Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . 154
b5-09. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Carrier Frequency Lower Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
b5-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Carrier Frequency Proportional Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
b5-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 291 Carrier Frequency Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
b5-13 and b5-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Carrier Frequency Reduction Off-Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
b5-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 291 Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
b5-36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 291 Carrier Frequency Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152, 268, 269
b5-36 and b5-37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Carrier Frequency Setting Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 297
b5-37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 291 Carrier Frequency Upper Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
b6-01 through b6-04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 CC-Link Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Back EMF Constant Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 274, 277, 289
Backing Up Parameter Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 CE Detection Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Base Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164, 284 CE Low Voltage Directive Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
Base Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 CE mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
Baseblock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 CF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 277
Baseblock Signal Input. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Changing Parameter Settings or Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Basic Auto-Tuning Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Closed Loop Vector control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Basic Start-up and Motor Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Closed Loop Vector Control for PM Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
bb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 289 Coast to stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Before Auto-Tuning the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Coast to Stop with Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Bi-Directional Speed Search Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Command Messages from Master to Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
boL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277, 289 Communication Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Braking Resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338, 342 Communication Fault Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Braking Resistor Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Communication Option Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Braking Resistor Overheat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Communication Option Card Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Braking Resistor Overheat Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Communication Parity Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
Braking Resistor Overload Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 Communication Speed Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
Braking Resistor with Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Communications Enter Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
Braking Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Communications Error Operation Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Braking Transistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Communications Timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Braking Transistor Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Comparing Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Braking Transistor Operation Voltage Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Complementary PG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Braking Transistor Overload Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277, 289 Component Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Braking Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Conducted Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Broadcast Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465 Connected Machinery Vibrates When Motor Rotates . . . . . . . 309
bUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 274, 277, 289 Connecting a DC Reactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Buzzing Sound from Motor at 2 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 Connecting an AC Reactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
C Connecting Braking Units in Parallel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Connecting Peripheral Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
C1-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 299
Connecting to a PC (USB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
C1-01 through C1-08 . . . . . . . . 279, 284, 285, 287, 290, 291, 292
Connection of a Motor PTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
C1-01, -03, -05, -07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Continuous Electrothermal Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . 216
C1-02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Control Board Connection Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
C1-02, -04, -06, -08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Control Circuit Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277, 278
C2-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Control Circuit Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
C2-01 through C2-04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271, 282
Control Circuit Input Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
C3-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268, 269
Control Circuit Output Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
C3-02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Control Circuit Terminal Arrangement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
C4-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268, 282, 285
Control Circuit Terminal Block Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
C4-02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268, 269, 296
Control Circuit Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
C4-06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268, 269, 296
Control Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 277
C5-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285, 293
Control I/O Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
C5-02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285, 293
Control Method Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
C6-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Control Method Selection Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 503
Control Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 414 DC Bus Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Control Mode Dependent Parameter Default Values . . . . . . . . 421 DC Bus Voltage at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Control Mode Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 DC Injection Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Control Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 DC Injection Braking 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Control Modes and their Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 DC Injection Braking 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Control Power Supply Undervoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 DC Injection Braking at Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Control Power Supply Voltage Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 DC Injection Braking Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119, 310
Cooling Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 31 DC Injection Braking Current 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Cooling Fan Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 DC Injection Braking Start Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Cooling Fan Maintenance Setting (Operation Time) . . . . . . . . 407 DC Injection Braking Time at Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Cooling Fan Maintenance Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 DC Injection Braking Time at Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Cooling Fan Operation Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 DC Injection Braking to Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Cooling Fan Operation Time Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 DC Reactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Cooling Fan Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 DC Reactors for EN 61000-3-2 Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
CoPy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Deceleration Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Copy Allowed Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Deceleration Time at Stall Prevention during
Copy Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Acceleration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 399
Copy Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101, 247 Defaults by Drive Model Selection (o2-04) and ND/HD
Copy Function Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 (C6-01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Copy Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 Delay Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Copy Unit Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Derivative Time (D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
CopyUnitManager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 dEv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 274, 279, 290
CPEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 dFPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
CPF02. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 DI-A3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
CPF03. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 DI-A3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
CPF06. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Diagnosing and Resetting Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
CPF07. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Digital Input Card Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
CPF08. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Digital Input Option Card Input Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
CPF11 to CPF14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277 Digital Input Option DI-A3 Data Length Selection . . . . . . . . . 177
CPF20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 278 Digital Input Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
CPF21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 278 Digital Input Sink / Source / External Power Supply Selection. 65
CPF22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 278 Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 31, 73, 74
CPF23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 278 Digital Operator Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
CPF24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 278 Digital Operator Display Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 406
CPF25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Digital Operator Installation Methods and Required Tools . . . . 38
CPF26 to CPF35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Digital Operator Keypad Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
CPyE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Digital Operator Menu and Screen Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
CRC-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453 Digital Operator Remote Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
CRC-16 Checksum Calculation Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454 Digital Operator Remote Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
CrST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 290 Digital Output Card Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
CSEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Digital Output Option Card Terminal Function Selection . . . . 178
Cumulative Operation Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Digital Text Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Cumulative Operation Time at 5th Most Recent Fault . . . . . . 417 Dimensions for IP20 Enclosure
Cumulative Operation Time at Most Recent Fault . . . . . . . . . 417 200 V Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Cumulative Operation Time at Previous Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 400 V Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Cumulative Operation Time Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248, 407 DIP Switch S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 64
Cumulative Operation Time Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248, 407 DIP Switch S1 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Current Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 291 DIP Switch S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 64
Current Detection Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276, 300 DIP Switch S4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Current Detection Speed Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 DIP Switch S4 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Current Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 Disturb Acceleration Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Current Imbalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Disturb Deceleration Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Current Unbalance Detection (LF2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232, 402 Disturb Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Cyclic Redundancy Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453 Disturb Function Amplitude. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
D Disturb Function Cancel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Disturb Function Enabled/Disabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
D Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Disturb Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
d References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Disturb Function Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
d2-01. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Disturb Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Daily Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
DM- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
d-Axis ACR Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
DM+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
dnE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 290
DC Bus Adjustment Gain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
DO-A3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
DC Bus Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
DO-A3 Output Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
DC Bus Overvoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
DO-A3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
DC Bus Pre-Charge Relay Maintenance Setting . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Drive Baseblock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
DC Bus Undervoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Drive Capacity Setting Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
504 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
Drive Capacity Signal Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 E5-09. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Drive Cooling Fans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 E5-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Drive Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 31 EEPROM Memory Data Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Drive Derating Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 EEPROM Write Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 280
Drive Disabled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 290 EF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 290
Drive Does Not Allow Selection of Rotational Auto-Tuning . 307 EF0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 279, 290
Drive Duty Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 EF1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 290
Drive Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 78 EF1 to EF7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 274
Drive Mode Unit Monitor Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 406 EF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 290
Drive Model Mismatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 EF3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 290
Drive Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 EF4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 290
Drive Motor Overload Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485 EF5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 290
Drive Operation Status at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 EF6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 290
Drive Overheat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 EF7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 290
Drive Overheat Warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 EF8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 290
Drive Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 285 Electrical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Drive Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 EMC Filter and Drive Installation for CE Compliance . . . . . . 476
Drive Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 EMC Filter Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
Drive Short-Circuit Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485 EMC Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Drive Slave Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 EMC Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
Drive Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 EMC Guidelines Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
Drive Standard Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 EN61800-3 C2 Filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Drive Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Encoder Z-Pulse Offset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96, 172
Drive Transmit Wait Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449 End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Drive Unit Setting Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 End1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276, 298
Drive Unit Signal Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 End2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276, 298
Drive Watt Loss Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 End3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276, 298
Drive/kVA Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406 End4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
DriveWizard Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101, 338 End5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
DRV LED Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 End6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
During Frequency Output Time Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 End7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
During Run 2, Motor Switch Command Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Energy Saving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
During Run Time Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Energy Saving Coefficient Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
dv1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Energy Saving Control Filter Time Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
dv2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Energy Saving Control Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
dv3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Energy Saving Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
dv3 Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Energy Saving On/Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
dv4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Enter Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
dv4 Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Enter command necessary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
dv7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Enter command not necessary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
Dwell Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136, 271 Enter Command Settings when Upgrading the Drive . . . . . . . 468
Dwell Reference at Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Enter Command Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
Dwell Reference at Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Enter Data from the Motor Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Dwell Time at Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Er-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276, 298
Dwell Time at Stop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Er-02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276, 299
Dynamic Braking Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 Er-03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276, 299
Dynamic Braking Resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Er-04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276, 299
Dynamic Braking Transistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 287 Er-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276, 299
E Er-08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276, 299
Er-09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276, 299
E (G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Er-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
E1-04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307, 310
Er-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276, 299
E1-04 through E1-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282, 284, 285, 292
Er-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276, 300
E1-06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Er-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
E1-07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Er-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
E1-08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268, 269, 284, 285
Er-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
E1-08 and E1-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Er-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
E1-09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297, 306
Er-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
E1-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268, 269, 284, 285
Er-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
E2-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268, 284, 285
Er-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
E2-02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Er-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
E2-03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268, 299
Er-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
E2-07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Err . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 280
E2-08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Error Reading Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
E3-01 (Motor 2 Control Mode) Dependent Parameters . . . . . . 423
Error Writing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
E3-04 through E3-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Errors and Displays When Using the Copy Function. . . . . . . . 276
E5-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282, 296
European Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 505
Excessive Motor Oscillation and Erratic Rotation. . . . . . . . . . 308 FJOG/RJOG Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Excessive PID Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 280, 291 FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Excessive Speed Deviation (for Simple V/f with PG) . . . 273, 274 Formula to calculate the amount of voltage drop. . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Delay Time . . . . . . . . . 174 Forward Regenerative Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228, 401
Excessive Speed Deviation Detection Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Forward Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228, 401
Excessive V/f Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276, 298 Forward/Reverse Run Command Input Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Exterior and Mounting Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 FOUT LED Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
External 24 Vdc Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Frequency Accuracy (Temperature Fluctuation) . . . . . . . . . . . 355
External Digital Operator Connection Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Frequency Control Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
External Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 290 Frequency Detection 1 Time Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
External Fault (input terminal S1 to S7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 274 Frequency Detection 2 Time Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
External Fault from Comm. Option Detection Selection. . . . . 179 Frequency Detection 3 Example with a Positive L3-04 Value. 196
External Fault from Comm. Option Operation Selection . . . . 179 Frequency Detection 4 Example with Positive L3-04 Value . . 196
External Interlock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Frequency Gain at KEB Start during Acceleration . . . . . . . . . 259
F Frequency Gain at KEB Start during Constant Speed . . . . . . . 259
Frequency Gain at KEB Start during Deceleration . . . . . . . . . 259
F1-08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Frequency Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155, 413
F1-08 and F1-09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285, 293
Frequency Reference 2 Lower Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
F1-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279, 290
Frequency Reference 2 Upper Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
F1-10 and F1-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Frequency Reference at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
F1-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279, 290
Frequency Reference at Reference Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224, 399
F1-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286, 293
Frequency Reference from MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. . . . . 418
F6-03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279, 290
Frequency Reference Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
FAn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 291
Frequency Reference Gain Change Ramp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Fan Connector Cable (CN6). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Frequency Reference Loss Detection Selection . . . . . . . . 223, 399
Fan Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Frequency Reference Lower Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Fan finger guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Frequency Reference Monitor Content During PID . . . . . . . . 135
Fan Guard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 31, 328
Frequency Reference Setting / Decimal Display . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Fan Relay Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Frequency Reference Setting and User-Set Display. . . . . . . . . 406
Fan Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 327
Frequency Reference Setting Hierarchy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Fast Stop Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection . . . . . . . 246, 406
Fast Stop Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Frequency Reference Source 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111, 306, 367
Fault Causes and Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Frequency Reference Source 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Fault Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Frequency Reference Source Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Fault Displays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 277
Frequency Reference Upper Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Fault History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263, 303, 417
Frequency Setting Resolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Fault Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Frequency Setting Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Fault Reset Interval Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225, 400
Front Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 31
Fault Reset Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Front Cover Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Fault Reset Operation Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226, 400
Function Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Fault Restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Functions for Terminals S1 to S8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Fault Trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263, 303, 416
Functions for Textile Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Fault Trace / History Register Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
Fuse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Fault Trace Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Fuse Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272, 273
FbH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 280, 291 G
FbL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 280, 291 General Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Feed Forward Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 GF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 281
Feed Forward Control Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Ground Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 281
Feed Forward Control Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Ground Terminal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Feed Forward Control Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Ground Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Ferrule Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 H
Ferrule Terminal Types and Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
H1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Ferrule-Type Wire Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Field Forcing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
H1/H2 Sink/Source Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Field Forcing Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
H1-01 through to H1-07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Field Forcing Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
H2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Field Weakening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
H3 Multi-Function Analog Input Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Field Weakening Frequency Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
H3-02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284, 308, 309
Field Weakening Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
H3-02 and H3-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Fine-Tuning Advanced Open Loop Vector Control for PM
H3-02 or H3-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
H3-09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Fine-Tuning Closed Loop Vector Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
H3-09 Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Fine-Tuning Closed Loop Vector Control for PM Motors. . . . 271
H3-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284, 308, 309
Fine-Tuning Open Loop Vector Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
H3-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Fine-Tuning Open Loop Vector Control for PM Motors . . . . . 270
H3-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271, 309
Fine-Tuning V/f Control and V/f Control with PG . . . . . . . . . 268
H4-07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
506 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
H4-08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Installation Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
H4-08 Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Installation Orientation and Spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
H5-09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Installation Spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
H6-02 through H6-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285, 293 Installing a Braking Resistor Unit: LKEB type . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Hbb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 291 Installing a Braking Resistor: ERF type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
HbbF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 291 Installing a Braking Unit: CDBR Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
HC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Installing a Leakage Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
HCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 291 Installing a Magnetic Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Installing a Molded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) . . . . . . . . . 344
HD and ND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 Installing a Motor Thermal Overload (oL) Relay on the Drive
Heatsink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 31 Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Heatsink Cooling Fan Off-Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Installing Other Types of Braking Resistors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 Installing Peripheral Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . 231, 401 Installing the Cooling Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322, 324, 330
Heatsink Overheat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 275, 284, 292 Integral Limit Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Heatsink Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Integral Operation during Accel/Decel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Heavy Duty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 152, 352 Integral Operation during Accel/Decel for Motor 2 . . . . . . . . . 151
Heavy Duty Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 Integral Time Setting (I) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
High Current Alarm Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Interlock Circuit Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
High Frequency Injection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Internal Braking Transistor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
High Frequency Injection during Overexcitation Deceleration 237 Internal Dynamic Braking Resistor Protection Selection
High Performance Operation Using OLV or CLV . . . . . . . . . . . 84 (ERF type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229, 401
Humidity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Internal Fan Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280, 291
Hunting Prevention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Inversion Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Hunting Prevention Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Inversion Prevention Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Hunting Prevention Gain Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235, 403 J
Hunting Prevention Gain while in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . 235, 403
Jog Frequency Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Hunting Prevention Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235, 403
Jumper S3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Hunting Prevention Time Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235, 403
Jumper S5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
I Jumper S5 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
I Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 K
iFEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
KEB (N.C.), (N.O.). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
IG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
KEB 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
IGBT Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
KEB 1 Phase Loss Detection Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
IGBT Maintenance Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 407
KEB 1 Phase Loss Detection Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
IGBT Maintenance Time (50%). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
KEB 1 Phase Loss Sampling Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
IGBT Maintenance Time (90%). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
KEB 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Induced Noise. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
KEB 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
KEB End Detection Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Induction Voltage Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
KEB End Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Inertia Detection Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
KEB Hold Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Inertia Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
KEB Minimum Operation Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Inertia Tuning Frequency Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
KEB Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252, 255
Inertia Tuning Reference Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
KEB Reacceleration Prohibit Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Initial Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
KEB Start dv/dt Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Initial Polarity Estimation Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
KEB Start dv/dt Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Initial Rotor Position Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
KEB Start Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Initial Rotor Position Estimation Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
KEB Start/End Voltage Setting Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
KEB Supply Loss Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Initialization required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
KEB Synchronous Acceleration Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Initialize Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100, 107
KEB Target Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Input Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353, 354
KEB Voltage Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Input Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349, 484
Keys and Displays on the Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Input Phase Loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 286, 293
kWh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Input Phase Loss Protection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 401
kWh Monitor Initial Value Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353, 354
kWh Monitor Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Input Pulse Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
kWh, Lower 4 Digits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Input Terminal Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
kWh, Upper 5 Digits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Input Terminal Status at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Input Terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 L
Input Voltage Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 L Protection Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Inrush Prevention Circuit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 L1-01. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Inrush Prevention Relay Maintenance Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407 L2-05. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315, 316 L3-01 through L3-06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Installation Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 L3-02. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308, 310
Installation Method Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 L3-04. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285, 308
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 507
L3-06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271, 308 Main Circuit Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 59
L3-07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Main Circuit Terminal and Motor Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
L3-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Main Circuit Terminal Block Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
L3-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Main Circuit Terminal Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
L5-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 Main Circuit Terminal Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
L6-02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285, 288, 292 Main Circuit Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
L6-02 and L6-03. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288, 294 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317, 318
L6-03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285, 288, 292 Maintenance Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
L6-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285, 288, 292 Maintenance Monitor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
L6-05 and L6-06. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288, 292, 294 Maintenance Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263, 417
L6-06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285, 288, 292 Master Speed Reference Lower Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
L7-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Max. Motor Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
L7-01 through L3-04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Maximum Applicable Motor Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353, 354
L7-01 through L7-04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277, 308 Maximum Output Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164, 353, 354
L7-02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Maximum Output Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353, 354
L8-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Maximum Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
L8-02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284, 292 MB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
L8-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 MC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
L8-07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Mechanical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
L8-09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. Test Mode Complete . . . . . . . . 293
L8-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
L8-29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error . . 273, 274, 277, 289
L8-38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Test Mode Error . . . . . 294
Language Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
LCD Operator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications Reference . . . . . . . . . 418
Leakage Inductance Alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Leakage Inductance Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
LED Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
LED Screen Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
LF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 281 MEMOBUS/Modbus Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
LF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 281 MEMOBUS/Modbus Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Line Driver PG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 MEMOBUS/Modbus Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Line-to-Line Resistance Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276, 299 MEMOBUS/Modbus Test Mode Complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
LO/RE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 81, 98 Menu Structure for Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
LO/RE (LOCAL/REMOTE) Key Function Selection . . . . . . . 245 Message Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
LO/RE LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Mid Output Voltage A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268, 269
LO/RE Light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Middle Output Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Load Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 Middle Output Frequency 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Load Falls When Brake is Applied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Middle Output Frequency Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Load Inertia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241, 405 Middle Output Frequency Voltage 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Load Inertia Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150, 286 Minimum Output Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Load/Inertia Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
LOCAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Minimum Output Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268, 269
LOCAL/REMOTE Key Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406 Minimum Wait Time for Sending Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
LOCAL/REMOTE Run Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Minor Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Locations of Jumpers and Switches on the Terminal Board . . . 64 Minor Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Loopback Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455 Minor Fault and Alarm Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Loss of Reference Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Minor Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Low Voltage Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474 Minor Faults and Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272, 274
Low Voltage Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485 Model Number and Nameplate Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Low Voltage Wiring for Control Circuit Terminals . . . . . . . . . 485 Model, Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
LSo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
LSo Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Momentary Overcurrent Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
LT-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time . . . . 217, 398
LT-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection. . . . . . . . . . 217, 398
LT-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217, 355
LT-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . 217, 398
M Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Ramp Time . 217, 398
Monitor Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
M1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Monitor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263, 413
M2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Most Recent Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
M3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Motor 1 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
M4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Motor 1/Motor 2 Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
M5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Motor 2 ASR Gain Switching Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
M6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Motor 2 ASR Integral Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
MA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Motor 2 ASR Integral Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Magnetic Flux Compensation Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Motor 2 ASR Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
508 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
Motor 2 ASR Primary Delay Time Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Motor Produces Insufficient Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Motor 2 ASR Proportional Gain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Motor Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Motor 2 Base Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Motor Protection Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Motor 2 Base Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Motor Protection Using a Positive Temperature Coefficient . . 215
Motor 2 Control Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Motor PTC Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Motor 2 Inertia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Motor Pull Out or Step Out Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Motor 2 Iron Loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Motor q-Axis Current at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Motor 2 Leakage Inductance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Motor q-Axis Inductance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Motor 2 Line-to-Line Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Motor Rated Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 93, 165, 171, 411, 485
Motor 2 Load Inertia Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Motor Rated Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92, 167, 171, 411
Motor 2 Max Output Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Motor Rated Slip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94, 165
Motor 2 Max Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Motor Rated Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 92, 411
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Motor Rotates After the Drive Output is Shut Off . . . . . . . . . . 310
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Motor Rotates Faster Than the Frequency Reference . . . . . . . 308
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Motor Rotates in One Direction Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Motor 2 Mid Output Frequency Voltage 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Motor Secondary Current (Iq) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Motor Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Motor 2 Minimum Output Frequency Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Motor Selection 1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Motor 2 Motor Poles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Motor Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Motor 2 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Motor Speed at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Motor 2 Rated Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Motor Speed Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Motor 2 Rated No-Load Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Motor Speed Error 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Motor 2 Rated Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Motor Speed Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Motor 2 Rated Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Motor Stalls During Acceleration or With Large Loads. . . . . . 307
Motor 2 Slip Compensation Gain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Motor Stator Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Motor 2 Slip Compensation Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Motor Switch during Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Motor 2 Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . 144 Motor Temperature Input Filter Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216, 398
Motor 2 Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration . . 145 Motor Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Motor 2 Torque Compensation Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Mounting Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 31
Motor Acceleration Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238, 260 MP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Motor Code Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171, 430 Multi-Function Analog Input Selection Error . . . . . . . . . 275, 296
Motor Data Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276, 298 Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Motor d-Axis Current at Previous Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 Multi-Function Analog Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Motor d-Axis Inductance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Bias . . . . . . . . . 207
Motor Direction at Power Up when Using Operator . . . . 247, 406 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Gain . . . . . . . . . 207
Motor Direction Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Monitor
Motor Does Not Rotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Motor Excitation Current (ld). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Signal Level
Motor Hunting and Oscillation Control Parameters. . . . . . . . . 271 Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Bias. . . . . . . . . . 207
Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Gain . . . . . . . . . 207
Motor Inertia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97, 150 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Monitor
Motor Iron Core Saturation Coefficient Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Motor Iron Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94, 411 Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Signal Level
Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Multi-Function Analog Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Motor Iron-Core Saturation Coefficient 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Multi-Function Digital Inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 181
Motor is Too Hot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Multi-Function Digital Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Motor Leakage Inductance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Multi-Function Digital Output Terminal Settings . . . . . . . . . . 190
Motor Line-to-Line Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Multi-Function Digital Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Motor Mechanical Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Multi-Function Input Selection Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Motor No-Load Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93, 166 Multi-Function Input Setting Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Motor Overheat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 292 Multiple Drive Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Motor Overheat 1 (PTC input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Multiple Drive Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Motor Overheat 2 (PTC input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Multi-Step Speed Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Motor Overheat Alarm (PTC Input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 N
Motor Overheat Alarm Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . 216, 397
n Advanced Performance Set Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Motor Overheat Fault (PTC Input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
n1 Hunting Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Motor Overheat Fault Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . 216, 398
n1-02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268, 286
Motor Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 284
n2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Motor Overload Estimate (oL1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
n2-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Motor Overload Protection Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . 211, 397, 485
n2-02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268, 286, 296
Motor Overload Protection Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214, 397, 486
n2-03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268, 286, 296
Motor Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
n3-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282, 285
Motor Performance Fine-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
n8-45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Motor Poles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 509
n8-47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 oL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 275, 285, 292
n8-51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 On-Delay Compensation Derating Start Frequency. . . . . . . . . 243
Nameplate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 On-Delay Compensation Disable Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Navigating the Drive and Programming Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 On-Delay Compensation Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
ND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Online Tuning Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
ndAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 oPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
NEMA 1 Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 oPE Fault Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295, 415
NetRef/ComRef Function Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 oPE01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 295
Network Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 oPE02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 295
Node Setup Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 oPE03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 295
Noise Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 oPE04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 295
Noise From the Drive or Output Lines When the Drive is oPE05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 296
Powered On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 oPE06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
No-Load Current Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 oPE07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 296
No-Load Current Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276, 299 oPE08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 296
No-Load Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 oPE09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 296
No-Load Operation Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 oPE10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 297
Normal Duty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27, 152, 352 oPE11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 297
Normal Duty Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 oPE13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 297
Notes on Inertia Tuning and ASR Gain Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . 90 oPE14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Notes on Motor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 oPE15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Notes on Rotational Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Open Loop Vector Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26, 269, 277, 308, 309
Notes on Stationary Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Open Loop Vector Control for IPM Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
nSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 281 Open Loop Vector Control for PM Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Number of Auto Restart Attempts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225, 400 Open Loop Vector Control Mode Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Number of Motor Poles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93, 166, 171, 411 Open Loop Vector Control Mode Tuning
Number of PM Motor Poles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268, 269, 270, 271
Number of Run Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Operating with the Load Connected. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Number of Run Commands Counter Initialization . . . . . . . . . 249 Operation Error Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Number of Speed Search Restarts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Operation Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272, 275
O Operation Selection at Deviation (dEv) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Operation Selection at Overspeed (oS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
o Operator Related Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Operation Selection at PG Open Circuit (PGo) . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
o2-01. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Operation Selection when Digital Operator is
o2-02. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Disconnected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247, 406
o2-03. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Operation Status Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263, 264, 413, 419
o2-04. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268, 284, 292, 295
Operation with Permanent Magnet Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
o2-06. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Operator Connection Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
o4-03. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284, 292
Operator Programming Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
oC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 282
Operator Related Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
oFA00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 282
oPr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 285
oFA01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 282
Option Card Communications Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
oFA03 to oFA06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Option Card Connection Error at Option Port CN5-A. . . . . . . 282
oFA10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Option Card Connection Error at Option Port CN5-C . . . . . . . 283
oFA11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Option card connector (CN5-A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
oFA12 to oFA17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Option card connector (CN5-B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
oFA30 to oFA43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 282
Option card connector (CN5-C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
oFb00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Option card error occurred at option port CN5-A . . . . . . . . . . 282
oFb01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Option card error occurred at option port CN5-B . . . . . . . . . . 283
oFb02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Option card error occurred at option port CN5-C . . . . . . . . . . 283
oFb03 to oFb11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Option Card External Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 279, 290
oFb12 to oFb17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
oFC00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
oFC01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Option Card Fault at Option Port CN5-C. . . . . . . . . . . . . 282, 283
oFC02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282, 283
Option Card Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
oFC03 to oFC11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Option Communication Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 277, 289
oFC12 to oFC17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Option Frequency Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Offset Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163, 419
Option Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
oH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 275, 284, 292
Option Unit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
oH1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 284
Optional 24 V DC power supply connector cover . . . . . . . . . . . 31
oH2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 292
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
oH3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 275, 284, 292
oS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 275, 285, 293
oH4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 284
Oscillation or Hunting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
oL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 284
Output Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
oL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 285, 310
Output Current 1 During Speed Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speeds . . . . . . . . . 231, 402
Output Current at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
oL3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 275, 285, 292
Output Current Imbalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
510 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
Output Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 Performance Life Monitors Maintenance Monitors . . . . . . . . . 317
Output Frequency after Soft Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Periodic Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Output Frequency at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 Periodic Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Output Frequency is not as High as Frequency Reference. . . . 310 Peripheral Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Output Frequency Resolution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Permanent Magnet Motor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Output Ground Fault Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 401 PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 286, 293
Output of speed control (ASR) (for Simple V/f PG) . . . . . . . . 419 PG 1 Division Rate for PG Pulse Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Output Phase Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 281 PG 1 Gear Teeth 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Output Phase Loss Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 PG 1 Gear Teeth 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Output Phase Loss Protection Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 PG 1 Pulses Per Revolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Output Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 PG 1 Rotation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Output Power at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 PG 1 Signal Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Output Short-Circuit or IGBT Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 PG 2 Division Rate for PG Pulse Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Output Terminal Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 PG 2 Gear Teeth 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Output Terminal Status at Previous Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 PG 2 Gear Teeth 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Output Voltage at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 PG 2 Pulses Per Revolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Output Voltage Detection Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288, 294 PG 2 Rotation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Output Voltage Gain Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 PG 2 Signal Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Output Voltage Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 PG Disconnect (for any control modes using a PG option
Output Voltage Limit Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 card) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Output Voltage Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 PG Disconnect (for Control Mode with PG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Output Voltage Reference (Vd) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 PG Disconnect (for Simple V/f with PG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 275
Output Voltage Reference (Vq) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 PG Hardware Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
ov . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 275, 285, 293 PG Hardware Fault (detected when using a PG-X3 option
ov Suppression Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 card) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Overcurrent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 282 PG Number of Pulses Per Revolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Overcurrent Detection Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232, 402 PG Number of Pulses Per Revolution for PM Motor Tuning. . . 96
Overexcitation Deceleration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 PG Open-Circuit Detection Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Overexcitation Deceleration Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237, 282, 403 PG Option Card Disconnection Detection 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Overexcitation Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237, 403 PG Option Card Disconnection Detection 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Overheat 1 (Heatsink Overheat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 PG Option Card Port for Motor 2 Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Overheat Alarm Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229, 401 PG Speed Control Card Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . 229, 401 PG-B3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Overload Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 PG-B3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Overload Tolerance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353, 354 PGo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 275, 286, 293
Overslip Suppression Current Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237, 403 PGoH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286, 293
Overspeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 285 PG-X3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Overspeed (for Control Mode with PG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 PG-X3 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Overspeed (for Simple V/f with PG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Phase Order Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Overspeed Detection Delay Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 PID Accel/Decel Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Overspeed Detection Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 PID Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Overtorque 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 292 PID Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Overtorque 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 292 PID Control Selection Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Overtorque Detection 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 285 PID Control Selection Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Overtorque Detection 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 285 PID Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Overtorque Detection Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 PID Feedback High Detection Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Overvoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273, 275, 285 PID Feedback High Detection Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Overvoltage Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 PID Feedback Input Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Overvoltage Suppression Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 PID Feedback Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 280, 291
Overvoltage Suppression Function Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 PID Feedback Loss Detection Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
P PID Feedback Low Detection Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
PID Feedback Low Detection Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
P Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
PID Fine Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Parameter Access Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
PID Function Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Parameter Range Setting Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
PID Input (feedback) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Parameter Selection Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 296
PID Input Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Parameter Setting Range Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
PID Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263, 418
Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
PID Offset Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Parameters that Change with the Motor Code Selection . . . . . 430
PID Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Parameters to Minimize Motor Hunting and Oscillation . . . . . 271
PID Output Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
PASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 293
PID Output Gain Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100, 108
PID Output Level Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Password Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
PID Output Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Password Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
PID Output Lower Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Peak Hold Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
PID Output Reverse Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Peak Hold Output Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
PID Primary Delay Time Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Performance Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
PID Setpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 511
PID Setpoint Display Digits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 PWM Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
PID Setpoint Input Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Q
PID Setpoint Scaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
q-axis ACR Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
PID Setpoint Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
PID Setpoint User Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 R
PID Setpoint Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 R- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
PID Sleep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 R+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
PID Sleep Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 R/L1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
PID Sleep Function Start Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Radiated Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
PM Inductance Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Ramp to stop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
PM Motor Auto-Tuning Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Rated Current Depending on Carrier Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . 358
PM Motor Code Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Rated Current Setting Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276, 298
PM Motor Control Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Rated Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 93, 411
PM Motor d-Axis Inductance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Rated Output Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353, 354
PM Motor Induced Voltage Constant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Rated Output Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353, 354
PM Motor Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Rated Slip Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276, 299
PM Motor q-Axis Inductance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Rated Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 93, 411
PM Motor Rated Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Rated Voltage, Rated Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353, 354
PM Motor Rated Frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 rdEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
PM Motor Rated Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 READ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
PM Motor Rated Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 rEAd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
PM Motor Rated Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Reading Drive MEMOBUS/Modbus Register Contents . . . . . 455
PM Motor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Reading Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
PM Motor Stator Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Reattaching the Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
PM Motor Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Reattaching the Front Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
PM Speed Feedback Detection Suppression Gain . . . . . . . . . . 286 Reattaching the Terminal Cover on an IP20 Enclosure Drive50, 51
PM Stationary Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 REMOTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
PM Stationary Auto-Tuning for Stator Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . 88 Removing the Cooling Fan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Pole Attraction Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Removing the Cooling Fan (2A0169, 2A0211, 4A0139,
Port CN19 cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 4A0165) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Power Detection Filter Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Removing the Digital Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Power KEB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Removing the Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Power KEB Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Removing the Terminal Cover on an IP20 Enclosure Drive 50, 51
Power Ratings (Three-Phase 200 V Class) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 Removing Wires from the Terminal Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Power Ratings (Three-Phase 400 V Class) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Powerboard Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Replacing the Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Powering Up the Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Reset Communication Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Resistance Tuning Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Preparing the Ends of Shielded Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Response Messages from Drive to Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Preset Reference Timing Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 REV LED Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Previous Fault. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 Reverse Direction Output Example Time Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Programming Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 79 Reverse Operation Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Proportional Gain Setting (P). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Reverse Prohibited Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Protective Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Reverse Regenerative Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228, 401
Protective cover to prevent miswiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Reverse Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228, 401
Protective Covers, Reattaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 rF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Protective Covers, Removing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 51 rH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 287
PTC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Rotational Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87, 89
Pull-In Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240, 404 Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Pull-In Current Compensation Time Constant . . . . . 240, 286, 404 RP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Pull-In Current during Accel/Decel for PM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 rr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 287
Pull-In Current Level for PM Motor Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 RS-422 Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Pull-Out Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 RS-422/485 Termination Resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Pull-Out Detection Level at Low Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 RS-485 Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Pull-Out Detection Time at Low Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 RTS Control Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Pulse Monitor Selection Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 rUn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 293
Pulse Output Connection Using External Voltage Supply . . . . . 66 Run Command at Power Up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Pulse Output Connection Using Internal Voltage Supply . . . . . 66 Run Command Input Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Pulse Train Input Bias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Run Command Method Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
Pulse Train Input Filter Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Run Command Selection Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Pulse Train Input Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Run command selection while in Programming Mode . . . . . . 117
Pulse Train Input Minimum Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Run Command Source 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112, 306, 367
Pulse Train Input Scaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Run Command Source 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Pulse Train Input Terminal RP Function Selection . . . . . . . . . 209 Run Command Source Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Pulse Train Input/Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Run Command/Frequency Reference Source Selection Error . 296
Pulse Train Monitor Scaling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 RUN LED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Pulse Train Monitor Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 RUN LED and Drive Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
512 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
RUN LED Status and Meaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Soft Charge Circuit Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
RUN Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Soft CLA Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
S Soft Starter Speed Reference at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Software Current Limit Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
S-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Software No. (Flash). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
S+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Software No. (ROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
S/L2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Software version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Sourcing Mode (PNP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
S3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Space Between Drives (Side-by-Side Mounting). . . . . . . . . . . . 37
S4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Speed Agree 1 Time Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
S5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Speed Agree 2 Time Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
S6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Speed Agreement Detection Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223, 399
S7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Speed Agreement Detection Level (+/-). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223, 399
S8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Speed Agreement Detection Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Safe Disable Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
Speed Agreement Detection Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223, 399
Safe Disable Function Wiring Example (Source Mode) . . . . . 489
Speed Agreement Detection Width (+/-) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223, 399
Safe Disable Input Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
Speed Control Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Safe Disable Input Sink / Source / External Power Supply
Speed Control Integral Time 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285, 293
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Speed Control Loop Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Safe Disable Inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Speed Control Proportional Gain 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285, 293
Safe Disable Monitor Output Function and Digital Operator
Speed Control Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
Speed Deviation (for Control Mode with PG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Safe Disable Signal Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 291
Speed Deviation (when using a PG option card) . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Safety Hazard Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Speed Estimation Type Speed Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122, 286
Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Speed Feedback Detection Contol (AFR) Tuning . . . . . . . . . . 235
Safety Input and EDM Terminal Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Gain . . . . . . . 235, 403
Safety Monitor Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time
Safety Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Constant 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236, 403
Save Disable Signal Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Speed Feedback Detection Control (AFR) Time
SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 287
Constant 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236, 403
S-Curve at KEB Deceleration Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240, 404
S-Curve Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142, 271
Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain during ov
SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 294
Suppression. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Search Operation Voltage Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Speed Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Self-diagnosing function of the serial communication interface
Speed Limit Bias. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159, 161
circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
Speed Limit Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
SEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 287
Speed Limitation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Serial Communication Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Speed Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Serial Communication Transmission Error . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 289
Speed Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121, 287
Serial Communications Cable Connection Terminals (TB5) . . 446
Speed Search Deactivation Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Serviceable Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Speed Search Deceleration Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Setup Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Speed Search Delay Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Setup Group Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Speed Search Detection Compensation Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Setup Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Speed Search Estimation Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Shielded Twisted-Pair Cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Speed Search Method Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Short Circuit Brake Time at Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Speed Search Restart Current Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Short Circuit Brake Time at Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Speed Search Restart Detection Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Short Circuit Braking Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Speed Search Selection at Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Side-by-Side Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Speed Search Wait Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Side-by-Side Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Speed/Torque Control Switchover Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Side-by-Side Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Stall Prevention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 271, 286
Simple Motor Setup Using V/f Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Stall Prevention Detection Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Simplified Setup Using the Setup Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Stall Prevention during Deceleration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Sink/source jumper S3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 398
Sinking Mode (NPN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Stall Prevention Level during Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221, 399
Sinking/Sourcing Mode Selection for Safe Disable Inputs . . . . 65
Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration . . . . . . . . . . . 219, 398
Sinking/Sourcing Mode Switch for Digital Inputs. . . . . . . . . . . 65
Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration . . . . . . . . 218, 398
Slave Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration . . . . . . . . 220, 398
Slip Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Stall Prevention Selection during Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221, 399
Slip Compensation Gain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142, 269
Standard Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Slip Compensation Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Start Speed Search Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Slip Compensation Primary Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143, 269
Starting Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Slip Compensation Selection during Regeneration . . . . . . . . . 143
Start-Up Flowcharts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
SN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Stationary Auto-Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Stationary Auto-Tuning 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Stationary Auto-Tuning 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 513
Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance. . . . . . . . . 87 Terminal V1 Signal Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Stator Resistance Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Terminal V2 Monitor Bias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Status Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Terminal V2 Monitor Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
STo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 287 Terminal V2 Monitor Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
STOP button Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276, 299 Terminal V2 Signal Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
STOP Key Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246, 406 Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Stopping Method after Communication Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 Test Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89, 90, 91, 98
Stopping Method Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Test Run Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Storage Temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Test Run with Load Connected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
SvE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Tightening Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Switches and Jumpers on the Terminal Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Timer Function Off-Delay Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Switching Between LOCAL and REMOTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Timer Function On-Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Switching Between Torque and Speed Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Too Many Speed Search Restarts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 287
Synchronous Accel/Decel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Torque Compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Synchronous Deceleration ov Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Torque Compensation at Forward Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
T Torque Compensation at Reverse Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Torque Compensation Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145, 268
T Motor Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . 145, 268
T/L3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
T1000A Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time Constant 1. . . . . . 269
T1-02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 298
Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time Constant 2. . . . . . 268
T1-03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 298
Torque Compensation Time Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
T1-04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 298
Torque Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
T1-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 298, 299
Torque Control Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
T1-06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Torque Control Input Value Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
T1-07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 299
Torque Control Reference Sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Target DC Bus Voltage for Overvoltage Suppression and Stall
Torque Control Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Prevention. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Torque Control Setting Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Task Complete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Torque Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Temperature Derating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Torque Detection Level 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227, 400
Terminal A1 Bias Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Torque Detection Level 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227, 400
Terminal A1 Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Torque Detection Selection 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227, 400
Terminal A1 Gain Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Torque Detection Selection 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227, 400
Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Torque Detection Time 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227, 400
Terminal A2 Bias Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Torque Detection Time 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227, 400
Terminal A2 Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Torque Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228, 355
Terminal A2 Gain Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Torque Limit Control Method Selection during
Terminal A2 Input Signal Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Accel/Decel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228, 401
Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Torque Limit Integral Time Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228, 401
Terminal A3 Analog/PTC Input Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Torque Limit Process at Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Terminal A3 Bias Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Torque Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Terminal A3 Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Torque Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Terminal A3 Gain Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Torque Reference / Torque Limit Selection from Comm.
Terminal A3 Signal Level Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Terminal AM/FM Signal Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Torque Reference at Previous Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Terminal Block Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Torque Reference Delay Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Terminal Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 331
Torque Saturation Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Terminal Board Connection Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Torque Specifications, Three Phase 200 V Class . . . . . . . . 55, 479
Terminal Board Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Torque Specifications, Three Phase 400 V Class . . . . . . . . 56, 481
Terminal Board Not Connected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Terminal Board Wiring Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Troubleshooting without Fault Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Terminal Connections for Communication Self-Diagnostics . 470
TrPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Terminal Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 50
Tuning Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Terminal M1-M2 Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Types of Alarms, Faults, and Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Terminal M1-M2 Output Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Types of Auto-Tuning for Induction Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Terminal M3-M4 Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190, 346
Types of Auto-Tuning for Permanent Magnet Motors . . . . . . . . 88
Terminal M3-M4 Output Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Terminal M5-M6 Function Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 U
Terminal P1-PC Output Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 U Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Terminal P2-PC Output Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 U/T1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Terminal P3-PC Output Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 U1-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306, 307
Terminal P4-PC Output Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 U1-07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Terminal P5-PC Output Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 U1-09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Terminal P6-PC Output Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 U2, U3 Initial Value Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Terminal V1 Monitor Bias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 U2, U3 Initialization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Terminal V1 Monitor Gain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 U2-02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Terminal V1 Monitor Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 U2-03 through U2-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
514 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
U4-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286, 288, 294 vrFy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
U4-06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 W
UL Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
W/T3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
UL/cUL Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
UL3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 275, 288, 294
Watt Hour Output Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
UL4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 275, 288, 294
Watt Hour Output Unit Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Undertorque 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Watt Loss 200 V Class Three Phase Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Undertorque 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Watt Loss 400 V Class Three Phase Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Undertorque Detection 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 288, 294
Wire Gauge, Three Phase 200 V Class. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 479
Undertorque Detection 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 288, 294
Wire Gauge, Three Phase 400 V Class. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56, 481
Undertorque Detection Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Wire Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54, 62
Undervoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 275, 294
Wiring Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Undervoltage 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Wiring Diagram for 2-Wire Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Undervoltage 3 (Soft-Charge Bypass Circuit Fault) . . . . . . . . 288
Wiring Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Undervoltage Detection Level (Uv1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217, 398
Wiring the Control Circuit Terminal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Undervoltage Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
WRITE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Unexpected Noise from Connected Machinery . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Writing Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Unidirectional Speed Limit Bias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Writing to Multiple Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Unit Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H . . . . 449 Z
Unstable Motor Speed when Using PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 Z Pulse Correction Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Up/Down Command Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Z Pulse Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
USB Copy Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101, 338 Z Pulse Noise Fault Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
USB Port (type-B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Z Pulse Offset Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
USB port (type-B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 68 Zero Servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
User Monitor Selection after Power Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244, 406 Zero Servo Completion Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
User Parameter Automatic Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . 100, 110, 366 Zero Servo Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
User Parameter Default Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100, 246, 406 Zero Servo Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
User Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Zero-Speed Time Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
User Parameters 1 to 32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100, 109, 366
User Set Speed Agree 1 Time Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
User Set Speed Agree 2 Example with a Positive L3-04 Value 195
User-Set Display Units Decimal Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
User-Set Display Units Maximum Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Using Braking Units in Parallel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Using the Pulse Train Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Using the Safe Disable Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
Uv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 294
Uv during KEB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Uv1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 288
Uv2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 288
Uv3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 288
V
-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
V/f Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
V/f Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
V/f Control Mode Tuning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
V/f Control Mode Tuning Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
V/f control using motor speed feedback. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
V/f Control with Simple Speed Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
V/f Data Setting Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275, 297
V/f Gain Change Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
V/f Gain During Speed Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
V/f Pattern Display Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
V/f Pattern for Motor 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
V/f Pattern for Motor 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
V/f Pattern Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
V/T2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
vAEr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
VERIFY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Verify Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Verifying Parameter Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
vFyE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
voF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288, 294
Voltage Class, Capacity Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Voltage Error Compensation Time Constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual 515
Revision History
The revision dates and the numbers of the revised manuals appear on the bottom of the back cover.
MANUAL NO. SIEP C710616 30Bޓ
Published in Japan March 2011 09-02 1
Revision number
Date of original publication
Date of publication
Date of Publication Revision Number Section Revised Content
March 2011 1 Front cover Revision: Format
Addition: Larger drive capacities added along with corresponding data
xThree-phase 200 V: CIMR-T2A0169 to 2A0415
All xThree-phase 400 V: CIMR-T4A0139 to 4A0362
Revision: xReviewed and corrected entire documentation.
xUpgraded the software version to S6002.
Back cover Revision: Address, format
February 2009 − − First Edition
516 YASKAWA ELECTRIC SIEP C710616 30B YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A Technical Manual
YASKAWA AC Drive T1000A
AC Drive for Textile Applications
Technical Manual
EUROPEAN HEADQUARTERS
YASKAWA EUROPE GmbH
Hauptstrasse 185, 65760 Eschborn, Germany
Phone: +49 (0)6196 569 300 Fax: +49 (0)6196 569 398
E-mail: [email protected] Internet: http://www.yaskawa.eu.com
YASKAWA ENGINEERING EUROPE GmbH
Hauptstrasse 185, 65760 Eschborn, Germany
Phone: +49 (0)6196 569 520 Fax: +49 (0)6196 888 598
E-mail: [email protected] Internet: http://www.yaskawa-eng.eu.com
MANUFACTURING FACILITY
YASKAWA ELECTRIC UK LTD.
1 Hunt Hill, Orchardton Woods, Cumbernauld G68 9LF, United Kingdom
Phone: +44 (0)12 36 735 000ޓޓFax: +44 (0)12 36 458 182
U.S.A.
YASKAWA AMERICA, INC.
2121 Norman Drive South, Waukegan, IL 60085, U.S.A.
Phone: (800) YASKAWA (927-5292) or +1 847 887 7000 Fax: +1 847 887 7310
Internet: http://www.yaskawa.com
JAPAN
YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION
New Pier Takeshiba South Tower, 1-16-1, Kaigan, Minatoku, Tokyo, 105-6891, Japan
Phone: +81 (0)3 5402 4502 Fax: +81 (0)3 5402 4580
Internet: http://www.yaskawa.co.jp
DRIVE CENTER (INVERTER PLANT)
2-13-1, Nishimiyaichi, Yukuhashi, Fukuoka, 824-8511, Japan
Phone: 81-930-25-3844 Fax: 81-930-25-4369
Internet: http://www.yaskawa.co.jp
YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION
In the event that the end user of this product is to be the military and said product is to be employed in any weapons systems or the manufacture thereof,
the export will fall under the relevant regulations as stipulated in the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Regulations. Therefore, be sure to follow all
procedures and submit all relevant documentation according to any and all rules, regulations and laws that may apply.
Specifications are subject to change without notice for ongoing product modifications and improvements.
© 2009-2011 YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
MANUAL NO. SIEP C710616 30B
Published in Japan March 2011 09-2 1 -0
10-10-4_YEU
You might also like
- DocuPrint CM205b - CP205w - CP205 - CP105b Service Manual Draft0% (2)DocuPrint CM205b - CP205w - CP205 - CP105b Service Manual Draft98 pages
- Durability of Building and Construction Sealants and Adhesives Volume 2 Andreas T Wolf100% (2)Durability of Building and Construction Sealants and Adhesives Volume 2 Andreas T Wolf132 pages
- YASKAWA AC Drive A1000: Technical ManualNo ratings yetYASKAWA AC Drive A1000: Technical Manual641 pages
- YASKAWA AC Drive A1000: Technical ManualNo ratings yetYASKAWA AC Drive A1000: Technical Manual628 pages
- Advanced Algorithms Analysis and Design - CS702 Power Point Slides Lecture 13100% (1)Advanced Algorithms Analysis and Design - CS702 Power Point Slides Lecture 1320 pages
- ABB VFD EN - ACS320 - SFUM - A - A4 User ManualNo ratings yetABB VFD EN - ACS320 - SFUM - A - A4 User Manual44 pages
- L1000a - TM - en - Siep C710616 33G - 6 - 0No ratings yetL1000a - TM - en - Siep C710616 33G - 6 - 0486 pages
- Bien-tan-yaskawa-E1000-series-manual 05122016092655 PDF100% (1)Bien-tan-yaskawa-E1000-series-manual 05122016092655 PDF480 pages
- Turnigy Accucell-8150, Cargador / Balanceador / Descargador, Manual English100% (2)Turnigy Accucell-8150, Cargador / Balanceador / Descargador, Manual English23 pages
- YASKAWA AC Drive-A1000: 6-Phase/12-Pulse Input Installation GuideNo ratings yetYASKAWA AC Drive-A1000: 6-Phase/12-Pulse Input Installation Guide70 pages
- 1000A AC Elevator Drive: Technical ManualNo ratings yet1000A AC Elevator Drive: Technical Manual474 pages
- SIEP C71061627C 02 YAS+A1000+UsersManualNo ratings yetSIEP C71061627C 02 YAS+A1000+UsersManual544 pages
- 1449540377SIEP C710616 35D 3 0e1000.compressedNo ratings yet1449540377SIEP C710616 35D 3 0e1000.compressed480 pages
- YASKAWA AC Drive A1000: Technical ManualNo ratings yetYASKAWA AC Drive A1000: Technical Manual590 pages
- ZIEHL-ABEGG Operating Instructions ZAdyn4C R-TBA12 01-GB 1649No ratings yetZIEHL-ABEGG Operating Instructions ZAdyn4C R-TBA12 01-GB 1649222 pages
- Subdrive Connect: Installation and Operation ManualNo ratings yetSubdrive Connect: Installation and Operation Manual156 pages
- Powerflex 7000 Medium Voltage Ac Drive Air-Cooled ('A' Frame) - Forge ControlNo ratings yetPowerflex 7000 Medium Voltage Ac Drive Air-Cooled ('A' Frame) - Forge Control196 pages
- Powerxl Installation Manual Mn040002en1No ratings yetPowerxl Installation Manual Mn040002en1124 pages
- Chapter 6 (Convective Heat Transfer Only)No ratings yetChapter 6 (Convective Heat Transfer Only)28 pages
- YASKAWA AC Drive E1000: Technical ManualNo ratings yetYASKAWA AC Drive E1000: Technical Manual476 pages
- Powerflex 520-Series Adjustable Frequency Ac Drive: User ManualNo ratings yetPowerflex 520-Series Adjustable Frequency Ac Drive: User Manual272 pages
- CE Man Rider Air Winch Infinity Series Parts Information AirToolProNo ratings yetCE Man Rider Air Winch Infinity Series Parts Information AirToolPro24 pages
- Tantra - Agama - Part One - Tantra - Sreenivasarao's BlogsNo ratings yetTantra - Agama - Part One - Tantra - Sreenivasarao's Blogs19 pages
- FDA Confirms Graphene Oxide Is in The mRNA COVID-19 VaccinesNo ratings yetFDA Confirms Graphene Oxide Is in The mRNA COVID-19 Vaccines8 pages
- ATV212 Installation Manual en S1A53832 03No ratings yetATV212 Installation Manual en S1A53832 0362 pages
- Supplement: Acs880-01 +N7502 Drives For Synrm Motors (0.8 To 200 KW)No ratings yetSupplement: Acs880-01 +N7502 Drives For Synrm Motors (0.8 To 200 KW)30 pages
- AASHTO T134 Relaciones Humedad-Densidad de Mezclas de Suelo-CementoNo ratings yetAASHTO T134 Relaciones Humedad-Densidad de Mezclas de Suelo-Cemento7 pages
- Real Christmas: The Purpose of ChristmasNo ratings yetReal Christmas: The Purpose of Christmas17 pages
- Mexin Messon Doors Industry Co.: Fire Door RF - 3 Hours Certificate WH (Usa)No ratings yetMexin Messon Doors Industry Co.: Fire Door RF - 3 Hours Certificate WH (Usa)2 pages
- (82-E3I20-IN) E3 IP20 User Guide V1.04-1-10No ratings yet(82-E3I20-IN) E3 IP20 User Guide V1.04-1-1010 pages
- Case Study of Placenta Previa: Patient's Demographic DataNo ratings yetCase Study of Placenta Previa: Patient's Demographic Data9 pages
- Technique and The Laws of Leverage: BasicsNo ratings yetTechnique and The Laws of Leverage: Basics2 pages
- Vibration Basics and Machine Reliability Simplified : A Practical Guide to Vibration AnalysisFrom EverandVibration Basics and Machine Reliability Simplified : A Practical Guide to Vibration Analysis4/5 (2)
